The First Epistle of Paul to the
1 Corinthians
SummaryThe book of 1st Corinthians is a Pauline Epistle (letter from Paul). The Apostle Paul wrote it about 56 A.D. The key personalities of this book are the Apostle Paul, Timothy and also Chloe’s household. Paul’s purpose in writing this letter to the church in Corinth was to address and correct the immorality and divisions that had arisen among them.
• Chapters 1-4, Paul received reports of problems in the church in Corinth and therefore addresses their problems and disorders, “there are quarrels among you” (1:11). Paul asks believers to ''consider your calling'' (1:26-30). He then declares three times that God ''has chosen'' them and ''because of Him you are in Christ Jesus''. This truth is joyful and relieving to believers that God is in control and is the orchestrator of our lives.
• In chapters 5-11, Paul exposes all of the immorality that was occurring in the church at Corinth. These include sexual immorality, issues of marriage, and lawsuits with other believers. “Do you not know that the unrighteous will not inherit the kingdom of God? Do not be deceived; neither fornicators, nor idolaters, nor adulterers, nor effeminate, nor homosexuals, nor thieves, nor the covetous, nor drunkards, nor revilers, nor swindlers, will inherit the kingdom of God” (6:9). Paul warns believers to be careful how you live, "For you have been bought with a price" (vs 20),
• In chapters 12-14, he clears up some of the confusion about practices of worship. He corrects difficult doctrines that had caused divisions. Some of these differences were the role of women in worship, the use of spiritual gifts, and observing the Lord’s Supper. “For God is not a God of confusion but of peace, as in all the churches of the saints” (14:33).
• Chapters 15-16 consist of Paul dealing with the topic of the Resurrection of Jesus Christ. This is the topic that is, “offirst importance” to Paul. It is here we find the most important information on planet Earth, the Gospel of Jesus Christ in verses 1-4. “Now I make known to you, brethren, the gospel which I preached to you, which also you received, in which also you stand, by which also you are saved, if you hold fast the word which I preached to you, unless you believed in vain. For I delivered to you as of first importance what I also received, that Christ died for our sins according to the Scriptures, and that He was buried, and that He was raised on the third day according to the Scriptures” (15:1-4).
Outline
- 1. Introduction ( 1:1–9 )
- a. Greetings from Paul and Sosthenes ( 1:1–3 )
- b. Thanksgiving ( 1:4–9 )
- 2. Divisions Within the Church ( 1:10–4:5 )
- a. Call for Unity in the Church ( 1:10–31 )
- i. Is Christ Divided? ( 1:10–17 )
- ii. The Message of the Cross ( 1:18–25 )
- iii. Wisdom from God ( 1:26–31 )
- b. Spiritual Wisdom ( 2:1–16 )
- c. Follow Christ, Not Man ( 3:1–4:5 )
- i. God’s Fellow Workers ( 3:1–9 )
- ii. Christ Our Foundation ( 3:10–15 )
- iii. God’s Temple and God’s Wisdom ( 3:16–23 )
- iv. Spiritual Servants ( 4:1–5 )
- 3. Pride Leads to Sin ( 4:6–6:20 )
- a. Do Not Be Proud ( 4:6–13 )
- b. Paul Warns against Arrogance ( 4:14–21 )
- c. Sexual Immorality ( 5:1–6:20 )
- i. Immorality Rebuked ( 5:1–5 )
- ii. Your Boasting is Not Good ( 5:6–8 )
- iii. The One Who Claims to be a Brother ( 5:9–6:17 )
- 1. Expel the Immoral Brother ( 5:9–13 )
- 2. Lawsuits among Believers ( 6:1–8 )
- 3. Members of Christ ( 6:9–17 )
- iv. The Temple of the Holy Spirit ( 6:18–20 )
- 4. The Marriage Covenant ( 7:1–40 )
- a. Principles of Marriage ( 7:1–16 )
- b. Live Your Calling ( 7:17–24 )
- c. The Unmarried and Widowed ( 7:25–40 )
- 5. Sanctified Living ( 8:1–11:1 )
- a. Food Sacrificed to Idols ( 8:1–13 )
- b. Apostleship ( 9:1–27 )
- i. The Rights of an Apostle ( 9:1–18 )
- ii. Paul the Servant to All ( 9:19–23 )
- iii. Run Your Race to Win ( 9:24–27 )
- c. Warnings from Israel’s Past ( 10:1–11:1 )
- i. Lessons from the Exodus from Egypt ( 10:1–13 )
- ii. Flee from Idolatry ( 10:14–22 )
- iii. All to God’s Glory ( 10:23–11:1 )
- 6. Instructions for Worship ( 11:2–14:40 )
- a. Roles in Worship ( 11:2–16 )
- b. Sharing in the Lord’s Supper ( 11:17–34 )
- c. Spiritual Gifts ( 12:1–14:25 )
- i. Different Gifts, Same Spirit ( 12:1–11 )
- ii. The Body of Christ is Composed of Many Parts ( 12:12–26 )
- iii. The Greater Gifts ( 12:27–31 )
- iv. Love ( 13:1–13 )
- v. Prophecy and Tongues ( 14:1–25 )
- d. Orderly Worship ( 14:26–40 )
- 7. The Resurrection of the Dead ( 15:1–58 )
- a. The Resurrection of Christ ( 15:1–11 )
- b. Our Hope in the Resurrection ( 15:12–19 )
- c. The Order of Resurrection ( 15:20–34 )
- d. The Resurrection of the Body ( 15:35–49 )
- e. Where, O Death, Is Your Victory? ( 15:50–58 )
- 8. Paul’s Salutation ( 16:1–24 )
- a. The Collection for the Saints ( 16:1–4 )
- b. Paul’s Travel Plans ( 16:5–9 )
- c. Timothy and Apollos ( 16:10–12 )
- d. Concluding Exhortations ( 16:13–18 )
- e. Signature and Final Greetings ( 16:19–24 )
1
Introduction
Greetings from Paul and Sosthenes
παυλος κλητος αποστολος ιησου χριστου δια θεληματος θεου και σωσθενης ο αδελφος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS) G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G2822κλητὸςklētos (Adj-NMS) G2822 κλητός klētós klay-tos from the same as κλῆσις; invited, i.e. appointed, or (specially), a saint:--called.
|
κλητὸςklētos
|
a called
|
Adj-NMS
|
G652ἀπόστολοςapostolos (N-NMS) G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀπόστολοςapostolos
|
apostle
|
N-NMS
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
of Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by the
|
Prep
|
G2307θελήματοςthelēmatos (N-GNS) G2307 θέλημα thélēma thel-ay-mah from the prolonged form of θέλω; a determination (properly, the thing), i.e. (actively) choice (specially, purpose, decree; abstractly, volition) or (passively) inclination:-- desire, pleasure, will.
|
θελήματοςthelēmatos
|
will
|
N-GNS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4988ΣωσθένηςSōsthenēs (N-NMS) G4988 Σωσθένης Sōsthénēs soce-then-ace from the base of σώζω and that of σθενόω; of safe strength; Sosthenes, a Christian:--Sosthenes.
|
ΣωσθένηςSōsthenēs
|
Sosthenes,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G80ἀδελφὸςadelphos (N-NMS) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφὸςadelphos
|
brother,
|
N-NMS
|
1
Paul, called to be an apostle of Jesus Christ through the will of God, and Sosthenes our brother,1 Corinthians 1:1
Stats
Rank: #2182 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 99 characters, 14 words, 77 letters, 28 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: παυλος κλητος αποστολος ιησου χριστου δια θεληματος θεου και σωσθενης ο αδελφος
Lit: Paul, a called apostle of Christ Jesus by the will of God, and Sosthenes, the brother,
KJV: Paul, called to be an apostle of Jesus Christ through the will of God, and Sosthenes [our] brother,
References
"called"Ro 1:1: Paul: a servant of Jesus Christ: called to be an apostle: separated to the gospel of God: Ga 2:7: 8: But contrariwise: when they saw that the gospel of the uncircumcision was committed to me: as the gospel of the circumcision was to Peter;"an"1Co 3:9: For we are labourers together with God: you are God's husbandry: you are God's building.1Co 9:1: 2: Am not I an apostle? am not I free? have not I seen Jesus Christ our Lord? not are you my work in the Lord?1Co 15:9: For I am the least of the apostles: that not am meet to be called an apostle: because I persecuted the church of God.Lu 6:13: When it was day: he called to him his disciples: and of them he chose 12: whom also he named apostles;Joh 20:21: Then said Jesus to them again: Peace be to you: as my Father has sent me: even so send I you.Ac 1:2: 25: 26: Until the day in which He was taken up: after that He through the Holy Ghost had given commandments to the apostles whom He had chosen:Ac 22:21: He said to me: Depart: for I will send you far here to the Gentiles.Ro 1:5: By whom we have received grace and apostleship: for obedience to the faith among all nations: for his name:2Co 11:5: For I suppose I not was a whit behind the very chief apostles.2Co 12:12: Truly the signs of an apostle were wrought among you in all patience: in signs: and wonders: and mighty deeds.Ga 1:1: Paul: an apostle: (not of men: neither by man: but by Jesus Christ: and God the Father: who raised Him from the dead;)Eph 4:11: He gave some: apostles; and some: prophets; and some: evangelists; and some: pastors and teachers;1Ti 1:1: Paul: an apostle of Jesus Christ by the commandment of God our Saviour: and Lord Jesus Christ: which is our hope;1Ti 2:7: To what I am ordained a preacher: and an apostle: (I speak the truth in Christ: and not lie;) a teacher of the Gentiles in faith and verity."through"1Co 6:16: 17: What? know you not that he which is joined to an harlot is one body? for two: says he: will be one flesh.Joh 15:16: You not have chosen me: but I have chosen you: and ordained you: that you should go and bring forth fruit: and that your fruit should remain: that whatever you will ask of the Father in my name: He may give it you.2Co 1:1: Paul: an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God: and Timothy our brother: to the church of God which is at Corinth: with all the saints which are in all Achaia:Ga 1:15: 16: But when it pleased God: who separated me from my mother's womb: and called me by His grace: Eph 1:1: Paul: an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God: to the saints which are at Ephesus: and to the faithful in Christ Jesus:Col 1:1: Paul: an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God: and Timotheus our brother: "Sosthenes"Ac 18:17: Then all the Greeks took Sosthenes: the chief ruler of the synagogue: and beat him before the judgment seat. And Gallio cared for none of those things.
τη εκκλησια του θεου τη ουση εν κορινθω ηγιασμενοις εν χριστω ιησου κλητοις αγιοις συν πασιν τοις επικαλουμενοις το ονομα του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου εν παντι τοπω αυτων τε και ημων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588Τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Τῇtē
|
To the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίᾳekklēsia (N-DFS) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίᾳekklēsia
|
church
|
N-DFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1510οὔσῃousē (V-PPA-DFS) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
οὔσῃousē
|
being
|
V-PPA-DFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2882Κορίνθῳ», ⇔Korinthō (N-DFS) G2882 Κόρινθος Kórinthos kor-in-thos of uncertain derivation; Corinthus, a city of Greece:--Corinth.
|
Κορίνθῳ», ⇔Korinthō
|
Corinth,
|
N-DFS
|
G37««ἡγιασμένοιςhēgiasmenois (V-RPM/P-DMP) G37 ἁγιάζω hagiázō hag-ee-ad-zo from ἅγιος; to make holy, i.e. (ceremonially) purify or consecrate; (mentally) to venerate:--hallow, be holy, sanctify.
|
««ἡγιασμένοιςhēgiasmenois
|
having been sanctified
|
V-RPM/P-DMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5547ΧριστῷChristō (N-DMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστῷChristō
|
Christ
|
N-DMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ»,Iēsou (N-DMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ»,Iēsou
|
Jesus,
|
N-DMS
|
G2822κλητοῖςklētois (Adj-DMP) G2822 κλητός klētós klay-tos from the same as κλῆσις; invited, i.e. appointed, or (specially), a saint:--called.
|
κλητοῖςklētois
|
called
|
Adj-DMP
|
G40ἁγίοις,hagiois (Adj-DMP) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίοις,hagiois
|
holy,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep) G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
together with
|
Prep
|
G3956πᾶσινpasin (Adj-DMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσινpasin
|
all
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
those
|
Art-DMP
|
G1941ἐπικαλουμένοιςepikaloumenois (V-PPM-DMP) G1941 ἐπικαλέομαι epikaléomai ep-ee-kal-eh-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and καλέω; to entitle; by implication, to invoke (for aid, worship, testimony, decision, etc.):--appeal (unto), call (on, upon), surname.
|
ἐπικαλουμένοιςepikaloumenois
|
calling on
|
V-PPM-DMP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS) G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3956παντὶpanti (Adj-DMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὶpanti
|
every
|
Adj-DMS
|
G5117τόπῳ,topō (N-DMS) G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπῳ,topō
|
place,
|
N-DMS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
both theirs
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμῶν·hēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν·hēmōn
|
ours:
|
PPro-G1P
|
2
To the church of God which is at Corinth, to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus, called to be saints, with all that in every place call upon the name of Jesus Christ our Lord, both theirs and ours:1 Corinthians 1:2
Stats
Rank: #1275 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 205 characters, 36 words, 161 letters, 57 vowels, 104 consonants
Translation
Greek: τη εκκλησια του θεου τη ουση εν κορινθω ηγιασμενοις εν χριστω ιησου κλητοις αγιοις συν πασιν τοις επικαλουμενοις το ονομα του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου εν παντι τοπω αυτων τε και ημων
Lit: To the church of God being in Corinth, having been sanctified in Christ Jesus, called holy, together with all those calling on the name of the Lord of us Jesus Christ in every place, both theirs and ours:
KJV: Unto the church of God which is at Corinth, to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus, called to be saints, with all that in every place call upon the name of Jesus Christ our Lord, both theirs and ours:
References
"the church"Ac 18:1: 8-11: After these things Paul departed from Athens: and came to Corinth;2Co 1:1: Paul: an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God: and Timothy our brother: to the church of God which is at Corinth: with all the saints which are in all Achaia:Ga 1:2: All the brothers which are with me: to the churches of Galatia:1Th 1:1: Paul: and Silvanus: and Timotheus: to the church of the Thessalonians which is in God the Father and in the Lord Jesus Christ: Grace be to you: and peace: from God our Father: and the Lord Jesus Christ.2Th 1:1: Paul: and Silvanus: and Timotheus: to the church of the Thessalonians in God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ:1Ti 3:15: But if I tarry long: that you may know how you ought to behave yourself in the house of God: which is the church of the living God: the pillar and ground of the truth."to them"Jude 1:1: Jude: the servant of Jesus Christ: and brother of James: to them that are sanctified by God the Father: and preserved in Jesus Christ: and called:"sanctified"1Co 1:30: But of Him are you in Christ Jesus: who of God is made to us wisdom: and righteousness: and sanctification: and redemption:1Co 6:9-11: Know you not that the unrighteous will not inherit the kingdom of God? not Be deceived: neither fornicators: nor idolaters: nor adulterers: nor effeminate: nor abusers of themselves with mankind: Joh 17:17-19: Sanctify them through your truth: your word is truth.Ac 15:9: Put no difference between us and them: purifying their hearts by faith.Ac 26:18: To open their eyes: and to turn them from darkness to light: and from the power of Satan to God: that they may receive forgiveness of sins: and inheritance among them which are sanctified by faith that is in me.Eph 5:26: That he might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word: Heb 2:11: For both he who sanctifies and they who are sanctified are all of one: for which cause he not is ashamed to call them brothers: Heb 10:10: By the which will we are sanctified through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ once for all.Heb 13:12: For what reason Jesus also: that He might sanctify the people with His own blood: suffered without the gate."called"Ro 1:7: To all that be in Rome: beloved of God: called to be saints: Grace to you and peace from God our Father: and the Lord Jesus Christ.1Th 4:7: For God has not called us to uncleanness: but to holiness.2Ti 1:9: Who has saved us: and called us with an holy calling: not according to our works: but according to His own purpose and grace: which was given us in Christ Jesus before the world began: 1Pe 1:15: 16: But as he which has called you is holy: so be you holy in all manner of conversation;"with"Ac 7:59: 60: They stoned Stephen: calling upon God: and saying: Lord Jesus: receive my spirit.Ac 9:14: 21: Here he has authority from the chief priests to bind all that call on your name.Ac 22:16: Now why tarry you? arise: and be baptized: and wash away your sins: calling on the name of the Lord.2Th 2:16: 17: Now our Lord Jesus Christ Himself: and God: even our Father: which has loved us: and has given us everlasting consolation and good hope through grace: 2Ti 2:22: Flee also youthful lusts: but follow righteousness: faith: charity: peace: with them that call on the Lord out of a pure heart."call"Ge 4:26: To Seth: to Him also there was born a son; and He called His name Enos: then began men to call upon the name of the LORD.Ge 12:8: He removed from there to a mountain on the east of Bethel: and pitched His tent: having Bethel on the west: and Hai on the east: and there He built an altar to the LORD: and called upon the name of the LORD.Ge 13:4-7: 8-13: To the place of the altar: which He had made there at the first: and there Abram called on the name of the LORD."our Lord"1Co 8:6: But to us there is but one God: the Father: of whom are all things: and we in Him; and one Lord Jesus Christ: by whom are all things: and we by Him.Ps 45:11: So will the king greatly desire your beauty: for He is your Lord; and worship you Him.Ac 10:36: The word which God sent to the children of Israel: preaching peace by Jesus Christ: (He is Lord of all:)Ro 3:22: Even the righteousness of God which is by faith of Jesus Christ to all and upon all them that believe: for there is no difference:Ro 10:12: For there is no difference between the Jew and the Greek: for the same Lord over all is rich to all that call upon Him.Ro 14:8: 9: For whether we live: we live to the Lord; and whether we die: we die to the Lord: whether we live therefore: or die: we are the Lord's.2Co 4:5: For we not preach ourselves: but Christ Jesus the Lord; and ourselves your servants for Jesus' sake.Php 2:9-11: For what reason God also has highly exalted Him: and given Him a name which is above every name:Re 19:16: He has on His vesture and on His thigh a name written: KING OF KINGS: AND LORD OF LORDS.
χαρις υμιν και ειρηνη απο θεου πατρος ημων και κυριου ιησου χριστου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5485Χάριςcharis (N-NFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
Χάριςcharis
|
Grace
|
N-NFS
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1515εἰρήνηeirēnē (N-NFS) G1515 εἰρήνη eirḗnē i-ray-nay probably from a primary verb (to join); peace (literally or figuratively); by implication, prosperity:--one, peace, quietness, rest, + set at one again.
|
εἰρήνηeirēnē
|
peace
|
N-NFS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G3962ΠατρὸςPatros (N-GMS) G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
ΠατρὸςPatros
|
Father
|
N-GMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
the Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547Χριστοῦ.Christou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ.Christou
|
Christ.
|
N-GMS
|
3
Grace be to you, and peace, from God our Father, and from the Lord Jesus Christ.1 Corinthians 1:3
Stats
Counts: 84 characters, 11 words, 63 letters, 24 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: χαρις υμιν και ειρηνη απο θεου πατρος ημων και κυριου ιησου χριστου
Lit: Grace to you and peace from God Father of us and the Lord Jesus Christ.
KJV: Grace be unto you, and peace, from God our Father, and [from] the Lord Jesus Christ.
References
"Grace be unto you, and peace, from God our Father, and from the Lord Jesus Christ."Ro 1:7: To all that be in Rome: beloved of God: called to be saints: Grace to you and peace from God our Father: and the Lord Jesus Christ.2Co 1:2: Grace be to you and peace from God our Father: and from the Lord Jesus Christ.Eph 1:2: Grace be to you: and peace: from God our Father: and from the Lord Jesus Christ.1Pe 1:2: Elect according to the foreknowledge of God the Father: through sanctification of the Spirit: to obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ: Grace to you: and peace: be multiplied.
Thanksgiving
ευχαριστω τω θεω μου παντοτε περι υμων επι τη χαριτι του θεου τη δοθειση υμιν εν χριστω ιησου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2168ΕὐχαριστῶEucharistō (V-PIA-1S) G2168 εὐχαριστέω eucharistéō yoo-khar-is-teh-o from εὐχάριστος; to be grateful, i.e. (actively) to express gratitude (towards); specially, to say grace at a meal:--(give) thank(-ful, -s).
|
ΕὐχαριστῶEucharistō
|
I thank
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
God
|
N-DMS
|
G1473‹μου›mou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
‹μου›mou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3842πάντοτεpantote (Adv) G3842 πάντοτε pántote pan-tot-eh from πᾶς and ὅτε; every when, i.e. at all times:--alway(-s), ever(-more).
|
πάντοτεpantote
|
always
|
Adv
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5485χάριτιchariti (N-DFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριτιchariti
|
grace
|
N-DFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1325δοθείσῃdotheisē (V-APP-DFS) G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοθείσῃdotheisē
|
having been given
|
V-APP-DFS
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5547ΧριστῷChristō (N-DMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστῷChristō
|
Christ
|
N-DMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou (N-DMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou
|
Jesus,
|
N-DMS
|
4
I thank my God always on your behalf, for the grace of God which is given you by Jesus Christ;1 Corinthians 1:4
Stats
Counts: 94 characters, 19 words, 73 letters, 25 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: ευχαριστω τω θεω μου παντοτε περι υμων επι τη χαριτι του θεου τη δοθειση υμιν εν χριστω ιησου
Lit: I thank the God of me always concerning you for the grace of God having been given you in Christ Jesus,
KJV: I thank my God always on your behalf, for the grace of God which is given you by Jesus Christ;
References
"thank"Ro 1:8: First: I thank my God through Jesus Christ for you all: that your faith is spoken of throughout the whole world.Ro 6:17: But God be thanked: that you were the servants of sin: but you have obeyed from the heart that form of doctrine which was delivered you.Ac 11:23: Who: when He came: and had seen the grace of God: was glad: and exhorted them all: that with purpose of heart they would cleave to the Lord.Ac 21:20: When they heard it: they glorified the Lord: and said to Him: You see: brother: how many thousands of Jews there are which believe; and they are all zealous of the law:"the grace"1Co 1:3: Grace be to you: and peace: from God our Father: and from the Lord Jesus Christ.Joh 10:30: I and my Father are one.Joh 14:14: 16: 26: If you will ask any thing in my name: I will do it.Joh 15:26: But when the Comforter is come: whom I will send to you from the Father: even the Spirit of truth: which proceeds from the Father: He will testify of me:1Ti 1:14: The grace of our Lord was exceeding abundant with faith and love which is in Christ Jesus.
οτι εν παντι επλουτισθητε εν αυτω εν παντι λογω και παση γνωσει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3956παντὶpanti (Adj-DNS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὶpanti
|
everything
|
Adj-DNS
|
G4148ἐπλουτίσθητεeploutisthēte (V-AIP-2P) G4148 πλουτίζω ploutízō ploo-tid-zo from πλοῦτος; to make wealthy (figuratively):--en- (make) rich.
|
ἐπλουτίσθητεeploutisthēte
|
you have been enriched
|
V-AIP-2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ,autō
|
Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3956παντὶpanti (Adj-DMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὶpanti
|
all
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3056λόγῳlogō (N-DMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγῳlogō
|
speech
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάσῃpasē (Adj-DFS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσῃpasē
|
all
|
Adj-DFS
|
G1108γνώσει,gnōsei (N-DFS) G1108 γνῶσις gnōsis gno-sis from γινώσκω; knowing (the act), i.e. (by implication) knowledge:--knowledge, science.
|
γνώσει,gnōsei
|
knowledge,
|
N-DFS
|
5
That in every thing you are enriched by him, in all utterance, and in all knowledge;1 Corinthians 1:5
Stats
Rank: #2030 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 83 characters, 14 words, 65 letters, 24 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι εν παντι επλουτισθητε εν αυτω εν παντι λογω και παση γνωσει
Lit: that in everything you have been enriched in Him, in all speech and all knowledge,
KJV: That in every thing ye are enriched by him, in all utterance, and in all knowledge;
References
"in every"1Co 4:7-10: For who makes you to differ from another? and what have you that you did not receive? now if you did receive it: why do you glory: as if you not hadst received it?Ro 11:12: Now if the fall of them be the riches of the world: and the diminishing of them the riches of the Gentiles; how much more their fulness?2Co 9:11: Being enriched in every thing to all bountifulness: which causes through us thanksgiving to God.Eph 2:7: That in the ages to come He might show the exceeding riches of His grace in His kindness toward us through Christ Jesus.Eph 3:8: To me: who am less than the least of all saints: is this grace given: that I should preach among the Gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ;"in all"1Co 12:8: 10: For to one is given by the Spirit the word of wisdom; to another the word of knowledge by the same Spirit;1Co 14:5: 6: 26: I would that you all spoke with tongues: but rather that you prophesied: for greater is he who prophesies than he who speaks with tongues: except he interpret: that the church may receive edifying.Ac 2:4: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and began to speak with other tongues: as the Spirit gave them utterance.2Co 8:7: Therefore: as you abound in every thing: in faith: and utterance: and knowledge: and in all diligence: and in your love to us: see that you abound in this grace also.Eph 6:19: For me: that utterance may be given to me: that I may open my mouth boldly: to make known the mystery of the gospel: Col 4:3: 4: Withal praying also for us: that God would open to us a door of utterance: to speak the mystery of Christ: for which I am also in bonds:"and in"1Co 8:11: Through your knowledge will the weak brother perish: for whom Christ died?1Co 13:2: 8: Though I have the gift of prophecy: and understand all mysteries: and all knowledge; and though I have all faith: so that I could remove mountains: and not have charity: I not amhing.Ro 15:4: For whatever things were written aforetime were written for our learning: that we through patience and comfort of the scriptures might have hope.2Co 4:6: For God: who commanded the light to shine out of darkness: has shined in our hearts: to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ.Eph 1:17: That the God of our Lord Jesus Christ: the Father of glory: may give to you the spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of Him:Php 1:9: This I pray: that your love may abound yet more and more in knowledge and in all judgment;Col 1:9: 10: For this cause we also: since the day we heard it: not do cease to pray for you: and to desire that you might be filled with the knowledge of his will in all wisdom and spiritual understanding;Col 2:3: In whom are hid all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge.Col 3:10: Have put on the new man: which is renewed in knowledge after the image of him that created him:Jas 3:13: Who is a wise man and endued with knowledge among you? let him show out of a good conversation his works with meekness of wisdom.2Pe 3:18: But grow in grace: and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. To Him be glory both now and for ever. Amen.
καθως το μαρτυριον του χριστου εβεβαιωθη εν υμιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3142μαρτύριονmartyrion (N-NNS) G3142 μαρτύριον martýrion mar-too-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of μάρτυς; something evidential, i.e. (genitive case) evidence given or (specially), the Decalogue (in the sacred Tabernacle):--to be testified, testimony, witness.
|
μαρτύριονmartyrion
|
testimony
|
N-NNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
about
|
Art-GMS
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G950ἐβεβαιώθηebebaiōthē (V-AIP-3S) G950 βεβαιόω bebaióō beb-ah-yo-o from βέβαιος; to stabilitate (figuratively):--confirm, (e-)stablish.
|
ἐβεβαιώθηebebaiōthē
|
was confirmed
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖν,hymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν,hymin
|
you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
6
Even as the testimony of Christ was confirmed in you:1 Corinthians 1:6
Stats
Rank: #2482 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 53 characters, 10 words, 43 letters, 16 vowels, 27 consonants
Translation
Greek: καθως το μαρτυριον του χριστου εβεβαιωθη εν υμιν
Lit: as the testimony about Christ was confirmed in you,
KJV: Even as the testimony of Christ was confirmed in you:
References
"the"1Co 2:1: 2: I: brothers: when I came to you: not came with excellency of speech or of wisdom: declaring to you the testimony of God.Ac 18:5: When Silas and Timotheus were come from Macedonia: Paul was pressed in the spirit: and testified to the Jews that Jesus was Christ.Ac 20:21: 24: Testifying both to the Jews: and also to the Greeks: repentance toward God: and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.Ac 22:18: Saw him saying to me: Make haste: and get you quickly out of Jerusalem: for they not will receive your testimony concerning me.Ac 23:11: The night following the Lord stood by Him: and said: Be of good cheer: Paul: for as you have testified of me in Jerusalem: so must you bear witness also at Rome.Ac 28:23: When they had appointed Him a day: there came many to Him into His lodging; to whom He expounded and testified the kingdom of God: persuading them concerning Jesus: both out of the law of Moses: and out of the prophets: from morning till evening.1Ti 2:6: Who gave himself a ransom for all: to be testified in due time.2Ti 1:8: not Be you therefore ashamed of the testimony of our Lord: nor of me His prisoner: but be you partaker of the afflictions of the gospel according to the power of God;1Jo 5:11-13: This is the record: that God has given to us eternal life: and this life is in His Son.Re 1:2: 9: Who bare record of the word of God: and of the testimony of Jesus Christ: and of all things that He saw.Re 6:9: When He had opened the fifth seal: I saw under the altar the souls of them that were killed for the word of God: and for the testimony which they held:Re 12:11: 17: They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb: and by the word of their testimony; and they not loved their lives to the death.Re 19:10: I fell at His feet to worship Him. And He said to me: See you do it not: I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy."was"Mr 16:20: They went forth: and preached every where: the Lord working with them: and confirming the word with signs following. Amen.Ac 11:17: 21: Forasmuch then as God gave them the like gift as He did to us: who believed on the Lord Jesus Christ; what was I: that I could withstand God?Ro 15:19: Through mighty signs and wonders: by the power of the Spirit of God; so that from Jerusalem: and round about to Illyricum: I have fully preached the gospel of Christ.2Co 12:12: Truly the signs of an apostle were wrought among you in all patience: in signs: and wonders: and mighty deeds.Ga 3:5: He therefore that ministers to you the Spirit: and works miracles among you: doeth He it by the works of the law: or by the hearing of faith?Heb 2:3: 4: How will we escape: if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord: and was confirmed to us by them that heard Him;
ωστε υμας μη υστερεισθαι εν μηδενι χαρισματι απεκδεχομενους την αποκαλυψιν του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj) G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
so as for
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5302ὑστερεῖσθαιhystereisthai (V-PNM/P) G5302 ὑστερέω hysteréō hoos-ter-eh-o from ὕστερος; to be later, i.e. (by implication) to be inferior; generally, to fall short (be deficient):--come behind (short), be destitute, fail, lack, suffer need, (be in) want, be the worse.
|
ὑστερεῖσθαιhystereisthai
|
to be lacking
|
V-PNM/P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3367μηδενὶmēdeni (Adj-DNS) G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδενὶmēdeni
|
not one
|
Adj-DNS
|
G5486χαρίσματι,charismati (N-DNP) G5486 χάρισμα chárisma khar-is-mah from χαρίζομαι; a (divine) gratuity, i.e. deliverance (from danger or passion); (specially), a (spiritual) endowment, i.e. (subjectively) religious qualification, or (objectively) miraculous faculty:--(free) gift.
|
χαρίσματι,charismati
|
gift,
|
N-DNP
|
G553ἀπεκδεχομένουςapekdechomenous (V-PPM/P-AMP) G553 ἀπεκδέχομαι apekdéchomai ap-ek-dekh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἐκδέχομαι; to expect fully:--look (wait) for.
|
ἀπεκδεχομένουςapekdechomenous
|
eagerly awaiting
|
V-PPM/P-AMP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G602ἀποκάλυψινapokalypsin (N-AFS) G602 ἀποκάλυψις apokálypsis ap-ok-al-oop-sis from ἀποκαλύπτω; disclosure:--appearing, coming, lighten, manifestation, be revealed, revelation.
|
ἀποκάλυψινapokalypsin
|
revelation
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547Χριστοῦ·Christou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ·Christou
|
Christ,
|
N-GMS
|
7
So that you come behind in no gift; waiting for the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ:1 Corinthians 1:7
Stats
Counts: 83 characters, 16 words, 65 letters, 24 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: ωστε υμας μη υστερεισθαι εν μηδενι χαρισματι απεκδεχομενους την αποκαλυψιν του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου
Lit: so as for you not to be lacking in not one gift, eagerly awaiting the revelation of the Lord of us Jesus Christ,
KJV: So that ye come behind in no gift; waiting for the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ:
References
"ye"2Co 12:13: For what is it wherein you were inferior to other churches: except it be that I myself not was burdensome to you? forgive me this wrong."waiting"1Co 4:5: Therefore not judgehing before the time: until the Lord come: who both will bring to light the hidden things of darkness: and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts: and then will every man have praise of God.Ge 49:18: I have waited for your salvation: O LORD.Mt 25:1: Then will the kingdom of heaven be likened to 10 virgins: which took their lamps: and went forth to meet the groom.Lu 12:36: you yourselves like to men that wait for their lord: when he will return from the wedding; that when he comes and knocks: they may open to him immediately.Ro 8:19: For the ear expectation of the creature waits for the manifestation of the sons of God.Php 3:20: For our conversation is in heaven; from where also we look for the Saviour: the Lord Jesus Christ:1Th 1:10: To wait for His Son from heaven: whom He raised from the dead: even Jesus: which delivered us from the wrath to come.2Ti 4:8: Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness: which the Lord: the righteous judge: will give me at that day: not and to me only: but to all them also that love His appearing.Tit 2:13: Looking for that blessed hope: and the glorious appearing of the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ;Heb 9:28: So Christ was once offered to bear the sins of many; and to them that look for Him will He appear the second time without sin to salvation.Heb 10:36: 37: For you have need of patience: that: after you have done the will of God: you might receive the promise.Jas 5:7: 8: Be patient therefore: brothers: to the coming of the Lord. Look: the husbandman waits for the precious fruit of the earth: and has long patience for it: until He receive the early and latter rain.2Pe 3:12: Looking for and hasting to the coming of the day of God: wherein the heavens being on fire will be dissolved: and the elements will melt with fervent heat?Jude 1:21: Keep yourselves in the love of God: looking for the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ to eternal life."coming"Lu 17:30: Even thus will it be in the day when the Son of man is revealed.Col 3:4: When Christ: who is our life: will appear: then will you also appear with Him in glory.2Th 1:7: To you who are troubled rest with us: when the Lord Jesus will be revealed from heaven with His mighty angels: 1Ti 6:14: 15: That you keep this commandment without spot: unrebukeable: until the appearing of our Lord Jesus Christ:1Pe 1:13: For what reason gird up the loins of your mind: be sober: and hope to the end for the grace that is to be brought to you at the revelation of Jesus Christ;1Pe 4:13: But rejoice: inasmuch as you are partakers of Christ's sufferings; that: when His glory will be revealed: you may be glad also with exceeding joy.1Pe 5:4: When the chief Shepherd will appear: you will receive a crown of glory that fades not away.1Jo 3:2: Beloved: now are we the sons of God: and it does not yet appear what we will be: but we know that: when He will appear: we will be like Him; for we will see Him as He is.
ος και βεβαιωσει υμας εως τελους ανεγκλητους εν τη ημερα του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G950βεβαιώσειbebaiōsei (V-FIA-3S) G950 βεβαιόω bebaióō beb-ah-yo-o from βέβαιος; to stabilitate (figuratively):--confirm, (e-)stablish.
|
βεβαιώσειbebaiōsei
|
will sustain
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep) G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
to the
|
Prep
|
G5056τέλουςtelous (N-GNS) G5056 τέλος télos tel-os from a primary (to set out for a definite point or goal); properly, the point aimed at as a limit, i.e. (by implication) the conclusion of an act or state (termination (literally, figuratively or indefinitely), result (immediate, ultimate or prophetic), purpose); specially, an impost or levy (as paid):--+ continual, custom, end(-ing), finally, uttermost. Compare φόρος.
|
τέλουςtelous
|
end,
|
N-GNS
|
G410ἀνεγκλήτουςanenklētous (Adj-AMP) G410 ἀνέγκλητος anénklētos an-eng-klay-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of ἐγκαλέω; unaccused, i.e. (by implication) irreproachable:--blameless.
|
ἀνεγκλήτουςanenklētous
|
blameless
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2250ἡμέρᾳhēmera (N-DFS) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρᾳhēmera
|
day
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547Χριστοῦ.Christou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ.Christou
|
Christ.
|
N-GMS
|
8
Who will also confirm you to the end, that you may be blameless in the day of our Lord Jesus Christ.1 Corinthians 1:8
Stats
Rank: #2573 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 102 characters, 20 words, 80 letters, 29 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος και βεβαιωσει υμας εως τελους ανεγκλητους εν τη ημερα του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου
Lit: who also will sustain you to the end, blameless in the day of the Lord of us Jesus Christ.
KJV: Who shall also confirm you unto the end, that ye may be blameless in the day of our Lord Jesus Christ.
References
"confirm"Ps 37:17: 28: For the arms of the wicked will be broken: but the LORD upholds the righteous.Ro 14:4: Who are you that judge another man's servant? to His own master He stands or falls. Yes: He will be holden up: for God is able to make Him stand.Ro 16:25: Now to Him that is of power to stablish you according to my gospel: and the preaching of Jesus Christ: according to the revelation of the mystery: which was kept secret since the world began: 2Co 1:21: Now He which stablishes us with you in Christ: and has anointed us: is God;1Th 3:13: To the end He may stablish your hearts unblameable in holiness before God: even our Father: at the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ with all His saints.1Th 5:24: Faithful is he who calls you: who also will do it.2Th 3:3: But the Lord is faithful: who will stablish you: and keep you from evil.1Pe 5:10: But the God of all grace: who has called us to His eternal glory by Christ Jesus: after that you have suffered a while: make you perfect: stablish: strengthen: settle you."blameless"Eph 5:27: That he might present it to himself a glorious church: not having spot: or wrinkle: or any such thing; but that it should be holy and without blemish.Php 2:15: That you may be blameless and harmless: the sons of God: without rebuke: in the middle of a crooked and perverse nation: among whom you shine as lights in the world;Col 1:22: In the body of his flesh through death: to present you holy and unblameable and unreproveable in his sight:1Th 3:13: To the end He may stablish your hearts unblameable in holiness before God: even our Father: at the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ with all His saints.1Th 5:23: 24: The very God of peace sanctify you wholly; and I pray God your whole spirit and soul and body be preserved blameless to the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ.2Pe 3:14: For what reason: beloved: seeing that you look for such things: be diligent that you may be found of him in peace: without spot: and blameless.Jude 1:24: 25: Now to him that is able to keep you from falling: and to present you faultless before the presence of his glory with exceeding joy: "the day"Php 1:6: 10: Being confident of this very thing: that He which has begun a good work in you will perform it until the day of Jesus Christ:Php 2:16: Holding forth the word of life; that I may rejoice in the day of Christ: that I not have run in vain: neither laboured in vain.2Pe 3:10: But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens will pass away with a great noise: and the elements will melt with fervent heat: the earth also and the works that are therein will be burned up.
πιστος ο θεος δι ου εκληθητε εις κοινωνιαν του υιου αυτου ιησου χριστου του κυριου ημων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4103πιστὸςpistos (Adj-NMS) G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.
|
πιστὸςpistos
|
Faithful is
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2316Θεὸς,Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεὸς,Theos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
whom
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G2564ἐκλήθητεeklēthēte (V-AIP-2P) G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
ἐκλήθητεeklēthēte
|
you were called
|
V-AIP-2P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G2842κοινωνίανkoinōnian (N-AFS) G2842 κοινωνία koinōnía koy-nohn-ee-ah from κοινωνός; partnership, i.e. (literally) participation, or (social) intercourse, or (pecuniary) benefaction:--(to) communicate(-ation), communion, (contri-)distribution, fellowship.
|
κοινωνίανkoinōnian
|
fellowship
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
with the
|
Art-GMS
|
G5207ΥἱοῦHuiou (N-GMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱοῦHuiou
|
Son
|
N-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
Christ,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G1473ἡμῶν.hēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν.hēmōn
|
of us.
|
PPro-G1P
|
9
God is faithful, by whom you were called to the fellowship of His Son Jesus Christ our Lord.1 Corinthians 1:9
Stats
Counts: 93 characters, 17 words, 74 letters, 26 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: πιστος ο θεος δι ου εκληθητε εις κοινωνιαν του υιου αυτου ιησου χριστου του κυριου ημων
Lit: Faithful is God, by whom you were called into fellowship with the Son of Him, Jesus Christ, the Lord of us.
KJV: God is faithful, by whom ye were called unto the fellowship of his Son Jesus Christ our Lord.
References
"God"1Co 10:13: There has no temptation taken you but such as is common to man: but God is faithful: who not will suffer you to be tempted above that you are able; but will with the temptation also make a way to escape: that you may be able to bear it.Nu 23:19: God is not a man: that He should lie; neither the son of man: that He should repent: has He said: and will He not">not He do it? or has He spoken: and will He not">not He make it good?De 7:9: Know therefore that the LORD your God: He is God: the faithful God: which keeps covenant and mercy with them that love Him and keep His commandments to a000 generations;De 32:4: He is the Rock: His work is perfect: for all His ways are judgment: a God of truth and without iniquity: just and right is He.Ps 89:33-35: Nevertheless my lovingkindness will not I utterly take from him: nor suffer my faithfulness to fail.Ps 100:5: For the LORD is good; His mercy is everlasting; and His truth endureth to all generations.Isa 11:5: Righteousness will be the girdle of his loins: and faithfulness the girdle of his reins.Isa 25:1: O LORD: you are my God; I will exalt you: I will praise your name; for you have done wonderful things; your counsels of old are faithfulness and truth.Isa 49:7: Thus says the LORD: the Redeemer of Israel: and His Holy one: to Him whom man despises: to Him whom the nation abhors: to a servant of rulers: Kings will see and arise: princes also will worship: because of the LORD that is faithful: and the Holy one of Israel: and He will choose you.La 3:22: 23: It is of the LORD's mercies that we not are consumed: because His compassions not fail.Mt 24:35: Heaven and earth will pass away: but my words will not pass away.1Th 5:23: 24: The very God of peace sanctify you wholly; and I pray God your whole spirit and soul and body be preserved blameless to the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ.2Th 3:3: But the Lord is faithful: who will stablish you: and keep you from evil.Tit 1:2: In hope of eternal life: which God: that cannot lie: promised before the world began;Heb 2:17: For what reason in all things it behoved Him to be made like to His brothers: that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God: to make reconciliation for the sins of the people.Heb 6:18: That by two immutable things: in which it was impossible for God to lie: we might have a strong consolation: who have fled for refuge to lay hold upon the hope set before us:Heb 10:23: Let us hold fast the profession of our faith without wavering; (for he is faithful that promised;)Heb 11:11: Through faith also Sara herself received strength to conceive seed: and was delivered of a child when she was past age: because she judged him faithful who had promised.Re 19:11: I saw heaven opened: and look a white horse; and he who sat upon him was called Faithful and True: and in righteousness he does judge and make war."by"Col 1:24: Who now rejoice in my sufferings for you: and fill up that which is behind of the afflictions of Christ in my flesh for His body's sake: which is the church:Ro 8:28: 30: We know that all things work together for good to them that love God: to them who are the called according to His purpose.Ro 9:24: Even us: whom he has called: not of the Jews only: but also of the Gentiles?Ga 1:15: But when it pleased God: who separated me from my mother's womb: and called me by His grace: 1Th 2:12: That you would walk worthy of God: who has called you to His kingdom and glory.2Th 2:14: To what He called you by our gospel: to the obtaining of the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ.2Ti 1:9: Who has saved us: and called us with an holy calling: not according to our works: but according to His own purpose and grace: which was given us in Christ Jesus before the world began: Heb 3:1: For what reason: holy brothers: partakers of the heavenly calling: consider the Apostle and High Priest of our profession: Christ Jesus;1Pe 5:10: But the God of all grace: who has called us to His eternal glory by Christ Jesus: after that you have suffered a while: make you perfect: stablish: strengthen: settle you."the fellowship"1Co 1:30: But of Him are you in Christ Jesus: who of God is made to us wisdom: and righteousness: and sanctification: and redemption:1Co 10:16: The cup of blessing which we bless: is not it the communion of the blood of Christ? The bread which we break: is not it the communion of the body of Christ?Joh 15:4: 5: Abide in me: and I in you. As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself: except it abide in the vine; no more can you: except you abide in me.Joh 17:21: That they all may be one; as you: Father: are in me: and I in you: that they also may be one in us: that the world may believe that you have sent me.Ro 11:17: If some of the branches be broken off: and you: being a wild olive tree: wert graffed in among them: and with them partakest of the root and fatness of the olive tree;Ga 2:20: I am crucified with Christ: nevertheless I live; not yet I: but Christ lives in me: and the life which I now live in the flesh I live by the faith of the Son of God: who loved me: and gave Himself for me.Eph 2:20-22: Are built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets: Jesus Christ Himself being the chief corner stone;Eph 3:6: That the Gentiles should be fellowheirs: and of the same body: and partakers of His promise in Christ by the gospel:Heb 3:14: For we are made partakers of Christ: if we hold the beginning of our confidence stedfast to the end;1Jo 1:3: 7: That which we have seen and heard declare we to you: that you also may have fellowship with us: and truly our fellowship is with the Father: and with His Son Jesus Christ.1Jo 4:13: Hereby know we that we dwell in Him: and He in us: because He has given us of His Spirit.
Divisions Within the Church
παρακαλω δε υμας αδελφοι δια του ονοματος του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου ινα το αυτο λεγητε παντες και μη η εν υμιν σχισματα ητε δε κατηρτισμενοι εν τω αυτω νοι και εν τη αυτη γνωμη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3870ΠαρακαλῶParakalō (V-PIA-1S) G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
ΠαρακαλῶParakalō
|
I exhort
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμᾶς,hymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶς,hymas
|
you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3686ὀνόματοςonomatos (N-GNS) G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματοςonomatos
|
name
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547Χριστοῦ,Christou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ,Christou
|
Christ,
|
N-GMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G846αὐτὸauto (PPro-AN3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸauto
|
same thing
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G3004λέγητεlegēte (V-PSA-2P) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγητεlegēte
|
you speak
|
V-PSA-2P
|
G3956πάντες,pantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντες,pantes
|
all,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ᾖē (V-PSA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ᾖē
|
there be
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G4978σχίσματα,schismata (N-NNP) G4978 σχίσμα schísma skhis-mah from σχίζω; a split or gap (schism), literally or figuratively:--division, rent, schism.
|
σχίσματα,schismata
|
divisions;
|
N-NNP
|
G1510ἦτεēte (V-PSA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦτεēte
|
you may be
|
V-PSA-2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2675κατηρτισμένοιkatērtismenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP) G2675 καταρτίζω katartízō kat-ar-tid-zo from κατά and a derivative of ἄρτιος; to complete thoroughly, i.e. repair (literally or figuratively) or adjust:--fit, frame, mend, (make) perfect(-ly join together), prepare, restore.
|
κατηρτισμένοιkatērtismenoi
|
having been knit together
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
same
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3563νοῒnoi (N-DMS) G3563 νοῦς noûs nooce probably from the base of γινώσκω; the intellect, i.e. mind (divine or human; in thought, feeling, or will); by implication, meaning:--mind, understanding. Compare ψυχή.
|
νοῒnoi
|
mind
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
same
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G1106γνώμῃ.gnōmē (N-DFS) G1106 γνώμη gnṓmē gno-may from γινώσκω; cognition, i.e. (subjectively) opinion, or (objectively) resolve (counsel, consent, etc.):--advice, + agree, judgment, mind, purpose, will.,
|
γνώμῃ.gnōmē
|
judgment.
|
N-DFS
|
10
Now I beseech you, brothers, by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that you all speak the same thing, and that there be no divisions among you; but that you be perfectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment.1 Corinthians 1:10
Stats
Rank: #868 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 228 characters, 37 words, 177 letters, 66 vowels, 111 consonants
Translation
Greek: παρακαλω δε υμας αδελφοι δια του ονοματος του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου ινα το αυτο λεγητε παντες και μη η εν υμιν σχισματα ητε δε κατηρτισμενοι εν τω αυτω νοι και εν τη αυτη γνωμη
Lit: I exhort now you, brothers, by the name of the Lord of us Jesus Christ, that the same thing you speak all, and not there be among you divisions; you may be however having been knit together in the same mind and in the same judgment.
KJV: Now I beseech you, brethren, by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that ye all speak the same thing, and that there be no divisions among you; but [that] ye be perfectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment.
References
"I beseech"1Co 4:16: For what reason I beseech you: be you followers of me.Ro 12:1: I beseech you therefore: brothers: by the mercies of God: that you present your bodies a living sacrifice: holy: acceptable to God: which is your reasonable service.2Co 5:20: Now then we are ambassadors for Christ: as though God did beseech you by us: we pray you in Christ's stead: be you reconciled to God.2Co 6:1: We then: as workers together with Him: beseech you also that you not receive the grace of God in vain.2Co 10:1: Now I Paul myself beseech you by the meekness and gentleness of Christ: who in presence am base among you: but being absent am bold toward you:Ga 4:12: Brothers: I beseech you: be as I am; for I am as you are: you not have injured me at all.Eph 4:1: I therefore: the prisoner of the Lord: beseech you that you walk worthy of the vocation wherewith you are called: Phm 1:9: 10: Yet for love's sake I rather beseech you: being such an one as Paul the aged: and now also a prisoner of Jesus Christ.1Pe 2:11: Dearly beloved: I beseech you as strangers and pilgrims: abstain from fleshly lusts: which war against the soul;"by the"Ro 15:30: Now I beseech you: brothers: for the Lord Jesus Christ's sake: and for the love of the Spirit: that you strive together with me in your prayers to God for me;1Th 4:1: 2: Furthermore then we beseech you: brothers: and exhort you by the Lord Jesus: that as you have received of us how you ought to walk and to please God: so you would abound more and more.2Th 2:1: Now we beseech you: brothers: by the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ: and by our gathering together to Him: 1Ti 5:21: I charge you before God: and the Lord Jesus Christ: and the elect angels: that you observe these things without preferring one before another: not doinghing by partiality.2Ti 4:1: I charge you therefore before God: and the Lord Jesus Christ: who will judge the quick and the dead at His appearing and His kingdom;"that ye"Ps 133:1: > Look: how good and how pleasant it is for brothers to dwell together in unity!Jer 32:39: I will give them one heart: and one way: that they may fear me for ever: for the good of them: and of their children after them:Joh 13:34: 35: A new commandment I give to you: That you love one another; as I have loved you: that you also love one another.Joh 17:23: I in them: and you in me: that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that you have sent me: and have loved them: as you have loved me.Ac 4:32: The multitude of them that believed were of one heart and of one soul: neither said any of them that ought of the things which he possessed was his own; but they had all things common.Ro 12:16: Be of the same mind one toward another. not Mind high things: but condescend to men of low estate. not Be wise in your own conceits.Ro 15:5: 6: Now the God of patience and consolation grant you to be likeminded one toward another according to Christ Jesus:Ro 16:17: Now I beseech you: brothers: mark them which cause divisions and offences contrary to the doctrine which you have learned; and avoid them.2Co 13:11: Finally: brothers: farewell. Be perfect: be of good comfort: be of one mind: live in peace; and the God of love and peace will be with you.Eph 4:1-7: 31: 32: I therefore: the prisoner of the Lord: beseech you that you walk worthy of the vocation wherewith you are called: Php 1:27: Only let your conversation be as it becomes the gospel of Christ: that whether I come and see you: or else be absent: I may hear of your affairs: that you stand fast in one spirit: with one mind striving together for the faith of the gospel;Php 2:1-4: If there be therefore any consolation in Christ: if any comfort of love: if any fellowship of the Spirit: if any bowels and mercies: Php 3:16: Nevertheless: whereto we have already attained: let us walk by the same rule: let us mind the same thing.1Th 5:13: To esteem them very highly in love for their work's sake. And be at peace among yourselves.Jas 3:13-18: Who is a wise man and endued with knowledge among you? let him show out of a good conversation his works with meekness of wisdom.1Pe 3:8: 9: Finally: be you all of one mind: having compassion one of another: love as brothers: be pitiful: be courteous:"divisions"1Co 11:18: For first of all: when you come together in the church: I hear that there be divisions among you; and I partly believe it.1Co 12:25: That there should be no schism in the body; but that the members should have the same care one for another.Mt 9:16: No man puts a piece of new cloth to an old garment: for that which is put in to fill it up takes from the garment: and the tear is made worse.Mr 2:21: No man also sews a piece of new cloth on an old garment: else the new piece that filled it up takes away from the old: and the tear is made worse.Joh 7:43: So there was a division among the people because of him.Joh 9:16: Therefore said some of the Pharisees: This man not is of God: because He keeps not the sabbath day. Others said: How can a man that is a sinner do such miracles? And there was a division among them.Joh 10:19: There was a division therefore again among the Jews for these sayings.
εδηλωθη γαρ μοι περι υμων αδελφοι μου υπο των χλοης οτι εριδες εν υμιν εισιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1213ἐδηλώθηedēlōthē (V-AIP-3S) G1213 δηλόω dēlóō day-lo-o from δῆλος; to make plain (by words):--declare, shew, signify.
|
ἐδηλώθηedēlōthē
|
It was shown
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶν,hymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν,hymōn
|
you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G80ἀδελφοίadelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοίadelphoi
|
brothers
|
N-VMP
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
those
|
Art-GMP
|
G5514Χλόης,Chloēs (N-GFS) G5514 Χλόη Chlóē khlo-ay feminine of apparently a primary word; green; Chloë, a Christian female:--Chloe.
|
Χλόης,Chloēs
|
of Chloe,
|
N-GFS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2054ἔριδεςerides (N-NFP) G2054 ἔρις éris er-is of uncertain affinity; a quarrel, i.e. (by implication) wrangling:--contention, debate, strife, variance.
|
ἔριδεςerides
|
quarrels
|
N-NFP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1510εἰσιν.eisin (V-PIA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσιν.eisin
|
there are.
|
V-PIA-3P
|
11
For it has been declared to me of you, my brothers, by them which are of the house of Chloe, that there are contentions among you.1 Corinthians 1:11
Stats
Rank: #2740 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 133 characters, 23 words, 104 letters, 41 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: εδηλωθη γαρ μοι περι υμων αδελφοι μου υπο των χλοης οτι εριδες εν υμιν εισιν
Lit: It was shown for to me concerning you, brothers of me, by those of Chloe, that quarrels among you there are.
KJV: For it hath been declared unto me of you, my brethren, by them which are of the house of Chloe, that there are contentions among you.
References
"it hath"1Co 11:18: For first of all: when you come together in the church: I hear that there be divisions among you; and I partly believe it.Ge 27:42: These words of Esau her elder son were told to Rebekah: and she sent and called Jacob her younger son: and said to him: Look: your brother Esau: as touching you: does comfort himself: purposing to kill you.Ge 37:2: These are the generations of Jacob. Joseph: being 17 years old: was feeding the flock with his brothers; and the lad was with the sons of Bilhah: and with the sons of Zilpah: his father's wives: and Joseph brought to his father their evil report.1Sa 25:14-17: But one of the young men told Abigail: Nabal's wife: saying: Look: David sent messengers out of the wilderness to greet our master; and he railed on them."that there"1Co 3:3: For you are yet carnal: for whereas there is among you envying: and strife: and divisions: are you not carnal: and walk as men?1Co 6:1-7: Dare any of you: having a matter against another: go to law before the unjust: not and before the saints?Pr 13:10: Only by pride comes contention: but with the well advised is wisdom.Pr 18:6: A fool's lips enter into contention: and his mouth calls for strokes.2Co 12:20: For I fear: lest'>lest: when I come: I will not find you such as I would: and that I will be found to you such as you not would: lest'>lest there be debates: envyings: wraths: strifes: backbitings: whisperings: swellings: tumults:Ga 5:15: 20: 26: But if you bite and devour one another: take heed that you not be consumed one of another.Php 2:14: Do all things without murmurings and disputings:1Ti 6:4: He is proud: not knowinghing: but doting about questions and strifes of words: whereof comes envy: strife: railings: evil surmisings: 2Ti 2:23-25: But foolish and unlearned questions avoid: knowing that they do gender strifes.Jas 4:1: 2: From where come wars and fightings among you? come they not here: even of your lusts that war in your members?
λεγω δε τουτο οτι εκαστος υμων λεγει εγω μεν ειμι παυλου εγω δε απολλω εγω δε κηφα εγω δε χριστου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3004λέγωlegō (V-PIA-1S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωlegō
|
I mean
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3778τοῦτο,touto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτο,touto
|
this,
|
DPro-ANS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1538ἕκαστοςhekastos (Adj-NMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστοςhekastos
|
each
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473ἘγὼEgō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγὼEgō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G3303μένmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μένmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G1510εἰμιeimi (V-PIA-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμιeimi
|
am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3972Παύλου,Paulou (N-GMS) G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παύλου,Paulou
|
of Paul,
|
N-GMS
|
G1473ἘγὼEgō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγὼEgō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
and
|
Conj
|
G625Ἀπολλῶ,Apollō (N-GMS) G625 Ἀπολλῶς Apollōs ap-ol-loce probably from the same as Ἀπολλωνία; Apollos, an Israelite:--Apollos.
|
Ἀπολλῶ,Apollō
|
of Apollos,
|
N-GMS
|
G1473ἘγὼEgō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγὼEgō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2786Κηφᾶ,Kēpha (N-GMS) G2786 Κηφᾶς Kēphâs kay-fas of Chaldee origin (compare כֵּף); the Rock; Cephas (i.e. Kepha), a surname of Peter:--Cephas.
|
Κηφᾶ,Kēpha
|
of Cephas,”
|
N-GMS
|
G1473ἘγὼEgō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγὼEgō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5547Χριστοῦ.Christou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ.Christou
|
of Christ.
|
N-GMS
|
12
Now this I say, that every one of you says, I am of Paul; and I of Apollos; and I of Cephas; and I of Christ.
1 Corinthians 1:12
Stats
Rank: #3342 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 110 characters, 21 words, 79 letters, 34 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: λεγω δε τουτο οτι εκαστος υμων λεγει εγω μεν ειμι παυλου εγω δε απολλω εγω δε κηφα εγω δε χριστου
Lit: I mean now this, that each of you says, I indeed am of Paul, I and of Apollos, I and of Cephas,” I and of Christ.
KJV: Now this I say, that every one of you saith, I am of Paul; and I of Apollos; and I of Cephas; and I of Christ.
References
"this"1Co 7:29: But this I say: brothers: the time is short: it remains: that both they that have wives be as though they had none;1Co 15:50: Now this I say: brothers: that flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God; neither does corruption inherit incorruption.2Co 9:6: But this I say: He which sows'>sows sparingly will reap also sparingly; and he which sows'>sows bountifully will reap also bountifully.Ga 3:17: This I say: that the covenant: that was confirmed before of God in Christ: the law: which was 430 years after: cannot disannul: that it should make the promise of none effect."I am"1Co 3:4-6: 21-23: For while one says: I am of Paul; and another: I am of Apollos; are you not carnal?1Co 4:6: These things: brothers: I have in a figure transferred to myself and to Apollos for your sakes; that you might learn in not us to think of men above that which is written: that no one of you be puffed up for one against another."Apollos"1Co 16:12: As touching our brother Apollos: I greatly desired him to come to you with the brothers: but his will not was at all to come at this time; but he will come when he will have convenient time.Ac 18:24-28: A certain Jew named Apollos: born at Alexandria: an eloquent man: and mighty in the scriptures: came to Ephesus.Ac 19:1: It came to pass: that: while Apollos was at Corinth: Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus: and finding certain disciples: "Cephas"1Co 9:5: Have not we power to lead about a sister: a wife: as well as other apostles: and as the brothers of the Lord: and Cephas?1Co 15:5: That he was seen of Cephas: then of the 12:Joh 1:42: He brought Him to Jesus. And when Jesus beheld Him: He said: You are Simon the son of Jona: you will be called Cephas: which is by interpretation: A stone.Ga 2:9: When James: Cephas: and John: who seemed to be pillars: perceived the grace that was given to me: they gave to me and Barnabas the right hands of fellowship; that we should go to the heathen: and they to the circumcision.
μεμερισται ο χριστος μη παυλος εσταυρωθη υπερ υμων η εις το ονομα παυλου εβαπτισθητε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3307Μεμέρισταιmemeristai (V-RIM/P-3S) G3307 μερίζω merízō mer-id-zo from μέρος; to part, i.e. (literally) to apportion, bestow, share, or (figuratively) to disunite, differ:--deal, be difference between, distribute, divide, give participle
|
Μεμέρισταιmemeristai
|
Has been divided
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G5547Χριστός;Christos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστός;Christos
|
Christ?
|
N-NMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS) G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul
|
N-NMS
|
G4717ἐσταυρώθηestaurōthē (V-AIP-3S) G4717 σταυρόω stauróō stow-ro-o from σταυρός; to impale on the cross; figuratively, to extinguish (subdue) passion or selfishness:--crucify.
|
ἐσταυρώθηestaurōthē
|
was crucified
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶν,hymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν,hymōn
|
you?
|
PPro-G2P
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
Or
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS) G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G3972ΠαύλουPaulou (N-GMS) G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαύλουPaulou
|
of Paul
|
N-GMS
|
G907ἐβαπτίσθητε;ebaptisthēte (V-AIP-2P) G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
ἐβαπτίσθητε;ebaptisthēte
|
were you baptized?
|
V-AIP-2P
|
13
Is Christ divided? was Paul crucified for you? or were you baptized in the name of Paul?1 Corinthians 1:13
Stats
Rank: #3298 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 87 characters, 15 words, 68 letters, 29 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: μεμερισται ο χριστος μη παυλος εσταυρωθη υπερ υμων η εις το ονομα παυλου εβαπτισθητε
Lit: Has been divided Christ? Not Paul was crucified for you? Or into the name of Paul were you baptized?
KJV: Is Christ divided? was Paul crucified for you? or were ye baptized in the name of Paul?
References
"Christ"2Co 11:4: For if He that'>He who comes preaches another Jesus: whom we not have preached: or if you receive another spirit: which you not have received: or another gospel: which you not have accepted: you might well bear with Him.Ga 1:7: Which not is another; but there be some that trouble you: and would pervert the gospel of Christ.Eph 4:5: one Lord: one faith: one baptism: "Paul"1Co 6:19: 20: What? know you not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you: which you have of God: and you not are your own?Ro 14:9: For to this end Christ both died: and rose: and revived: that He might be Lord both of the dead and living.2Co 5:14: 15: For the love of Christ constrains us; because we thus judge: that if one died for all: then were all dead:Tit 2:14: Who gave himself for us: that he might redeem us from all iniquity: and purify to himself a peculiar people: zealous of good works."or"1Co 1:15: Lest any should say that I had baptized in my own name.1Co 10:2: Were all baptized to Moses in the cloud and in the sea;Mt 28:19: Go you therefore: and teach all nations: baptizing them in the name of the Father: and of the Son: and of the Holy Ghost:Ac 2:38: Then Peter said to them: Repent: and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins: and you will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.Ac 10:48: He commanded them to be baptized in the name of the Lord. Then prayed they Him to tarry certain days.Ac 19:5: When they heard this: they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus.
ευχαριστω τω θεω οτι ουδενα υμων εβαπτισα ει μη κρισπον και γαιον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2168εὐχαριστῶeucharistō (V-PIA-1S) G2168 εὐχαριστέω eucharistéō yoo-khar-is-teh-o from εὐχάριστος; to be grateful, i.e. (actively) to express gratitude (towards); specially, to say grace at a meal:--(give) thank(-ful, -s).
|
εὐχαριστῶeucharistō
|
I thank
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2316θεῷ]theō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
θεῷ]theō
|
God
|
N-DMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3762οὐδέναoudena (Adj-AMS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδέναoudena
|
no one
|
Adj-AMS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G907ἐβάπτισαebaptisa (V-AIA-1S) G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
ἐβάπτισαebaptisa
|
I baptized,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2921ΚρίσπονKrispon (N-AMS) G2921 Κρίσπος Kríspos kris-pos of Latin origin; crisp; Crispus, a Corinthian:--Crispus.
|
ΚρίσπονKrispon
|
Crispus
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1050Γάϊον·Gaion (N-AMS) G1050 Γάϊος Gáïos gah-ee-os of Latin origin; Gaius (i.e. Caius), a Christian:--Gaius.
|
Γάϊον·Gaion
|
Gaius,
|
N-AMS
|
14
I thank God that I baptized none of you, but Crispus and Gaius;1 Corinthians 1:14
Stats
Rank: #3740 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 63 characters, 12 words, 49 letters, 20 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: ευχαριστω τω θεω οτι ουδενα υμων εβαπτισα ει μη κρισπον και γαιον
Lit: I thank God that no one of you I baptized, if not Crispus and Gaius,
KJV: I thank God that I baptized none of you, but Crispus and Gaius;
References
"thank"1Co 1:4: I thank my God always on your behalf: for the grace of God which is given you by Jesus Christ;1Co 14:18: I thank my God: I speak with tongues more than you all:2Co 2:14: Now thanks be to God: which always causes us to triumph in Christ: and makes manifest the savour of His knowledge by us in every place.Eph 5:20: Giving thanks always for all things to God and the Father in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ;Col 3:15: 17: Let the peace of God rule in your hearts: to the which also you are called in one body; and be you thankful.1Th 5:18: In every thing give thanks: for this is the will of God in Christ Jesus concerning you.1Ti 1:12: I thank Christ Jesus our Lord: who has enabled me: for that He counted me faithful: putting me into the ministry;Phm 1:4: I thank my God: making mention of you always in my prayers: "Crispus"Ac 18:8: Crispus: the chief ruler of the synagogue: believed on the Lord with all His house; and many of the Corinthians hearing believed: and were baptized."Gaius"Ro 16:23: Gaius my host: and of the whole church: salutes'>salutes you. Erastus the chamberlain of the city salutes'>salutes you: and Quartus a brother.3Jo 1:1-4: The elder to the wellbeloved Gaius: whom I love in the truth.
ινα μη τις ειπη οτι εις το εμον ονομα εβαπτισα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μήmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μήmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3004εἴπῃeipē (V-ASA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἴπῃeipē
|
should say
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G1699ἐμὸνemon (PPro-AN1S) G1699 ἐμός emós em-os from the oblique cases of ἐγώ (ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἐμέ); my:--of me, mine (own), my.,
|
ἐμὸνemon
|
my
|
PPro-AN1S
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS) G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G907ἐβαπτίσθητε.ebaptisthēte (V-AIP-2P) G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
ἐβαπτίσθητε.ebaptisthēte
|
you were baptized.
|
V-AIP-2P
|
15
Lest any should say that I had baptized in my own name.1 Corinthians 1:15
Stats
Rank: #4032 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 57 characters, 12 words, 45 letters, 17 vowels, 28 consonants
Translation
Greek: ινα μη τις ειπη οτι εις το εμον ονομα εβαπτισα
Lit: so that not anyone should say that into my name you were baptized.
KJV: Lest any should say that I had baptized in mine own name.
References
"I"Joh 3:28: 29: You yourselves bear me witness: that I said: I not am the Christ: but that I am sent before Him.Joh 7:18: He who speaks of himself seeks'>seeks his own glory: but he who seeks'>seeks his glory that sent him: the same is true: and no unrighteousness is in him.2Co 11:2: For I am jealous over you with godly jealousy: for I have espoused you to one husband: that I may present you as a chaste virgin to Christ.
εβαπτισα δε και τον στεφανα οικον λοιπον ουκ οιδα ει τινα αλλον εβαπτισα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G907ἐβάπτισαebaptisa (V-AIA-1S) G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
ἐβάπτισαebaptisa
|
I baptized
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4734ΣτεφανᾶStephana (N-GMS) G4734 Στεφανᾶς Stephanâs stef-an-as probably contraction for (crowned; from στεφανόω); Stephanas, a Christian:--Stephanas.
|
ΣτεφανᾶStephana
|
of Stephanas
|
N-GMS
|
G3624οἶκον·oikon (N-AMS) G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκον·oikon
|
household;
|
N-AMS
|
G3063λοιπὸνloipon (Adj-ANS) G3063 λοιπόν loipón loy-pon neuter singular of the same as λοιποί; something remaining (adverbially):--besides, finally, furthermore, (from) henceforth, moreover, now, + it remaineth, then.
|
λοιπὸνloipon
|
as to the rest,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1492οἶδαoida (V-RIA-1S) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἶδαoida
|
I know
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G1487εἴei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἴei
|
whether
|
Conj
|
G5100τιναtina (IPro-AMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναtina
|
any
|
IPro-AMS
|
G243ἄλλονallon (Adj-AMS) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλονallon
|
other
|
Adj-AMS
|
G907ἐβάπτισα.ebaptisa (V-AIA-1S) G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
ἐβάπτισα.ebaptisa
|
I baptized.
|
V-AIA-1S
|
16
I baptized also the household of Stephanas: besides, I not know whether I baptized any other.
1 Corinthians 1:16
Stats
Rank: #3779 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 97 characters, 15 words, 78 letters, 31 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: εβαπτισα δε και τον στεφανα οικον λοιπον ουκ οιδα ει τινα αλλον εβαπτισα
Lit: I baptized now also the of Stephanas household; as to the rest, not I know whether any other I baptized.
KJV: And I baptized also the household of Stephanas: besides, I know not whether I baptized any other.
References
"household"1Co 16:15: 17: I beseech you: brothers: (you know the house of Stephanas: that it is the firstfruits of Achaia: and that they have addicted themselves to the ministry of the saints: )Ac 16:15: 33: When she was baptized: and her household: she besought us: saying: If you have judged me to be faithful to the Lord: come into my house: and abide there. And she constrained us.
ου γαρ απεστειλεν με χριστος βαπτιζειν αλλ ευαγγελιζεσθαι ουκ εν σοφια λογου ινα μη κενωθη ο σταυρος του χριστου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G649ἀπέστειλένapesteilen (V-AIA-3S) G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπέστειλένapesteilen
|
sent
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G5547ΧριστὸςChristos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸςChristos
|
Christ
|
N-NMS
|
G907βαπτίζεινbaptizein (V-PNA) G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
βαπτίζεινbaptizein
|
to baptize,
|
V-PNA
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2097εὐαγγελίζεσθαι,euangelizesthai (V-PNM) G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐαγγελίζεσθαι,euangelizesthai
|
to preach the gospel,
|
V-PNM
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4678σοφίᾳsophia (N-DFS) G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίᾳsophia
|
wisdom
|
N-DFS
|
G3056λόγου,logou (N-GMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγου,logou
|
of discourse,
|
N-GMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2758κενωθῇkenōthē (V-ASP-3S) G2758 κενόω kenóō ken-o-o from κενός; to make empty, i.e. (figuratively) to abase, neutralize, falsify:--make (of none effect, of no reputation, void), be in vain.
|
κενωθῇkenōthē
|
be emptied of power
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4716σταυρὸςstauros (N-NMS) G4716 σταυρός staurós stow-ros from the base of ἵστημι; a stake or post (as set upright), i.e. (specially), a pole or cross (as an instrument of capital punishment); figuratively, exposure to death, i.e. self-denial; by implication, the atonement of Christ:--cross.
|
σταυρὸςstauros
|
cross
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G5547Χριστοῦ.Christou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ.Christou
|
Christ.
|
N-GMS
|
17
For Christ sent not me to baptize, but to preach the gospel: not with wisdom of words, lest the cross of Christ should be made of none effect.1 Corinthians 1:17
Stats
Rank: #3105 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 142 characters, 25 words, 111 letters, 37 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου γαρ απεστειλεν με χριστος βαπτιζειν αλλ ευαγγελιζεσθαι ουκ εν σοφια λογου ινα μη κενωθη ο σταυρος του χριστου
Lit: Not for sent me Christ to baptize, but to preach the gospel, not in wisdom of discourse, that not be emptied of power the cross of the Christ.
KJV: For Christ sent me not to baptize, but to preach the gospel: not with wisdom of words, lest the cross of Christ should be made of none effect.
References
"not to"Joh 4:2: (Though Jesus Himself not baptized: but His disciples: )Ac 10:48: He commanded them to be baptized in the name of the Lord. Then prayed they Him to tarry certain days.Ac 26:17: 18: Delivering you from the people: and from the Gentiles: to whom now I send you: "not"1Co 2:1: 4: 13: I: brothers: when I came to you: not came with excellency of speech or of wisdom: declaring to you the testimony of God.2Co 4:2: But have renounced the hidden things of dishonesty: not walking in craftiness: nor handling the word of God deceitfully; but by manifestation of the truth commending ourselves to every man's conscience in the sight of God.2Co 10:3: 4: 10: For though we walk in the flesh: we not do war after the flesh:2Pe 1:16: For we not have followed cunningly devised fables: when we made known to you the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ: but were eyewitnesses of His majesty."words"1Co 2:5: That your faith not should stand in the wisdom of men: but in the power of God.
The Message of the Cross
ο λογος γαρ ο του σταυρου τοις μεν απολλυμενοις μωρια εστιν τοις δε σωζομενοις ημιν δυναμις θεου εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G3056λόγοςlogos (N-NMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοςlogos
|
message
|
N-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G4716σταυροῦstaurou (N-GMS) G4716 σταυρός staurós stow-ros from the base of ἵστημι; a stake or post (as set upright), i.e. (specially), a pole or cross (as an instrument of capital punishment); figuratively, exposure to death, i.e. self-denial; by implication, the atonement of Christ:--cross.
|
σταυροῦstaurou
|
cross,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to those
|
Art-DMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G622ἀπολλυμένοιςapollymenois (V-PPM/P-DMP) G622 ἀπόλλυμι apóllymi ap-ol-loo-mee from ἀπό and the base of ὄλεθρος; to destroy fully (reflexively, to perish, or lose), literally or figuratively:--destroy, die, lose, mar, perish.
|
ἀπολλυμένοιςapollymenois
|
perishing
|
V-PPM/P-DMP
|
G3472μωρίαmōria (N-NFS) G3472 μωρία mōría mo-ree-ah from μωρός; silliness, i.e. absurdity:--foolishness.
|
μωρίαmōria
|
foolishness
|
N-NFS
|
G1510ἐστίν,estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίν,estin
|
is;
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
those
|
Art-DMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4982σῳζομένοιςsōzomenois (V-PPM/P-DMP) G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σῳζομένοιςsōzomenois
|
being saved,
|
V-PPM/P-DMP
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
to us,
|
PPro-D1P
|
G1411δύναμιςdynamis (N-NFS) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμιςdynamis
|
power
|
N-NFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1510ἐστιν.estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν.estin
|
it is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
18
For the preaching of the cross is to them that perish foolishness; but to us which are saved it is the power of God.1 Corinthians 1:18
Stats
Rank: #396 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 118 characters, 23 words, 93 letters, 34 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο λογος γαρ ο του σταυρου τοις μεν απολλυμενοις μωρια εστιν τοις δε σωζομενοις ημιν δυναμις θεου εστιν
Lit: The message for of the cross, to those indeed perishing foolishness is; those however being saved, to us, power of God it is.
KJV: For the preaching of the cross is to them that perish foolishness; but unto us which are saved it is the power of God.
References
"the preaching"1Co 1:23: 24: But we preach Christ crucified: to the Jews a stumblingblock: and to the Greeks foolishness;1Co 2:2: For I not determined to know any thing among you: save Jesus Christ: and Him crucified.Ga 6:12-14: As many as desire to make a fair show in the flesh: they constrain you to be circumcised; only lest they should suffer persecution for the cross of Christ."to"Ac 13:41: Look: you despisers: and wonder: and perish: for I work a work in your days: a work which you will in no wise believe: though a man declare it to you.2Co 2:15: 16: For we are to God a sweet savour of Christ: in them that are saved: and in them that perish:2Co 4:3: But if our gospel be hid: it is hid to them that are lost:2Th 2:10: With all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they not received the love of the truth: that they might be saved."foolishness"1Co 1:21: 23: 25: For after that in the wisdom of God the world by wisdom not knew God: it pleased God by the foolishness of preaching to save them that believe.1Co 2:14: But the natural man receives not the things of the Spirit of God: for they are foolishness to Him: neither can He know them: because they are spiritually discerned.1Co 3:19: For the wisdom of this world is foolishness with God. For it is written: He takes the wise in their own craftiness.Ac 17:18: 32: Then certain philosophers of the Epicureans: and of the Stoicks: encountered Him. And some said: What will this babbler say? other some: He seems to be a setter forth of strange gods: because He preached to them Jesus: and the resurrection."unto"1Co 1:24: But to them which are called: both Jews and Greeks: Christ the power of God: and the wisdom of God.1Co 15:2: By which also you are saved: if you keep in memory what I preached to you: unless you have believed in vain.Ps 110:2: 3: The LORD will send the rod of your strength out of Zion: rule you in the middle of your enemies.Ro 1:16: For I not am ashamed of the gospel of Christ: for it is the power of God to salvation to every one that believes; to the Jew first: and also to the Greek.2Co 10:4: (For the weapons of our warfare are not carnal: but mighty through God to the pulling down of strong holds;)1Th 1:5: For our gospel not came to you in word only: but also in power: and in the Holy Ghost: and in much assurance; as you know what manner of men we were among you for your sake.Heb 4:12: For the word of God is quick: and powerful: and sharper than any twoedged sword: piercing even to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit: and of the joints and marrow: and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart.
γεγραπται γαρ απολω την σοφιαν των σοφων και την συνεσιν των συνετων αθετησω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γέγραπταιgegraptai
|
It has been written
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for:
|
Conj
|
G622ἈπολῶApolō (V-FIA-1S) G622 ἀπόλλυμι apóllymi ap-ol-loo-mee from ἀπό and the base of ὄλεθρος; to destroy fully (reflexively, to perish, or lose), literally or figuratively:--destroy, die, lose, mar, perish.
|
ἈπολῶApolō
|
I will destroy
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4678σοφίανsophian (N-AFS) G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίανsophian
|
wisdom
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4680σοφῶν,sophōn (Adj-GMP) G4680 σοφός sophós sof-os akin to (clear); wise (in a most general application):--wise. Compare φρόνιμος.
|
σοφῶν,sophōn
|
wise,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4907σύνεσινsynesin (N-AFS) G4907 σύνεσις sýnesis soon-es-is from συνίημι; a mental putting together, i.e. intelligence or (concretely) the intellect:--knowledge, understanding.
|
σύνεσινsynesin
|
intelligence
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4908συνετῶνsynetōn (Adj-GMP) G4908 συνετός synetós soon-et-os from συνίημι; mentally put (or putting) together, i.e. sagacious:--prudent. Compare φρόνιμος.
|
συνετῶνsynetōn
|
intelligent
|
Adj-GMP
|
G114ἀθετήσω.athetēsō (V-FIA-1S) G114 ἀθετέω athetéō ath-et-eh-o from a compound of Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of τίθημι; to set aside, i.e. (by implication) to disesteem, neutralize or violate:--cast off, despise, disannul, frustrate, bring to nought, reject.
|
ἀθετήσω.athetēsō
|
I will frustrate.”
|
V-FIA-1S
|
19
For it is written, I will destroy the wisdom of the wise, and will bring not tohing the understanding of the prudent.
1 Corinthians 1:19
Stats
Rank: #4494 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 117 characters, 20 words, 93 letters, 31 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: γεγραπται γαρ απολω την σοφιαν των σοφων και την συνεσιν των συνετων αθετησω
Lit: It has been written for: I will destroy the wisdom of the wise, and the intelligence of the intelligent I will frustrate.”
KJV: For it is written, I will destroy the wisdom of the wise, and will bring to nothing the understanding of the prudent.
References
"For it is written, I will destroy the wisdom of the wise, and will bring to nothing the understanding of the prudent."1Co 3:19: For the wisdom of this world is foolishness with God. For it is written: He takes the wise in their own craftiness.Job 5:12: 13: He disappoints the devices of the crafty: so that their hands cannot perform their enterprise.Isa 19:3: 11: The spirit of Egypt will fail in the middle thereof; and I will destroy the counsel thereof: and they will seek to the idols: and to the charmers: and to them that have familiar spirits: and to the wizards.Isa 29:14: Therefore: look: I will proceed to do a marvellous work among this people: even a marvellous work and a wonder: for the wisdom of their wise men will perish: and the understanding of their prudent men will be hid.Jer 8:9: The wise men are ashamed: they are dismayed and taken: indeed: they have rejected the word of the LORD; and what wisdom is in them?
που σοφος που γραμματευς που συζητητης του αιωνος τουτου ουχι εμωρανεν ο θεος την σοφιαν του κοσμου τουτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4226Ποῦpou (Adv) G4226 ποῦ poû poo genitive case of an interrogative pronoun (what) otherwise obsolete (perhaps the same as πού used with the rising slide of inquiry); as adverb of place; at (by implication, to) what locality:--where, whither.
|
Ποῦpou
|
Where is the
|
Adv
|
G4680σοφός;sophos (Adj-NMS) G4680 σοφός sophós sof-os akin to (clear); wise (in a most general application):--wise. Compare φρόνιμος.
|
σοφός;sophos
|
wise?
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4226ποῦpou (Adv) G4226 ποῦ poû poo genitive case of an interrogative pronoun (what) otherwise obsolete (perhaps the same as πού used with the rising slide of inquiry); as adverb of place; at (by implication, to) what locality:--where, whither.
|
ποῦpou
|
Where the
|
Adv
|
G1122γραμματεύς;grammateus (N-NMS) G1122 γραμματεύς grammateús gram-mat-yooce from γράμμα. a writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary:--scribe, town-clerk.
|
γραμματεύς;grammateus
|
scribe?
|
N-NMS
|
G4226ποῦpou (Adv) G4226 ποῦ poû poo genitive case of an interrogative pronoun (what) otherwise obsolete (perhaps the same as πού used with the rising slide of inquiry); as adverb of place; at (by implication, to) what locality:--where, whither.
|
ποῦpou
|
Where the
|
Adv
|
G4804συζητητὴςsyzētētēs (N-NMS) G4804 συζητητής syzētētḗs sood-zay-tay-tace from συζητέω; a disputant, i.e. sophist:--disputer.
|
συζητητὴςsyzētētēs
|
debater
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G165αἰῶνοςaiōnos (N-GMS) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶνοςaiōnos
|
age
|
N-GMS
|
G3778τούτου;toutou (DPro-GMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτου;toutou
|
of this?
|
DPro-GMS
|
G3780οὐχὶouchi (IntPrtcl) G3780 οὐχί ouchí oo-khee intensive of οὐ; not indeed:--nay, not.,
|
οὐχὶouchi
|
Not
|
IntPrtcl
|
G3471ἐμώρανενemōranen (V-AIA-3S) G3471 μωραίνω mōraínō mo-rah-ee-no from μωρός; to become insipid; figuratively, to make (passively, act) as a simpleton:--become fool, make foolish, lose savour.
|
ἐμώρανενemōranen
|
has made foolish
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4678σοφίανsophian (N-AFS) G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίανsophian
|
wisdom
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2889κόσμου;kosmou (N-GMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμου;kosmou
|
world?
|
N-GMS
|
20
Where is the wise? where is the scribe? where is the disputer of this world? has not God made foolish the wisdom of this world?1 Corinthians 1:20
Stats
Counts: 132 characters, 18 words, 100 letters, 36 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: που σοφος που γραμματευς που συζητητης του αιωνος τουτου ουχι εμωρανεν ο θεος την σοφιαν του κοσμου τουτου
Lit: Where is the wise? Where the scribe? Where the debater the age of this? Not has made foolish God the wisdom of the world?
KJV: Where is the wise? where [is] the scribe? where [is] the disputer of this world? hath not God made foolish the wisdom of this world?
References
"is the wise"Isa 33:18: Your heart will meditate terror. Where is the scribe? where is the receiver? where is he who counted the towers?Isa 53:1: Who has believed our report? and to whom is the arm of the LORD revealed?"hath"1Co 1:19: For it is written: I will destroy the wisdom of the wise: and will bring not tohing the understanding of the prudent.2Sa 15:31: one told David: saying: Ahithophel is among the conspirators with Absalom. And David said: O LORD: I pray you: turn the counsel of Ahithophel into foolishness.2Sa 16:23: The counsel of Ahithophel: which He counselled in those days: was as if a man had inquired at the oracle of God: so was all the counsel of Ahithophel both with David and with Absalom.2Sa 17:14: 23: Absalom and all the men of Israel said: The counsel of Hushai the Archite is better than the counsel of Ahithophel. For the LORD had appointed to defeat the good counsel of Ahithophel: to the intent that the LORD might bring evil upon Absalom.Job 12:17: 20: 24: He leads counsellers away spoiled: and makes the judges fools.Isa 44:25: That frustrates the tokens of the liars: and makes'>makes diviners mad; that turns wise men backward: and makes'>makes their knowledge foolish;Ro 1:22: Professing themselves to be wise: they became fools:
επειδη γαρ εν τη σοφια του θεου ουκ εγνω ο κοσμος δια της σοφιας τον θεον ευδοκησεν ο θεος δια της μωριας του κηρυγματος σωσαι τους πιστευοντας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1894ἐπειδὴepeidē (Conj) G1894 ἐπειδή epeidḗ ep-i-day from ἐπεί and δή; since now, i.e. (of time) when, or (of cause) whereas:--after that, because, for (that, -asmuch as), seeing, since.
|
ἐπειδὴepeidē
|
Since
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4678σοφίᾳsophia (N-DFS) G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίᾳsophia
|
wisdom
|
N-DFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1097ἔγνωegnō (V-AIA-3S) G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
ἔγνωegnō
|
knew
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2889κόσμοςkosmos (N-NMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμοςkosmos
|
world
|
N-NMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4678σοφίαςsophias (N-GFS) G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίαςsophias
|
wisdom
|
N-GFS
|
G2316Θεόν,Theon (N-AMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν,Theon
|
God,
|
N-AMS
|
G2106εὐδόκησενeudokēsen (V-AIA-3S) G2106 εὐδοκέω eudokéō yoo-dok-eh-o from εὖ and δοκέω; to think well of, i.e. approve (an act); specially, to approbate (a person or thing):--think good, (be well) please(-d), be the good (have, take) pleasure, be willing.
|
εὐδόκησενeudokēsen
|
was pleased
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3472μωρίαςmōrias (N-GFS) G3472 μωρία mōría mo-ree-ah from μωρός; silliness, i.e. absurdity:--foolishness.
|
μωρίαςmōrias
|
foolishness
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2782κηρύγματοςkērygmatos (N-GNS) G2782 κήρυγμα kḗrygma kay-roog-mah from κηρύσσω; a proclamation (especially of the gospel; by implication, the gospel itself):--preaching.
|
κηρύγματοςkērygmatos
|
proclamation,
|
N-GNS
|
G4982σῶσαιsōsai (V-ANA) G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σῶσαιsōsai
|
to save
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G4100πιστεύοντας.pisteuontas (V-PPA-AMP) G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύοντας.pisteuontas
|
believing.
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
21
For after that in the wisdom of God the world by wisdom not knew God, it pleased God by the foolishness of preaching to save them that believe.1 Corinthians 1:21
Stats
Rank: #2613 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 143 characters, 27 words, 114 letters, 40 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: επειδη γαρ εν τη σοφια του θεου ουκ εγνω ο κοσμος δια της σοφιας τον θεον ευδοκησεν ο θεος δια της μωριας του κηρυγματος σωσαι τους πιστευοντας
Lit: Since for in the wisdom of God, not knew the world through the wisdom God, was pleased God, through the foolishness of the proclamation, to save those believing.
KJV: For after that in the wisdom of God the world by wisdom knew not God, it pleased God by the foolishness of preaching to save them that believe.
References
"in"1Co 1:24: But to them which are called: both Jews and Greeks: Christ the power of God: and the wisdom of God.Da 2:20: Daniel answered and said: Blessed be the name of God for ever and ever: for wisdom and might are His:Ro 11:33: O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are His judgments: and His ways past finding out!Eph 3:10: To the intent that now to the principalities and powers in heavenly places might be known by the church the manifold wisdom of God: "the world"Mt 11:25: At that time Jesus answered and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: because you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes.Lu 10:21: In that hour Jesus rejoiced in spirit: and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: that you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes: even so: Father; for so it seemed good in your sight.Ro 1:20-22: 28: For the invisible things of Him from the creation of the world are clearly seen: being understood by the things that are made: even His eternal power and Godhead; so that they are without excuse:
επειδη και ιουδαιοι σημειον αιτουσιν και ελληνες σοφιαν ζητουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1894Ἐπειδὴepeidē (Conj) G1894 ἐπειδή epeidḗ ep-i-day from ἐπεί and δή; since now, i.e. (of time) when, or (of cause) whereas:--after that, because, for (that, -asmuch as), seeing, since.
|
Ἐπειδὴepeidē
|
Seeing that
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2453ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi (Adj-NMP) G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi
|
Jews
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4592σημεῖαsēmeia (N-ANP) G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖαsēmeia
|
signs
|
N-ANP
|
G154αἰτοῦσινaitousin (V-PIA-3P) G154 αἰτέω aitéō ahee-teh-o of uncertain derivation; to ask (in genitive case):--ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require. Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
αἰτοῦσινaitousin
|
ask for,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1672ἝλληνεςHellēnes (N-NMP) G1672 Ἕλλην Héllēn hel-lane from Ἑλλάς; a Hellen (Grecian) or inhabitant of Hellas; by extension a Greek-speaking person, especially a non-Jew:-- Gentile, Greek.
|
ἝλληνεςHellēnes
|
Greeks
|
N-NMP
|
G4678σοφίανsophian (N-AFS) G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίανsophian
|
wisdom
|
N-AFS
|
G2212ζητοῦσιν,zētousin (V-PIA-3P) G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ζητοῦσιν,zētousin
|
seek,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
22
For the Jews require a sign, and the Greeks seek after wisdom:1 Corinthians 1:22
Stats
Rank: #4178 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 62 characters, 11 words, 49 letters, 19 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: επειδη και ιουδαιοι σημειον αιτουσιν και ελληνες σοφιαν ζητουσιν
Lit: Seeing that both Jews signs ask for, and Greeks wisdom seek,
KJV: For the Jews require a sign, and the Greeks seek after wisdom:
References
"the Jews"Mt 12:38: 39: Then certain of the scribes and of the Pharisees answered: saying: Master: we would see a sign from you.Mt 16:1-4: The Pharisees also with the Sadducees came: and tempting desired him that he would show them a sign from heaven.Mr 8:11: The Pharisees came forth: and began to question with him: seeking of him a sign from heaven: tempting him.Lu 11:16: 20: Others: tempting him: sought of him a sign from heaven.Joh 2:18: Then answered the Jews and said to him: What sign shew you to us: seeing that you do these things?Joh 4:28: The woman then left her waterpot: and went her way into the city: and says to the men: "the Greeks"Ac 17:18-21: Then certain philosophers of the Epicureans: and of the Stoicks: encountered Him. And some said: What will this babbler say? other some: He seems to be a setter forth of strange gods: because He preached to them Jesus: and the resurrection.
ημεις δε κηρυσσομεν χριστον εσταυρωμενον ιουδαιοις μεν σκανδαλον ελλησιν δε μωριαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2784κηρύσσομενkēryssomen (V-PIA-1P) G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
κηρύσσομενkēryssomen
|
preach
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G5547ΧριστὸνChriston (N-AMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸνChriston
|
Christ
|
N-AMS
|
G4717ἐσταυρωμένον,estaurōmenon (V-RPM/P-AMS) G4717 σταυρόω stauróō stow-ro-o from σταυρός; to impale on the cross; figuratively, to extinguish (subdue) passion or selfishness:--crucify.
|
ἐσταυρωμένον,estaurōmenon
|
having been crucified,
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
G2453ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois (Adj-DMP) G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois
|
to the Jewish
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G4625σκάνδαλον,skandalon (N-ANS) G4625 σκάνδαλον skándalon skan-dal-on (scandal); probably from a derivative of κάμπτω; a trap-stick (bent sapling), i.e. snare (figuratively, cause of displeasure or sin):--occasion to fall (of stumbling), offence, thing that offends, stumblingblock.
|
σκάνδαλον,skandalon
|
a stumbling block,
|
N-ANS
|
G1484ἔθνεσινethnesin (N-DNP) G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνεσινethnesin
|
to Gentiles
|
N-DNP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3472μωρίαν,mōrian (N-AFS) G3472 μωρία mōría mo-ree-ah from μωρός; silliness, i.e. absurdity:--foolishness.
|
μωρίαν,mōrian
|
foolishness;
|
N-AFS
|
23
But we preach Christ crucified, to the Jews a stumblingblock, and to the Greeks foolishness;1 Corinthians 1:23
Stats
Counts: 96 characters, 13 words, 79 letters, 27 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: ημεις δε κηρυσσομεν χριστον εσταυρωμενον ιουδαιοις μεν σκανδαλον ελλησιν δε μωριαν
Lit: we however preach Christ having been crucified, to the Jewish indeed a stumbling block, to Gentiles now foolishness;
KJV: But we preach Christ crucified, unto the Jews a stumblingblock, and unto the Greeks foolishness;
References
"we"1Co 1:18: For the preaching of the cross is to them that perish foolishness; but to us which are saved it is the power of God.1Co 2:2: For I not determined to know any thing among you: save Jesus Christ: and Him crucified.Lu 24:46: 47: Said to them: Thus it is written: and thus it behoved Christ to suffer: and to rise from the dead the third day:Ac 7:32-35: Saying: I am the God of your fathers: the God of Abraham: and the God of Isaac: and the God of Jacob. Then Moses trembled: and not durst look.Ac 10:39-43: We are witnesses of all things which he did both in the land of the Jews: and in Jerusalem; whom they killed and hanged on a tree:2Co 4:5: For we not preach ourselves: but Christ Jesus the Lord; and ourselves your servants for Jesus' sake.Ga 3:1: O foolish Galatians: who has bewitched you: that you not should obey the truth: before whose eyes Jesus Christ has been evidently set forth: crucified among you?Ga 6:14: But God forbid that I should glory: save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ: by whom the world is crucified to me: and I to the world.Eph 3:8: To me: who am less than the least of all saints: is this grace given: that I should preach among the Gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ;"unto the Jews"Isa 8:14: 15: He will be for a sanctuary; but for a stone of stumbling and for a rock of offence to both the houses of Israel: for a gin and for a snare to the inhabitants of Jerusalem.Mt 11:6: Blessed is he: whoever will not be offended in me.Mt 13:57: They were offended in Him. But Jesus said to them: A prophet not is without honour: save in His own country: and in His own house.Lu 2:34: Simeon blessed them: and said to Mary his mother: Look: this child is set for the fall and rising again of many in Israel; and for a sign which will be spoken against;Joh 6:53-66: Then Jesus said to them: Truly: truly: I say to you: Except you eat the flesh of the Son of man: and drink His blood: you have no life in you.Ro 9:32: 33: For what reason? Because they sought it not by faith: but as it were by the works of the law. For they stumbled at that stumblingstone;Ga 5:11: I: brothers: if I yet preach circumcision: why do I yet suffer persecution? then is the offence of the cross ceased.1Pe 2:8: A stone of stumbling: and a rock of offence: even to them which stumble at the word: being disobedient: to what also they were appointed."foolishness"1Co 1:28: Base things of the world: and things which are despised: has God chosen: yes: and things which not are: to bring to nought things that are:1Co 2:14: But the natural man receives not the things of the Spirit of God: for they are foolishness to Him: neither can He know them: because they are spiritually discerned.
αυτοις δε τοις κλητοις ιουδαιοις τε και ελλησιν χριστον θεου δυναμιν και θεου σοφιαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G2822κλητοῖς,klētois (Adj-DMP) G2822 κλητός klētós klay-tos from the same as κλῆσις; invited, i.e. appointed, or (specially), a saint:--called.
|
κλητοῖς,klētois
|
called,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois (Adj-DMP) G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois
|
Jews
|
Adj-DMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1672Ἕλλησιν,Hellēsin (N-DMP) G1672 Ἕλλην Héllēn hel-lane from Ἑλλάς; a Hellen (Grecian) or inhabitant of Hellas; by extension a Greek-speaking person, especially a non-Jew:-- Gentile, Greek.
|
Ἕλλησιν,Hellēsin
|
Greeks,
|
N-DMP
|
G5547ΧριστὸνChriston (N-AMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸνChriston
|
Christ
|
N-AMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1411δύναμινdynamin (N-AFS) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμινdynamin
|
the power
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G4678σοφίαν.sophian (N-AFS) G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίαν.sophian
|
the wisdom.
|
N-AFS
|
24
But to them which are called, both Jews and Greeks, Christ the power of God, and the wisdom of God.
1 Corinthians 1:24
Stats
Counts: 101 characters, 17 words, 78 letters, 26 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: αυτοις δε τοις κλητοις ιουδαιοις τε και ελλησιν χριστον θεου δυναμιν και θεου σοφιαν
Lit: to them however the called, Jews both and Greeks, Christ of God the power and of God the wisdom.
KJV: But unto them which are called, both Jews and Greeks, Christ the power of God, and the wisdom of God.
References
"called"1Co 1:2: 9: To the church of God which is at Corinth: to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus: called to be saints: with all that in every place call upon the name of Jesus Christ our Lord: both theirs and ours:Lu 7:35: But wisdom is justified of all her children.Ro 8:28-30: We know that all things work together for good to them that love God: to them who are the called according to His purpose.Ro 9:24: Even us: whom he has called: not of the Jews only: but also of the Gentiles?"the power"1Co 1:18: For the preaching of the cross is to them that perish foolishness; but to us which are saved it is the power of God.Ro 1:4: 16: Declared to be the Son of God with power: according to the spirit of holiness: by the resurrection from the dead:"the wisdom"1Co 1:30: But of Him are you in Christ Jesus: who of God is made to us wisdom: and righteousness: and sanctification: and redemption:Pr 8:1: 22-30: Does not wisdom cry? and understanding put forth her voice?Col 2:3: In whom are hid all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge.
οτι το μωρον του θεου σοφωτερον των ανθρωπων εστιν και το ασθενες του θεου ισχυροτερον των ανθρωπων εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3754Ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
Ὅτιhoti
|
For
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3474μωρὸνmōron (Adj-NNS) G3474 μωρός mōrós mo-ros probably from the base of μυστήριον; dull or stupid (as if shut up), i.e. heedless, (morally) blockhead, (apparently) absurd:--fool(-ish, X -ishness).
|
μωρὸνmōron
|
foolishness
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G4680σοφώτερονsophōteron (Adj-NNS-C) G4680 σοφός sophós sof-os akin to (clear); wise (in a most general application):--wise. Compare φρόνιμος.
|
σοφώτερονsophōteron
|
wiser
|
Adj-NNS-C
|
G444ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn (N-GMP) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn
|
than men
|
N-GMP
|
G1510ἐστίν,estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίν,estin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G772ἀσθενὲςasthenes (Adj-NNS) G772 ἀσθενής asthenḗs as-then-ace from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of σθενόω; strengthless (in various applications, literal, figurative and moral):--more feeble, impotent, sick, without strength, weak(-er, -ness, thing).
|
ἀσθενὲςasthenes
|
weakness
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G2478ἰσχυρότερονischyroteron (Adj-NNS-C) G2478 ἰσχυρός ischyrós is-khoo-ros from ἰσχύς; forcible (literally or figuratively):--boisterous, mighty(-ier), powerful, strong(-er, man), valiant.
|
ἰσχυρότερονischyroteron
|
stronger
|
Adj-NNS-C
|
G444ἀνθρώπων.anthrōpōn (N-GMP) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπων.anthrōpōn
|
than men.
|
N-GMP
|
25
Because the foolishness of God is wiser than men; and the weakness of God is stronger than men.1 Corinthians 1:25
Stats
Counts: 95 characters, 17 words, 76 letters, 28 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι το μωρον του θεου σοφωτερον των ανθρωπων εστιν και το ασθενες του θεου ισχυροτερον των ανθρωπων εστιν
Lit: For the foolishness of God wiser than men is, and the weakness of God stronger than men.
KJV: Because the foolishness of God is wiser than men; and the weakness of God is stronger than men.
References
"the foolishness"1Co 1:18: 27-29: For the preaching of the cross is to them that perish foolishness; but to us which are saved it is the power of God.Ex 13:17: It came to pass: when Pharaoh had let the people go: that God led not them through the way of the land of the Philistines: although that was near; for God said: Lest perhaps the people repent when they see war: and they return to Egypt:Ex 14:2-4: Speak to the children of Israel: that they turn and encamp before Pihahiroth: between Migdol and the sea: over against Baalzephon: before it will you encamp by the sea.Jos 6:2-5: The LORD said to Joshua: See: I have given into your hand Jericho: and the king thereof: and the mighty men of valour.Jg 7:2-8: The LORD said to Gideon: The people that are with you are too many for me to give the Midianites into their hands: lest Israel vaunt themselves against me: saying: My own hand has saved me.Jg 15:15: 16: He found a new jawbone of an ass: and put forth his hand: and took it: and killed a000 men therewith.1Sa 17:40-51: He took his staff in his hand: and chose him 5 smooth stones out of the brook: and put them in a shepherd's bag which he had: even in a scrip; and his sling was in his hand: and he drew near to the Philistine.1Ki 20:14-22: Ahab said: By whom? And He said: Thus says the LORD: Even by the young men of the princes of the provinces. Then He said: Who will order the battle? And He answered: You.Zec 4:6: 7: Then He answered and spoke to me: saying: This is the word of the LORD to Zerubbabel: saying: Not by might: nor by power: but by my spirit: says the LORD of hosts.Zec 12:7: 8: The LORD also will save the tents of Judah first: that the glory of the house of David and the glory of the inhabitants of Jerusalem not do magnify themselves against Judah.Ro 11:33-36: O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are His judgments: and His ways past finding out!
Wisdom from God
βλεπετε γαρ την κλησιν υμων αδελφοι οτι ου πολλοι σοφοι κατα σαρκα ου πολλοι δυνατοι ου πολλοι ευγενεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G991ΒλέπετεBlepete (V-PIA-2P) G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ΒλέπετεBlepete
|
Consider
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2821κλῆσινklēsin (N-AFS) G2821 κλῆσις klēsis klay-sis from a shorter form of καλέω; an invitation (figuratively):--calling.
|
κλῆσινklēsin
|
calling
|
N-AFS
|
G4771ὑμῶν,hymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν,hymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4183πολλοὶpolloi (Adj-NMP) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὶpolloi
|
many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4680σοφοὶsophoi (Adj-NMP) G4680 σοφός sophós sof-os akin to (clear); wise (in a most general application):--wise. Compare φρόνιμος.
|
σοφοὶsophoi
|
wise
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G4561σάρκα,sarka (N-AFS) G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σάρκα,sarka
|
flesh were,
|
N-AFS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4183πολλοὶpolloi (Adj-NMP) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὶpolloi
|
many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1415δυνατοί,dynatoi (Adj-NMP) G1415 δυνατός dynatós doo-nat-os from δύναμαι; powerful or capable (literally or figuratively); neuter possible:--able, could, (that is) mighty (man), possible, power, strong.
|
δυνατοί,dynatoi
|
powerful,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4183πολλοὶpolloi (Adj-NMP) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὶpolloi
|
many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2104εὐγενεῖς·eugeneis (Adj-NMP) G2104 εὐγενής eugenḗs yoog-en-ace from εὖ and γίνομαι; well born, i.e. (literally) high in rank, or (figuratively) generous:--more noble, nobleman.
|
εὐγενεῖς·eugeneis
|
of noble birth.
|
Adj-NMP
|
26
For you see your calling, brothers, how not that many wise men after the flesh, not many mighty, not many noble, are called:1 Corinthians 1:26
Stats
Rank: #2612 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 123 characters, 18 words, 95 letters, 32 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: βλεπετε γαρ την κλησιν υμων αδελφοι οτι ου πολλοι σοφοι κατα σαρκα ου πολλοι δυνατοι ου πολλοι ευγενεις
Lit: Consider for the calling of you, brothers, that not many wise according to flesh were, not many powerful, not many of noble birth.
KJV: For ye see your calling, brethren, how that not many wise men after the flesh, not many mighty, not many noble, are called:
References
"that"1Co 1:20: Where is the wise? where is the scribe? where is the disputer of this world? has not God made foolish the wisdom of this world?1Co 2:3-6: 13: I was with you in weakness: and in fear: and in much trembling.1Co 3:18-20: Let no man deceive himself. If any man among you seems to be wise in this world: let him become a fool: that he may be wise.Zep 3:12: I will also leave in the middle of you an afflicted and poor people: and they will trust in the name of the LORD.Mt 11:25: 26: At that time Jesus answered and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: because you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes.Lu 10:21: In that hour Jesus rejoiced in spirit: and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: that you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes: even so: Father; for so it seemed good in your sight.Joh 7:47-49: Then answered them the Pharisees: Are you also deceived?Jas 3:13-17: Who is a wise man and endued with knowledge among you? let him show out of a good conversation his works with meekness of wisdom."not many mighty"Lu 1:3: It seemed good to me also: having had perfect understanding of all things from the very first: to write to you in order: most excellent Theophilus: Lu 18:24: 25: When Jesus saw that He was very sorrowful: He said: How hardly will they that have riches enter into the kingdom of God!Joh 4:46-53: So Jesus came again into Cana of Galilee: where He made the water wine. And there was a certain nobleman: whose son was sick at Capernaum.Joh 19:38: 39: After this Joseph of Arimathaea: being a disciple of Jesus: but secretly for fear of the Jews: besought Pilate that He might take away the body of Jesus: and Pilate gave Him leave. He came therefore: and took the body of Jesus.Ac 13:7: 12: Which was with the deputy of the country: Sergius Paulus: a prudent man; who called for Barnabas and Saul: and desired to hear the word of God.Ac 17:34: Howbeit certain men clave to him: and believed: among the which was Dionysius the Areopagite: and a woman named Damaris: and others with them.Php 4:22: All the saints greet you: chiefly they that are of Caesar's household.Jas 1:9-11: Let the brother of low degree rejoice in that he is exalted:Jas 2:5: Listen: my beloved brothers: Has not God chosen the poor of this world rich in faith: and heirs of the kingdom which He has promised to them that love Him?2Jo 1:1: The elder to the elect lady and her children: whom I love in the truth; not and I only: but also all they that have known the truth;
αλλα τα μωρα του κοσμου εξελεξατο ο θεος ινα τους σοφους καταισχυνη και τα ασθενη του κοσμου εξελεξατο ο θεος ινα καταισχυνη τα ισχυρα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3474μωρὰmōra (Adj-ANP) G3474 μωρός mōrós mo-ros probably from the base of μυστήριον; dull or stupid (as if shut up), i.e. heedless, (morally) blockhead, (apparently) absurd:--fool(-ish, X -ishness).
|
μωρὰmōra
|
foolish things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2889κόσμουkosmou (N-GMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμουkosmou
|
world
|
N-GMS
|
G1586ἐξελέξατοexelexato (V-AIM-3S) G1586 ἐκλέγομαι eklégomai ek-leg-om-ahee middle voice from ἐκ and λέγω (in its primary sense); to select:--make choice, choose (out), chosen.
|
ἐξελέξατοexelexato
|
has chosen
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2316ΘεόςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεόςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2617καταισχύνῃkataischynē (V-PSA-3S) G2617 καταισχύνω kataischýnō kat-ahee-skhoo-no from κατά and αἰσχύνομαι; to shame down, i.e. disgrace or (by implication) put to the blush:--confound, dishonour, (be a-, make a-)shame(-d).
|
καταισχύνῃkataischynē
|
He might shame
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4680σοφούς,sophous (Adj-AMP) G4680 σοφός sophós sof-os akin to (clear); wise (in a most general application):--wise. Compare φρόνιμος.
|
σοφούς,sophous
|
wise;
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G772ἀσθενῆasthenē (Adj-ANP) G772 ἀσθενής asthenḗs as-then-ace from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of σθενόω; strengthless (in various applications, literal, figurative and moral):--more feeble, impotent, sick, without strength, weak(-er, -ness, thing).
|
ἀσθενῆasthenē
|
weak things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2889κόσμουkosmou (N-GMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμουkosmou
|
world
|
N-GMS
|
G1586ἐξελέξατοexelexato (V-AIM-3S) G1586 ἐκλέγομαι eklégomai ek-leg-om-ahee middle voice from ἐκ and λέγω (in its primary sense); to select:--make choice, choose (out), chosen.
|
ἐξελέξατοexelexato
|
chose
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2316ΘεόςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεόςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2617καταισχύνῃkataischynē (V-PSA-3S) G2617 καταισχύνω kataischýnō kat-ahee-skhoo-no from κατά and αἰσχύνομαι; to shame down, i.e. disgrace or (by implication) put to the blush:--confound, dishonour, (be a-, make a-)shame(-d).
|
καταισχύνῃkataischynē
|
He might shame
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2478ἰσχυρά,ischyra (Adj-ANP) G2478 ἰσχυρός ischyrós is-khoo-ros from ἰσχύς; forcible (literally or figuratively):--boisterous, mighty(-ier), powerful, strong(-er, man), valiant.
|
ἰσχυρά,ischyra
|
strong;
|
Adj-ANP
|
27
But God has chosen the foolish things of the world to confound the wise; and God has chosen the weak things of the world to confound the things which are mighty;1 Corinthians 1:27
Stats
Rank: #2572 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 163 characters, 30 words, 131 letters, 42 vowels, 89 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλα τα μωρα του κοσμου εξελεξατο ο θεος ινα τους σοφους καταισχυνη και τα ασθενη του κοσμου εξελεξατο ο θεος ινα καταισχυνη τα ισχυρα
Lit: But the foolish things of the world has chosen God that He might shame the wise; and the weak things of the world chose God that He might shame the strong;
KJV: But God hath chosen the foolish things of the world to confound the wise; and God hath chosen the weak things of the world to confound the things which are mighty;
References
"But God hath chosen the foolish things of the world to confound the wise; and God hath chosen the weak things of the world to confound the things which are mighty;"Ps 8:2: Out of the mouth of babes and sucklings have you ordained strength because of your enemies: that you might still the enemy and the avenger.Isa 26:5: 6: For he brings'>brings down them that dwell on high; the lofty city: he lays'>lays it low; he lays'>lays it low: even to the ground; he brings'>brings it even to the dust.Isa 29:14: 19: Therefore: look: I will proceed to do a marvellous work among this people: even a marvellous work and a wonder: for the wisdom of their wise men will perish: and the understanding of their prudent men will be hid.Zep 3:12: I will also leave in the middle of you an afflicted and poor people: and they will trust in the name of the LORD.Mt 4:18-22: Jesus: walking by the sea of Galilee: saw two brothers: Simon called Peter: and Andrew His brother: casting a net into the sea: for they were fishers.Mt 9:9: As Jesus passed forth from there: He saw a man: named Matthew: sitting at the receipt of custom: and He says to Him: Follow me. And He arose: and followed Him.Mt 11:25: At that time Jesus answered and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: because you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes.Mt 21:16: Said to Him: Hear you what these say? And Jesus says to them: Yes; have you never read: Out of the mouth of babes and sucklings you have perfected praise?Lu 19:39: 40: Some of the Pharisees from among the multitude said to him: Master: rebuke your disciples.Lu 21:15: For I will give you a mouth and wisdom: which all your adversaries will not be able to gainsay nor resist.Ac 4:11-21: This is the stone which was set at nought of you builders: which is become the head of the corner.Ac 6:9: 10: Then there arose certain of the synagogue: which is called the synagogue of the Libertines: and Cyrenians: and Alexandrians: and of them of Cilicia and of Asia: disputing with Stephen.Ac 7:35: 54: This Moses whom they refused: saying: Who made you a ruler and a judge? the same did God send to be a ruler and a deliverer by the hand of the angel which appeared to Him in the bush.Ac 17:18: Then certain philosophers of the Epicureans: and of the Stoicks: encountered Him. And some said: What will this babbler say? other some: He seems to be a setter forth of strange gods: because He preached to them Jesus: and the resurrection.Ac 24:24: 25: After certain days: when Felix came with His wife Drusilla: which was a Jewess: He sent for Paul: and heard Him concerning the faith in Christ.2Co 4:7: But we have this treasure in earthen vessels: that the excellency of the power may be of God: not and of us.2Co 10:4: 5: 10: (For the weapons of our warfare are not carnal: but mighty through God to the pulling down of strong holds;)
και τα αγενη του κοσμου και τα εξουθενημενα εξελεξατο ο θεος και τα μη οντα ινα τα οντα καταργηση
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G36ἀγενῆagenē (Adj-ANP) G36 ἀγενής agenḗs ag-en-ace from Α (as negative particle) and γένος; properly, without kin, i.e. (of unknown descent, and by implication) ignoble:--base things.
|
ἀγενῆagenē
|
low-born
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2889κόσμουkosmou (N-GMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμουkosmou
|
world,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G1848ἐξουθενημέναexouthenēmena (V-RPM/P-ANP) G1848 ἐξουθενέω exouthenéō ex-oo-then-eh-o a variation of ἐξουδενόω and meaning the same:--contemptible, despise, least esteemed, set at nought.
|
ἐξουθενημέναexouthenēmena
|
being despised,
|
V-RPM/P-ANP
|
G1586ἐξελέξατοexelexato (V-AIM-3S) G1586 ἐκλέγομαι eklégomai ek-leg-om-ahee middle voice from ἐκ and λέγω (in its primary sense); to select:--make choice, choose (out), chosen.
|
ἐξελέξατοexelexato
|
chose
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2316Θεός,Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός,Theos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532(καὶ)kai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
(καὶ)kai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ὄντα,onta (V-PPA-ANP) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄντα,onta
|
being,
|
V-PPA-ANP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G1510ὄνταonta (V-PPA-ANP) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄνταonta
|
being
|
V-PPA-ANP
|
G2673καταργήσῃ,katargēsē (V-ASA-3S) G2673 καταργέω katargéō kat-arg-eh-o from κατά and ἀργέω; to be (render) entirely idle (useless), literally or figuratively:--abolish, cease, cumber, deliver, destroy, do away, become (make) of no (none, without) effect, fail, loose, bring (come) to nought, put away (down), vanish away, make void.
|
καταργήσῃ,katargēsē
|
He might annul,
|
V-ASA-3S
|
28
Base things of the world, and things which are despised, has God chosen, yes, and things which not are, to bring to nought things that are:1 Corinthians 1:28
Stats
Rank: #5708 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 144 characters, 22 words, 112 letters, 36 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τα αγενη του κοσμου και τα εξουθενημενα εξελεξατο ο θεος και τα μη οντα ινα τα οντα καταργηση
Lit: and the low-born of the world, and the things being despised, chose God, and the things not being, that the things being He might annul,
KJV: And base things of the world, and things which are despised, hath God chosen, yea, and things which are not, to bring to nought things that are:
References
"things which"Ro 4:17: (As it is written: I have made you a father of many nations: ) before Him whom He believed: even God: who quickens the dead: and calls those things which not be as though they were.2Co 12:11: I am become a fool in glorying; you have compelled me: for I ought to have been commended of you: for not inhing am I behind the very chief apostles: though I not behing."to bring"1Co 2:6: Howbeit we speak wisdom among them that are perfect: not yet the wisdom of this world: nor of the princes of this world: that come to nought:De 28:63: It will come to pass: that as the LORD rejoiced over you to do you good: and to multiply you; so the LORD will rejoice over you to destroy you: and to bring you to nought; and you will be plucked from off the land whither you go to possess it.Job 34:19: 20: 24: How much less to him that accepts not the persons of princes: nor regards the rich more than the poor? for they all are the work of his hands.Ps 32:10: Many sorrows will be to the wicked: but He that'>He who trusts in the LORD: mercy will compass Him about.Ps 37:35: 36: I have seen the wicked in great power: and spreading himself like a green bay tree.Isa 2:11: 17: The lofty looks of man will be humbled: and the haughtiness of men will be bowed down: and the LORD alone will be exalted in that day.Isa 17:13: 14: The nations will rush like the rushing of many waters: but God will rebuke them: and they will flee far off: and will be chased as the chaff of the mountains before the wind: and like a rolling thing before the whirlwind.Isa 37:36: Then the angel of the LORD went forth: and smote in the camp of the Assyrians a00 and fourscore and 5000: and when they arose early in the morning: look: they were all dead corpses.Isa 41:12: You will seek them: and will not find them: even them that contended with you: they that war against you will be not ashing: and as a thing of nought.Da 2:34: 35: 44: 45: You saw till that a stone was cut out without hands: which smote the image upon his feet that were of iron and clay: and brake them to pieces.Re 18:17: For in one hour so great riches is come to nought. And every shipmaster: and all the company in ships: and sailors: and as many as trade by sea: stood afar off:
οπως μη καυχησηται πασα σαρξ ενωπιον αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3704ὅπωςhopōs (Conj) G3704 ὅπως hópōs hop-oce from ὅς and πῶς; what(-ever) how, i.e. in the manner that (as adverb or conjunction of coincidence, intentional or actual):--because, how, (so) that, to, when.,
|
ὅπωςhopōs
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2744καυχήσηταιkauchēsētai (V-ASM-3S) G2744 καυχάομαι kaucháomai kow-khah-om-ahee from some (obsolete) base akin to that of (to boast) and εὔχομαι; to vaunt (in a good or a bad sense):--(make) boast, glory, joy, rejoice.
|
καυχήσηταιkauchēsētai
|
might boast
|
V-ASM-3S
|
G3956πᾶσαpasa (Adj-NFS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσαpasa
|
all
|
Adj-NFS
|
G4561σὰρξsarx (N-NFS) G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σὰρξsarx
|
flesh
|
N-NFS
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep) G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
God.
|
N-GMS
|
29
That no flesh should glory in his presence.1 Corinthians 1:29
Stats
Rank: #7149 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 43 characters, 8 words, 35 letters, 11 vowels, 24 consonants
Translation
Greek: οπως μη καυχησηται πασα σαρξ ενωπιον αυτου
Lit: so that not might boast all flesh before God.
KJV: That no flesh should glory in his presence.
References
"That no flesh should glory in his presence."1Co 1:31: That: according as it is written: He who glories: let Him glory in the Lord.1Co 4:7: For who makes you to differ from another? and what have you that you did not receive? now if you did receive it: why do you glory: as if you not hadst received it?1Co 5:6: your glorying is not good. Know you not that a little leaven leavens the whole lump?Ps 49:6: They that trust in their wealth: and boast themselves in the multitude of their riches;Isa 10:15: Will the axe boast itself against him that hews therewith? or will the saw magnify itself against him that shakes it? as if the rod should shake itself against them that lift it up: or as if the staff should lift up itself: as if it were no wood.Jer 9:23: Thus says the LORD: not Let the wise man glory in His wisdom: neither let the mighty man glory in His might: not let the rich man glory in His riches:Ro 3:19: 27: Now we know that what things soever the law says: it says to them who are under the law: that every mouth may be stopped: and all the world may become guilty before God.Ro 4:2: For if Abraham were justified by works: He has whereof to glory; not but before God.Ro 15:17: I have therefore whereof I may glory through Jesus Christ in those things which pertain to God.Eph 2:9: Not of works: lest any man should boast.
εξ αυτου δε υμεις εστε εν χριστω ιησου ος εγενηθη ημιν σοφια απο θεου δικαιοσυνη τε και αγιασμος και απολυτρωσις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1537Ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
Ἐξex
|
Out of
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1510ἐστεeste (V-PIA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστεeste
|
are
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5547ΧριστῷChristō (N-DMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστῷChristō
|
Christ
|
N-DMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou (N-DMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou
|
Jesus,
|
N-DMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1096ἐγενήθηegenēthē (V-AIP-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγενήθηegenēthē
|
has been made
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G4678σοφίαsophia (N-NFS) G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίαsophia
|
wisdom
|
N-NFS
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
unto us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
God,
|
N-GMS
|
G1343δικαιοσύνηdikaiosynē (N-NFS) G1343 δικαιοσύνη dikaiosýnē dik-ah-yos-oo-nay from δίκαιος; equity (of character or act); specially (Christian) justification:--righteousness.
|
δικαιοσύνηdikaiosynē
|
righteousness
|
N-NFS
|
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G38ἁγιασμὸςhagiasmos (N-NMS) G38 ἁγιασμός hagiasmós hag-ee-as-mos from ἁγιάζω; properly, purification, i.e. (the state) purity; concretely (by Hebraism) a purifier:--holiness, sanctification.
|
ἁγιασμὸςhagiasmos
|
sanctification
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G629ἀπολύτρωσις,apolytrōsis (N-NFS) G629 ἀπολύτρωσις apolýtrōsis ap-ol-oo-tro-sis from a compound of ἀπό and λύτρον; (the act) ransom in full, i.e. (figuratively) riddance, or (specially) Christian salvation:--deliverance, redemption.
|
ἀπολύτρωσις,apolytrōsis
|
redemption,
|
N-NFS
|
30
But of Him are you in Christ Jesus, who of God is made to us wisdom, and righteousness, and sanctification, and redemption:1 Corinthians 1:30
Stats
Rank: #1197 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 124 characters, 18 words, 98 letters, 39 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: εξ αυτου δε υμεις εστε εν χριστω ιησου ος εγενηθη ημιν σοφια απο θεου δικαιοσυνη τε και αγιασμος και απολυτρωσις
Lit: Out of Him however, you are in Christ Jesus, who has been made wisdom unto us from God, righteousness and also sanctification and redemption,
KJV: But of him are ye in Christ Jesus, who of God is made unto us wisdom, and righteousness, and sanctification, and redemption:
References
"in"1Co 12:18: 27: But now has God set the members every one of them in the body: as it has pleased Him.Isa 45:17: But Israel will be saved in the LORD with an everlasting salvation: you will not be ashamed nor confounded world without end.Joh 15:1-6: I am the true vine: and my Father is the husbandman.Joh 17:21-23: That they all may be one; as you: Father: are in me: and I in you: that they also may be one in us: that the world may believe that you have sent me.Ro 8:1: There is therefore now no condemnation to them which are in Christ Jesus: who not walk after the flesh: but after the Spirit.Ro 12:5: So we: being many: are one body in Christ: and every one members one of another.Ro 16:7: 11: Greet Andronicus and Junia: my kinsmen: and my fellowprisoners: who are not ofe among the apostles: who also were in Christ before me.2Co 5:17: Therefore if any man be in Christ: He is a new creature: old things are passed away; look: all things are become new.2Co 12:2: I knew a man in Christ above 14 years ago: (whether in the body: I cannot tell; or whether out of the body: I cannot tell: God knows;) such an one caught up to the third heaven.Eph 1:3: 4: 10: Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: who has blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ:Eph 2:10: For we are His workmanship: created in Christ Jesus to good works: which God has before ordained that we should walk in them."of God"Ro 11:36: For of him: and through him: and to him: are all things: to whom be glory for ever. Amen.2Co 5:18-21: All things are of God: who has reconciled us to Himself by Jesus Christ: and has given to us the ministry of reconciliation;"wisdom"1Co 1:24: But to them which are called: both Jews and Greeks: Christ the power of God: and the wisdom of God.1Co 12:8: For to one is given by the Spirit the word of wisdom; to another the word of knowledge by the same Spirit;Pr 1:20: Wisdom cries without; she utters her voice in the streets:Pr 2:6: For the LORD gives wisdom: out of His mouth cometh knowledge and understanding.Pr 8:5: O you simple: understand wisdom: and: you fools: be you of an understanding heart.Da 2:20: Daniel answered and said: Blessed be the name of God for ever and ever: for wisdom and might are His:Lu 21:15: For I will give you a mouth and wisdom: which all your adversaries will not be able to gainsay nor resist.Joh 1:18: No man has seen God at any time; the only begotten Son: which is in the bosom of the Father: He has declared Him.Joh 8:12: Then spoke Jesus again to them: saying: I am the light of the world: He that'>He who follows me will not walk in darkness: but will have the light of life.Joh 14:6: Jesus says to Him: I am the way: the truth: and the life: no man comes to the Father: but by me.Joh 17:8: 26: For I have given to them the words which you gave me; and they have received them: and have known surely that I came out from you: and they have believed that you did send me.2Co 4:6: For God: who commanded the light to shine out of darkness: has shined in our hearts: to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ.Eph 1:17: 18: That the God of our Lord Jesus Christ: the Father of glory: may give to you the spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of Him:Eph 3:9: 10: To make all men see what is the fellowship of the mystery: which from the beginning of the world has been hid in God: who created all things by Jesus Christ:Col 2:2: 3: That their hearts might be comforted: being knit together in love: and to all riches of the full assurance of understanding: to the acknowledgement of the mystery of God: and of the Father: and of Christ;Col 3:16: Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs: singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord.2Ti 3:15-17: That from a child you have known the holy scriptures: which are able to make you wise to salvation through faith which is in Christ Jesus.Jas 1:5: If any of you lack wisdom: let Him ask of God: that gives to all men liberally: and upbraids not; and it will be given Him."righteousness"Ps 71:15: 16: My mouth will show forth your righteousness and your salvation all the day; for I not know the numbers thereof.Isa 45:24: 25: Surely: will one say: in the LORD have I righteousness and strength: even to Him will men come; and all that are incensed against Him will be ashamed.Isa 54:17: No weapon that is formed against you will prosper; and every tongue that will rise against you in judgment you will condemn. This is the heritage of the servants of the LORD: and their righteousness is of me: says the LORD.Jer 23:5: 6: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will raise to David a righteous Branch: and a King will reign and prosper: and will execute judgment and justice in the earth.Jer 33:16: In those days will Judah be saved: and Jerusalem will dwell safely: and this is the name wherewith she will be called: The LORD our righteousness.Da 9:24: 70 weeks are determined upon your people and upon your holy city: to finish the transgression: and to make an end of sins: and to make reconciliation for iniquity: and to bring in everlasting righteousness: and to seal up the vision and prophecy: and to anoint the most Holy.Ro 1:17: For therein is the righteousness of God revealed from faith to faith: as it is written: The just will live by faith.Ro 3:21-24: But now the righteousness of God without the law is manifested: being witnessed by the law and the prophets;Ro 4:6: 25: Even as David also describes the blessedness of the man: to whom God imputes righteousness without works: Ro 5:19: 21: For as by one man's disobedience many were made sinners: so by the obedience of one will many be made righteous.2Co 5:21: For He has made Him to be sin for us: who knew no sin; that we might be made the righteousness of God in Him.Php 3:9: Be found in Him: not having my own righteousness: which is of the law: but that which is through the faith of Christ: the righteousness which is of God by faith:2Pe 1:1: Simon Peter: a servant and an apostle of Jesus Christ: to them that have obtained like precious faith with us through the righteousness of God and our Saviour Jesus Christ:"sanctification"1Co 1:2: To the church of God which is at Corinth: to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus: called to be saints: with all that in every place call upon the name of Jesus Christ our Lord: both theirs and ours:1Co 6:11: Such were some of you: but you are washed: but you are sanctified: but you are justified in the name of the Lord Jesus: and by the Spirit of our God.Mt 1:21: She will bring forth a son: and you will call his name JESUS: for he will save his people from their sins.Joh 17:17-19: Sanctify them through your truth: your word is truth.Ac 26:18: To open their eyes: and to turn them from darkness to light: and from the power of Satan to God: that they may receive forgiveness of sins: and inheritance among them which are sanctified by faith that is in me.Ro 8:9: But you not are in the flesh: but in the Spirit: if so be that the Spirit of God dwell in you. Now if any man not have the Spirit of Christ: He is none of His.Ga 5:22-24: But the fruit of the Spirit is love: joy: peace: longsuffering: gentleness: goodness: faith: Eph 2:10: For we are His workmanship: created in Christ Jesus to good works: which God has before ordained that we should walk in them.Eph 5:26: That he might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word: 1Pe 1:2: Elect according to the foreknowledge of God the Father: through sanctification of the Spirit: to obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ: Grace to you: and peace: be multiplied.1Jo 5:6: This is He that'>He who came by water and blood: even Jesus Christ; not by water only: but by water and blood. And it is the Spirit that bears witness: because the Spirit is truth."redemption"1Co 15:54-57: So when this corruptible will have put on incorruption: and this mortal will have put on immortality: then will be brought to pass the saying that is written: Death is swallowed up in victory.Ho 13:14: I will ransom them from the power of the grave; I will redeem them from death: O death: I will be your plagues; O grave: I will be your destruction: repentance will be hid from my eyes.Ro 3:24: Being justified freely by His grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus:Ro 8:23: not And only they: but ourselves also: which have the firstfruits of the Spirit: even we ourselves groan within ourselves: waiting for the adoption: to wit: the redemption of our body.Ga 1:4: Who gave Himself for our sins: that He might deliver us from this present evil world: according to the will of God and our Father:Ga 3:13: Christ has redeemed us from the curse of the law: being made a curse for us: for it is written: Cursed is every one that hangs on a tree:Eph 1:7: In whom we have redemption through his blood: the forgiveness of sins: according to the riches of his grace;Eph 4:30: not grieve the holy Spirit of God: whereby you are sealed to the day of redemption.Col 1:14: In whom we have redemption through his blood: even the forgiveness of sins:Tit 2:14: Who gave himself for us: that he might redeem us from all iniquity: and purify to himself a peculiar people: zealous of good works.Heb 9:12: Neither by the blood of goats and calves: but by his own blood he entered in once into the holy place: having obtained eternal redemption for us.1Pe 1:18: 19: Forasmuch as you know that you not were redeemed with corruptible things: as silver and gold: from your vain conversation received by tradition from your fathers;Re 5:9: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;Re 14:4: These are they which not were defiled with women; for they are virgins. These are they which follow the Lamb wherever He goes. These were redeemed from among men: being the firstfruits to God and to the Lamb.
ινα καθως γεγραπται ο καυχωμενος εν κυριω καυχασθω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
in order that,
|
Conj
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γέγραπταιgegraptai
|
it has been written:
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2744καυχώμενοςkauchōmenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G2744 καυχάομαι kaucháomai kow-khah-om-ahee from some (obsolete) base akin to that of (to boast) and εὔχομαι; to vaunt (in a good or a bad sense):--(make) boast, glory, joy, rejoice.
|
καυχώμενοςkauchōmenos
|
boasting,
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in the
|
Prep
|
G2962ΚυρίῳKyriō (N-DMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίῳKyriō
|
Lord
|
N-DMS
|
G2744καυχάσθω.kauchasthō (V-PMM/P-3S) G2744 καυχάομαι kaucháomai kow-khah-om-ahee from some (obsolete) base akin to that of (to boast) and εὔχομαι; to vaunt (in a good or a bad sense):--(make) boast, glory, joy, rejoice.
|
καυχάσθω.kauchasthō
|
let him boast.”
|
V-PMM/P-3S
|
31
That, according as it is written, He who glories, let Him glory in the Lord.
1 Corinthians 1:31
Stats
Rank: #5549 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 78 characters, 12 words, 60 letters, 20 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: ινα καθως γεγραπται ο καυχωμενος εν κυριω καυχασθω
Lit: in order that, as it has been written: The one boasting, in the Lord let him boast.”
KJV: That, according as it is written, He that glorieth, let him glory in the Lord.
References
"That, according as it is written, He that glorieth, let him glory in the Lord."1Ch 16:10: 35: Glory you in His holy name: let the heart of them rejoice that seek the LORD.Ps 105:3: Glory you in His holy name: let the heart of them rejoice that seek the LORD.Isa 41:16: You will fan them: and the wind will carry them away: and the whirlwind will scatter them: and you will rejoice in the LORD: and will glory in the Holy one of Israel.Isa 45:25: In the LORD will all the seed of Israel be justified: and will glory.Jer 4:2: you will swear: The LORD lives: in truth: in judgment: and in righteousness; and the nations will bless themselves in Him: and in Him will they glory.Jer 9:23: 24: Thus says the LORD: not Let the wise man glory in His wisdom: neither let the mighty man glory in His might: not let the rich man glory in His riches:2Co 10:17: But He that'>He who glories: let Him glory in the Lord.Ga 6:13: 14: For neither they themselves who are circumcised keep the law; but desire to have you circumcised: that they may glory in your flesh.Php 3:3: For we are the circumcision: which worship God in the spirit: and rejoice in Christ Jesus: and have no confidence in the flesh.
2
Spiritual Wisdom
καγω ελθων προς υμας αδελφοι ηλθον ου καθ υπεροχην λογου η σοφιας καταγγελλων υμιν το μαρτυριον του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2504ΚἀγὼKagō (PPro-N1S) G2504 κἀγώ kagṓ kam-eh from καί and ἐγώ; so also the dative case , and accusative case and (or also, even, etc.) I, (to) me:--(and, even, even so, so) I (also, in like wise), both me, me also.
|
ΚἀγὼKagō
|
And I,
|
PPro-N1S
|
G2064ἐλθὼνelthōn (V-APA-NMS) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλθὼνelthōn
|
having come
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶς,hymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶς,hymas
|
you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G2064ἦλθονēlthon (V-AIA-1S) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθονēlthon
|
came
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G5247ὑπεροχὴνhyperochēn (N-AFS) G5247 ὑπεροχή hyperochḗ hoop-er-okh-ay from ὑπερέχω; prominence, i.e. (figuratively) superiority (in rank or character):--authority, excellency.
|
ὑπεροχὴνhyperochēn
|
excellency
|
N-AFS
|
G3056λόγουlogou (N-GMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγουlogou
|
of speech,
|
N-GMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G4678σοφίαςsophias (N-GFS) G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίαςsophias
|
wisdom,
|
N-GFS
|
G2605καταγγέλλωνkatangellōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2605 καταγγέλλω katangéllō kat-ang-gel-lo from κατά and the base of ἄγγελος; to proclaim, promulgate:--declare, preach, shew, speak of, teach.
|
καταγγέλλωνkatangellōn
|
proclaiming
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3142μαρτύριονmartyrion (N-ANS) G3142 μαρτύριον martýrion mar-too-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of μάρτυς; something evidential, i.e. (genitive case) evidence given or (specially), the Decalogue (in the sacred Tabernacle):--to be testified, testimony, witness.
|
μαρτύριονmartyrion
|
testimony
|
N-ANS
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
1
And I, brothers, when I came to you, not came with excellency of speech or of wisdom, declaring to you the testimony of God.1 Corinthians 2:1
Stats
Rank: #2295 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 126 characters, 20 words, 98 letters, 38 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: καγω ελθων προς υμας αδελφοι ηλθον ου καθ υπεροχην λογου η σοφιας καταγγελλων υμιν το μαρτυριον του θεου
Lit: And I, having come to you, brothers, came not according to excellency of speech, or wisdom, proclaiming to you the testimony of God.
KJV: And I, brethren, when I came to you, came not with excellency of speech or of wisdom, declaring unto you the testimony of God.
References
"when"Ac 18:1-4: After these things Paul departed from Athens: and came to Corinth;"with"1Co 2:4: 13: My speech and my preaching was not with enticing words of man's wisdom: but in demonstration of the Spirit and of power:1Co 1:17: For Christ sent not me to baptize: but to preach the gospel: not with wisdom of words: lest the cross of Christ should be made of none effect.Ex 4:10: Moses said to the LORD: O my Lord: I am not eloquent: neither heretofore: nor since you have spoken to your servant: but I am slow of speech: and of a slow tongue.Jer 1:6: 7: Then said I: Ah: Lord GOD! look: I cannot speak: for I am a child.Ro 16:18: For they that are such not serve our Lord Jesus Christ: but their own belly; and by good words and fair speeches deceive the hearts of the simple.2Co 10:10: For his letters: say they: are weighty and powerful; but his bodily presence is weak: and his speech contemptible.2Co 11:6: But though I be rude in speech: not yet in knowledge; but we have been throughly made manifest among you in all things."the testimony"1Co 1:6: Even as the testimony of Christ was confirmed in you:Isa 8:20: To the law and to the testimony: if they not speak according to this word: it is because there is no light in them.Ac 20:21: Testifying both to the Jews: and also to the Greeks: repentance toward God: and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ.Ac 22:18: Saw him saying to me: Make haste: and get you quickly out of Jerusalem: for they not will receive your testimony concerning me.2Th 1:10: When he will come to be glorified in his saints: and to be admired in all them that believe (because our testimony among you was believed) in that day.1Ti 1:11: According to the glorious gospel of the blessed God: which was committed to my trust.2Ti 1:8: not Be you therefore ashamed of the testimony of our Lord: nor of me His prisoner: but be you partaker of the afflictions of the gospel according to the power of God;1Jo 4:14: We have seen and do testify that the Father sent the Son to be the Saviour of the world.1Jo 5:11-13: This is the record: that God has given to us eternal life: and this life is in His Son.Re 1:2: 9: Who bare record of the word of God: and of the testimony of Jesus Christ: and of all things that He saw.Re 19:10: I fell at His feet to worship Him. And He said to me: See you do it not: I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.
ου γαρ εκρινα του ειδεναι τι εν υμιν ει μη ιησουν χριστον και τουτον εσταυρωμενον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
Nothing
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2919ἔκρινάekrina (V-AIA-1S) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
ἔκρινάekrina
|
I decided
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
anything
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1492εἰδέναιeidenai (V-RNA) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
εἰδέναιeidenai
|
to know
|
V-RNA
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦνIēsoun
|
Jesus
|
N-AMS
|
G5547ΧριστὸνChriston (N-AMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸνChriston
|
Christ,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3778τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτονtouton
|
Him
|
DPro-AMS
|
G4717ἐσταυρωμένον.estaurōmenon (V-RPM/P-AMS) G4717 σταυρόω stauróō stow-ro-o from σταυρός; to impale on the cross; figuratively, to extinguish (subdue) passion or selfishness:--crucify.
|
ἐσταυρωμένον.estaurōmenon
|
having been crucified.
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
2
For I not determined to know any thing among you, save Jesus Christ, and Him crucified.1 Corinthians 2:2
Stats
Rank: #3169 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 87 characters, 14 words, 69 letters, 26 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου γαρ εκρινα του ειδεναι τι εν υμιν ει μη ιησουν χριστον και τουτον εσταυρωμενον
Lit: Nothing for I decided anything to know among you, if not Jesus Christ, and Him having been crucified.
KJV: For I determined not to know any thing among you, save Jesus Christ, and him crucified.
References
"not"1Co 1:22-25: For the Jews require a sign: and the Greeks seek after wisdom:Joh 17:3: This is life eternal: that they might know you the only true God: and Jesus Christ: whom you have sent.Ga 3:1: O foolish Galatians: who has bewitched you: that you not should obey the truth: before whose eyes Jesus Christ has been evidently set forth: crucified among you?Ga 6:14: But God forbid that I should glory: save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ: by whom the world is crucified to me: and I to the world.Php 3:8-10: Yes doubtless: and I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord: for whom I have suffered the loss of all things: and do count them but dung: that I may win Christ:
και εγω εν ασθενεια και εν φοβω και εν τρομω πολλω εγενομην προς υμας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2504κἀγὼkagō (PPro-N1S) G2504 κἀγώ kagṓ kam-eh from καί and ἐγώ; so also the dative case , and accusative case and (or also, even, etc.) I, (to) me:--(and, even, even so, so) I (also, in like wise), both me, me also.
|
κἀγὼkagō
|
And I,
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G769ἀσθενείᾳastheneia (N-DFS) G769 ἀσθένεια asthéneia as-then-i-ah from ἀσθενής; feebleness (of mind or body); by implication, malady; morally, frailty:--disease, infirmity, sickness, weakness.
|
ἀσθενείᾳastheneia
|
weakness,
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5401φόβῳphobō (N-DMS) G5401 φόβος phóbos fob-os from a primary (to be put in fear); alarm or fright:--be afraid, + exceedingly, fear, terror.
|
φόβῳphobō
|
fear,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5156τρόμῳtromō (N-DMS) G5156 τρόμος trómos trom-os from τρέμω; a trembling, i.e. quaking with fear:--+ tremble(-ing).
|
τρόμῳtromō
|
trembling
|
N-DMS
|
G4183πολλῷpollō (Adj-DMS) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῷpollō
|
much,
|
Adj-DMS
|
G1096ἐγενόμηνegenomēn (V-AIM-1S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγενόμηνegenomēn
|
was
|
V-AIM-1S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶς,hymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶς,hymas
|
you.
|
PPro-A2P
|
3
I was with you in weakness, and in fear, and in much trembling.1 Corinthians 2:3
Stats
Rank: #698 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 67 characters, 12 words, 51 letters, 19 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εγω εν ασθενεια και εν φοβω και εν τρομω πολλω εγενομην προς υμας
Lit: And I, in weakness, and in fear, and in trembling much, was with you.
KJV: And I was with you in weakness, and in fear, and in much trembling.
References
"And I was with you in weakness, and in fear, and in much trembling."1Co 4:10-13: We are fools for Christ's sake: but you are wise in Christ; we are weak: but you are strong; you are honourable: but we are despised.Ac 17:1: 6-12: Now when they had passed through Amphipolis and Apollonia: they came to Thessalonica: where was a synagogue of the Jews:Ac 20:18: 19: When they were come to him: he said to them: You know: from the first day that I came into Asia: after what manner I have been with you at all seasons: 2Co 4:1: 7-12: 16: Therefore seeing we have this ministry: as we have received mercy: we not faint;2Co 6:4: But in all things approving ourselves as the ministers of God: in much patience: in afflictions: in necessities: in distresses: 2Co 7:5: For: when we were come into Macedonia: our flesh had no rest: but we were troubled on every side; without were fightings: within were fears.2Co 10:1: 10: Now I Paul myself beseech you by the meekness and gentleness of Christ: who in presence am base among you: but being absent am bold toward you:2Co 11:29: 30: Who is weak: and I not am weak? who is offended: and I not burn?2Co 12:5-10: Of such an one will I glory: yet of myself I not will glory: but in my infirmities.2Co 13:4: For though He was crucified through weakness: yet He lives by the power of God. For we also are weak in Him: but we will live with Him by the power of God toward you.Ga 4:13: 14: You know how through infirmity of the flesh I preached the gospel to you at the first.
και ο λογος μου και το κηρυγμα μου ουκ εν πειθοις ανθρωπινης σοφιας λογοις αλλ εν αποδειξει πνευματος και δυναμεως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3056λόγοςlogos (N-NMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοςlogos
|
message
|
N-NMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2782κήρυγμάkērygma (N-NNS) G2782 κήρυγμα kḗrygma kay-roog-mah from κηρύσσω; a proclamation (especially of the gospel; by implication, the gospel itself):--preaching.
|
κήρυγμάkērygma
|
preaching
|
N-NNS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
were not
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3981πειθοῖςpeithois (Adj-DMP) G3981 πειθός peithós pi-thos from πείθω; persuasive:--enticing.
|
πειθοῖςpeithois
|
persuasive
|
Adj-DMP
|
G4678σοφίαςsophias (N-GFS) G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίαςsophias
|
of wisdom
|
N-GFS
|
G3056λόγοις,logois (N-DMP) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοις,logois
|
words,
|
N-DMP
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G585ἀποδείξειapodeixei (N-DFS) G585 ἀπόδειξις apódeixis ap-od-ike-sis from ἀποδείκνυμι; manifestation:--demonstration.
|
ἀποδείξειapodeixei
|
demonstration
|
N-DFS
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
of the Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1411δυνάμεως,dynameōs (N-GFS) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμεως,dynameōs
|
of power,
|
N-GFS
|
4
My speech and my preaching was not with enticing words of man's wisdom, but in demonstration of the Spirit and of power:1 Corinthians 2:4
Stats
Counts: 124 characters, 22 words, 99 letters, 33 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο λογος μου και το κηρυγμα μου ουκ εν πειθοις ανθρωπινης σοφιας λογοις αλλ εν αποδειξει πνευματος και δυναμεως
Lit: And the message of me and the preaching of me were not in persuasive of wisdom words, but in demonstration of the Spirit and of power,
KJV: And my speech and my preaching was not with enticing words of man's wisdom, but in demonstration of the Spirit and of power:
References
"my speech"Ac 20:27: For I not have shunned to declare to you all the counsel of God."not"1Co 2:1: 13: I: brothers: when I came to you: not came with excellency of speech or of wisdom: declaring to you the testimony of God.1Co 1:17: For Christ sent not me to baptize: but to preach the gospel: not with wisdom of words: lest the cross of Christ should be made of none effect.Jg 14:15: It came to pass on the seventh day: that they said to Samson's wife: Entice your husband: that he may declare to us the riddle: lest we burn you and your father's house with fire: have you called us to take that we have? is it not so?Jg 16:5: The lords of the Philistines came up to her: and said to her: Entice him: and see wherein his great strength lieth: and by what means we may prevail against him: that we may bind him to afflict him: and we will give you every one of us 1100 pieces of silver.2Sa 14:17-20: Then your handmaid said: The word of my lord the king will now be comfortable: for as an angel of God: so is my lord the king to discern good and bad: therefore the LORD your God will be with you.2Sa 15:2-6: Absalom rose up early: and stood beside the way of the gate: and it was so: that when any man that had a controversy came to the king for judgment: then Absalom called to him: and said: Of what city are you? And he said: Your servant is of one of the tribes of Israel.1Ki 22:13: 14: The messenger that was gone to call Micaiah spoke to him: saying: Look now: the words of the prophets declare good to the king with one mouth: let your word: I pray you: be like the word of one of them: and speak that which is good.2Ch 18:19-21: The LORD said: Who will entice Ahab king of Israel: that He may go up and fall at Ramothgilead? And one spoke saying after this manner: and another saying after that manner.Pr 7:21: With her much fair speech she caused him to yield: with the flattering of her lips she forced him.Pr 20:19: He who goes about as a talebearer reveals secrets: therefore not meddle with him that flatters with his lips.Jer 20:10: For I heard the defaming of many: fear on every side. Report: say they: and we will report it. All my familiars watched for my halting: saying: Perhaps he will be enticed: and we will prevail against him: and we will take our revenge on him.Eze 13:6: 10: 11: They have seen vanity and lying divination: saying: The LORD says: and the LORD has not sent them: and they have made others to hope that they would confirm the word.Ro 16:18: For they that are such not serve our Lord Jesus Christ: but their own belly; and by good words and fair speeches deceive the hearts of the simple.Col 2:4: This I say: lest any man should beguile you with enticing words.2Pe 1:16: For we not have followed cunningly devised fables: when we made known to you the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ: but were eyewitnesses of His majesty.2Pe 2:18: For when they speak great swelling words of vanity: they allure through the lusts of the flesh: through much wantonness: those that were clean escaped from them who live in error."enticing"Ac 26:28: Then Agrippa said to Paul: Almost you persuade me to be a Christian.Ga 1:10: For do I now persuade men: or God? or do I seek to please men? for if I yet pleased men: I not should be the servant of Christ."but"1Co 4:20: For the kingdom of God is not in word: but in power.Joh 16:8-15: When he is come: he will reprove the world of sin: and of righteousness: and of judgment:Ro 15:19: Through mighty signs and wonders: by the power of the Spirit of God; so that from Jerusalem: and round about to Illyricum: I have fully preached the gospel of Christ.1Th 1:5: For our gospel not came to you in word only: but also in power: and in the Holy Ghost: and in much assurance; as you know what manner of men we were among you for your sake.1Pe 1:12: To whom it was revealed: not that to themselves: but to us they did minister the things: which are now reported to you by them that have preached the gospel to you with the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven; which things the angels desire to look into.
ινα η πιστις υμων μη η εν σοφια ανθρωπων αλλ εν δυναμει θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4102πίστιςpistis (N-NFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστιςpistis
|
faith
|
N-NFS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ᾖē (V-PSA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ᾖē
|
might be
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4678σοφίᾳsophia (N-DFS) G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίᾳsophia
|
wisdom
|
N-DFS
|
G444ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn (N-GMP) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn
|
of men,
|
N-GMP
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1411δυνάμειdynamei (N-DFS) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμειdynamei
|
power
|
N-DFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
5
That your faith not should stand in the wisdom of men, but in the power of God.1 Corinthians 2:5
Stats
Rank: #4497 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 79 characters, 16 words, 61 letters, 22 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: ινα η πιστις υμων μη η εν σοφια ανθρωπων αλλ εν δυναμει θεου
Lit: so that the faith of you not might be in wisdom of men, but in power of God.
KJV: That your faith should not stand in the wisdom of men, but in the power of God.
References
"but"1Co 1:17: For Christ sent not me to baptize: but to preach the gospel: not with wisdom of words: lest the cross of Christ should be made of none effect.1Co 3:6: I have planted: Apollos watered; but God gave the increase.Ac 16:14: A certain woman named Lydia: a seller of purple: of the city of Thyatira: which worshipped God: heard us: whose heart the Lord opened: that she attended to the things which were spoken of Paul.2Co 4:7: But we have this treasure in earthen vessels: that the excellency of the power may be of God: not and of us.2Co 6:7: By the word of truth: by the power of God: by the armour of righteousness on the right hand and on the left:
σοφιαν δε λαλουμεν εν τοις τελειοις σοφιαν δε ου του αιωνος τουτου ουδε των αρχοντων του αιωνος τουτου των καταργουμενων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4678ΣοφίανSophian (N-AFS) G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
ΣοφίανSophian
|
Wisdom
|
N-AFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2980λαλοῦμενlaloumen (V-PIA-1P) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦμενlaloumen
|
we speak
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G5046τελείοις,teleiois (Adj-DMP) G5046 τέλειος téleios tel-i-os from τέλος; complete (in various applications of labor, growth, mental and moral character, etc.); neuter (as noun, with ὁ) completeness:--of full age, man, perfect.
|
τελείοις,teleiois
|
mature;
|
Adj-DMP
|
G4678σοφίανsophian (N-AFS) G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίανsophian
|
wisdom
|
N-AFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G165αἰῶνοςaiōnos (N-GMS) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶνοςaiōnos
|
age
|
N-GMS
|
G3778τούτουtoutou (DPro-GMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτουtoutou
|
of this,
|
DPro-GMS
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj) G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G758ἀρχόντωνarchontōn (N-GMP) G758 ἄρχων árchōn ar-khone present participle of ἄρχω; a first (in rank or power):--chief (ruler), magistrate, prince, ruler.
|
ἀρχόντωνarchontōn
|
rulers
|
N-GMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G165αἰῶνοςaiōnos (N-GMS) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶνοςaiōnos
|
age
|
N-GMS
|
G3778τούτουtoutou (DPro-GMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτουtoutou
|
of this,
|
DPro-GMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
who
|
Art-GMP
|
G2673καταργουμένων·katargoumenōn (V-PPM/P-GMP) G2673 καταργέω katargéō kat-arg-eh-o from κατά and ἀργέω; to be (render) entirely idle (useless), literally or figuratively:--abolish, cease, cumber, deliver, destroy, do away, become (make) of no (none, without) effect, fail, loose, bring (come) to nought, put away (down), vanish away, make void.
|
καταργουμένων·katargoumenōn
|
are coming to naught.
|
V-PPM/P-GMP
|
6
Howbeit we speak wisdom among them that are perfect: not yet the wisdom of this world, nor of the princes of this world, that come to nought:1 Corinthians 2:6
Stats
Rank: #2882 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 141 characters, 24 words, 111 letters, 38 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: σοφιαν δε λαλουμεν εν τοις τελειοις σοφιαν δε ου του αιωνος τουτου ουδε των αρχοντων του αιωνος τουτου των καταργουμενων
Lit: Wisdom however we speak among the mature; wisdom however, not the age of this, nor of the rulers the age of this, who are coming to naught.
KJV: Howbeit we speak wisdom among them that are perfect: yet not the wisdom of this world, nor of the princes of this world, that come to nought:
References
"them"1Co 14:20: Brothers: not be children in understanding: howbeit in malice be you children: but in understanding be men.Job 1:1: There was a man in the land of Uz: whose name was Job; and that man was perfect and upright: and one that feared God: and eschewed evil.Ps 37:37: Mark the perfect man: and look the upright: for the end of that man is peace.Mt 5:48: Be you therefore perfect: even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect.Mt 19:21: Jesus said to Him: If you will be perfect: go and sell that you have: and give to the poor: and you will have treasure in heaven: and come and follow me.2Co 13:11: Finally: brothers: farewell. Be perfect: be of good comfort: be of one mind: live in peace; and the God of love and peace will be with you.Eph 4:11-13: He gave some: apostles; and some: prophets; and some: evangelists; and some: pastors and teachers;Php 3:12-15: Not as though I had already attained: either were already perfect: but I follow after: if that I may apprehend that for which also I am apprehended of Christ Jesus.Col 4:12: Epaphras: who is one of you: a servant of Christ: salutes you: always labouring fervently for you in prayers: that you may stand perfect and complete in all the will of God.Heb 5:14: But strong meat belongs to them that are of full age: even those who by reason of use have their senses exercised to discern both good and evil.Jas 3:2: For in many things we offend all. If any man not offend in word: the same is a perfect man: and able also to bridle the whole body.1Pe 5:10: But the God of all grace: who has called us to His eternal glory by Christ Jesus: after that you have suffered a while: make you perfect: stablish: strengthen: settle you."not"1Co 2:1: 13: I: brothers: when I came to you: not came with excellency of speech or of wisdom: declaring to you the testimony of God.1Co 1:18: 19: For the preaching of the cross is to them that perish foolishness; but to us which are saved it is the power of God.Lu 16:8: The lord commended the unjust steward: because he had done wisely: for the children of this world are in their generation wiser than the children of light.2Co 1:12: For our rejoicing is this: the testimony of our conscience: that in simplicity and godly sincerity: not with fleshly wisdom: but by the grace of God: we have had our conversation in the world: and more abundantly to you-ward.2Co 4:4: In whom the god of this world has blinded the minds of them which not believe: lest the light of the glorious gospel of Christ: who is the image of God: should shine to them.Eph 2:2: Wherein in time past you walked according to the course of this world: according to the prince of the power of the air: the spirit that now works in the children of disobedience:Jas 3:15: This wisdom descends not from above: but is earthly: sensual: devilish."of the"1Co 2:8: Which none of the princes of this world knew: for had they known it: they not would have crucified the Lord of glory.Job 12:19: 21: He leads princes away spoiled: and overthrows the mighty.Ps 2:1-6: Why do the heathen rage: and the people imagine a vain thing?Isa 19:11-13: Surely the princes of Zoan are fools: the counsel of the wise counsellers of Pharaoh is become brutish: how say you to Pharaoh: I am the son of the wise: the son of ancient kings?Isa 40:23: That brings the princes not tohing; he makes the judges of the earth as vanity.Ac 4:25-28: Who by the mouth of your servant David have said: Why did the heathen rage: and the people imagine vain things?"come"1Co 1:28: Base things of the world: and things which are despised: has God chosen: yes: and things which not are: to bring to nought things that are:Ps 33:10: The LORD brings the counsel of the heathen to nought: He makes the devices of the people of none effect.
αλλα λαλουμεν σοφιαν θεου εν μυστηριω την αποκεκρυμμενην ην προωρισεν ο θεος προ των αιωνων εις δοξαν ημων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G2980λαλοῦμενlaloumen (V-PIA-1P) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦμενlaloumen
|
we speak
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G4678σοφίανsophian (N-AFS) G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίανsophian
|
wisdom
|
N-AFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3466μυστηρίῳ,mystēriō (N-DNS) G3466 μυστήριον mystḗrion moos-tay-ree-on from a derivative of (to shut the mouth); a secret or mystery (through the idea of silence imposed by initiation into religious rites):--mystery.
|
μυστηρίῳ,mystēriō
|
a mystery,
|
N-DNS
|
G613ἀποκεκρυμμένην,apokekrymmenēn (V-RPM/P-AFS) G613 ἀποκρύπτω apokrýptō ap-ok-roop-to from ἀπό and κρύπτω; to conceal away (i.e. fully); figuratively, to keep secret:--hide.
|
ἀποκεκρυμμένην,apokekrymmenēn
|
having been hidden,
|
V-RPM/P-AFS
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G4309προώρισενproōrisen (V-AIA-3S) G4309 προορίζω proorízō pro-or-id-zo from πρό and ὁρίζω; to limit in advance, i.e. (figuratively) predetermine:--determine before, ordain, predestinate.
|
προώρισενproōrisen
|
foreordained
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G4253πρὸpro (Prep) G4253 πρό pró pro a primary preposition; fore, i.e. in front of, prior (figuratively, superior) to:--above, ago, before, or ever. In the comparative, it retains the same significations.
|
πρὸpro
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G165αἰώνωνaiōnōn (N-GMP) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰώνωνaiōnōn
|
ages
|
N-GMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G1391δόξανdoxan (N-AFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξανdoxan
|
glory
|
N-AFS
|
G1473ἡμῶν·hēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν·hēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
7
But we speak the wisdom of God in a mystery, even the hidden wisdom, which God ordained before the world to our glory:1 Corinthians 2:7
Stats
Counts: 122 characters, 20 words, 95 letters, 35 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλα λαλουμεν σοφιαν θεου εν μυστηριω την αποκεκρυμμενην ην προωρισεν ο θεος προ των αιωνων εις δοξαν ημων
Lit: But we speak of God wisdom in a mystery, having been hidden, which foreordained God before the ages for glory of us,
KJV: But we speak the wisdom of God in a mystery, even the hidden [wisdom], which God ordained before the world unto our glory:
References
"even"Ps 78:2: I will open my mouth in a parable: I will utter dark sayings of old:Isa 48:6: 7: You have heard: see all this; and not will you declare it? I have showed you new things from this time: even hidden things: and you did not know them.Mt 11:25: At that time Jesus answered and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: because you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes.Mt 13:35: That it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet: saying: I will open my mouth in parables; I will utter things which have been kept secret from the foundation of the world.Ro 16:25: 26: Now to Him that is of power to stablish you according to my gospel: and the preaching of Jesus Christ: according to the revelation of the mystery: which was kept secret since the world began: Eph 1:4: According as he has chosen us in him before the foundation of the world: that we should be holy and without blame before him in love:Eph 3:4-9: Whereby: when you read: you may understand my knowledge in the mystery of Christ)Col 1:26: 27: Even the mystery which has been hid from ages and from generations: but now is made manifest to his saints:2Ti 1:9: Who has saved us: and called us with an holy calling: not according to our works: but according to His own purpose and grace: which was given us in Christ Jesus before the world began: 1Pe 1:11: Searching what: or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify: when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ: and the glory that should follow.Re 13:8: All that dwell upon the earth will worship him: whose names not are written in the book of life of the Lamb killed from the foundation of the world."unto"1Pe 5:1: 10: The elders which are among you I exhort: who am also an elder: and a witness of the sufferings of Christ: and also a partaker of the glory that will be revealed:2Pe 1:3: According as his divine power has given to us all things that pertain to life and godliness: through the knowledge of him that has called us to glory and virtue:
ην ουδεις των αρχοντων του αιωνος τουτου εγνωκεν ει γαρ εγνωσαν ουκ αν τον κυριον της δοξης εσταυρωσαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
none
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G758ἀρχόντωνarchontōn (N-GMP) G758 ἄρχων árchōn ar-khone present participle of ἄρχω; a first (in rank or power):--chief (ruler), magistrate, prince, ruler.
|
ἀρχόντωνarchontōn
|
rulers
|
N-GMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G165αἰῶνοςaiōnos (N-GMS) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶνοςaiōnos
|
age
|
N-GMS
|
G3778τούτουtoutou (DPro-GMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτουtoutou
|
of this
|
DPro-GMS
|
G1097ἔγνωκεν·egnōken (V-RIA-3S) G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
ἔγνωκεν·egnōken
|
has understood;
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1097ἔγνωσαν,egnōsan (V-AIA-3P) G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
ἔγνωσαν,egnōsan
|
they had understood it,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2962ΚύριονKyrion (N-AMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριονKyrion
|
Lord
|
N-AMS
|
G1391δόξηςdoxēs (N-GFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξηςdoxēs
|
of glory
|
N-GFS
|
G4717ἐσταύρωσαν·estaurōsan (V-AIA-3P) G4717 σταυρόω stauróō stow-ro-o from σταυρός; to impale on the cross; figuratively, to extinguish (subdue) passion or selfishness:--crucify.
|
ἐσταύρωσαν·estaurōsan
|
they would have crucified,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
8
Which none of the princes of this world knew: for had they known it, they not would have crucified the Lord of glory.1 Corinthians 2:8
Stats
Counts: 117 characters, 21 words, 92 letters, 30 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: ην ουδεις των αρχοντων του αιωνος τουτου εγνωκεν ει γαρ εγνωσαν ουκ αν τον κυριον της δοξης εσταυρωσαν
Lit: which none of the rulers the age of this has understood; if for they had understood it, not the Lord of glory they would have crucified,
KJV: Which none of the princes of this world knew: for had they known it, they would not have crucified the Lord of glory.
References
"none"1Co 2:6: Howbeit we speak wisdom among them that are perfect: not yet the wisdom of this world: nor of the princes of this world: that come to nought:1Co 1:26-28: For you see your calling: brothers: how not that many wise men after the flesh: not many mighty: not many noble: are called:Mt 11:25: At that time Jesus answered and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: because you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes.Joh 7:48: Have any of the rulers or of the Pharisees believed on him?"for"Lu 23:34: Then said Jesus: Father: forgive them; for they not know what they do. And they parted His clothing: and cast lots.Joh 3:19-21: This is the condemnation: that light is come into the world: and men loved darkness rather than light: because their deeds were evil.Joh 8:19: Then said they to Him: Where is your Father? Jesus answered: You neither know me: nor my Father: if you had known me: you should have known my Father also.Joh 9:39-41: Jesus said: For judgment I am come into this world: that they which not see might see; and that they which see might be made blind.Joh 12:40-43: He has blinded their eyes: and hardened their heart; that they not should see with their eyes: nor understand with their heart: and be converted: and I should heal them.Joh 15:22-25: If I not had come and spoken to them: they not had had sin: but now they have no cloke for their sin.Joh 16:3: These things will they do to you: because they not have known the Father: nor me.Ac 3:17: Now: brothers: I know that through ignorance you did it: as did also your rulers.Ac 13:27: For they that dwell at Jerusalem: and their rulers: because they knew not him: nor yet the voices of the prophets which are read every sabbath day: they have fulfilled them in condemning him.2Co 3:14: But their minds were blinded: for until this day remains the same vail untaken away in the reading of the old testament; which vail is done away in Christ.1Ti 1:13: Who was before a blasphemer: and a persecutor: and injurious: but I obtained mercy: because I did it ignorantly in unbelief."the Lord"Ps 24:7-10: Lift up your heads: O you gates; and be you lift up: you everlasting doors; and the King of glory will come in.Ac 3:16: 17: His name through faith in his name has made this man strong: whom you see and know: yes: the faith which is by him has given him this perfect soundness in the presence of you all.Ac 7:2: He said: Men: brothers: and fathers: listen; The God of glory appeared to our father Abraham: when He was in Mesopotamia: before He dwelt in Charran: Jas 2:1: My brothers: not have the faith of our Lord Jesus Christ: the Lord of glory: with respect of persons.
αλλα καθως γεγραπται α οφθαλμος ουκ ειδεν και ους ουκ ηκουσεν και επι καρδιαν ανθρωπου ουκ ανεβη α ητοιμασεν ο θεος τοις αγαπωσιν αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γέγραπταιgegraptai
|
it has been written:
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G3739ἋHA (RelPro-ANP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἋHA
|
What
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G3788ὀφθαλμὸςophthalmos (N-NMS) G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμὸςophthalmos
|
eye
|
N-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3708εἶδενeiden (V-AIA-3S) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδενeiden
|
has seen,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3775οὖςous (N-NNS) G3775 οὖς oûs ooce apparently a primary word; the ear (physically or mentally):--ear.
|
οὖςous
|
ear
|
N-NNS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G191ἤκουσενēkousen (V-AIA-3S) G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσενēkousen
|
has heard,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
into
|
Prep
|
G2588καρδίανkardian (N-AFS) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίανkardian
|
heart
|
N-AFS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
of man
|
N-GMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G305ἀνέβη,anebē (V-AIA-3S) G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀνέβη,anebē
|
has entered,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3745ὅσαhosa (RelPro-ANP) G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσαhosa
|
what
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G2090ἡτοίμασενhētoimasen (V-AIA-3S) G2090 ἑτοιμάζω hetoimázō het-oy-mad-zo from ἕτοιμος; to prepare:--prepare, provide, make ready. Compare κατασκευάζω.
|
ἡτοίμασενhētoimasen
|
has prepared
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
for those
|
Art-DMP
|
G25ἀγαπῶσινagapōsin (V-PPA-DMP) G25 ἀγαπάω agapáō ag-ap-ah-o perhaps from (much) (or compare עֲגַב); to love (in a social or moral sense):--(be-)love(-ed). Compare φιλέω.
|
ἀγαπῶσινagapōsin
|
loving
|
V-PPA-DMP
|
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν.auton
|
Him.”
|
PPro-AM3S
|
9
But as it is written, Eye has not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things which God has prepared for them that love Him.
1 Corinthians 2:9
Stats
Rank: #747 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 158 characters, 27 words, 123 letters, 46 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλα καθως γεγραπται α οφθαλμος ουκ ειδεν και ους ουκ ηκουσεν και επι καρδιαν ανθρωπου ουκ ανεβη α ητοιμασεν ο θεος τοις αγαπωσιν αυτον
Lit: but as it has been written: What eye not has seen, and ear not has heard, and into heart of man not has entered, what has prepared God for those loving Him.”
KJV: But as it is written, Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that love him.
References
"Eye"Isa 64:4: For since the beginning of the world men not have heard: nor perceived by the ear: neither has the eye seen: O God: beside you: what He has prepared for Him that waits for Him.Joh 3:16: For God so loved the world: that He gave His only begotten Son: that whoever believes in Him not should perish: but have everlasting life.1Pe 1:12: To whom it was revealed: not that to themselves: but to us they did minister the things: which are now reported to you by them that have preached the gospel to you with the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven; which things the angels desire to look into."the things"Ps 31:19: Oh how great is your goodness: which you have laid up for them that fear you; which you have wrought for them that trust in you before the sons of men!Mt 20:23: He says to them: You will drink indeed of my cup: and be baptized with the baptism that I am baptized with: but to sit on my right hand: and on my left: not is my to give: but it will be given to them for whom it is prepared of my Father.Mt 25:34: Then will the King say to them on His right hand: Come: you blessed of my Father: inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world:Heb 11:16: But now they desire a better country: that is: an heavenly: for what reason God not is ashamed to be called their God: for He has prepared for them a city."them"Ro 8:28: We know that all things work together for good to them that love God: to them who are the called according to His purpose.Jas 1:12: Blessed is the man that endures temptation: for when He is tried: He will receive the crown of life: which the Lord has promised to them that love Him.Jas 2:5: Listen: my beloved brothers: Has not God chosen the poor of this world rich in faith: and heirs of the kingdom which He has promised to them that love Him?1Jo 4:19: We love him: because he first loved us.
ημιν δε ο θεος απεκαλυψεν δια του πνευματος αυτου το γαρ πνευμα παντα ερευνα και τα βαθη του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1473Ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
Ἡμῖνhēmin
|
To us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G601ἀπεκάλυψενapekalypsen (V-AIA-3S) G601 ἀποκαλύπτω apokalýptō ap-ok-al-oop-to from ἀπό and καλύπτω; to take off the cover, i.e. disclose:--reveal.
|
ἀπεκάλυψενapekalypsen
|
has revealed it
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4151Πνεύματος·Pneumatos (N-GNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
Πνεύματος·Pneumatos
|
Spirit.
|
N-GNS
|
G3588Τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Τὸto
|
The
|
Art-NNS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2045ἐραυνᾷ,erauna (V-PIA-3S) G2045 ἐρευνάω ereunáō er-yoo-nah-o apparently from ἐρέω (through the idea of inquiry); to seek, i.e. (figuratively) to investigate:--search.
|
ἐραυνᾷ,erauna
|
searches,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G899βάθηbathē (N-ANP) G899 βάθος báthos bath-os from the same as βαθύς; profundity, i.e. (by implication) extent; (figuratively) mystery:--deep(-ness, things), depth.
|
βάθηbathē
|
depths
|
N-ANP
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
10
But God has revealed them to us by His Spirit: for the Spirit searches all things, yes, the deep things of God.1 Corinthians 2:10
Stats
Rank: #1728 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 115 characters, 19 words, 90 letters, 31 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: ημιν δε ο θεος απεκαλυψεν δια του πνευματος αυτου το γαρ πνευμα παντα ερευνα και τα βαθη του θεου
Lit: To us for has revealed it God through the Spirit. The for Spirit all things searches, even the depths of God.
KJV: But God hath revealed them unto us by his Spirit: for the Spirit searcheth all things, yea, the deep things of God.
References
"God"1Co 14:30: If any thing be revealed to another that sits by: let the first hold his peace.Am 3:7: Surely the Lord GOD will not dohing: but He reveals His secret to His servants the prophets.Mt 11:25-27: At that time Jesus answered and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: because you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes.Mt 13:11: He answered and said to them: Because it is given to you to know the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven: but to them it not is given.Mt 16:17: Jesus answered and said to Him: Blessed are you: Simon Barjona: for flesh and blood has not revealed it to you: but my Father which is in heaven.Lu 2:26: It was revealed to Him by the Holy Ghost: that He not should see death: before He had seen the Lord's Christ.Lu 10:21: In that hour Jesus rejoiced in spirit: and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: that you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes: even so: Father; for so it seemed good in your sight.Eph 3:3: 5: How that by revelation he made known to me the mystery; (as I wrote afore in few words: 1Pe 1:12: To whom it was revealed: not that to themselves: but to us they did minister the things: which are now reported to you by them that have preached the gospel to you with the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven; which things the angels desire to look into.Re 1:1: The Revelation of Jesus Christ: which God gave to Him: to show to His servants things which must shortly come to pass; and He sent and signified it by His angel to His servant John:"by"Isa 48:16: Come you near to me: hear you this; I not have spoken in secret from the beginning; from the time that it was: there am I: and now the Lord GOD: and His Spirit: has sent me.Isa 59:21: As for me: this is my covenant with them: says the LORD; My spirit that is upon you: and my words which I have put in your mouth: will not depart out of your mouth: nor out of the mouth of your seed: nor out of the mouth of your seed's seed: says the LORD: from henceforth and for ever.Joh 14:26: But the Comforter: which is the Holy Ghost: whom the Father will send in my name: He will teach you all things: and bring all things to your remembrance: whatever I have said to you.Joh 16:13: Howbeit when He: the Spirit of truth: is come: He will guide you into all truth: for He will not speak of Himself; but whatever He will hear: that will He speak: and He will show you things to come.1Jo 2:20: 27: But you have an unction from the Holy one: and you know all things."the Spirit"1Co 2:11: For what man knows'>knows the things of a man: save the spirit of man which is in Him? even so the things of God knows'>knows no man: but the Spirit of God.1Co 12:8-11: For to one is given by the Spirit the word of wisdom; to another the word of knowledge by the same Spirit;Ro 8:26: 27: Likewise the Spirit also helps our infirmities: for we not know what we should pray for as we ought: but the Spirit itself makes intercession for us with groanings which cannot be uttered."the deep"Job 12:22: He discovers deep things out of darkness: and brings out to light the shadow of death.Ps 92:5: 6: O LORD: how great are your works! and your thoughts are very deep.Da 2:22: He reveals the deep and secret things: he knows what is in the darkness: and the light dwells with him.Ro 11:33-36: O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are His judgments: and His ways past finding out!
τις γαρ οιδεν ανθρωπων τα του ανθρωπου ει μη το πνευμα του ανθρωπου το εν αυτω ουτως και τα του θεου ουδεις οιδεν ει μη το πνευμα του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NMS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
Who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1492οἶδενoiden (V-RIA-3S) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἶδενoiden
|
knows
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G444ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn (N-GMP) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn
|
among men
|
N-GMP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
man,
|
N-GMS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151πνεῦμαpneuma (N-NNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμαpneuma
|
spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
man
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
that is
|
Art-NNS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
within
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷ;autō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ;autō
|
him?
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
So
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1097ἔγνωκενegnōken (V-RIA-3S) G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
ἔγνωκενegnōken
|
knows,
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
11
For what man knows'>knows the things of a man, save the spirit of man which is in Him? even so the things of God knows'>knows no man, but the Spirit of God.1 Corinthians 2:11
Stats
Counts: 146 characters, 29 words, 111 letters, 38 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: τις γαρ οιδεν ανθρωπων τα του ανθρωπου ει μη το πνευμα του ανθρωπου το εν αυτω ουτως και τα του θεου ουδεις οιδεν ει μη το πνευμα του θεου
Lit: Who for knows among men the things of the man, if not the spirit of the man that is within him? So also the things of God no one knows, if not the Spirit of God.
KJV: For what man knoweth the things of a man, save the spirit of man which is in him? even so the things of God knoweth no man, but the Spirit of God.
References
"what"Pr 14:10: The heart knows his own bitterness; and a stranger does not intermeddle with his joy.Pr 20:5: 27: Counsel in the heart of man is like deep water; but a man of understanding will draw it out.Jer 17:9: The heart is deceitful above all things: and desperately wicked: who can know it?"even"1Co 2:10: But God has revealed them to us by His Spirit: for the Spirit searches all things: yes: the deep things of God.Ro 11:33: 34: O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are His judgments: and His ways past finding out!
ημεις δε ου το πνευμα του κοσμου ελαβομεν αλλα το πνευμα το εκ του θεου ινα ειδωμεν τα υπο του θεου χαρισθεντα ημιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
We
|
PPro-N1P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4151πνεῦμαpneuma (N-ANS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμαpneuma
|
spirit
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2889κόσμουkosmou (N-GMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμουkosmou
|
world
|
N-GMS
|
G2983ἐλάβομενelabomen (V-AIA-1P) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ἐλάβομενelabomen
|
have received,
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4151πνεῦμαpneuma (N-ANS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμαpneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
who is
|
Art-ANS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1492εἰδῶμενeidōmen (V-RSA-1P) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
εἰδῶμενeidōmen
|
we may know
|
V-RSA-1P
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G5483χαρισθένταcharisthenta (V-APP-ANP) G5483 χαρίζομαι charízomai khar-id-zom-ahee middle voice from χάρις; to grant as a favor, i.e. gratuitously, in kindness, pardon or rescue:--deliver, (frankly) forgive, (freely) give, grant.
|
χαρισθένταcharisthenta
|
having been granted
|
V-APP-ANP
|
G1473ἡμῖν·hēmin (PPro-D1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖν·hēmin
|
to us,
|
PPro-D1P
|
12
Now we have received, not the spirit of the world, but the spirit which is of God; that we might know the things that are freely given to us of God.1 Corinthians 2:12
Stats
Rank: #2137 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 148 characters, 28 words, 114 letters, 40 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: ημεις δε ου το πνευμα του κοσμου ελαβομεν αλλα το πνευμα το εκ του θεου ινα ειδωμεν τα υπο του θεου χαρισθεντα ημιν
Lit: We now, not the spirit of the world have received, but the Spirit who is from God, that we may know the things by God having been granted to us,
KJV: Now we have received, not the spirit of the world, but the spirit which is of God; that we might know the things that are freely given to us of God.
References
"not"1Co 2:6: Howbeit we speak wisdom among them that are perfect: not yet the wisdom of this world: nor of the princes of this world: that come to nought:Ro 8:1: 5: 6: There is therefore now no condemnation to them which are in Christ Jesus: who not walk after the flesh: but after the Spirit.2Co 4:4: In whom the god of this world has blinded the minds of them which not believe: lest the light of the glorious gospel of Christ: who is the image of God: should shine to them.Eph 2:2: Wherein in time past you walked according to the course of this world: according to the prince of the power of the air: the spirit that now works in the children of disobedience:Jas 4:5: Do you think that the scripture says in vain: The spirit that dwells in us lusts to envy?1Jo 4:4: 5: You are of God: little children: and have overcome them: because greater is He that'>He who is in you: than He that'>He who is in the world.1Jo 5:19: And we know that we are of God: and the whole world lies in wickedness.Re 12:9: The great dragon was cast out: that old serpent: called the Devil: and Satan: which deceives the whole world: he was cast out into the earth: and his angels were cast out with him."but"Ro 8:15: 16: For you not have received the spirit of bondage again to fear; but you have received the Spirit of adoption: whereby we cry: Abba: Father."that"1Co 3:22: Whether Paul: or Apollos: or Cephas: or the world: or life: or death: or things present: or things to come; all are yours;Joh 16:14: 15: He will glorify me: for he will receive of my: and will show it to you.Ro 8:32: He who not spared His own Son: but delivered Him up for us all: how will He not">not He with Him also freely give us all things?1Jo 2:20: 27: But you have an unction from the Holy one: and you know all things.1Jo 5:20: We know that the Son of God is come: and has given us an understanding: that we may know Him that is true: and we are in Him that is true: even in His Son Jesus Christ. This is the true God: and eternal life.Re 22:6: He said to me: These sayings are faithful and true: and the Lord God of the holy prophets sent His angel to show to His servants the things which must shortly be done.
α και λαλουμεν ουκ εν διδακτοις ανθρωπινης σοφιας λογοις αλλ εν διδακτοις πνευματος αγιου πνευματικοις πνευματικα συγκρινοντες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
which
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G2980λαλοῦμενlaloumen (V-PIA-1P) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦμενlaloumen
|
we speak,
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1318διδακτοῖςdidaktois (Adj-DMP) G1318 διδακτός didaktós did-ak-tos from διδάσκω; (subjectively) instructed, or (objectively) communicated by teaching:--taught, which … teacheth.
|
διδακτοῖςdidaktois
|
taught
|
Adj-DMP
|
G442ἀνθρωπίνηςanthrōpinēs (Adj-GFS) G442 ἀνθρώπινος anthrṓpinos anth-ro-pee-nos from ἄνθρωπος; human:--human, common to man, man(-kind), (man-)kind, mens, after the manner of men.
|
ἀνθρωπίνηςanthrōpinēs
|
of human
|
Adj-GFS
|
G4678σοφίαςsophias (N-GFS) G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίαςsophias
|
wisdom
|
N-GFS
|
G3056λόγοις,logois (N-DMP) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοις,logois
|
words,
|
N-DMP
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in those
|
Prep
|
G1318διδακτοῖςdidaktois (Adj-DMP) G1318 διδακτός didaktós did-ak-tos from διδάσκω; (subjectively) instructed, or (objectively) communicated by teaching:--taught, which … teacheth.
|
διδακτοῖςdidaktois
|
taught
|
Adj-DMP
|
G4151Πνεύματος,Pneumatos (N-GNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
Πνεύματος,Pneumatos
|
of the Spirit,
|
N-GNS
|
G4152πνευματικοῖςpneumatikois (Adj-DNP) G4152 πνευματικός pneumatikós pnyoo-mat-ik-os from πνεῦμα; non-carnal, i.e. (humanly) ethereal (as opposed to gross), or (dæmoniacally) a spirit (concretely), or (divinely) supernatural, regenerate, religious:--spiritual. Compare ψυχικός.
|
πνευματικοῖςpneumatikois
|
by spiritual means
|
Adj-DNP
|
G4152πνευματικὰpneumatika (Adj-ANP) G4152 πνευματικός pneumatikós pnyoo-mat-ik-os from πνεῦμα; non-carnal, i.e. (humanly) ethereal (as opposed to gross), or (dæmoniacally) a spirit (concretely), or (divinely) supernatural, regenerate, religious:--spiritual. Compare ψυχικός.
|
πνευματικὰpneumatika
|
spiritual things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G4793συνκρίνοντες.synkrinontes (V-PPA-NMP) G4793 συγκρίνω synkrínō soong-kree-no from σύν and κρίνω; to judge of one thing in connection with another, i.e. combine (spiritual ideas with appropriate expressions) or collate (one person with another by way of contrast or resemblance):--compare among (with).
|
συνκρίνοντες.synkrinontes
|
communicating.
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
13
Which things also we speak, not in the words which man's wisdom teaches'>teaches, but which the Holy Ghost teaches'>teaches; comparing spiritual things with spiritual.1 Corinthians 2:13
Stats
Rank: #3191 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 151 characters, 21 words, 123 letters, 39 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: α και λαλουμεν ουκ εν διδακτοις ανθρωπινης σοφιας λογοις αλλ εν διδακτοις πνευματος αγιου πνευματικοις πνευματικα συγκρινοντες
Lit: which also we speak, not in taught of human wisdom words, but in those taught of the Spirit, by spiritual means spiritual things communicating.
KJV: Which things also we speak, not in the words which man's wisdom teacheth, but which the Holy Ghost teacheth; comparing spiritual things with spiritual.
References
"not"1Co 2:4: My speech and my preaching was not with enticing words of man's wisdom: but in demonstration of the Spirit and of power:1Co 1:17: For Christ sent not me to baptize: but to preach the gospel: not with wisdom of words: lest the cross of Christ should be made of none effect.2Pe 1:16: For we not have followed cunningly devised fables: when we made known to you the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ: but were eyewitnesses of His majesty."but"1Co 12:1-3: Now concerning spiritual gifts: brothers: I not would have you ignorant.1Co 14:2: For He that'>He who speaks'>speaks'>speaks in an unknown tongue speaks'>speaks'>speaks not to men: but to God: for no man understands Him; howbeit in the spirit He speaks'>speaks'>speaks mysteries.Lu 12:12: For the Holy Ghost will teach you in the same hour what you ought to say.Ac 2:4: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and began to speak with other tongues: as the Spirit gave them utterance.1Pe 1:12: To whom it was revealed: not that to themselves: but to us they did minister the things: which are now reported to you by them that have preached the gospel to you with the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven; which things the angels desire to look into."spirtual things"1Co 2:14: But the natural man receives not the things of the Spirit of God: for they are foolishness to Him: neither can He know them: because they are spiritually discerned.1Co 9:11: If we have sown to you spiritual things: is it a great thing if we will reap your carnal things?1Co 10:3-5: Did all eat the same spiritual meat;Eph 5:19: Speaking to yourselves in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs: singing and making melody in your heart to the Lord;Col 3:16: Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs: singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord.
ψυχικος δε ανθρωπος ου δεχεται τα του πνευματος του θεου μωρια γαρ αυτω εστιν και ου δυναται γνωναι οτι πνευματικως ανακρινεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5591Ψυχικὸςpsychikos (Adj-NMS) G5591 ψυχικός psychikós psoo-khee-kos from ψυχή; sensitive, i.e. animate (in distinction on the one hand from πνευματικός, which is the higher or renovated nature; and on the other from φυσικός, which is the lower or bestial nature):--natural, sensual.
|
Ψυχικὸςpsychikos
|
The natural
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
man
|
N-NMS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1209δέχεταιdechetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1209 δέχομαι déchomai dekh-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to receive (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--accept, receive, take. Compare λαμβάνω.
|
δέχεταιdechetai
|
accepts
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G2316Θεοῦ·Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ·Theou
|
of God;
|
N-GMS
|
G3472μωρίαmōria (N-NFS) G3472 μωρία mōría mo-ree-ah from μωρός; silliness, i.e. absurdity:--foolishness.
|
μωρίαmōria
|
foolishness
|
N-NFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1510ἐστίν,estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίν,estin
|
they are,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410δύναταιdynatai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναταιdynatai
|
he is able
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1097γνῶναι,gnōnai (V-ANA) G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γνῶναι,gnōnai
|
to understand them,
|
V-ANA
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G4153πνευματικῶςpneumatikōs (Adv) G4153 πνευματικῶς pneumatikōs pnyoo-mat-ik-oce adverb from πνευματικός; non-physically, i.e. divinely, figuratively:--spiritually.
|
πνευματικῶςpneumatikōs
|
spiritually
|
Adv
|
G350ἀνακρίνεται.anakrinetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G350 ἀνακρίνω anakrínō an-ak-ree-no from ἀνά and κρίνω; properly, to scrutinize, i.e. (by implication) investigate, interrogate, determine:--ask, question, discern, examine, judge, search.
|
ἀνακρίνεται.anakrinetai
|
they are discerned.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
14
But the natural man receives not the things of the Spirit of God: for they are foolishness to Him: neither can He know them, because they are spiritually discerned.1 Corinthians 2:14
Stats
Rank: #810 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 167 characters, 26 words, 135 letters, 51 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: ψυχικος δε ανθρωπος ου δεχεται τα του πνευματος του θεου μωρια γαρ αυτω εστιν και ου δυναται γνωναι οτι πνευματικως ανακρινεται
Lit: The natural however man not accepts the things of the Spirit of God; foolishness for to him they are, and not he is able to understand them, because spiritually they are discerned.
KJV: But the natural man receiveth not the things of the Spirit of God: for they are foolishness unto him: neither can he know them, because they are spiritually discerned.
References
"the natural man"1Co 15:44: 46: It is sown a natural body; it is raised a spiritual body. There is a natural body: and there is a spiritual body.Jas 3:15: This wisdom descends not from above: but is earthly: sensual: devilish.Jude 1:19: These be they who separate themselves: sensual: not having the Spirit."receiveth"Mt 13:11-17: He answered and said to them: Because it is given to you to know the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven: but to them it not is given.Mt 16:23: But He turned: and said to Peter: Get you behind me: Satan: you are an offence to me: for you savour not the things that be of God: but those that be of men.Joh 3:3-6: Jesus answered and said to Him: Truly: truly: I say to you: Except a man be born again: He cannot see the kingdom of God.Joh 8:43: Why do you not understand my speech? even because you cannot hear my word.Joh 10:26: 27: But you not believe: because you not are of my sheep: as I said to you.Joh 12:37: But though he had done so many miracles before them: yet they not believed on him:Ro 8:5-8: For they that are after the flesh do mind the things of the flesh; but they that are after the Spirit the things of the Spirit."the things"1Co 2:12: Now we have received: not the spirit of the world: but the spirit which is of God; that we might know the things that are freely given to us of God.Joh 14:26: But the Comforter: which is the Holy Ghost: whom the Father will send in my name: He will teach you all things: and bring all things to your remembrance: whatever I have said to you.Joh 15:26: But when the Comforter is come: whom I will send to you from the Father: even the Spirit of truth: which proceeds from the Father: He will testify of me:Joh 16:8-15: When he is come: he will reprove the world of sin: and of righteousness: and of judgment:"they"1Co 1:18: 23: For the preaching of the cross is to them that perish foolishness; but to us which are saved it is the power of God.Joh 8:51: 52: Truly: truly: I say to you: If a man keep my saying: he will never see death.Joh 10:20: Many of them said: He has a devil: and is mad; why hear you him?Ac 17:18: 32: Then certain philosophers of the Epicureans: and of the Stoicks: encountered Him. And some said: What will this babbler say? other some: He seems to be a setter forth of strange gods: because He preached to them Jesus: and the resurrection.Ac 18:15: But if it be a question of words and names: and of your law: look you to it; for I will be no judge of such matters.Ac 25:19: But had certain questions against Him of their own superstition: and of one Jesus: which was dead: whom Paul affirmed to be alive.Ac 26:24: 25: As he thus spoke for himself: Festus said with a loud voice: Paul: you are beside yourself; much learning does make you mad."neither"Pr 14:6: A scorner seeks wisdom: and findeth it not: but knowledge is easy to him that understands.Joh 5:44: How can you believe: which receive honour one of another: and not seek the honour that cometh from God only?Joh 6:44: 45: No man can come to me: except the Father which has sent me draw Him: and I will raise Him up at the last day.Ac 16:14: A certain woman named Lydia: a seller of purple: of the city of Thyatira: which worshipped God: heard us: whose heart the Lord opened: that she attended to the things which were spoken of Paul.2Co 4:4-6: In whom the god of this world has blinded the minds of them which not believe: lest the light of the glorious gospel of Christ: who is the image of God: should shine to them.1Jo 2:20: 27: But you have an unction from the Holy one: and you know all things.1Jo 5:20: We know that the Son of God is come: and has given us an understanding: that we may know Him that is true: and we are in Him that is true: even in His Son Jesus Christ. This is the true God: and eternal life.Jude 1:19: These be they who separate themselves: sensual: not having the Spirit.
ο δε πνευματικος ανακρινει μεν παντα αυτος δε υπ ουδενος ανακρινεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
He who is
|
Art-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4152πνευματικὸςpneumatikos (Adj-NMS) G4152 πνευματικός pneumatikós pnyoo-mat-ik-os from πνεῦμα; non-carnal, i.e. (humanly) ethereal (as opposed to gross), or (dæmoniacally) a spirit (concretely), or (divinely) supernatural, regenerate, religious:--spiritual. Compare ψυχικός.
|
πνευματικὸςpneumatikos
|
spiritual
|
Adj-NMS
|
G350ἀνακρίνειanakrinei (V-PIA-3S) G350 ἀνακρίνω anakrínō an-ak-ree-no from ἀνά and κρίνω; properly, to scrutinize, i.e. (by implication) investigate, interrogate, determine:--ask, question, discern, examine, judge, search.
|
ἀνακρίνειanakrinei
|
judges
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3956πάντα,panta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντα,panta
|
all things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
he himself,
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5259ὑπ’hyp’ (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπ’hyp’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3762οὐδενὸςoudenos (Adj-GMS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδενὸςoudenos
|
no one
|
Adj-GMS
|
G350ἀνακρίνεται.anakrinetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G350 ἀνακρίνω anakrínō an-ak-ree-no from ἀνά and κρίνω; properly, to scrutinize, i.e. (by implication) investigate, interrogate, determine:--ask, question, discern, examine, judge, search.
|
ἀνακρίνεται.anakrinetai
|
is judged.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
15
But he who is spiritual judges all things, yet he himself is judged of no man.1 Corinthians 2:15
Stats
Rank: #9288 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 80 characters, 15 words, 63 letters, 22 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε πνευματικος ανακρινει μεν παντα αυτος δε υπ ουδενος ανακρινεται
Lit: He who is however spiritual judges all things he himself, however by no one is judged.
KJV: But he that is spiritual judgeth all things, yet he himself is judged of no man.
References
"he that"1Co 3:1: I: brothers: not could speak to you as to spiritual: but as to carnal: even as to babes in Christ.1Co 14:37: If any man think Himself to be a prophet: or spiritual: let Him acknowledge that the things that I write to you are the commandments of the Lord.Ga 6:1: Brothers: if a man be overtaken in a fault: you which are spiritual: restore such an one in the spirit of meekness; considering yourself: lest you also be tempted.Col 1:9: For this cause we also: since the day we heard it: not do cease to pray for you: and to desire that you might be filled with the knowledge of his will in all wisdom and spiritual understanding;"judgeth"2Sa 14:17: Then your handmaid said: The word of my lord the king will now be comfortable: for as an angel of God: so is my lord the king to discern good and bad: therefore the LORD your God will be with you.1Ki 3:9-11: Give therefore your servant an understanding heart to judge your people: that I may discern between good and bad: for who is able to judge this your so great a people?Ps 25:14: The secret of the LORD is with them that fear Him; and He will show them His covenant.Pr 28:5: Evil men not understand judgment: but they that seek the LORD understand all things.Ec 8:5: Whoever keeps the commandment will feel no evil thing: and a wise man's heart discerns both time and judgment.Joh 7:17: If any man will do His will: He will know of the doctrine: whether it be of God: or whether I speak of myself.Eph 4:13: 14: Till we all come in the unity of the faith: and of the knowledge of the Son of God: to a perfect man: to the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ:Php 1:10: That you may approve things that are excellent; that you may be sincere and without offence till the day of Christ;1Th 5:21: Prove all things; hold fast that which is good.Heb 5:14: But strong meat belongs to them that are of full age: even those who by reason of use have their senses exercised to discern both good and evil.1Jo 4:1: Beloved: not believe every spirit: but try the spirits whether they are of God: because many false prophets are gone out into the world."yet"1Co 4:5: Therefore not judgehing before the time: until the Lord come: who both will bring to light the hidden things of darkness: and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts: and then will every man have praise of God.2Sa 12:16-23: David therefore besought God for the child; and David fasted: and went in: and lay all night upon the earth.Ac 15:1-5: Certain men which came down from Judaea taught the brothers: and said: Except you be circumcised after the manner of Moses: you cannot be saved.Ac 16:3: Him would Paul have to go forth with him; and took and circumcised him because of the Jews which were in those quarters: for they knew all that his father was a Greek.Ga 2:3-5: But neither Titus: who was with me: being a Greek: was compelled to be circumcised:
τις γαρ εγνω νουν κυριου ος συμβιβασει αυτον ημεις δε νουν χριστου εχομεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5101Τίςtis (IPro-NMS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
Τίςtis
|
Who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1097ἔγνωegnō (V-AIA-3S) G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
ἔγνωegnō
|
has known
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3563νοῦνnoun (N-AMS) G3563 νοῦς noûs nooce probably from the base of γινώσκω; the intellect, i.e. mind (divine or human; in thought, feeling, or will); by implication, meaning:--mind, understanding. Compare ψυχή.
|
νοῦνnoun
|
the mind
|
N-AMS
|
G2962Κυρίου,Kyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίου,Kyriou
|
of the Lord?
|
N-GMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
Who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G4822συμβιβάσειsymbibasei (V-FIA-3S) G4822 συμβιβάζω symbibázō soom-bib-ad-zo from σύν and (to force; causative (by reduplication) of the base of βάσις); to drive together, i.e. unite (in association or affection), (mentally) to infer, show, teach:--compact, assuredly gather, intrust, knit together, prove.
|
συμβιβάσειsymbibasei
|
will instruct
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G846αὐτόν;auton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν;auton
|
Him?”
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
We
|
PPro-N1P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3563νοῦνnoun (N-AMS) G3563 νοῦς noûs nooce probably from the base of γινώσκω; the intellect, i.e. mind (divine or human; in thought, feeling, or will); by implication, meaning:--mind, understanding. Compare ψυχή.
|
νοῦνnoun
|
the mind
|
N-AMS
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
of Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G2192ἔχομεν.echomen (V-PIA-1P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχομεν.echomen
|
have.
|
V-PIA-1P
|
16
For who has known the mind of the Lord, that He may instruct Him? But we have the mind of Christ.1 Corinthians 2:16
Stats
Counts: 98 characters, 19 words, 75 letters, 23 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: τις γαρ εγνω νουν κυριου ος συμβιβασει αυτον ημεις δε νουν χριστου εχομεν
Lit: Who for has known the mind of the Lord? Who will instruct Him?” We however the mind of Christ have.
KJV: For who hath known the mind of the Lord, that he may instruct him? But we have the mind of Christ.
References
"who"Job 15:8: Have you heard the secret of God? and do you restrain wisdom to yourself?Job 22:2: Can a man be profitable to God: as He that'>He who is wise may be profitable to Himself?Job 40:2: Will He that'>He who contends with the Almighty instruct Him? He that'>He who reproves God: let Him answer it.Isa 40:13: 14: Who has directed the Spirit of the LORD: or being His counseller has taught Him?Jer 23:18: For who has stood in the counsel of the LORD: and has perceived and heard His word? who has marked His word: and heard it?Ro 11:34: For who has known the mind of the Lord? or who has been His counseller?"But"Joh 15:15: Henceforth I call you not servants; for the servant knows not what His lord does: but I have called you friends; for all things that I have heard of my Father I have made known to you.Joh 16:13-16: Howbeit when He: the Spirit of truth: is come: He will guide you into all truth: for He will not speak of Himself; but whatever He will hear: that will He speak: and He will show you things to come.Joh 17:6-8: I have manifested your name to the men which you gave'>gave me out of the world: your they were: and you gave'>gave them me; and they have kept your word.Ge 1:12: The earth brought forth grass: and herb yielding seed after His kind: and the tree yielding fruit: whose seed was in itself: after His kind: and God saw that it was good.Eph 3:3: 4: How that by revelation he made known to me the mystery; (as I wrote afore in few words:
3
Follow Christ, Not Man
God’s Fellow Workers
και εγω αδελφοι ουκ ηδυνηθην λαλησαι υμιν ως πνευματικοις αλλ ως σαρκικοις ως νηπιοις εν χριστω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2504Κἀγώ,Kagō (PPro-N1S) G2504 κἀγώ kagṓ kam-eh from καί and ἐγώ; so also the dative case , and accusative case and (or also, even, etc.) I, (to) me:--(and, even, even so, so) I (also, in like wise), both me, me also.
|
Κἀγώ,Kagō
|
And I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers
|
N-VMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410ἠδυνήθηνēdynēthēn (V-AIP-1S) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
ἠδυνήθηνēdynēthēn
|
was able
|
V-AIP-1S
|
G2980λαλῆσαιlalēsai (V-ANA) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῆσαιlalēsai
|
to speak
|
V-ANA
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G4152πνευματικοῖςpneumatikois (Adj-DMP) G4152 πνευματικός pneumatikós pnyoo-mat-ik-os from πνεῦμα; non-carnal, i.e. (humanly) ethereal (as opposed to gross), or (dæmoniacally) a spirit (concretely), or (divinely) supernatural, regenerate, religious:--spiritual. Compare ψυχικός.
|
πνευματικοῖςpneumatikois
|
to spiritual,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G4560σαρκίνοις,sarkinois (Adj-DMP) G4560 σάρκινος sárkinos sar-kee-nos from σάρξ; similar to flesh, i.e. (by analogy) soft:--fleshly.
|
σαρκίνοις,sarkinois
|
to fleshly,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3516νηπίοιςnēpiois (Adj-DMP) G3516 νήπιος nḗpios nay-pee-os from an obsolete particle (implying negation) and ἔπος; not speaking, i.e. an infant (minor); figuratively, a simple-minded person, an immature Christian:--babe, child (+ -ish).
|
νηπίοιςnēpiois
|
to infants
|
Adj-DMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5547Χριστῷ.Christō (N-DMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστῷ.Christō
|
Christ.
|
N-DMS
|
1
And I, brothers, not could speak to you as to spiritual, but as to carnal, even as to babes in Christ.1 Corinthians 3:1
Stats
Rank: #1914 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 110 characters, 17 words, 85 letters, 35 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εγω αδελφοι ουκ ηδυνηθην λαλησαι υμιν ως πνευματικοις αλλ ως σαρκικοις ως νηπιοις εν χριστω
Lit: And I brothers not was able to speak to you as to spiritual, but as to fleshly, as to infants in Christ.
KJV: And I, brethren, could not speak unto you as unto spiritual, but as unto carnal, even as unto babes in Christ.
References
"as unto spiritual"1Co 2:6: 15: Howbeit we speak wisdom among them that are perfect: not yet the wisdom of this world: nor of the princes of this world: that come to nought:Ga 6:1: Brothers: if a man be overtaken in a fault: you which are spiritual: restore such an one in the spirit of meekness; considering yourself: lest you also be tempted."as unto carnal"1Co 3:3: 4: For you are yet carnal: for whereas there is among you envying: and strife: and divisions: are you not carnal: and walk as men?1Co 2:14: But the natural man receives not the things of the Spirit of God: for they are foolishness to Him: neither can He know them: because they are spiritually discerned.Mt 16:23: But He turned: and said to Peter: Get you behind me: Satan: you are an offence to me: for you savour not the things that be of God: but those that be of men.Ro 7:14: For we know that the law is spiritual: but I am carnal: sold under sin."babes"1Co 14:20: Brothers: not be children in understanding: howbeit in malice be you children: but in understanding be men.Eph 4:13: 14: Till we all come in the unity of the faith: and of the knowledge of the Son of God: to a perfect man: to the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ:1Jo 2:12: I write to you: little children: because your sins are forgiven you for his name's sake.
γαλα υμας εποτισα και ου βρωμα ουπω γαρ ηδυνασθε αλλ ουτε ετι νυν δυνασθε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1051γάλαgala (N-ANS) G1051 γάλα gála gal-ah of uncertain affinity; milk (figuratively):--milk.
|
γάλαgala
|
Milk
|
N-ANS
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G4222ἐπότισα,epotisa (V-AIA-1S) G4222 ποτίζω potízō pot-id-zo from a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; to furnish drink, irrigate:--give (make) to drink, feed, water.
|
ἐπότισα,epotisa
|
I gave to drink,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1033βρῶμα·brōma (N-ANS) G1033 βρῶμα brōma bro-mah from the base of βιβρώσκω; food (literally or figuratively), especially (ceremonially) articles allowed or forbidden by the Jewish law:--meat, victuals.
|
βρῶμα·brōma
|
solid food,
|
N-ANS
|
G3768οὔπωoupō (Adv) G3768 οὔπω oúpō oo-po from οὐ and -πω; not yet:--hitherto not, (no…) as yet, not yet.
|
οὔπωoupō
|
not yet
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1410ἐδύνασθε.edynasthe (V-IIM/P-2P) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
ἐδύνασθε.edynasthe
|
were you able.
|
V-IIM/P-2P
|
G235Ἀλλ’All’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
Ἀλλ’All’
|
In fact,
|
Conj
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Adv) G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv) G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
still
|
Adv
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv) G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now
|
Adv
|
G1410δύνασθε,dynasthe (V-PIM/P-2P) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνασθε,dynasthe
|
are you able;
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
2
I have fed you with milk, not and with meat: for hitherto you not were able to bear it, neither yet now are you able.1 Corinthians 3:2
Stats
Rank: #9604 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 115 characters, 22 words, 87 letters, 37 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: γαλα υμας εποτισα και ου βρωμα ουπω γαρ ηδυνασθε αλλ ουτε ετι νυν δυνασθε
Lit: Milk you I gave to drink, not solid food, not yet for were you able. In fact, not still now are you able;
KJV: I have fed you with milk, and not with meat: for hitherto ye were not able to bear it, neither yet now are ye able.
References
"fed"Heb 5:12-14: For when for the time you ought to be teachers: you have need that one teach you again which be the first principles of the oracles of God; and are become such as have need of milk: not and of strong meat.1Pe 2:2: As newborn babes: desire the sincere milk of the word: that you may grow thereby:"for"Joh 16:12: I have yet many things to say to you: but you cannot bear them now.Heb 5:11: 12: Of whom we have many things to say: and hard to be uttered: seeing you are dull of hearing.
ετι γαρ σαρκικοι εστε οπου γαρ εν υμιν ζηλος και ερις και διχοστασιαι ουχι σαρκικοι εστε και κατα ανθρωπον περιπατειτε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv) G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
still
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4559σαρκικοίsarkikoi (Adj-NMP) G4559 σαρκικός sarkikós sar-kee-kos from σάρξ; pertaining to flesh, i.e. (by extension) bodily, temporal, or (by implication) animal, unregenerate:--carnal, fleshly.
|
σαρκικοίsarkikoi
|
fleshly
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1510ἐστε.este (V-PIA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστε.este
|
you are.
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv) G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
Where
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
are among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G2205ζῆλοςzēlos (N-NMS) G2205 ζῆλος zēlos dzay-los from ζέω; properly, heat, i.e. (figuratively) zeal (in a favorable sense, ardor; in an unfavorable one, jealousy, as of a husband (figuratively, of God), or an enemy, malice):--emulation, envy(-ing), fervent mind, indignation, jealousy, zeal.
|
ζῆλοςzēlos
|
jealousy
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2054ἔρις,eris (N-NFS) G2054 ἔρις éris er-is of uncertain affinity; a quarrel, i.e. (by implication) wrangling:--contention, debate, strife, variance.
|
ἔρις,eris
|
strife,
|
N-NFS
|
G3780οὐχὶouchi (IntPrtcl) G3780 οὐχί ouchí oo-khee intensive of οὐ; not indeed:--nay, not.,
|
οὐχὶouchi
|
not
|
IntPrtcl
|
G4559σαρκικοίsarkikoi (Adj-NMP) G4559 σαρκικός sarkikós sar-kee-kos from σάρξ; pertaining to flesh, i.e. (by extension) bodily, temporal, or (by implication) animal, unregenerate:--carnal, fleshly.
|
σαρκικοίsarkikoi
|
fleshly
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1510ἐστεeste (V-PIA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστεeste
|
are you,
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G444ἄνθρωπονanthrōpon (N-AMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωπονanthrōpon
|
man
|
N-AMS
|
G4043περιπατεῖτε;peripateite (V-PIA-2P) G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιπατεῖτε;peripateite
|
are walking?
|
V-PIA-2P
|
3
For you are yet carnal: for whereas there is among you envying, and strife, and divisions, are you not carnal, and walk as men?1 Corinthians 3:3
Stats
Counts: 125 characters, 19 words, 96 letters, 38 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: ετι γαρ σαρκικοι εστε οπου γαρ εν υμιν ζηλος και ερις και διχοστασιαι ουχι σαρκικοι εστε και κατα ανθρωπον περιπατειτε
Lit: still for fleshly you are. Where for are among you jealousy and strife, not fleshly are you, and according to man are walking?
KJV: For ye are yet carnal: for whereas there is among you envying, and strife, and divisions, are ye not carnal, and walk as men?
References
"for whereas"1Co 1:11: For it has been declared to me of you: my brothers: by them which are of the house of Chloe: that there are contentions among you.1Co 6:1-8: Dare any of you: having a matter against another: go to law before the unjust: not and before the saints?1Co 11:18: For first of all: when you come together in the church: I hear that there be divisions among you; and I partly believe it.2Co 12:20: For I fear: lest'>lest: when I come: I will not find you such as I would: and that I will be found to you such as you not would: lest'>lest there be debates: envyings: wraths: strifes: backbitings: whisperings: swellings: tumults:Ga 5:15: 19-21: But if you bite and devour one another: take heed that you not be consumed one of another.Jas 3:16: For where envying and strife is: there is confusion and every evil work.Jas 4:1: 2: From where come wars and fightings among you? come they not here: even of your lusts that war in your members?"and walk"Ho 6:7: But they like men have transgressed the covenant: there have they dealt treacherously against me.Mr 7:21: 22: For from within: out of the heart of men: proceed evil thoughts: adulteries: fornications: murders: Eph 2:2: 3: Wherein in time past you walked according to the course of this world: according to the prince of the power of the air: the spirit that now works in the children of disobedience:Eph 4:22-24: That you put off concerning the former conversation the old man: which is corrupt according to the deceitful lusts;Tit 3:3: For we ourselves also were sometimes foolish: disobedient: deceived: serving divers lusts and pleasures: living in malice and envy: hateful: and hating one another.1Pe 4:2: That He no longer should live the rest of His time in the flesh to the lusts of men: but to the will of God.
οταν γαρ λεγη τις εγω μεν ειμι παυλου ετερος δε εγω απολλω ουχι σαρκικοι εστε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj) G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
When
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγῃlegē (V-PSA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγῃlegē
|
might say
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
one,
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1473ἘγὼEgō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγὼEgō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G3303μένmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μένmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G1510εἰμιeimi (V-PIA-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμιeimi
|
am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3972Παύλου,Paulou (N-GMS) G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παύλου,Paulou
|
of Paul,
|
N-GMS
|
G2087ἕτεροςheteros (Adj-NMS) G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἕτεροςheteros
|
another
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1161δέde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G1473ἘγὼEgō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγὼEgō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G625Ἀπολλῶ,Apollō (N-GMS) G625 Ἀπολλῶς Apollōs ap-ol-loce probably from the same as Ἀπολλωνία; Apollos, an Israelite:--Apollos.
|
Ἀπολλῶ,Apollō
|
of Apollos,
|
N-GMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G444ἄνθρωποίanthrōpoi (N-NMP) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποίanthrōpoi
|
fleshly
|
N-NMP
|
G1510ἐστε;este (V-PIA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστε;este
|
are you?
|
V-PIA-2P
|
4
For while one says, I am of Paul; and another, I am of Apollos; are you not carnal?
1 Corinthians 3:4
Stats
Rank: #617 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 83 characters, 14 words, 61 letters, 28 vowels, 33 consonants
Translation
Greek: οταν γαρ λεγη τις εγω μεν ειμι παυλου ετερος δε εγω απολλω ουχι σαρκικοι εστε
Lit: When for might say one, I indeed am of Paul, another however, I of Apollos, not fleshly are you?
KJV: For while one saith, I am of Paul; and another, I am of Apollos; are ye not carnal?
References
"For while one saith, I am of Paul; and another, I am of Apollos; are ye not carnal?"1Co 1:12: Now this I say: that every one of you says: I am of Paul; and I of Apollos; and I of Cephas; and I of Christ.1Co 4:6: These things: brothers: I have in a figure transferred to myself and to Apollos for your sakes; that you might learn in not us to think of men above that which is written: that no one of you be puffed up for one against another.
τις ουν εστιν παυλος τις δε απολλως αλλ η διακονοι δι ων επιστευσατε και εκαστω ως ο κυριος εδωκεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5101Τίti (IPro-NNS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
Τίti
|
Who
|
IPro-NNS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G625Ἀπολλῶς;Apollōs (N-NMS) G625 Ἀπολλῶς Apollōs ap-ol-loce probably from the same as Ἀπολλωνία; Apollos, an Israelite:--Apollos.
|
Ἀπολλῶς;Apollōs
|
Apollos?
|
N-NMS
|
G5101τίti (IPro-NNS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
Who
|
IPro-NNS
|
G1161δέde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3972Παῦλος;Paulos (N-NMS) G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παῦλος;Paulos
|
Paul?
|
N-NMS
|
G1249διάκονοιdiakonoi (N-NMP) G1249 διάκονος diákonos dee-ak-on-os probably from an obsolete (to run on errands; compare διώκω); an attendant, i.e. (genitive case) a waiter (at table or in other menial duties); specially, a Christian teacher and pastor (technically, a deacon or deaconess):--deacon, minister, servant.
|
διάκονοιdiakonoi
|
Servants
|
N-NMP
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GMP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
whom
|
RelPro-GMP
|
G4100ἐπιστεύσατε,episteusate (V-AIA-2P) G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
ἐπιστεύσατε,episteusate
|
you believed,
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1538ἑκάστῳhekastō (Adj-DMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἑκάστῳhekastō
|
to each
|
Adj-DMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G1325ἔδωκεν.edōken (V-AIA-3S) G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκεν.edōken
|
has given?
|
V-AIA-3S
|
5
Who then is Paul, and who is Apollos, but ministers by whom you believed, even as the Lord gave to every man?1 Corinthians 3:5
Stats
Counts: 108 characters, 19 words, 83 letters, 32 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: τις ουν εστιν παυλος τις δε απολλως αλλ η διακονοι δι ων επιστευσατε και εκαστω ως ο κυριος εδωκεν
Lit: Who then is Apollos? Who now is Paul? Servants through whom you believed, also to each as the Lord has given?
KJV: Who then is Paul, and who is Apollos, but ministers by whom ye believed, even as the Lord gave to every man?
References
"ministers"1Co 3:7: So then neither is He that'>He who plants any thing: neither He that'>He who waters; but God that gives the increase.1Co 4:1: 2: Let a man so account of us: as of the ministers of Christ: and stewards of the mysteries of God.Lu 1:2: Even as they delivered them to us: which from the beginning were eyewitnesses: and ministers of the word;Ro 10:14: 15: How then will they call on him in whom they not have believed? and how will they believe in him of whom they not have heard? and how will they hear without a preacher?2Co 3:6: Who also has made us able ministers of the new testament; not of the letter: but of the spirit: for the letter kills: but the spirit gives life.2Co 4:5: 7: For we not preach ourselves: but Christ Jesus the Lord; and ourselves your servants for Jesus' sake.2Co 6:1: 4: We then: as workers together with Him: beseech you also that you not receive the grace of God in vain.2Co 11:23: Are they ministers of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abundant: in stripes above measure: in prisons more frequent: in deaths often."even"1Co 3:10: According to the grace of God which is given to me: as a wise masterbuilder: I have laid the foundation: and another builds'>builds thereon. But let every man take heed how He builds'>builds thereupon.1Co 9:17: For if I do this thing willingly: I have a reward: but if against my will: a dispensation of the gospel is committed to me.1Co 12:4-11: 28: Now there are diversities of gifts: but the same Spirit.Mt 25:15: to one he gave 5 talents: to another two: and to another one; to every man according to his several ability; and straightway took his journey.Joh 3:27: John answered and said: A man can not receivehing: except it be given him from heaven.Ro 12:3-6: For I say: through the grace given to me: to every man that is among you: not to think of Himself more highly than He ought to think; but to think soberly: according as God has dealt to every man the measure of faith.1Pe 4:10: As every man has received the gift: even so minister the same one to another: as good stewards of the manifold grace of God.
εγω εφυτευσα απολλως εποτισεν αλλ ο θεος ηυξανεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G5452ἐφύτευσα,ephyteusa (V-AIA-1S) G5452 φυτεύω phyteúō foot-yoo-o from a derivative of φύω; to set out in the earth, i.e. implant; figuratively, to instil doctrine:--plant.
|
ἐφύτευσα,ephyteusa
|
planted,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G625ἈπολλῶςApollōs (N-NMS) G625 Ἀπολλῶς Apollōs ap-ol-loce probably from the same as Ἀπολλωνία; Apollos, an Israelite:--Apollos.
|
ἈπολλῶςApollōs
|
Apollos
|
N-NMS
|
G4222ἐπότισεν,epotisen (V-AIA-3S) G4222 ποτίζω potízō pot-id-zo from a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; to furnish drink, irrigate:--give (make) to drink, feed, water.
|
ἐπότισεν,epotisen
|
watered,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G837ηὔξανεν·ēuxanen (V-IIA-3S) G837 αὐξάνω auxánō owx-an-o a prolonged form of a primary verb; to grow (wax), i.e. enlarge (literal or figurative, active or passive):--grow (up), (give the) increase.
|
ηὔξανεν·ēuxanen
|
kept it growing.
|
V-IIA-3S
|
6
I have planted, Apollos watered; but God gave the increase.
1 Corinthians 3:6
Stats
Counts: 59 characters, 8 words, 47 letters, 20 vowels, 27 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγω εφυτευσα απολλως εποτισεν αλλ ο θεος ηυξανεν
Lit: I planted, Apollos watered, but God kept it growing.
KJV: I have planted, Apollos watered; but God gave the increase.
References
"I"1Co 3:9: 10: For we are labourers together with God: you are God's husbandry: you are God's building.1Co 4:14: 15: I not write these things to shame you: but as my beloved sons I warn you.1Co 9:1: 7-11: Am not I an apostle? am not I free? have not I seen Jesus Christ our Lord? not are you my work in the Lord?1Co 15:1-11: Moreover: brothers: I declare to you the gospel which I preached to you: which also you have received: and wherein you stand;Ac 18:4-11: He reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath: and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks.2Co 10:14: 15: For we not stretch ourselves beyond our measure: as though we not reached to you: for we are come as far as to you also in preaching the gospel of Christ:"Apollos"Pr 11:25: The liberal soul will be made fat: and he who waters will be watered also himself.Ac 18:24: 26: 27: A certain Jew named Apollos: born at Alexandria: an eloquent man: and mighty in the scriptures: came to Ephesus.Ac 19:1: It came to pass: that: while Apollos was at Corinth: Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus: and finding certain disciples: "God"1Co 1:30: But of Him are you in Christ Jesus: who of God is made to us wisdom: and righteousness: and sanctification: and redemption:1Co 15:10: But by the grace of God I am what I am: and His grace which was bestowed upon me not was in vain; but I laboured more abundantly than they all: not yet I: but the grace of God which was with me.Ps 62:9: 11: Surely men of low degree are vanity: and men of high degree are a lie: to be laid in the balance: they are altogether lighter than vanity.Ps 92:13-15: Those that be planted in the house of the LORD will flourish in the courts of our God.Ps 127:1: > Except the LORD build the house: they labour in vain that build it: except the LORD keep the city: the watchman wakes but in vain.Isa 55:10: 11: For as the rain comes down: and the snow from heaven: and returns not there: but waters the earth: and makes it bring forth and bud: that it may give seed to the sower: and bread to the eater:Isa 61:11: For as the earth brings forth her bud: and as the garden causes the things that are sown in it to spring forth; so the Lord GOD will cause righteousness and praise to spring forth before all the nations.Ac 11:18: When they heard these things: they held their peace: and glorified God: saying: Then has God also to the Gentiles granted repentance to life.Ac 14:27: When they were come: and had gathered the church together: they rehearsed all that God had done with them: and how He had opened the door of faith to the Gentiles.Ac 16:14: A certain woman named Lydia: a seller of purple: of the city of Thyatira: which worshipped God: heard us: whose heart the Lord opened: that she attended to the things which were spoken of Paul.Ac 21:19: When He had saluted them: He declared particularly what things God had wrought among the Gentiles by His ministry.Ro 15:18: For I not will dare to speak of any of those things which Christ has not wrought by me: to make the Gentiles obedient: by word and deed: 2Co 3:2-5: You are our epistle written in our hearts: known and read of all men:1Th 1:5: For our gospel not came to you in word only: but also in power: and in the Holy Ghost: and in much assurance; as you know what manner of men we were among you for your sake.
ωστε ουτε ο φυτευων εστιν τι ουτε ο ποτιζων αλλ ο αυξανων θεος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj) G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
So
|
Conj
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj) G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
neither
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G5452φυτεύωνphyteuōn (V-PPA-NMS) G5452 φυτεύω phyteúō foot-yoo-o from a derivative of φύω; to set out in the earth, i.e. implant; figuratively, to instil doctrine:--plant.
|
φυτεύωνphyteuōn
|
planting
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1510ἐστίνestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίνestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5100τιti (IPro-NNS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
anything,
|
IPro-NNS
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj) G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G4222ποτίζων,potizōn (V-PPA-NMS) G4222 ποτίζω potízō pot-id-zo from a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; to furnish drink, irrigate:--give (make) to drink, feed, water.
|
ποτίζων,potizōn
|
watering,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but only
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G837αὐξάνωνauxanōn (V-PPA-NMS) G837 αὐξάνω auxánō owx-an-o a prolonged form of a primary verb; to grow (wax), i.e. enlarge (literal or figurative, active or passive):--grow (up), (give the) increase.
|
αὐξάνωνauxanōn
|
giving growth—
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2316Θεός.Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός.Theos
|
God.
|
N-NMS
|
7
So then neither is He that'>He who plants any thing, neither He that'>He who waters; but God that gives the increase.1 Corinthians 3:7
Stats
Rank: #4326 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 106 characters, 17 words, 85 letters, 30 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: ωστε ουτε ο φυτευων εστιν τι ουτε ο ποτιζων αλλ ο αυξανων θεος
Lit: So neither the one planting is anything, nor the one watering, but only the One giving growth— God.
KJV: So then neither is he that planteth any thing, neither he that watereth; but God that giveth the increase.
References
"So then neither is he that planteth any thing, neither he that watereth; but God that giveth the increase."1Co 13:2: Though I have the gift of prophecy: and understand all mysteries: and all knowledge; and though I have all faith: so that I could remove mountains: and not have charity: I not amhing.Ps 115:1: Not to us: O LORD: not to us: but to your name give glory: for your mercy: and for your truth's sake.Isa 40:17: All nations before him are not ashing; and they are counted to him less not thanhing: and vanity.Isa 41:29: Look: they are all vanity; their works are nothing: their molten images are wind and confusion.Da 4:35: All the inhabitants of the earth are reputed not ashing: and he does according to his will in the army of heaven: and among the inhabitants of the earth: and none can stay his hand: or say to him: What do you?Joh 15:5: I am the vine: you are the branches: He who abides in me: and I in him: the same brings forth much fruit: for without me you can not dohing.2Co 12:9: He said to me: My grace is sufficient for you: for my strength is made perfect in weakness. Most gladly therefore will I rather glory in my infirmities: that the power of Christ may rest upon me.Ga 6:3: For if a man think himself to be something: when he not ishing: he deceives himself.
ο φυτευων δε και ο ποτιζων εν εισιν εκαστος δε τον ιδιον μισθον ληψεται κατα τον ιδιον κοπον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G5452φυτεύωνphyteuōn (V-PPA-NMS) G5452 φυτεύω phyteúō foot-yoo-o from a derivative of φύω; to set out in the earth, i.e. implant; figuratively, to instil doctrine:--plant.
|
φυτεύωνphyteuōn
|
planting
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G4222ποτίζωνpotizōn (V-PPA-NMS) G4222 ποτίζω potízō pot-id-zo from a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; to furnish drink, irrigate:--give (make) to drink, feed, water.
|
ποτίζωνpotizōn
|
watering,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1520ἕνhen (Adj-NNS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἕνhen
|
one
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510εἰσιν,eisin (V-PIA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσιν,eisin
|
are;
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1538ἕκαστοςhekastos (Adj-NMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστοςhekastos
|
each
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2398ἴδιονidion (Adj-AMS) G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἴδιονidion
|
own
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3408μισθὸνmisthon (N-AMS) G3408 μισθός misthós mis-thos apparently a primary word; pay for service (literally or figuratively), good or bad:--hire, reward, wages.
|
μισθὸνmisthon
|
reward
|
N-AMS
|
G2983λήμψεταιlēmpsetai (V-FIM-3S) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λήμψεταιlēmpsetai
|
will receive,
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2398ἴδιονidion (Adj-AMS) G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἴδιονidion
|
own
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2873κόπον.kopon (N-AMS) G2873 κόπος kópos kop-os from κόπτω; a cut, i.e. (by analogy) toil (as reducing the strength), literally or figuratively; by implication, pains:--labour, + trouble, weariness.
|
κόπον.kopon
|
labor.
|
N-AMS
|
8
Now he who plants and he who waters are one: and every man will receive his own reward according to his own labour.1 Corinthians 3:8
Stats
Rank: #4164 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 122 characters, 22 words, 98 letters, 37 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο φυτευων δε και ο ποτιζων εν εισιν εκαστος δε τον ιδιον μισθον ληψεται κατα τον ιδιον κοπον
Lit: The one planting now and the one watering, one are; each now the own reward will receive, according to the own labor.
KJV: Now he that planteth and he that watereth are one: and every man shall receive his own reward according to his own labour.
References
"he that planteth"1Co 3:9: For we are labourers together with God: you are God's husbandry: you are God's building.1Co 4:6: These things: brothers: I have in a figure transferred to myself and to Apollos for your sakes; that you might learn in not us to think of men above that which is written: that no one of you be puffed up for one against another.Joh 4:36-38: he who reaps'>reaps receives wages: and gathers fruit to life eternal: that both he who sows and he who reaps'>reaps may rejoice together."and every"1Co 4:5: Therefore not judgehing before the time: until the Lord come: who both will bring to light the hidden things of darkness: and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts: and then will every man have praise of God.1Co 9:17: 18: For if I do this thing willingly: I have a reward: but if against my will: a dispensation of the gospel is committed to me.1Co 15:58: Therefore: my beloved brothers: be you stedfast: unmoveable: always abounding in the work of the Lord: forasmuch as you know that your labour not is in vain in the Lord.Ps 62:12: Also to you: O Lord: belongeth mercy: for you render to every man according to His work.Da 12:3: They that be wise will shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever.Mt 5:11: 12: Blessed are you: when men will revile you: and persecute you: and will say all manner of evil against you falsely: for my sake.Mt 10:41: 42: He who receives'>receives a prophet in the name of a prophet will receive a prophet's reward; and he who receives'>receives a righteous man in the name of a righteous man will receive a righteous man's reward.Mt 16:27: For the Son of man will come in the glory of His Father with His angels; and then He will reward every man according to His works.Ro 2:6: Who will render to every man according to his deeds:Ga 6:7: 8: not Be deceived; God not is mocked: for whatever a man sows: that will He also reap.Heb 6:10: For God is not unrighteous to forget your work and labour of love: which you have showed toward His name: in that you have ministered to the saints: and do minister.1Pe 5:4: When the chief Shepherd will appear: you will receive a crown of glory that fades not away.2Jo 1:8: Look to yourselves: that we not lose those things which we have wrought: but that we receive a full reward.Re 2:23: I will kill her children with death; and all the churches will know that I am he which searches the reins and hearts: and I will give to every one of you according to your works.Re 22:12: And: look: I come quickly; and my reward is with me: to give every man according as his work will be.
θεου γαρ εσμεν συνεργοι θεου γεωργιον θεου οικοδομη εστε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
Of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐσμενesmen (V-PIA-1P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐσμενesmen
|
we are
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G4904συνεργοί·synergoi (Adj-NMP) G4904 συνεργός synergós soon-er-gos from a presumed compound of σύν and the base of ἔργον; a co-laborer, i.e. coadjutor:--companion in labour, (fellow-)helper(-labourer, -worker), labourer together with, workfellow.
|
συνεργοί·synergoi
|
fellow workers;
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God’s
|
N-GMS
|
G1091γεώργιον,geōrgion (N-NNS) G1091 γεώργιον geṓrgion gheh-ore-ghee-on neuter of a (presumed) derivative of γεωργός; cultivable, i.e. a farm:--husbandry.
|
γεώργιον,geōrgion
|
field,
|
N-NNS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God’s
|
N-GMS
|
G3619οἰκοδομήoikodomē (N-NFS) G3619 οἰκοδομή oikodomḗ oy-kod-om-ay feminine (abstract) of a compound of οἶκος and the base of δῶμα; architecture, i.e. (concretely) a structure; figuratively, confirmation:--building, edify(-ication, -ing).
|
οἰκοδομήoikodomē
|
building
|
N-NFS
|
G1510ἐστε.este (V-PIA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστε.este
|
you are.
|
V-PIA-2P
|
9
For we are labourers together with God: you are God's husbandry, you are God's building.1 Corinthians 3:9
Stats
Counts: 86 characters, 13 words, 67 letters, 26 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: θεου γαρ εσμεν συνεργοι θεου γεωργιον θεου οικοδομη εστε
Lit: Of God for we are fellow workers; God’s field, God’s building you are.
KJV: For we are labourers together with God: ye are God's husbandry, ye are God's building.
References
"we"1Co 3:6: I have planted: Apollos watered; but God gave the increase.Mt 9:37: Then says he to his disciples: The harvest truly is plenteous: but the labourers are few;Mr 16:20: They went forth: and preached every where: the Lord working with them: and confirming the word with signs following. Amen.2Co 6:1: We then: as workers together with Him: beseech you also that you not receive the grace of God in vain.3Jo 1:8: We therefore ought to receive such: that we might be fellowhelpers to the truth."ye are God's"Ps 65:9-13: You visit the earth: and water it: you greatly enrich it with the river of God: which is full of water: you prepare them grain: when you have so provided for it.Ps 72:16: There will be an handful of grain in the earth upon the top of the mountains; the fruit thereof will shake like Lebanon: and they of the city will flourish like grass of the earth.Ps 80:8-11: You have brought a vine out of Egypt: you have cast out the heathen: and planted it.Isa 5:1-7: Now will I sing to my wellbeloved a song of my beloved touching his vineyard. My wellbeloved has a vineyard in a very fruitful hill:Isa 27:2: 3: In that day sing you to her: A vineyard of red wine.Isa 28:24-29: Does the plowman plow all day to sow? does he open and break the clods of his ground?Isa 32:20: Blessed are you that sow beside all waters: that send forth there the feet of the ox and the ass.Isa 61:3: 5: 11: To appoint to them that mourn in Zion: to give to them beauty for ashes: the oil of joy for mourning: the garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness; that they might be called trees of righteousness: the planting of the LORD: that He might be glorified.Jer 2:21: Yet I had planted you a noble vine: wholly a right seed: how then are you turned into the degenerate plant of a strange vine to me?Mt 13:3-9: 18-30: 36-42: He spoke many things to them in parables: saying: Look: a sower went forth to sow;Mt 20:1-14: For the kingdom of heaven is like to a man that is an householder: which went out early in the morning to hire labourers into his vineyard.Mt 21:23-44: When he was come into the temple: the chief priests and the elders of the people came to him as he was teaching: and said: By what authority do you these things? and who gave you this authority?Mr 4:26-29: He said: So is the kingdom of God: as if a man should cast seed into the ground;Joh 4:35-38: not Say you: There are yet 4 months: and then comes harvest? look: I say to you: Lift up your eyes: and look on the fields; for they are white already to harvest.Joh 15:1-8: I am the true vine: and my Father is the husbandman."ye are God's building"1Co 3:16: Know you not that you are the temple of God: and that the Spirit of God dwells in you?1Co 6:19: What? know you not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you: which you have of God: and you not are your own?Ps 118:22: The stone which the builders refused is become the head stone of the corner.Am 9:11: 12: In that day will I raise up the tabernacle of David that is fallen: and close up the breaches thereof; and I will raise up his ruins: and I will build it as in the days of old:Zec 6:12: 13: Speak to Him: saying: Thus speaks the LORD of hosts: saying: Look the man whose name is The BRANCH; and He will grow up out of His place: and He will build the temple of the LORD:Mt 16:18: I say also to you: That you are Peter: and upon this rock I will build my church; and the gates of hell will not prevail against it.Ac 4:11: This is the stone which was set at nought of you builders: which is become the head of the corner.2Co 6:16: What agreement has the temple of God with idols? for you are the temple of the living God; as God has said: I will dwell in them: and walk in them; and I will be their God: and they will be my people.Eph 2:10: 20-22: For we are His workmanship: created in Christ Jesus to good works: which God has before ordained that we should walk in them.Col 2:7: Rooted and built up in him: and stablished in the faith: as you have been taught: abounding therein with thanksgiving.1Ti 3:15: But if I tarry long: that you may know how you ought to behave yourself in the house of God: which is the church of the living God: the pillar and ground of the truth.Heb 3:3: 4: 6: For this man was counted worthy of more glory than Moses: inasmuch as he who has built the house has more honour than the house.1Pe 2:5: You also: as lively stones: are built up a spiritual house: an holy priesthood: to offer up spiritual sacrifices: acceptable to God by Jesus Christ.
Christ Our Foundation
κατα την χαριν του θεου την δοθεισαν μοι ως σοφος αρχιτεκτων θεμελιον τεθεικα αλλος δε εποικοδομει εκαστος δε βλεπετω πως εποικοδομει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2596ΚατὰKata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
ΚατὰKata
|
According to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5485χάρινcharin (N-AFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάρινcharin
|
grace
|
N-AFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1325δοθεῖσάνdotheisan (V-APP-AFS) G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοθεῖσάνdotheisan
|
having been given
|
V-APP-AFS
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G4680σοφὸςsophos (Adj-NMS) G4680 σοφός sophós sof-os akin to (clear); wise (in a most general application):--wise. Compare φρόνιμος.
|
σοφὸςsophos
|
a wise
|
Adj-NMS
|
G753ἀρχιτέκτωνarchitektōn (N-NMS) G753 ἀρχιτέκτων architéktōn ar-khee-tek-tone from ἀρχή and τέκτων; a chief constructor, i.e. architect:--masterbuilder.
|
ἀρχιτέκτωνarchitektōn
|
master builder
|
N-NMS
|
G2310θεμέλιονthemelion (N-AMS) G2310 θεμέλιος themélios them-el-ee-os from a derivative of τίθημι; something put down, i.e. a substruction (of a building, etc.), (literally or figuratively):--foundation.
|
θεμέλιονthemelion
|
the foundation
|
N-AMS
|
G5087ἔθηκα,ethēka (V-AIA-1S) G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἔθηκα,ethēka
|
I have laid;
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G243ἄλλοςallos (Adj-NMS) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοςallos
|
another
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2026ἐποικοδομεῖ.epoikodomei (V-PIA-3S) G2026 ἐποικοδομέω epoikodoméō ep-oy-kod-om-eh-o from ἐπί and οἰκοδομέω; to build upon, i.e. (figuratively) to rear up:--build thereon (thereupon, on, upon).
|
ἐποικοδομεῖ.epoikodomei
|
is building upon it.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1538ἕκαστοςhekastos (Adj-NMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστοςhekastos
|
Each one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G991βλεπέτωblepetō (V-PMA-3S) G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλεπέτωblepetō
|
let take heed
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv) G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G2026ἐποικοδομεῖ.epoikodomei (V-PIA-3S) G2026 ἐποικοδομέω epoikodoméō ep-oy-kod-om-eh-o from ἐπί and οἰκοδομέω; to build upon, i.e. (figuratively) to rear up:--build thereon (thereupon, on, upon).
|
ἐποικοδομεῖ.epoikodomei
|
he builds upon it.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
10
According to the grace of God which is given to me, as a wise masterbuilder, I have laid the foundation, and another builds'>builds thereon. But let every man take heed how He builds'>builds thereupon.
1 Corinthians 3:10
Stats
Rank: #3100 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 191 characters, 30 words, 153 letters, 64 vowels, 89 consonants
Translation
Greek: κατα την χαριν του θεου την δοθεισαν μοι ως σοφος αρχιτεκτων θεμελιον τεθεικα αλλος δε εποικοδομει εκαστος δε βλεπετω πως εποικοδομει
Lit: According to the grace of God having been given to me, as a wise master builder the foundation I have laid; another however is building upon it. Each one however let take heed how he builds upon it.
KJV: According to the grace of God which is given unto me, as a wise masterbuilder, I have laid the foundation, and another buildeth thereon. But let every man take heed how he buildeth thereupon.
References
"to the"1Co 3:5: Who then is Paul: and who is Apollos: but ministers by whom you believed: even as the Lord gave to every man?1Co 15:10: But by the grace of God I am what I am: and His grace which was bestowed upon me not was in vain; but I laboured more abundantly than they all: not yet I: but the grace of God which was with me.Ro 1:5: By whom we have received grace and apostleship: for obedience to the faith among all nations: for his name:Ro 12:3: For I say: through the grace given to me: to every man that is among you: not to think of Himself more highly than He ought to think; but to think soberly: according as God has dealt to every man the measure of faith.Ro 15:15: Nevertheless: brothers: I have written the more boldly to you in some sort: as putting you in mind: because of the grace that is given to me of God: Eph 3:2-8: If you have heard of the dispensation of the grace of God which is given me to you-ward:Col 1:29: To what I also labour: striving according to his working: which works in me mightily.1Ti 1:11-14: According to the glorious gospel of the blessed God: which was committed to my trust.1Pe 4:11: If any man speak: let Him speak as the oracles of God; if any man minister: let Him do it as of the ability which God gives: that God in all things may be glorified through Jesus Christ: to whom be praise and dominion for ever and ever. Amen."as a"1Ki 3:9-11: Give therefore your servant an understanding heart to judge your people: that I may discern between good and bad: for who is able to judge this your so great a people?2Ch 2:12: Huram said moreover: Blessed be the LORD God of Israel: that made heaven and earth: who has given to David the king a wise son: endued with prudence and understanding: that might build an house for the LORD: and an house for His kingdom.Da 12:3: They that be wise will shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever.Mt 7:24: Therefore whoever hears these sayings of my: and does them: I will liken him to a wise man: which built his house upon a rock:Mt 24:45: Who then is a faithful and wise servant: whom his lord has made ruler over his household: to give them meat in due season?2Ti 2:15: Study to show yourself approved to God: a workman that needs not to be ashamed: rightly dividing the word of truth."I have"1Co 3:6: 11: I have planted: Apollos watered; but God gave the increase.1Co 9:2: If I not be an apostle to others: yet doubtless I am to you: for the seal of my apostleship are you in the Lord.Zec 4:9: The hands of Zerubbabel have laid the foundation of this house; His hands will also finish it; and you will know that the LORD of hosts has sent me to you.Ro 15:20: Yes: so have I strived to preach the gospel: nowhere Christ was named: lest I should build upon another man's foundation:Eph 2:20: Are built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets: Jesus Christ Himself being the chief corner stone;Re 21:14: 19: The wall of the city had 12 foundations: and in them the names of the 12 apostles of the Lamb."and another"1Co 15:11: 12: Therefore whether it were I or they: so we preach: and so you believed.Ac 18:27: When he was disposed to pass into Achaia: the brothers wrote: exhorting the disciples to receive him: who: when he was come: helped them much which had believed through grace:2Co 10:15: Not boasting of things without our measure: that is: of other men's labours; but having hope: when your faith is increased: that we will be enlarged by you according to our rule abundantly: 2Co 11:13-15: For such are false apostles: deceitful workers: transforming themselves into the apostles of Christ."But let every"Ec 12:9: Moreover: because the preacher was wise: he still taught the people knowledge; yes: he gave good heed: and sought out: and set in order many proverbs.Lu 11:35: Take heed therefore that the light which is in you not be darkness.Lu 21:8: He said: Take heed that you not be deceived: for many will come in my name: saying: I am Christ; and the time draws near: go you not therefore after them.Col 4:17: Say to Archippus: Take heed to the ministry which you have received in the Lord: that you fulfil it.1Ti 4:16: Take heed to yourself: and to the doctrine; continue in them: for in doing this you will both save yourself: and them that hear you.Jas 3:1: My brothers: not be many masters: knowing that we will receive the greater condemnation.1Pe 4:11: If any man speak: let Him speak as the oracles of God; if any man minister: let Him do it as of the ability which God gives: that God in all things may be glorified through Jesus Christ: to whom be praise and dominion for ever and ever. Amen.2Pe 2:1-3: But there were false prophets also among the people: even as there will be false teachers among you: who privily will bring in damnable heresies: even denying the Lord that bought them: and bring upon themselves swift destruction.
θεμελιον γαρ αλλον ουδεις δυναται θειναι παρα τον κειμενον ος εστιν ιησους ο χριστος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2310θεμέλιονthemelion (N-AMS) G2310 θεμέλιος themélios them-el-ee-os from a derivative of τίθημι; something put down, i.e. a substruction (of a building, etc.), (literally or figuratively):--foundation.
|
θεμέλιονthemelion
|
Foundation
|
N-AMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλονallon (Adj-AMS) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλονallon
|
another,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1410δύναταιdynatai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναταιdynatai
|
is able
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G5087θεῖναιtheinai (V-ANA) G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
θεῖναιtheinai
|
to lay,
|
V-ANA
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
besides
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the one
|
Art-AMS
|
G2749κείμενον,keimenon (V-PPM/P-AMS) G2749 κεῖμαι keîmai ki-mahee middle voice of a primary verb; to lie outstretched (literally or figuratively):--be (appointed, laid up, made, set), lay, lie. Compare τίθημι.
|
κείμενον,keimenon
|
being already laid,
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G3739ὅςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὅςhos
|
which
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G5547Χριστός.Christos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστός.Christos
|
Christ.
|
N-NMS
|
11
For other foundation can no man lay than that is laid, which is Jesus Christ.1 Corinthians 3:11
Stats
Rank: #1713 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 77 characters, 14 words, 61 letters, 22 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: θεμελιον γαρ αλλον ουδεις δυναται θειναι παρα τον κειμενον ος εστιν ιησους ο χριστος
Lit: Foundation for another, no one is able to lay, besides the one being already laid, which is Jesus Christ.
KJV: For other foundation can no man lay than that is laid, which is Jesus Christ.
References
"For other foundation can no man lay than that is laid, which is Jesus Christ."Isa 28:16: Therefore thus says the Lord GOD: Look: I lay in Zion for a foundation a stone: a tried stone: a precious corner stone: a sure foundation: He that'>He who believes will not make haste.Mt 16:18: I say also to you: That you are Peter: and upon this rock I will build my church; and the gates of hell will not prevail against it.Ac 4:11: 12: This is the stone which was set at nought of you builders: which is become the head of the corner.2Co 11:2-4: For I am jealous over you with godly jealousy: for I have espoused you to one husband: that I may present you as a chaste virgin to Christ.Ga 1:7-9: Which not is another; but there be some that trouble you: and would pervert the gospel of Christ.Eph 2:20: Are built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets: Jesus Christ Himself being the chief corner stone;2Ti 2:19: Nevertheless the foundation of God stands sure: having this seal: The Lord knows them that are His. And: Let every one that names the name of Christ depart from iniquity.1Pe 2:6-8: For what reason also it is contained in the scripture: Look: I lay in Sion a chief corner stone: elect: precious: and he who believes on him will not be confounded.
ει δε τις εποικοδομει επι τον θεμελιον τουτον χρυσον αργυρον λιθους τιμιους ξυλα χορτον καλαμην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487Εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
Εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δέde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G2026ἐποικοδομεῖepoikodomei (V-PIA-3S) G2026 ἐποικοδομέω epoikodoméō ep-oy-kod-om-eh-o from ἐπί and οἰκοδομέω; to build upon, i.e. (figuratively) to rear up:--build thereon (thereupon, on, upon).
|
ἐποικοδομεῖepoikodomei
|
builds
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2310θεμέλιονthemelion (N-AMS) G2310 θεμέλιος themélios them-el-ee-os from a derivative of τίθημι; something put down, i.e. a substruction (of a building, etc.), (literally or figuratively):--foundation.
|
θεμέλιονthemelion
|
foundation
|
N-AMS
|
G5557χρυσόν*,chryson (N-AMS) G5557 χρυσός chrysós khroo-sos perhaps from the base of χράομαι (through the idea of the utility of the metal); gold; by extension, a golden article, as an ornament or coin:--gold.
|
χρυσόν*,chryson
|
gold,
|
N-AMS
|
G696ἄργυρον,argyron (N-AMS) G696 ἄργυρος árgyros ar-goo-ros from (shining); silver (the metal, in the articles or coin):--silver.
|
ἄργυρον,argyron
|
silver,
|
N-AMS
|
G3037λίθουςlithous (N-AMP) G3037 λίθος líthos lee-thos apparently a primary word; a stone (literally or figuratively):--(mill-, stumbling-)stone.
|
λίθουςlithous
|
stones
|
N-AMP
|
G5093τιμίους,timious (Adj-AMP) G5093 τίμιος tímios tim-ee-o-tat-os from τιμή; valuable, i.e. (objectively) costly, or (subjectively) honored, esteemed, or (figuratively) beloved:--dear, honourable, (more, most) precious, had in reputation.
|
τιμίους,timious
|
precious,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3586ξύλα,xyla (N-ANP) G3586 ξύλον xýlon xoo-lon from another form of the base of ξέστης; timber (as fuel or material); by implication, a stick, club or tree or other wooden article or substance:--staff, stocks, tree, wood.
|
ξύλα,xyla
|
wood,
|
N-ANP
|
G5528χόρτον,chorton (N-AMS) G5528 χόρτος chórtos khor-tos apparently a primary word; a court or garden, i.e. (by implication, of pasture) herbage or vegetation:--blade, grass, hay.
|
χόρτον,chorton
|
hay,
|
N-AMS
|
G2562καλάμην,kalamēn (N-AFS) G2562 καλάμη kalámē kal-am-ay feminine of κάλαμος; a stalk of grain, i.e. (collectively) stubble:--stubble.
|
καλάμην,kalamēn
|
straw,
|
N-AFS
|
12
Now if any man build upon this foundation gold, silver, precious stones, wood, hay, stubble;1 Corinthians 3:12
Stats
Rank: #5479 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 92 characters, 10 words, 72 letters, 28 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει δε τις εποικοδομει επι τον θεμελιον τουτον χρυσον αργυρον λιθους τιμιους ξυλα χορτον καλαμην
Lit: If now anyone builds upon the foundation gold, silver, stones precious, wood, hay, straw,
KJV: Now if any man build upon this foundation gold, silver, precious stones, wood, hay, stubble;
References
"gold"Ps 19:10: More to be desired are they than gold: yes: than much fine gold: sweeter also than honey and the honeycomb.Ps 119:72: The law of your mouth is better to me than thousands of gold and silver.Pr 8:10: Receive my instruction: not and silver; and knowledge rather than choice gold.Pr 16:16: How much better is it to get wisdom than gold! and to get understanding rather to be chosen than silver!Isa 60:17: For brass I will bring gold: and for iron I will bring silver: and for wood brass: and for stones iron: I will also make your officers peace: and your exactors righteousness.1Ti 4:6: If you put the brothers in remembrance of these things: you will be a good minister of Jesus Christ: nourished up in the words of faith and of good doctrine: to what you have attained.2Ti 2:20: But in a great house there not are only vessels of gold and of silver: but also of wood and of earth; and some to honour: and some to dishonour.1Pe 1:7: That the trial of your faith: being much more precious than of gold that perishes: though it be tried with fire: might be found to praise and honour and glory at the appearing of Jesus Christ:Re 3:18: I counsel you to buy of me gold tried in the fire: that you may'>may'>may be rich; and white clothing: that you may'>may'>may be clothed: and that the shame of your nakedness not do appear; and anoint your eyes with eyesalve: that you may'>may'>may see."precious"Isa 54:11-13: O you afflicted: tossed with tempest: and not comforted: look: I will lay your stones with fair colours: and lay your foundations with sapphires.Re 21:18: The building of the wall of it was of jasper: and the city was pure gold: like to clear glass."wood"Pr 30:6: Add you not to his words: lest he reprove you: and you be found a liar.Jer 23:28: The prophet that has a dream: let Him tell a dream; and He that'>He who has my word: let Him speak my word faithfully. What is the chaff to the wheat? says the LORD.Mt 15:6-9: not honour His father or His mother: He will be free. Thus have you made the commandment of God of none effect by your tradition.Ac 20:30: Also of your own selves will men arise: speaking perverse things: to draw away disciples after them.Ro 16:17: Now I beseech you: brothers: mark them which cause divisions and offences contrary to the doctrine which you have learned; and avoid them.2Co 2:17: For we not are as many: which corrupt the word of God: but as of sincerity: but as of God: in the sight of God speak we in Christ.2Co 4:2: But have renounced the hidden things of dishonesty: not walking in craftiness: nor handling the word of God deceitfully; but by manifestation of the truth commending ourselves to every man's conscience in the sight of God.Col 2:8: 18-23: Beware lest any man spoil you through philosophy and vain deceit: after the tradition of men: after the rudiments of the world: not and after Christ.1Ti 4:1-3: 7: Now the Spirit speaks expressly: that in the latter times some will depart from the faith: giving heed to seducing spirits: and doctrines of devils;1Ti 6:3: If any man teach otherwise: and not consent to wholesome words: even the words of our Lord Jesus Christ: and to the doctrine which is according to godliness;2Ti 2:16-18: But shun profane and vain babblings: for they will increase to more ungodliness.2Ti 3:7: 13: Ever learning: and never able to come to the knowledge of the truth.2Ti 4:3: For the time will come when they not will endure sound doctrine; but after their own lusts will they heap to themselves teachers: having itching ears;Tit 1:9-11: Holding fast the faithful word as he has been taught: that he may be able by sound doctrine both to exhort and to convince the gainsayers.Tit 3:9-11: But avoid foolish questions: and genealogies: and contentions: and strivings about the law; for they are unprofitable and vain.Heb 13:9: not Be carried about with divers and strange doctrines. For it is a good thing that the heart be established with grace; not with meats: which not have profited them that have been occupied therein.Re 2:14: But I have a few things against you: because you have there them that hold the doctrine of Balaam: who taught Balac to cast a stumblingblock before the children of Israel: to eat things sacrificed to idols: and to commit fornication.
εκαστου το εργον φανερον γενησεται η γαρ ημερα δηλωσει οτι εν πυρι αποκαλυπτεται και εκαστου το εργον οποιον εστιν το πυρ δοκιμασει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1538ἑκάστουhekastou (Adj-GMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἑκάστουhekastou
|
of each
|
Adj-GMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2041ἔργονergon (N-NNS) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργονergon
|
work
|
N-NNS
|
G5318φανερὸνphaneron (Adj-NNS) G5318 φανερός phanerós fan-er-os from φαίνω; shining, i.e. apparent (literally or figuratively); neuter (as adverb) publicly, externally:--abroad, + appear, known, manifest, open (+ -ly), outward (+ -ly).
|
φανερὸνphaneron
|
manifest
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1096γενήσεται·genēsetai (V-FIM-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενήσεται·genēsetai
|
will become;
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2250ἡμέραhēmera (N-NFS) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραhēmera
|
day
|
N-NFS
|
G1213δηλώσει,dēlōsei (V-FIA-3S) G1213 δηλόω dēlóō day-lo-o from δῆλος; to make plain (by words):--declare, shew, signify.
|
δηλώσει,dēlōsei
|
will disclose it,
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4442πυρὶpyri (N-DNS) G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρὶpyri
|
fire
|
N-DNS
|
G601ἀποκαλύπτεται,apokalyptetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G601 ἀποκαλύπτω apokalýptō ap-ok-al-oop-to from ἀπό and καλύπτω; to take off the cover, i.e. disclose:--reveal.
|
ἀποκαλύπτεται,apokalyptetai
|
it is revealed;
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1538ἑκάστουhekastou (Adj-GMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἑκάστουhekastou
|
of each
|
Adj-GMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2041ἔργονergon (N-ANS) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργονergon
|
work,
|
N-ANS
|
G3697ὁποῖόνhopoion (Adj-NNS) G3697 ὁποῖος hopoîos hop-oy-os from ὅς and ποῖος; of what kind that, i.e. how (as) great (excellent) (specially, as an indefinite correlative to the definite antecedent τοιοῦτος of quality):--what manner (sort) of, such as whatsoever.,
|
ὁποῖόνhopoion
|
what sort
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4442πῦρpyr (N-NNS) G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πῦρpyr
|
fire
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτὸauto (PPro-NN3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸauto
|
itself
|
PPro-NN3S
|
G1381δοκιμάσει.dokimasei (V-FIA-3S) G1381 δοκιμάζω dokimázō dok-im-ad-zo from δόκιμος; to test (literally or figuratively); by implication, to approve:--allow, discern, examine, X like, (ap-)prove, try.
|
δοκιμάσει.dokimasei
|
will prove.
|
V-FIA-3S
|
13
Every man's work will be made manifest: for the day will declare it, because it will be revealed by fire; and the fire will try every man's work of what sort it is.1 Corinthians 3:13
Stats
Rank: #6556 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 168 characters, 30 words, 130 letters, 46 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκαστου το εργον φανερον γενησεται η γαρ ημερα δηλωσει οτι εν πυρι αποκαλυπτεται και εκαστου το εργον οποιον εστιν το πυρ δοκιμασει
Lit: of each the work manifest will become; the for day will disclose it, because in fire it is revealed; and of each the work, what sort it is, the fire itself will prove.
KJV: Every man's work shall be made manifest: for the day shall declare it, because it shall be revealed by fire; and the fire shall try every man's work of what sort it is.
References
"man's"1Co 3:14: 15: If any man's work abide which he has built thereupon: he will receive a reward.1Co 4:5: Therefore not judgehing before the time: until the Lord come: who both will bring to light the hidden things of darkness: and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts: and then will every man have praise of God.2Ti 3:9: But they will proceed no further: for their folly will be manifest to all men: as theirs also was."the day"1Co 1:8: Who will also confirm you to the end: that you may be blameless in the day of our Lord Jesus Christ.Mal 3:17: They will be my: says the LORD of hosts: in that day when I make up my jewels; and I will spare them: as a man spares His own son that serves Him.Ro 2:5: 16: But after your hardness and impenitent heart treasure up to yourself wrath against the day of wrath and revelation of the righteous judgment of God;2Th 1:7-10: To you who are troubled rest with us: when the Lord Jesus will be revealed from heaven with His mighty angels: 2Ti 1:18: The Lord grant to Him that He may find mercy of the Lord in that day: and in how many things He ministered to me at Ephesus: you know very well.2Pe 3:10: But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens will pass away with a great noise: and the elements will melt with fervent heat: the earth also and the works that are therein will be burned up.Re 20:12: I saw the dead: small and great: stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened: which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books: according to their works."shall be revealed"Lu 2:35: (Yes: a sword will pierce through your own soul also: ) that the thoughts of many hearts may be revealed."and the fire"Isa 8:20: To the law and to the testimony: if they not speak according to this word: it is because there is no light in them.Isa 28:17: Judgment also will I lay to the line: and righteousness to the plummet: and the hail will sweep away the refuge of lies: and the waters will overflow the hiding place.Jer 23:29: Is not my word like as a fire? says the LORD; and like a hammer that breaks the rock in pieces?Eze 13:10-16: Because: even because they have seduced my people: saying: Peace; and there was no peace; and one built up a wall: and: indeed: others daubed it with untempered morter:Zec 13:9: I will bring the third part through the fire: and will refine them as silver is refined: and will try them as gold is tried: they will call on my name: and I will hear them: I will say: It is my people: and they will say: The LORD is my God.1Pe 1:7: That the trial of your faith: being much more precious than of gold that perishes: though it be tried with fire: might be found to praise and honour and glory at the appearing of Jesus Christ:1Pe 4:12: Beloved: think not it strange concerning the fiery trial which is to try you: as though some strange thing happened to you:
ει τινος το εργον μενει ο επωκοδομησεν μισθον ληψεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἴei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἴei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G5100τινοςtinos (IPro-GMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινοςtinos
|
of anyone
|
IPro-GMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2041ἔργονergon (N-NNS) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργονergon
|
work
|
N-NNS
|
G3306μενεῖmenei (V-FIA-3S) G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μενεῖmenei
|
will remain
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
which
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G2026ἐποικοδόμησεν,epoikodomēsen (V-AIA-3S) G2026 ἐποικοδομέω epoikodoméō ep-oy-kod-om-eh-o from ἐπί and οἰκοδομέω; to build upon, i.e. (figuratively) to rear up:--build thereon (thereupon, on, upon).
|
ἐποικοδόμησεν,epoikodomēsen
|
he built up,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3408μισθὸνmisthon (N-AMS) G3408 μισθός misthós mis-thos apparently a primary word; pay for service (literally or figuratively), good or bad:--hire, reward, wages.
|
μισθὸνmisthon
|
a reward
|
N-AMS
|
G2983λήμψεται·lēmpsetai (V-FIM-3S) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λήμψεται·lēmpsetai
|
he will receive.
|
V-FIM-3S
|
14
If any man's work abide which he has built thereupon, he will receive a reward.1 Corinthians 3:14
Stats
Rank: #6982 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 81 characters, 14 words, 64 letters, 25 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει τινος το εργον μενει ο επωκοδομησεν μισθον ληψεται
Lit: If of anyone the work will remain which he built up, a reward he will receive.
KJV: If any man's work abide which he hath built thereupon, he shall receive a reward.
References
"If any man's work abide which he hath built thereupon, he shall receive a reward."1Co 3:8: Now he who plants and he who waters are one: and every man will receive his own reward according to his own labour.1Co 4:5: Therefore not judgehing before the time: until the Lord come: who both will bring to light the hidden things of darkness: and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts: and then will every man have praise of God.Da 12:3: They that be wise will shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever.Mt 24:45-47: Who then is a faithful and wise servant: whom his lord has made ruler over his household: to give them meat in due season?Mt 25:21-23: His lord said to him: Well done: you good and faithful servant: you have been faithful over a few things: I will make you ruler over many things: enter you into the joy of your lord.1Th 2:19: For what is our hope: or joy: or crown of rejoicing? Are not even you in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at His coming?2Ti 4:7: I have fought a good fight: I have finished my course: I have kept the faith:1Pe 5:1: 4: The elders which are among you I exhort: who am also an elder: and a witness of the sufferings of Christ: and also a partaker of the glory that will be revealed:Re 2:8-11: to the angel of the church in Smyrna write; These things says the first and the last: which was dead: and is alive;
ει τινος το εργον κατακαησεται ζημιωθησεται αυτος δε σωθησεται ουτως δε ως δια πυρος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἴei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἴei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G5100τινοςtinos (IPro-GMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινοςtinos
|
of anyone
|
IPro-GMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2041ἔργονergon (N-NNS) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργονergon
|
work
|
N-NNS
|
G2618κατακαήσεται,katakaēsetai (V-FIP-3S) G2618 κατακαίω katakaíō kat-ak-ah-ee-o from κατά and καίω; to burn down (to the ground), i.e. consume wholly:--burn (up, utterly).
|
κατακαήσεται,katakaēsetai
|
will be burned up,
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G2210ζημιωθήσεται,zēmiōthēsetai (V-FIP-3S) G2210 ζημιόω zēmióō dzay-mee-o-o from ζημία; to injure, i.e. (reflexively or passively) to experience detriment:--be cast away, receive damage, lose, suffer loss.
|
ζημιωθήσεται,zēmiōthēsetai
|
he will suffer loss;
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
he himself
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4982σωθήσεται,sōthēsetai (V-FIP-3S) G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σωθήσεται,sōthēsetai
|
will be saved,
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
so
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G4442πυρός.pyros (N-GNS) G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρός.pyros
|
fire.
|
N-GNS
|
15
If any man's work will be burned, he will suffer loss: but he himself will be saved; yet so as by fire.1 Corinthians 3:15
Stats
Rank: #8254 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 106 characters, 19 words, 80 letters, 26 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει τινος το εργον κατακαησεται ζημιωθησεται αυτος δε σωθησεται ουτως δε ως δια πυρος
Lit: If of anyone the work will be burned up, he will suffer loss; he himself however will be saved, so however as through fire.
KJV: If any man's work shall be burned, he shall suffer loss: but he himself shall be saved; yet so as by fire.
References
"work"1Co 3:12: 13: Now if any man build upon this foundation gold: silver: precious stones: wood: hay: stubble;Re 3:18: I counsel you to buy of me gold tried in the fire: that you may'>may'>may be rich; and white clothing: that you may'>may'>may be clothed: and that the shame of your nakedness not do appear; and anoint your eyes with eyesalve: that you may'>may'>may see."he shall"Ac 27:21: 44: But after long abstinence Paul stood forth in the middle of them: and said: Sirs: you should have listened to me: not and have loosed from Crete: and to have gained this harm and loss.2Jo 1:8: Look to yourselves: that we not lose those things which we have wrought: but that we receive a full reward."yet"Am 4:11: I have overthrown some of you: as God overthrew Sodom and Gomorrah: and you were as a firebrand plucked out of the burning: yet have you not returned to me: says the LORD.Zec 3:2: The LORD said to Satan: The LORD rebuke you: O Satan; even the LORD that has chosen Jerusalem rebuke you: is not this a brand plucked out of the fire?1Pe 4:18: If the righteous scarcely be saved: where will the ungodly and the sinner appear?Jude 1:23: Others save with fear: pulling them out of the fire; hating even the garment spotted by the flesh.
God’s Temple and God’s Wisdom
ουκ οιδατε οτι ναος θεου εστε και το πνευμα του θεου οικει εν υμιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756ΟὐκOuk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐκOuk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1492οἴδατεoidate (V-RIA-2P) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἴδατεoidate
|
know you
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3485ναὸςnaos (N-NMS) G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναὸςnaos
|
temple
|
N-NMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1510ἐστεeste (V-PIA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστεeste
|
you yourselves are,
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1722««ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
««ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖν» ⇔hymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν» ⇔hymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3611οἰκεῖ;oikei (V-PIA-3S) G3611 οἰκέω oikéō oy-keh-o from οἶκος; to occupy a house, i.e. reside (figuratively, inhabit, remain, inhere); by implication, to cohabit:--dwell. See also οἰκουμένη.
|
οἰκεῖ;oikei
|
dwells?
|
V-PIA-3S
|
16
Know you not that you are the temple of God, and that the Spirit of God dwells in you?1 Corinthians 3:16
Stats
Rank: #727 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 86 characters, 18 words, 66 letters, 24 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουκ οιδατε οτι ναος θεου εστε και το πνευμα του θεου οικει εν υμιν
Lit: Not know you that temple of God you yourselves are, and the Spirit of God in you dwells?
KJV: Know ye not that ye are the temple of God, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in you?
References
"Know"1Co 5:6: your glorying is not good. Know you not that a little leaven leavens the whole lump?1Co 6:2: 3: 9: 16: 19: Do you not know that the saints will judge the world? and if the world will be judged by you: are you unworthy to judge the small matters?1Co 9:13: 24: Do you not know that they which minister about holy things live of the things of the temple? and they which wait at the altar are partakers with the altar?Ro 6:3: Know you not: that so many of us as were baptized into Jesus Christ were baptized into His death?Jas 4:4: You adulterers and adulteresses: know you not that the friendship of the world is enmity with God? whoever therefore will be a friend of the world is the enemy of God."ye are"2Co 6:16: What agreement has the temple of God with idols? for you are the temple of the living God; as God has said: I will dwell in them: and walk in them; and I will be their God: and they will be my people.Eph 2:21: 22: In whom all the building fitly framed together grows to an holy temple in the Lord:Heb 3:6: But Christ as a son over His own house; whose house are we: if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm to the end.1Pe 2:5: You also: as lively stones: are built up a spiritual house: an holy priesthood: to offer up spiritual sacrifices: acceptable to God by Jesus Christ."the Spirit"Eze 36:27: I will put my spirit within you: and cause you to walk in my statutes: and you will keep my judgments: and do them.Joh 14:17: Even the Spirit of truth; whom the world cannot receive: because it sees Him not">not Him: neither knows Him: but you know Him; for He dwells with you: and will be in you.Ro 8:11: But if the Spirit of Him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwell in you: He that'>He who raised up Christ from the dead will also quicken your mortal bodies by His Spirit that dwells in you.2Ti 1:14: That good thing which was committed to you keep by the Holy Ghost which dwells in us.1Jo 4:12: 15: 16: No man has seen God at any time. If we love one another: God dwells in us: and His love is perfected in us.
ει τις τον ναον του θεου φθειρει φθερει τουτον ο θεος ο γαρ ναος του θεου αγιος εστιν οιτινες εστε υμεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἴei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἴei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3485ναὸνnaon (N-AMS) G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναὸνnaon
|
temple
|
N-AMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G5351φθείρει,phtheirei (V-PIA-3S) G5351 φθείρω phtheírō fthi-ro probably strengthened from (to pine or waste); properly, to shrivel or wither, i.e. to spoil (by any process) or (generally) to ruin (especially figuratively, by moral influences, to deprave):--corrupt (self), defile, destroy.
|
φθείρει,phtheirei
|
destroys,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5351φθερεῖphtherei (V-FIA-3S) G5351 φθείρω phtheírō fthi-ro probably strengthened from (to pine or waste); properly, to shrivel or wither, i.e. to spoil (by any process) or (generally) to ruin (especially figuratively, by moral influences, to deprave):--corrupt (self), defile, destroy.
|
φθερεῖphtherei
|
will destroy
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3778τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτονtouton
|
him
|
DPro-AMS
|
G2316Θεός·Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός·Theos
|
God;
|
N-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3485ναὸςnaos (N-NMS) G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναὸςnaos
|
the temple
|
N-NMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G40ἅγιόςhagios (Adj-NMS) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἅγιόςhagios
|
holy
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3748οἵτινέςhoitines (RelPro-NMP) G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινέςhoitines
|
which
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G1510ἐστεeste (V-PIA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστεeste
|
are
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G4771ὑμεῖς.hymeis (PPro-N2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖς.hymeis
|
you.
|
PPro-N2P
|
17
If any man defile the temple of God, Him will God destroy; for the temple of God is holy, which temple you are.1 Corinthians 3:17
Stats
Rank: #9378 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 111 characters, 20 words, 85 letters, 30 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει τις τον ναον του θεου φθειρει φθερει τουτον ο θεος ο γαρ ναος του θεου αγιος εστιν οιτινες εστε υμεις
Lit: If anyone the temple of God destroys, will destroy him God; for the temple of God holy is, which are you.
KJV: If any man defile the temple of God, him shall God destroy; for the temple of God is holy, which temple ye are.
References
"any"1Co 6:18-20: Flee fornication. Every sin that a man does is without the body; but he who commits fornication sins against his own body.Le 15:31: Thus will you separate the children of Israel from their uncleanness; that they not die in their uncleanness: when they defile my tabernacle that is among them.Le 20:3: I will set my face against that man: and will cut him off from among his people; because he has given of his seed to Molech: to defile my sanctuary: and to profane my holy name.Nu 19:20: But the man that will be unclean: and will not purify Himself: that soul will be cut off from among the congregation: because He has defiled the sanctuary of the LORD: the water of separation has not been sprinkled upon Him; He is unclean.Ps 74:3: Lift up your feet to the perpetual desolations; even all that the enemy has done wickedly in the sanctuary.Ps 79:1: > O God: the heathen are come into your inheritance; your holy temple have they defiled; they have laid Jerusalem on heaps.Eze 5:11: For what reason: as I live: says the Lord GOD; Surely: because you have defiled my sanctuary with all your detestable things: and with all your abominations: therefore will I also diminish you; neither will my eye spare: neither will I have any pity.Eze 7:22: My face will I turn also from them: and they will pollute my secret place: for the robbers will enter into it: and defile it.Eze 23:38: 39: Moreover this they have done to me: they have defiled my sanctuary in the same day: and have profaned my sabbaths.Zep 3:4: Her prophets are light and treacherous persons: her priests have polluted the sanctuary: they have done violence to the law."for"Ge 28:17: He was afraid: and said: How dreadful is this place! this is none other but the house of God: and this is the gate of heaven.Ex 3:5: He said: not Draw nigh here: put off your shoes from off your feet: for the place whereon you stand is holy ground.1Ch 29:3: Moreover: because I have set my affection to the house of my God: I have of my own proper good: of gold and silver: which I have given to the house of my God: over and above all that I have prepared for the holy house: Ps 93:5: Your testimonies are very sure: holiness becomes your house: O LORD: for ever.Ps 99:9: Exalt the LORD our God: and worship at His holy hill; for the LORD our God is holy.Isa 64:11: Our holy and our beautiful house: where our fathers praised you: is burned up with fire: and all our pleasant things are laid waste.Eze 43:12: This is the law of the house; Upon the top of the mountain the whole limit thereof round about will be most holy. Look: this is the law of the house.
μηδεις εαυτον εξαπατατω ει τις δοκει σοφος ειναι εν υμιν εν τω αιωνι τουτω μωρος γενεσθω ινα γενηται σοφος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3367ΜηδεὶςMēdeis (Adj-NMS) G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
ΜηδεὶςMēdeis
|
No one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1438ἑαυτὸνheauton (RefPro-AM3S) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτὸνheauton
|
himself
|
RefPro-AM3S
|
G1818ἐξαπατάτω·exapatatō (V-PMA-3S) G1818 ἐξαπατάω exapatáō ex-ap-at-ah-o from ἐκ and ἀπατάω; to seduce wholly:--beguile, deceive.
|
ἐξαπατάτω·exapatatō
|
let deceive;
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G1487εἴei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἴei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1380δοκεῖdokei (V-PIA-3S) G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
δοκεῖdokei
|
thinks himself
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4680σοφὸςsophos (Adj-NMS) G4680 σοφός sophós sof-os akin to (clear); wise (in a most general application):--wise. Compare φρόνιμος.
|
σοφὸςsophos
|
wise
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510εἶναιeinai (V-PNA) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναιeinai
|
to be
|
V-PNA
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G165αἰῶνιaiōni (N-DMS) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶνιaiōni
|
age
|
N-DMS
|
G3778τούτῳ,toutō (DPro-DMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳ,toutō
|
this,
|
DPro-DMS
|
G3474μωρὸςmōros (Adj-NMS) G3474 μωρός mōrós mo-ros probably from the base of μυστήριον; dull or stupid (as if shut up), i.e. heedless, (morally) blockhead, (apparently) absurd:--fool(-ish, X -ishness).
|
μωρὸςmōros
|
foolish
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1096γενέσθω,genesthō (V-AMM-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενέσθω,genesthō
|
let him become,
|
V-AMM-3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G1096γένηταιgenētai (V-ASM-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γένηταιgenētai
|
he may become
|
V-ASM-3S
|
G4680σοφός,sophos (Adj-NMS) G4680 σοφός sophós sof-os akin to (clear); wise (in a most general application):--wise. Compare φρόνιμος.
|
σοφός,sophos
|
wise.
|
Adj-NMS
|
18
Let no man deceive himself. If any man among you seems to be wise in this world, let him become a fool, that he may be wise.1 Corinthians 3:18
Stats
Counts: 126 characters, 24 words, 96 letters, 40 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: μηδεις εαυτον εξαπατατω ει τις δοκει σοφος ειναι εν υμιν εν τω αιωνι τουτω μωρος γενεσθω ινα γενηται σοφος
Lit: No one himself let deceive; if anyone thinks himself wise to be among you in the age this, foolish let him become, so that he may become wise.
KJV: Let no man deceive himself. If any man among you seemeth to be wise in this world, let him become a fool, that he may be wise.
References
"deceive"1Co 6:9: Know you not that the unrighteous will not inherit the kingdom of God? not Be deceived: neither fornicators: nor idolaters: nor adulterers: nor effeminate: nor abusers of themselves with mankind: 1Co 15:33: not Be deceived: evil communications corrupt good manners.Pr 5:7: Hear me now therefore: O you children: and not depart from the words of my mouth.Isa 44:20: He feeds on ashes: a deceived heart has turned him aside: that he cannot deliver his soul: nor say: Is there not a lie in my right hand?Jer 37:9: Thus says the LORD; not Deceive yourselves: saying: The Chaldeans will surely depart from us: for they will not depart.Lu 21:8: He said: Take heed that you not be deceived: for many will come in my name: saying: I am Christ; and the time draws near: go you not therefore after them.Ga 6:3: 7: For if a man think himself to be something: when he not ishing: he deceives himself.Eph 5:6: Let no man deceive you with vain words: for because of these things comes the wrath of God upon the children of disobedience.2Ti 3:13: But evil men and seducers will wax worse and worse: deceiving: and being deceived.Tit 3:3: For we ourselves also were sometimes foolish: disobedient: deceived: serving divers lusts and pleasures: living in malice and envy: hateful: and hating one another.Jas 1:22: 26: But be you doers of the word: not and hearers only: deceiving your own selves.1Jo 1:8: If we say that we have no sin: we deceive ourselves: and the truth not is in us."If"1Co 1:18-21: For the preaching of the cross is to them that perish foolishness; but to us which are saved it is the power of God.1Co 4:10: We are fools for Christ's sake: but you are wise in Christ; we are weak: but you are strong; you are honourable: but we are despised.1Co 8:1: 2: Now as touching things offered to idols: we know that we all have knowledge. Knowledge puffeth up: but charity edifies.Pr 3:5: 7: Trust in the LORD with all your heart; and not lean to your own understanding.Pr 26:12: See you a man wise in his own conceit? there is more hope of a fool than of him.Isa 5:21: Woe to them that are wise in their own eyes: and prudent in their own sight!Jer 8:8: How do you say: We are wise: and the law of the LORD is with us? Indeed: certainly in vain made He it; the pen of the scribes is in vain.Ro 11:25: For I not would: brothers: that you should be ignorant of this mystery: lest you should be wise in your own conceits; that blindness in part is happened to Israel: until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in.Ro 12:16: Be of the same mind one toward another. not Mind high things: but condescend to men of low estate. not Be wise in your own conceits."let"Mt 18:4: Whoever therefore will humble himself as this little child: the same is great in the kingdom of heaven.Mr 10:15: Truly I say to you: Whoever will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child: He will not enter therein.Lu 18:17: Truly I say to you: Whoever will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child will in no wise enter therein.
η γαρ σοφια του κοσμου τουτου μωρια παρα τω θεω εστιν γεγραπται γαρ ο δρασσομενος τους σοφους εν τη πανουργια αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
The
|
Art-NFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4678σοφίαsophia (N-NFS) G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίαsophia
|
wisdom
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2889κόσμουkosmou (N-GMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμουkosmou
|
world
|
N-GMS
|
G3778τούτουtoutou (DPro-GMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτουtoutou
|
this,
|
DPro-GMS
|
G3472μωρίαmōria (N-NFS) G3472 μωρία mōría mo-ree-ah from μωρός; silliness, i.e. absurdity:--foolishness.
|
μωρίαmōria
|
foolishness
|
N-NFS
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
with
|
Prep
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
God
|
N-DMS
|
G1510ἐστιν.estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν.estin
|
is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γέγραπταιgegraptai
|
It has been written
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for:
|
Conj
|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
He is the [One]
|
Art-NMS
|
G1405δρασσόμενοςdrassomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G1405 δράσσομαι drássomai dras-som-ahee perhaps akin to the base of δράκων (through the idea of capturing); to grasp, i.e. (figuratively) entrap:--take.
|
δρασσόμενοςdrassomenos
|
catching
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4680σοφοὺςsophous (Adj-AMP) G4680 σοφός sophós sof-os akin to (clear); wise (in a most general application):--wise. Compare φρόνιμος.
|
σοφοὺςsophous
|
wise
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3834πανουργίᾳpanourgia (N-DFS) G3834 πανουργία panourgía pan-oorg-ee-ah from πανοῦργος; adroitness, i.e. (in a bad sense) trickery or sophistry:--(cunning) craftiness, subtilty.
|
πανουργίᾳpanourgia
|
craftiness
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτῶν·autōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν·autōn
|
of them.”
|
PPro-GM3P
|
19
For the wisdom of this world is foolishness with God. For it is written, He takes the wise in their own craftiness.
1 Corinthians 3:19
Stats
Counts: 116 characters, 20 words, 92 letters, 32 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: η γαρ σοφια του κοσμου τουτου μωρια παρα τω θεω εστιν γεγραπται γαρ ο δρασσομενος τους σοφους εν τη πανουργια αυτων
Lit: The for wisdom of the world this, foolishness with God is. It has been written for: He is the [One] catching the wise in the craftiness of them.”
KJV: For the wisdom of this world is foolishness with God. For it is written, He taketh the wise in their own craftiness.
References
"the wisdom"1Co 1:19: 20: For it is written: I will destroy the wisdom of the wise: and will bring not tohing the understanding of the prudent.1Co 2:6: Howbeit we speak wisdom among them that are perfect: not yet the wisdom of this world: nor of the princes of this world: that come to nought:Isa 19:11-14: Surely the princes of Zoan are fools: the counsel of the wise counsellers of Pharaoh is become brutish: how say you to Pharaoh: I am the son of the wise: the son of ancient kings?Isa 29:14-16: Therefore: look: I will proceed to do a marvellous work among this people: even a marvellous work and a wonder: for the wisdom of their wise men will perish: and the understanding of their prudent men will be hid.Isa 44:25: That frustrates the tokens of the liars: and makes'>makes diviners mad; that turns wise men backward: and makes'>makes their knowledge foolish;Ro 1:21: 22: Because that: when they knew God: they glorified Him not as God: neither were thankful; but became vain in their imaginations: and their foolish heart was darkened."For"Job 5:13: He takes the wise in their own craftiness: and the counsel of the froward is carried headlong."He"Ex 1:10: Come on: let us deal wisely with them; lest they multiply: and it come to pass: that: when there falls out any war: they join also to our enemies: and fight against us: and so get them up out of the land.Ex 18:11: Now I know that the LORD is greater than all gods: for in the thing wherein they dealt proudly He was above them.2Sa 15:31: one told David: saying: Ahithophel is among the conspirators with Absalom. And David said: O LORD: I pray you: turn the counsel of Ahithophel into foolishness.2Sa 16:23: The counsel of Ahithophel: which He counselled in those days: was as if a man had inquired at the oracle of God: so was all the counsel of Ahithophel both with David and with Absalom.2Sa 17:14: 23: Absalom and all the men of Israel said: The counsel of Hushai the Archite is better than the counsel of Ahithophel. For the LORD had appointed to defeat the good counsel of Ahithophel: to the intent that the LORD might bring evil upon Absalom.Es 7:10: So they hanged Haman on the gallows that he had prepared for Mordecai. Then was the king's wrath pacified.Ps 7:14: 15: Look: he travails with iniquity: and has conceived mischief: and brought forth falsehood.Ps 9:15: 16: The heathen are sunk down in the pit that they made: in the net which they hid is their own foot taken.Ps 141:10: Let the wicked fall into their own nets: whilst that I withal escape.
και παλιν κυριος γινωσκει τους διαλογισμους των σοφων οτι εισιν ματαιοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv) G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again,
|
Adv
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
The Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G1097γινώσκειginōskei (V-PIA-3S) G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γινώσκειginōskei
|
knows
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1261διαλογισμοὺςdialogismous (N-AMP) G1261 διαλογισμός dialogismós dee-al-og-is-mos from διαλογίζομαι; discussion, i.e. (internal) consideration (by implication, purpose), or (external) debate:--dispute, doubtful(-ing), imagination, reasoning, thought.
|
διαλογισμοὺςdialogismous
|
thoughts
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4680σοφῶν,sophōn (Adj-GMP) G4680 σοφός sophós sof-os akin to (clear); wise (in a most general application):--wise. Compare φρόνιμος.
|
σοφῶν,sophōn
|
wise,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1510εἰσὶνeisin (V-PIA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσὶνeisin
|
they are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3152μάταιοι.mataioi (Adj-NMP) G3152 μάταιος mátaios mat-ah-yos from the base of μάτην; empty, i.e. (literally) profitless, or (specially), an idol:--vain, vanity.
|
μάταιοι.mataioi
|
futile.”
|
Adj-NMP
|
20
Again, The Lord knows the thoughts of the wise, that they are vain.
1 Corinthians 3:20
Stats
Rank: #9247 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 73 characters, 12 words, 57 letters, 21 vowels, 36 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παλιν κυριος γινωσκει τους διαλογισμους των σοφων οτι εισιν ματαιοι
Lit: And again, The Lord knows the thoughts of the wise, that they are futile.”
KJV: And again, The Lord knoweth the thoughts of the wise, that they are vain.
References
"the lord"Ps 94:11: The LORD knows the thoughts of man: that they are vanity."that"Job 11:11: 12: For he knows vain men: he sees wickedness also; will not he then consider it?Ps 2:1: Why do the heathen rage: and the people imagine a vain thing?Ro 1:21: Because that: when they knew God: they glorified Him not as God: neither were thankful; but became vain in their imaginations: and their foolish heart was darkened.Col 2:8: Beware lest any man spoil you through philosophy and vain deceit: after the tradition of men: after the rudiments of the world: not and after Christ.
ωστε μηδεις καυχασθω εν ανθρωποις παντα γαρ υμων εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5620Ὥστεhōste (Conj) G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
Ὥστεhōste
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G3367μηδεὶςmēdeis (Adj-NMS) G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδεὶςmēdeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2744καυχάσθωkauchasthō (V-PMM/P-3S) G2744 καυχάομαι kaucháomai kow-khah-om-ahee from some (obsolete) base akin to that of (to boast) and εὔχομαι; to vaunt (in a good or a bad sense):--(make) boast, glory, joy, rejoice.
|
καυχάσθωkauchasthō
|
let boast
|
V-PMM/P-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G444ἀνθρώποις·anthrōpois (N-DMP) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώποις·anthrōpois
|
men.
|
N-DMP
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
All things
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
are,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
21
Therefore let no man glory in men. For all things are yours;1 Corinthians 3:21
Stats
Counts: 60 characters, 11 words, 47 letters, 17 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: ωστε μηδεις καυχασθω εν ανθρωποις παντα γαρ υμων εστιν
Lit: Therefore no one let boast in men. All things for of you are,
KJV: Therefore let no man glory in men. For all things are yours;
References
"glory"1Co 3:4-7: For while one says: I am of Paul; and another: I am of Apollos; are you not carnal?1Co 1:12-17: Now this I say: that every one of you says: I am of Paul; and I of Apollos; and I of Cephas; and I of Christ.1Co 4:6: These things: brothers: I have in a figure transferred to myself and to Apollos for your sakes; that you might learn in not us to think of men above that which is written: that no one of you be puffed up for one against another.Jer 9:23: 24: Thus says the LORD: not Let the wise man glory in His wisdom: neither let the mighty man glory in His might: not let the rich man glory in His riches:"For"Ro 4:13: For the promise: that he should be the heir of the world: was not to Abraham: or to his seed: through the law: but through the righteousness of faith.Ro 8:28: 32: We know that all things work together for good to them that love God: to them who are the called according to His purpose.2Co 4:5: 15: For we not preach ourselves: but Christ Jesus the Lord; and ourselves your servants for Jesus' sake.Re 21:7: He who overcomes will inherit all things; and I will be His God: and He will be my son.
ειτε παυλος ειτε απολλως ειτε κηφας ειτε κοσμος ειτε ζωη ειτε θανατος ειτε ενεστωτα ειτε μελλοντα παντα υμων εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
whether
|
Conj
|
G3972ΠαῦλοςPaulos (N-NMS) G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
ΠαῦλοςPaulos
|
Paul,
|
N-NMS
|
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
or
|
Conj
|
G625ἈπολλῶςApollōs (N-NMS) G625 Ἀπολλῶς Apollōs ap-ol-loce probably from the same as Ἀπολλωνία; Apollos, an Israelite:--Apollos.
|
ἈπολλῶςApollōs
|
Apollos,
|
N-NMS
|
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
or
|
Conj
|
G2786Κηφᾶς,Kēphas (N-NMS) G2786 Κηφᾶς Kēphâs kay-fas of Chaldee origin (compare כֵּף); the Rock; Cephas (i.e. Kepha), a surname of Peter:--Cephas.
|
Κηφᾶς,Kēphas
|
Cephas,
|
N-NMS
|
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
or the
|
Conj
|
G2889κόσμοςkosmos (N-NMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμοςkosmos
|
world,
|
N-NMS
|
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
or
|
Conj
|
G2222ζωὴzōē (N-NFS) G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωὴzōē
|
life,
|
N-NFS
|
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
or
|
Conj
|
G2288θάνατος,thanatos (N-NMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θάνατος,thanatos
|
death,
|
N-NMS
|
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1764ἐνεστῶταenestōta (V-RPA-NNP) G1764 ἐνίστημι enístēmi en-is-tay-mee from ἐν and ἵστημι; to place on hand, i.e. (reflexively) impend, (participle) be instant:--come, be at hand, present.
|
ἐνεστῶταenestōta
|
things present,
|
V-RPA-NNP
|
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3195μέλλοντα,mellonta (V-PPA-NNP) G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλοντα,mellonta
|
things to come—
|
V-PPA-NNP
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-NNP
|
G4771ὑμῶν,hymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν,hymōn
|
yours,
|
PPro-G2P
|
22
Whether Paul, or Apollos, or Cephas, or the world, or life, or death, or things present, or things to come; all are yours;1 Corinthians 3:22
Stats
Counts: 122 characters, 15 words, 91 letters, 34 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειτε παυλος ειτε απολλως ειτε κηφας ειτε κοσμος ειτε ζωη ειτε θανατος ειτε ενεστωτα ειτε μελλοντα παντα υμων εστιν
Lit: whether Paul, or Apollos, or Cephas, or the world, or life, or death, or things present, or things to come— all yours,
KJV: Whether Paul, or Apollos, or Cephas, or the world, or life, or death, or things present, or things to come; all are yours;
References
"Paul"1Co 3:5-8: Who then is Paul: and who is Apollos: but ministers by whom you believed: even as the Lord gave to every man?1Co 9:19-22: For though I be free from all men: yet have I made myself servant to all: that I might gain the more.2Co 4:5: For we not preach ourselves: but Christ Jesus the Lord; and ourselves your servants for Jesus' sake.Eph 4:11: 12: He gave some: apostles; and some: prophets; and some: evangelists; and some: pastors and teachers;"or the"Ro 8:37-39: No: in all these things we are more than conquerors through him that loved us.Php 1:21: For to me to live is Christ: and to die is gain.
υμεις δε χριστου χριστος δε θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5547Χριστοῦ,Christou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ,Christou
|
of Christ,
|
N-GMS
|
G5547ΧριστὸςChristos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸςChristos
|
Christ
|
N-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
23
you are Christ's; and Christ is God's.1 Corinthians 3:23
Stats
Counts: 41 characters, 7 words, 30 letters, 9 vowels, 21 consonants
Translation
Greek: υμεις δε χριστου χριστος δε θεου
Lit: you now of Christ, Christ now of God.
KJV: And ye are Christ's; and Christ is God's.
References
"ye"1Co 6:19: 20: What? know you not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you: which you have of God: and you not are your own?1Co 7:22: For He that'>He who is called in the Lord: being a servant: is the Lord's freeman: likewise also He that'>He who is called: being free: is Christ's servant.1Co 15:23: But every man in His own order: Christ the firstfruits; afterward they that are Christ's at His coming.Joh 17:9: 10: I pray for them: I not pray for the world: but for them which you have given me; for they are your.Ro 14:8: For whether we live: we live to the Lord; and whether we die: we die to the Lord: whether we live therefore: or die: we are the Lord's.2Co 10:7: Do you look on things after the outward appearance? If any man trust to Himself that He is Christ's: let Him of Himself think this again: that: as He is Christ's: even so are we Christ's.Ga 3:29: If you be Christ's: then are you Abraham's seed: and heirs according to the promise.Ga 5:24: They that are Christ's have crucified the flesh with the affections and lusts."and Christ"1Co 8:6: But to us there is but one God: the Father: of whom are all things: and we in Him; and one Lord Jesus Christ: by whom are all things: and we by Him.1Co 11:3: But I would have you know: that the head of every man is Christ; and the head of the woman is the man; and the head of Christ is God.Mt 17:5: While He yet spoke: look: a bright cloud overshadowed them: and look a voice out of the cloud: which said: This is my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased; hear you Him.Joh 17:18: 21: As you have sent me into the world: even so have I also sent them into the world.Eph 1:10: That in the dispensation of the fulness of times He might gather together in one all things in Christ: both which are in heaven: and which are on earth; even in Him:Php 2:8-11: Being found in fashion as a man: he humbled himself: and became obedient to death: even the death of the cross.
4
Spiritual Servants
ουτως ημας λογιζεσθω ανθρωπος ως υπηρετας χριστου και οικονομους μυστηριων θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3779ΟὕτωςHoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
ΟὕτωςHoutōs
|
So
|
Adv
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us,
|
PPro-A1P
|
G3049λογιζέσθωlogizesthō (V-PMM/P-3S) G3049 λογίζομαι logízomai log-id-zom-ahee middle voice from λόγος; to take an inventory, i.e. estimate (literally or figuratively):--conclude, (ac-)count (of), + despise, esteem, impute, lay, number, reason, reckon, suppose, think (on).
|
λογιζέσθωlogizesthō
|
let regard
|
V-PMM/P-3S
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
a man
|
N-NMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G5257ὑπηρέταςhypēretas (N-AMP) G5257 ὑπηρέτης hypērétēs hoop-ay-ret-ace from ὑπό and a derivative of (to row); an under-oarsman, i.e. (generally) subordinate (assistant, sexton, constable):--minister, officer, servant.
|
ὑπηρέταςhypēretas
|
servants
|
N-AMP
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
of Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3623οἰκονόμουςoikonomous (N-AMP) G3623 οἰκονόμος oikonómos oy-kon-om-os from οἶκος and the base of νόμος; a house-distributor (i.e. manager), or overseer, i.e. an employee in that capacity; by extension, a fiscal agent (treasurer); figuratively, a preacher (of the Gospel):--chamberlain, governor, steward.
|
οἰκονόμουςoikonomous
|
stewards
|
N-AMP
|
G3466μυστηρίωνmystēriōn (N-GNP) G3466 μυστήριον mystḗrion moos-tay-ree-on from a derivative of (to shut the mouth); a secret or mystery (through the idea of silence imposed by initiation into religious rites):--mystery.
|
μυστηρίωνmystēriōn
|
of the mysteries
|
N-GNP
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
1
Let a man so account of us, as of the ministers of Christ, and stewards of the mysteries of God.1 Corinthians 4:1
Stats
Rank: #2060 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 96 characters, 18 words, 74 letters, 27 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτως ημας λογιζεσθω ανθρωπος ως υπηρετας χριστου και οικονομους μυστηριων θεου
Lit: So us, let regard a man as servants of Christ and stewards of the mysteries of God.
KJV: Let a man so account of us, as of the ministers of Christ, and stewards of the mysteries of God.
References
"account"1Co 4:13: Being defamed: we intreat: we are made as the filth of the world: and are the offscouring of all things to this day.2Co 12:6: For though I would desire to glory: I will not be a fool; for I will say the truth: but now I forbear: lest any man should think of me above that which he sees me to be: or that he hears of me."the ministers"1Co 3:5: Who then is Paul: and who is Apollos: but ministers by whom you believed: even as the Lord gave to every man?1Co 9:16-18: For though I preach the gospel: I not havehing to glory of: for necessity is laid upon me; yes: woe is to me: if I not preach the gospel!Mt 24:45: Who then is a faithful and wise servant: whom his lord has made ruler over his household: to give them meat in due season?2Co 4:5: For we not preach ourselves: but Christ Jesus the Lord; and ourselves your servants for Jesus' sake.2Co 6:4: But in all things approving ourselves as the ministers of God: in much patience: in afflictions: in necessities: in distresses: 2Co 11:23: Are they ministers of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abundant: in stripes above measure: in prisons more frequent: in deaths often.Col 1:25: Whereof I am made a minister: according to the dispensation of God which is given to me for you: to fulfil the word of God;1Ti 3:6: Not a novice: lest being lifted up with pride he fall into the condemnation of the devil."and stewards"Lu 12:42: The Lord said: Who then is that faithful and wise steward: whom His lord will make ruler over His household: to give them their portion of meat in due season?Lu 16:1-3: He said also to his disciples: There was a certain rich man: which had a steward; and the same was accused to him that he had wasted his goods.Tit 1:7: For a bishop must be blameless: as the steward of God; not selfwilled: not soon angry: not given to wine: no striker: not given to filthy lucre;1Pe 4:10: As every man has received the gift: even so minister the same one to another: as good stewards of the manifold grace of God."mysteries"1Co 2:7: But we speak the wisdom of God in a mystery: even the hidden wisdom: which God ordained before the world to our glory:Mt 13:11: He answered and said to them: Because it is given to you to know the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven: but to them it not is given.Mr 4:11: He said to them: To you it is given to know the mystery of the kingdom of God: but to them that are without: all these things are done in parables:Lu 8:10: He said: To you it is given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of God: but to others in parables; that seeing they not might see: and hearing they not might understand.Ro 16:25: Now to Him that is of power to stablish you according to my gospel: and the preaching of Jesus Christ: according to the revelation of the mystery: which was kept secret since the world began: Eph 1:9: Having made known to us the mystery of his will: according to his good pleasure which he has purposed in himself:Eph 3:3-9: How that by revelation he made known to me the mystery; (as I wrote afore in few words: Eph 6:19: For me: that utterance may be given to me: that I may open my mouth boldly: to make known the mystery of the gospel: Col 1:26: 27: Even the mystery which has been hid from ages and from generations: but now is made manifest to his saints:Col 2:2: That their hearts might be comforted: being knit together in love: and to all riches of the full assurance of understanding: to the acknowledgement of the mystery of God: and of the Father: and of Christ;Col 4:3: Withal praying also for us: that God would open to us a door of utterance: to speak the mystery of Christ: for which I am also in bonds:1Ti 3:9: 16: Holding the mystery of the faith in a pure conscience.
ο δε λοιπον ζητειται εν τοις οικονομοις ινα πιστος τις ευρεθη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5602ὧδεhōde (Adv) G5602 ὧδε hōde ho-deh from an adverb form of ὅδε; in this same spot, i.e. here or hither:--here, hither, (in) this place, there.,
|
ὧδεhōde
|
In this case
|
Adv
|
G3063λοιπὸνloipon (Adj-ANS) G3063 λοιπόν loipón loy-pon neuter singular of the same as λοιποί; something remaining (adverbially):--besides, finally, furthermore, (from) henceforth, moreover, now, + it remaineth, then.
|
λοιπὸνloipon
|
moreover,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2212ζητεῖταιzēteitai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ζητεῖταιzēteitai
|
it is required
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3623οἰκονόμοιςoikonomois (N-DMP) G3623 οἰκονόμος oikonómos oy-kon-om-os from οἶκος and the base of νόμος; a house-distributor (i.e. manager), or overseer, i.e. an employee in that capacity; by extension, a fiscal agent (treasurer); figuratively, a preacher (of the Gospel):--chamberlain, governor, steward.
|
οἰκονόμοιςoikonomois
|
stewards,
|
N-DMP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4103πιστόςpistos (Adj-NMS) G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.
|
πιστόςpistos
|
faithful
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
one
|
IPro-NMS
|
G2147εὑρεθῇ.heurethē (V-ASP-3S) G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρεθῇ.heurethē
|
shall be found.
|
V-ASP-3S
|
2
Moreover it is required in stewards, that a man be found faithful.1 Corinthians 4:2
Stats
Counts: 66 characters, 11 words, 53 letters, 22 vowels, 31 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε λοιπον ζητειται εν τοις οικονομοις ινα πιστος τις ευρεθη
Lit: In this case moreover, it is required in the stewards, that faithful one shall be found.
KJV: Moreover it is required in stewards, that a man be found faithful.
References
"that"1Co 4:17: For this cause have I sent to you Timotheus: who is my beloved son: and faithful in the Lord: who will bring you into remembrance of my ways which be in Christ: as I teach every where in every church.1Co 7:25: Now concerning virgins I have no commandment of the Lord: yet I give my judgment: as one that has obtained mercy of the Lord to be faithful.Nu 12:7: My servant Moses is not so: who is faithful in all my house.Pr 13:17: A wicked messenger falls into mischief: but a faithful ambassador is health.Mt 25:21: 23: His lord said to him: Well done: you good and faithful servant: you have been faithful over a few things: I will make you ruler over many things: enter you into the joy of your lord.Lu 12:42: The Lord said: Who then is that faithful and wise steward: whom His lord will make ruler over His household: to give them their portion of meat in due season?Lu 16:10-12: He who is faithful in that which is least is faithful also in much: and he who is unjust in the least is unjust also in much.2Co 2:17: For we not are as many: which corrupt the word of God: but as of sincerity: but as of God: in the sight of God speak we in Christ.2Co 4:2: But have renounced the hidden things of dishonesty: not walking in craftiness: nor handling the word of God deceitfully; but by manifestation of the truth commending ourselves to every man's conscience in the sight of God.Col 1:7: As you also learned of Epaphras our dear fellowservant: who is for you a faithful minister of Christ;Col 4:7: 17: All my state will Tychicus declare to you: who is a beloved brother: and a faithful minister and fellowservant in the Lord:
εμοι δε εις ελαχιστον εστιν ινα υφ υμων ανακριθω η υπο ανθρωπινης ημερας αλλ ουδε εμαυτον ανακρινω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1473Ἐμοὶemoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
Ἐμοὶemoi
|
Me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1646ἐλάχιστόνelachiston (Adj-ANS-S) G1646 ἐλάχιστος eláchistos el-akh-is-tos superlative of (short); used as equivalent to μικρός; least (in size, amount, dignity, etc.):--least, very little (small), smallest.
|
ἐλάχιστόνelachiston
|
the smallest matter
|
Adj-ANS-S
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G5259ὑφ’hyph’ (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑφ’hyph’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G350ἀνακριθῶanakrithō (V-ASP-1S) G350 ἀνακρίνω anakrínō an-ak-ree-no from ἀνά and κρίνω; properly, to scrutinize, i.e. (by implication) investigate, interrogate, determine:--ask, question, discern, examine, judge, search.
|
ἀνακριθῶanakrithō
|
I be examined,
|
V-ASP-1S
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G442ἀνθρωπίνηςanthrōpinēs (Adj-GFS) G442 ἀνθρώπινος anthrṓpinos anth-ro-pee-nos from ἄνθρωπος; human:--human, common to man, man(-kind), (man-)kind, mens, after the manner of men.
|
ἀνθρωπίνηςanthrōpinēs
|
a human
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2250ἡμέρας·hēmeras (N-GFS) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρας·hēmeras
|
court.
|
N-GFS
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
In fact
|
Conj
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Adv) G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
neither
|
Adv
|
G1683ἐμαυτὸνemauton (PPro-AM1S) G1683 ἐμαυτοῦ emautoû em-ow-ton genitive case compound of ἐμοῦ and αὐτός; of myself so likewise the dative case , and accusative case :--me, mine own (self), myself.,
|
ἐμαυτὸνemauton
|
myself
|
PPro-AM1S
|
G350ἀνακρίνω·anakrinō (V-PIA-1S) G350 ἀνακρίνω anakrínō an-ak-ree-no from ἀνά and κρίνω; properly, to scrutinize, i.e. (by implication) investigate, interrogate, determine:--ask, question, discern, examine, judge, search.
|
ἀνακρίνω·anakrinō
|
do I examine.
|
V-PIA-1S
|
3
But with me it is a very small thing that I should be judged of you, or of man's judgment: yes, I not judge my own self.
1 Corinthians 4:3
Stats
Counts: 122 characters, 24 words, 91 letters, 34 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: εμοι δε εις ελαχιστον εστιν ινα υφ υμων ανακριθω η υπο ανθρωπινης ημερας αλλ ουδε εμαυτον ανακρινω
Lit: Me however to the smallest matter it is, that by you I be examined, or by a human court. In fact neither myself do I examine.
KJV: But with me it is a very small thing that I should be judged of you, or of man's judgment: yea, I judge not mine own self.
References
"it is"1Co 2:15: But he who is spiritual judges all things: yet he himself is judged of no man.1Sa 16:7: But the LORD said to Samuel: not Look on His face: or on the height of His stature; because I have refused Him: for the LORD sees not as man sees; for man looks'>looks on the outward appearance: but the LORD looks'>looks on the heart.Joh 7:24: not Judge according to the appearance: but judge righteous judgment."judgment"1Co 3:13: Every man's work will be made manifest: for the day will declare it: because it will be revealed by fire; and the fire will try every man's work of what sort it is.
ουδεν γαρ εμαυτω συνοιδα αλλ ουκ εν τουτω δεδικαιωμαι ο δε ανακρινων με κυριος εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3762οὐδὲνouden (Adj-ANS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδὲνouden
|
Nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1683ἐμαυτῷemautō (PPro-DM1S) G1683 ἐμαυτοῦ emautoû em-ow-ton genitive case compound of ἐμοῦ and αὐτός; of myself so likewise the dative case , and accusative case :--me, mine own (self), myself.,
|
ἐμαυτῷemautō
|
against myself
|
PPro-DM1S
|
G4894σύνοιδα,synoida (V-RIA-1S) G4894 συνείδω syneídō soon-i-do from σύν and εἴδω; to see completely; used (like its primary) only in two past tenses, respectively meaning to understand or become aware, and to be conscious or (clandestinely) informed of:--consider, know, be privy, be ware of.
|
σύνοιδα,synoida
|
I am conscious of,
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
yet
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3778τούτῳtoutō (DPro-DNS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳtoutō
|
this
|
DPro-DNS
|
G1344δεδικαίωμαι·dedikaiōmai (V-RIM/P-1S) G1344 δικαιόω dikaióō dik-ah-yo-o from δίκαιος; to render (i.e. show or regard as) just or innocent:--free, justify(-ier), be righteous.
|
δεδικαίωμαι·dedikaiōmai
|
have I been justified;
|
V-RIM/P-1S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G350ἀνακρίνωνanakrinōn (V-PPA-NMS) G350 ἀνακρίνω anakrínō an-ak-ree-no from ἀνά and κρίνω; properly, to scrutinize, i.e. (by implication) investigate, interrogate, determine:--ask, question, discern, examine, judge, search.
|
ἀνακρίνωνanakrinōn
|
judging
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G2962ΚύριόςKyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριόςKyrios
|
the Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G1510ἐστιν.estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν.estin
|
is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
4
For I not knowhing by myself; yet am not I hereby justified: but He that'>He who judges me is the Lord.1 Corinthians 4:4
Stats
Counts: 96 characters, 18 words, 74 letters, 25 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουδεν γαρ εμαυτω συνοιδα αλλ ουκ εν τουτω δεδικαιωμαι ο δε ανακρινων με κυριος εστιν
Lit: Nothing for against myself I am conscious of, yet not by this have I been justified; the One however judging me the Lord is.
KJV: For I know nothing by myself; yet am I not hereby justified: but he that judgeth me is the Lord.
References
"I know"Job 27:6: My righteousness I hold fast: and not will let it go: my heart will not reproach me so long as I live.Ps 7:3-5: O LORD my God: if I have done this; if there be iniquity in my hands;Joh 21:17: He says to Him the third time: Simon: son of Jonas: love'>love you me? Peter was grieved because He said to Him the third time: Love'>Love you me? And He said to Him: Lord: you know'>know all things; you know'>know that I love you. Jesus says to Him: Feed my sheep.2Co 1:12: For our rejoicing is this: the testimony of our conscience: that in simplicity and godly sincerity: not with fleshly wisdom: but by the grace of God: we have had our conversation in the world: and more abundantly to you-ward.1Jo 3:20: 21: For if our heart condemn us: God is greater than our heart: and knows all things."yet"Job 9:2: 3: 20: I know it is so of a truth: but how should man be just with God?Job 15:14: What is man: that he should be clean? and he which is born of a woman: that he should be righteous?Job 25:4: How then can man be justified with God? or how can He be clean that is born of a woman?Job 40:4: Look: I am vile; what will I answer you? I will lay my hand upon my mouth.Ps 19:12: Who can understand his errors? cleanse you me from secret faults.Ps 130:3: If you: LORD: should mark iniquities: O Lord: who will stand?Ps 143:2: not enter into judgment with your servant: for in your sight will no man living be justified.Pr 21:2: Every way of a man is right in His own eyes: but the LORD ponders the hearts.Ro 3:19: 20: Now we know that what things soever the law says: it says to them who are under the law: that every mouth may be stopped: and all the world may become guilty before God.Ro 4:2: For if Abraham were justified by works: He has whereof to glory; not but before God."but"1Co 4:5: Therefore not judgehing before the time: until the Lord come: who both will bring to light the hidden things of darkness: and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts: and then will every man have praise of God.Ps 26:12: My foot stands in an even place: in the congregations will I bless the LORD.Ps 50:6: The heavens will declare His righteousness: for God is judge Himself. Selah.2Co 5:10: For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that every one may receive the things done in His body: according to that He has done: whether it be good or bad.
ωστε μη προ καιρου τι κρινετε εως αν ελθη ο κυριος ος και φωτισει τα κρυπτα του σκοτους και φανερωσει τας βουλας των καρδιων και τοτε ο επαινος γενησεται εκαστω απο του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5620Ὥστεhōste (Conj) G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
Ὥστεhōste
|
So then,
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4253πρὸpro (Prep) G4253 πρό pró pro a primary preposition; fore, i.e. in front of, prior (figuratively, superior) to:--above, ago, before, or ever. In the comparative, it retains the same significations.
|
πρὸpro
|
before the
|
Prep
|
G2540καιροῦkairou (N-GMS) G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιροῦkairou
|
time
|
N-GMS
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
anything
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2919κρίνετε,krinete (V-PMA-2P) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίνετε,krinete
|
judge,
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Conj) G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔλθῃelthē (V-ASA-3S) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔλθῃelthē
|
shall have come
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962Κύριος,Kyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριος,Kyrios
|
Lord,
|
N-NMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
both
|
Conj
|
G5461φωτίσειphōtisei (V-FIA-3S) G5461 φωτίζω phōtízō fo-tid-zo from φῶς; to shed rays, i.e. to shine or (transitively) to brighten up (literally or figuratively):--enlighten, illuminate, (bring to, give) light, make to see.
|
φωτίσειphōtisei
|
will bring to light
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2927κρυπτὰkrypta (Adj-ANP) G2927 κρυπτός kryptós kroop-tos from κρύπτω; concealed, i.e. private:--hid(-den), inward(-ly), secret.
|
κρυπτὰkrypta
|
hidden things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G4655σκότουςskotous (N-GNS) G4655 σκότος skótos skot-os from the base of σκιά; shadiness, i.e. obscurity (literally or figuratively):--darkness.
|
σκότουςskotous
|
of darkness,
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5319φανερώσειphanerōsei (V-FIA-3S) G5319 φανερόω phaneróō fan-er-o-o from φανερός; to render apparent (literally or figuratively):--appear, manifestly declare, (make) manifest (forth), shew (self).
|
φανερώσειphanerōsei
|
will make manifest
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G1012βουλὰςboulas (N-AFP) G1012 βουλή boulḗ boo-lay from βούλομαι; volition, i.e. (objectively) advice, or (by implication) purpose:--+ advise, counsel, will.
|
βουλὰςboulas
|
motives
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GFP
|
G2588καρδιῶν·kardiōn (N-GFP) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδιῶν·kardiōn
|
hearts;
|
N-GFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5119τότεtote (Adv) G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
τότεtote
|
then
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1868ἔπαινοςepainos (N-NMS) G1868 ἔπαινος épainos ep-ahee-nos from ἐπί and the base of αἰνέω; laudation; concretely, a commendable thing:--praise.,
|
ἔπαινοςepainos
|
praise
|
N-NMS
|
G1096γενήσεταιgenēsetai (V-FIM-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενήσεταιgenēsetai
|
will come
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G1538ἑκάστῳhekastō (Adj-DMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἑκάστῳhekastō
|
to each
|
Adj-DMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
God.
|
N-GMS
|
5
Therefore not judgehing before the time, until the Lord come, who both will bring to light the hidden things of darkness, and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts: and then will every man have praise of God.1 Corinthians 4:5
Stats
Rank: #2960 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 217 characters, 35 words, 174 letters, 61 vowels, 113 consonants
Translation
Greek: ωστε μη προ καιρου τι κρινετε εως αν ελθη ο κυριος ος και φωτισει τα κρυπτα του σκοτους και φανερωσει τας βουλας των καρδιων και τοτε ο επαινος γενησεται εκαστω απο του θεου
Lit: So then, not before the time anything judge, until shall have come the Lord, who both will bring to light the hidden things of darkness, and will make manifest the motives of the hearts; and then the praise will come to each from God.
KJV: Therefore judge nothing before the time, until the Lord come, who both will bring to light the hidden things of darkness, and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts: and then shall every man have praise of God.
References
"judge"Mt 7:1: 2: not Judge: that you not be judged.Lu 6:37: not Judge: and you will not be judged: not condemn: and you will not be condemned: forgive: and you will be forgiven:Ro 2:1: 16: Therefore you are inexcusable: O man: whoever you are that judge'>judge'>judge: for wherein you judge'>judge'>judge another: you condemn yourself; for you that judge'>judge'>judge do the same things.Ro 14:4: 10-13: Who are you that judge another man's servant? to His own master He stands or falls. Yes: He will be holden up: for God is able to make Him stand.Jas 4:11: not Speak evil one of another: brothers. He who speaks'>speaks evil of his brother: and judges'>judges his brother: speaks'>speaks evil of the law: and judges'>judges the law: but if you judge the law: you are not a doer of the law: but a judge."until"1Co 1:7: So that you come behind in no gift; waiting for the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ:1Co 11:26: For as often as you eat this bread: and drink this cup: you do show the Lord's death till He come.1Co 15:23: But every man in His own order: Christ the firstfruits; afterward they that are Christ's at His coming.Mt 24:30: 46: Then will appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then will all the tribes of the earth mourn: and they will see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.1Th 5:2: For yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so comes as a thief in the night.Jas 5:7: Be patient therefore: brothers: to the coming of the Lord. Look: the husbandman waits for the precious fruit of the earth: and has long patience for it: until He receive the early and latter rain.2Pe 3:4: 12: Saying: Where is the promise of his coming? for since the fathers fell asleep: all things continue as they were from the beginning of the creation.Jude 1:14: Enoch also: the seventh from Adam: prophesied of these: saying: Look: the Lord comes with 10 thousands of His saints: Re 1:7: Look: he comes with clouds; and every eye will see him: and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth will wail because of him. Even so: Amen."who"1Co 3:13: Every man's work will be made manifest: for the day will declare it: because it will be revealed by fire; and the fire will try every man's work of what sort it is.Ec 11:9: Rejoice: O young man: in your youth; and let your heart cheer you in the days of your youth: and walk in the ways of your heart: and in the sight of your eyes: but know you: that for all these things God will bring you into judgment.Ec 12:14: For God will bring every work into judgment: with every secret thing: whether it be good: or whether it be evil.Mal 3:18: Then will you return: and discern between the righteous and the wicked: between Him that serves'>serves God and Him that serves'>serves Him not">not Him.Lu 12:1-3: In the mean time: when there were gathered together an innumerable multitude of people: insomuch that they trode one upon another: he began to say to his disciples first of all: Beware you of the leaven of the Pharisees: which is hypocrisy.Ro 2:16: In the day when God will judge the secrets of men by Jesus Christ according to my gospel.2Co 4:2: But have renounced the hidden things of dishonesty: not walking in craftiness: nor handling the word of God deceitfully; but by manifestation of the truth commending ourselves to every man's conscience in the sight of God.Heb 4:13: Neither is there any creature that not is manifest in his sight: but all things are naked and opened to the eyes of him with whom we have to do.Re 20:12: I saw the dead: small and great: stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened: which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books: according to their works."praise"Mt 25:21: 23: His lord said to him: Well done: you good and faithful servant: you have been faithful over a few things: I will make you ruler over many things: enter you into the joy of your lord.Joh 5:44: How can you believe: which receive honour one of another: and not seek the honour that cometh from God only?Ro 2:7: 29: To them who by patient continuance in well doing seek for glory and honour and immortality: eternal life:2Co 5:10: For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that every one may receive the things done in His body: according to that He has done: whether it be good or bad.2Co 10:18: not For He that'>He who commends'>commends Himself is approved: but whom the Lord commends'>commends.1Pe 1:7: That the trial of your faith: being much more precious than of gold that perishes: though it be tried with fire: might be found to praise and honour and glory at the appearing of Jesus Christ:1Pe 5:4: When the chief Shepherd will appear: you will receive a crown of glory that fades not away.
Pride Leads to Sin
ταυτα δε αδελφοι μετεσχηματισα εις εμαυτον και απολλω δι υμας ινα εν ημιν μαθητε το μη υπερ ο γεγραπται φρονειν ινα μη εις υπερ του ενος φυσιουσθε κατα του ετερου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3778ΤαῦταTauta (DPro-ANP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΤαῦταTauta
|
These things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G1161δέ,de (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέ,de
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G3345μετεσχημάτισαmeteschēmatisa (V-AIA-1S) G3345 μετασχηματίζω metaschēmatízō met-askh-ay-mat-id-zo from μετά and a derivative of σχῆμα; to transfigure or disguise; figuratively, to apply (by accommodation):--transfer, transform (self).
|
μετεσχημάτισαmeteschēmatisa
|
I have applied
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1683ἐμαυτὸνemauton (PPro-AM1S) G1683 ἐμαυτοῦ emautoû em-ow-ton genitive case compound of ἐμοῦ and αὐτός; of myself so likewise the dative case , and accusative case :--me, mine own (self), myself.,
|
ἐμαυτὸνemauton
|
myself
|
PPro-AM1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G625ἈπολλῶνApollōn (N-AMS) G625 Ἀπολλῶς Apollōs ap-ol-loce probably from the same as Ἀπολλωνία; Apollos, an Israelite:--Apollos.
|
ἈπολλῶνApollōn
|
Apollos
|
N-AMS
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶς,hymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶς,hymas
|
you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G3129μάθητεmathēte (V-ASA-2P) G3129 μανθάνω manthánō man-than-o prolongation from a primary verb, another form of which, , is used as an alternate in certain tenses; to learn (in any way):--learn, understand.
|
μάθητεmathēte
|
you may learn
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G3588τόto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τόto
|
- ,
|
Art-ANS
|
G3361ΜὴMē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
ΜὴMē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
beyond
|
Prep
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
what
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G1125γέγραπται,gegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γέγραπται,gegraptai
|
has been written,
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G1520ἑνὸςhenos (Adj-GMS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἑνὸςhenos
|
one
|
Adj-GMS
|
G5448φυσιοῦσθεphysiousthe (V-PIM/P-2P) G5448 φυσιόω physióō foo-see-o-o from φύσις in the primary sense of blowing; to inflate, i.e. (figuratively) make proud (haughty):--puff up.
|
φυσιοῦσθεphysiousthe
|
you be puffed up
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2087ἑτέρου.heterou (Adj-GMS) G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἑτέρου.heterou
|
other.
|
Adj-GMS
|
6
These things, brothers, I have in a figure transferred to myself and to Apollos for your sakes; that you might learn in not us to think of men above that which is written, that no one of you be puffed up for one against another.
1 Corinthians 4:6
Stats
Counts: 233 characters, 40 words, 181 letters, 69 vowels, 112 consonants
Translation
Greek: ταυτα δε αδελφοι μετεσχηματισα εις εμαυτον και απολλω δι υμας ινα εν ημιν μαθητε το μη υπερ ο γεγραπται φρονειν ινα μη εις υπερ του ενος φυσιουσθε κατα του ετερου
Lit: These things now, brothers, I have applied to myself and Apollos on account of you, so that in us you may learn - , not beyond what has been written, that not one for one you be puffed up over the other.
KJV: And these things, brethren, I have in a figure transferred to myself and to Apollos for your sakes; that ye might learn in us not to think [of men] above that which is written, that no one of you be puffed up for one against another.
References
"these"1Co 1:12: Now this I say: that every one of you says: I am of Paul; and I of Apollos; and I of Cephas; and I of Christ.1Co 3:4-7: For while one says: I am of Paul; and another: I am of Apollos; are you not carnal?2Co 10:7: 12: 15: Do you look on things after the outward appearance? If any man trust to Himself that He is Christ's: let Him of Himself think this again: that: as He is Christ's: even so are we Christ's.2Co 11:4: 12-15: For if He that'>He who comes preaches another Jesus: whom we not have preached: or if you receive another spirit: which you not have received: or another gospel: which you not have accepted: you might well bear with Him."for"1Co 9:23: This I do for the gospel's sake: that I might be partaker thereof with you.2Co 4:15: For all things are for your sakes: that the abundant grace might through the thanksgiving of many redound to the glory of God.2Co 12:19: Again: think you that we excuse ourselves to you? we speak before God in Christ: but we do all things: dearly beloved: for your edifying.1Th 1:5: For our gospel not came to you in word only: but also in power: and in the Holy Ghost: and in much assurance; as you know what manner of men we were among you for your sake.2Ti 2:10: Therefore I endure all things for the elect's sakes: that they may also obtain the salvation which is in Christ Jesus with eternal glory."that ye"Job 11:11: 12: For he knows vain men: he sees wickedness also; will not he then consider it?Ps 8:4: What is man: that you are mindful of him? and the son of man: that you visit him?Ps 146:3: not Put your trust in princes: nor in the son of man: in whom there is no help.Isa 2:22: Cease you from man: whose breath is in his nostrils: for wherein is he to be accounted of?Jer 17:5: 6: Thus says the LORD; Cursed be the man that trusts in man: and makes flesh His arm: and whose heart departs from the LORD.Mt 23:8-10: But not be you called Rabbi: for one is your Master: even Christ; and all you are brothers.Ro 12:3: For I say: through the grace given to me: to every man that is among you: not to think of Himself more highly than He ought to think; but to think soberly: according as God has dealt to every man the measure of faith.2Co 12:6: For though I would desire to glory: I will not be a fool; for I will say the truth: but now I forbear: lest any man should think of me above that which he sees me to be: or that he hears of me."be puffed"1Co 4:18: 19: Now some are puffed up: as though I not would come to you.1Co 3:21: Therefore let no man glory in men. For all things are yours;1Co 5:2: 6: you are puffed up: and not have rather mourned: that he who has done this deed might be taken away from among you.1Co 8:1: Now as touching things offered to idols: we know that we all have knowledge. Knowledge puffeth up: but charity edifies.1Co 13:4: Charity suffers long: and is kind; charity envies not; charity vaunts not itself: not is puffed up: Nu 11:28: 29: Joshua the son of Nun: the servant of Moses: one of his young men: answered and said: My lord Moses: forbid them.Joh 3:26: 27: They came to John: and said to him: Rabbi: he who was with you beyond Jordan: to whom you bar witness: look: the same baptizes: and all men come to him.Col 2:18: Let no man beguile you of your reward in a voluntary humility and worshipping of angels: intruding into those things which he has not seen: vainly puffed up by his fleshly mind:
τις γαρ σε διακρινει τι δε εχεις ο ουκ ελαβες ει δε και ελαβες τι καυχασαι ως μη λαβων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NMS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
Who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1252διακρίνει;diakrinei (V-PIA-3S) G1252 διακρίνω diakrínō dee-ak-ree-no from διά and κρίνω; to separate thoroughly, i.e. (literally and reflexively) to withdraw from, or (by implication) oppose; figuratively, to discriminate (by implication, decide), or (reflexively) hesitate:--contend, make (to) differ(-ence), discern, doubt, judge, be partial, stagger, waver.
|
διακρίνει;diakrinei
|
makes different?
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
What
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχειςecheis (V-PIA-2S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειςecheis
|
have you
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
which
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2983ἔλαβες;elabes (V-AIA-2S) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ἔλαβες;elabes
|
you did receive?
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G2983ἔλαβες,elabes (V-AIA-2S) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ἔλαβες,elabes
|
you did receive it,
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2744καυχᾶσαιkauchasai (V-PIM/P-2S) G2744 καυχάομαι kaucháomai kow-khah-om-ahee from some (obsolete) base akin to that of (to boast) and εὔχομαι; to vaunt (in a good or a bad sense):--(make) boast, glory, joy, rejoice.
|
καυχᾶσαιkauchasai
|
boast you
|
V-PIM/P-2S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2983λαβών;labōn (V-APA-NMS) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβών;labōn
|
having received it?
|
V-APA-NMS
|
7
For who makes you to differ from another? and what have you that you did not receive? now if you did receive it, why do you glory, as if you not hadst received it?1 Corinthians 4:7
Stats
Counts: 180 characters, 28 words, 138 letters, 52 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: τις γαρ σε διακρινει τι δε εχεις ο ουκ ελαβες ει δε και ελαβες τι καυχασαι ως μη λαβων
Lit: Who for you makes different? What now have you which not you did receive? If now also you did receive it, why boast you as not having received it?
KJV: For who maketh thee to differ from another? and what hast thou that thou didst not receive? now if thou didst receive [it], why dost thou glory, as if thou hadst not received [it]?
References
"who"1Co 12:4-11: Now there are diversities of gifts: but the same Spirit.1Co 15:10: But by the grace of God I am what I am: and His grace which was bestowed upon me not was in vain; but I laboured more abundantly than they all: not yet I: but the grace of God which was with me.Ro 9:16-18: So then it is not of Him that wills: nor of Him that runs: but of God that shews mercy.Eph 3:3-5: How that by revelation he made known to me the mystery; (as I wrote afore in few words: 2Th 2:12-14: That they all might be damned who not believed the truth: but had pleasure in unrighteousness.1Ti 1:12-15: I thank Christ Jesus our Lord: who has enabled me: for that He counted me faithful: putting me into the ministry;Tit 3:3-7: For we ourselves also were sometimes foolish: disobedient: deceived: serving divers lusts and pleasures: living in malice and envy: hateful: and hating one another."and what"1Co 3:5: Who then is Paul: and who is Apollos: but ministers by whom you believed: even as the Lord gave to every man?1Co 7:7: For I would that all men were even as I myself. But every man has His proper gift of God: one after this manner: and another after that.1Ch 29:11-16: Your: O LORD: is the greatness: and the power: and the glory: and the victory: and the majesty: for all that is in the heaven and in the earth is your; your is the kingdom: O LORD: and you are exalted as head above all.2Ch 1:7-12: In that night did God appear to Solomon: and said to Him: Ask what I will give you.Pr 2:6: For the LORD gives wisdom: out of His mouth cometh knowledge and understanding.Mt 25:14: 15: For the kingdom of heaven is as a man travelling into a far country: who called his own servants: and delivered to them his goods.Lu 19:13: He called his 10 servants: and delivered them 10 pounds: and said to them: Occupy till I come.Joh 1:16: Of his fulness have all we received: and grace for grace.Joh 3:27: John answered and said: A man can not receivehing: except it be given him from heaven.Ro 1:5: By whom we have received grace and apostleship: for obedience to the faith among all nations: for his name:Ro 12:6: Having then gifts differing according to the grace that is given to us: whether prophecy: let us prophesy according to the proportion of faith;Jas 1:17: Every good gift and every perfect gift is from above: and comes down from the Father of lights: with whom is no variableness: neither shadow of turning.1Pe 4:10: As every man has received the gift: even so minister the same one to another: as good stewards of the manifold grace of God."why"1Co 5:6: your glorying is not good. Know you not that a little leaven leavens the whole lump?2Ch 32:23-29: Many brought gifts to the LORD to Jerusalem: and presents to Hezekiah king of Judah: so that He was magnified in the sight of all nations from thenceforth.Eze 28:2-5: Son of man: say to the prince of Tyrus: Thus says the Lord GOD; Because your heart is lifted up: and you have said: I am a God: I sit in the seat of God: in the middle of the seas; yet you are a man: not and God: though you set your heart as the heart of God:Eze 29:3: Speak: and say: Thus says the Lord GOD; Look: I am against you: Pharaoh king of Egypt: the great dragon that lies in the middle of His rivers: which has said: My river is my own: and I have made it for myself.Da 4:30-32: The king spoke: and said: not Is this great Babylon: that I have built for the house of the kingdom by the might of my power: and for the honour of my majesty?Da 5:18: 23: O you king: the most high God gave Nebuchadnezzar your father a kingdom: and majesty: and glory: and honour:Ac 12:22: 23: The people gave a shout: saying: It is the voice of a god: not and of a man.
ηδη κεκορεσμενοι εστε ηδη επλουτησατε χωρις ημων εβασιλευσατε και οφελον γε εβασιλευσατε ινα και ημεις υμιν συμβασιλευσωμεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2235ἤδηēdē (Adv) G2235 ἤδη ḗdē ay-day apparently from ἤ (or possibly ἦ) and δή; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.
|
ἤδηēdē
|
Already
|
Adv
|
G2880κεκορεσμένοιkekoresmenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP) G2880 κορέννυμι korénnymi kor-en-noo-mee a primary verb; to cram, i.e. glut or sate:--eat enough, full.
|
κεκορεσμένοιkekoresmenoi
|
satiated
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G1510ἐστέ·este (V-PIA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστέ·este
|
you are;
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G2235ἤδηēdē (Adv) G2235 ἤδη ḗdē ay-day apparently from ἤ (or possibly ἦ) and δή; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.
|
ἤδηēdē
|
already
|
Adv
|
G4147ἐπλουτήσατε·eploutēsate (V-AIA-2P) G4147 πλουτέω ploutéō ploo-teh-o from πλουτίζω; to be (or become) wealthy (literally or figuratively):--be increased with goods, (be made, wax) rich.
|
ἐπλουτήσατε·eploutēsate
|
you have been enriched;
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G5565χωρὶςchōris (Prep) G5565 χωρίς chōrís kho-rece adverb from χώρα; at a space, i.e. separately or apart from (often as preposition):--beside, by itself, without.
|
χωρὶςchōris
|
apart from
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G936ἐβασιλεύσατε·ebasileusate (V-AIA-2P) G936 βασιλεύω basileúō bas-il-yoo-o from βασιλεύς; to rule (literally or figuratively):--king, reign.
|
ἐβασιλεύσατε·ebasileusate
|
you reigned,
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3785ὄφελόνophelon (I) G3785 ὄφελον óphelon of-el-on first person singular of a past tense of ὀφείλω; I ought (wish), i.e. (interjection) oh that!:--would (to God).,
|
ὄφελόνophelon
|
I wish that
|
I
|
G1065γεge (Prtcl) G1065 γέ gé gheh a primary particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.,
|
γεge
|
really
|
Prtcl
|
G936ἐβασιλεύσατε,ebasileusate (V-AIA-2P) G936 βασιλεύω basileúō bas-il-yoo-o from βασιλεύς; to rule (literally or figuratively):--king, reign.
|
ἐβασιλεύσατε,ebasileusate
|
you did reign,
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G4821συμβασιλεύσωμεν*.symbasileusōmen (V-ASA-1P) G4821 συμβασιλεύω symbasileúō soom-bas-il-yoo-o from σύν and βασιλεύω; to be co-regent (figuratively):--reign with.
|
συμβασιλεύσωμεν*.symbasileusōmen
|
might reign with.
|
V-ASA-1P
|
8
Now you are full, now you are rich, you have reigned as kings without us: and I would to God you did reign, that we also might reign with you.1 Corinthians 4:8
Stats
Rank: #4309 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 138 characters, 26 words, 104 letters, 42 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: ηδη κεκορεσμενοι εστε ηδη επλουτησατε χωρις ημων εβασιλευσατε και οφελον γε εβασιλευσατε ινα και ημεις υμιν συμβασιλευσωμεν
Lit: Already satiated you are; already you have been enriched; apart from us you reigned, and I wish that really you did reign, so that also we you might reign with.
KJV: Now ye are full, now ye are rich, ye have reigned as kings without us: and I would to God ye did reign, that we also might reign with you.
References
"ye are full"1Co 1:5: That in every thing you are enriched by him: in all utterance: and in all knowledge;1Co 3:1: 2: I: brothers: not could speak to you as to spiritual: but as to carnal: even as to babes in Christ.1Co 5:6: your glorying is not good. Know you not that a little leaven leavens the whole lump?Pr 13:7: There is that makes'>makes himself rich: yet has nothing: there is that makes'>makes himself poor: yet has great riches.Pr 25:14: Whoever boasts himself of a false gift is like clouds and wind without rain.Isa 5:21: Woe to them that are wise in their own eyes: and prudent in their own sight!Lu 1:51-53: He has showed strength with his arm; he has scattered the proud in the imagination of their hearts.Lu 6:25: Woe to you that are full! for you will hunger. Woe to you that laugh now! for you will mourn and weep.Ro 12:3: For I say: through the grace given to me: to every man that is among you: not to think of Himself more highly than He ought to think; but to think soberly: according as God has dealt to every man the measure of faith.Ro 12:16: Be of the same mind one toward another. not Mind high things: but condescend to men of low estate. not Be wise in your own conceits.Ga 6:3: For if a man think himself to be something: when he not ishing: he deceives himself.Re 3:17: Because you say: I am rich: and increased with goods: and have need not ofhing; and know not that you are wretched: and miserable: and poor: and blind: and naked:"without"1Co 4:18: Now some are puffed up: as though I not would come to you.Ac 20:29: 30: For I know this: that after my departing will grievous wolves enter in among you: not sparing the flock.Php 1:27: Only let your conversation be as it becomes the gospel of Christ: that whether I come and see you: or else be absent: I may hear of your affairs: that you stand fast in one spirit: with one mind striving together for the faith of the gospel;Php 2:12: For what reason: my beloved: as you have always obeyed: not as in my presence only: but now much more in my absence: work out your own salvation with fear and trembling."and I"Nu 11:29: Moses said to Him: Enviest you for my sake? would God that all the LORD's people were prophets: and that the LORD would put His spirit upon them!Ac 26:29: Paul said: I would to God: not that only you: but also all that hear me this day: were both almost: and altogether such as I am: except these bonds.2Co 11:1: Would to God you could bear with me a little in my folly: and indeed bear with me."ye did"Ps 122:5-9: For there are set thrones of judgment: the thrones of the house of David.Jer 28:6: Even the prophet Jeremiah said: Amen: the LORD do so: the LORD perform your words which you have prophesied: to bring again the vessels of the LORD's house: and all that is carried away captive: from Babylon into this place.Ro 12:15: Rejoice with them that do rejoice: and weep with them that weep.2Co 13:9: For we are glad: when we are weak: and you are strong: and this also we wish: even your perfection.1Th 2:19: 20: For what is our hope: or joy: or crown of rejoicing? Are not even you in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at His coming?1Th 3:6-9: But now when Timotheus came from you to us: and brought us good tidings of your faith and charity: and that you have good remembrance of us always: desiring greatly to see us: as we also to see you:2Ti 2:11: 12: It is a faithful saying: For if we be dead with him: we will also live with him:Re 5:10: have made us to our God kings and priests: and we will reign on the earth.
δοκω γαρ οτι ο θεος ημας τους αποστολους εσχατους απεδειξεν ως επιθανατιους οτι θεατρον εγενηθημεν τω κοσμω και αγγελοις και ανθρωποις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1380δοκῶdokō (V-PIA-1S) G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
δοκῶdokō
|
I think
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1063γάρ,gar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρ,gar
|
for,
|
Conj
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G652ἀποστόλουςapostolous (N-AMP) G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλουςapostolous
|
apostles
|
N-AMP
|
G2078ἐσχάτουςeschatous (Adj-AMP) G2078 ἔσχατος éschatos es-khat-os a superlative probably from ἔχω (in the sense of contiguity); farthest, final (of place or time):--ends of, last, latter end, lowest, uttermost.
|
ἐσχάτουςeschatous
|
last
|
Adj-AMP
|
G584ἀπέδειξενapedeixen (V-AIA-3S) G584 ἀποδείκνυμι apodeíknymi ap-od-ike-noo-mee from ἀπό and δεικνύω; to show off, i.e. exhibit; figuratively, to demonstrate, i.e. accredit:--(ap-)prove, set forth, shew.
|
ἀπέδειξενapedeixen
|
has exhibited,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1935ἐπιθανατίους,epithanatious (Adj-AMP) G1935 ἐπιθανάτιος epithanátios ep-ee-than-at-ee-os from ἐπί and θάνατος; doomed to death:--appointed to death.
|
ἐπιθανατίους,epithanatious
|
appointed to death,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G2302θέατρονtheatron (N-NNS) G2302 θέατρον théatron theh-at-ron from θεάομαι; a place for public show (theatre), i.e. general audience-room; by implication, a show itself (figuratively):--spectacle, theatre.
|
θέατρονtheatron
|
a spectacle
|
N-NNS
|
G1096ἐγενήθημενegenēthēmen (V-AIP-1P) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγενήθημενegenēthēmen
|
we have become
|
V-AIP-1P
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2889κόσμῳkosmō (N-DMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμῳkosmō
|
world,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
both
|
Conj
|
G32ἀγγέλοιςangelois (N-DMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλοιςangelois
|
to angels
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G444ἀνθρώποις.anthrōpois (N-DMP) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώποις.anthrōpois
|
to men.
|
N-DMP
|
9
For I think that God has set forth us the apostles last, as it were appointed to death: for we are made a spectacle to the world, and to angels, and to men.1 Corinthians 4:9
Stats
Rank: #4516 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 159 characters, 29 words, 122 letters, 46 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: δοκω γαρ οτι ο θεος ημας τους αποστολους εσχατους απεδειξεν ως επιθανατιους οτι θεατρον εγενηθημεν τω κοσμω και αγγελοις και ανθρωποις
Lit: I think for, God us apostles last has exhibited, as appointed to death, because a spectacle we have become to the world, both to angels and to men.
KJV: For I think that God hath set forth us the apostles last, as it were appointed to death: for we are made a spectacle unto the world, and to angels, and to men.
References
"I"1Co 15:30-32: Why stand we in jeopardy every hour?2Co 1:8-10: For we not would: brothers: have you ignorant of our trouble which came to us in Asia: that we were pressed out of measure: above strength: insomuch that we despaired even of life:2Co 4:8-12: We are troubled on every side: not yet distressed; we are perplexed: not but in despair;2Co 6:9: As unknown: and yet well known; as dying: and: look: we live; as chastened: not and killed;Php 1:29: 30: For to you it is given in the behalf of Christ: not only to believe on Him: but also to suffer for His sake;1Th 3:3: That no man should be moved by these afflictions: for yourselves know that we are appointed thereunto."us the apostles last, as"Ps 44:22: Yes: for your sake are we killed all the day long; we are counted as sheep for the slaughter.Ro 8:36: As it is written: For your sake we are killed all the day long; we are accounted as sheep for the slaughter.1Th 5:9: 10: For God has not appointed us to wrath: but to obtain salvation by our Lord Jesus Christ: Re 6:9-11: When He had opened the fifth seal: I saw under the altar the souls of them that were killed for the word of God: and for the testimony which they held:"we are"Heb 10:33: Partly: whilst you were made a gazingstock both by reproaches and afflictions; and partly: whilst you became companions of them that were so used.Heb 11:36: Others had trial of cruel mockings and scourgings: yes: moreover of bonds and imprisonment:"spectacle"Ac 19:29: 31: The whole city was filled with confusion: and having caught Gaius and Aristarchus: men of Macedonia: Paul's companions in travel: they rushed with one accord into the theatre."to angels, and to men"Heb 1:14: Are not they all ministering spirits: sent forth to minister for them who will be heirs of salvation?Re 7:11-14: All the angels stood round about the throne: and about the elders and the 4 beasts: and fell before the throne on their faces: and worshipped God: Re 17:6: 7: I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints: and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her: I wondered with great admiration.
ημεις μωροι δια χριστον υμεις δε φρονιμοι εν χριστω ημεις ασθενεις υμεις δε ισχυροι υμεις ενδοξοι ημεις δε ατιμοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1473Ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
Ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
We
|
PPro-N1P
|
G3474μωροὶmōroi (Adj-NMP) G3474 μωρός mōrós mo-ros probably from the base of μυστήριον; dull or stupid (as if shut up), i.e. heedless, (morally) blockhead, (apparently) absurd:--fool(-ish, X -ishness).
|
μωροὶmōroi
|
are fools
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G5547Χριστόν,Christon (N-AMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστόν,Christon
|
Christ,
|
N-AMS
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5429φρόνιμοιphronimoi (Adj-NMP) G5429 φρόνιμος phrónimos fron-ee-mos from φρήν; thoughtful, i.e. sagacious or discreet (implying a cautious character; while σοφός denotes practical skill or acumen; and συνετός indicates rather intelligence or mental acquirement); in a bad sense conceited (also in the comparative):--wise(-r).
|
φρόνιμοιphronimoi
|
wise
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5547Χριστῷ·Christō (N-DMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστῷ·Christō
|
Christ;
|
N-DMS
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G772ἀσθενεῖς,astheneis (Adj-NMP) G772 ἀσθενής asthenḗs as-then-ace from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of σθενόω; strengthless (in various applications, literal, figurative and moral):--more feeble, impotent, sick, without strength, weak(-er, -ness, thing).
|
ἀσθενεῖς,astheneis
|
weak,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2478ἰσχυροί·ischyroi (Adj-NMP) G2478 ἰσχυρός ischyrós is-khoo-ros from ἰσχύς; forcible (literally or figuratively):--boisterous, mighty(-ier), powerful, strong(-er, man), valiant.
|
ἰσχυροί·ischyroi
|
strong;
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
You
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1741ἔνδοξοι,endoxoi (Adj-NMP) G1741 ἔνδοξος éndoxos en-dox-os from ἐν and δόξα; in glory, i.e. splendid, (figuratively) noble:--glorious, gorgeous(-ly), honourable.
|
ἔνδοξοι,endoxoi
|
honored,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G820ἄτιμοι.atimoi (Adj-NMP) G820 ἄτιμος átimos at-ee-mos from Α (as a negative particle) and τιμή; (negatively) unhonoured or (positively) dishonoured:--despised, without honour, less honourable (comparative degree).
|
ἄτιμοι.atimoi
|
without honor.
|
Adj-NMP
|
10
We are fools for Christ's sake, but you are wise in Christ; we are weak, but you are strong; you are honourable, but we are despised.1 Corinthians 4:10
Stats
Rank: #4988 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 140 characters, 11 words, 98 letters, 42 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: ημεις μωροι δια χριστον υμεις δε φρονιμοι εν χριστω ημεις ασθενεις υμεις δε ισχυροι υμεις ενδοξοι ημεις δε ατιμοι
Lit: We are fools on account of Christ, you however wise in Christ; we weak, you however strong; You honored, we however without honor.
KJV: We are fools for Christ's sake, but ye [are] wise in Christ; we [are] weak, but ye [are] strong; ye [are] honourable, but we [are] despised.
References
"are fools"1Co 1:1-3: 18-20: 26-28: Paul: called to be an apostle of Jesus Christ through the will of God: and Sosthenes our brother: 1Co 2:3: 14: I was with you in weakness: and in fear: and in much trembling.1Co 3:18: Let no man deceive himself. If any man among you seems to be wise in this world: let him become a fool: that he may be wise.2Ki 9:11: Then Jehu came forth to the servants of his lord: and one said to him: Is all well? for what reason came this mad fellow to you? And he said to them: You know the man: and his communication.Ho 9:7: The days of visitation are come: the days of recompence are come; Israel will know it: the prophet is a fool: the spiritual man is mad: for the multitude of your iniquity: and the great hatred.Ac 17:18: 32: Then certain philosophers of the Epicureans: and of the Stoicks: encountered Him. And some said: What will this babbler say? other some: He seems to be a setter forth of strange gods: because He preached to them Jesus: and the resurrection.Ac 26:24: As he thus spoke for himself: Festus said with a loud voice: Paul: you are beside yourself; much learning does make you mad."for"Mt 5:11: Blessed are you: when men will revile you: and persecute you: and will say all manner of evil against you falsely: for my sake.Mt 10:22-25: you will be hated of all men for my name's sake: but he who endures to the end will be saved.Mt 24:9: Then will they deliver you up to be afflicted: and will kill you: and you will be hated of all nations for my name's sake.Lu 6:22: Blessed are you: when men will hate you: and when they will separate you from their company: and will reproach you: and cast out your name as evil: for the Son of man's sake.Ac 9:16: For I will show him how great things he must suffer for my name's sake.1Pe 4:14: If you be reproached for the name of Christ: happy are you; for the spirit of glory and of God resteth upon you: on their part He is evil spoken of: but on your part He is glorified."are wise"1Co 4:8: Now you are full: now you are rich: you have reigned as kings without us: and I would to God you did reign: that we also might reign with you.1Co 10:14: 15: For what reason: my dearly beloved: flee from idolatry.Jer 8:8: 9: How do you say: We are wise: and the law of the LORD is with us? Indeed: certainly in vain made He it; the pen of the scribes is in vain."we are weak"1Co 2:3: I was with you in weakness: and in fear: and in much trembling.2Co 10:10: For his letters: say they: are weighty and powerful; but his bodily presence is weak: and his speech contemptible.2Co 11:29: Who is weak: and I not am weak? who is offended: and I not burn?2Co 12:9: 10: He said to me: My grace is sufficient for you: for my strength is made perfect in weakness. Most gladly therefore will I rather glory in my infirmities: that the power of Christ may rest upon me.2Co 13:3: 4: 9: Since you seek a proof of Christ speaking in me: which to you-ward not is weak: but is mighty in you."but ye"1Co 3:2: I have fed you with milk: not and with meat: for hitherto you not were able to bear it: neither yet now are you able.1Co 10:12: For what reason let him that thinks he stands take heed lest he fall."but we"Pr 11:12: He who is void of wisdom despises his neighbour: but a man of understanding holds his peace.Isa 53:3: He is despised and rejected of men; a man of sorrows: and acquainted with grief: and we hid as it were our faces from him; he was despised: and we esteemed not him.Lu 10:16: He who hears'>hears you hears'>hears me; and he who despises'>despises'>despises'>despises you despises'>despises'>despises'>despises me; and he who despises'>despises'>despises'>despises me despises'>despises'>despises'>despises him that sent me.Lu 18:9: He spoke this parable to certain which trusted in themselves that they were righteous: and despised others:1Th 4:8: He therefore that despises'>despises: despises'>despises not man: but God: who has also given to us His holy Spirit.
αχρι της αρτι ωρας και πεινωμεν και διψωμεν και γυμνητευομεν και κολαφιζομεθα και αστατουμεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G891ἄχριachri (Prep) G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
As far as
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G737ἄρτιarti (Adv) G737 ἄρτι árti ar-tee adverb from a derivative of αἴρω (compare ἄρτος) through the idea of suspension; just now:--this day (hour), hence(-forth), here(-after), hither(-to), (even) now, (this) present.
|
ἄρτιarti
|
present
|
Adv
|
G5610ὥραςhōras (N-GFS) G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥραςhōras
|
hour,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
both
|
Conj
|
G3983πεινῶμενpeinōmen (V-PIA-1P) G3983 πεινάω peináō pi-nah-o from the same as πένης (through the idea of pinching toil; pine); to famish (absolutely or comparatively); figuratively, to crave:--be an hungered.
|
πεινῶμενpeinōmen
|
we hunger
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1372διψῶμενdipsōmen (V-PIA-1P) G1372 διψάω dipsáō dip-sah-o from a variation of δίψος; to thirst for (literally or figuratively):--(be, be a-)thirst(-y).
|
διψῶμενdipsōmen
|
thirst,
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1130γυμνιτεύομενgymniteuomen (V-PIA-1P) G1130 γυμνητεύω gymnēteúō goom-nayt-yoo-o from a derivative of γυμνός; to strip, i.e. (reflexively) go poorly clad:--be naked.
|
γυμνιτεύομενgymniteuomen
|
are poorly clad,
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2852κολαφιζόμεθαkolaphizometha (V-PIM/P-1P) G2852 κολαφίζω kolaphízō kol-af-id-zo from a derivative of the base of κολάζω; to rap with the fist:--buffet.
|
κολαφιζόμεθαkolaphizometha
|
are buffeted,
|
V-PIM/P-1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G790ἀστατοῦμενastatoumen (V-PIA-1P) G790 ἀστατέω astatéō as-tat-eh-o from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of ἵστημι; to be non-stationary, i.e. (figuratively) homeless:--have no certain dwelling-place.
|
ἀστατοῦμενastatoumen
|
wander homeless,
|
V-PIA-1P
|
11
Even to this present hour we both hunger, and thirst, and are naked, and are buffeted, and have no certain dwellingplace;1 Corinthians 4:11
Stats
Rank: #5980 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 123 characters, 17 words, 98 letters, 37 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: αχρι της αρτι ωρας και πεινωμεν και διψωμεν και γυμνητευομεν και κολαφιζομεθα και αστατουμεν
Lit: As far as the present hour, both we hunger and thirst, and are poorly clad, and are buffeted, and wander homeless,
KJV: Even unto this present hour we both hunger, and thirst, and are naked, and are buffeted, and have no certain dwellingplace;
References
"unto"1Co 9:4: Have not we power to eat and to drink?2Co 4:8: We are troubled on every side: not yet distressed; we are perplexed: not but in despair;2Co 6:4: 5: But in all things approving ourselves as the ministers of God: in much patience: in afflictions: in necessities: in distresses: 2Co 11:26: 27: In journeyings often: in perils of waters: in perils of robbers: in perils by my own countrymen: in perils by the heathen: in perils in the city: in perils in the wilderness: in perils in the sea: in perils among false brothers;Php 4:12: I know both how to be abased: and I know how to abound: every where and in all things I am instructed both to be full and to be hungry: both to abound and to suffer need."and are naked"Job 22:6: For you have taken a pledge from your brother for nought: and stripped the naked of their clothing.Ro 8:35: Who will separate us from the love of Christ? will tribulation: or distress: or persecution: or famine: or nakedness: or peril: or sword?"and are buffeted"Ac 14:19: There came there certain Jews from Antioch and Iconium: who persuaded the people: and: having stoned Paul: drew him out of the city: supposing he had been dead.Ac 16:23: When they had laid many stripes upon them: they cast them into prison: charging the jailor to keep them safely:Ac 23:2: The high priest Ananias commanded them that stood by him to smite him on the mouth.2Co 11:23-25: Are they ministers of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abundant: in stripes above measure: in prisons more frequent: in deaths often.2Ti 3:11: Persecutions: afflictions: which came to me at Antioch: at Iconium: at Lystra; what persecutions I endured: but out of them all the Lord delivered me."and have"Mt 8:20: Jesus says to Him: The foxes have holes: and the birds of the air have nests; but the Son of man has nowhere to lay His head.
και κοπιωμεν εργαζομενοι ταις ιδιαις χερσιν λοιδορουμενοι ευλογουμεν διωκομενοι ανεχομεθα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2872κοπιῶμενkopiōmen (V-PIA-1P) G2872 κοπιάω kopiáō kop-ee-ah-o from a derivative of κόπος; to feel fatigue; by implication, to work hard:--(bestow) labour, toil, be wearied.
|
κοπιῶμενkopiōmen
|
we toil,
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G2038ἐργαζόμενοιergazomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G2038 ἐργάζομαι ergázomai er-gad-zom-ahee middle voice from ἔργον; to toil (as a task, occupation, etc.), (by implication) effect, be engaged in or with, etc.:--commit, do, labor for, minister about, trade (by), work.
|
ἐργαζόμενοιergazomenoi
|
working
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
with our
|
Art-DFP
|
G2398ἰδίαιςidiais (Adj-DFP) G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίαιςidiais
|
own
|
Adj-DFP
|
G5495χερσίν·chersin (N-DFP) G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χερσίν·chersin
|
hands.
|
N-DFP
|
G3058λοιδορούμενοιloidoroumenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G3058 λοιδορέω loidoréō loy-dor-eh-o from λοίδορος; to reproach, i.e. vilify:--revile.
|
λοιδορούμενοιloidoroumenoi
|
Being reviled,
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G2127εὐλογοῦμεν,eulogoumen (V-PIA-1P) G2127 εὐλογέω eulogéō yoo-log-eh-o from a compound of εὖ and λόγος; to speak well of, i.e. (religiously) to bless (thank or invoke a benediction upon, prosper):--bless, praise.
|
εὐλογοῦμεν,eulogoumen
|
we bless;
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G1377διωκόμενοιdiōkomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G1377 διώκω diṓkō dee-o-ko a prolonged (and causative) form of a primary verb (to flee; compare the base of δειλός and διάκονος); to pursue (literally or figuratively); by implication, to persecute:--ensue, follow (after), given to, (suffer) persecute(-ion), press forward.
|
διωκόμενοιdiōkomenoi
|
being persecuted,
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G430ἀνεχόμεθα,anechometha (V-PIM/P-1P) G430 ἀνέχομαι anéchomai an-ekh-om-ahee middle voice from ἀνά and ἔχω; to hold oneself up against, i.e. (figuratively) put up with:--bear with, endure, forbear, suffer.
|
ἀνεχόμεθα,anechometha
|
we endure;
|
V-PIM/P-1P
|
12
Labour, working with our own hands: being reviled, we bless; being persecuted, we suffer it:1 Corinthians 4:12
Stats
Rank: #7854 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 96 characters, 11 words, 75 letters, 28 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: και κοπιωμεν εργαζομενοι ταις ιδιαις χερσιν λοιδορουμενοι ευλογουμεν διωκομενοι ανεχομεθα
Lit: and we toil, working with our own hands. Being reviled, we bless; being persecuted, we endure;
KJV: And labour, working with our own hands: being reviled, we bless; being persecuted, we suffer it:
References
"labour"1Co 9:6: Or I only and Barnabas: not have we power to forbear working?Ac 18:3: Because he was of the same craft: he abode with them: and wrought: for by their occupation they were tentmakers.Ac 20:34: Yes: you yourselves know: that these hands have ministered to my necessities: and to them that were with me.1Th 2:9: For you remember: brothers: our labour and travail: for labouring night and day: because we not would be chargeable to any of you: we preached to you the gospel of God.2Th 3:8: Neither did we eat any man's bread for nought; but wrought with labour and travail night and day: that we not might be chargeable to any of you:1Ti 4:10: For therefore we both labour and suffer reproach: because we trust in the living God: who is the Saviour of all men: specially of those that believe."being reviled"Mt 5:44: But I say to you: Love your enemies: bless them that curse you: do good to them that hate you: and pray for them which despitefully use you: and persecute you;Lu 6:28: Bless them that curse you: and pray for them which despitefully use you.Lu 23:34: Then said Jesus: Father: forgive them; for they not know what they do. And they parted His clothing: and cast lots.Ac 7:60: He kneeled down: and cried with a loud voice: Lord: not lay this sin to their charge. And when He had said this: He fell asleep.Ro 12:14: 20: Bless them which persecute you: bless: and not curse.1Pe 2:23: Who: when he was reviled: not reviled again; when he suffered: he not threatened; but committed himself to him that judges righteously:1Pe 3:9: Not rendering evil for evil: or railing for railing: but contrariwise blessing; knowing that you are thereunto called: that you should inherit a blessing.Jude 1:9: Yet Michael the archangel: when contending with the devil He disputed about the body of Moses: not durst bring against Him a railing accusation: but said: The Lord rebuke you."being persecuted"Mt 5:11: Blessed are you: when men will revile you: and persecute you: and will say all manner of evil against you falsely: for my sake.1Pe 3:14: But and if you suffer for righteousness' sake: happy are you: and not be afraid of their terror: neither be troubled;1Pe 4:12-14: 19: Beloved: think not it strange concerning the fiery trial which is to try you: as though some strange thing happened to you:
βλασφημουμενοι παρακαλουμεν ως περικαθαρματα του κοσμου εγενηθημεν παντων περιψημα εως αρτι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1426δυσφημούμενοιdysphēmoumenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G1426 δυσφημία dysphēmía doos-fay-mee-ah from a compound of δυσ- and φήμη; defamation:--evil report.
|
δυσφημούμενοιdysphēmoumenoi
|
being slandered,
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G3870παρακαλοῦμεν·parakaloumen (V-PIA-1P) G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρακαλοῦμεν·parakaloumen
|
we entreat.
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
As
|
Adv
|
G4027περικαθάρματαperikatharmata (N-NNP) G4027 περικάθαρμα perikátharma per-ee-kath-ar-mah from a compound of περί and καθαίρω; something cleaned off all around, i.e. refuse (figuratively):--filth.
|
περικαθάρματαperikatharmata
|
the scum
|
N-NNP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2889κόσμουkosmou (N-GMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμουkosmou
|
earth
|
N-GMS
|
G1096ἐγενήθημεν,egenēthēmen (V-AIP-1P) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγενήθημεν,egenēthēmen
|
we have become,
|
V-AIP-1P
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
of all the
|
Adj-GNP
|
G4067περίψημαperipsēma (N-NNS) G4067 περίψωμα perípsōma per-ip-so-mah from a comparative of περί and (to rub); something brushed all around, i.e. off-scrapings (figuratively, scum):--offscouring.
|
περίψημαperipsēma
|
refuse,
|
N-NNS
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep) G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Prep
|
G737ἄρτι.arti (Adv) G737 ἄρτι árti ar-tee adverb from a derivative of αἴρω (compare ἄρτος) through the idea of suspension; just now:--this day (hour), hence(-forth), here(-after), hither(-to), (even) now, (this) present.
|
ἄρτι.arti
|
now.
|
Adv
|
13
Being defamed, we intreat: we are made as the filth of the world, and are the offscouring of all things to this day.1 Corinthians 4:13
Stats
Rank: #4501 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 118 characters, 20 words, 92 letters, 35 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: βλασφημουμενοι παρακαλουμεν ως περικαθαρματα του κοσμου εγενηθημεν παντων περιψημα εως αρτι
Lit: being slandered, we entreat. As the scum of the earth we have become, of all the refuse, until now.
KJV: Being defamed, we intreat: we are made as the filth of the world, and are the offscouring of all things unto this day.
References
"Being defamed, we intreat: we are made as the filth of the world, and are the offscouring of all things unto this day."La 3:45: You have made us as the offscouring and refuse in the middle of the people.Ac 22:22: They gave him audience to this word: and then lifted up their voices: and said: Away with such a fellow from the earth: for it not is fit that he should live.
Paul Warns against Arrogance
ουκ εντρεπων υμας γραφω ταυτα αλλ ως τεκνα μου αγαπητα νουθετω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756ΟὐκOuk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐκOuk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1788ἐντρέπωνentrepōn (V-PPA-NMS) G1788 ἐντρέπω entrépō en-trep-o from ἐν and the base of τροπή; to invert, i.e. (figuratively and reflexively) in a good sense, to respect; or in a bad one, to confound:--regard, (give) reference, shame.
|
ἐντρέπωνentrepōn
|
shaming
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G1125γράφωgraphō (V-PIA-1S) G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γράφωgraphō
|
do I write
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3778ταῦτα,tauta (DPro-ANP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦτα,tauta
|
these things,
|
DPro-ANP
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G5043τέκναtekna (N-ANP) G5043 τέκνον téknon tek-non from the base of τίκτω; a child (as produced):--child, daughter, son.
|
τέκναtekna
|
children
|
N-ANP
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
my
|
PPro-G1S
|
G27ἀγαπητὰagapēta (Adj-ANP) G27 ἀγαπητός agapētós ag-ap-ay-tos from ἀγαπάω; beloved:--(dearly, well) beloved, dear.
|
ἀγαπητὰagapēta
|
beloved,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3560νουθετῶν.nouthetōn (V-PPA-NMS) G3560 νουθετέω nouthetéō noo-thet-eh-o from the same as νουθεσία; to put in mind, i.e. (by implication) to caution or reprove gently:--admonish, warn.
|
νουθετῶν.nouthetōn
|
admonishing you.
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
14
I not write these things to shame you, but as my beloved sons I warn you.1 Corinthians 4:14
Stats
Rank: #8499 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 73 characters, 15 words, 56 letters, 22 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουκ εντρεπων υμας γραφω ταυτα αλλ ως τεκνα μου αγαπητα νουθετω
Lit: Not shaming you do I write these things, but as children my beloved, admonishing you.
KJV: I write not these things to shame you, but as my beloved sons I warn you.
References
"write"1Co 9:15: But I have used none of these things: neither have I written these things: that it should be so done to me: for it were better for me to die: than that any man should make my glorying void.2Co 7:3: I not speak this to condemn you: for I have said before: that you are in our hearts to die and live with you.2Co 12:19: Again: think you that we excuse ourselves to you? we speak before God in Christ: but we do all things: dearly beloved: for your edifying."my"1Co 4:15: For though you have 10000 instructors in Christ: yet have you not many fathers: for in Christ Jesus I have begotten you through the gospel.2Co 6:11-13: O you Corinthians: our mouth is open to you: our heart is enlarged.2Co 11:11: For what reason? because I love you not? God knows.2Co 12:14: 15: Look: the third time I am ready to come to you; and I not will be burdensome to you: for I not seek yours: but you: for the children not ought to lay up for the parents: but the parents for the children.1Th 2:11: As you know how we exhorted and comforted and charged every one of you: as a father does his children: "I"Eze 3:21: Nevertheless if you warn the righteous man: that the righteous not sin: and he does not sin: he will surely live: because he is warned; also you have delivered your soul.Ac 20:31: Therefore watch: and remember: that by the space of 3 years I not ceased to warn every one night and day with tears.Col 1:28: Whom we preach: warning every man: and teaching every man in all wisdom; that we may present every man perfect in Christ Jesus:1Th 5:14: Now we exhort you: brothers: warn them that are unruly: comfort the feebleminded: support the weak: be patient toward all men.
εαν γαρ μυριους παιδαγωγους εχητε εν χριστω αλλ ου πολλους πατερας εν γαρ χριστω ιησου δια του ευαγγελιου εγω υμας εγεννησα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3463μυρίουςmyrious (Adj-AMP) G3463 μύριοι mýrioi moo-ree-oi plural of an apparently primary word (properly, meaning very many); ten thousand; by extension, innumerably many:--ten thousand.
|
μυρίουςmyrious
|
ten thousand
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3807παιδαγωγοὺςpaidagōgous (N-AMP) G3807 παιδαγωγός paidagōgós pahee-dag-o-gos from παῖς and a reduplicated form of ἄγω; a boy-leader, i.e. a servant whose office it was to take the children to school; (by implication, (figuratively) a tutor (pædagogue)):-- instructor, schoolmaster.
|
παιδαγωγοὺςpaidagōgous
|
guardians
|
N-AMP
|
G2192ἔχητεechēte (V-PSA-2P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχητεechēte
|
you should have
|
V-PSA-2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5547Χριστῷ,Christō (N-DMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστῷ,Christō
|
Christ,
|
N-DMS
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
yet
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4183πολλοὺςpollous (Adj-AMP) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὺςpollous
|
many
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3962πατέρας·pateras (N-AMP) G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέρας·pateras
|
fathers;
|
N-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5547ΧριστῷChristō (N-DMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστῷChristō
|
Christ
|
N-DMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-DMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus,
|
N-DMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2098εὐαγγελίουeuangeliou (N-GNS) G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangélion yoo-ang-ghel-ee-on from the same as εὐαγγελίζω; a good message, i.e. the gospel:--gospel.
|
εὐαγγελίουeuangeliou
|
gospel,
|
N-GNS
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G1080ἐγέννησα.egennēsa (V-AIA-1S) G1080 γεννάω gennáō ghen-nah-o from a variation of γένος; to procreate (properly, of the father, but by extension of the mother); figuratively, to regenerate:--bear, beget, be born, bring forth, conceive, be delivered of, gender, make, spring.
|
ἐγέννησα.egennēsa
|
have begotten.
|
V-AIA-1S
|
15
For though you have 10000 instructors in Christ, yet have you not many fathers: for in Christ Jesus I have begotten you through the gospel.1 Corinthians 4:15
Stats
Rank: #8925 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 144 characters, 24 words, 116 letters, 41 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: εαν γαρ μυριους παιδαγωγους εχητε εν χριστω αλλ ου πολλους πατερας εν γαρ χριστω ιησου δια του ευαγγελιου εγω υμας εγεννησα
Lit: If for ten thousand guardians you should have in Christ, yet not many fathers; in for Christ Jesus, through the gospel, I you have begotten.
KJV: For though ye have ten thousand instructors in Christ, yet have ye not many fathers: for in Christ Jesus I have begotten you through the gospel.
References
"ye have"2Ti 4:3: For the time will come when they not will endure sound doctrine; but after their own lusts will they heap to themselves teachers: having itching ears;"for"1Co 3:6: 10: I have planted: Apollos watered; but God gave the increase.1Co 9:1: 2: Am not I an apostle? am not I free? have not I seen Jesus Christ our Lord? not are you my work in the Lord?Ac 18:4-11: He reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath: and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks.Ro 15:20: Yes: so have I strived to preach the gospel: nowhere Christ was named: lest I should build upon another man's foundation:2Co 3:1-3: Do we begin again to commend ourselves? or need we: as some others: epistles of commendation to you: or letters of commendation from you?Ga 4:19: My little children: of whom I travail in birth again until Christ be formed in you: Tit 1:4: To Titus: my own son after the common faith: Grace: mercy: and peace: from God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ our Saviour.Phm 1:10-12: 19: I beseech you for my son Onesimus: whom I have begotten in my bonds:Jas 1:18: Of his own will begot he us with the word of truth: that we should be a kind of firstfruits of his creatures.1Pe 1:23: Being born again: not of corruptible seed: but of incorruptible: by the word of God: which lives and abides for ever.
παρακαλω ουν υμας μιμηται μου γινεσθε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3870παρακαλῶparakalō (V-PIA-1S) G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρακαλῶparakalō
|
I exhort
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμᾶς,hymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶς,hymas
|
you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3402μιμηταίmimētai (N-NMP) G3402 μιμητής mimētḗs mim-ay-tace from μιμέομαι; an imitator:--follower.
|
μιμηταίmimētai
|
imitators
|
N-NMP
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1096γίνεσθε.ginesthe (V-PMM/P-2P) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεσθε.ginesthe
|
become.
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
16
For what reason I beseech you, be you followers of me.1 Corinthians 4:16
Stats
Rank: #6785 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 47 characters, 8 words, 37 letters, 17 vowels, 20 consonants
Translation
Greek: παρακαλω ουν υμας μιμηται μου γινεσθε
Lit: I exhort therefore you, imitators of me become.
KJV: Wherefore I beseech you, be ye followers of me.
References
"Wherefore I beseech you, be ye followers of me."1Co 11:1: Be you followers of me: even as I also am of Christ.Joh 10:4: 5: When he puts forth his own sheep: he goes before them: and the sheep follow him: for they know his voice.Php 3:17: Brothers: be followers together of me: and mark them which walk so as you have us for an ensample.1Th 1:6: you became followers of us: and of the Lord: having received the word in much affliction: with joy of the Holy Ghost:2Th 3:9: Not because we not have power: but to make ourselves an ensample to you to follow us.Heb 13:7: Remember them which have the rule over you: who have spoken to you the word of God: whose faith follow: considering the end of their conversation.1Pe 5:3: Neither as being lords over God's heritage: but being ensamples to the flock.
δια τουτο επεμψα υμιν τιμοθεον ος εστιν τεκνον μου αγαπητον και πιστον εν κυριω ος υμας αναμνησει τας οδους μου τας εν χριστω καθως πανταχου εν παση εκκλησια διδασκω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1223ΔιὰDia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
ΔιὰDia
|
On account of
|
Prep
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G846〈〈αὐτὸ〉auto (Adj-ANS) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
〈〈αὐτὸ〉auto
|
it is
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3992ἔπεμψαepempsa (V-AIA-1S) G3992 πέμπω pémpō pem-po apparently a primary verb; to dispatch (from the subjective view or point of departure, whereas (as a stronger form of ) refers rather to the objective point or terminus ad quem, and στέλλω denotes properly, the orderly motion involved), especially on a temporary errand; also to transmit, bestow, or wield:--send, thrust in.
|
ἔπεμψαepempsa
|
I sent
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G5095Τιμόθεον,Timotheon (N-AMS) G5095 Τιμόθεος Timótheos tee-moth-eh-os from τιμή and θεός; dear to God; Timotheus, a Christian:--Timotheus, Timothy.
|
Τιμόθεον,Timotheon
|
Timothy,
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὅςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὅςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1510ἐστίνestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίνestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
my
|
PPro-G1S
|
G5043τέκνονteknon (N-NNS) G5043 τέκνον téknon tek-non from the base of τίκτω; a child (as produced):--child, daughter, son.
|
τέκνονteknon
|
child,
|
N-NNS
|
G27ἀγαπητὸνagapēton (Adj-NNS) G27 ἀγαπητός agapētós ag-ap-ay-tos from ἀγαπάω; beloved:--(dearly, well) beloved, dear.
|
ἀγαπητὸνagapēton
|
beloved
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4103πιστὸνpiston (Adj-NNS) G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.
|
πιστὸνpiston
|
faithful
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in the
|
Prep
|
G2962Κυρίῳ,Kyriō (N-DMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίῳ,Kyriō
|
Lord,
|
N-DMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G363ἀναμνήσειanamnēsei (V-FIA-3S) G363 ἀναμιμνήσκω anamimnḗskō an-am-im-nace-ko from ἀνά and μιμνήσκω; to remind; (reflexively) to recollect:--call to mind, (bring to , call to, put in), remember(-brance).
|
ἀναμνήσειanamnēsei
|
will remind of
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G3598ὁδούςhodous (N-AFP) G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδούςhodous
|
ways
|
N-AFP
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
that are
|
Art-AFP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5547ΧριστῷChristō (N-DMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστῷChristō
|
Christ
|
N-DMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou (N-DMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou
|
Jesus,
|
N-DMS
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3837πανταχοῦpantachou (Adv) G3837 πανταχοῦ pantachoû pan-takh-oo genitive case (as adverb of place) of a presumed derivative of πᾶς; universally:--in all places, everywhere.
|
πανταχοῦpantachou
|
everywhere
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3956πάσῃpasē (Adj-DFS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσῃpasē
|
every
|
Adj-DFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίᾳekklēsia (N-DFS) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίᾳekklēsia
|
church
|
N-DFS
|
G1321διδάσκω.didaskō (V-PIA-1S) G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκω.didaskō
|
I teach.
|
V-PIA-1S
|
17
For this cause have I sent to you Timotheus, who is my beloved son, and faithful in the Lord, who will bring you into remembrance of my ways which be in Christ, as I teach every where in every church.1 Corinthians 4:17
Stats
Counts: 203 characters, 36 words, 159 letters, 59 vowels, 100 consonants
Translation
Greek: δια τουτο επεμψα υμιν τιμοθεον ος εστιν τεκνον μου αγαπητον και πιστον εν κυριω ος υμας αναμνησει τας οδους μου τας εν χριστω καθως πανταχου εν παση εκκλησια διδασκω
Lit: On account of this it is I sent to you Timothy, who is my child, beloved and faithful in the Lord, who you will remind of the ways of me that are in Christ Jesus, as everywhere in every church I teach.
KJV: For this cause have I sent unto you Timotheus, who is my beloved son, and faithful in the Lord, who shall bring you into remembrance of my ways which be in Christ, as I teach every where in every church.
References
"I sent"1Co 16:10: Now if Timotheus come: see that He may be with you without fear: for He works the work of the Lord: as I also do.Ac 19:21: 22: After these things were ended: Paul purposed in the spirit: when he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia: to go to Jerusalem: saying: After I have been there: I must also see Rome.Php 2:19: But I trust in the Lord Jesus to send Timotheus shortly to you: that I also may be of good comfort: when I know your state.1Th 3:2: 3: Sent Timotheus: our brother: and minister of God: and our fellowlabourer in the gospel of Christ: to establish you: and to comfort you concerning your faith:"who is"1Co 4:15: For though you have 10000 instructors in Christ: yet have you not many fathers: for in Christ Jesus I have begotten you through the gospel.1Ti 1:2: To Timothy: my own son in the faith: Grace: mercy: and peace: from God our Father and Jesus Christ our Lord.2Ti 1:2: To Timothy: my dearly beloved son: Grace: mercy: and peace: from God the Father and Christ Jesus our Lord."faithful"1Co 4:2: Moreover it is required in stewards: that a man be found faithful.1Co 7:25: Now concerning virgins I have no commandment of the Lord: yet I give my judgment: as one that has obtained mercy of the Lord to be faithful.Nu 12:7: My servant Moses is not so: who is faithful in all my house.Pr 13:17: A wicked messenger falls into mischief: but a faithful ambassador is health.Mt 24:45: Who then is a faithful and wise servant: whom his lord has made ruler over his household: to give them meat in due season?Mt 25:21: 23: His lord said to him: Well done: you good and faithful servant: you have been faithful over a few things: I will make you ruler over many things: enter you into the joy of your lord.Eph 6:21: But that you also may know my affairs: and how I do: Tychicus: a beloved brother and faithful minister in the Lord: will make known to you all things:Col 1:7: As you also learned of Epaphras our dear fellowservant: who is for you a faithful minister of Christ;Col 4:9: With Onesimus: a faithful and beloved brother: who is one of you. They will make known to you all things which are done here.2Ti 2:2: The things that you have heard of me among many witnesses: the same commit you to faithful men: who will be able to teach others also.Re 2:10: 13: Fear none of those things which you will suffer: look: the devil will cast some of you into prison: that you may be tried; and you will have tribulation 10 days: be you faithful to death: and I will give you a crown of life."my ways"1Co 7:17: But as God has distributed to every man: as the Lord has called every one: so let Him walk. And so ordain I in all churches.1Co 11:2: 16: Now I praise you: brothers: that you remember me in all things: and keep the ordinances: as I delivered them to you.1Co 16:1: Now concerning the collection for the saints: as I have given order to the churches of Galatia: even so do you.2Ti 3:10: But you have fully known my doctrine: manner of life: purpose: faith: longsuffering: charity: patience: "in"1Co 14:33: For God not is the author of confusion: but of peace: as in all churches of the saints.
ως μη ερχομενου δε μου προς υμας εφυσιωθησαν τινες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5613Ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
Ὡςhōs
|
As to
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2064ἐρχομένουerchomenou (V-PPM/P-GMS) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐρχομένουerchomenou
|
coming
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G1161δέde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G5448ἐφυσιώθησάνephysiōthēsan (V-AIP-3P) G5448 φυσιόω physióō foo-see-o-o from φύσις in the primary sense of blowing; to inflate, i.e. (figuratively) make proud (haughty):--puff up.
|
ἐφυσιώθησάνephysiōthēsan
|
have become puffed up
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G5100τινες·tines (IPro-NMP) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινες·tines
|
some.
|
IPro-NMP
|
18
Now some are puffed up, as though I not would come to you.1 Corinthians 4:18
Stats
Rank: #8320 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 58 characters, 12 words, 44 letters, 20 vowels, 24 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως μη ερχομενου δε μου προς υμας εφυσιωθησαν τινες
Lit: As to not coming now of me to you, have become puffed up some.
KJV: Now some are puffed up, as though I would not come to you.
References
"Now some are puffed up, as though I would not come to you."1Co 4:6-8: These things: brothers: I have in a figure transferred to myself and to Apollos for your sakes; that you might learn in not us to think of men above that which is written: that no one of you be puffed up for one against another.1Co 5:2: you are puffed up: and not have rather mourned: that he who has done this deed might be taken away from among you.
ελευσομαι δε ταχεως προς υμας εαν ο κυριος θεληση και γνωσομαι ου τον λογον των πεφυσιωμενων αλλα την δυναμιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2064ἐλεύσομαιeleusomai (V-FIM-1S) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλεύσομαιeleusomai
|
I will come
|
V-FIM-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5030ταχέωςtacheōs (Adv) G5030 ταχέως tachéōs takh-eh-oce adverb from ταχύς; briefly, i.e. (in time) speedily, or (in manner) rapidly:--hastily, quickly, shortly, soon, suddenly.
|
ταχέωςtacheōs
|
shortly
|
Adv
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶς,hymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶς,hymas
|
you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G2309θελήσῃ,thelēsē (V-ASA-3S) G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θελήσῃ,thelēsē
|
wills,
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1097γνώσομαιgnōsomai (V-FIM-1S) G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γνώσομαιgnōsomai
|
I will find out
|
V-FIM-1S
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
talk
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G5448πεφυσιωμένωνpephysiōmenōn (V-RPM/P-GMP) G5448 φυσιόω physióō foo-see-o-o from φύσις in the primary sense of blowing; to inflate, i.e. (figuratively) make proud (haughty):--puff up.
|
πεφυσιωμένωνpephysiōmenōn
|
being puffed up,
|
V-RPM/P-GMP
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1411δύναμιν·dynamin (N-AFS) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμιν·dynamin
|
power.
|
N-AFS
|
19
But I will come to you shortly, if the Lord will, and will know, not the speech of them which are puffed up, but the power.1 Corinthians 4:19
Stats
Rank: #9847 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 123 characters, 22 words, 93 letters, 32 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: ελευσομαι δε ταχεως προς υμας εαν ο κυριος θεληση και γνωσομαι ου τον λογον των πεφυσιωμενων αλλα την δυναμιν
Lit: I will come however shortly to you, if the Lord wills, and I will find out not the talk of those being puffed up, but the power.
KJV: But I will come to you shortly, if the Lord will, and will know, not the speech of them which are puffed up, but the power.
References
"I"1Co 14:5: I would that you all spoke with tongues: but rather that you prophesied: for greater is he who prophesies than he who speaks with tongues: except he interpret: that the church may receive edifying.Ac 19:21: After these things were ended: Paul purposed in the spirit: when he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia: to go to Jerusalem: saying: After I have been there: I must also see Rome.2Co 1:15: 17: 23: In this confidence I was minded to come to you before: that you might have a second benefit;2Co 2:1: 2: But I determined this with myself: that I not would come again to you in heaviness."if"Ac 18:21: But bade them farewell: saying: I must by all means keep this feast that comes in Jerusalem: but I will return again to you: if God will. And He sailed from Ephesus.Ro 15:32: That I may come to you with joy by the will of God: and may with you be refreshed.Heb 6:3: This will we do: if God permit.Jas 4:15: For that you ought to say: If the Lord will: we will live: and do this: or that."not"1Co 4:18: Now some are puffed up: as though I not would come to you.2Co 13:1-4: This is the third time I am coming to you. In the mouth of two or 3 witnesses will every word be established."but"1Co 2:6: Howbeit we speak wisdom among them that are perfect: not yet the wisdom of this world: nor of the princes of this world: that come to nought:
ου γαρ εν λογω η βασιλεια του θεου αλλ εν δυναμει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3056λόγῳlogō (N-DMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγῳlogō
|
word
|
N-DMS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G932βασιλείαbasileia (N-NFS) G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείαbasileia
|
kingdom
|
N-NFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God is,
|
N-GMS
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1411δυνάμει.dynamei (N-DFS) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμει.dynamei
|
power.
|
N-DFS
|
20
For the kingdom of God is not in word, but in power.1 Corinthians 4:20
Stats
Counts: 52 characters, 11 words, 39 letters, 14 vowels, 25 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου γαρ εν λογω η βασιλεια του θεου αλλ εν δυναμει
Lit: Not for in word the kingdom of God is, but in power.
KJV: For the kingdom of God is not in word, but in power.
References
"For the kingdom of God is not in word, but in power."1Co 1:24: But to them which are called: both Jews and Greeks: Christ the power of God: and the wisdom of God.1Co 2:4: My speech and my preaching was not with enticing words of man's wisdom: but in demonstration of the Spirit and of power:Ro 1:16: For I not am ashamed of the gospel of Christ: for it is the power of God to salvation to every one that believes; to the Jew first: and also to the Greek.Ro 14:17: For the kingdom of God not is meat and drink; but righteousness: and peace: and joy in the Holy Ghost.Ro 15:19: Through mighty signs and wonders: by the power of the Spirit of God; so that from Jerusalem: and round about to Illyricum: I have fully preached the gospel of Christ.2Co 10:4: 5: (For the weapons of our warfare are not carnal: but mighty through God to the pulling down of strong holds;)1Th 1:5: For our gospel not came to you in word only: but also in power: and in the Holy Ghost: and in much assurance; as you know what manner of men we were among you for your sake.
τι θελετε εν ραβδω ελθω προς υμας η εν αγαπη πνευματι τε πραοτητος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
What
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2309θέλετε;thelete (V-PIA-2P) G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλετε;thelete
|
desire you?
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
With
|
Prep
|
G4464ῥάβδῳrhabdō (N-DFS) G4464 ῥάβδος rhábdos hrab-dos from the base of ῥαπίζω; a stick or wand (as a cudgel, a cane or a baton of royalty):--rod, sceptre, staff.
|
ῥάβδῳrhabdō
|
a rod
|
N-DFS
|
G2064ἔλθωelthō (V-ASA-1S) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔλθωelthō
|
I should come
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶς,hymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶς,hymas
|
you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G26ἀγάπῃagapē (N-DFS) G26 ἀγάπη agápē ag-ah-pay from ἀγαπάω; love, i.e. affection or benevolence; specially (plural) a love-feast:--(feast of) charity(-ably), dear, love.
|
ἀγάπῃagapē
|
love,
|
N-DFS
|
G4151πνεύματίpneumati (N-DNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματίpneumati
|
a spirit
|
N-DNS
|
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4240πραΰτητος;prautētos (N-GFS) G4240 πραΰτης praÿtēs prah-oo-tace from πραΰς; mildness, i.e. (by implication) humility:--meekness.
|
πραΰτητος;prautētos
|
of gentleness?
|
N-GFS
|
21
What will you? will I come to you with a rod, or in love, and in the spirit of meekness?1 Corinthians 4:21
Stats
Counts: 90 characters, 17 words, 67 letters, 27 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: τι θελετε εν ραβδω ελθω προς υμας η εν αγαπη πνευματι τε πραοτητος
Lit: What desire you? With a rod I should come to you, or in love, a spirit then of gentleness?
KJV: What will ye? shall I come unto you with a rod, or in love, and in the spirit of meekness?
References
"shall"1Co 5:5: To deliver such an one to Satan for the destruction of the flesh: that the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus.2Co 10:2: 6: 8: But I beseech you: that I not may be bold when I am present with that confidence: wherewith I think to be bold against some: which think of us as if we walked according to the flesh.2Co 12:20: 21: For I fear: lest'>lest: when I come: I will not find you such as I would: and that I will be found to you such as you not would: lest'>lest there be debates: envyings: wraths: strifes: backbitings: whisperings: swellings: tumults:2Co 13:2: I told you before: and foretell you: as if I were present: the second time; and being absent now I write to them which heretofore have sinned: and to all other: that: if I come again: I not will spare:2Co 3:10: For even that which was made glorious had no glory in this respect: by reason of the glory that excels."and"2Co 10:1: Now I Paul myself beseech you by the meekness and gentleness of Christ: who in presence am base among you: but being absent am bold toward you:1Th 2:7: But we were gentle among you: even as a nurse cherishes her children:Jas 3:17: But the wisdom that is from above is first pure: then peaceable: gentle: and easy to be intreated: full of mercy and good fruits: without partiality: and without hypocrisy.
5
Sexual Immorality
Immorality Rebuked
ολως ακουεται εν υμιν πορνεια και τοιαυτη πορνεια ητις ουδε εν τοις εθνεσιν ονομαζεται ωστε γυναικα τινα του πατρος εχειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3654ὍλωςHolōs (Adv) G3654 ὅλως hólōs hol-oce adverb from ὅλος; completely, i.e. altogether; (by analogy), everywhere; (negatively) not by any means:--at all, commonly, utterly.
|
ὍλωςHolōs
|
Actually
|
Adv
|
G191ἀκούεταιakouetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούεταιakouetai
|
is reported
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G4202πορνεία,porneia (N-NFS) G4202 πορνεία porneía por-ni-ah from πορνεύω; harlotry (including adultery and incest); figuratively, idolatry:--fornication.
|
πορνεία,porneia
|
sexual immorality,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5108τοιαύτηtoiautē (DPro-NFS) G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιαύτηtoiautē
|
such
|
DPro-NFS
|
G4202πορνείαporneia (N-NFS) G4202 πορνεία porneía por-ni-ah from πορνεύω; harlotry (including adultery and incest); figuratively, idolatry:--fornication.
|
πορνείαporneia
|
sexual immorality
|
N-NFS
|
G3748ἥτιςhētis (RelPro-NFS) G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
ἥτιςhētis
|
as
|
RelPro-NFS
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Adv) G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
not even
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DNP
|
G1484ἔθνεσιν,ethnesin (N-DNP) G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνεσιν,ethnesin
|
pagans,
|
N-DNP
|
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj) G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
so as for
|
Conj
|
G1135γυναῖκάgynaika (N-AFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκάgynaika
|
the wife
|
N-AFS
|
G5100τιναtina (IPro-AMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναtina
|
one
|
IPro-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3962πατρὸςpatros (N-GMS) G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατρὸςpatros
|
father
|
N-GMS
|
G2192ἔχειν.echein (V-PNA) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειν.echein
|
to have.
|
V-PNA
|
1
It is reported commonly that there is fornication among you, and such fornication as not is so much as named among the Gentiles, that one should have his father's wife.1 Corinthians 5:1
Stats
Rank: #2076 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 168 characters, 28 words, 135 letters, 53 vowels, 82 consonants
Translation
Greek: ολως ακουεται εν υμιν πορνεια και τοιαυτη πορνεια ητις ουδε εν τοις εθνεσιν ονομαζεται ωστε γυναικα τινα του πατρος εχειν
Lit: Actually is reported among you sexual immorality, and such sexual immorality as not even among the pagans, so as for the wife one of the father to have.
KJV: It is reported commonly that there is fornication among you, and such fornication as is not so much as named among the Gentiles, that one should have his father's wife.
References
"reported"1Co 1:11: For it has been declared to me of you: my brothers: by them which are of the house of Chloe: that there are contentions among you.Ge 37:2: These are the generations of Jacob. Joseph: being 17 years old: was feeding the flock with his brothers; and the lad was with the sons of Bilhah: and with the sons of Zilpah: his father's wives: and Joseph brought to his father their evil report.1Sa 2:24: No: my sons; for it is no good report that I hear: you make the LORD's people to transgress."fornication"1Co 5:11: But now I have written to you not to keep company: if any man that is called a brother be a fornicator: or covetous: or an idolater: or a railer: or a drunkard: or an extortioner; with such an one not no to eat.1Co 6:9: 13: 18: Know you not that the unrighteous will not inherit the kingdom of God? not Be deceived: neither fornicators: nor idolaters: nor adulterers: nor effeminate: nor abusers of themselves with mankind: Ac 15:20: 29: But that we write to them: that they abstain from pollutions of idols: and from fornication: and from things strangled: and from blood.2Co 12:21: And lest: when I come again: my God will humble me among you: and that I will bewail many which have sinned already: and not have repented of the uncleanness and fornication and lasciviousness which they have committed.Ga 5:19: Now the works of the flesh are manifest: which are these; Adultery: fornication: uncleanness: lasciviousness: Eph 5:3: But fornication: and all uncleanness: or covetousness: let not it be once named among you: as becomes saints;Col 3:5: Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth; fornication: uncleanness: inordinate affection: evil concupiscence: and covetousness: which is idolatry:1Th 4:7: For God has not called us to uncleanness: but to holiness.Re 2:21: I gave her space to repent of her fornication; and she not repented.Re 21:8: But the fearful: and unbelieving: and the abominable: and murderers: and whoremongers: and sorcerers: and idolaters: and all liars: will have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone: which is the second death."and"Jer 2:33: Why trimmest you your way to seek love? therefore have you also taught the wicked ones your ways.Eze 16:47: 51: 52: Yet have you not walked after their ways: nor done after their abominations: but: as if that were a very little thing: you were corrupted more than they in all your ways."that one"Ge 35:22: It came to pass: when Israel dwelt in that land: that Reuben went and lay with Bilhah his father's concubine: and Israel heard it. Now the sons of Jacob were 12:Ge 49:4: Unstable as water: you will not excel; because you went up to your father's bed; then defiledst you it: he went up to my couch.Le 18:8: The nakedness of your father's wife will you not uncover: it is your father's nakedness.Le 20:11: The man that lies with his father's wife has uncovered his father's nakedness: both of them will surely be put to death; their blood will be upon them.De 22:30: A man will not take his father's wife: nor discover his father's skirt.De 27:20: Cursed be he who lies with his father's wife; because he uncovers his father's skirt. And all the people will say: Amen.2Sa 16:22: So they spread Absalom a tent upon the top of the house; and Absalom went in to his father's concubines in the sight of all Israel.2Sa 20:3: David came to his house at Jerusalem; and the king took the 10 women his concubines: whom he had left to keep the house: and put them in ward: and fed them: but not went in to them. So they were shut up to the day of their death: living in widowhood.1Ch 5:1: Now the sons of Reuben the firstborn of Israel: (for he was the firstborn; but: forasmuch as he defiled his father's bed: his birthright was given to the sons of Joseph the son of Israel: and the genealogy not is to be reckoned after the birthright.Eze 22:10: In you have they discovered their fathers' nakedness: in you have they humbled her that was set apart for pollution.Am 2:7: That pant after the dust of the earth on the head of the poor: and turn aside the way of the meek: and a man and his father will go in to the same maid: to profane my holy name:2Co 7:12: For what reason: though I wrote to you: I did it not for His cause that had done the wrong: nor for His cause that suffered wrong: but that our care for you in the sight of God might appear to you.
και υμεις πεφυσιωμενοι εστε και ουχι μαλλον επενθησατε ινα εξαρθη εκ μεσου υμων ο το εργον τουτο ποιησας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G5448πεφυσιωμένοιpephysiōmenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP) G5448 φυσιόω physióō foo-see-o-o from φύσις in the primary sense of blowing; to inflate, i.e. (figuratively) make proud (haughty):--puff up.
|
πεφυσιωμένοιpephysiōmenoi
|
puffed up
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G1510ἐστέ,este (V-PIA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστέ,este
|
are,
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3780οὐχὶouchi (Adv) G3780 οὐχί ouchí oo-khee intensive of οὐ; not indeed:--nay, not.,
|
οὐχὶouchi
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv) G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
rather
|
Adv
|
G3996ἐπενθήσατε,epenthēsate (V-AIA-2P) G3996 πενθέω penthéō pen-theh-o from πένθος; to grieve (the feeling or the act):--mourn, (be-)wail.
|
ἐπενθήσατε,epenthēsate
|
have mourned,
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G142ἀρθῇarthē (V-ASP-3S) G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἀρθῇarthē
|
might be taken
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3319μέσουmesou (Adj-GNS) G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσουmesou
|
midst
|
Adj-GNS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2041ἔργονergon (N-ANS) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργονergon
|
deed
|
N-ANS
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G4238πράξας;praxas (V-APA-NMS) G4238 πράσσω prássō pras-so a primary verb; to practise, i.e. perform repeatedly or habitually (thus differing from ποιέω, which properly refers to a single act); by implication, to execute, accomplish, etc.; specially, to collect (dues), fare (personally):--commit, deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts.
|
πράξας;praxas
|
having done!
|
V-APA-NMS
|
2
you are puffed up, and not have rather mourned, that he who has done this deed might be taken away from among you.1 Corinthians 5:2
Stats
Rank: #7051 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 119 characters, 22 words, 93 letters, 36 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: και υμεις πεφυσιωμενοι εστε και ουχι μαλλον επενθησατε ινα εξαρθη εκ μεσου υμων ο το εργον τουτο ποιησας
Lit: And you puffed up are, and not rather have mourned, so that might be taken out of midst of you the one the deed this having done!
KJV: And ye are puffed up, and have not rather mourned, that he that hath done this deed might be taken away from among you.
References
"ye are"1Co 5:6: your glorying is not good. Know you not that a little leaven leavens the whole lump?1Co 4:6-8: 18: These things: brothers: I have in a figure transferred to myself and to Apollos for your sakes; that you might learn in not us to think of men above that which is written: that no one of you be puffed up for one against another."mourned"Nu 25:6: And: look: one of the children of Israel came and brought to his brothers a Midianitish woman in the sight of Moses: and in the sight of all the congregation of the children of Israel: who were weeping before the door of the tabernacle of the congregation.2Ki 22:19: Because your heart was tender: and you have humbled yourself before the LORD: when you heard what I spoke against this place: and against the inhabitants thereof: that they should become a desolation and a curse: and have tear your clothes: and wept before me; I also have heard you: says the LORD.Ezr 9:2-6: For they have taken of their daughters for themselves: and for their sons: so that the holy seed have mingled themselves with the people of those lands: yes: the hand of the princes and rulers has been chief in this trespass.Ezr 10:1-6: Now when Ezra had prayed: and when He had confessed: weeping and casting Himself down before the house of God: there assembled to Him out of Israel a very great congregation of men and women and children: for the people wept very sore.Ps 119:136: Rivers of waters run down my eyes: because they not keep your law.Jer 13:17: But if you not will hear it: my soul will weep in secret places for your pride; and my eye will weep sore: and run down with tears: because the LORD's flock is carried away captive.Eze 9:4: 6: The LORD said to Him: Go through the middle of the city: through the middle of Jerusalem: and set a mark upon the foreheads of the men that sigh and that cry for all the abominations that be done in the middle thereof.2Co 7:7: 9-11: not And by his coming only: but by the consolation wherewith he was comforted in you: when he told us your ear desire: your mourning: your fervent mind toward me; so that I rejoiced the more.2Co 12:21: And lest: when I come again: my God will humble me among you: and that I will bewail many which have sinned already: and not have repented of the uncleanness and fornication and lasciviousness which they have committed."might"1Co 5:5: 7: 13: To deliver such an one to Satan for the destruction of the flesh: that the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus.Re 2:20-22: Notwithstanding I have a few things against you: because you suffer that woman Jezebel: which calls herself a prophetess: to teach and to seduce my servants to commit fornication: and to eat things sacrificed to idols.
εγω μεν γαρ ως απων τω σωματι παρων δε τω πνευματι ηδη κεκρικα ως παρων τον ουτως τουτο κατεργασαμενον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1473Ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
Ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G3303μὲνmen (Prtcl) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed,
|
Prtcl
|
G1063γάρ,gar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρ,gar
|
though
|
Conj
|
G548ἀπὼνapōn (V-PPA-NMS) G548 ἄπειμι ápeimi ap-i-mee from ἀπό and εἰμί; to be away:--be absent. Compare ἄπειμι.
|
ἀπὼνapōn
|
being absent
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G4983σώματιsōmati (N-DNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματιsōmati
|
in body,
|
N-DNS
|
G3918παρὼνparōn (V-PPA-NMS) G3918 πάρειμι páreimi par-i-mee from παρά and εἰμί (including its various forms); to be near, i.e. at hand; neuter present participle (singular) time being, or (plural) property:--come, X have, be here, + lack, (be here) present.
|
παρὼνparōn
|
being present
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4151πνεύματι,pneumati (N-DNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματι,pneumati
|
in spirit,
|
N-DNS
|
G2235ἤδηēdē (Adv) G2235 ἤδη ḗdē ay-day apparently from ἤ (or possibly ἦ) and δή; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.
|
ἤδηēdē
|
already
|
Adv
|
G2919κέκρικαkekrika (V-RIA-1S) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κέκρικαkekrika
|
have judged
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3918παρὼνparōn (V-PPA-NMS) G3918 πάρειμι páreimi par-i-mee from παρά and εἰμί (including its various forms); to be near, i.e. at hand; neuter present participle (singular) time being, or (plural) property:--come, X have, be here, + lack, (be here) present.
|
παρὼνparōn
|
being present
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the one
|
Art-AMS
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
so
|
Adv
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G2716κατεργασάμενονkatergasamenon (V-APM-AMS) G2716 κατεργάζομαι katergázomai kat-er-gad-zom-ahee from κατά and ἐργάζομαι; to work fully, i.e. accomplish; by implication, to finish, fashion:--cause, to (deed), perform, work (out).
|
κατεργασάμενονkatergasamenon
|
having produced,
|
V-APM-AMS
|
3
For I truly, as absent in body, but present in spirit, have judged already, as though I were present, concerning him that has so done this deed,1 Corinthians 5:3
Stats
Rank: #7807 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 146 characters, 22 words, 114 letters, 42 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγω μεν γαρ ως απων τω σωματι παρων δε τω πνευματι ηδη κεκρικα ως παρων τον ουτως τουτο κατεργασαμενον
Lit: I indeed, though being absent in body, being present now in spirit, already have judged as being present the one so this having produced,
KJV: For I verily, as absent in body, but present in spirit, have judged already, as though I were present, concerning him that hath so done this deed,
References
"as absent"2Co 10:1: 11: Now I Paul myself beseech you by the meekness and gentleness of Christ: who in presence am base among you: but being absent am bold toward you:2Co 13:2: I told you before: and foretell you: as if I were present: the second time; and being absent now I write to them which heretofore have sinned: and to all other: that: if I come again: I not will spare:Col 2:5: For though I be absent in the flesh: yet am I with you in the spirit: joying and beholding your order: and the stedfastness of your faith in Christ.1Th 2:17: But we: brothers: being taken from you for a short time in presence: not in heart: endeavoured the more abundantly to see your face with great desire.
εν τω ονοματι του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου συναχθεντων υμων και του εμου πνευματος συν τη δυναμει του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS) G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
name
|
N-DNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G1473‹ἡμῶν›hēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
‹ἡμῶν›hēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G4863συναχθέντωνsynachthentōn (V-APP-GMP) G4863 συνάγω synágō soon-ag-o from σύν and ἄγω; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; specially, to entertain (hospitably):--+ accompany, assemble (selves, together), bestow, come together, gather (selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take in.
|
συναχθέντωνsynachthentōn
|
having been gathered together
|
V-APP-GMP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1699ἐμοῦemou (PPro-G1S) G1699 ἐμός emós em-os from the oblique cases of ἐγώ (ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἐμέ); my:--of me, mine (own), my.,
|
ἐμοῦemou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G4151πνεύματοςpneumatos (N-GNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματοςpneumatos
|
in spirit,
|
N-GNS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep) G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1411δυνάμειdynamei (N-DFS) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμειdynamei
|
power
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou (N-GMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou
|
Jesus,
|
N-GMS
|
4
In the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, when you are gathered together, and my spirit, with the power of our Lord Jesus Christ,1 Corinthians 5:4
Stats
Rank: #7534 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 124 characters, 21 words, 97 letters, 35 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν τω ονοματι του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου συναχθεντων υμων και του εμου πνευματος συν τη δυναμει του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου
Lit: in the name of the Lord of us Jesus having been gathered together you, and of me in spirit, with the power of the Lord of us Jesus,
KJV: In the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, when ye are gathered together, and my spirit, with the power of our Lord Jesus Christ,
References
"the name"Ac 3:6: Then Peter said: Silver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I you: In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and walk.Ac 4:7-12: 30: When they had set them in the middle: they asked: By what power: or by what name: have you done this?Ac 16:18: This did she many days. But Paul: being grieved: turned and said to the spirit: I command you in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her. And He came out the same hour.Eph 5:20: Giving thanks always for all things to God and the Father in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ;Col 3:17: whatever you do in word or deed: do all in the name of the Lord Jesus: giving thanks to God and the Father by Him."when"Mt 16:19: I will give to you the keys of the kingdom of heaven: and whatever you will bind on earth will be bound in heaven: and whatever you will loose on earth will be loosed in heaven.Mt 18:16-18: 20: But if he not will hear you: then take with you one or two more: that in the mouth of two or 3 witnesses every word may be established.Mt 28:18: 20: Jesus came and spoke to them: saying: All power is given to me in heaven and in earth.Joh 20:23: Whose soever sins you remit: they are remitted to them; and whose soever sins you retain: they are retained.2Co 2:9: 10: For to this end also did I write: that I might know the proof of you: whether you be obedient in all things.2Co 13:3: 10: Since you seek a proof of Christ speaking in me: which to you-ward not is weak: but is mighty in you.
παραδουναι τον τοιουτον τω σατανα εις ολεθρον της σαρκος ινα το πνευμα σωθη εν τη ημερα του κυριου ιησου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3860παραδοῦναιparadounai (V-ANA) G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδοῦναιparadounai
|
to deliver
|
V-ANA
|
G5108τοιοῦτονtoiouton (DPro-AMS) G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιοῦτονtoiouton
|
such a one
|
DPro-AMS
|
G4567ΣατανᾷSatana (N-DMS) G4567 Σατανᾶς Satanâs sat-an-as of Chaldee origin corresponding to מַעְבָּד (with the definite affix); the accuser, i.e. the devil:--Satan.
|
ΣατανᾷSatana
|
to Satan
|
N-DMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3639ὄλεθρονolethron (N-AMS) G3639 ὄλεθρος ólethros ol-eth-ros from a primary (to destroy; a prolonged form); ruin, i.e. death, punishment:--destruction.
|
ὄλεθρονolethron
|
destruction
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4561σαρκός,sarkos (N-GFS) G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σαρκός,sarkos
|
flesh,
|
N-GFS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151πνεῦμαpneuma (N-NNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμαpneuma
|
spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G4982σωθῇsōthē (V-ASP-3S) G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σωθῇsōthē
|
may be saved
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2250ἡμέρᾳhēmera (N-DFS) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρᾳhēmera
|
day
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962Κυρίου.Kyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίου.Kyriou
|
Lord.
|
N-GMS
|
5
To deliver such an one to Satan for the destruction of the flesh, that the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus.1 Corinthians 5:5
Stats
Counts: 126 characters, 25 words, 99 letters, 37 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: παραδουναι τον τοιουτον τω σατανα εις ολεθρον της σαρκος ινα το πνευμα σωθη εν τη ημερα του κυριου ιησου
Lit: to deliver such a one to Satan for destruction of the flesh, so that the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord.
KJV: To deliver such an one unto Satan for the destruction of the flesh, that the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus.
References
"deliver"1Co 5:13: But them that are without God judges. Therefore put away from among yourselves that wicked person.Job 2:6: The LORD said to Satan: Look: He is in your hand; but save His life.Ps 109:6: Set you a wicked man over him: and let Satan stand at his right hand.2Co 2:6: Sufficient to such a man is this punishment: which was inflicted of many.2Co 10:6: Having in a readiness to revenge all disobedience: when your obedience is fulfilled.2Co 13:10: Therefore I write these things being absent: lest being present I should use sharpness: according to the power which the Lord has given me to edification: not and to destruction.Ac 26:18: To open their eyes: and to turn them from darkness to light: and from the power of Satan to God: that they may receive forgiveness of sins: and inheritance among them which are sanctified by faith that is in me.1Ti 1:20: Of whom is Hymenaeus and Alexander; whom I have delivered to Satan: that they may not learn to blaspheme."that"1Co 11:32: But when we are judged: we are chastened of the Lord: that we not should be condemned with the world.2Co 2:7: So that contrariwise you ought rather to forgive him: and comfort him: lest perhaps such a one should be swallowed up with overmuch sorrow.Ga 6:1: 2: Brothers: if a man be overtaken in a fault: you which are spiritual: restore such an one in the spirit of meekness; considering yourself: lest you also be tempted.2Th 3:14: 15: If any man not obey our word by this epistle: note that man: and have no company with him: that he may be ashamed.Jas 5:19: 20: Brothers: if any of you do err from the truth: and one convert him;1Jo 5:16: If any man see his brother sin a sin which is not to death: he will ask: and he will give him life for them that not sin to death. There is a sin to death: I not do say that he will pray for it.Jude 1:22: 23: Of some have compassion: making a difference:"the day"1Co 1:8: Who will also confirm you to the end: that you may be blameless in the day of our Lord Jesus Christ.Php 1:6: Being confident of this very thing: that He which has begun a good work in you will perform it until the day of Jesus Christ:2Ti 1:18: The Lord grant to Him that He may find mercy of the Lord in that day: and in how many things He ministered to me at Ephesus: you know very well.2Pe 3:12: Looking for and hasting to the coming of the day of God: wherein the heavens being on fire will be dissolved: and the elements will melt with fervent heat?
Your Boasting is Not Good
ου καλον το καυχημα υμων ουκ οιδατε οτι μικρα ζυμη ολον το φυραμα ζυμοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756ΟὐOu (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐOu
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G2570καλὸνkalon (Adj-NNS) G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.
|
καλὸνkalon
|
good is
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2745καύχημαkauchēma (N-NNS) G2745 καύχημα kaúchēma kow-khay-mah from καυχάομαι; a boast (properly, the object; by implication, the act) in a good or a bad sense:--boasting, (whereof) to glory (of), glorying, rejoice(-ing).
|
καύχημαkauchēma
|
boasting
|
N-NNS
|
G4771ὑμῶν.hymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν.hymōn
|
of you.
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1492οἴδατεoidate (V-RIA-2P) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἴδατεoidate
|
know you
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3398μικρὰmikra (Adj-NFS) G3398 μικρός mikrós mik-rot-er-os apparently a primary word; small (in size, quantity, number or (figuratively) dignity):--least, less, little, small.
|
μικρὰmikra
|
a little
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2219ζύμηzymē (N-NFS) G2219 ζύμη zýmē dzoo-may probably from ζέω; ferment (as if boiling up):--leaven.
|
ζύμηzymē
|
leaven
|
N-NFS
|
G3650ὅλονholon (Adj-ANS) G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅλονholon
|
all
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5445φύραμαphyrama (N-ANS) G5445 φύραμα phýrama foo-ram-ah from a prolonged form of (to mix a liquid with a solid; perhaps akin to φύω through the idea of swelling in bulk), mean to knead; a mass of dough:--lump.
|
φύραμαphyrama
|
lump
|
N-ANS
|
G2220ζυμοῖ;zymoi (V-PIA-3S) G2220 ζυμόω zymóō dzoo-mo-o from ζύμη; to cause to ferment:--leaven.
|
ζυμοῖ;zymoi
|
leavens?
|
V-PIA-3S
|
6
your glorying is not good. Know you not that a little leaven leavens the whole lump?1 Corinthians 5:6
Stats
Counts: 85 characters, 15 words, 68 letters, 26 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου καλον το καυχημα υμων ουκ οιδατε οτι μικρα ζυμη ολον το φυραμα ζυμοι
Lit: Not good is the boasting of you. Not know you that a little leaven all the lump leavens?
KJV: Your glorying is not good. Know ye not that a little leaven leaveneth the whole lump?
References
"glorying"1Co 5:2: you are puffed up: and not have rather mourned: that he who has done this deed might be taken away from among you.1Co 3:21: Therefore let no man glory in men. For all things are yours;1Co 4:18: 19: Now some are puffed up: as though I not would come to you.Jas 4:16: But now you rejoice in your boastings: all such rejoicing is evil."a little"1Co 15:33: not Be deceived: evil communications corrupt good manners.Mt 13:33: Another parable spoke he to them; The kingdom of heaven is like to leaven: which a woman took: and hid in 3 measures of meal: till the whole was leavened.Mt 16:6-12: Then Jesus said to them: Take heed and beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and of the Sadducees.Lu 13:21: It is like leaven: which a woman took and hid in 3 measures of meal: till the whole was leavened.Ga 5:9: A little leaven leavens the whole lump.2Ti 2:17: Their word will eat as does a canker: of whom is Hymenaeus and Philetus;
εκκαθαρατε ουν την παλαιαν ζυμην ινα ητε νεον φυραμα καθως εστε αζυμοι και γαρ το πασχα ημων υπερ ημων {VAR1: ετυθη } {VAR2: εθυθη } χριστος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1571ἐκκαθάρατεekkatharate (V-AMA-2P) G1571 ἐκκαθαίρω ekkathaírō ek-kath-ah-ee-ro from ἐκ and καθαίρω; to cleanse thoroughly:--purge (out).
|
ἐκκαθάρατεekkatharate
|
Cleanse out
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3820παλαιὰνpalaian (Adj-AFS) G3820 παλαιός palaiós pal-ah-yos from πάλαι; antique, i.e. not recent, worn out:--old.
|
παλαιὰνpalaian
|
old
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2219ζύμην,zymēn (N-AFS) G2219 ζύμη zýmē dzoo-may probably from ζέω; ferment (as if boiling up):--leaven.
|
ζύμην,zymēn
|
leaven,
|
N-AFS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦτεēte (V-PSA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦτεēte
|
you may be
|
V-PSA-2P
|
G3501νέονneon (Adj-NNS) G3501 νέος néos neh-o-ter-os including the comparative ; a primary word; new, i.e. (of persons) youthful, or (of things) fresh; figuratively, regenerate:--new, young.
|
νέονneon
|
a new
|
Adj-NNS
|
G5445φύραμα,phyrama (N-NNS) G5445 φύραμα phýrama foo-ram-ah from a prolonged form of (to mix a liquid with a solid; perhaps akin to φύω through the idea of swelling in bulk), mean to knead; a mass of dough:--lump.
|
φύραμα,phyrama
|
lump,
|
N-NNS
|
G2531καθώςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθώςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1510ἐστεeste (V-PIA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστεeste
|
you are,
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G106ἄζυμοι.azymoi (Adj-NMP) G106 ἄζυμος ázymos ad-zoo-mos from Α (as a negative particle) and ζύμη; unleavened, i.e. (figuratively) uncorrupted; (in the neutral plural) specially (by implication) the Passover week:--unleavened (bread).
|
ἄζυμοι.azymoi
|
unleavened.
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
Also
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3957πάσχαpascha (N-NNS) G3957 πάσχα páscha pas-khah of Chaldee origin (compare פֶּסַח); the Passover (the meal, the day, the festival or the special sacrifices connected with it):--Easter, Passover.
|
πάσχαpascha
|
Passover lamb
|
N-NNS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2380ἐτύθηetythē (V-AIP-3S) G2380 θύω thýō thoo-o a primary verb; properly, to rush (breathe hard, blow, smoke), i.e. (by implication) to sacrifice (properly, by fire, but genitive case); by extension to immolate (slaughter for any purpose):--kill, (do) sacrifice, slay.
|
ἐτύθηetythē
|
has been sacrificed,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G5547Χριστός.Christos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστός.Christos
|
Christ,
|
N-NMS
|
7
Purge out therefore the old leaven, that you may be a new lump, as you are unleavened. For even Christ our passover is sacrificed for us:1 Corinthians 5:7
Stats
Rank: #1879 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 135 characters, 23 words, 106 letters, 45 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκκαθαρατε ουν την παλαιαν ζυμην ινα ητε νεον φυραμα καθως εστε αζυμοι και γαρ το πασχα ημων υπερ ημων {VAR1: ετυθη } {VAR2: εθυθη } χριστος
Lit: Cleanse out the old leaven, that you may be a new lump, as you are, unleavened. Also for the Passover lamb of us has been sacrificed, Christ,
KJV: Purge out therefore the old leaven, that ye may be a new lump, as ye are unleavened. For even Christ our passover is sacrificed for us:
References
"Purge"1Co 5:13: But them that are without God judges. Therefore put away from among yourselves that wicked person.Ex 12:15: 7 days will you eat unleavened bread; even the first day you will put away leaven out of your houses: for whoever eats leavened bread from the first day until the seventh day: that soul will be cut off from Israel.Ex 13:6: 7: 7 days you will eat unleavened bread: and in the seventh day will be a feast to the LORD.Eph 4:22: That you put off concerning the former conversation the old man: which is corrupt according to the deceitful lusts;Col 3:5-9: Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth; fornication: uncleanness: inordinate affection: evil concupiscence: and covetousness: which is idolatry:"ye may"1Co 10:17: For we being many are one bread: and one body: for we are all partakers of that one bread."Christ"1Co 15:3: 4: For I delivered to you first of all that which I also received: how that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures;Ex 12:5: 6: your lamb will be without blemish: a male of the first year: you will take it out from the sheep: or from the goats:Isa 53:7-10: He was oppressed: and he was afflicted: yet he not opened his mouth: he is brought as a lamb to the slaughter: and as a sheep before her shearers is dumb: so he opens not his mouth.Joh 1:29: 36: The next day John sees Jesus coming to Him: and says: Look the Lamb of God: which takes away the sin of the world.Joh 19:14: It was the preparation of the passover: and about the sixth hour: and he says to the Jews: Look your King!Ac 8:32-35: The place of the scripture which he read was this: He was led as a sheep to the slaughter; and like a lamb dumb before his shearer: so opened not he his mouth:1Pe 1:19: 20: But with the precious blood of Christ: as of a lamb without blemish and without spot:Re 5:6-9: 12: I beheld: and: indeed: in the middle of the throne and of the 4 beasts: and in the middle of the elders: stood a Lamb as it had been killed: having 7 horns and 7 eyes: which are the 7 Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth.
ωστε εορταζωμεν μη εν ζυμη παλαια μηδε εν ζυμη κακιας και πονηριας αλλ εν αζυμοις ειλικρινειας και αληθειας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj) G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G1858ἑορτάζωμεν,heortazōmen (V-PSA-1P) G1858 ἑορτάζω heortázō heh-or-tad-zo from ἑορτή; to observe a festival:--keep the feast.
|
ἑορτάζωμεν,heortazōmen
|
we might celebrate the feast,
|
V-PSA-1P
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G2219ζύμῃzymē (N-DFS) G2219 ζύμη zýmē dzoo-may probably from ζέω; ferment (as if boiling up):--leaven.
|
ζύμῃzymē
|
leaven
|
N-DFS
|
G3820παλαιᾷpalaia (Adj-DFS) G3820 παλαιός palaiós pal-ah-yos from πάλαι; antique, i.e. not recent, worn out:--old.
|
παλαιᾷpalaia
|
old,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3366μηδὲmēde (Conj) G3366 μηδέ mēdé may-deh from μή and δέ; but not, not even; in a continued negation, nor:--neither, nor (yet), (no) not (once, so much as).,
|
μηδὲmēde
|
not
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G2219ζύμῃzymē (N-DFS) G2219 ζύμη zýmē dzoo-may probably from ζέω; ferment (as if boiling up):--leaven.
|
ζύμῃzymē
|
leaven
|
N-DFS
|
G2549κακίαςkakias (N-GFS) G2549 κακία kakía kak-ee-ah from κακός; badness, i.e. (subjectively) depravity, or (actively) malignity, or (passively) trouble:--evil, malice(-iousness), naughtiness, wickedness.
|
κακίαςkakias
|
of malice
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4189πονηρίας,ponērias (N-GFS) G4189 πονηρία ponēría pon-ay-ree-ah from πονηρός; depravity, i.e. (specially), malice; plural (concretely) plots, sins:--iniquity, wickedness.
|
πονηρίας,ponērias
|
wickedness,
|
N-GFS
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G106ἀζύμοιςazymois (Adj-DNP) G106 ἄζυμος ázymos ad-zoo-mos from Α (as a negative particle) and ζύμη; unleavened, i.e. (figuratively) uncorrupted; (in the neutral plural) specially (by implication) the Passover week:--unleavened (bread).
|
ἀζύμοιςazymois
|
unleavened bread
|
Adj-DNP
|
G1505εἰλικρινείαςeilikrineias (N-GFS) G1505 εἰλικρίνεια eilikríneia i-lik-ree-ni-ah from εἰλικρινής; clearness, i.e. (by implication) purity (figuratively):--sincerity.
|
εἰλικρινείαςeilikrineias
|
of sincerity
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G225ἀληθείας.alētheias (N-GFS) G225 ἀλήθεια alḗtheia al-ay-thi-a from ἀληθής; truth:--true, X truly, truth, verity.
|
ἀληθείας.alētheias
|
of truth.
|
N-GFS
|
8
Therefore let us keep the feast, not with old leaven, neither with the leaven of malice and wickedness; but with the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth.1 Corinthians 5:8
Stats
Rank: #1570 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 157 characters, 24 words, 127 letters, 49 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: ωστε εορταζωμεν μη εν ζυμη παλαια μηδε εν ζυμη κακιας και πονηριας αλλ εν αζυμοις ειλικρινειας και αληθειας
Lit: so that we might celebrate the feast, not with leaven old, not with leaven of malice and wickedness, but with unleavened bread of sincerity and of truth.
KJV: Therefore let us keep the feast, not with old leaven, neither with the leaven of malice and wickedness; but with the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth.
References
"let"Ex 12:15: 7 days will you eat unleavened bread; even the first day you will put away leaven out of your houses: for whoever eats leavened bread from the first day until the seventh day: that soul will be cut off from Israel.Ex 13:6: 7 days you will eat unleavened bread: and in the seventh day will be a feast to the LORD.Le 23:6: On the fifteenth day of the same month is the feast of unleavened bread to the LORD: 7 days you must eat unleavened bread.Nu 28:16: 17: In the fourteenth day of the first month is the passover of the LORD.De 16:16: 3 times in a year will all your males appear before the LORD your God in the place which He will choose; in the feast of unleavened bread: and in the feast of weeks: and in the feast of tabernacles: and they will not appear before the LORD empty:Isa 25:6: In this mountain will the LORD of hosts make to all people a feast of fat things: a feast of wines on the lees: of fat things full of marrow: of wines on the lees well refined."feast"Ps 42:4: When I remember these things: I pour out my soul in me: for I had gone with the multitude: I went with them to the house of God: with the voice of joy and praise: with a multitude that kept holyday.Isa 30:29: You will have a song: as in the night when a holy solemnity is kept; and gladness of heart: as when one goes with a pipe to come into the mountain of the LORD: to the mighty one of Israel."not"1Co 5:1: 6: It is reported commonly that there is fornication among you: and such fornication as not is so much as named among the Gentiles: that one should have his father's wife.1Co 6:9-11: Know you not that the unrighteous will not inherit the kingdom of God? not Be deceived: neither fornicators: nor idolaters: nor adulterers: nor effeminate: nor abusers of themselves with mankind: De 16:3: You will eat no leavened bread with it; 7 days will you eat unleavened bread therewith: even the bread of affliction; for you came'>came forth out of the land of Egypt in haste: that you may remember the day when you came'>came forth out of the land of Egypt all the days of your life.2Co 12:21: And lest: when I come again: my God will humble me among you: and that I will bewail many which have sinned already: and not have repented of the uncleanness and fornication and lasciviousness which they have committed.Eph 4:17-22: This I say therefore: and testify in the Lord: that you henceforth not walk as other Gentiles walk: in the vanity of their mind: 1Pe 4:2: That He no longer should live the rest of His time in the flesh to the lusts of men: but to the will of God."neither"1Co 3:3: For you are yet carnal: for whereas there is among you envying: and strife: and divisions: are you not carnal: and walk as men?Mt 16:6: 12: Then Jesus said to them: Take heed and beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and of the Sadducees.Mt 26:4: 5: Consulted that they might take Jesus by subtilty: and kill Him.Mr 8:15: He charged them: saying: Take heed: beware of the leaven of the Pharisees: and of the leaven of Herod.Lu 12:1: In the mean time: when there were gathered together an innumerable multitude of people: insomuch that they trode one upon another: he began to say to his disciples first of all: Beware you of the leaven of the Pharisees: which is hypocrisy.Joh 18:28-30: Then led they Jesus from Caiaphas to the hall of judgment: and it was early; and they themselves not went into the judgment hall: lest they should be defiled; but that they might eat the passover.2Co 12:20: For I fear: lest'>lest: when I come: I will not find you such as I would: and that I will be found to you such as you not would: lest'>lest there be debates: envyings: wraths: strifes: backbitings: whisperings: swellings: tumults:1Pe 2:1: 2: For what reason laying aside all malice: and all guile: and hypocrisies: and envies: and all evil speakings: "but"Jos 24:14: Now therefore fear the LORD: and serve Him in sincerity and in truth: and put away the gods which your fathers served on the other side of the flood: and in Egypt; and serve you the LORD.Ps 32:2: Blessed is the man to whom the LORD imputes not iniquity: and in whose spirit there is no guile.Joh 1:47: Jesus saw Nathanael coming to Him: and says of Him: Look an Israelite indeed: in whom is no guile!2Co 1:12: For our rejoicing is this: the testimony of our conscience: that in simplicity and godly sincerity: not with fleshly wisdom: but by the grace of God: we have had our conversation in the world: and more abundantly to you-ward.2Co 8:8: I not speak by commandment: but by occasion of the forwardness of others: and to prove the sincerity of your love.Eph 6:24: Grace be with all them that love our Lord Jesus Christ in sincerity. Amen. Written from Rome to the Ephesians by Tychicus.>>1Jo 3:18-21: My little children: let not us love in word: neither in tongue; but in deed and in truth.
The One Who Claims to be a Brother
εγραψα υμιν εν τη επιστολη μη συναναμιγνυσθαι πορνοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1125ἜγραψαEgrapsa (V-AIA-1S) G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
ἜγραψαEgrapsa
|
I wrote
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1992ἐπιστολῇepistolē (N-DFS) G1992 ἐπιστολή epistolḗ ep-is-tol-ay from ἐπιστέλλω; a written message:--epistle
|
ἐπιστολῇepistolē
|
letter
|
N-DFS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4874συναναμίγνυσθαιsynanamignysthai (V-PNM) G4874 συναναμίγνυμι synanamígnymi soon-an-am-ig-noo-mee from σύν and a compound of ἀνά and μίγνυμι; to mix up together, i.e. (figurative) associate with:--(have, keep) company (with).
|
συναναμίγνυσθαιsynanamignysthai
|
to associate with
|
V-PNM
|
G4205πόρνοις,pornois (N-DMP) G4205 πόρνος pórnos por-nos from (to sell; akin to the base of πιπράσκω); a (male) prostitute (as venal), i.e. (by analogy) a debauchee (libertine):--fornicator, whoremonger.
|
πόρνοις,pornois
|
the sexually immoral,
|
N-DMP
|
9
I wrote to you in an not epistle to company with fornicators:1 Corinthians 5:9
Stats
Rank: #3114 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 63 characters, 12 words, 51 letters, 21 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγραψα υμιν εν τη επιστολη μη συναναμιγνυσθαι πορνοις
Lit: I wrote to you in the letter not to associate with the sexually immoral,
KJV: I wrote unto you in an epistle not to company with fornicators:
References
"not"1Co 5:2: 7: you are puffed up: and not have rather mourned: that he who has done this deed might be taken away from among you.Ps 1:1: 2: Blessed is the man that walks not in the counsel of the ungodly: nor stands in the way of sinners: nor sits in the seat of the scornful.Pr 9:6: Forsake the foolish: and live; and go in the way of understanding.2Co 6:14: 17: Be you not unequally yoked together with unbelievers: for what fellowship has righteousness with unrighteousness? and what communion has light with darkness?Eph 5:11: Have no fellowship with the unfruitful works of darkness: but rather reprove them.2Th 3:14: If any man not obey our word by this epistle: note that man: and have no company with him: that he may be ashamed.
και ου παντως τοις πορνοις του κοσμου τουτου η τοις πλεονεκταις η αρπαξιν η ειδωλολατραις επει οφειλετε αρα εκ του κοσμου εξελθειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3843πάντωςpantōs (Adv) G3843 πάντως pántōs pan-toce adverb from πᾶς; entirely; specially, at all events, (with negative, following) in no event:--by all means, altogether, at all, needs, no doubt, in (no) wise, surely.
|
πάντωςpantōs
|
altogether
|
Adv
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
with the
|
Art-DMP
|
G4205πόρνοιςpornois (N-DMP) G4205 πόρνος pórnos por-nos from (to sell; akin to the base of πιπράσκω); a (male) prostitute (as venal), i.e. (by analogy) a debauchee (libertine):--fornicator, whoremonger.
|
πόρνοιςpornois
|
sexually immoral
|
N-DMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2889κόσμουkosmou (N-GMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμουkosmou
|
world
|
N-GMS
|
G3778τούτουtoutou (DPro-GMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτουtoutou
|
of this,
|
DPro-GMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
with the
|
Art-DMP
|
G4123πλεονέκταιςpleonektais (N-DMP) G4123 πλεονέκτης pleonéktēs pleh-on-ek-tace from πλείων and ἔχω; holding (desiring) more, i.e. eager for gain (avaricious, hence a defrauder):--covetous.
|
πλεονέκταιςpleonektais
|
covetous
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G727ἅρπαξινharpaxin (Adj-DMP) G727 ἅρπαξ hárpax har-pax from ἁρπάζω; rapacious:--extortion, ravening.
|
ἅρπαξινharpaxin
|
swindlers,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1496εἰδωλολάτραις,eidōlolatrais (N-DMP) G1496 εἰδωλολάτρης eidōlolátrēs i-do-lol-at-race from εἴδωλον and the base of λατρεύω; an image- (servant or) worshipper (literally or figuratively):--idolater.
|
εἰδωλολάτραις,eidōlolatrais
|
idolaters —
|
N-DMP
|
G1893ἐπεὶepei (Conj) G1893 ἐπεί epeí ep-i from ἐπί and εἰ; thereupon, i.e. since (of time or cause):--because, else, for that (then, -asmuch as), otherwise, seeing that, since, when.
|
ἐπεὶepei
|
since
|
Conj
|
G3784ὠφείλετεōpheilete (V-IIA-2P) G3784 ὀφείλω opheílō of-i-leh-o probably from the base of ὄφελος (through the idea of accruing); to owe (pecuniarily); figuratively, to be under obligation (ought, must, should); morally, to fail in duty:--behove, be bound, (be) debt(-or), (be) due(-ty), be guilty (indebted), (must) need(-s), ought, owe, should. See also ὄφελον.
|
ὠφείλετεōpheilete
|
you would need
|
V-IIA-2P
|
G686ἄραara (Conj) G686 ἄρα ára ar-ah probably from αἴρω (through the idea of drawing a conclusion); a particle denoting an inference more or less decisive (as follows):--haply, (what) manner (of man), no doubt, perhaps, so be, then, therefore, truly, wherefore. Often used in connection with other particles, especially γέ or οὖν (after) or εἰ (before). Compare also ἆρα.,
|
ἄραara
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2889κόσμουkosmou (N-GMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμουkosmou
|
world
|
N-GMS
|
G1831ἐξελθεῖν.exelthein (V-ANA) G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθεῖν.exelthein
|
to depart.
|
V-ANA
|
10
not Yet altogether with the fornicators of this world, or with the covetous, or extortioners, or with idolaters; for then must you needs go out of the world.1 Corinthians 5:10
Stats
Rank: #2920 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 156 characters, 24 words, 124 letters, 46 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ου παντως τοις πορνοις του κοσμου τουτου η τοις πλεονεκταις η αρπαξιν η ειδωλολατραις επει οφειλετε αρα εκ του κοσμου εξελθειν
Lit: not altogether with the sexually immoral the world of this, or with the covetous and swindlers, or idolaters — since you would need then from the world to depart.
KJV: Yet not altogether with the fornicators of this world, or with the covetous, or extortioners, or with idolaters; for then must ye needs go out of the world.
References
"altogether"1Co 10:27: If any of them that not believe bid you to a feast: and you be disposed to go; whatever is set before you: eat: asking no question for conscience sake."of this"1Co 1:20: Where is the wise? where is the scribe? where is the disputer of this world? has not God made foolish the wisdom of this world?Joh 8:23: He said to them: You are from beneath; I am from above: you are of this world; I not am of this world.Joh 15:19: If you were of the world: the world would love his own: but because you not are of the world: but I have chosen you out of the world: therefore the world hates you.Joh 17:6: 9: 15: 16: I have manifested your name to the men which you gave'>gave me out of the world: your they were: and you gave'>gave them me; and they have kept your word.2Co 4:4: In whom the god of this world has blinded the minds of them which not believe: lest the light of the glorious gospel of Christ: who is the image of God: should shine to them.Eph 2:2: Wherein in time past you walked according to the course of this world: according to the prince of the power of the air: the spirit that now works in the children of disobedience:1Jo 4:5: 7: They are of the world: therefore speak they of the world: and the world hears them."for"Mt 5:14-16: You are the light of the world. A city that is set on an hill cannot be hid.Joh 17:15: I not pray that you should'>should take them out of the world: but that you should'>should keep them from the evil.Php 2:15: That you may be blameless and harmless: the sons of God: without rebuke: in the middle of a crooked and perverse nation: among whom you shine as lights in the world;1Jo 5:19: And we know that we are of God: and the whole world lies in wickedness.Re 12:9: The great dragon was cast out: that old serpent: called the Devil: and Satan: which deceives the whole world: he was cast out into the earth: and his angels were cast out with him.
νυνι δε εγραψα υμιν μη συναναμιγνυσθαι εαν τις αδελφος ονομαζομενος η πορνος η πλεονεκτης η ειδωλολατρης η λοιδορος η μεθυσος η αρπαξ τω τοιουτω μηδε συνεσθιειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv) G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
Now
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G1125ἔγραψαegrapsa (V-AIA-1S) G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
ἔγραψαegrapsa
|
I wrote
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4874συναναμίγνυσθαιsynanamignysthai (V-PNM) G4874 συναναμίγνυμι synanamígnymi soon-an-am-ig-noo-mee from σύν and a compound of ἀνά and μίγνυμι; to mix up together, i.e. (figurative) associate with:--(have, keep) company (with).
|
συναναμίγνυσθαιsynanamignysthai
|
to associate with him
|
V-PNM
|
G1437ἐάνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐάνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G80ἀδελφὸςadelphos (N-NMS) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφὸςadelphos
|
a brother
|
N-NMS
|
G3687ὀνομαζόμενοςonomazomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G3687 ὀνομάζω onomázō on-om-ad-zo from ὄνομα; to name, i.e. assign an appellation; by extension, to utter, mention, profess:--call, name.
|
ὀνομαζόμενοςonomazomenos
|
being designated,
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1510ᾖē (V-PSA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ᾖē
|
he is
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G4205πόρνοςpornos (N-NMS) G4205 πόρνος pórnos por-nos from (to sell; akin to the base of πιπράσκω); a (male) prostitute (as venal), i.e. (by analogy) a debauchee (libertine):--fornicator, whoremonger.
|
πόρνοςpornos
|
sexually immoral
|
N-NMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G4123πλεονέκτηςpleonektēs (N-NMS) G4123 πλεονέκτης pleonéktēs pleh-on-ek-tace from πλείων and ἔχω; holding (desiring) more, i.e. eager for gain (avaricious, hence a defrauder):--covetous.
|
πλεονέκτηςpleonektēs
|
a coveter,
|
N-NMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1496εἰδωλολάτρηςeidōlolatrēs (N-NMS) G1496 εἰδωλολάτρης eidōlolátrēs i-do-lol-at-race from εἴδωλον and the base of λατρεύω; an image- (servant or) worshipper (literally or figuratively):--idolater.
|
εἰδωλολάτρηςeidōlolatrēs
|
an idolater
|
N-NMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3060λοίδοροςloidoros (N-NMS) G3060 λοίδορος loídoros loy-dor-os from (mischief); abusive, i.e. a blackguard:--railer, reviler.
|
λοίδοροςloidoros
|
verbal abuser,
|
N-NMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3183μέθυσοςmethysos (N-NMS) G3183 μέθυσος méthysos meth-oo-sos from μεθύω; tipsy, i.e. (as noun) a sot:--drunkard.
|
μέθυσοςmethysos
|
a drunkard,
|
N-NMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G727ἅρπαξ,harpax (Adj-NMS) G727 ἅρπαξ hárpax har-pax from ἁρπάζω; rapacious:--extortion, ravening.
|
ἅρπαξ,harpax
|
swindler —
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
with
|
Art-DMS
|
G5108τοιούτῳtoioutō (DPro-DMS) G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιούτῳtoioutō
|
such a one
|
DPro-DMS
|
G3366μηδὲmēde (Conj) G3366 μηδέ mēdé may-deh from μή and δέ; but not, not even; in a continued negation, nor:--neither, nor (yet), (no) not (once, so much as).,
|
μηδὲmēde
|
not even
|
Conj
|
G4906συνεσθίειν.synesthiein (V-PNA) G4906 συνεσθίω synesthíō soon-es-thee-o from σύν and ἐσθίω (including its alternate); to take food in company with:--eat with.
|
συνεσθίειν.synesthiein
|
to eat.
|
V-PNA
|
11
But now I have written to you not to keep company, if any man that is called a brother be a fornicator, or covetous, or an idolater, or a railer, or a drunkard, or an extortioner; with such an one not no to eat.1 Corinthians 5:11
Stats
Counts: 213 characters, 37 words, 162 letters, 70 vowels, 92 consonants
Translation
Greek: νυνι δε εγραψα υμιν μη συναναμιγνυσθαι εαν τις αδελφος ονομαζομενος η πορνος η πλεονεκτης η ειδωλολατρης η λοιδορος η μεθυσος η αρπαξ τω τοιουτω μηδε συνεσθιειν
Lit: Now however, I wrote to you not to associate with him if anyone a brother being designated, he is sexually immoral or a coveter, or an idolater or verbal abuser, or a drunkard, or swindler — with such a one not even to eat.
KJV: But now I have written unto you not to keep company, if any man that is called a brother be a fornicator, or covetous, or an idolater, or a railer, or a drunkard, or an extortioner; with such an one no not to eat.
References
"called"1Co 6:6: But brother goes to law with brother: and that before the unbelievers.1Co 7:12: 15: But to the rest speak I: not the Lord: If any brother has a wife that believes not: and she be pleased to dwell with Him: let Him not">not Him put her away.1Co 8:11: Through your knowledge will the weak brother perish: for whom Christ died?Mt 18:17: If he will neglect to hear them: tell it to the church: but if he neglect to hear the church: let him be to you as an heathen man and a publican.Ac 9:17: Ananias went His way: and entered into the house; and putting His hands on Him said: Brother Saul: the Lord: even Jesus: that appeared to you in the way as you came: has sent me: that you might receive your sight: and be filled with the Holy Ghost.Ro 16:17: Now I beseech you: brothers: mark them which cause divisions and offences contrary to the doctrine which you have learned; and avoid them.2Th 3:6: 14: Now we command you: brothers: in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ: that you withdraw yourselves from every brother that walks disorderly: not and after the tradition which He received of us.2Jo 1:10: If there come any to you: and not bring this doctrine: receive Him not">not Him into your house: neither bid Him God speed:"fornicator"1Co 5:1-9: 10: It is reported commonly that there is fornication among you: and such fornication as not is so much as named among the Gentiles: that one should have his father's wife.Ps 50:16-21: But to the wicked God says: What have you to do to declare my statutes: or that you should take my covenant in your mouth?2Co 12:20: 21: For I fear: lest'>lest: when I come: I will not find you such as I would: and that I will be found to you such as you not would: lest'>lest there be debates: envyings: wraths: strifes: backbitings: whisperings: swellings: tumults:Ga 5:19-21: Now the works of the flesh are manifest: which are these; Adultery: fornication: uncleanness: lasciviousness: 1Th 4:3-8: For this is the will of God: even your sanctification: that you should abstain from fornication:Re 2:14: But I have a few things against you: because you have there them that hold the doctrine of Balaam: who taught Balac to cast a stumblingblock before the children of Israel: to eat things sacrificed to idols: and to commit fornication.Re 2:20: Notwithstanding I have a few things against you: because you suffer that woman Jezebel: which calls herself a prophetess: to teach and to seduce my servants to commit fornication: and to eat things sacrificed to idols.Re 21:8: But the fearful: and unbelieving: and the abominable: and murderers: and whoremongers: and sorcerers: and idolaters: and all liars: will have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.Re 22:15: For without are dogs: and sorcerers: and whoremongers: and murderers: and idolaters: and whoever loves and makes a lie."or covetous"Ps 10:3: For the wicked boasts of His heart's desire: and blesss the covetous: whom the LORD abhors.Mr 7:21-23: For from within: out of the heart of men: proceed evil thoughts: adulteries: fornications: murders: Lu 12:15-31: He said to them: Take heed: and beware of covetousness: for a man's life consists not in the abundance of the things which he possesseth.Eph 5:5: For this you know: that no whoremonger: nor unclean person: nor covetous man: who is an idolater: has any inheritance in the kingdom of Christ and of God.Col 3:5: Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth; fornication: uncleanness: inordinate affection: evil concupiscence: and covetousness: which is idolatry:1Ti 3:3: Not given to wine: no striker: not greedy of filthy lucre; but patient: not a brawler: not covetous;1Ti 6:9: 10: But they that will be rich fall into temptation and a snare: and into many foolish and hurtful lusts: which drown men in destruction and perdition.2Pe 2:14: 15: Having eyes full of adultery: and that cannot cease from sin; beguiling unstable souls: an heart they have exercised with covetous practices; cursed children:"or an idolater"1Co 10:7: 8: 14: 18-22: Neither be you idolaters: as were some of them; as it is written: The people sat down to eat and drink: and rose up to play."or a railer"1Co 6:10: Nor thieves: nor covetous: nor drunkards: nor revilers: nor extortioners: will inherit the kingdom of God.Ps 101:5: Whoever privily slanders his neighbour: him will I cut off: him that has an high look and a proud heart not will I suffer."or a drunkard"1Co 11:21: For in eating every one takes before other his own supper: and one is hungry: and another is drunken.Mt 24:49-51: will begin to smite his fellowservants: and to eat and drink with the drunken;Lu 12:45: 46: But and if that servant say in his heart: My lord delays his coming; and will begin to beat the menservants and maidens: and to eat and drink: and to be drunken;Lu 21:34: Take heed to yourselves: lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting: and drunkenness: and cares of this life: and so that day come upon you unawares.Ro 13:13: Let us walk honestly: as in the day; not in rioting and drunkenness: not in chambering and wantonness: not in strife and envying.Ga 2:12: For before that certain came from James: he did eat with the Gentiles: but when they were come: he withdrew and separated himself: fearing them which were of the circumcision.Eph 5:18: not be drunk with wine: wherein is excess; but be filled with the Spirit;1Th 5:7: 8: For they that sleep sleep in the night; and they that be drunken are drunken in the night."or an extortioner"Eze 22:12: In you have they taken gifts to shed blood; you have taken usury and increase: and you have greedily gained of your neighbours by extortion: and have forgotten me: says the Lord GOD.Mt 23:25: Woe to you: scribes and Pharisees: hypocrites! for you make clean the outside of the cup and of the platter: but within they are full of extortion and excess.Lu 18:11: The Pharisee stood and prayed thus with Himself: God: I thank you: that I not am as other men are: extortioners: unjust: adulterers: or even as this publican."with"1Co 5:13: But them that are without God judges. Therefore put away from among yourselves that wicked person.Mt 18:17: If he will neglect to hear them: tell it to the church: but if he neglect to hear the church: let him be to you as an heathen man and a publican.Ro 16:17: Now I beseech you: brothers: mark them which cause divisions and offences contrary to the doctrine which you have learned; and avoid them.2Th 3:6: 14: Now we command you: brothers: in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ: that you withdraw yourselves from every brother that walks disorderly: not and after the tradition which He received of us.1Ti 6:5: Perverse disputings of men of corrupt minds: and destitute of the truth: supposing that gain is godliness: from such withdraw yourself.2Jo 1:10: If there come any to you: and not bring this doctrine: receive Him not">not Him into your house: neither bid Him God speed:
τι γαρ μοι και τους εξω κρινειν ουχι τους εσω υμεις κρινετε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5101Τίti (IPro-NNS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
Τίti
|
What
|
IPro-NNS
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
is it to me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Adv) G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
outside
|
Adv
|
G2919κρίνειν;krinein (V-PNA) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίνειν;krinein
|
to judge?
|
V-PNA
|
G3780οὐχὶouchi (IntPrtcl) G3780 οὐχί ouchí oo-khee intensive of οὐ; not indeed:--nay, not.,
|
οὐχὶouchi
|
Not
|
IntPrtcl
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G2080ἔσωesō (Adv) G2080 ἔσω ésō es-o from εἰς; inside (as preposition or adjective):-- (with-)in(-ner, -to, -ward).
|
ἔσωesō
|
within
|
Adv
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G2919κρίνετε;krinete (V-PIA-2P) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίνετε;krinete
|
do judge?
|
V-PIA-2P
|
12
For what have I to do to judge them also that are without? not do you judge them that are within?1 Corinthians 5:12
Stats
Rank: #4740 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 96 characters, 20 words, 74 letters, 30 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: τι γαρ μοι και τους εξω κρινειν ουχι τους εσω υμεις κρινετε
Lit: What for is it to me those outside to judge? Not those within you do judge?
KJV: For what have I to do to judge them also that are without? do not ye judge them that are within?
References
"what"Lu 12:14: He said to him: Man: who made me a judge or a divider over you?Joh 18:36: Jesus answered: My kingdom not is of this world: if my kingdom were of this world: then would my servants fight: that I not should be delivered to the Jews: but now is my not kingdom from here."them"Mr 4:11: He said to them: To you it is given to know the mystery of the kingdom of God: but to them that are without: all these things are done in parables:Col 4:5: Walk in wisdom toward them that are without: redeeming the time.1Th 4:12: That you may walk honestly toward them that are without: and that you may have lack not ofhing.1Ti 3:7: Moreover he must have a good report of them which are without; lest he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil."do not"1Co 6:1-5: Dare any of you: having a matter against another: go to law before the unjust: not and before the saints?
τους δε εξω ο θεος κρινει και εξαρειτε τον πονηρον εξ υμων αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
Those
|
Art-AMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Adv) G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
outside
|
Adv
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G2919κρίνει.krinei (V-PIA-3S) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίνει.krinei
|
will judge.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1808Ἐξάρατεexarate (V-AMA-2P) G1808 ἐξαίρω exaírō ex-ah-ee-ro from ἐκ and αἴρω; to remove:--put (take) away.
|
Ἐξάρατεexarate
|
Expel
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4190πονηρὸνponēron (Adj-AMS) G4190 πονηρός ponērós pon-ay-ros from a derivative of πόνος; hurtful, i.e. evil (properly, in effect or influence, and thus differing from κακός, which refers rather to essential character, as well as from σαπρός, which indicates degeneracy from original virtue); figuratively, calamitous; also (passively) ill, i.e. diseased; but especially (morally) culpable, i.e. derelict, vicious, facinorous; neuter (singular) mischief, malice, or (plural) guilt; masculine (singular) the devil, or (plural) sinners:--bad, evil, grievous, harm, lewd, malicious, wicked(-ness). See also πονηρότερος.
|
πονηρὸνponēron
|
evil
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
yourselves
|
PPro-G2P
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
that.”
|
PPro-GM3P
|
13
But them that are without God judges. Therefore put away from among yourselves that wicked person.1 Corinthians 5:13
Stats
Rank: #4483 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 99 characters, 15 words, 82 letters, 30 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: τους δε εξω ο θεος κρινει και εξαρειτε τον πονηρον εξ υμων αυτων
Lit: Those however outside God will judge. Expel the evil out from yourselves that.”
KJV: But them that are without God judgeth. Therefore put away from among yourselves that wicked person.
References
"God"Ps 50:6: The heavens will declare His righteousness: for God is judge Himself. Selah.Ac 17:31: Because he has appointed a day: in the which he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he has ordained; whereof he has given assurance to all men: in that he has raised him from the dead.Ro 2:16: In the day when God will judge the secrets of men by Jesus Christ according to my gospel.Heb 13:4: Marriage is honourable in all: and the bed undefiled: but whoremongers and adulterers God will judge.2Pe 2:9: The Lord knows how to deliver the godly out of temptations: and to reserve the unjust to the day of judgment to be punished:"Therefore"1Co 5:1: 5: 7: It is reported commonly that there is fornication among you: and such fornication as not is so much as named among the Gentiles: that one should have his father's wife.De 13:5: That prophet: or that dreamer of dreams: will be put to death; because He has spoken to turn you away from the LORD your God: which brought you out of the land of Egypt: and redeemed you out of the house of bondage: to thrust you out of the way which the LORD your God commanded you to walk in. So will you put the evil away from the middle of you.De 17:7: The hands of the witnesses will be first upon him to put him to death: and afterward the hands of all the people. So you will put the evil away from among you.De 21:21: All the men of his city will stone him with stones: that he die: so will you put evil away from among you; and all Israel will hear: and fear.De 22:21: 22: 24: Then they will bring out the damsel to the door of her father's house: and the men of her city will stone her with stones that she die: because she has wrought folly in Israel: to play the whore in her father's house: so will you put evil away from among you.Ec 9:18: Wisdom is better than weapons of war: but one sinner destroyeth much good.Mt 18:17: If he will neglect to hear them: tell it to the church: but if he neglect to hear the church: let him be to you as an heathen man and a publican.
6
Lawsuits among Believers
τολμα τις υμων πραγμα εχων προς τον ετερον κρινεσθαι επι των αδικων και ουχι επι των αγιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5111ΤολμᾷTolma (V-PIA-3S) G5111 τολμάω tolmáō tol-mah-o from (boldness; probably itself from the base of τέλος through the idea of extreme conduct); to venture (objectively or in act; while θαῤῥέω is rather subjective or in feeling); by implication, to be courageous:--be bold, boldly, dare, durst.
|
ΤολμᾷTolma
|
Dare
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G4229πρᾶγμαpragma (N-ANS) G4229 πρᾶγμα prâgma prag-mah from πράσσω; a deed; by implication, an affair; by extension, an object (material):--business, matter, thing, work.
|
πρᾶγμαpragma
|
a matter
|
N-ANS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
against
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2087ἕτερονheteron (Adj-AMS) G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἕτερονheteron
|
other,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2919κρίνεσθαιkrinesthai (V-PNM/P) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίνεσθαιkrinesthai
|
go to law
|
V-PNM/P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G94ἀδίκων,adikōn (Adj-GMP) G94 ἄδικος ádikos ad-ee-kos from Α (as a negative particle) and δίκη; unjust; by extension wicked; by implication, treacherous; specially, heathen:--unjust, unrighteous.
|
ἀδίκων,adikōn
|
unrighteous,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3780οὐχὶouchi (Adv) G3780 οὐχί ouchí oo-khee intensive of οὐ; not indeed:--nay, not.,
|
οὐχὶouchi
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G40ἁγίων;hagiōn (Adj-GMP) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίων;hagiōn
|
saints?
|
Adj-GMP
|
1
Dare any of you, having a matter against another, go to law before the unjust, not and before the saints?1 Corinthians 6:1
Stats
Rank: #2881 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 105 characters, 17 words, 82 letters, 34 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: τολμα τις υμων πραγμα εχων προς τον ετερον κρινεσθαι επι των αδικων και ουχι επι των αγιων
Lit: Dare anyone of you, a matter having against the other, go to law before the unrighteous, and not before the saints?
KJV: Dare any of you, having a matter against another, go to law before the unjust, and not before the saints?
References
"having"Mt 18:15-17: Moreover if your brother will trespass against you: go and tell him his fault between you and him alone: if he will hear you: you have gained your brother.Ac 18:14: 15: When Paul was now about to open his mouth: Gallio said to the Jews: If it were a matter of wrong or wicked lewdness: O you Jews: reason would that I should bear with you:Ac 19:38: For what reason if Demetrius: and the craftsmen which are with him: have a matter against any man: the law is open: and there are deputies: let them implead one another."go"1Co 6:6: 7: But brother goes to law with brother: and that before the unbelievers."the saints"1Co 1:2: To the church of God which is at Corinth: to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus: called to be saints: with all that in every place call upon the name of Jesus Christ our Lord: both theirs and ours:1Co 14:33: For God not is the author of confusion: but of peace: as in all churches of the saints.1Co 16:1: 15: Now concerning the collection for the saints: as I have given order to the churches of Galatia: even so do you.
ουκ οιδατε οτι οι αγιοι τον κοσμον κρινουσιν και ει εν υμιν κρινεται ο κοσμος αναξιοι εστε κριτηριων ελαχιστων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
Or
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1492οἴδατεoidate (V-RIA-2P) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἴδατεoidate
|
know you
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G40ἅγιοιhagioi (Adj-NMP) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἅγιοιhagioi
|
saints
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2889κόσμονkosmon (N-AMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμονkosmon
|
world
|
N-AMS
|
G2919κρινοῦσιν;krinousin (V-FIA-3P) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρινοῦσιν;krinousin
|
will judge?
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G2919κρίνεταιkrinetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίνεταιkrinetai
|
is to be judged
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2889κόσμος,kosmos (N-NMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμος,kosmos
|
world,
|
N-NMS
|
G370ἀνάξιοίanaxioi (Adj-NMP) G370 ἀνάξιος anáxios an-ax-ee-os from Α (as a negative particle) and ἄξιος; unfit:--unworthy.
|
ἀνάξιοίanaxioi
|
unworthy
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1510ἐστεeste (V-PIA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστεeste
|
are you
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G2922κριτηρίωνkritēriōn (N-GNP) G2922 κριτήριον kritḗrion kree-tay-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of κριτής; a rule of judging (criterion), i.e. (by implication) a tribunal:--to judge, judgment (seat).
|
κριτηρίωνkritēriōn
|
of cases
|
N-GNP
|
G1646ἐλαχίστων;elachistōn (Adj-GNP-S) G1646 ἐλάχιστος eláchistos el-akh-is-tos superlative of (short); used as equivalent to μικρός; least (in size, amount, dignity, etc.):--least, very little (small), smallest.
|
ἐλαχίστων;elachistōn
|
of the smallest?
|
Adj-GNP-S
|
2
Do you not know that the saints will judge the world? and if the world will be judged by you, are you unworthy to judge the small matters?1 Corinthians 6:2
Stats
Counts: 141 characters, 26 words, 111 letters, 36 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουκ οιδατε οτι οι αγιοι τον κοσμον κρινουσιν και ει εν υμιν κρινεται ο κοσμος αναξιοι εστε κριτηριων ελαχιστων
Lit: Or not know you that the saints the world will judge? And if by you is to be judged the world, unworthy are you of cases of the smallest?
KJV: Do ye not know that the saints shall judge the world? and if the world shall be judged by you, are ye unworthy to judge the smallest matters?
References
"the saints"Ps 49:14: Like sheep they are laid in the grave; death will feed on them; and the upright will have dominion over them in the morning; and their beauty will consume in the grave from their dwelling.Ps 149:5-9: Let the saints be joyful in glory: let them sing aloud upon their beds.Da 7:18: 22: But the saints of the most High will take the kingdom: and possess the kingdom for ever: even for ever and ever.Zec 14:5: you will flee to the valley of the mountains; for the valley of the mountains will reach to Azal: yes: you will flee: like as you fled from before the earthquake in the days of Uzziah king of Judah: and the LORD my God will come: and all the saints with you.Mt 19:28: Jesus said to them: Truly I say to you: That you which have followed me: in the regeneration when the Son of man will sit in the throne of His glory: you also will sit upon 12 thrones: judging the 12 tribes of Israel.Lu 22:30: That you may eat and drink at my table in my kingdom: and sit on thrones judging the 12 tribes of Israel.1Th 3:13: To the end He may stablish your hearts unblameable in holiness before God: even our Father: at the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ with all His saints.Jude 1:14: 15: Enoch also: the seventh from Adam: prophesied of these: saying: Look: the Lord comes with 10 thousands of His saints: Re 2:26: 27: he who overcomes: and keeps my works to the end: to him will I give power over the nations:Re 3:21: To Him that overcomes will I grant to sit with me in my throne: even as I also overcame: and am set down with my Father in His throne.Re 20:4: I saw thrones: and they sat upon them: and judgment was given to them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus: and for the word of God: and which not had worshipped the beast: neither His image: neither had received His mark upon their foreheads: or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a000 years."the smallest"1Co 6:4: If then you have judgments of things pertaining to this life: set them to judge who are least esteemed in the church.2Co 4:18: While we not look at the things which are seen: but at the things which not are seen: for the things which are seen are temporal; but the things which not are seen are eternal.1Jo 2:16: 17: For all that is in the world: the lust of the flesh: and the lust of the eyes: and the pride of life: not is of the Father: but is of the world.
ουκ οιδατε οτι αγγελους κρινουμεν μητι γε βιωτικα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1492οἴδατεoidate (V-RIA-2P) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἴδατεoidate
|
know you
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G32ἀγγέλουςangelous (N-AMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλουςangelous
|
angels
|
N-AMP
|
G2919κρινοῦμεν,krinoumen (V-FIA-1P) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρινοῦμεν,krinoumen
|
we will judge?
|
V-FIA-1P
|
G3386μήτιγεmētige (Adv) G3386 μήτιγε mḗtige may-tig-eh from μήτι and γέ; not at all then, i.e. not to say (the rather still):--how much more.,
|
μήτιγεmētige
|
How much more
|
Adv
|
G982βιωτικά;biōtika (Adj-ANP) G982 βιωτικός biōtikós bee-o-tee-kos from a derivative of βιόω; relating to the present existence:--of (pertaining to, things that pertain to) this life.
|
βιωτικά;biōtika
|
the things of this life?
|
Adj-ANP
|
3
Know you not that we will judge angels? how much more things that pertain to this life?1 Corinthians 6:3
Stats
Counts: 87 characters, 16 words, 69 letters, 23 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουκ οιδατε οτι αγγελους κρινουμεν μητι γε βιωτικα
Lit: Not know you that angels we will judge? How much more the things of this life?
KJV: Know ye not that we shall judge angels? how much more things that pertain to this life?
References
"judge"Mt 25:41: Then will he say also to them on the left hand: Depart from me: you cursed: into everlasting fire: prepared for the devil and his angels:2Pe 2:4: For if God not spared the angels that sinned: but cast them down to hell: and delivered them into chains of darkness: to be reserved to judgment;Jude 1:6: The angels which not kept their first estate: but left their own habitation: he has reserved in everlasting chains under darkness to the judgment of the great day."pertain"1Co 6:4: If then you have judgments of things pertaining to this life: set them to judge who are least esteemed in the church.Ps 17:14: From men which are your hand: O LORD: from men of the world: which have their portion in this life: and whose belly you fill with your hid treasure: they are full of children: and leave the rest of their substance to their babes.Lu 8:14: That which fell among thorns are they: which: when they have heard: go forth: and are choked with cares and riches and pleasures of this life: and bring no fruit to perfection.Lu 21:34: Take heed to yourselves: lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting: and drunkenness: and cares of this life: and so that day come upon you unawares.2Ti 2:4: No man that wars entangles himself with the affairs of this life; that he may please him who has chosen him to be a soldier.2Ti 4:10: For Demas has forsaken me: having loved this present world: and is departed to Thessalonica; Crescens to Galatia: Titus to Dalmatia.
βιωτικα μεν ουν κριτηρια εαν εχητε τους εξουθενημενους εν τη εκκλησια τουτους καθιζετε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G982Βιωτικὰbiōtika (Adj-ANP) G982 βιωτικός biōtikós bee-o-tee-kos from a derivative of βιόω; relating to the present existence:--of (pertaining to, things that pertain to) this life.
|
Βιωτικὰbiōtika
|
The things of this life
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Prtcl) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Prtcl
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
so,
|
Conj
|
G2922κριτήριαkritēria (N-ANP) G2922 κριτήριον kritḗrion kree-tay-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of κριτής; a rule of judging (criterion), i.e. (by implication) a tribunal:--to judge, judgment (seat).
|
κριτήριαkritēria
|
judgment as to
|
N-ANP
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχητε,echēte (V-PSA-2P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχητε,echēte
|
you have,
|
V-PSA-2P
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the ones
|
Art-AMP
|
G1848ἐξουθενημένουςexouthenēmenous (V-RPM/P-AMP) G1848 ἐξουθενέω exouthenéō ex-oo-then-eh-o a variation of ἐξουδενόω and meaning the same:--contemptible, despise, least esteemed, set at nought.
|
ἐξουθενημένουςexouthenēmenous
|
being despised
|
V-RPM/P-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίᾳ,ekklēsia (N-DFS) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίᾳ,ekklēsia
|
church,
|
N-DFS
|
G3778τούτουςtoutous (DPro-AMP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτουςtoutous
|
those
|
DPro-AMP
|
G2523καθίζετε;kathizete (V-PIA-2P) G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
καθίζετε;kathizete
|
set you up!
|
V-PIA-2P
|
4
If then you have judgments of things pertaining to this life, set them to judge who are least esteemed in the church.1 Corinthians 6:4
Stats
Counts: 116 characters, 21 words, 93 letters, 34 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: βιωτικα μεν ουν κριτηρια εαν εχητε τους εξουθενημενους εν τη εκκλησια τουτους καθιζετε
Lit: The things of this life indeed so, judgment as to if you have, the ones being despised in the church, those set you up!
KJV: If then ye have judgments of things pertaining to this life, set them to judge who are least esteemed in the church.
References
"ye"1Co 5:12: For what have I to do to judge them also that are without? not do you judge them that are within?"who"Ac 6:2-4: Then the 12 called the multitude of the disciples to them: and said: It not is reason that we should leave the word of God: and serve tables.
προς εντροπην υμιν λεγω ουτως ουκ εστιν εν υμιν σοφος ουδε εις ος δυνησεται διακριναι ανα μεσον του αδελφου αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
For
|
Prep
|
G1791ἐντροπὴνentropēn (N-AFS) G1791 ἐντροπή entropḗ en-trop-ay from ἐντρέπω; confusion:--shame.
|
ἐντροπὴνentropēn
|
shame
|
N-AFS
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3004λέγω.legō (V-PIA-1S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγω.legō
|
I say this.
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
Thus
|
Adv
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1762ἔνιeni (V-PIA-3S) G1762 ἔνι éni en-ee contraction for the third person singular present indicative of ἔνειμι; impersonally, there is in or among:--be, (there) is.
|
ἔνιeni
|
is there
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4680σοφὸς,sophos (Adj-NMS) G4680 σοφός sophós sof-os akin to (clear); wise (in a most general application):--wise. Compare φρόνιμος.
|
σοφὸς,sophos
|
a wise man,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1410δυνήσεταιdynēsetai (V-FIM-3S) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δυνήσεταιdynēsetai
|
will be able
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G1252διακρῖναιdiakrinai (V-ANA) G1252 διακρίνω diakrínō dee-ak-ree-no from διά and κρίνω; to separate thoroughly, i.e. (literally and reflexively) to withdraw from, or (by implication) oppose; figuratively, to discriminate (by implication, decide), or (reflexively) hesitate:--contend, make (to) differ(-ence), discern, doubt, judge, be partial, stagger, waver.
|
διακρῖναιdiakrinai
|
to decide
|
V-ANA
|
G303ἀνὰana (Prep) G303 ἀνά aná an-ah a primary preposition and adverb; properly, up; but (by extension) used (distributively) severally, or (locally) at (etc.):--and, apiece, by, each, every (man), in, through. In compounds (as a prefix) it often means (by implication) repetition, intensity, reversal, etc.
|
ἀνὰana
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3319μέσονmeson (Adj-ANS) G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσονmeson
|
between
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G80ἀδελφοῦadelphou (N-GMS) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοῦadelphou
|
brother
|
N-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ;autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ;autou
|
of him?
|
PPro-GM3S
|
5
I speak to your shame. Is it so, that there not is a wise man among you? no, not one that will be able to judge between his brothers?1 Corinthians 6:5
Stats
Counts: 134 characters, 25 words, 101 letters, 42 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: προς εντροπην υμιν λεγω ουτως ουκ εστιν εν υμιν σοφος ουδε εις ος δυνησεται διακριναι ανα μεσον του αδελφου αυτου
Lit: For shame to you I say this. Thus not is there among you no one, a wise man, who will be able to decide in between the brother of him?
KJV: I speak to your shame. Is it so, that there is not a wise man among you? no, not one that shall be able to judge between his brethren?
References
"to your"1Co 4:14: I not write these things to shame you: but as my beloved sons I warn you.1Co 11:14: Does not even nature itself teach you: that: if a man have long hair: it is a shame to him?1Co 15:34: Awake to righteousness: and not sin; for some not have the knowledge of God: I speak this to your shame."Is it"1Co 3:18: Let no man deceive himself. If any man among you seems to be wise in this world: let him become a fool: that he may be wise.1Co 4:10: We are fools for Christ's sake: but you are wise in Christ; we are weak: but you are strong; you are honourable: but we are despised.Pr 14:8: The wisdom of the prudent is to understand his way: but the folly of fools is deceit.Jas 1:5: If any of you lack wisdom: let Him ask of God: that gives to all men liberally: and upbraids not; and it will be given Him.Jas 3:13-18: Who is a wise man and endued with knowledge among you? let him show out of a good conversation his works with meekness of wisdom.
αλλα αδελφος μετα αδελφου κρινεται και τουτο επι απιστων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
Instead,
|
Conj
|
G80ἀδελφὸςadelphos (N-NMS) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφὸςadelphos
|
brother
|
N-NMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
against
|
Prep
|
G80ἀδελφοῦadelphou (N-GMS) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοῦadelphou
|
brother
|
N-GMS
|
G2919κρίνεται,krinetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίνεται,krinetai
|
goes to law,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-NNS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
before
|
Prep
|
G571ἀπίστων;apistōn (Adj-GMP) G571 ἄπιστος ápistos ap-is-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and πιστός; (actively) disbelieving, i.e. without Christian faith (specially, a heathen); (passively) untrustworthy (person), or incredible (thing):--that believeth not, faithless, incredible thing, infidel, unbeliever(-ing).
|
ἀπίστων;apistōn
|
unbelievers!
|
Adj-GMP
|
6
But brother goes to law with brother, and that before the unbelievers.1 Corinthians 6:6
Stats
Counts: 71 characters, 11 words, 58 letters, 21 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλα αδελφος μετα αδελφου κρινεται και τουτο επι απιστων
Lit: Instead, brother against brother goes to law, and this before unbelievers!
KJV: But brother goeth to law with brother, and that before the unbelievers.
References
"brother"1Co 6:1: 7: Dare any of you: having a matter against another: go to law before the unjust: not and before the saints?Ge 13:7-9: There was a strife between the herdmen of Abram's cattle and the herdmen of Lot's cattle: and the Canaanite and the Perizzite dwelled then in the land.Ge 45:24: So he sent his brothers away: and they departed: and he said to them: See that you not fall out by the way.Ne 5:8: 9: I said to them: We after our ability have redeemed our brothers the Jews: which were sold to the heathen; and will you even sell your brothers? or will they be sold to us? Then held they their peace: and not foundhing to answer.Ps 133:1-3: > Look: how good and how pleasant it is for brothers to dwell together in unity!Ac 7:26: The next day he showed himself to them as they strove: and would have set them at one again: saying: Sirs: you are brothers; why do you wrong one to another?Php 2:14: 15: Do all things without murmurings and disputings:1Jo 2:9-11: He who says he is in the light: and hates his brother: is in darkness even until now.1Jo 3:11-15: For this is the message that you heard from the beginning: that we should love one another.
ηδη μεν ουν ολως ηττημα εν υμιν εστιν οτι κριματα εχετε μεθ εαυτων δια τι ουχι μαλλον αδικεισθε δια τι ουχι μαλλον αποστερεισθε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2235ἤδηēdē (Adv) G2235 ἤδη ḗdē ay-day apparently from ἤ (or possibly ἦ) and δή; even now:--already, (even) now (already), by this time.
|
ἤδηēdē
|
Already
|
Adv
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G3654ὅλωςholōs (Adv) G3654 ὅλως hólōs hol-oce adverb from ὅλος; completely, i.e. altogether; (by analogy), everywhere; (negatively) not by any means:--at all, commonly, utterly.
|
ὅλωςholōs
|
altogether
|
Adv
|
G2275ἥττημαhēttēma (N-NNS) G2275 ἥττημα hḗttēma hayt-tay-mah from ἡττάω; a deterioration, i.e. (objectively) failure or (subjectively) loss:--diminishing, fault.
|
ἥττημαhēttēma
|
a defeat
|
N-NNS
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
for you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2917κρίματαkrimata (N-ANP) G2917 κρίμα kríma kree-mah from κρίνω; a decision (the function or the effect, for or against (crime)):--avenge, condemned, condemnation, damnation, + go to law, judgment.
|
κρίματαkrimata
|
lawsuits
|
N-ANP
|
G2192ἔχετεechete (V-PIA-2P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχετεechete
|
you have
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3326μεθ’meth’ (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μεθ’meth’
|
among
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτῶν.heautōn (RefPro-GM3P) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτῶν.heautōn
|
one another.
|
RefPro-GM3P
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
Because of
|
Prep
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3780οὐχὶouchi (Adv) G3780 οὐχί ouchí oo-khee intensive of οὐ; not indeed:--nay, not.,
|
οὐχὶouchi
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv) G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
rather
|
Adv
|
G91ἀδικεῖσθε;adikeisthe (V-PIM/P-2P) G91 ἀδικέω adikéō ad-ee-keh-o from ἄδικος; to be unjust, i.e. (actively) do wrong (morally, socially or physically):--hurt, injure, be an offender, be unjust, (do, suffer, take) wrong.
|
ἀδικεῖσθε;adikeisthe
|
suffer wrong?
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
Because of
|
Prep
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3780οὐχὶouchi (Adv) G3780 οὐχί ouchí oo-khee intensive of οὐ; not indeed:--nay, not.,
|
οὐχὶouchi
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv) G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
rather
|
Adv
|
G650ἀποστερεῖσθε;apostereisthe (V-PIM/P-2P) G650 ἀποστερέω aposteréō ap-os-ter-eh-o from ἀπό and (to deprive); to despoil:--defraud, destitute, kept back by fraud.
|
ἀποστερεῖσθε;apostereisthe
|
be defrauded?
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
7
Now therefore there is utterly a fault among you, because you go to law one with another. Why do you not rather take wrong? why do you not rather suffer yourselves to be defrauded?1 Corinthians 6:7
Stats
Rank: #1599 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 177 characters, 31 words, 140 letters, 56 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: ηδη μεν ουν ολως ηττημα εν υμιν εστιν οτι κριματα εχετε μεθ εαυτων δια τι ουχι μαλλον αδικεισθε δια τι ουχι μαλλον αποστερεισθε
Lit: Already indeed therefore altogether a defeat for you it is, that lawsuits you have among one another. Because of why not rather suffer wrong? Because of why not rather be defrauded?
KJV: Now therefore there is utterly a fault among you, because ye go to law one with another. Why do ye not rather take wrong? why do ye not rather suffer yourselves to be defrauded?
References
"there"Pr 2:5: 8-10: Then will you understand the fear of the LORD: and find the knowledge of God.Ho 10:2: Their heart is divided; now will they be found faulty: he will break down their altars: he will spoil their images.Jas 4:1-3: From where come wars and fightings among you? come they not here: even of your lusts that war in your members?"Why"Pr 20:22: not Say you: I will recompense evil; but wait on the LORD: and He will save you.Mt 5:39-41: But I say to you: That you not resist evil: but whoever will smite you on your right cheek: turn to him the other also.Lu 6:29: to him that smites you on the one cheek offer also the other; and him that takes away your cloke not forbid to take your coat also.Ro 12:17-19: Recompense to no man evil for evil. Provide things ho in the sight of all men.1Th 5:15: See that none render evil for evil to any man; but ever follow that which is good: both among yourselves: and to all men.1Pe 2:19-23: For this is thankworthy: if a man for conscience toward God endure grief: suffering wrongfully.1Pe 3:9: Not rendering evil for evil: or railing for railing: but contrariwise blessing; knowing that you are thereunto called: that you should inherit a blessing.
αλλα υμεις αδικειτε και αποστερειτε και ταυτα αδελφους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G91ἀδικεῖτεadikeite (V-PIA-2P) G91 ἀδικέω adikéō ad-ee-keh-o from ἄδικος; to be unjust, i.e. (actively) do wrong (morally, socially or physically):--hurt, injure, be an offender, be unjust, (do, suffer, take) wrong.
|
ἀδικεῖτεadikeite
|
do wrong
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G650ἀποστερεῖτε,apostereite (V-PIA-2P) G650 ἀποστερέω aposteréō ap-os-ter-eh-o from ἀπό and (to deprive); to despoil:--defraud, destitute, kept back by fraud.
|
ἀποστερεῖτε,apostereite
|
defraud,
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-NNS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
these things
|
DPro-NNS
|
G80ἀδελφούς.adelphous (N-AMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφούς.adelphous
|
to brothers!
|
N-AMP
|
8
No, you do wrong, and defraud, and that your brothers.1 Corinthians 6:8
Stats
Rank: #3333 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 54 characters, 7 words, 41 letters, 14 vowels, 27 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλα υμεις αδικειτε και αποστερειτε και ταυτα αδελφους
Lit: But you do wrong and defraud, and these things to brothers!
KJV: Nay, ye do wrong, and defraud, and that your brethren.
References
"Nay, ye do wrong, and defraud, and that your brethren."Le 19:13: You will not defraud your neighbour: neither rob him: the wages of him that is hired will not abide with you all night until the morning.Mic 2:2: They covet fields: and take them by violence; and houses: and take them away: so they oppress a man and his house: even a man and his heritage.Mal 3:5: I will come near to you to judgment; and I will be a swift witness against the sorcerers: and against the adulterers: and against false swearers: and against those that oppress the hireling in His wages: the widow: and the fatherless: and that turn aside the stranger from His right: and not fear me: says the LORD of hosts.Mr 10:19: You know the commandments: not Do commit adultery: not Do kill: not Do steal: not Do bear false witness: not Defraud: Honour your father and mother.Col 3:25: But he who does wrong will receive for the wrong which he has done: and there is no respect of persons.1Th 4:6: That no man go beyond and defraud His brother in any matter: because that the Lord is the avenger of all such: as we also have forewarned you and testified.Jas 5:4: Look: the hire of the labourers who have reaped down your fields: which is of you kept back by fraud: cries: and the cries of them which have reaped are entered into the ears of the Lord of sabaoth.
Members of Christ
η ουκ οιδατε οτι αδικοι βασιλειαν θεου ου κληρονομησουσιν μη πλανασθε ουτε πορνοι ουτε ειδωλολατραι ουτε μοιχοι ουτε μαλακοι ουτε αρσενοκοιται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2228Ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
Ἢē
|
Or
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1492οἴδατεoidate (V-RIA-2P) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἴδατεoidate
|
know you
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G94ἄδικοιadikoi (Adj-NMP) G94 ἄδικος ádikos ad-ee-kos from Α (as a negative particle) and δίκη; unjust; by extension wicked; by implication, treacherous; specially, heathen:--unjust, unrighteous.
|
ἄδικοιadikoi
|
the unrighteous ones
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G932βασιλείανbasileian (N-AFS) G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείανbasileian
|
the kingdom
|
N-AFS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2816κληρονομήσουσιν;klēronomēsousin (V-FIA-3P) G2816 κληρονομέω klēronoméō klay-ron-om-eh-o from κληρονόμος; to be an heir to (literally or figuratively):--be heir, (obtain by) inherit(-ance).
|
κληρονομήσουσιν;klēronomēsousin
|
will inherit?
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G4105πλανᾶσθε·planasthe (V-PMM/P-2P) G4105 πλανάω planáō plan-ah-o from πλάνη; to (properly, cause to) roam (from safety, truth, or virtue):--go astray, deceive, err, seduce, wander, be out of the way.
|
πλανᾶσθε·planasthe
|
be deceived:
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj) G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
neither
|
Conj
|
G4205πόρνοιpornoi (N-NMP) G4205 πόρνος pórnos por-nos from (to sell; akin to the base of πιπράσκω); a (male) prostitute (as venal), i.e. (by analogy) a debauchee (libertine):--fornicator, whoremonger.
|
πόρνοιpornoi
|
the sexually immoral,
|
N-NMP
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj) G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G1496εἰδωλολάτραιeidōlolatrai (N-NMP) G1496 εἰδωλολάτρης eidōlolátrēs i-do-lol-at-race from εἴδωλον and the base of λατρεύω; an image- (servant or) worshipper (literally or figuratively):--idolater.
|
εἰδωλολάτραιeidōlolatrai
|
idolaters,
|
N-NMP
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj) G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G3432μοιχοὶmoichoi (N-NMP) G3432 μοιχός moichós moy-khos perhaps a primary word; a (male) paramour; figuratively, apostate:--adulterer.
|
μοιχοὶmoichoi
|
adulterers,
|
N-NMP
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj) G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G3120μαλακοὶmalakoi (Adj-NMP) G3120 μαλακός malakós mal-ak-os of uncertain affinity; soft, i.e. fine (clothing); figuratively, a catamite:--effeminate, soft.
|
μαλακοὶmalakoi
|
effeminate,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj) G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G733ἀρσενοκοῖταιarsenokoitai (N-NMP) G733 ἀρσενοκοίτης arsenokoítēs ar-sen-ok-oy-tace from ἄῤῥην and κοίτη; a sodomite:--abuser of (that defile) self with mankind.
|
ἀρσενοκοῖταιarsenokoitai
|
homosexuals,
|
N-NMP
|
9
Know you not that the unrighteous will not inherit the kingdom of God? not Be deceived: neither fornicators, nor idolaters, nor adulterers, nor effeminate, nor abusers of themselves with mankind,1 Corinthians 6:9
Stats
Rank: #137 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 195 characters, 24 words, 159 letters, 60 vowels, 99 consonants
Translation
Greek: η ουκ οιδατε οτι αδικοι βασιλειαν θεου ου κληρονομησουσιν μη πλανασθε ουτε πορνοι ουτε ειδωλολατραι ουτε μοιχοι ουτε μαλακοι ουτε αρσενοκοιται
Lit: Or not know you that the unrighteous ones of God the kingdom not will inherit? Not be deceived: neither the sexually immoral, nor idolaters, nor adulterers, nor effeminate, nor homosexuals,
KJV: Know ye not that the unrighteous shall not inherit the kingdom of God? Be not deceived: neither fornicators, nor idolaters, nor adulterers, nor effeminate, nor abusers of themselves with mankind,
References
"Know"1Co 6:2: 3: 15: 16: 19: Do you not know that the saints will judge the world? and if the world will be judged by you: are you unworthy to judge the small matters?1Co 3:16: Know you not that you are the temple of God: and that the Spirit of God dwells in you?1Co 9:24: Know you not that they which run in a race run all: but one receives the prize? So run: that you may obtain."unrighteous"Ex 23:1: You will not raise a false report: not put your hand with the wicked to be an unrighteous witness.Le 19:15: 35: 36: You will do no unrighteousness in judgment: you will not respect the person of the poor: nor honour the person of the mighty: but in righteousness will you judge your neighbour.De 25:13-16: You will not have in your bag divers weights: a great and a small.Pr 11:1: A false balance is abomination to the LORD: but a just weight is His delight.Pr 22:8: He who sows iniquity will reap vanity: and the rod of his anger will fail.Isa 10:1: 2: Woe to them that decree unrighteous decrees: and that write grievousness which they have prescribed;Isa 55:7: Let the wicked forsake His way: and the unrighteous man His thoughts: and let Him return to the LORD: and He will have mercy upon Him; and to our God: for He will abundantly pardon.Zec 5:3: Then said he to me: This is the curse that goes forth over the face of the whole earth: for every one that steals will be cut off as on this side according to it; and every one that swears will be cut off as on that side according to it.Ac 24:25: As he reasoned of righteousness: temperance: and judgment to come: Felix trembled: and answered: Go your way for this time; when I have a convenient season: I will call for you.Ro 1:18: For the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men: who hold the truth in unrighteousness;1Ti 1:9: Knowing this: that the law not is made for a righteous man: but for the lawless and disobedient: for the ungodly and for sinners: for unholy and profane: for murderers of fathers and murderers of mothers: for manslayers: "inherit"1Co 6:10: Nor thieves: nor covetous: nor drunkards: nor revilers: nor extortioners: will inherit the kingdom of God.1Co 15:50: Now this I say: brothers: that flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God; neither does corruption inherit incorruption.Mt 19:29: Every one that has forsaken houses: or brothers: or sisters: or father: or mother: or wife: or children: or lands: for my name's sake: will receive an hundredfold: and will inherit everlasting life.Mt 25:34: Then will the King say to them on His right hand: Come: you blessed of my Father: inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world:Ga 5:21: Envyings: murders: drunkenness: revellings: and such like: of the which I tell you before: as I have also told you in time past: that they which do such things will not inherit the kingdom of God."fornicators"1Co 5:1: 10: It is reported commonly that there is fornication among you: and such fornication as not is so much as named among the Gentiles: that one should have his father's wife.Ga 5:19-21: Now the works of the flesh are manifest: which are these; Adultery: fornication: uncleanness: lasciviousness: Eph 5:4: 5: Neither filthiness: nor foolish talking: nor jesting: which not are convenient: but rather giving of thanks.1Ti 1:9: Knowing this: that the law not is made for a righteous man: but for the lawless and disobedient: for the ungodly and for sinners: for unholy and profane: for murderers of fathers and murderers of mothers: for manslayers: Heb 12:14: 16: Follow peace with all men: and holiness: without which no man will see the Lord:Heb 13:4: Marriage is honourable in all: and the bed undefiled: but whoremongers and adulterers God will judge.Re 21:8: But the fearful: and unbelieving: and the abominable: and murderers: and whoremongers: and sorcerers: and idolaters: and all liars: will have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.Re 22:15: For without are dogs: and sorcerers: and whoremongers: and murderers: and idolaters: and whoever loves and makes a lie."abusers"Ge 19:5: They called to Lot: and said to him: Where are the men which came in to you this night? bring them out to us: that we may know them.Le 18:22: You will not lie with mankind: as with womankind: it is abomination.Le 20:13: If a man also lie with mankind: as he lies with a woman: both of them have committed an abomination: they will surely be put to death; their blood will be upon them.De 22:5: The woman will not wear that which pertains to a man: neither will a man put on a woman's garment: for all that do so are abomination to the LORD your God.De 23:17: There will be no whore of the daughters of Israel: nor a sodomite of the sons of Israel.Jg 19:22: Now as they were making their hearts merry: look: the men of the city: certain sons of Belial: beset the house round about: and beat at the door: and spoke to the master of the house: the old man: saying: Bring forth the man that came into your house: that we may know him.Ro 1:26: 27: For this cause God gave them up to vile affections: for even their women did change the natural use into that which is against nature:1Ti 1:10: For whoremongers: for them that defile themselves with mankind: for menstealers: for liars: for perjured persons: and if there be any other thing that is contrary to sound doctrine;
ουτε κλεπται ουτε πλεονεκται ουτε μεθυσοι ου λοιδοροι ουχ αρπαγες βασιλειαν θεου ου κληρονομησουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj) G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G2812κλέπταιkleptai (N-NMP) G2812 κλέπτης kléptēs klep-tace from κλέπτω; a stealer (literally or figuratively):--thief. Compare λῃστής.
|
κλέπταιkleptai
|
thieves,
|
N-NMP
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj) G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G4123πλεονέκται,pleonektai (N-NMP) G4123 πλεονέκτης pleonéktēs pleh-on-ek-tace from πλείων and ἔχω; holding (desiring) more, i.e. eager for gain (avaricious, hence a defrauder):--covetous.
|
πλεονέκται,pleonektai
|
coveters,
|
N-NMP
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3183μέθυσοι,methysoi (N-NMP) G3183 μέθυσος méthysos meth-oo-sos from μεθύω; tipsy, i.e. (as noun) a sot:--drunkard.
|
μέθυσοι,methysoi
|
drunkards,
|
N-NMP
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
nor
|
Adv
|
G3060λοίδοροι,loidoroi (N-NMP) G3060 λοίδορος loídoros loy-dor-os from (mischief); abusive, i.e. a blackguard:--railer, reviler.
|
λοίδοροι,loidoroi
|
verbal abusers,
|
N-NMP
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
nor
|
Adv
|
G727ἅρπαγεςharpages (Adj-NMP) G727 ἅρπαξ hárpax har-pax from ἁρπάζω; rapacious:--extortion, ravening.
|
ἅρπαγεςharpages
|
swindlers,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G932βασιλείανbasileian (N-AFS) G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείανbasileian
|
the kingdom
|
N-AFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G2816κληρονομήσουσιν.klēronomēsousin (V-FIA-3P) G2816 κληρονομέω klēronoméō klay-ron-om-eh-o from κληρονόμος; to be an heir to (literally or figuratively):--be heir, (obtain by) inherit(-ance).
|
κληρονομήσουσιν.klēronomēsousin
|
will inherit.
|
V-FIA-3P
|
10
Nor thieves, nor covetous, nor drunkards, nor revilers, nor extortioners, will inherit the kingdom of God.1 Corinthians 6:10
Stats
Rank: #5139 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 107 characters, 11 words, 86 letters, 31 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτε κλεπται ουτε πλεονεκται ουτε μεθυσοι ου λοιδοροι ουχ αρπαγες βασιλειαν θεου ου κληρονομησουσιν
Lit: nor thieves, nor coveters, not drunkards, nor verbal abusers, nor swindlers, the kingdom of God will inherit.
KJV: Nor thieves, nor covetous, nor drunkards, nor revilers, nor extortioners, shall inherit the kingdom of God.
References
"thieves"Ps 50:17: 18: Seeing you hate instruction: and cast my words behind you.Isa 1:23: Your princes are rebellious: and companions of thieves: every one loves gifts: and follows after rewards: they not judge the fatherless: neither does the cause of the widow come to them.Jer 7:11: Is this house: which is called by my name: become a den of robbers in your eyes? Look: even I have seen it: says the LORD.Eze 22:13: 27: 29: Look: therefore I have smitten my hand at your dishon gain which you have made: and at your blood which has been in the middle of you.Mt 21:19: When he saw a fig tree in the way: he came to it: and not foundhing thereon: but leaves only: and said to it: Let no fruit grow on you henceforward for ever. And presently the fig tree withered away.Mt 23:14: 33: Woe to you: scribes and Pharisees: hypocrites! for you devour widows' houses: and for a pretence make long prayer: therefore you will receive the greater damnation.Joh 12:6: This he said: not that he cared for the poor; but because he was a thief: and had the bag: and bare what was put therein.Eph 4:28: Let him that stole steal no more: but rather let him labour: working with his hands the thing which is good: that he may have to give to him that needs.1Th 4:6: That no man go beyond and defraud His brother in any matter: because that the Lord is the avenger of all such: as we also have forewarned you and testified.1Pe 4:15: But let none of you suffer as a murderer: or as a thief: or as an evildoer: or as a busybody in other men's matters."covetous"1Co 5:11: But now I have written to you not to keep company: if any man that is called a brother be a fornicator: or covetous: or an idolater: or a railer: or a drunkard: or an extortioner; with such an one not no to eat.
και ταυτα τινες ητε αλλα απελουσασθε αλλα ηγιασθητε αλλ εδικαιωθητε εν τω ονοματι του κυριου ιησου και εν τω πνευματι του θεου ημων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3778ταῦτάtauta (DPro-NNP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦτάtauta
|
such
|
DPro-NNP
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
some of
|
IPro-NMP
|
G1510ἦτε·ēte (V-IIA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦτε·ēte
|
you were;
|
V-IIA-2P
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G628ἀπελούσασθε,apelousasthe (V-AIM-2P) G628 ἀπολούω apoloúō ap-ol-oo-o from ἀπό and λούω; to wash fully, i.e. (figuratively) have remitted (reflexively):--wash (away).
|
ἀπελούσασθε,apelousasthe
|
you were washed,
|
V-AIM-2P
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G37ἡγιάσθητε,hēgiasthēte (V-AIP-2P) G37 ἁγιάζω hagiázō hag-ee-ad-zo from ἅγιος; to make holy, i.e. (ceremonially) purify or consecrate; (mentally) to venerate:--hallow, be holy, sanctify.
|
ἡγιάσθητε,hēgiasthēte
|
you were sanctified,
|
V-AIP-2P
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1344ἐδικαιώθητεedikaiōthēte (V-AIP-2P) G1344 δικαιόω dikaióō dik-ah-yo-o from δίκαιος; to render (i.e. show or regard as) just or innocent:--free, justify(-ier), be righteous.
|
ἐδικαιώθητεedikaiōthēte
|
you were justified,
|
V-AIP-2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G3686ὀνόματιonomati (N-DNS) G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματιonomati
|
name
|
N-DNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G1473(ἡμῶν)hēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
(ἡμῶν)hēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4151ΠνεύματιPneumati (N-DNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματιPneumati
|
Spirit
|
N-DNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G1473ἡμῶν.hēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν.hēmōn
|
of us.
|
PPro-G1P
|
11
Such were some of you: but you are washed, but you are sanctified, but you are justified in the name of the Lord Jesus, and by the Spirit of our God.1 Corinthians 6:11
Stats
Rank: #2273 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 150 characters, 28 words, 114 letters, 48 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ταυτα τινες ητε αλλα απελουσασθε αλλα ηγιασθητε αλλ εδικαιωθητε εν τω ονοματι του κυριου ιησου και εν τω πνευματι του θεου ημων
Lit: And such some of you were; but you were washed, but you were sanctified, but you were justified, in the name of the Lord of us Jesus Christ and by the Spirit of the God of us.
KJV: And such were some of you: but ye are washed, but ye are sanctified, but ye are justified in the name of the Lord Jesus, and by the Spirit of our God.
References
"such"1Co 12:2: You know that you were Gentiles: carried away to these dumb idols: even as you were led.Ro 6:17-19: But God be thanked: that you were the servants of sin: but you have obeyed from the heart that form of doctrine which was delivered you.Eph 2:1-3: you has he quickened: who were dead in trespasses and sins;Eph 4:17-22: This I say therefore: and testify in the Lord: that you henceforth not walk as other Gentiles walk: in the vanity of their mind: Eph 5:8: For you were sometimes darkness: but now are you light in the Lord: walk as children of light:Col 3:5-7: Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth; fornication: uncleanness: inordinate affection: evil concupiscence: and covetousness: which is idolatry:Tit 3:3-6: For we ourselves also were sometimes foolish: disobedient: deceived: serving divers lusts and pleasures: living in malice and envy: hateful: and hating one another.1Pe 4:2: 3: That He no longer should live the rest of His time in the flesh to the lusts of men: but to the will of God."but ye are washed"Ps 51:2: 7: Wash me throughly from my iniquity: and cleanse me from my sin.Pr 30:12: There is a generation that are pure in their own eyes: and yet not is washed from their filthiness.Isa 1:16: Wash you: make you clean; put away the evil of your doings from before my eyes; cease to do evil;Jer 4:14: O Jerusalem: wash your heart from wickedness: that you may be saved. How long will your vain thoughts lodge within you?Eze 36:25: Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you: and you will be clean: from all your filthiness: and from all your idols: will I cleanse you.Joh 13:10: Jesus says to Him: He who is washed needs not save to wash His feet: but is clean every whit: and you are clean: not but all.Ac 22:16: Now why tarry you? arise: and be baptized: and wash away your sins: calling on the name of the Lord.Eph 5:26: That he might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word: Tit 3:5: Not by works of righteousness which we have done: but according to His mercy He saved us: by the washing of regeneration: and renewing of the Holy Ghost;Heb 10:22: Let us draw near with a true heart in full assurance of faith: having our hearts sprinkled from an evil conscience: and our bodies washed with pure water.1Pe 3:21: The like figure to what even baptism does also now save us (not the putting away of the filth of the flesh: but the answer of a good conscience toward God: ) by the resurrection of Jesus Christ:Re 1:5: From Jesus Christ: who is the faithful witness: and the first begotten of the dead: and the prince of the kings of the earth. To Him that loved us: and washed us from our sins in His own blood: Re 7:14: I said to him: Sir: you know. And he said to me: These are they which came out of great tribulation: and have washed their robes: and made them white in the blood of the Lamb."but ye are sanctified"1Co 1:2: 30: To the church of God which is at Corinth: to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus: called to be saints: with all that in every place call upon the name of Jesus Christ our Lord: both theirs and ours:Ac 26:18: To open their eyes: and to turn them from darkness to light: and from the power of Satan to God: that they may receive forgiveness of sins: and inheritance among them which are sanctified by faith that is in me.Ga 5:22: 23: But the fruit of the Spirit is love: joy: peace: longsuffering: gentleness: goodness: faith: 2Th 2:13: But we are bound to give thanks alway to God for you: brothers beloved of the Lord: because God has from the beginning chosen you to salvation through sanctification of the Spirit and belief of the truth:Heb 2:11: For both he who sanctifies and they who are sanctified are all of one: for which cause he not is ashamed to call them brothers: 1Pe 1:2: 22: Elect according to the foreknowledge of God the Father: through sanctification of the Spirit: to obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ: Grace to you: and peace: be multiplied."but ye are justified"Isa 45:25: In the LORD will all the seed of Israel be justified: and will glory.Isa 53:11: He will see of the travail of his soul: and will be satisfied: by his knowledge will my righteous servant justify many; for he will bear their iniquities.Lu 18:14: I tell you: this man went down to his house justified rather than the other: for every one that exalts himself will be abased; and he who humbles himself will be exalted.Ac 13:39: By him all that believe are justified from all things: from which you not could be justified by the law of Moses.Ro 3:24: 26-30: Being justified freely by His grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus:Ro 4:5: But to him that works not: but believes on him that justifies the ungodly: his faith is counted for righteousness.Ro 5:1: 9: Therefore being justified by faith: we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ:Ro 8:30: 33: Moreover whom he did predestinate: them he also called: and whom he called: them he also justified: and whom he justified: them he also glorified.Ga 2:16: Knowing that a man not is justified by the works of the law: but by the faith of Jesus Christ: even we have believed in Jesus Christ: that we might be justified by the faith of Christ: not and by the works of the law: for by the works of the law will no flesh be justified.Ga 3:8: 11: 24: The scripture: foreseeing that God would justify the heathen through faith: preached before the gospel to Abraham: saying: In you will all nations be blessed.Tit 3:7: That being justified by his grace: we should be made heirs according to the hope of eternal life.Jas 2:21-26: not Was Abraham our father justified by works: when he had offered Isaac his son upon the altar?
παντα μοι εξεστιν αλλ ου παντα συμφερει παντα μοι εξεστιν αλλ ουκ εγω εξουσιασθησομαι υπο τινος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3956ΠάνταPanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
ΠάνταPanta
|
All things
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G1832ἔξεστιν,exestin (V-PIA-3S) G1832 ἔξεστι éxesti ex-on third person singular present indicative of a compound of ἐκ and εἰμί; so also neuter present participle of the same (with or without some form of εἰμί expressed); impersonally, it is right (through the figurative idea of being out in public):--be lawful, let, X may(-est).
|
ἔξεστιν,exestin
|
are lawful,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-NNP
|
G4851συμφέρει.sympherei (V-PIA-3S) G4851 συμφέρω symphérō soom-fer-o from σύν and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear together (contribute), i.e. (literally) to collect, or (figuratively) to conduce; especially (neuter participle as a noun) advantage:--be better for, bring together, be expedient (for), be good, (be) profit(-able for).
|
συμφέρει.sympherei
|
do profit.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3956Πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
Πάνταpanta
|
All things
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G1832ἔξεστιν,exestin (V-PIA-3S) G1832 ἔξεστι éxesti ex-on third person singular present indicative of a compound of ἐκ and εἰμί; so also neuter present participle of the same (with or without some form of εἰμί expressed); impersonally, it is right (through the figurative idea of being out in public):--be lawful, let, X may(-est).
|
ἔξεστιν,exestin
|
are lawful,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1850ἐξουσιασθήσομαιexousiasthēsomai (V-FIP-1S) G1850 ἐξουσιάζω exousiázō ex-oo-see-ad-zo from ἐξουσία; to control:--exercise authority upon, bring under the (have) power of.
|
ἐξουσιασθήσομαιexousiasthēsomai
|
will be mastered
|
V-FIP-1S
|
G5259ὑπόhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπόhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G5100τινος.tinos (IPro-GNS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινος.tinos
|
anything.
|
IPro-GNS
|
12
All things are lawful to me, but all things not are expedient: all things are lawful for me, but I not will be brought under the power of any.1 Corinthians 6:12
Stats
Rank: #1932 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 144 characters, 26 words, 112 letters, 41 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: παντα μοι εξεστιν αλλ ου παντα συμφερει παντα μοι εξεστιν αλλ ουκ εγω εξουσιασθησομαι υπο τινος
Lit: All things to me are lawful, but not all things do profit. All things to me are lawful, but not I will be mastered by anything.
KJV: All things are lawful unto me, but all things are not expedient: all things are lawful for me, but I will not be brought under the power of any.
References
"things are lawful"1Co 10:23: All things are lawful for me: but all things not are expedient: all things are lawful for me: but all things not edify.Ro 14:14: I know: and am persuaded by the Lord Jesus: that there is nothing unclean of itself: but to Him that esteemeth any thing to be unclean: to Him it is unclean."are not"1Co 8:4: 7-13: As concerning therefore the eating of those things that are offered in sacrifice to idols: we know that an idol is nothing in the world: and that there is none other God but one.1Co 9:12: If others be partakers of this power over you: are not we rather? Nevertheless we not have used this power; but suffer all things: lest we should hinder the gospel of Christ.1Co 10:24-33: Let no man seek his own: but every man another's wealth.Ro 14:15-23: But if your brother be grieved with your meat: now walk you not charitably. not Destroy Him with your meat: for whom Christ died.2Th 3:9: Not because we not have power: but to make ourselves an ensample to you to follow us."but I"1Co 9:27: But I keep under my body: and bring it into subjection: lest that by any means: when I have preached to others: I myself should be a castaway.Ro 7:14: For we know that the law is spiritual: but I am carnal: sold under sin.Heb 12:15: 16: Looking diligently lest'>lest any man fail of the grace of God; lest'>lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you: and thereby many be defiled;Jude 1:12: These are spots in your feasts of charity: when they feast with you: feeding themselves without fear: clouds they are without water: carried about of winds; trees whose fruit withers: without fruit: twice dead: plucked up by the roots;
τα βρωματα τη κοιλια και η κοιλια τοις βρωμασιν ο δε θεος και ταυτην και ταυτα καταργησει το δε σωμα ου τη πορνεια αλλα τω κυριω και ο κυριος τω σωματι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588Τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Τὰta
|
The
|
Art-NNP
|
G1033βρώματαbrōmata (N-NNP) G1033 βρῶμα brōma bro-mah from the base of βιβρώσκω; food (literally or figuratively), especially (ceremonially) articles allowed or forbidden by the Jewish law:--meat, victuals.
|
βρώματαbrōmata
|
foods
|
N-NNP
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
for the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2836κοιλίᾳ,koilia (N-DFS) G2836 κοιλία koilía koy-lee-ah from (hollow); a cavity, i.e. (especially) the abdomen; by implication, the matrix; figuratively, the heart:--belly, womb.
|
κοιλίᾳ,koilia
|
belly
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2836κοιλίαkoilia (N-NFS) G2836 κοιλία koilía koy-lee-ah from (hollow); a cavity, i.e. (especially) the abdomen; by implication, the matrix; figuratively, the heart:--belly, womb.
|
κοιλίαkoilia
|
belly
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DNP
|
G1033βρώμασιν·brōmasin (N-DNP) G1033 βρῶμα brōma bro-mah from the base of βιβρώσκω; food (literally or figuratively), especially (ceremonially) articles allowed or forbidden by the Jewish law:--meat, victuals.
|
βρώμασιν·brōmasin
|
for foods,
|
N-DNP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
both
|
Conj
|
G3778ταύτηνtautēn (DPro-AFS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτηνtautēn
|
this
|
DPro-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these
|
DPro-ANP
|
G2673καταργήσει.katargēsei (V-FIA-3S) G2673 καταργέω katargéō kat-arg-eh-o from κατά and ἀργέω; to be (render) entirely idle (useless), literally or figuratively:--abolish, cease, cumber, deliver, destroy, do away, become (make) of no (none, without) effect, fail, loose, bring (come) to nought, put away (down), vanish away, make void.
|
καταργήσει.katargēsei
|
will destroy;
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4983σῶμαsōma (N-NNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμαsōma
|
the body is
|
N-NNS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4202πορνείᾳporneia (N-DFS) G4202 πορνεία porneía por-ni-ah from πορνεύω; harlotry (including adultery and incest); figuratively, idolatry:--fornication.
|
πορνείᾳporneia
|
for sexual immorality,
|
N-DFS
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
for the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2962Κυρίῳ,Kyriō (N-DMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίῳ,Kyriō
|
Lord,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
for the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4983σώματι·sōmati (N-DNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματι·sōmati
|
body.
|
N-DNS
|
13
Meats for the belly, and the belly for meats: but God will destroy both it and them. Now the body is not for fornication, but for the Lord; and the Lord for the body.1 Corinthians 6:13
Stats
Counts: 167 characters, 29 words, 128 letters, 41 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: τα βρωματα τη κοιλια και η κοιλια τοις βρωμασιν ο δε θεος και ταυτην και ταυτα καταργησει το δε σωμα ου τη πορνεια αλλα τω κυριω και ο κυριος τω σωματι
Lit: The foods for the belly and the belly the for foods, but God both this and these will destroy; and the body is not for sexual immorality, but for the Lord, and the Lord for the body.
KJV: Meats for the belly, and the belly for meats: but God shall destroy both it and them. Now the body is not for fornication, but for the Lord; and the Lord for the body.
References
"Meats for"Mt 15:17: 20: not Do you yet understand: that whatever enters in at the mouth goes into the belly: and is cast out into the draught?Mr 7:19: Because it enters not into his heart: but into the belly: and goes out into the draught: purging all meats?Ro 14:17: For the kingdom of God not is meat and drink; but righteousness: and peace: and joy in the Holy Ghost."but God"1Co 10:3-5: Did all eat the same spiritual meat;Joh 6:27: 49: not Labour for the meat which perishes: but for that meat which endures to everlasting life: which the Son of man will give to you: for Him has God the Father sealed.Col 2:22: 23: Which all are to perish with the using;) after the commandments and doctrines of men?"but for"1Co 6:15: 19: Know you not that your bodies are the members of Christ? will I then take the members of Christ: and make them the members of an harlot? God forbid.1Co 3:16: Know you not that you are the temple of God: and that the Spirit of God dwells in you?Ro 6:12: not Let sin therefore reign in your mortal body: that you should obey it in the lusts thereof.Ro 7:4: For what reason: my brothers: you also are become dead to the law by the body of Christ; that you should be married to another: even to Him who is raised from the dead: that we should bring forth fruit to God.Ro 12:1: I beseech you therefore: brothers: by the mercies of God: that you present your bodies a living sacrifice: holy: acceptable to God: which is your reasonable service.Ro 14:7-9: For none of us lives to himself: and no man dies to himself.2Co 5:15: that he died for all: that they which live not should henceforth live to themselves: but to him which died for them: and rose again.2Co 11:2: For I am jealous over you with godly jealousy: for I have espoused you to one husband: that I may present you as a chaste virgin to Christ.Eph 5:23: For the husband is the head of the wife: even as Christ is the head of the church: and He is the saviour of the body.1Th 4:3-7: For this is the will of God: even your sanctification: that you should abstain from fornication:
ο δε θεος και τον κυριον ηγειρεν και ημας εξεγερει δια της δυναμεως αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
both
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2962ΚύριονKyrion (N-AMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριονKyrion
|
Lord
|
N-AMS
|
G1453ἤγειρενēgeiren (V-AIA-3S) G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἤγειρενēgeiren
|
has raised up,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G1825ἐξεγερεῖexegerei (V-FIA-3S) G1825 ἐξεγείρω exegeírō ex-eg-i-ro from ἐκ and ἐγείρω; to rouse fully, i.e. (figuratively) to resuscitate (from death), release (from infliction):--raise up.
|
ἐξεγερεῖexegerei
|
will raise out,
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1411δυνάμεωςdynameōs (N-GFS) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμεωςdynameōs
|
power
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
14
God has both raised up the Lord, and will also raise up us by His own power.1 Corinthians 6:14
Stats
Rank: #8136 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 81 characters, 17 words, 62 letters, 23 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε θεος και τον κυριον ηγειρεν και ημας εξεγερει δια της δυναμεως αυτου
Lit: And God both the Lord has raised up, and us will raise out, by the power of Him.
KJV: And God hath both raised up the Lord, and will also raise up us by his own power.
References
"God"1Co 15:15-20: Yes: and we are found false witnesses of God; because we have testified of God that He raised up Christ: whom He not raised up: if so be that the dead not rise.Ac 2:24: Whom God has raised up: having loosed the pains of death: because it not was possible that He should be holden of it.Ac 17:31: Because he has appointed a day: in the which he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he has ordained; whereof he has given assurance to all men: in that he has raised him from the dead.Ro 6:4-8: Therefore we are buried with Him by baptism into death: that like as Christ was raised up from the dead by the glory of the Father: even so we also should walk in newness of life.Ro 8:11: But if the Spirit of Him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwell in you: He that'>He who raised up Christ from the dead will also quicken your mortal bodies by His Spirit that dwells in you.2Co 4:14: Knowing that He which raised up the Lord Jesus will raise up us also by Jesus: and will present us with you.Php 3:10: 11: That I may know him: and the power of his resurrection: and the fellowship of his sufferings: being made conformable to his death;1Th 4:14: For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again: even so them also which sleep in Jesus will God bring with Him."by"Joh 5:28: 29: not Marvel at this: for the hour is coming: in the which all that are in the graves will hear his voice: Joh 6:39: 40: This is the Father's will which has sent me: that of all which He has given me I should not losehing: but should raise it up again at the last day.Joh 11:25: 26: Jesus said to her: I am the resurrection: and the life: He that'>He who believes in me: though He were dead: yet will He live:Eph 1:19: 20: What is the exceeding greatness of his power to us-ward who believe: according to the working of his mighty power: Php 3:21: Who will change our vile body: that it may be fashioned like to his glorious body: according to the working whereby he is able even to subdue all things to himself.
ουκ οιδατε οτι τα σωματα υμων μελη χριστου εστιν αρας ουν τα μελη του χριστου ποιησω πορνης μελη μη γενοιτο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756Οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
Οὐκouk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1492οἴδατεoidate (V-RIA-2P) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἴδατεoidate
|
know you
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G4983σώματαsōmata (N-NNP) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματαsōmata
|
bodies
|
N-NNP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3196μέληmelē (N-NNP) G3196 μέλος mélos mel-os of uncertain affinity; a limb or part of the body:--member.
|
μέληmelē
|
members
|
N-NNP
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
of Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G1510ἐστιν;estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν;estin
|
are?
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G142ἄραςaras (V-APA-NMS) G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἄραςaras
|
Having taken
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3196μέληmelē (N-ANP) G3196 μέλος mélos mel-os of uncertain affinity; a limb or part of the body:--member.
|
μέληmelē
|
members
|
N-ANP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
Christ,
|
N-GMS
|
G4160ποιήσωpoiēsō (V-ASA-1S) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσωpoiēsō
|
shall I make
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G4204πόρνηςpornēs (N-GFS) G4204 πόρνη pórnē por-nay feminine of πόρνος; a strumpet; figuratively, an idolater:--harlot, whore.
|
πόρνηςpornēs
|
them of a prostitute
|
N-GFS
|
G3196μέλη;melē (N-ANP) G3196 μέλος mélos mel-os of uncertain affinity; a limb or part of the body:--member.
|
μέλη;melē
|
members?
|
N-ANP
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
Never
|
Adv
|
G1096γένοιτο.genoito (V-AOM-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γένοιτο.genoito
|
may it be!
|
V-AOM-3S
|
15
Know you not that your bodies are the members of Christ? will I then take the members of Christ, and make them the members of an harlot? God forbid.1 Corinthians 6:15
Stats
Counts: 148 characters, 26 words, 116 letters, 40 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουκ οιδατε οτι τα σωματα υμων μελη χριστου εστιν αρας ουν τα μελη του χριστου ποιησω πορνης μελη μη γενοιτο
Lit: Not know you that the bodies of you members of Christ are? Having taken then the members of the Christ, shall I make them of a prostitute members? Never may it be!
KJV: Know ye not that your bodies are the members of Christ? shall I then take the members of Christ, and make them the members of an harlot? God forbid.
References
"your"1Co 6:19: What? know you not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you: which you have of God: and you not are your own?1Co 11:3: But I would have you know: that the head of every man is Christ; and the head of the woman is the man; and the head of Christ is God.1Co 12:27: Now you are the body of Christ: and members in particular.Ro 12:5: So we: being many: are one body in Christ: and every one members one of another.Eph 1:22: 23: has put all things under his feet: and gave him to be the head over all things to the church: Eph 4:12: 15: 16: For the perfecting of the saints: for the work of the ministry: for the edifying of the body of Christ:Eph 5:23: 30: For the husband is the head of the wife: even as Christ is the head of the church: and He is the saviour of the body.Col 2:19: not And holding the Head: from which all the body by joints and bands having nourishment ministered: and knit together: increases with the increase of God."God"Ge 44:17: He said: God forbid that I should do so: but the man in whose hand the cup is found: He will be my servant; and as for you: get you up in peace to your father.Lu 20:16: He will come and destroy these husbandmen: and will give the vineyard to others. And when they heard it: they said: God forbid.Ro 3:3: 4: 6: 31: For what if some not did believe? will their unbelief make the faith of God without effect?Ro 6:2: 15: God forbid. How will we: that are dead to sin: live any longer therein?Ro 7:7: 13: What will we say then? Is the law sin? God forbid. No: I not had known sin: but by the law: for I not had known lust: except the law had said: You will not covet.Ga 2:17: But if: while we seek to be justified by Christ: we ourselves also are found sinners: is therefore Christ the minister of sin? God forbid.Ga 3:21: Is the law then against the promises of God? God forbid: for if there had been a law given which could have given life: truly righteousness should have been by the law.Ga 6:14: But God forbid that I should glory: save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ: by whom the world is crucified to me: and I to the world.
η ουκ οιδατε οτι ο κολλωμενος τη πορνη εν σωμα εστιν εσονται γαρ φησιν οι δυο εις σαρκα μιαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
Or
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1492οἴδατεoidate (V-RIA-2P) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἴδατεoidate
|
know you
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2853κολλώμενοςkollōmenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G2853 κολλάω kolláō kol-lah-o from (glue); to glue, i.e. (passively or reflexively) to stick (figuratively):--cleave, join (self), keep company.
|
κολλώμενοςkollōmenos
|
being joined
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
to the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4204πόρνῃpornē (N-DFS) G4204 πόρνη pórnē por-nay feminine of πόρνος; a strumpet; figuratively, an idolater:--harlot, whore.
|
πόρνῃpornē
|
prostitute,
|
N-DFS
|
G1520ἓνhen (Adj-NNS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓνhen
|
one
|
Adj-NNS
|
G4983σῶμάsōma (N-NNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμάsōma
|
body
|
N-NNS
|
G1510ἐστιν;estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν;estin
|
is?
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1510ἜσονταιEsontai (V-FIM-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἜσονταιEsontai
|
Will become,”
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G1063γάρ,gar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρ,gar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5346φησίν,phēsin (V-PIA-3S) G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
φησίν,phēsin
|
it says,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588Οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-NMP) G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G4561σάρκαsarka (N-AFS) G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σάρκαsarka
|
flesh
|
N-AFS
|
G1520μίαν.mian (Adj-AFS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μίαν.mian
|
one.”
|
Adj-AFS
|
16
What? know you not that he which is joined to an harlot is one body? for two, says he, will be one flesh.1 Corinthians 6:16
Stats
Rank: #9091 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 106 characters, 19 words, 79 letters, 29 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: η ουκ οιδατε οτι ο κολλωμενος τη πορνη εν σωμα εστιν εσονται γαρ φησιν οι δυο εις σαρκα μιαν
Lit: Or not know you that the one being joined to the prostitute, one body is? Will become,” for it says, the two into flesh one.”
KJV: What? know ye not that he which is joined to an harlot is one body? for two, saith he, shall be one flesh.
References
"an harlot"Ge 34:31: They said: Should he deal with our sister as with an harlot?Ge 38:15: 24: When Judah saw her: he thought her to be an harlot; because she had covered her face.Jg 16:1: Then went Samson to Gaza: and saw there an harlot: and went in to her.Mt 21:31: 32: Whether of them two did the will of His father? They say to Him: The first. Jesus says to them: Truly I say to you: That the publicans and the harlots go into the kingdom of God before you.Heb 11:31: By faith the harlot Rahab not perished with them that not believed: when she had received the spies with peace."for"Ge 2:24: Therefore will a man leave his father and his mother: and will cleave to his wife: and they will be one flesh.Mt 19:5: 6: Said: For this cause will a man leave father and mother: and will cleave to his wife: and they two will be one flesh?Mr 10:8: They two will be one flesh: so then they are no more two: but one flesh.Eph 5:31: For this cause will a man leave his father and mother: and will be joined to his wife: and they two will be one flesh.
ο δε κολλωμενος τω κυριω εν πνευμα εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2853κολλώμενοςkollōmenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G2853 κολλάω kolláō kol-lah-o from (glue); to glue, i.e. (passively or reflexively) to stick (figuratively):--cleave, join (self), keep company.
|
κολλώμενοςkollōmenos
|
being joined
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2962ΚυρίῳKyriō (N-DMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίῳKyriō
|
Lord,
|
N-DMS
|
G1520ἓνhen (Adj-NNS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓνhen
|
one
|
Adj-NNS
|
G4151πνεῦμάpneuma (N-NNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμάpneuma
|
spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G1510ἐστιν.estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν.estin
|
is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
17
But He that'>He who is joined to the Lord is one spirit.1 Corinthians 6:17
Stats
Counts: 50 characters, 11 words, 39 letters, 16 vowels, 23 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε κολλωμενος τω κυριω εν πνευμα εστιν
Lit: The one however being joined to the Lord, one spirit is.
KJV: But he that is joined unto the Lord is one spirit.
References
"But he that is joined unto the Lord is one spirit."1Co 12:13: For by one Spirit are we all baptized into one body: whether we be Jews or Gentiles: whether we be bond or free; and have been all made to drink into one Spirit.Joh 3:6: That which is born of the flesh is flesh; and that which is born of the Spirit is spirit.Joh 17:21-23: That they all may be one; as you: Father: are in me: and I in you: that they also may be one in us: that the world may believe that you have sent me.Eph 4:3: 4: Endeavouring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace.Eph 5:30: For we are members of his body: of his flesh: and of his bones.Php 2:5: Let this mind be in you: which was also in Christ Jesus:
The Temple of the Holy Spirit
φευγετε την πορνειαν παν αμαρτημα ο εαν ποιηση ανθρωπος εκτος του σωματος εστιν ο δε πορνευων εις το ιδιον σωμα αμαρτανει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5343Φεύγετεpheugete (V-PMA-2P) G5343 φεύγω pheúgō fyoo-go apparently a primary verb; to run away (literally or figuratively); by implication, to shun; by analogy, to vanish:--escape, flee (away).
|
Φεύγετεpheugete
|
Flee
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G4202πορνείαν.porneian (N-AFS) G4202 πορνεία porneía por-ni-ah from πορνεύω; harlotry (including adultery and incest); figuratively, idolatry:--fornication.
|
πορνείαν.porneian
|
sexual immorality.
|
N-AFS
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-NNS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
Every
|
Adj-NNS
|
G265ἁμάρτημαhamartēma (N-NNS) G265 ἁμάρτημα hamártēma ham-ar-tay-mah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly concrete):--sin.
|
ἁμάρτημαhamartēma
|
sin,
|
N-NNS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
whatever
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G4160ποιήσῃpoiēsē (V-ASA-3S) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσῃpoiēsē
|
might do
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
a man,
|
N-NMS
|
G1622ἐκτὸςektos (Prep) G1622 ἐκτός ektós ek-tos from ἐκ; the exterior; figuratively (as a preposition) aside from, besides:--but, except(-ed), other than, out of, outside, unless, without.
|
ἐκτὸςektos
|
outside
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4983σώματόςsōmatos (N-GNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματόςsōmatos
|
body
|
N-GNS
|
G1510ἐστιν·estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν·estin
|
is;
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4203πορνεύωνporneuōn (V-PPA-NMS) G4203 πορνεύω porneúō porn-yoo-o from πόρνη; to act the harlot, i.e. (literally) indulge unlawful lust (of either sex), or (figuratively) practise idolatry:--commit (fornication).
|
πορνεύωνporneuōn
|
sinning sexually,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
against
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2398ἴδιονidion (Adj-ANS) G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἴδιονidion
|
own
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4983σῶμαsōma (N-ANS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμαsōma
|
body
|
N-ANS
|
G264ἁμαρτάνει.hamartanei (V-PIA-3S) G264 ἁμαρτάνω hamartánō ham-ar-tan-o perhaps from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of μέρος; properly, to miss the mark (and so not share in the prize), i.e. (figuratively) to err, especially (morally) to sin:--for your faults, offend, sin, trespass.
|
ἁμαρτάνει.hamartanei
|
sins.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
18
Flee fornication. Every sin that a man does is without the body; but he who commits fornication sins against his own body.1 Corinthians 6:18
Stats
Rank: #1814 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 130 characters, 20 words, 106 letters, 40 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: φευγετε την πορνειαν παν αμαρτημα ο εαν ποιηση ανθρωπος εκτος του σωματος εστιν ο δε πορνευων εις το ιδιον σωμα αμαρτανει
Lit: Flee sexual immorality. Every sin, whatever if might do a man, outside the body is; the one however sinning sexually, against the own body sins.
KJV: Flee fornication. Every sin that a man doeth is without the body; but he that committeth fornication sinneth against his own body.
References
"Flee"Ge 39:12-18: She caught him by his garment: saying: Lie with me: and he left his garment in her hand: and fled: and got him out.Pr 2:16-19: To deliver you from the strange woman: even from the stranger which flatters with her words;Pr 5:3-15: For the lips of a strange woman drop as an honeycomb: and her mouth is smoother than oil:Pr 6:24-32: To keep you from the evil woman: from the flattery of the tongue of a strange woman.Pr 7:5-23: 24-27: That they may keep you from the strange woman: from the stranger which flatters with her words.Pr 9:16-18: Whoever is simple: let him turn in here: and as for him that wants understanding: she says to him: Ro 6:12: 13: not Let sin therefore reign in your mortal body: that you should obey it in the lusts thereof.2Ti 2:22: Flee also youthful lusts: but follow righteousness: faith: charity: peace: with them that call on the Lord out of a pure heart.Heb 13:4: Marriage is honourable in all: and the bed undefiled: but whoremongers and adulterers God will judge.1Pe 2:11: Dearly beloved: I beseech you as strangers and pilgrims: abstain from fleshly lusts: which war against the soul;"sinneth"Ro 1:24: For what reason God also gave them up to uncleanness through the lusts of their own hearts: to dishonour their own bodies between themselves:1Th 4:5: Not in the lust of concupiscence: even as the Gentiles which not know God:
η ουκ οιδατε οτι το σωμα υμων ναος του εν υμιν αγιου πνευματος εστιν ου εχετε απο θεου και ουκ εστε εαυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
Or
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1492οἴδατεoidate (V-RIA-2P) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἴδατεoidate
|
know you
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4983σῶμαsōma (N-NNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμαsōma
|
body
|
N-NNS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3485ναὸςnaos (N-NMS) G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναὸςnaos
|
a temple
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G40ἉγίουHagiou (Adj-GNS) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἉγίουHagiou
|
Holy
|
Adj-GNS
|
G4151ΠνεύματόςPneumatos (N-GNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματόςPneumatos
|
Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GNS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
whom
|
RelPro-GNS
|
G2192ἔχετεechete (V-PIA-2P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχετεechete
|
you have
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεοῦ;Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ;Theou
|
God?
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἐστὲeste (V-PIA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστὲeste
|
you are
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G1438ἑαυτῶν;heautōn (RefPro-GM3P) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτῶν;heautōn
|
your own,
|
RefPro-GM3P
|
19
What? know you not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you, which you have of God, and you not are your own?1 Corinthians 6:19
Stats
Rank: #335 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 128 characters, 26 words, 96 letters, 35 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: η ουκ οιδατε οτι το σωμα υμων ναος του εν υμιν αγιου πνευματος εστιν ου εχετε απο θεου και ουκ εστε εαυτων
Lit: Or not know you that the body of you a temple of the in you Holy Spirit is, whom you have from God? And not you are your own,
KJV: What? know ye not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you, which ye have of God, and ye are not your own?
References
"What"1Co 6:15: 16: Know you not that your bodies are the members of Christ? will I then take the members of Christ: and make them the members of an harlot? God forbid."your body"1Co 3:16: Know you not that you are the temple of God: and that the Spirit of God dwells in you?2Co 6:16: What agreement has the temple of God with idols? for you are the temple of the living God; as God has said: I will dwell in them: and walk in them; and I will be their God: and they will be my people.Eph 2:21: 22: In whom all the building fitly framed together grows to an holy temple in the Lord:1Pe 2:5: You also: as lively stones: are built up a spiritual house: an holy priesthood: to offer up spiritual sacrifices: acceptable to God by Jesus Christ."and ye"1Ki 20:4: The king of Israel answered and said: My lord: O king: according to your saying: I am your: and all that I have.1Ch 29:14: But who am I: and what is my people: that we should be able to offer so willingly after this sort? for all things come of you: and of your own have we given you.Ps 12:4: Who have said: With our tongue will we prevail; our lips are our own: who is lord over us?Ps 100:3: Know you that the LORD He is God: it is He that has made us: not and we ourselves; we are His people: and the sheep of His pasture.Ro 14:7-9: For none of us lives to himself: and no man dies to himself.2Co 5:15: that he died for all: that they which live not should henceforth live to themselves: but to him which died for them: and rose again.Tit 2:14: Who gave himself for us: that he might redeem us from all iniquity: and purify to himself a peculiar people: zealous of good works.
ηγορασθητε γαρ τιμης δοξασατε δη τον θεον εν τω σωματι υμων και εν τω πνευματι υμων ατινα εστιν του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G59ἠγοράσθητεēgorasthēte (V-AIP-2P) G59 ἀγοράζω agorázō ag-or-ad-zo from ἀγορά; properly, to go to market, i.e. (by implication) to purchase; specially, to redeem:--buy, redeem.
|
ἠγοράσθητεēgorasthēte
|
you were bought
|
V-AIP-2P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5092τιμῆς·timēs (N-GFS) G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.
|
τιμῆς·timēs
|
with a price;
|
N-GFS
|
G1392δοξάσατεdoxasate (V-AMA-2P) G1392 δοξάζω doxázō dox-ad-zo from δόξα; to render (or esteem) glorious (in a wide application):--(make) glorify(-ious), full of (have) glory, honour, magnify.
|
δοξάσατεdoxasate
|
glorify
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G1211δὴdē (Prtcl) G1211 δή dḗ day probably akin to δέ; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.,
|
δὴdē
|
therefore
|
Prtcl
|
G2316ΘεὸνTheon (N-AMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸνTheon
|
God
|
N-AMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4983σώματιsōmati (N-DNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματιsōmati
|
body
|
N-DNS
|
G4771ὑμῶν.hymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν.hymōn
|
of you.
|
PPro-G2P
|
G2532⧼καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
⧼καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4151πνεύματιpneumati (N-DNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματιpneumati
|
spirit
|
N-DNS
|
G4771ὑμῶν,hymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν,hymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3748ἅτινάhatina (RelPro-NNP) G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
ἅτινάhatina
|
which
|
RelPro-NNP
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2316θεοῦ⧽.theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
θεοῦ⧽.theou
|
God’s.
|
N-GMS
|
20
For you are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God's.1 Corinthians 6:20
Stats
Rank: #3118 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 104 characters, 17 words, 80 letters, 31 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: ηγορασθητε γαρ τιμης δοξασατε δη τον θεον εν τω σωματι υμων και εν τω πνευματι υμων ατινα εστιν του θεου
Lit: you were bought for with a price; glorify therefore God in the body of you. and in the spirit of you, which are God’s.
KJV: For ye are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God's.
References
"ye"1Co 7:23: You are bought with a price; not be you the servants of men.Ac 20:28: Take heed therefore to yourselves: and to all the flock: over the which the Holy Ghost has made you overseers: to feed the church of God: which He has purchased with His own blood.Ga 3:13: Christ has redeemed us from the curse of the law: being made a curse for us: for it is written: Cursed is every one that hangs on a tree:Heb 9:12: Neither by the blood of goats and calves: but by his own blood he entered in once into the holy place: having obtained eternal redemption for us.1Pe 1:18: Forasmuch as you know that you not were redeemed with corruptible things: as silver and gold: from your vain conversation received by tradition from your fathers;2Pe 2:1: But there were false prophets also among the people: even as there will be false teachers among you: who privily will bring in damnable heresies: even denying the Lord that bought them: and bring upon themselves swift destruction.Re 5:9: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;"God"1Co 10:31: Whether therefore you eat: or drink: or whatever you do: do all to the glory of God.Mt 5:16: Let your light so shine before men: that they may see your good works: and glorify your Father which is in heaven.Ro 6:19: I speak after the manner of men because of the infirmity of your flesh: for as you have yielded your members servants to uncleanness and to iniquity to iniquity; even so now yield your members servants to righteousness to holiness.Ro 12:1: I beseech you therefore: brothers: by the mercies of God: that you present your bodies a living sacrifice: holy: acceptable to God: which is your reasonable service.Php 1:20: According to my ear expectation and my hope: that not inhing I will be ashamed: but that with all boldness: as always: so now also Christ will be magnified in my body: whether it be by life: or by death.1Pe 2:9: But you are a chosen generation: a royal priesthood: an holy nation: a peculiar people; that you should show forth the praises of him who has called you out of darkness into his marvellous light:
7
The Marriage Covenant
Principles of Marriage
περι δε ων εγραψατε μοι καλον ανθρωπω γυναικος μη απτεσθαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4012ΠερὶPeri (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
ΠερὶPeri
|
Concerning
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
the things about which
|
RelPro-GNP
|
G1125ἐγράψατε,egrapsate (V-AIA-2P) G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
ἐγράψατε,egrapsate
|
you wrote:
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G2570καλὸνkalon (Adj-NNS) G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.
|
καλὸνkalon
|
It is good
|
Adj-NNS
|
G444ἀνθρώπῳanthrōpō (N-DMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπῳanthrōpō
|
for a man
|
N-DMS
|
G1135γυναικὸςgynaikos (N-GFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικὸςgynaikos
|
a woman
|
N-GFS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G680ἅπτεσθαι·haptesthai (V-PNM) G680 ἅπτομαι háptomai hap-tom-ahee reflexive of ἅπτω; properly, to attach oneself to, i.e. to touch (in many implied relations):--touch.
|
ἅπτεσθαι·haptesthai
|
to touch.
|
V-PNM
|
1
Now concerning the things whereof you wrote to me: It is good for a not man to touch a woman.1 Corinthians 7:1
Stats
Rank: #1318 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 94 characters, 19 words, 73 letters, 29 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: περι δε ων εγραψατε μοι καλον ανθρωπω γυναικος μη απτεσθαι
Lit: Concerning now the things about which you wrote: It is good for a man a woman not to touch.
KJV: Now concerning the things whereof ye wrote unto me: It is good for a man not to touch a woman.
References
"good"1Co 7:8: 26: 27: 37: 38: I say therefore to the unmarried and widows: It is good for them if they abide even as I.Mt 19:10: 11: His disciples say to him: If the case of the man be so with his wife: it not is good to marry."touch"Ge 20:6: God said to Him in a dream: Yes: I know that you did this in the integrity of your heart; for I also withheld you from sinning against me: therefore suffered I you not to touch her.Ru 2:9: Let your eyes be on the field that they do reap: and go you after them: have not I charged the young men that they will not touch you? and when you are athirst: go to the vessels: and drink of that which the young men have drawn.Pr 6:29: So he who goes in to his neighbour's wife; whoever touches her will not be innocent.
δια δε τας πορνειας εκαστος την εαυτου γυναικα εχετω και εκαστη τον ιδιον ανδρα εχετω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
Because of
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4202πορνείαςporneias (N-AFP) G4202 πορνεία porneía por-ni-ah from πορνεύω; harlotry (including adultery and incest); figuratively, idolatry:--fornication.
|
πορνείαςporneias
|
sexual immorality,
|
N-AFP
|
G1538ἕκαστοςhekastos (Adj-NMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστοςhekastos
|
each man
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the own
|
Art-AFS
|
G1438ἑαυτοῦheautou (RefPro-GM3S) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοῦheautou
|
of him
|
RefPro-GM3S
|
G1135γυναῖκαgynaika (N-AFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκαgynaika
|
wife
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἐχέτω,echetō (V-PMA-3S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἐχέτω,echetō
|
let have,
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1538ἑκάστηhekastē (Adj-NFS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἑκάστηhekastē
|
each woman
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2398ἴδιονidion (Adj-AMS) G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἴδιονidion
|
own
|
Adj-AMS
|
G435ἄνδραandra (N-AMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραandra
|
husband
|
N-AMS
|
G2192ἐχέτω.echetō (V-PMA-3S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἐχέτω.echetō
|
let have.
|
V-PMA-3S
|
2
Nevertheless, to avoid fornication, let every man have his own wife, and let every woman have her own husband.1 Corinthians 7:2
Stats
Counts: 110 characters, 16 words, 88 letters, 35 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: δια δε τας πορνειας εκαστος την εαυτου γυναικα εχετω και εκαστη τον ιδιον ανδρα εχετω
Lit: Because of however sexual immorality, each man the own of him wife let have, and each woman the own husband let have.
KJV: Nevertheless, to avoid fornication, let every man have his own wife, and let every woman have her own husband.
References
"to avoid"1Co 7:9: But if they cannot contain: let them marry: for it is better to marry than to burn.1Co 6:18: Flee fornication. Every sin that a man does is without the body; but he who commits fornication sins against his own body.Pr 5:18: 19: Let your fountain be blessed: and rejoice with the wife of your youth.1Ti 4:3: Forbidding to marry: and commanding to abstain from meats: which God has created to be received with thanksgiving of them which believe and know the truth."let"Pr 18:22: Whoever finds'>finds a wife finds'>finds a good thing: and obtains favour of the LORD.Pr 19:14: House and riches are the inheritance of fathers: and a prudent wife is from the LORD.Mal 2:14: Yet you say: For what reason? Because the LORD has been witness between you and the wife of your youth: against whom you have dealt treacherously: yet is she your companion: and the wife of your covenant.Eph 5:28: 33: So ought men to love their wives as their own bodies. He who loves'>loves his wife loves'>loves himself.
τη γυναικι ο ανηρ την οφειλομενην ευνοιαν αποδιδοτω ομοιως δε και η γυνη τω ανδρι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588Τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Τῇtē
|
To the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1135γυναικὶgynaiki (N-DFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικὶgynaiki
|
wife,
|
N-DFS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G435ἀνὴρanēr (N-NMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνὴρanēr
|
husband
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3782ὀφειλὴνopheilēn (N-AFS) G3782 ὀφειλή opheilḗ of-i-lay from ὀφείλω; indebtedness, i.e. (concretely) a sum owed; figuratively, obligation, i.e. (conjugal) duty:--debt, due.
|
ὀφειλὴνopheilēn
|
duty
|
N-AFS
|
G591ἀποδιδότω,apodidotō (V-PMA-3S) G591 ἀποδίδωμι apodídōmi ap-od-eed-o-mee from ἀπό and δίδωμι; to give away, i.e. up, over, back, etc. (in various applications):--deliver (again), give (again), (re-)pay(-ment be made), perform, recompense, render, requite, restore, reward, sell, yield.
|
ἀποδιδότω,apodidotō
|
let fulfill;
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G3668ὁμοίωςhomoiōs (Adv) G3668 ὁμοίως homoíōs hom-oy-oce adverb from ὅμοιος; similarly:--likewise, so.
|
ὁμοίωςhomoiōs
|
likewise
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also,
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
wife
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G435ἀνδρί.andri (N-DMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνδρί.andri
|
husband.
|
N-DMS
|
3
Let the husband render to the wife due benevolence: and likewise also the wife to the husband.1 Corinthians 7:3
Stats
Counts: 98 characters, 16 words, 80 letters, 33 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: τη γυναικι ο ανηρ την οφειλομενην ευνοιαν αποδιδοτω ομοιως δε και η γυνη τω ανδρι
Lit: To the wife, the husband the duty let fulfill; likewise now also, the wife to the husband.
KJV: Let the husband render unto the wife due benevolence: and likewise also the wife unto the husband.
References
"Let the husband render unto the wife due benevolence: and likewise also the wife unto the husband."Ex 21:10: If he take him another wife; her food: her clothing: and her duty of marriage: will not he diminish.1Pe 3:7: Likewise: you husbands: dwell with them according to knowledge: giving honour to the wife: as to the weaker vessel: and as being heirs together of the grace of life; that your prayers not be hindered.
η γυνη του ιδιου σωματος ουκ εξουσιαζει αλλ ο ανηρ ομοιως δε και ο ανηρ του ιδιου σωματος ουκ εξουσιαζει αλλ η γυνη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
The
|
Art-NFS
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
wife,
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2398ἰδίουidiou (Adj-GNS) G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίουidiou
|
own
|
Adj-GNS
|
G4983σώματοςsōmatos (N-GNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματοςsōmatos
|
body
|
N-GNS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1850ἐξουσιάζειexousiazei (V-PIA-3S) G1850 ἐξουσιάζω exousiázō ex-oo-see-ad-zo from ἐξουσία; to control:--exercise authority upon, bring under the (have) power of.
|
ἐξουσιάζειexousiazei
|
has authority over,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G435ἀνήρ·anēr (N-NMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνήρ·anēr
|
husband;
|
N-NMS
|
G3668ὁμοίωςhomoiōs (Adv) G3668 ὁμοίως homoíōs hom-oy-oce adverb from ὅμοιος; similarly:--likewise, so.
|
ὁμοίωςhomoiōs
|
likewise
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G435ἀνὴρanēr (N-NMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνὴρanēr
|
husband
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2398ἰδίουidiou (Adj-GNS) G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίουidiou
|
own
|
Adj-GNS
|
G4983σώματοςsōmatos (N-GNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματοςsōmatos
|
body
|
N-GNS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1850ἐξουσιάζειexousiazei (V-PIA-3S) G1850 ἐξουσιάζω exousiázō ex-oo-see-ad-zo from ἐξουσία; to control:--exercise authority upon, bring under the (have) power of.
|
ἐξουσιάζειexousiazei
|
has authority over,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1135γυνή.gynē (N-NFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνή.gynē
|
wife.
|
N-NFS
|
4
The wife has not power of her own body, but the husband: and likewise also the husband has not power of his own body, but the wife.1 Corinthians 7:4
Stats
Rank: #5937 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 133 characters, 24 words, 103 letters, 37 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: η γυνη του ιδιου σωματος ουκ εξουσιαζει αλλ ο ανηρ ομοιως δε και ο ανηρ του ιδιου σωματος ουκ εξουσιαζει αλλ η γυνη
Lit: The wife, the own body not has authority over, but the husband; likewise now, also the husband of the own body not has authority over, but the wife.
KJV: The wife hath not power of her own body, but the husband: and likewise also the husband hath not power of his own body, but the wife.
References
"The wife hath not power of her own body, but the husband: and likewise also the husband hath not power of his own body, but the wife."Ho 3:3: I said to her: You will abide for me many days; you will not play the harlot: and you will not be for another man: so will I also be for you.Mt 19:9: I say to you: Whoever will put away his wife: except it be for fornication: and will marry another: commits adultery: and whoever marries her which is put away does commit adultery.Mr 10:11: 12: He says to them: Whoever will put away his wife: and marry another: commits adultery against her.
μη αποστερειτε αλληλους ει μη τι αν εκ συμφωνου προς καιρον ινα σχολαζητε τη νηστεια και τη προσευχη και παλιν επι το αυτο συνερχησθε ινα μη πειραζη υμας ο σατανας δια την ακρασιαν υμων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3361Μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
Μὴmē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G650ἀποστερεῖτεapostereite (V-PMA-2P) G650 ἀποστερέω aposteréō ap-os-ter-eh-o from ἀπό and (to deprive); to despoil:--defraud, destitute, kept back by fraud.
|
ἀποστερεῖτεapostereite
|
deprive
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G240ἀλλήλους,allēlous (RecPro-AMP) G240 ἀλλήλων allḗlōn al-lay-lone Genitive plural from ἄλλος reduplicated; one another:--each other, mutual, one another, (the other), (them-, your-)selves, (selves) together (sometimes with μετά or πρός).,
|
ἀλλήλους,allēlous
|
one another,
|
RecPro-AMP
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3385μήτιmēti (IntPrtcl) G3385 μήτι mḗti may-tee from μή and the neuter of τὶς; whether at all:--not (the particle usually not expressed, except by the form of the question).,
|
μήτιmēti
|
not
|
IntPrtcl
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
by
|
Prep
|
G4859συμφώνουsymphōnou (Adj-GNS) G4859 σύμφωνος sýmphōnos soom-fo-nos from σύν and φωνή; sounding together (alike), i.e. (figuratively) accordant (neuter as noun, agreement):-- consent.
|
συμφώνουsymphōnou
|
mutual agreement,
|
Adj-GNS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
for
|
Prep
|
G2540καιρὸνkairon (N-AMS) G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιρὸνkairon
|
a time,
|
N-AMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4980σχολάσητεscholasēte (V-ASA-2P) G4980 σχολάζω scholázō skhol-ad-zo from σχολή; to take a holiday, i.e. be at leisure for (by implication, devote oneself wholly to); figuratively, to be vacant (of a house):--empty, give self.
|
σχολάσητεscholasēte
|
you might be at leisure
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G4335προσευχῇproseuchē (N-DFS) G4335 προσευχή proseuchḗ pros-yoo-khay from προσεύχομαι; prayer (worship); by implication, an oratory (chapel):--X pray earnestly, prayer.
|
προσευχῇproseuchē
|
for prayer;
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv) G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again,
|
Adv
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
together
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G846αὐτὸauto (PPro-AN3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸauto
|
same
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G1510ἦτε,ēte (V-PSA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦτε,ēte
|
be,
|
V-PSA-2P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3985πειράζῃpeirazē (V-PSA-3S) G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.
|
πειράζῃpeirazē
|
may tempt
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G4567ΣατανᾶςSatanas (N-NMS) G4567 Σατανᾶς Satanâs sat-an-as of Chaldee origin corresponding to מַעְבָּד (with the definite affix); the accuser, i.e. the devil:--Satan.
|
ΣατανᾶςSatanas
|
Satan,
|
N-NMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G192ἀκρασίανakrasian (N-AFS) G192 ἀκρασία akrasía ak-ras-ee-a from ἀκρατής; want of self-restraint:--excess, incontinency.
|
ἀκρασίανakrasian
|
lack of self-control
|
N-AFS
|
G4771ὑμῶν.hymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν.hymōn
|
of you.
|
PPro-G2P
|
5
Defraud you not one the other, except it be with consent for a time, that you may give yourselves to fasting and prayer; and come together again, that Satan tempt you not for your incontinency.1 Corinthians 7:5
Stats
Counts: 191 characters, 31 words, 152 letters, 59 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: μη αποστερειτε αλληλους ει μη τι αν εκ συμφωνου προς καιρον ινα σχολαζητε τη νηστεια και τη προσευχη και παλιν επι το αυτο συνερχησθε ινα μη πειραζη υμας ο σατανας δια την ακρασιαν υμων
Lit: Not deprive one another, if not by mutual agreement, for a time, that you might be at leisure for prayer; and again, together the same be, so that not may tempt you Satan, through the lack of self-control of you.
KJV: Defraud ye not one the other, except it be with consent for a time, that ye may give yourselves to fasting and prayer; and come together again, that Satan tempt you not for your incontinency.
References
"except"Ex 19:15: He said to the people: Be ready against the third day: not come at your wives.1Sa 21:4: 5: The priest answered David: and said: There is no common bread under my hand: but there is hallowed bread; if the young men have kept themselves at least from women.Joe 2:16: Gather the people: sanctify the congregation: assemble the elders: gather the children: and those that suck the breasts: let the groom go forth of his chamber: and the bride out of her closet.Zec 7:3: And to speak to the priests which were in the house of the LORD of hosts: and to the prophets: saying: Should I weep in the fifth month: separating myself: as I have done these so many years?Zec 12:12-14: The land will mourn: every family apart; the family of the house of David apart: and their wives apart; the family of the house of Nathan apart: and their wives apart;"that Satan"Mt 19:11: But he said to them: All men cannot receive this saying: save they to whom it is given.1Th 3:5: For this cause: when I could no longer forbear: I sent to know your faith: lest by some means the tempter have tempted you: and our labour be in vain.
τουτο δε λεγω κατα συγγνωμην ου κατ επιταγην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
This
|
DPro-ANS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγωlegō (V-PIA-1S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωlegō
|
I say
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
by way of
|
Prep
|
G4774συνγνώμην,syngnōmēn (N-AFS) G4774 συγγνώμη syngnṓmē soong-gno-may from a compound of σύν and γινώσκω; fellow knowledge, i.e. concession:--permission.
|
συνγνώμην,syngnōmēn
|
concession,
|
N-AFS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
by way of
|
Prep
|
G2003ἐπιταγήν.epitagēn (N-AFS) G2003 ἐπιταγή epitagḗ ep-ee-tag-ay from ἐπιτάσσω; an injunction or decree; by implication, authoritativeness:--authority, commandment.
|
ἐπιταγήν.epitagēn
|
command.
|
N-AFS
|
6
But I speak this by permission, and not of commandment.1 Corinthians 7:6
Stats
Rank: #6836 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 55 characters, 9 words, 44 letters, 15 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτο δε λεγω κατα συγγνωμην ου κατ επιταγην
Lit: This now I say by way of concession, not by way of command.
KJV: But I speak this by permission, and not of commandment.
References
"by"1Co 7:12: 25: But to the rest speak I: not the Lord: If any brother has a wife that believes not: and she be pleased to dwell with Him: let Him not">not Him put her away.2Co 8:8: I not speak by commandment: but by occasion of the forwardness of others: and to prove the sincerity of your love.2Co 11:17: That which I speak: I speak it not after the Lord: but as it were foolishly: in this confidence of boasting.
θελω γαρ παντας ανθρωπους ειναι ως και εμαυτον αλλ εκαστος ιδιον χαρισμα εχει εκ θεου ος μεν ουτως ος δε ουτως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2309θέλωthelō (V-PIA-1S) G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλωthelō
|
I wish
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G444ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous (N-AMP) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous
|
men
|
N-AMP
|
G1510εἶναιeinai (V-PNA) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναιeinai
|
to be
|
V-PNA
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G1683ἐμαυτόν·emauton (PPro-AM1S) G1683 ἐμαυτοῦ emautoû em-ow-ton genitive case compound of ἐμοῦ and αὐτός; of myself so likewise the dative case , and accusative case :--me, mine own (self), myself.,
|
ἐμαυτόν·emauton
|
myself.
|
PPro-AM1S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G1538ἕκαστοςhekastos (Adj-NMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστοςhekastos
|
each
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2398ἴδιονidion (Adj-ANS) G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἴδιονidion
|
his own
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
has
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5486χάρισμαcharisma (N-ANS) G5486 χάρισμα chárisma khar-is-mah from χαρίζομαι; a (divine) gratuity, i.e. deliverance (from danger or passion); (specially), a (spiritual) endowment, i.e. (subjectively) religious qualification, or (objectively) miraculous faculty:--(free) gift.
|
χάρισμαcharisma
|
gift
|
N-ANS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
God;
|
N-GMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
one has
|
Art-NMS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτως,houtōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτως,houtōs
|
this,
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτως.houtōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτως.houtōs
|
that.
|
Adv
|
7
For I would that all men were even as I myself. But every man has His proper gift of God, one after this manner, and another after that.1 Corinthians 7:7
Stats
Rank: #5846 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 137 characters, 25 words, 106 letters, 39 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: θελω γαρ παντας ανθρωπους ειναι ως και εμαυτον αλλ εκαστος ιδιον χαρισμα εχει εκ θεου ος μεν ουτως ος δε ουτως
Lit: I wish now all men to be like even myself. But each his own has gift from God; one has indeed this, one however that.
KJV: For I would that all men were even as I myself. But every man hath his proper gift of God, one after this manner, and another after that.
References
"I would"1Co 9:5: 15: Have not we power to lead about a sister: a wife: as well as other apostles: and as the brothers of the Lord: and Cephas?Ac 26:29: Paul said: I would to God: not that only you: but also all that hear me this day: were both almost: and altogether such as I am: except these bonds."But"1Co 12:11: But all these works that one and the selfsame Spirit: dividing to every man severally as He will.Mt 19:11: 12: But he said to them: All men cannot receive this saying: save they to whom it is given.
λεγω δε τοις αγαμοις και ταις χηραις καλον αυτοις εστιν εαν μεινωσιν ως καγω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3004ΛέγωLegō (V-PIA-1S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ΛέγωLegō
|
I say
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G22ἀγάμοιςagamois (N-DMP) G22 ἄγαμος ágamos ag-am-os from Α (as a negative particle) and γάμος; unmarried:--unmarried.
|
ἀγάμοιςagamois
|
unmarried
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
to the
|
Art-DFP
|
G5503χήραις,chērais (N-DFP) G5503 χήρα chḗra khay-rah feminine of a presumed derivative apparently from the base of χάσμα through the idea of deficiency; a widow (as lacking a husband), literally or figuratively:--widow.
|
χήραις,chērais
|
widows,
|
N-DFP
|
G2570καλὸνkalon (Adj-NNS) G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.
|
καλὸνkalon
|
it is good
|
Adj-NNS
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
for them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3306μείνωσινmeinōsin (V-ASA-3P) G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μείνωσινmeinōsin
|
they should remain
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2504κἀγώ·kagō (PPro-N1S) G2504 κἀγώ kagṓ kam-eh from καί and ἐγώ; so also the dative case , and accusative case and (or also, even, etc.) I, (to) me:--(and, even, even so, so) I (also, in like wise), both me, me also.
|
κἀγώ·kagō
|
even I.
|
PPro-N1S
|
8
I say therefore to the unmarried and widows, It is good for them if they abide even as I.
1 Corinthians 7:8
Stats
Rank: #765 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 89 characters, 18 words, 69 letters, 30 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: λεγω δε τοις αγαμοις και ταις χηραις καλον αυτοις εστιν εαν μεινωσιν ως καγω
Lit: I say now to the unmarried and to the widows, it is good for them if they should remain as even I.
KJV: I say therefore to the unmarried and widows, It is good for them if they abide even as I.
References
"I say therefore to the unmarried and widows, It is good for them if they abide even as I."1Co 7:26: 27: 32: 34: 35: I suppose therefore that this is good for the present distress: I say: that it is good for a man so to be.
ει δε ουκ εγκρατευονται γαμησατωσαν κρεισσον γαρ εστιν γαμησαι η πυρουσθαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1467ἐγκρατεύονται,enkrateuontai (V-PIM/P-3P) G1467 ἐγκρατεύομαι enkrateúomai eng-krat-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from ἐγκρατής; to exercise self-restraint (in diet and chastity):--can(-not) contain, be temperate.
|
ἐγκρατεύονται,enkrateuontai
|
they have self-control,
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G1060γαμησάτωσαν·gamēsatōsan (V-AMA-3P) G1060 γαμέω gaméō gam-eh-o from γάμος; to wed (of either sex):--marry (a wife).
|
γαμησάτωσαν·gamēsatōsan
|
let them marry;
|
V-AMA-3P
|
G2909κρεῖττονkreitton (Adj-NNS-C) G2909 κρείττων kreíttōn krite-tohn comparative of a derivative of κράτος; stronger, i.e. (figuratively) better, i.e. nobler:--best, better.
|
κρεῖττονkreitton
|
better
|
Adj-NNS-C
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1060γαμῆσαι*gamēsai (V-ANA) G1060 γαμέω gaméō gam-eh-o from γάμος; to wed (of either sex):--marry (a wife).
|
γαμῆσαι*gamēsai
|
to marry
|
V-ANA
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
than
|
Conj
|
G4448πυροῦσθαι.pyrousthai (V-PNM/P) G4448 πυρόω pyróō poo-ro-o from πῦρ; to kindle, i.e. (passively) to be ignited, glow (literally), be refined (by implication), or (figuratively) to be inflamed (with anger, grief, lust):--burn, fiery, be on fire, try.
|
πυροῦσθαι.pyrousthai
|
to burn with passion.
|
V-PNM/P
|
9
But if they cannot contain, let them marry: for it is better to marry than to burn.1 Corinthians 7:9
Stats
Rank: #1931 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 83 characters, 15 words, 64 letters, 21 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει δε ουκ εγκρατευονται γαμησατωσαν κρεισσον γαρ εστιν γαμησαι η πυρουσθαι
Lit: If however not they have self-control, let them marry; better for it is to marry than to burn with passion.
KJV: But if they cannot contain, let them marry: for it is better to marry than to burn.
References
"let"1Co 7:2: 28: 36: 39: Nevertheless: to avoid fornication: let every man have his own wife: and let every woman have her own husband.1Ti 5:11: 14: But the younger widows refuse: for when they have begun to wax wanton against Christ: they will marry;
τοις δε γεγαμηκοσιν παραγγελλω ουκ εγω αλλ ο κυριος γυναικα απο ανδρος μη χωρισθηναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588Τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Τοῖςtois
|
To those
|
Art-DMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1060γεγαμηκόσινgegamēkosin (V-RPA-DMP) G1060 γαμέω gaméō gam-eh-o from γάμος; to wed (of either sex):--marry (a wife).
|
γεγαμηκόσινgegamēkosin
|
having married
|
V-RPA-DMP
|
G3853παραγγέλλω,parangellō (V-PIA-1S) G3853 παραγγέλλω parangéllō par-ang-gel-lo from παρά and the base of ἄγγελος; to transmit a message, i.e. (by implication) to enjoin:--(give in) charge, (give) command(-ment), declare.
|
παραγγέλλω,parangellō
|
I give this charge—
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I,
|
PPro-N1S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962Κύριος,Kyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριος,Kyrios
|
Lord—
|
N-NMS
|
G1135γυναῖκαgynaika (N-AFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκαgynaika
|
A wife
|
N-AFS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G435ἀνδρὸςandros (N-GMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνδρὸςandros
|
a husband
|
N-GMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5563χωρισθῆναι,—chōristhēnai (V-ANP) G5563 χωρίζω chōrízō kho-rid-zo from χώρα; to place room between, i.e. part; reflexively, to go away:--depart, put asunder, separate.
|
χωρισθῆναι,—chōristhēnai
|
is to be separated;
|
V-ANP
|
10
to the married I command, yet not I, but the Lord, not Let the wife depart from her husband:
1 Corinthians 7:10
Stats
Rank: #3317 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 100 characters, 15 words, 75 letters, 27 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοις δε γεγαμηκοσιν παραγγελλω ουκ εγω αλλ ο κυριος γυναικα απο ανδρος μη χωρισθηναι
Lit: To those now having married I give this charge— not I, but the Lord— A wife from a husband not is to be separated;
KJV: And unto the married I command, yet not I, but the Lord, Let not the wife depart from [her] husband:
References
"yet"1Co 7:12: 25: 40: But to the rest speak I: not the Lord: If any brother has a wife that believes not: and she be pleased to dwell with Him: let Him not">not Him put her away."Let"1Co 7:15: But if the unbelieving depart: let Him depart. A brother or a sister not is under bondage in such cases: but God has called us to peace.Jer 3:20: Surely as a wife treacherously departs from her husband: so have you dealt treacherously with me: O house of Israel: says the LORD.Mal 2:14-16: Yet you say: For what reason? Because the LORD has been witness between you and the wife of your youth: against whom you have dealt treacherously: yet is she your companion: and the wife of your covenant.Mt 5:32: But I say to you: That whoever will put away his wife: saving for the cause of fornication: causes her to commit adultery: and whoever will marry her that is divorced commits adultery.Mt 19:6-9: For what reason they are no more two: but one flesh. What therefore God has joined together: not let man put asunder.Mr 10:11: 12: He says to them: Whoever will put away his wife: and marry another: commits adultery against her.Lu 16:18: Whoever puts away his wife: and marries'>marries another: commits'>commits adultery: and whoever marries'>marries her that is put away from her husband commits'>commits adultery.
εαν δε και χωρισθη μενετω αγαμος η τω ανδρι καταλλαγητω και ανδρα γυναικα μη αφιεναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G5563χωρισθῇ,chōristhē (V-ASP-3S) G5563 χωρίζω chōrízō kho-rid-zo from χώρα; to place room between, i.e. part; reflexively, to go away:--depart, put asunder, separate.
|
χωρισθῇ,chōristhē
|
she is separated,
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G3306μενέτωmenetō (V-PMA-3S) G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μενέτωmenetō
|
let her remain
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G22ἄγαμοςagamos (N-NFS) G22 ἄγαμος ágamos ag-am-os from Α (as a negative particle) and γάμος; unmarried:--unmarried.
|
ἄγαμοςagamos
|
unmarried,
|
N-NFS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G435ἀνδρὶandri (N-DMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνδρὶandri
|
husband
|
N-DMS
|
G2644καταλλαγήτω,—katallagētō (V-AMP-3S) G2644 καταλλάσσω katallássō kat-al-las-so from κατά and ἀλλάσσω; to change mutually, i.e. (figuratively) to compound a difference:--reconcile.
|
καταλλαγήτω,—katallagētō
|
be reconciled;
|
V-AMP-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G435ἄνδραandra (N-AMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραandra
|
a husband
|
N-AMS
|
G1135γυναῖκαgynaika (N-AFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκαgynaika
|
a wife
|
N-AFS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G863ἀφιέναι.aphienai (V-PNA) G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφιέναι.aphienai
|
is to send away.
|
V-PNA
|
11
But and if she depart, let her remain unmarried, or be reconciled to her husband: and not let the husband put away his wife.1 Corinthians 7:11
Stats
Rank: #3429 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 126 characters, 19 words, 97 letters, 37 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: εαν δε και χωρισθη μενετω αγαμος η τω ανδρι καταλλαγητω και ανδρα γυναικα μη αφιεναι
Lit: if however indeed she is separated, let her remain unmarried, or to the husband be reconciled; and a husband a wife not is to send away.
KJV: But and if she depart, let her remain unmarried, or be reconciled to her husband: and let not the husband put away [his] wife.
References
"or"Jg 19:2: 3: His concubine played the whore against him: and went away from him to her father's house to Bethlehemjudah: and was there 4 whole months.Jer 3:1: They say: If a man put away His wife: and she go from Him: and become another man's: will He return to her again? will not that land be greatly polluted? but you have played the harlot with many lovers; yet return again to me: says the LORD."and let"De 22:19: They will amerce him in 100 shekels of silver: and give them to the father of the damsel: because he has brought up an evil name upon a virgin of Israel: and she will be his wife; he not may put her away all his days.Isa 50:1: Thus says the LORD: Where is the bill of your mother's divorcement: whom I have put away? or which of my creditors is it to whom I have sold you? Look: for your iniquities have you sold yourselves: and for your transgressions is your mother put away.Mr 10:2: The Pharisees came to him: and asked him: Is it lawful for a man to put away his wife? tempting him.
τοις δε λοιποις εγω λεγω ουχ ο κυριος ει τις αδελφος γυναικα εχει απιστον και αυτη συνευδοκει οικειν μετ αυτου μη αφιετω αυτην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588Τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Τοῖςtois
|
To the
|
Art-DMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3062λοιποῖςloipois (Adj-DMP) G3062 λοιποί loipoí loy-poy masculine plural of a derivative of λείπω; remaining ones:--other, which remain, remnant, residue, rest.
|
λοιποῖςloipois
|
rest
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3004λέγωlegō (V-PIA-1S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωlegō
|
I say—
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1473ἐγώ,egō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγώ,egō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962Κύριος·Kyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριος·Kyrios
|
Lord:
|
N-NMS
|
G1487εἴei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἴei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
any
|
IPro-NMS
|
G80ἀδελφὸςadelphos (N-NMS) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφὸςadelphos
|
brother
|
N-NMS
|
G1135γυναῖκαgynaika (N-AFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκαgynaika
|
a wife
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
has
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G571ἄπιστον,apiston (Adj-AFS) G571 ἄπιστος ápistos ap-is-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and πιστός; (actively) disbelieving, i.e. without Christian faith (specially, a heathen); (passively) untrustworthy (person), or incredible (thing):--that believeth not, faithless, incredible thing, infidel, unbeliever(-ing).
|
ἄπιστον,apiston
|
unbelieving,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3778αὕτηhautē (PPro-NFS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
αὕτηhautē
|
she
|
PPro-NFS
|
G4909συνευδοκεῖsyneudokei (V-PIA-3S) G4909 συνευδοκέω syneudokéō soon-yoo-dok-eh-o from σύν and εὐδοκέω; to think well of in common, i.e. assent to, feel gratified with:--allow, assent, be pleased, have pleasure.
|
συνευδοκεῖsyneudokei
|
consents
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3611οἰκεῖνoikein (V-PNA) G3611 οἰκέω oikéō oy-keh-o from οἶκος; to occupy a house, i.e. reside (figuratively, inhabit, remain, inhere); by implication, to cohabit:--dwell. See also οἰκουμένη.
|
οἰκεῖνoikein
|
to dwell
|
V-PNA
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G863ἀφιέτωaphietō (V-PMA-3S) G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφιέτωaphietō
|
let him divorce
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G846αὐτήν·autēn (PPro-AF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτήν·autēn
|
her.
|
PPro-AF3S
|
12
But to the rest speak I, not the Lord: If any brother has a wife that believes not, and she be pleased to dwell with Him, let not Him put her away.1 Corinthians 7:12
Stats
Counts: 149 characters, 28 words, 113 letters, 41 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοις δε λοιποις εγω λεγω ουχ ο κυριος ει τις αδελφος γυναικα εχει απιστον και αυτη συνευδοκει οικειν μετ αυτου μη αφιετω αυτην
Lit: To the now rest I say— I not the Lord: If any brother a wife has unbelieving, and she consents to dwell with him, not let him divorce her.
KJV: But to the rest speak I, not the Lord: If any brother hath a wife that believeth not, and she be pleased to dwell with him, let him not put her away.
References
"speak"1Co 7:6: 25: But I speak this by permission: and not of commandment.2Co 11:17: That which I speak: I speak it not after the Lord: but as it were foolishly: in this confidence of boasting."If"Ezr 10:2: 3: 11-19: Shechaniah the son of Jehiel: one of the sons of Elam: answered and said to Ezra: We have trespassed against our God: and have taken strange wives of the people of the land: yet now there is hope in Israel concerning this thing.
και γυνη ητις εχει ανδρα απιστον και αυτος συνευδοκει οικειν μετ αυτης μη αφιετω αυτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
a woman
|
N-NFS
|
G1487‹εἴei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
‹εἴei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5100τις›tis (IPro-NFS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τις›tis
|
any
|
IPro-NFS
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
has
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G435ἄνδραandra (N-AMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραandra
|
a husband
|
N-AMS
|
G571ἄπιστον,apiston (Adj-AMS) G571 ἄπιστος ápistos ap-is-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and πιστός; (actively) disbelieving, i.e. without Christian faith (specially, a heathen); (passively) untrustworthy (person), or incredible (thing):--that believeth not, faithless, incredible thing, infidel, unbeliever(-ing).
|
ἄπιστον,apiston
|
unbelieving,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
he
|
DPro-NMS
|
G4909συνευδοκεῖsyneudokei (V-PIA-3S) G4909 συνευδοκέω syneudokéō soon-yoo-dok-eh-o from σύν and εὐδοκέω; to think well of in common, i.e. assent to, feel gratified with:--allow, assent, be pleased, have pleasure.
|
συνευδοκεῖsyneudokei
|
consents
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3611οἰκεῖνoikein (V-PNA) G3611 οἰκέω oikéō oy-keh-o from οἶκος; to occupy a house, i.e. reside (figuratively, inhabit, remain, inhere); by implication, to cohabit:--dwell. See also οἰκουμένη.
|
οἰκεῖνoikein
|
to dwell
|
V-PNA
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῆς,autēs (PPro-GF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς,autēs
|
her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G863ἀφιέτωaphietō (V-PMA-3S) G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφιέτωaphietō
|
let her divorce
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G435ἄνδρα.andra (N-AMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρα.andra
|
husband.
|
N-AMS
|
13
The woman which has an husband that believes not, and if he be pleased to dwell with her, let not her leave him.1 Corinthians 7:13
Stats
Rank: #3938 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 118 characters, 22 words, 92 letters, 33 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: και γυνη ητις εχει ανδρα απιστον και αυτος συνευδοκει οικειν μετ αυτης μη αφιετω αυτον
Lit: And a woman if any has a husband unbelieving, and he consents to dwell with her, not let her divorce the husband.
KJV: And the woman which hath an husband that believeth not, and if he be pleased to dwell with her, let her not leave him.
ηγιασται γαρ ο ανηρ ο απιστος εν τη γυναικι και ηγιασται η γυνη η απιστος εν τω ανδρι επει αρα τα τεκνα υμων ακαθαρτα εστιν νυν δε αγια εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G37ἡγίασταιhēgiastai (V-RIM/P-3S) G37 ἁγιάζω hagiázō hag-ee-ad-zo from ἅγιος; to make holy, i.e. (ceremonially) purify or consecrate; (mentally) to venerate:--hallow, be holy, sanctify.
|
ἡγίασταιhēgiastai
|
Is sanctified
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G435ἀνὴρanēr (N-NMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνὴρanēr
|
husband
|
N-NMS
|
G571ἄπιστοςapistos (Adj-NMS) G571 ἄπιστος ápistos ap-is-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and πιστός; (actively) disbelieving, i.e. without Christian faith (specially, a heathen); (passively) untrustworthy (person), or incredible (thing):--that believeth not, faithless, incredible thing, infidel, unbeliever(-ing).
|
ἄπιστοςapistos
|
unbelieving,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1135γυναικί,gynaiki (N-DFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικί,gynaiki
|
wife;
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G37ἡγίασταιhēgiastai (V-RIM/P-3S) G37 ἁγιάζω hagiázō hag-ee-ad-zo from ἅγιος; to make holy, i.e. (ceremonially) purify or consecrate; (mentally) to venerate:--hallow, be holy, sanctify.
|
ἡγίασταιhēgiastai
|
is sanctified
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
wife
|
N-NFS
|
G571ἄπιστοςapistos (Adj-NFS) G571 ἄπιστος ápistos ap-is-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and πιστός; (actively) disbelieving, i.e. without Christian faith (specially, a heathen); (passively) untrustworthy (person), or incredible (thing):--that believeth not, faithless, incredible thing, infidel, unbeliever(-ing).
|
ἄπιστοςapistos
|
unbelieving,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G80ἀδελφῷ·adelphō (N-DMS) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφῷ·adelphō
|
husband;
|
N-DMS
|
G1893ἐπεὶepei (Conj) G1893 ἐπεί epeí ep-i from ἐπί and εἰ; thereupon, i.e. since (of time or cause):--because, else, for that (then, -asmuch as), otherwise, seeing that, since, when.
|
ἐπεὶepei
|
else
|
Conj
|
G686ἄραara (Conj) G686 ἄρα ára ar-ah probably from αἴρω (through the idea of drawing a conclusion); a particle denoting an inference more or less decisive (as follows):--haply, (what) manner (of man), no doubt, perhaps, so be, then, therefore, truly, wherefore. Often used in connection with other particles, especially γέ or οὖν (after) or εἰ (before). Compare also ἆρα.,
|
ἄραara
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G5043τέκναtekna (N-NNP) G5043 τέκνον téknon tek-non from the base of τίκτω; a child (as produced):--child, daughter, son.
|
τέκναtekna
|
children
|
N-NNP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G169ἀκάθαρτάakatharta (Adj-NNP) G169 ἀκάθαρτος akáthartos ak-ath-ar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of καθαίρω (meaning cleansed); impure (ceremonially, morally (lewd) or specially, (demonic)):--foul, unclean.
|
ἀκάθαρτάakatharta
|
unclean
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
are;
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv) G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G40ἅγιάhagia (Adj-NNP) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἅγιάhagia
|
holy
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1510ἐστιν.estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν.estin
|
they are.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
14
For the unbelieving husband is sanctified by the wife, and the unbelieving wife is sanctified by the husband: else were your children unclean; but now are they holy.1 Corinthians 7:14
Stats
Rank: #3649 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 165 characters, 25 words, 134 letters, 51 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: ηγιασται γαρ ο ανηρ ο απιστος εν τη γυναικι και ηγιασται η γυνη η απιστος εν τω ανδρι επει αρα τα τεκνα υμων ακαθαρτα εστιν νυν δε αγια εστιν
Lit: Is sanctified for the husband unbelieving, in the wife; and is sanctified the wife unbelieving, in the husband; else then the children of you unclean are; now however holy they are.
KJV: For the unbelieving husband is sanctified by the wife, and the unbelieving wife is sanctified by the husband: else were your children unclean; but now are they holy.
References
"the unbelieving husband"1Co 6:15-17: Know you not that your bodies are the members of Christ? will I then take the members of Christ: and make them the members of an harlot? God forbid.Ezr 9:1: 2: Now when these things were done: the princes came to me: saying: The people of Israel: and the priests: and the Levites: not have separated themselves from the people of the lands: doing according to their abominations: even of the Canaanites: the Hittites: the Perizzites: the Jebusites: the Ammonites: the Moabites: the Egyptians: and the Amorites.1Ti 4:5: For it is sanctified by the word of God and prayer.Tit 1:15: To the pure all things are pure: but to them that are defiled and unbelieving is nothing pure; but even their mind and conscience is defiled."else"Ezr 9:2: For they have taken of their daughters for themselves: and for their sons: so that the holy seed have mingled themselves with the people of those lands: yes: the hand of the princes and rulers has been chief in this trespass.Isa 52:1: Awake: awake; put on your strength: O Zion; put on your beautiful garments: O Jerusalem: the holy city: for henceforth there will no more come into you the uncircumcised and the unclean.Mal 2:15: 16: not did he make one? Yet had he the residue of the spirit. And for what reason one? That he might seek a godly seed. Therefore take heed to your spirit: and let none deal treacherously against the wife of his youth.Ac 10:23: Then called he them in: and lodged them. And on the morrow Peter went away with them: and certain brothers from Joppa accompanied him.Ro 11:16: For if the firstfruit be holy: the lump is also holy: and if the root be holy: so are the branches.
ει δε ο απιστος χωριζεται χωριζεσθω ου δεδουλωται ο αδελφος η η αδελφη εν τοις τοιουτοις εν δε ειρηνη κεκληκεν ημας ο θεος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487Εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
Εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G571ἄπιστοςapistos (Adj-NMS) G571 ἄπιστος ápistos ap-is-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and πιστός; (actively) disbelieving, i.e. without Christian faith (specially, a heathen); (passively) untrustworthy (person), or incredible (thing):--that believeth not, faithless, incredible thing, infidel, unbeliever(-ing).
|
ἄπιστοςapistos
|
unbeliever
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5563χωρίζεται,chōrizetai (V-PIP-3S) G5563 χωρίζω chōrízō kho-rid-zo from χώρα; to place room between, i.e. part; reflexively, to go away:--depart, put asunder, separate.
|
χωρίζεται,chōrizetai
|
separates himself,
|
V-PIP-3S
|
G5563χωριζέσθω·chōrizesthō (V-PMM/P-3S) G5563 χωρίζω chōrízō kho-rid-zo from χώρα; to place room between, i.e. part; reflexively, to go away:--depart, put asunder, separate.
|
χωριζέσθω·chōrizesthō
|
let him separate himself;
|
V-PMM/P-3S
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1402δεδούλωταιdedoulōtai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1402 δουλόω doulóō doo-lo-o from δοῦλος; to enslave (literally or figuratively):--bring into (be under) bondage, X given, become (make) servant.
|
δεδούλωταιdedoulōtai
|
is under bondage
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G80ἀδελφὸςadelphos (N-NMS) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφὸςadelphos
|
brother
|
N-NMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G79ἀδελφὴadelphē (N-NFS) G79 ἀδελφή adelphḗ ad-el-fay feminine of ἀδελφός; a sister (naturally or ecclesiastically):--sister.
|
ἀδελφὴadelphē
|
sister
|
N-NFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5108τοιούτοις·toioutois (DPro-DNP) G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιούτοις·toioutois
|
such cases.
|
DPro-DNP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
Into
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1515εἰρήνῃeirēnē (N-DFS) G1515 εἰρήνη eirḗnē i-ray-nay probably from a primary verb (to join); peace (literally or figuratively); by implication, prosperity:--one, peace, quietness, rest, + set at one again.
|
εἰρήνῃeirēnē
|
peace
|
N-DFS
|
G2564κέκληκενkeklēken (V-RIA-3S) G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
κέκληκενkeklēken
|
has called
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G4771ὑμᾶς*hymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶς*hymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G2316Θεός.Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός.Theos
|
God.
|
N-NMS
|
15
But if the unbelieving depart, let Him depart. A brother or a sister not is under bondage in such cases: but God has called us to peace.1 Corinthians 7:15
Stats
Counts: 137 characters, 24 words, 107 letters, 42 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει δε ο απιστος χωριζεται χωριζεσθω ου δεδουλωται ο αδελφος η η αδελφη εν τοις τοιουτοις εν δε ειρηνη κεκληκεν ημας ο θεος
Lit: If however the unbeliever separates himself, let him separate himself; not is under bondage the brother or the sister in such cases. Into however peace has called you God.
KJV: But if the unbelieving depart, let him depart. A brother or a sister is not under bondage in such cases: but God hath called us to peace.
References
"A brother"Mt 12:50: For whoever will do the will of my Father which is in heaven: the same is my brother: and sister: and mother.Jas 2:15: If a brother or sister be naked: and destitute of daily food: "but"1Co 14:33: For God not is the author of confusion: but of peace: as in all churches of the saints.Ro 12:18: If it be possible: as much as lies in you: live peaceably with all men.Ro 14:19: Let us therefore follow after the things which make for peace: and things wherewith one may edify another.2Co 13:11: Finally: brothers: farewell. Be perfect: be of good comfort: be of one mind: live in peace; and the God of love and peace will be with you.Ga 5:22: But the fruit of the Spirit is love: joy: peace: longsuffering: gentleness: goodness: faith: Heb 12:14: Follow peace with all men: and holiness: without which no man will see the Lord:Jas 3:17: 18: But the wisdom that is from above is first pure: then peaceable: gentle: and easy to be intreated: full of mercy and good fruits: without partiality: and without hypocrisy.
τι γαρ οιδας γυναι ει τον ανδρα σωσεις η τι οιδας ανερ ει την γυναικα σωσεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
How
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1492οἶδας,oidas (V-RIA-2S) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἶδας,oidas
|
know you,
|
V-RIA-2S
|
G1135γύναι,gynai (N-VFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γύναι,gynai
|
wife,
|
N-VFS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G435ἄνδραandra (N-AMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραandra
|
husband
|
N-AMS
|
G4982σώσεις;sōseis (V-FIA-2S) G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σώσεις;sōseis
|
you will save?
|
V-FIA-2S
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
Or
|
Conj
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
how
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1492οἶδας,oidas (V-RIA-2S) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἶδας,oidas
|
know you,
|
V-RIA-2S
|
G435ἄνερ,aner (N-VMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνερ,aner
|
husband,
|
N-VMS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1135γυναῖκαgynaika (N-AFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκαgynaika
|
wife
|
N-AFS
|
G4982σώσεις;sōseis (V-FIA-2S) G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σώσεις;sōseis
|
you will save?
|
V-FIA-2S
|
16
For what know'>know you, O wife, whether you will save your husband? or how know'>know you, O man, whether you will save your wife?
1 Corinthians 7:16
Stats
Rank: #4616 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 131 characters, 17 words, 100 letters, 35 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: τι γαρ οιδας γυναι ει τον ανδρα σωσεις η τι οιδας ανερ ει την γυναικα σωσεις
Lit: How for know you, wife, if the husband you will save? Or how know you, husband, if the wife you will save?
KJV: For what knowest thou, O wife, whether thou shalt save thy husband? or how knowest thou, O man, whether thou shalt save [thy] wife?
References
"O wife"1Co 9:22: To the weak became I as weak: that I might gain the weak: I am made all things to all men: that I might by all means save some.Pr 11:30: The fruit of the righteous is a tree of life; and he who wins souls is wise.Lu 15:10: Likewise: I say to you: there is joy in the presence of the angels of God over one sinner that repenteth.1Ti 4:16: Take heed to yourself: and to the doctrine; continue in them: for in doing this you will both save yourself: and them that hear you.Jas 5:19: 20: Brothers: if any of you do err from the truth: and one convert him;1Pe 3:1: 2: Likewise: you wives: be in subjection to your own husbands; that: if any not obey the word: they also may without the word be won by the conversation of the wives;
Live Your Calling
ει μη εκαστω ως εμερισεν ο θεος εκαστον ως κεκληκεν ο κυριος ουτως περιπατειτω και ουτως εν ταις εκκλησιαις πασαις διατασσομαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἰEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1538ἑκάστῳhekastō (Adj-DMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἑκάστῳhekastō
|
to each,
|
Adj-DMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3307ἐμέρισεν*emerisen (V-AIA-3S) G3307 μερίζω merízō mer-id-zo from μέρος; to part, i.e. (literally) to apportion, bestow, share, or (figuratively) to disunite, differ:--deal, be difference between, distribute, divide, give participle
|
ἐμέρισεν*emerisen
|
has assigned
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962Κύριος,Kyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριος,Kyrios
|
Lord,
|
N-NMS
|
G1538ἕκαστονhekaston (Adj-AMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστονhekaston
|
to each
|
Adj-AMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2564κέκληκενkeklēken (V-RIA-3S) G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
κέκληκενkeklēken
|
has called
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G2316Θεός,Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός,Theos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
so
|
Adv
|
G4043περιπατείτω.peripateitō (V-PMA-3S) G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιπατείτω.peripateitō
|
let him walk.
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαιςekklēsiais (N-DFP) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαιςekklēsiais
|
churches
|
N-DFP
|
G3956πάσαιςpasais (Adj-DFP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσαιςpasais
|
all
|
Adj-DFP
|
G1299διατάσσομαι.diatassomai (V-PIM-1S) G1299 διατάσσω diatássō dee-at-as-so from διά and τάσσω; to arrange thoroughly, i.e. (specially) institute, prescribe, etc.:--appoint, command, give, (set in) order, ordain.
|
διατάσσομαι.diatassomai
|
I prescribe.
|
V-PIM-1S
|
17
But as God has distributed to every man, as the Lord has called every one, so let Him walk. And so ordain I in all churches.1 Corinthians 7:17
Stats
Counts: 126 characters, 23 words, 97 letters, 36 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει μη εκαστω ως εμερισεν ο θεος εκαστον ως κεκληκεν ο κυριος ουτως περιπατειτω και ουτως εν ταις εκκλησιαις πασαις διατασσομαι
Lit: If not to each, as has assigned the Lord, to each as has called God, so let him walk. And thus in the churches all I prescribe.
KJV: But as God hath distributed to every man, as the Lord hath called every one, so let him walk. And so ordain I in all churches.
References
"as God"1Co 7:7: For I would that all men were even as I myself. But every man has His proper gift of God: one after this manner: and another after that.Mt 19:12: For there are some eunuchs: which were so born from their mother's womb: and there are some eunuchs: which were made eunuchs of men: and there be eunuchs: which have made themselves eunuchs for the kingdom of heaven's sake. He who is able to receive it: let him receive it.Ro 12:3-8: For I say: through the grace given to me: to every man that is among you: not to think of Himself more highly than He ought to think; but to think soberly: according as God has dealt to every man the measure of faith.1Pe 4:10: 11: As every man has received the gift: even so minister the same one to another: as good stewards of the manifold grace of God."as the"1Co 7:18: 20: 21: 24: Is any man called being circumcised? let not him become uncircumcised. Is any called in uncircumcision? let not him be circumcised."so ordain"1Co 4:17: For this cause have I sent to you Timotheus: who is my beloved son: and faithful in the Lord: who will bring you into remembrance of my ways which be in Christ: as I teach every where in every church.1Co 16:1: Now concerning the collection for the saints: as I have given order to the churches of Galatia: even so do you.2Co 11:28: Beside those things that are without: that which comes upon me daily: the care of all the churches.
περιτετμημενος τις εκληθη μη επισπασθω εν ακροβυστια τις εκληθη μη περιτεμνεσθω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4059περιτετμημένοςperitetmēmenos (V-RPM/P-NMS) G4059 περιτέμνω peritémnō per-ee-tem-no from περί and the base of τομώτερος; to cut around, i.e. (specially) to circumcise:--circumcise.
|
περιτετμημένοςperitetmēmenos
|
Having been circumcised
|
V-RPM/P-NMS
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G2564ἐκλήθη;eklēthē (V-AIP-3S) G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
ἐκλήθη;eklēthē
|
was called?
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1986ἐπισπάσθω·epispasthō (V-PMM/P-3S) G1986 ἐπισπάομαι epispáomai ep-ee-spah-om-ahee from ἐπί and σπάω; to draw over, i.e. (with ἀκροβυστία implied) efface the mark of circumcision (by recovering with the foreskin):--become uncircumcised.
|
ἐπισπάσθω·epispasthō
|
let him be uncircumcised.
|
V-PMM/P-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
In
|
Prep
|
G203ἀκροβυστίᾳakrobystia (N-DFS) G203 ἀκροβυστία akrobystía ak-rob-oos-tee-ah from ἄκρον and probably a modified form of (the penis or male sexual organ); the prepuce; by implication, an uncircumcised (i.e. gentile, figuratively, unregenerate) state or person:--not circumcised, uncircumcised (with ἔχω), uncircumcision.
|
ἀκροβυστίᾳakrobystia
|
uncircumcision
|
N-DFS
|
G2564κέκληταίkeklētai (V-RIM/P-3S) G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
κέκληταίkeklētai
|
was called
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G5100τις;tis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τις;tis
|
anyone?
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G4059περιτεμνέσθω.peritemnesthō (V-PMM/P-3S) G4059 περιτέμνω peritémnō per-ee-tem-no from περί and the base of τομώτερος; to cut around, i.e. (specially) to circumcise:--circumcise.
|
περιτεμνέσθω.peritemnesthō
|
let Him be circumcised.
|
V-PMM/P-3S
|
18
Is any man called being circumcised? let not him become uncircumcised. Is any called in uncircumcision? let not him be circumcised.1 Corinthians 7:18
Stats
Rank: #4537 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 131 characters, 18 words, 107 letters, 41 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: περιτετμημενος τις εκληθη μη επισπασθω εν ακροβυστια τις εκληθη μη περιτεμνεσθω
Lit: Having been circumcised anyone was called? Not let him be uncircumcised. In uncircumcision was called anyone? Not let Him be circumcised.
KJV: Is any man called being circumcised? let him not become uncircumcised. Is any called in uncircumcision? let him not be circumcised.
References
"being"Ac 15:1: 5: 19: 24: 28: Certain men which came down from Judaea taught the brothers: and said: Except you be circumcised after the manner of Moses: you cannot be saved.Ga 5:1-3: Stand fast therefore in the liberty wherewith Christ has made us free: and not be entangled again with the yoke of bondage.Col 3:11: Where there is neither Greek nor Jew: circumcision nor uncircumcision: Barbarian: Scythian: bond nor free: but Christ is all: and in all.
η περιτομη ουδεν εστιν και η ακροβυστια ουδεν εστιν αλλα τηρησις εντολων θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4061περιτομὴperitomē (N-NFS) G4061 περιτομή peritomḗ per-it-om-ay from περιτέμνω; circumcision (the rite, the condition or the people, literally or figuratively):--X circumcised, circumcision.
|
περιτομὴperitomē
|
Circumcision
|
N-NFS
|
G3762οὐδένouden (Adj-NNS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδένouden
|
nothing
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G203ἀκροβυστίαakrobystia (N-NFS) G203 ἀκροβυστία akrobystía ak-rob-oos-tee-ah from ἄκρον and probably a modified form of (the penis or male sexual organ); the prepuce; by implication, an uncircumcised (i.e. gentile, figuratively, unregenerate) state or person:--not circumcised, uncircumcised (with ἔχω), uncircumcision.
|
ἀκροβυστίαakrobystia
|
uncircumcision
|
N-NFS
|
G3762οὐδένouden (Adj-NNS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδένouden
|
nothing
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G5084τήρησιςtērēsis (N-NFS) G5084 τήρησις tḗrēsis tay-ray-sis from τηρέω; a watching, i.e. (figuratively) observance, or (concretely) a prison:--hold.
|
τήρησιςtērēsis
|
keeping
|
N-NFS
|
G1785ἐντολῶνentolōn (N-GFP) G1785 ἐντολή entolḗ en-tol-ay from ἐντέλλομαι; injunction, i.e. an authoritative prescription:--commandment, precept.
|
ἐντολῶνentolōn
|
the commandments
|
N-GFP
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
19
Circumcision not ishing, and uncircumcision not ishing, but the keeping of the commandments of God.1 Corinthians 7:19
Stats
Rank: #5249 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 99 characters, 13 words, 82 letters, 30 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: η περιτομη ουδεν εστιν και η ακροβυστια ουδεν εστιν αλλα τηρησις εντολων θεου
Lit: Circumcision nothing is, and uncircumcision nothing is, but keeping the commandments of God.
KJV: Circumcision is nothing, and uncircumcision is nothing, but the keeping of the commandments of God.
References
"Circumcision"1Co 8:8: But meat commends not us to God: for neither: if we eat: are we the better; neither: if we not eat: are we the worse.Ro 2:25-29: For circumcision truly profits: if you keep the law: but if you be a breaker of the law: your circumcision is made uncircumcision.Ro 3:30: Seeing it is one God: which will justify the circumcision by faith: and uncircumcision through faith.Ga 5:6: For in Jesus Christ neither circumcision availeth any thing: nor uncircumcision; but faith which works by love.Ga 6:15: For in Christ Jesus neither circumcision availeth any thing: nor uncircumcision: but a new creature."but"1Sa 15:22: Samuel said: Has the LORD as great delight in burnt offerings and sacrifices: as in obeying the voice of the LORD? Look: to obey is better than sacrifice: and to listen than the fat of rams.Jer 7:22: 23: For I spoke not to your fathers: nor commanded them in the day that I brought them out of the land of Egypt: concerning burnt offerings or sacrifices:Mt 5:19: Whoever therefore will break one of these least commandments: and will teach men so: he will be called the least in the kingdom of heaven: but whoever will do and teach them: the same will be called great in the kingdom of heaven.Joh 15:14: You are my friends: if you do whatever I command you.1Jo 2:3: 4: Hereby we do know that we know him: if we keep his commandments.1Jo 3:22-24: whatever we ask: we receive of him: because we keep his commandments: and do those things that are pleasing in his sight.1Jo 5:2: 3: By this we know that we love the children of God: when we love God: and keep His commandments.Re 22:14: Blessed are they that do his commandments: that they may have right to the tree of life: and may enter in through the gates into the city.
εκαστος εν τη κλησει η εκληθη εν ταυτη μενετω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1538Ἕκαστοςhekastos (Adj-NMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
Ἕκαστοςhekastos
|
Each
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2821κλήσειklēsei (N-DFS) G2821 κλῆσις klēsis klay-sis from a shorter form of καλέω; an invitation (figuratively):--calling.
|
κλήσειklēsei
|
calling
|
N-DFS
|
G3739ᾗhē (RelPro-DFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾗhē
|
in which
|
RelPro-DFS
|
G2564ἐκλήθη,eklēthē (V-AIP-3S) G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
ἐκλήθη,eklēthē
|
he has been called,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3778ταύτῃtautē (DPro-DFS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτῃtautē
|
this
|
DPro-DFS
|
G3306μενέτω.menetō (V-PMA-3S) G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μενέτω.menetō
|
let him abide.
|
V-PMA-3S
|
20
Let every man abide in the same calling wherein he was called.1 Corinthians 7:20
Stats
Rank: #5259 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 62 characters, 12 words, 50 letters, 20 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκαστος εν τη κλησει η εκληθη εν ταυτη μενετω
Lit: Each in the calling in which he has been called, in this let him abide.
KJV: Let every man abide in the same calling wherein he was called.
References
"abide"1Co 7:17: 21-23: But as God has distributed to every man: as the Lord has called every one: so let Him walk. And so ordain I in all churches.Pr 27:8: As a bird that wanders'>wanders from her nest: so is a man that wanders'>wanders from his place.Lu 3:10-14: The people asked him: saying: What will we do then?1Th 4:11: That you study to be quiet: and to do your own business: and to work with your own hands: as we commanded you;2Th 3:12: Now them that are such we command and exhort by our Lord Jesus Christ: that with quietness they work: and eat their own bread.
δουλος εκληθης μη σοι μελετω αλλ ει και δυνασαι ελευθερος γενεσθαι μαλλον χρησαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1401δοῦλοςdoulos (N-NMS) G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δοῦλοςdoulos
|
Slave being
|
N-NMS
|
G2564ἐκλήθης;eklēthēs (V-AIP-2S) G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
ἐκλήθης;eklēthēs
|
were you called,
|
V-AIP-2S
|
G3361μήmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μήmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
to you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G3199μελέτω·meletō (V-PMA-3S) G3199 μέλω mélō mel-o a primary verb; to be of interest to, i.e. to concern (only third person singular present indicative used impersonally, it matters):--(take) care.
|
μελέτω·meletō
|
let it be a care;
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1410δύνασαιdynasai (V-PIM/P-2S) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνασαιdynasai
|
you are able
|
V-PIM/P-2S
|
G1658ἐλεύθεροςeleutheros (Adj-NMS) G1658 ἐλεύθερος eleútheros el-yoo-ther-os probably from the alternate of ἔρχομαι; unrestrained (to go at pleasure), i.e. (as a citizen) not a slave (whether freeborn or manumitted), or (genitive case) exempt (from obligation or liability):--free (man, woman), at liberty.
|
ἐλεύθεροςeleutheros
|
free
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1096γενέσθαι,genesthai (V-ANM) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενέσθαι,genesthai
|
to become,
|
V-ANM
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv) G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
rather
|
Adv
|
G5530χρῆσαι.chrēsai (V-AMM-2S) G5530 χράομαι chráomai khrah-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb (perhaps rather from χείρ, to handle); to furnish what is needed; (give an oracle, graze (touch slightly), light upon, etc.), i.e. (by implication) to employ or (by extension) to act towards one in a given manner:--entreat, use. Compare χράω; χρή.
|
χρῆσαι.chrēsai
|
take advantage.
|
V-AMM-2S
|
21
Are you called being a servant? not care for it: but if you may be made free, use it rather.1 Corinthians 7:21
Stats
Rank: #4737 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 99 characters, 15 words, 74 letters, 31 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: δουλος εκληθης μη σοι μελετω αλλ ει και δυνασαι ελευθερος γενεσθαι μαλλον χρησαι
Lit: Slave being were you called, not to you let it be a care; but if also you are able free to become, rather take advantage.
KJV: Art thou called being a servant? care not for it: but if thou mayest be made free, use [it] rather.
References
"being"1Co 12:13: For by one Spirit are we all baptized into one body: whether we be Jews or Gentiles: whether we be bond or free; and have been all made to drink into one Spirit.Ga 3:28: There is neither Jew nor Greek: there is neither bond nor free: there is neither male nor female: for you are all one in Christ Jesus.Col 3:11: Where there is neither Greek nor Jew: circumcision nor uncircumcision: Barbarian: Scythian: bond nor free: but Christ is all: and in all.1Ti 6:1-3: Let as many servants as are under the yoke count their own masters worthy of all honour: that the name of God and His doctrine not be blasphemed.1Pe 2:18-24: Servants: be subject to your masters with all fear; not only to the good and gentle: but also to the froward."care"Lu 10:40: 41: But Martha was cumbered about much serving: and came to Him: and said: Lord: do you not care that my sister has left me to serve alone? bid her therefore that she help me.Lu 12:29: not seek you what you will eat: or what you will drink: neither be you of doubtful mind.Lu 21:34: Take heed to yourselves: lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting: and drunkenness: and cares of this life: and so that day come upon you unawares.Php 4:6: 11: Be careful not forhing; but in every thing by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God.Heb 13:5: Let your conversation be without covetousness; and be content with such things as you have: for he has said: I will never leave you: nor forsake you.1Pe 5:7: Casting all your care upon him; for he cares for you.
ο γαρ εν κυριω κληθεις δουλος απελευθερος κυριου εστιν ομοιως και ο ελευθερος κληθεις δουλος εστιν χριστου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2962ΚυρίῳKyriō (N-DMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίῳKyriō
|
the Lord
|
N-DMS
|
G2564κληθεὶςklētheis (V-APP-NMS) G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
κληθεὶςklētheis
|
having been called
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G1401δοῦλοςdoulos (N-NMS) G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δοῦλοςdoulos
|
being a slave,
|
N-NMS
|
G558ἀπελεύθεροςapeleutheros (N-NMS) G558 ἀπελεύθερος apeleútheros ap-el-yoo-ther-os from ἀπό and ἐλεύθερος; one freed away, i.e. a freedman:--freeman.
|
ἀπελεύθεροςapeleutheros
|
a freedman
|
N-NMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
of the Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G1510ἐστίν·estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίν·estin
|
is;
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3668ὁμοίωςhomoiōs (Adv) G3668 ὁμοίως homoíōs hom-oy-oce adverb from ὅμοιος; similarly:--likewise, so.
|
ὁμοίωςhomoiōs
|
likewise
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1658ἐλεύθεροςeleutheros (Adj-NMS) G1658 ἐλεύθερος eleútheros el-yoo-ther-os probably from the alternate of ἔρχομαι; unrestrained (to go at pleasure), i.e. (as a citizen) not a slave (whether freeborn or manumitted), or (genitive case) exempt (from obligation or liability):--free (man, woman), at liberty.
|
ἐλεύθεροςeleutheros
|
free
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2564κληθεὶςklētheis (V-APP-NMS) G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
κληθεὶςklētheis
|
having been called,
|
V-APP-NMS
|
G1401δοῦλόςdoulos (N-NMS) G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δοῦλόςdoulos
|
a slave
|
N-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5547Χριστοῦ.Christou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ.Christou
|
of Christ.
|
N-GMS
|
22
For He that'>He who is called in the Lord, being a servant, is the Lord's freeman: likewise also He that'>He who is called, being free, is Christ's servant.1 Corinthians 7:22
Stats
Rank: #5125 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 142 characters, 20 words, 107 letters, 39 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο γαρ εν κυριω κληθεις δουλος απελευθερος κυριου εστιν ομοιως και ο ελευθερος κληθεις δουλος εστιν χριστου
Lit: The one for in the Lord having been called being a slave, a freedman of the Lord is; likewise the one free having been called, a slave is of Christ.
KJV: For he that is called in the Lord, being a servant, is the Lord's freeman: likewise also he that is called, [being] free, is Christ's servant.
References
"is the"Lu 1:74: 75: That he would grant to us: that we being delivered out of the hand of our enemies might serve him without fear: Joh 8:32-36: you will know the truth: and the truth will make you free.Ro 6:18-22: Being then made free from sin: you became the servants of righteousness.Ga 5:1: 13: Stand fast therefore in the liberty wherewith Christ has made us free: and not be entangled again with the yoke of bondage.Eph 6:5: 6: Servants: be obedient to them that are your masters according to the flesh: with fear and trembling: in singleness of your heart: as to Christ;Col 3:22-24: Servants: obey in all things your masters according to the flesh; not with eyeservice: as menpleasers; but in singleness of heart: fearing God:Phm 1:16: Not now as a servant: but above a servant: a brother beloved: specially to me: but how much more to you: both in the flesh: and in the Lord?1Pe 2:16: As free: not and using your liberty for a cloke of maliciousness: but as the servants of God."is Christ's"1Co 9:19: For though I be free from all men: yet have I made myself servant to all: that I might gain the more.Ps 116:16: O LORD: truly I am your servant; I am your servant: and the son of your handmaid: you have loosed my bonds.Ro 1:1: Paul: a servant of Jesus Christ: called to be an apostle: separated to the gospel of God: Ga 1:10: For do I now persuade men: or God? or do I seek to please men? for if I yet pleased men: I not should be the servant of Christ.Col 4:12: Epaphras: who is one of you: a servant of Christ: salutes you: always labouring fervently for you in prayers: that you may stand perfect and complete in all the will of God.1Pe 2:16: As free: not and using your liberty for a cloke of maliciousness: but as the servants of God.2Pe 1:1: Simon Peter: a servant and an apostle of Jesus Christ: to them that have obtained like precious faith with us through the righteousness of God and our Saviour Jesus Christ:Jude 1:1: Jude: the servant of Jesus Christ: and brother of James: to them that are sanctified by God the Father: and preserved in Jesus Christ: and called:
τιμης ηγορασθητε μη γινεσθε δουλοι ανθρωπων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5092Τιμῆςtimēs (N-GFS) G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.
|
Τιμῆςtimēs
|
With a price
|
N-GFS
|
G59ἠγοράσθητε·ēgorasthēte (V-AIP-2P) G59 ἀγοράζω agorázō ag-or-ad-zo from ἀγορά; properly, to go to market, i.e. (by implication) to purchase; specially, to redeem:--buy, redeem.
|
ἠγοράσθητε·ēgorasthēte
|
you were bought;
|
V-AIP-2P
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1096γίνεσθεginesthe (V-PMM/P-2P) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεσθεginesthe
|
become
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G1401δοῦλοιdouloi (N-NMP) G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δοῦλοιdouloi
|
slaves
|
N-NMP
|
G444ἀνθρώπων.anthrōpōn (N-GMP) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπων.anthrōpōn
|
of men.
|
N-GMP
|
23
You are bought with a price; not be you the servants of men.1 Corinthians 7:23
Stats
Rank: #4912 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 58 characters, 12 words, 44 letters, 17 vowels, 27 consonants
Translation
Greek: τιμης ηγορασθητε μη γινεσθε δουλοι ανθρωπων
Lit: With a price you were bought; not become slaves of men.
KJV: Ye are bought with a price; be not ye the servants of men.
References
"are"1Co 6:20: For you are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body: and in your spirit: which are God's.Le 25:42: For they are my servants: which I brought forth out of the land of Egypt: they will not be sold as bondmen.Ac 20:28: Take heed therefore to yourselves: and to all the flock: over the which the Holy Ghost has made you overseers: to feed the church of God: which He has purchased with His own blood.Tit 2:14: Who gave himself for us: that he might redeem us from all iniquity: and purify to himself a peculiar people: zealous of good works.1Pe 1:18: 19: Forasmuch as you know that you not were redeemed with corruptible things: as silver and gold: from your vain conversation received by tradition from your fathers;1Pe 3:18: For Christ also has once suffered for sins: the just for the unjust: that He might bring us to God: being put to death in the flesh: but quickened by the Spirit:Re 5:9: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;"be"Mt 23:8-11: But not be you called Rabbi: for one is your Master: even Christ; and all you are brothers.Ga 2:4: That because of false brothers unawares brought in: who came in privily to spy out our liberty which we have in Christ Jesus: that they might bring us into bondage:
εκαστος εν ω εκληθη αδελφοι εν τουτω μενετω παρα τω θεω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1538ἕκαστοςhekastos (Adj-NMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστοςhekastos
|
Each
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
wherein
|
Prep
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DNS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
that
|
RelPro-DNS
|
G2564ἐκλήθη,eklēthē (V-AIP-3S) G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
ἐκλήθη,eklēthē
|
he was called,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3778τούτῳtoutō (DPro-DNS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳtoutō
|
that
|
DPro-DNS
|
G3306μενέτωmenetō (V-PMA-3S) G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μενέτωmenetō
|
let him abide
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
with
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεῷ.Theō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεῷ.Theō
|
God.
|
N-DMS
|
24
Brothers, let every man, wherein He is called, therein abide with God.1 Corinthians 7:24
Stats
Rank: #4922 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 70 characters, 9 words, 55 letters, 21 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκαστος εν ω εκληθη αδελφοι εν τουτω μενετω παρα τω θεω
Lit: Each wherein that he was called, brothers, in that let him abide with God.
KJV: Brethren, let every man, wherein he is called, therein abide with God.
References
"let"1Co 7:17: 20: But as God has distributed to every man: as the Lord has called every one: so let Him walk. And so ordain I in all churches."abide"1Co 10:31: Whether therefore you eat: or drink: or whatever you do: do all to the glory of God.Ge 5:22-24: Enoch walked with God after He begot Methuselah 300 years: and begot sons and daughters:Ge 17:1: When Abram was 90 years old and 9: the LORD appeared to Abram: and said to Him: I am the Almighty God; walk before me: and be you perfect.1Sa 14:45: The people said to Saul: Will Jonathan die: who has wrought this great salvation in Israel? God forbid: as the LORD lives: there will not one hair of His head fall to the ground; for He has wrought with God this day. So the people rescued Jonathan: that He not died.Col 3:23: 24: whatever you do: do it heartily: as to the Lord: not and to men;
The Unmarried and Widowed
περι δε των παρθενων επιταγην κυριου ουκ εχω γνωμην δε διδωμι ως ηλεημενος υπο κυριου πιστος ειναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4012ΠερὶPeri (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
ΠερὶPeri
|
Concerning
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G3933παρθένωνparthenōn (N-GFP) G3933 παρθένος parthénos par-then-os of unknown origin; a maiden; by implication, an unmarried daughter:--virgin.
|
παρθένωνparthenōn
|
virgins,
|
N-GFP
|
G2003ἐπιταγὴνepitagēn (N-AFS) G2003 ἐπιταγή epitagḗ ep-ee-tag-ay from ἐπιτάσσω; an injunction or decree; by implication, authoritativeness:--authority, commandment.
|
ἐπιταγὴνepitagēn
|
a commandment
|
N-AFS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
of the Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχω,echō (V-PIA-1S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχω,echō
|
I have;
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1106γνώμηνgnōmēn (N-AFS) G1106 γνώμη gnṓmē gno-may from γινώσκω; cognition, i.e. (subjectively) opinion, or (objectively) resolve (counsel, consent, etc.):--advice, + agree, judgment, mind, purpose, will.,
|
γνώμηνgnōmēn
|
judgment
|
N-AFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1325δίδωμιdidōmi (V-PIA-1S) G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δίδωμιdidōmi
|
I give,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1653ἠλεημένοςēleēmenos (V-RPM/P-NMS) G1653 ἐλεέω eleéō el-eh-eh-o from ἔλεος; to compassionate (by word or deed, specially, by divine grace):--have compassion (pity on), have (obtain, receive, shew) mercy (on).
|
ἠλεημένοςēleēmenos
|
having received mercy
|
V-RPM/P-NMS
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
the Lord,
|
N-GMS
|
G4103πιστὸςpistos (Adj-NMS) G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.
|
πιστὸςpistos
|
trustworthy
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510εἶναι.einai (V-PNA) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναι.einai
|
to be.
|
V-PNA
|
25
Now concerning virgins I have no commandment of the Lord: yet I give my judgment, as one that has obtained mercy of the Lord to be faithful.1 Corinthians 7:25
Stats
Counts: 141 characters, 25 words, 112 letters, 40 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: περι δε των παρθενων επιταγην κυριου ουκ εχω γνωμην δε διδωμι ως ηλεημενος υπο κυριου πιστος ειναι
Lit: Concerning now the virgins, a commandment of the Lord not I have; judgment however I give, as having received mercy from the Lord, trustworthy to be.
KJV: Now concerning virgins I have no commandment of the Lord: yet I give my judgment, as one that hath obtained mercy of the Lord to be faithful.
References
"concerning"1Co 7:28: 34: 36-38: But and if you marry: you have not sinned; and if a virgin marry: she has not sinned. Nevertheless such will have trouble in the flesh: but I spare you.Ps 78:63: The fire consumed their young men; and their maidens not were given to marriage."have"1Co 7:6: 10: 12: 40: But I speak this by permission: and not of commandment.2Co 8:8-10: I not speak by commandment: but by occasion of the forwardness of others: and to prove the sincerity of your love.2Co 11:17: That which I speak: I speak it not after the Lord: but as it were foolishly: in this confidence of boasting."obtained"1Co 4:2: Moreover it is required in stewards: that a man be found faithful.1Co 15:10: But by the grace of God I am what I am: and His grace which was bestowed upon me not was in vain; but I laboured more abundantly than they all: not yet I: but the grace of God which was with me.2Co 2:17: For we not are as many: which corrupt the word of God: but as of sincerity: but as of God: in the sight of God speak we in Christ.2Co 4:1: 2: Therefore seeing we have this ministry: as we have received mercy: we not faint;1Ti 1:12-16: I thank Christ Jesus our Lord: who has enabled me: for that He counted me faithful: putting me into the ministry;
νομιζω ουν τουτο καλον υπαρχειν δια την ενεστωσαν αναγκην οτι καλον ανθρωπω το ουτως ειναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3543ΝομίζωNomizō (V-PIA-1S) G3543 νομίζω nomízō nom-id-zo from νόμος; properly, to do by law (usage), i.e. to accustom (passively, be usual); by extension, to deem or regard:-- suppose, thing, be wont.
|
ΝομίζωNomizō
|
I think
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G2570καλὸνkalon (Adj-ANS) G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.
|
καλὸνkalon
|
good
|
Adj-ANS
|
G5225ὑπάρχεινhyparchein (V-PNA) G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπάρχεινhyparchein
|
is,
|
V-PNA
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1764ἐνεστῶσανenestōsan (V-RPA-AFS) G1764 ἐνίστημι enístēmi en-is-tay-mee from ἐν and ἵστημι; to place on hand, i.e. (reflexively) impend, (participle) be instant:--come, be at hand, present.
|
ἐνεστῶσανenestōsan
|
present
|
V-RPA-AFS
|
G318ἀνάγκην,anankēn (N-AFS) G318 ἀνάγκη anánkē an-ang-kay from ἀνά and the base of ἀγκάλη; constraint (literally or figuratively); by implication, distress:--distress, must needs, (of) necessity(-sary), needeth, needful.
|
ἀνάγκην,anankēn
|
necessity,
|
N-AFS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2570καλὸνkalon (Adj-NNS) G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.
|
καλὸνkalon
|
it is good
|
Adj-NNS
|
G444ἀνθρώπῳanthrōpō (N-DMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπῳanthrōpō
|
for a man
|
N-DMS
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
in the same manner
|
Adv
|
G1510εἶναι.einai (V-PNA) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναι.einai
|
to remain.
|
V-PNA
|
26
I suppose therefore that this is good for the present distress, I say, that it is good for a man so to be.
1 Corinthians 7:26
Stats
Rank: #5343 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 108 characters, 19 words, 81 letters, 32 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: νομιζω ουν τουτο καλον υπαρχειν δια την ενεστωσαν αναγκην οτι καλον ανθρωπω το ουτως ειναι
Lit: I think therefore this good is, because of the present necessity, that it is good for a man in the same manner to remain.
KJV: I suppose therefore that this is good for the present distress, I say, that [it is] good for a man so to be.
References
"that"1Co 7:1: 8: 28: 35-38: Now concerning the things whereof you wrote to me: It is good for a not man to touch a woman.Jer 16:2-4: You will not take you a wife: neither will you have sons or daughters in this place.Mt 24:19: Woe to them that are with child: and to them that give suck in those days!Lu 21:23: But woe to them that are with child: and to them that give suck: in those days! for there will be great distress in the land: and wrath upon this people.Lu 23:28: 29: But Jesus turning to them said: Daughters of Jerusalem: not weep for me: but weep for yourselves: and for your children.1Pe 4:17: For the time is come that judgment must begin at the house of God: and if it first begin at us: what will the end be of them that not obey the gospel of God?
δεδεσαι γυναικι μη ζητει λυσιν λελυσαι απο γυναικος μη ζητει γυναικα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1210δέδεσαιdedesai (V-RIM/P-2S) G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
δέδεσαιdedesai
|
Have you been bound
|
V-RIM/P-2S
|
G1135γυναικί;gynaiki (N-DFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικί;gynaiki
|
to a wife?
|
N-DFS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G2212ζήτειzētei (V-PMA-2S) G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ζήτειzētei
|
seek
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G3080λύσιν·lysin (N-AFS) G3080 λύσις lýsis loo-sis from λύω; a loosening, i.e. (specially), divorce:--to be loosed.
|
λύσιν·lysin
|
to be loosed.
|
N-AFS
|
G3089λέλυσαιlelysai (V-RIM/P-2S) G3089 λύω lýō loo-o a primary verb; to loosen (literally or figuratively):--break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-)loose, melt, put off. Compare ῥήγνυμι.
|
λέλυσαιlelysai
|
Have you been loosed
|
V-RIM/P-2S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G1135γυναικός;gynaikos (N-GFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικός;gynaikos
|
a wife?
|
N-GFS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G2212ζήτειzētei (V-PMA-2S) G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ζήτειzētei
|
seek
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G1135γυναῖκα.gynaika (N-AFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκα.gynaika
|
a wife.
|
N-AFS
|
27
Are you bound to a wife? not seek to be loosed. Are you loosed from a wife? not seek a wife.1 Corinthians 7:27
Stats
Rank: #5351 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 96 characters, 18 words, 72 letters, 34 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: δεδεσαι γυναικι μη ζητει λυσιν λελυσαι απο γυναικος μη ζητει γυναικα
Lit: Have you been bound to a wife? Not seek to be loosed. Have you been loosed from a wife? Not seek a wife.
KJV: Art thou bound unto a wife? seek not to be loosed. Art thou loosed from a wife? seek not a wife.
References
"thou bound"1Co 7:12-14: 20: But to the rest speak I: not the Lord: If any brother has a wife that believes not: and she be pleased to dwell with Him: let Him not">not Him put her away.
εαν δε και γημης ουχ ημαρτες και εαν γημη η παρθενος ουχ ημαρτεν θλιψιν δε τη σαρκι εξουσιν οι τοιουτοι εγω δε υμων φειδομαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1060γαμήσῃς,gamēsēs (V-ASA-2S) G1060 γαμέω gaméō gam-eh-o from γάμος; to wed (of either sex):--marry (a wife).
|
γαμήσῃς,gamēsēs
|
you shall have married,
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
not
|
Adv
|
G264ἥμαρτες,hēmartes (V-AIA-2S) G264 ἁμαρτάνω hamartánō ham-ar-tan-o perhaps from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of μέρος; properly, to miss the mark (and so not share in the prize), i.e. (figuratively) to err, especially (morally) to sin:--for your faults, offend, sin, trespass.
|
ἥμαρτες,hēmartes
|
you did sin;
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1060γήμῃgēmē (V-ASA-3S) G1060 γαμέω gaméō gam-eh-o from γάμος; to wed (of either sex):--marry (a wife).
|
γήμῃgēmē
|
shall have married
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3933παρθένος,parthenos (N-NFS) G3933 παρθένος parthénos par-then-os of unknown origin; a maiden; by implication, an unmarried daughter:--virgin.
|
παρθένος,parthenos
|
virgin,
|
N-NFS
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
not
|
Adv
|
G264ἥμαρτεν·hēmarten (V-AIA-3S) G264 ἁμαρτάνω hamartánō ham-ar-tan-o perhaps from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of μέρος; properly, to miss the mark (and so not share in the prize), i.e. (figuratively) to err, especially (morally) to sin:--for your faults, offend, sin, trespass.
|
ἥμαρτεν·hēmarten
|
she did sin;
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2347θλῖψινthlipsin (N-AFS) G2347 θλῖψις thlîpsis thlip-sis from θλίβω; pressure (literally or figuratively):--afflicted(-tion), anguish, burdened, persecution, tribulation, trouble.
|
θλῖψινthlipsin
|
tribulation
|
N-AFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
in the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4561σαρκὶsarki (N-DFS) G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σαρκὶsarki
|
flesh
|
N-DFS
|
G2192ἕξουσινhexousin (V-FIA-3P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἕξουσινhexousin
|
will have
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G5108τοιοῦτοι,toioutoi (DPro-NMP) G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιοῦτοι,toioutoi
|
such;
|
DPro-NMP
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G5339φείδομαι.pheidomai (V-PIM/P-1S) G5339 φείδομαι pheídomai fi-dom-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be chary of, i.e. (subjectively) to abstain or (objectively) to treat leniently:--forbear, spare.
|
φείδομαι.pheidomai
|
am sparing.
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
28
But and if you marry, you have not sinned; and if a virgin marry, she has not sinned. Nevertheless such will have trouble in the flesh: but I spare you.1 Corinthians 7:28
Stats
Rank: #5717 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 156 characters, 25 words, 121 letters, 43 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: εαν δε και γημης ουχ ημαρτες και εαν γημη η παρθενος ουχ ημαρτεν θλιψιν δε τη σαρκι εξουσιν οι τοιουτοι εγω δε υμων φειδομαι
Lit: If however also you shall have married, not you did sin; and if shall have married the virgin, not she did sin; tribulation however in the flesh will have such; I now you am sparing.
KJV: But and if thou marry, thou hast not sinned; and if a virgin marry, she hath not sinned. Nevertheless such shall have trouble in the flesh: but I spare you.
References
"thou hast"1Co 7:36: But if any man think that he behaves himself uncomely toward his virgin: if she pass the flower of her age: and need so require: let him do what he will: he sins not: let them marry.Heb 13:4: Marriage is honourable in all: and the bed undefiled: but whoremongers and adulterers God will judge."Nevertheless"1Co 7:26: 32-34: I suppose therefore that this is good for the present distress: I say: that it is good for a man so to be."but"1Co 7:35: This I speak for your own profit; not that I may cast a snare upon you: but for that which is comely: and that you may attend upon the Lord without distraction.2Co 1:23: Moreover I call God for a record upon my soul: that to spare you I not came as yet to Corinth.
τουτο δε φημι αδελφοι {VAR2: οτι } ο καιρος συνεσταλμενος το λοιπον εστιν ινα και οι εχοντες γυναικας ως μη εχοντες ωσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3778ΤοῦτοTouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΤοῦτοTouto
|
This
|
DPro-ANS
|
G1161δέde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5346φημι,phēmi (V-PIA-1S) G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
φημι,phēmi
|
I say,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers:
|
N-VMP
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G2540καιρὸςkairos (N-NMS) G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιρὸςkairos
|
season
|
N-NMS
|
G4958συνεσταλμένοςsynestalmenos (V-RPM/P-NMS) G4958 συστέλλω systéllō soos-tel-lo from σύν and στέλλω; to send (draw) together, i.e. enwrap (enshroud a corpse for burial), contract (an interval):-- short, wind up.
|
συνεσταλμένοςsynestalmenos
|
shortened
|
V-RPM/P-NMS
|
G1510ἐστίν·estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίν·estin
|
is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3063λοιπὸνloipon (Adj-ANS) G3063 λοιπόν loipón loy-pon neuter singular of the same as λοιποί; something remaining (adverbially):--besides, finally, furthermore, (from) henceforth, moreover, now, + it remaineth, then.
|
λοιπὸνloipon
|
From now on
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
both
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G2192ἔχοντεςechontes (V-PPA-NMP) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοντεςechontes
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1135γυναῖκαςgynaikas (N-AFP) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκαςgynaikas
|
wives,
|
N-AFP
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
none
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχοντεςechontes (V-PPA-NMP) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοντεςechontes
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1510ὦσιν,ōsin (V-PSA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὦσιν,ōsin
|
should be;
|
V-PSA-3P
|
29
But this I say, brothers, the time is short: it remains, that both they that have wives be as though they had none;1 Corinthians 7:29
Stats
Rank: #4736 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 117 characters, 19 words, 90 letters, 32 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτο δε φημι αδελφοι {VAR2: οτι } ο καιρος συνεσταλμενος το λοιπον εστιν ινα και οι εχοντες γυναικας ως μη εχοντες ωσιν
Lit: This now I say, brothers: The season shortened is. From now on that both those having wives, as none having should be;
KJV: But this I say, brethren, the time is short: it remaineth, that both they that have wives be as though they had none;
References
"the time"Job 14:1: 2: Man that is born of a woman is of few days: and full of trouble.Ps 39:4-7: LORD: make me to know my end: and the measure of my days: what it is; that I may know how frail I am.Ps 90:5-10: You carry them away as with a flood; they are as a sleep: in the morning they are like grass which grows up.Ps 103:15: 16: As for man: his days are as grass: as a flower of the field: so he flourishes.Ec 6:12: For who knows what is good for man in this life: all the days of his vain life which he spends as a shadow? for who can tell a man what will be after him under the sun?Ec 9:10: Whatever your hand finds to do: do it with your might; for there is no work: nor device: nor knowledge: nor wisdom: in the grave: whither you go.Ro 13:11: 12: That: knowing the time: that now it is high time to awake out of sleep: for now is our salvation nearer than when we believed.Heb 13:13: 14: Let us go forth therefore to him without the camp: bearing his reproach.1Pe 4:7: But the end of all things is at hand: be you therefore sober: and watch to prayer.2Pe 3:8: 9: But: beloved: not be ignorant of this one thing: that one day is with the Lord as a000 years: and a000 years as one day.1Jo 2:17: The world passs away: and the lust thereof: but He that'>He who does the will of God abides for ever."that both"Ec 12:7: 8: 13: 14: Then will the dust return to the earth as it was: and the spirit will return to God who gave it.Isa 24:1: 2: Look: the LORD makes'>makes the earth empty: and makes'>makes it waste: and turns it upside down: and scatters abroad the inhabitants thereof.Isa 40:6-8: The voice said: Cry. And he said: What will I cry? All flesh is grass: and all the goodliness thereof is as the flower of the field:Jas 4:13-16: Go to now: you that say: Today or to morrow we will go into such a city: and continue there a year: and buy and sell: and get gain:1Pe 1:24: For all flesh is as grass: and all the glory of man as the flower of grass. The grass withers: and the flower thereof falls away:
και οι κλαιοντες ως μη κλαιοντες και οι χαιροντες ως μη χαιροντες και οι αγοραζοντες ως μη κατεχοντες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G2799κλαίοντεςklaiontes (V-PPA-NMP) G2799 κλαίω klaíō klah-yo of uncertain affinity; to sob, i.e. wail aloud (whereas 1145 is rather to cry silently):--bewail, weep.
|
κλαίοντεςklaiontes
|
weeping,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2799κλαίοντες,klaiontes (V-PPA-NMP) G2799 κλαίω klaíō klah-yo of uncertain affinity; to sob, i.e. wail aloud (whereas 1145 is rather to cry silently):--bewail, weep.
|
κλαίοντες,klaiontes
|
weeping;
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G5463χαίροντεςchairontes (V-PPA-NMP) G5463 χαίρω chaírō khah-ee-ro a primary verb; to be cheerful, i.e. calmly happy or well-off; impersonally, especially as salutation (on meeting or parting), be well:--farewell, be glad, God speed, greeting, hall, joy(- fully), rejoice.
|
χαίροντεςchairontes
|
rejoicing,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5463χαίροντες,chairontes (V-PPA-NMP) G5463 χαίρω chaírō khah-ee-ro a primary verb; to be cheerful, i.e. calmly happy or well-off; impersonally, especially as salutation (on meeting or parting), be well:--farewell, be glad, God speed, greeting, hall, joy(- fully), rejoice.
|
χαίροντες,chairontes
|
rejoicing;
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G59ἀγοράζοντεςagorazontes (V-PPA-NMP) G59 ἀγοράζω agorázō ag-or-ad-zo from ἀγορά; properly, to go to market, i.e. (by implication) to purchase; specially, to redeem:--buy, redeem.
|
ἀγοράζοντεςagorazontes
|
buying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2722κατέχοντες,katechontes (V-PPA-NMP) G2722 κατέχω katéchō kat-ekh-o from κατά and ἔχω; to hold down (fast), in various applications (literally or figuratively):--have, hold (fast), keep (in memory), let, X make toward, possess, retain, seize on, stay, take, withhold.
|
κατέχοντες,katechontes
|
possessing;
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
30
They that weep, as though they not wept; and they that rejoice, as though they not rejoiced; and they that buy, as though they not possessed;1 Corinthians 7:30
Stats
Rank: #4918 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 145 characters, 22 words, 113 letters, 39 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι κλαιοντες ως μη κλαιοντες και οι χαιροντες ως μη χαιροντες και οι αγοραζοντες ως μη κατεχοντες
Lit: and those weeping, as not weeping; and those rejoicing, as not rejoicing; and those buying, as not possessing;
KJV: And they that weep, as though they wept not; and they that rejoice, as though they rejoiced not; and they that buy, as though they possessed not;
References
"that weep"Ps 30:5: For his anger endureth but a moment; in his favour is life: weeping may endure for a night: but joy cometh in the morning.Ps 126:5: 6: They that sow in tears will reap in joy.Ec 3:4: A time to weep: and a time to laugh; a time to mourn: and a time to dance;Isa 25:8: He will swallow up death in victory; and the Lord GOD will wipe away tears from off all faces; and the rebuke of His people will He take away from off all the earth: for the LORD has spoken it.Isa 30:19: For the people will dwell in Zion at Jerusalem: you will weep no more: he will be very gracious to you at the voice of your cry; when he will hear it: he will answer you.Lu 6:21: 25: Blessed are you that hunger now: for you will be filled. Blessed are you that weep now: for you will laugh.Lu 16:25: But Abraham said: Son: remember that you in your lifetime receivedst your good things: and likewise Lazarus evil things: but now He is comforted: and you are tormented.Joh 16:22: you now therefore have sorrow: but I will see you again: and your heart will rejoice: and your joy no man takes from you.Re 7:17: For the Lamb which is in the middle of the throne will feed them: and will lead them to living fountains of waters: and God will wipe away all tears from their eyes.Re 18:7: How much she has glorified herself: and lived deliciously: so much torment and sorrow give her: for she says in her heart: I sit a queen: and am no widow: and will see no sorrow.
και οι χρωμενοι τω κοσμω τουτω ως μη καταχρωμενοι παραγει γαρ το σχημα του κοσμου τουτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G5530χρώμενοιchrōmenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G5530 χράομαι chráomai khrah-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb (perhaps rather from χείρ, to handle); to furnish what is needed; (give an oracle, graze (touch slightly), light upon, etc.), i.e. (by implication) to employ or (by extension) to act towards one in a given manner:--entreat, use. Compare χράω; χρή.
|
χρώμενοιchrōmenoi
|
using
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2889κόσμονkosmon (N-AMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμονkosmon
|
world,
|
N-AMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2710καταχρώμενοι·katachrōmenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G2710 καταχράομαι katachráomai kat-akh-rah-om-ahee from κατά and χράομαι; to overuse, i.e. misuse:--abuse.
|
καταχρώμενοι·katachrōmenoi
|
using it as their own.
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G3855παράγειparagei (V-PIA-3S) G3855 παράγω parágō par-ag-o from παρά and ἄγω; to lead near, i.e. (reflexively or intransitively) to go along or away:--depart, pass (away, by, forth).
|
παράγειparagei
|
Is passing away
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4976σχῆμαschēma (N-NNS) G4976 σχῆμα schēma skhay-mah from the alternate of ἔχω; a figure (as a mode or circumstance), i.e. (by implication) external condition:--fashion.
|
σχῆμαschēma
|
present form
|
N-NNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2889κόσμουkosmou (N-GMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμουkosmou
|
world
|
N-GMS
|
G3778τούτου.toutou (DPro-GMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτου.toutou
|
this.
|
DPro-GMS
|
31
They that use this world, not as abusing it: for the fashion of this world passs away.1 Corinthians 7:31
Stats
Rank: #5198 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 92 characters, 16 words, 72 letters, 25 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι χρωμενοι τω κοσμω τουτω ως μη καταχρωμενοι παραγει γαρ το σχημα του κοσμου τουτου
Lit: and those using the world, as not using it as their own. Is passing away for the present form of the world this.
KJV: And they that use this world, as not abusing it: for the fashion of this world passeth away.
References
"use"1Co 9:18: What is my reward then? Truly that: when I preach the gospel: I may make the gospel of Christ without charge: that I not abuse my power in the gospel.Ec 2:24: 25: There is nothing better for a man: than that He should eat and drink: and that He should make His soul enjoy good in His labour. This also I saw: that it was from the hand of God.Ec 3:12: 13: I know that there is no good in them: but for a man to rejoice: and to do good in his life.Ec 5:18-20: Look that which I have seen: it is good and comely for one to eat and to drink: and to enjoy the good of all His labour that He takes under the sun all the days of His life: which God gives Him: for it is His portion.Ec 9:7-10: Go your way: eat your bread with joy: and drink your wine with a merry heart; for God now accepts your works.Ec 11:2: 9: 10: Give a portion to 7: and also to 8; for you know not what evil will be upon the earth.Mt 24:48-50: But and if that evil servant will say in his heart: My lord delays his coming;Mt 25:14-29: For the kingdom of heaven is as a man travelling into a far country: who called his own servants: and delivered to them his goods.Lu 12:15-21: He said to them: Take heed: and beware of covetousness: for a man's life consists not in the abundance of the things which he possesseth.Lu 16:1: 2: He said also to his disciples: There was a certain rich man: which had a steward; and the same was accused to him that he had wasted his goods.Lu 19:17-26: He said to him: Well: you good servant: because you have been faithful in a very little: have you authority over 10 cities.Lu 21:34: Take heed to yourselves: lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting: and drunkenness: and cares of this life: and so that day come upon you unawares.1Ti 6:17: 18: Charge them that are rich in this world: that they not be highminded: nor trust in uncertain riches: but in the living God: who gives us richly all things to enjoy;Jas 5:1-5: Go to now: you rich men: weep and howl for your miseries that will come upon you."for"Ps 39:6: Surely every man walks in a vain show: surely they are disquieted in vain: he heaps up riches: and knows not who will gather them.Ps 73:20: As a dream when one awakes; so: O Lord: when you awake: you will despise their image.Ec 1:4: one generation passs away: and another generation comes: but the earth abides for ever.Jas 1:10: 11: But the rich: in that he is made low: because as the flower of the grass he will pass away.Jas 4:14: Whereas you not know what will be on the morrow. For what is your life? It is even a vapour: that appears for a little time: and then vanishes away.1Pe 1:24: For all flesh is as grass: and all the glory of man as the flower of grass. The grass withers: and the flower thereof falls away:1Pe 4:7: But the end of all things is at hand: be you therefore sober: and watch to prayer.1Jo 2:17: The world passs away: and the lust thereof: but He that'>He who does the will of God abides for ever.
θελω δε υμας αμεριμνους ειναι ο αγαμος μεριμνα τα του κυριου πως αρεσει τω κυριω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2309Θέλωthelō (V-PIA-1S) G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
Θέλωthelō
|
I desire
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G275ἀμερίμνουςamerimnous (Adj-AMP) G275 ἀμέριμνος amérimnos am-er-im-nos from Α (as a negative particle) and μέριμνα; not anxious:--without care(-fulness), secure.
|
ἀμερίμνουςamerimnous
|
without concern
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1510εἶναι.einai (V-PNA) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναι.einai
|
to be.
|
V-PNA
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G22ἄγαμοςagamos (N-NMS) G22 ἄγαμος ágamos ag-am-os from Α (as a negative particle) and γάμος; unmarried:--unmarried.
|
ἄγαμοςagamos
|
unmarried man
|
N-NMS
|
G3309μεριμνᾷmerimna (V-PIA-3S) G3309 μεριμνάω merimnáō mer-im-nah-o from μέριμνα; to be anxious about:--(be, have) care(-ful), take thought.
|
μεριμνᾷmerimna
|
cares for
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962Κυρίου,Kyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίου,Kyriou
|
Lord,
|
N-GMS
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv) G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G700ἀρέσῃaresē (V-ASA-3S) G700 ἀρέσκω aréskō ar-es-ko probably from αἴρω (through the idea of exciting emotion); to be agreeable (or by implication, to seek to be so):--please.
|
ἀρέσῃaresē
|
he should please
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2962Κυρίῳ·Kyriō (N-DMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίῳ·Kyriō
|
Lord;
|
N-DMS
|
32
But I would have you without carefulness. He who is unmarried cares for the things that belong to the Lord, how He may please the Lord:1 Corinthians 7:32
Stats
Counts: 137 characters, 24 words, 109 letters, 41 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: θελω δε υμας αμεριμνους ειναι ο αγαμος μεριμνα τα του κυριου πως αρεσει τω κυριω
Lit: I desire now you without concern to be. The unmarried man cares for the things of the Lord, how he should please the Lord;
KJV: But I would have you without carefulness. He that is unmarried careth for the things that belong to the Lord, how he may please the Lord:
References
"I would"Ps 55:22: Cast your burden upon the LORD: and He will sustain you: He will never suffer the righteous to be moved.Mt 6:25-34: Therefore I say to you: Take no thought for your life: what you will eat: or what you will drink; nor yet for your body: what you will put on. not Is the life more than meat: and the body than clothing?Mt 13:22: He also that received seed among the thorns is he who hears the word; and the care of this world: and the deceitfulness of riches: choke the word: and he becomes unfruitful.Php 4:6: Be careful not forhing; but in every thing by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God."He that"1Ti 5:5: Now she that is a widow indeed: and desolate: trusts in God: and continues in supplications and prayers night and day.
ο δε γαμησας μεριμνα τα του κοσμου πως αρεσει τη γυναικι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1060γαμήσαςgamēsas (V-APA-NMS) G1060 γαμέω gaméō gam-eh-o from γάμος; to wed (of either sex):--marry (a wife).
|
γαμήσαςgamēsas
|
having been married,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3309μεριμνᾷmerimna (V-PIA-3S) G3309 μεριμνάω merimnáō mer-im-nah-o from μέριμνα; to be anxious about:--(be, have) care(-ful), take thought.
|
μεριμνᾷmerimna
|
cares for
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2889κόσμου,kosmou (N-GMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμου,kosmou
|
world,
|
N-GMS
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv) G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G700ἀρέσῃaresē (V-ASA-3S) G700 ἀρέσκω aréskō ar-es-ko probably from αἴρω (through the idea of exciting emotion); to be agreeable (or by implication, to seek to be so):--please.
|
ἀρέσῃaresē
|
he should please
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1135γυναικί,gynaiki (N-DFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικί,gynaiki
|
wife,
|
N-DFS
|
33
But he who is married cares for the things that are of the world, how he may please his wife.1 Corinthians 7:33
Stats
Counts: 95 characters, 19 words, 74 letters, 27 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε γαμησας μεριμνα τα του κοσμου πως αρεσει τη γυναικι
Lit: the one however having been married, cares for the things of the world, how he should please the wife,
KJV: But he that is married careth for the things that are of the world, how he may please his wife.
References
"careth"Ne 5:1-5: There was a great cry of the people and of their wives against their brothers the Jews.Lu 12:22: He said to his disciples: Therefore I say to you: Take no thought for your life: what you will eat; neither for the body: what you will put on.1Th 4:11: 12: That you study to be quiet: and to do your own business: and to work with your own hands: as we commanded you;1Ti 5:8: But if any not provide for his own: and specially for those of his own house: he has denied the faith: and is worse than an infidel."how"1Co 7:3: Let the husband render to the wife due benevolence: and likewise also the wife to the husband.1Sa 1:4-8: When the time was that Elkanah offered: he gave to Peninnah his wife: and to all her sons and her daughters: portions:Eph 5:25-33: Husbands: love your wives: even as Christ also loved the church: and gave Himself for it;Col 3:19: Husbands: love your wives: and not be bitter against them.1Pe 3:7: Likewise: you husbands: dwell with them according to knowledge: giving honour to the wife: as to the weaker vessel: and as being heirs together of the grace of life; that your prayers not be hindered.
μεμερισται η γυνη και η παρθενος η αγαμος μεριμνα τα του κυριου ινα η αγια και σωματι και πνευματι η δε γαμησασα μεριμνα τα του κοσμου πως αρεσει τω ανδρι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3307μεμέρισται.memeristai (V-RIM/P-3S) G3307 μερίζω merízō mer-id-zo from μέρος; to part, i.e. (literally) to apportion, bestow, share, or (figuratively) to disunite, differ:--deal, be difference between, distribute, divide, give participle
|
μεμέρισται.memeristai
|
is divided.
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
woman
|
N-NFS
|
G22ἄγαμοςagamos (N-NFS) G22 ἄγαμος ágamos ag-am-os from Α (as a negative particle) and γάμος; unmarried:--unmarried.
|
ἄγαμοςagamos
|
unmarried
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3933παρθένοςparthenos (N-NFS) G3933 παρθένος parthénos par-then-os of unknown origin; a maiden; by implication, an unmarried daughter:--virgin.
|
παρθένοςparthenos
|
virgin,
|
N-NFS
|
G3309μεριμνᾷmerimna (V-PIA-3S) G3309 μεριμνάω merimnáō mer-im-nah-o from μέριμνα; to be anxious about:--(be, have) care(-ful), take thought.
|
μεριμνᾷmerimna
|
cares for
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962Κυρίου,Kyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίου,Kyriou
|
Lord,
|
N-GMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1510ᾖē (V-PSA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ᾖē
|
she should be
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G40ἁγίαhagia (Adj-NFS) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίαhagia
|
holy
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
both
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
in
|
Art-DNS
|
G4983σώματιsōmati (N-DNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματιsōmati
|
body
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
in
|
Art-DNS
|
G4151πνεύματι·pneumati (N-DNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματι·pneumati
|
spirit;
|
N-DNS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the one
|
Art-NFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1060γαμήσασαgamēsasa (V-APA-NFS) G1060 γαμέω gaméō gam-eh-o from γάμος; to wed (of either sex):--marry (a wife).
|
γαμήσασαgamēsasa
|
having been married,
|
V-APA-NFS
|
G3309μεριμνᾷmerimna (V-PIA-3S) G3309 μεριμνάω merimnáō mer-im-nah-o from μέριμνα; to be anxious about:--(be, have) care(-ful), take thought.
|
μεριμνᾷmerimna
|
cares for
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2889κόσμου,kosmou (N-GMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμου,kosmou
|
world,
|
N-GMS
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv) G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G700ἀρέσῃaresē (V-ASA-3S) G700 ἀρέσκω aréskō ar-es-ko probably from αἴρω (through the idea of exciting emotion); to be agreeable (or by implication, to seek to be so):--please.
|
ἀρέσῃaresē
|
she should please
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G435ἀνδρί.andri (N-DMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνδρί.andri
|
husband.
|
N-DMS
|
34
There is difference also between a wife and a virgin. The unmarried woman cares'>cares for the things of the Lord, that she may be holy both in body and in spirit: but she that is married cares'>cares for the things of the world, how she may please her husband.1 Corinthians 7:34
Stats
Counts: 251 characters, 43 words, 196 letters, 70 vowels, 126 consonants
Translation
Greek: μεμερισται η γυνη και η παρθενος η αγαμος μεριμνα τα του κυριου ινα η αγια και σωματι και πνευματι η δε γαμησασα μεριμνα τα του κοσμου πως αρεσει τω ανδρι
Lit: and is divided. And the woman unmarried and virgin, cares for the things of the Lord, that she should be holy both in body and in spirit; the one however having been married, cares for the things of the world, how she should please the husband.
KJV: There is difference also between a wife and a virgin. The unmarried woman careth for the things of the Lord, that she may be holy both in body and in spirit: but she that is married careth for the things of the world, how she may please [her] husband.
References
"careth"Lu 2:36: 37: There was one Anna: a prophetess: the daughter of Phanuel: of the tribe of Aser: she was of a great age: and had lived with an husband 7 years from her virginity;2Co 7:11: 12: For look this selfsame thing: that you sorrowed after a godly sort: what carefulness it wrought in you: yes: what clearing of yourselves: yes: what indignation: yes: what fear: yes: what vehement desire: yes: what zeal: yes: what revenge! In all things you have approved yourselves to be clear in this matter.2Co 8:16: But thanks be to God: which put the same ear care into the heart of Titus for you.2Co 11:28: Beside those things that are without: that which comes upon me daily: the care of all the churches.1Ti 3:5: (For if a man not know how to rule His own house: how will He take care of the church of God?)Tit 3:8: This is a faithful saying: and these things I will that you affirm constantly: that they which have believed in God might be careful to maintain good works. These things are good and profitable to men."both"1Co 6:20: For you are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body: and in your spirit: which are God's.Ro 6:13: Neither yield you your members as instruments of unrighteousness to sin: but yield yourselves to God: as those that are alive from the dead: and your members as instruments of righteousness to God.Ro 12:1: 2: I beseech you therefore: brothers: by the mercies of God: that you present your bodies a living sacrifice: holy: acceptable to God: which is your reasonable service.Php 1:20: According to my ear expectation and my hope: that not inhing I will be ashamed: but that with all boldness: as always: so now also Christ will be magnified in my body: whether it be by life: or by death.1Th 5:23: The very God of peace sanctify you wholly; and I pray God your whole spirit and soul and body be preserved blameless to the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ."she that"Lu 10:40-42: But Martha was cumbered about much serving: and came to Him: and said: Lord: do you not care that my sister has left me to serve alone? bid her therefore that she help me.
τουτο δε προς το υμων αυτων συμφερον λεγω ουχ ινα βροχον υμιν επιβαλω αλλα προς το ευσχημον και ευπροσεδρον τω κυριω απερισπαστως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3778Τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
Τοῦτοtouto
|
This
|
DPro-ANS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
yourselves
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G4851σύμφορονsymphoron (Adj-ANS) G4851 συμφέρω symphérō soom-fer-o from σύν and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear together (contribute), i.e. (literally) to collect, or (figuratively) to conduce; especially (neuter participle as a noun) advantage:--be better for, bring together, be expedient (for), be good, (be) profit(-able for).
|
σύμφορονsymphoron
|
benefit
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3004λέγω,legō (V-PIA-1S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγω,legō
|
I say,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1029βρόχονbrochon (N-AMS) G1029 βρόχος bróchos brokh-os of uncertain derivation; a noose:--snare.
|
βρόχονbrochon
|
a restraint
|
N-AMS
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1911ἐπιβάλω,epibalō (V-ASA-1S) G1911 ἐπιβάλλω epibállō ep-ee-bal-lo from ἐπί and βάλλω; to throw upon (literal or figurative, transitive or reflexive; usually with more or less force); specially (with ἑαυτοῦ implied) to reflect; impersonally, to belong to:--beat into, cast (up-)on, fall, lay (on), put (unto), stretch forth, think on.
|
ἐπιβάλω,epibalō
|
I might place upon,
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
what
|
Art-ANS
|
G2158εὔσχημονeuschēmon (Adj-ANS) G2158 εὐσχήμων euschḗmōn yoo-skhay-mone from εὖ and σχῆμα; well-formed, i.e. (figuratively) decorous, noble (in rank):--comely, honourable.
|
εὔσχημονeuschēmon
|
is seemly
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2145εὐπάρεδρονeuparedron (Adj-ANS) G2145 εὐπρόσεδρος euprósedros yoo-pros-ed-ros from εὖ and the same as προσεδρεύω; sitting well towards, i.e. (figuratively) assiduous (neuter, diligent service):--X attend upon.
|
εὐπάρεδρονeuparedron
|
devoted
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2962ΚυρίῳKyriō (N-DMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίῳKyriō
|
Lord,
|
N-DMS
|
G563ἀπερισπάστως.aperispastōs (Adv) G563 ἀπερισπάστως aperispástōs ap-er-is-pas-toce adverb from a compound of Α (as a negative participle) and a presumed derivative of περισπάω; undistractedly, i.e. free from (domestic) solicitude:--without distraction.
|
ἀπερισπάστως.aperispastōs
|
without distraction.
|
Adv
|
35
This I speak for your own profit; not that I may cast a snare upon you, but for that which is comely, and that you may attend upon the Lord without distraction.1 Corinthians 7:35
Stats
Counts: 163 characters, 30 words, 127 letters, 47 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτο δε προς το υμων αυτων συμφερον λεγω ουχ ινα βροχον υμιν επιβαλω αλλα προς το ευσχημον και ευπροσεδρον τω κυριω απερισπαστως
Lit: This now for the of you yourselves benefit I say, not that a restraint you I might place upon, but for what is seemly and devoted to the Lord, without distraction.
KJV: And this I speak for your own profit; not that I may cast a snare upon you, but for that which is comely, and that ye may attend upon the Lord without distraction.
References
"not"1Co 7:2: 5-9: 28: 36: Nevertheless: to avoid fornication: let every man have his own wife: and let every woman have her own husband.Mt 19:12: For there are some eunuchs: which were so born from their mother's womb: and there are some eunuchs: which were made eunuchs of men: and there be eunuchs: which have made themselves eunuchs for the kingdom of heaven's sake. He who is able to receive it: let him receive it."comely"1Co 7:36: But if any man think that he behaves himself uncomely toward his virgin: if she pass the flower of her age: and need so require: let him do what he will: he sins not: let them marry.Eph 5:3: But fornication: and all uncleanness: or covetousness: let not it be once named among you: as becomes saints;Php 4:8: Finally: brothers: whatever things are true: whatever things are ho: whatever things are just: whatever things are pure: whatever things are lovely: whatever things are of good report; if there be any virtue: and if there be any praise: think on these things.1Ti 1:10: For whoremongers: for them that defile themselves with mankind: for menstealers: for liars: for perjured persons: and if there be any other thing that is contrary to sound doctrine;Tit 2:3: The aged women likewise: that they be in behaviour as becomes holiness: not false accusers: not given to much wine: teachers of good things;"and that"1Co 7:33: 34: But he who is married cares for the things that are of the world: how he may please his wife.Lu 8:14: That which fell among thorns are they: which: when they have heard: go forth: and are choked with cares and riches and pleasures of this life: and bring no fruit to perfection.Lu 10:40-42: But Martha was cumbered about much serving: and came to Him: and said: Lord: do you not care that my sister has left me to serve alone? bid her therefore that she help me.Lu 21:34: Take heed to yourselves: lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting: and drunkenness: and cares of this life: and so that day come upon you unawares.
ει δε τις ασχημονειν επι την παρθενον αυτου νομιζει εαν η υπερακμος και ουτως οφειλει γινεσθαι ο θελει ποιειτω ουχ αμαρτανει γαμειτωσαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἰEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δέde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G807ἀσχημονεῖνaschēmonein (V-PNA) G807 ἀσχημονέω aschēmonéō as-kay-mon-eh-o from ἀσχήμων; to be (i.e. act) unbecoming:--behave self uncomely (unseemly).
|
ἀσχημονεῖνaschēmonein
|
to be behaving improperly
|
V-PNA
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3933παρθένονparthenon (N-AFS) G3933 παρθένος parthénos par-then-os of unknown origin; a maiden; by implication, an unmarried daughter:--virgin.
|
παρθένονparthenon
|
virgin
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3543νομίζει,nomizei (V-PIA-3S) G3543 νομίζω nomízō nom-id-zo from νόμος; properly, to do by law (usage), i.e. to accustom (passively, be usual); by extension, to deem or regard:-- suppose, thing, be wont.
|
νομίζει,nomizei
|
supposes,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1510ᾖē (V-PSA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ᾖē
|
she is
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G5230ὑπέρακμος,hyperakmos (Adj-NFS) G5230 ὑπέρακμος hypérakmos hoop-er-ak-mos from ὑπέρ and the base of ἀκμήν; beyond the acme, i.e. figuratively (of a daughter) past the bloom (prime) of youth:--+ pass the flower of (her) age.
|
ὑπέρακμος,hyperakmos
|
beyond youth,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
so
|
Adv
|
G3784ὀφείλειopheilei (V-PIA-3S) G3784 ὀφείλω opheílō of-i-leh-o probably from the base of ὄφελος (through the idea of accruing); to owe (pecuniarily); figuratively, to be under obligation (ought, must, should); morally, to fail in duty:--behove, be bound, (be) debt(-or), (be) due(-ty), be guilty (indebted), (must) need(-s), ought, owe, should. See also ὄφελον.
|
ὀφείλειopheilei
|
it ought
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1096γίνεσθαι,ginesthai (V-PNM/P) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεσθαι,ginesthai
|
to be,
|
V-PNM/P
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
what
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G2309θέλειthelei (V-PIA-3S) G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλειthelei
|
he wills
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4160ποιείτω·poieitō (V-PMA-3S) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιείτω·poieitō
|
let him do;
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
not
|
Adv
|
G264ἁμαρτάνει·hamartanei (V-PIA-3S) G264 ἁμαρτάνω hamartánō ham-ar-tan-o perhaps from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of μέρος; properly, to miss the mark (and so not share in the prize), i.e. (figuratively) to err, especially (morally) to sin:--for your faults, offend, sin, trespass.
|
ἁμαρτάνει·hamartanei
|
he does sin;
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1060γαμείτωσαν.gameitōsan (V-PMA-3P) G1060 γαμέω gaméō gam-eh-o from γάμος; to wed (of either sex):--marry (a wife).
|
γαμείτωσαν.gameitōsan
|
let them marry.
|
V-PMA-3P
|
36
But if any man think that he behaves himself uncomely toward his virgin, if she pass the flower of her age, and need so require, let him do what he will, he sins not: let them marry.1 Corinthians 7:36
Stats
Counts: 186 characters, 32 words, 144 letters, 51 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει δε τις ασχημονειν επι την παρθενον αυτου νομιζει εαν η υπερακμος και ουτως οφειλει γινεσθαι ο θελει ποιειτω ουχ αμαρτανει γαμειτωσαν
Lit: If however anyone to be behaving improperly to the virgin of him supposes, if she is beyond youth, and so it ought to be, what he wills let him do; not he does sin; let them marry.
KJV: But if any man think that he behaveth himself uncomely toward his virgin, if she pass the flower of her age, and need so require, let him do what he will, he sinneth not: let them marry.
References
"the flower"1Sa 2:33: The man of your: whom I will not cut off from my altar: will be to consume your eyes: and to grieve your heart: and all the increase of your house will die in the flower of their age."and need"1Co 7:9: 37: But if they cannot contain: let them marry: for it is better to marry than to burn.
ος δε εστηκεν εδραιος εν τη καρδια μη εχων αναγκην εξουσιαν δε εχει περι του ιδιου θεληματος και τουτο κεκρικεν εν τη καρδια αυτου του τηρειν την εαυτου παρθενον καλως ποιει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
He who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2476ἕστηκενhestēken (V-RIA-3S) G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἕστηκενhestēken
|
stands
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2588καρδίᾳkardia (N-DFS) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίᾳkardia
|
heart
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1476ἑδραῖοςhedraios (Adj-NMS) G1476 ἑδραῖος hedraîos hed-rah-yos from a derivative of (to sit); sedentary, i.e. (by implication) immovable:--settled, stedfast.
|
ἑδραῖοςhedraios
|
firm,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G318ἀνάγκην,anankēn (N-AFS) G318 ἀνάγκη anánkē an-ang-kay from ἀνά and the base of ἀγκάλη; constraint (literally or figuratively); by implication, distress:--distress, must needs, (of) necessity(-sary), needeth, needful.
|
ἀνάγκην,anankēn
|
necessity,
|
N-AFS
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS) G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
authority
|
N-AFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
having
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2398ἰδίουidiou (Adj-GNS) G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίουidiou
|
own
|
Adj-GNS
|
G2307θελήματος,thelēmatos (N-GNS) G2307 θέλημα thélēma thel-ay-mah from the prolonged form of θέλω; a determination (properly, the thing), i.e. (actively) choice (specially, purpose, decree; abstractly, volition) or (passively) inclination:-- desire, pleasure, will.
|
θελήματος,thelēmatos
|
will,
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G2919κέκρικενkekriken (V-RIA-3S) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κέκρικενkekriken
|
has judged,
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2398ἰδίᾳidia (Adj-DFS) G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίᾳidia
|
own
|
Adj-DFS
|
G2588καρδίᾳ,kardia (N-DFS) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίᾳ,kardia
|
heart,
|
N-DFS
|
G5083τηρεῖνtērein (V-PNA) G5083 τηρέω tēréō tay-reh-o from (a watch; perhaps akin to θεωρέω); to guard (from loss or injury, properly, by keeping the eye upon; and thus differing from φυλάσσω, which is properly to prevent escaping; and from κουστωδία, which implies a fortress or full military lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; figuratively, to fulfil a command); by implication, to detain (in custody; figuratively, to maintain); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried):--hold fast, keep(- er), (pre-, re-)serve, watch.
|
τηρεῖνtērein
|
to keep
|
V-PNA
|
G1438ἑαυτοῦheautou (RefPro-GM3S) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοῦheautou
|
the
|
RefPro-GM3S
|
G3933παρθένον,parthenon (N-AFS) G3933 παρθένος parthénos par-then-os of unknown origin; a maiden; by implication, an unmarried daughter:--virgin.
|
παρθένον,parthenon
|
virgin,
|
N-AFS
|
G2573καλῶςkalōs (Adv) G2573 καλῶς kalōs kal-oce adverb from καλός; well (usually morally):--(in a) good (place), honestly, + recover, (full) well.
|
καλῶςkalōs
|
well
|
Adv
|
G4160ποιήσει.poiēsei (V-FIA-3S) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσει.poiēsei
|
he will do.
|
V-FIA-3S
|
37
Nevertheless he who stands stedfast in his heart, having no necessity, but has power over his own will, and has so decreed in his heart that he will keep his virgin, does well.1 Corinthians 7:37
Stats
Counts: 182 characters, 29 words, 145 letters, 50 vowels, 95 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος δε εστηκεν εδραιος εν τη καρδια μη εχων αναγκην εξουσιαν δε εχει περι του ιδιου θεληματος και τουτο κεκρικεν εν τη καρδια αυτου του τηρειν την εαυτου παρθενον καλως ποιει
Lit: He who however stands in the heart of him firm, not having necessity, authority however having over the own will, and this has judged, in the own heart, to keep the virgin, well he will do.
KJV: Nevertheless he that standeth stedfast in his heart, having no necessity, but hath power over his own will, and hath so decreed in his heart that he will keep his virgin, doeth well.
ωστε και ο εκγαμιζων καλως ποιει ο δε μη εκγαμιζων κρεισσον ποιει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5620Ὥστεhōste (Conj) G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
Ὥστεhōste
|
So then
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also,
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1061γαμίζωνgamizōn (V-PPA-NMS) G1061 γαμίσκω gamískō gam-is-ko from γάμος; to espouse (a daughter to a husband):--give in marriage.
|
γαμίζωνgamizōn
|
marrying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1438ἑαυτοῦ ⇔heautou (RefPro-GM3S) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοῦ ⇔heautou
|
own
|
RefPro-GM3S
|
G3933παρθένονparthenon (N-AFS) G3933 παρθένος parthénos par-then-os of unknown origin; a maiden; by implication, an unmarried daughter:--virgin.
|
παρθένονparthenon
|
virgin,
|
N-AFS
|
G2573καλῶςkalōs (Adv) G2573 καλῶς kalōs kal-oce adverb from καλός; well (usually morally):--(in a) good (place), honestly, + recover, (full) well.
|
καλῶςkalōs
|
well
|
Adv
|
G4160ποιεῖ,poiei (V-PIA-3S) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖ,poiei
|
does;
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1061γαμίζωνgamizōn (V-PPA-NMS) G1061 γαμίσκω gamískō gam-is-ko from γάμος; to espouse (a daughter to a husband):--give in marriage.
|
γαμίζωνgamizōn
|
marrying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2908κρεῖσσονkreisson (Adj-ANS-C) G2908 κρεῖσσον kreîsson krice-son neuter of an alternate form of κρείττων; (as noun) better, i.e. greater advantage:--better.
|
κρεῖσσονkreisson
|
better
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G4160ποιήσει.poiēsei (V-FIA-3S) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσει.poiēsei
|
will do.
|
V-FIA-3S
|
38
So then he who gives'>gives her in marriage does'>does well; but he who gives'>gives her not in marriage does'>does better.1 Corinthians 7:38
Stats
Counts: 105 characters, 17 words, 82 letters, 31 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: ωστε και ο εκγαμιζων καλως ποιει ο δε μη εκγαμιζων κρεισσον ποιει
Lit: So then also, the one marrying the own virgin, well does; and the one not marrying, better will do.
KJV: So then he that giveth her in marriage doeth well; but he that giveth [her] not in marriage doeth better.
References
"doeth well"1Co 7:2: Nevertheless: to avoid fornication: let every man have his own wife: and let every woman have her own husband.Heb 13:4: Marriage is honourable in all: and the bed undefiled: but whoremongers and adulterers God will judge."doeth better"1Co 7:1: 8: 26: 32-34: 37: Now concerning the things whereof you wrote to me: It is good for a not man to touch a woman.
γυνη δεδεται νομω εφ οσον χρονον ζη ο ανηρ αυτης εαν δε κοιμηθη ο ανηρ αυτης ελευθερα εστιν ω θελει γαμηθηναι μονον εν κυριω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1135ΓυνὴGynē (N-NFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
ΓυνὴGynē
|
A wife
|
N-NFS
|
G1210δέδεταιdedetai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
δέδεταιdedetai
|
is bound
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3745ὅσονhoson (RelPro-AMS) G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσονhoson
|
as long as
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G5550χρόνονchronon (N-AMS) G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνονchronon
|
time
|
N-AMS
|
G2198ζῇzē (V-PIA-3S) G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῇzē
|
may live
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G435ἀνὴρanēr (N-NMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνὴρanēr
|
husband
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτῆς·autēs (PPro-GF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς·autēs
|
of her;
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2837κοιμηθῇkoimēthē (V-ASP-3S) G2837 κοιμάω koimáō koy-mah-o from κεῖμαι; to put to sleep, i.e. (passively or reflexively) to slumber; figuratively, to decease:--(be a-, fall a-, fall on) sleep, be dead.
|
κοιμηθῇkoimēthē
|
shall have died
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G435ἀνήρ,anēr (N-NMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνήρ,anēr
|
husband,
|
N-NMS
|
G1658ἐλευθέραeleuthera (Adj-NFS) G1658 ἐλεύθερος eleútheros el-yoo-ther-os probably from the alternate of ἔρχομαι; unrestrained (to go at pleasure), i.e. (as a citizen) not a slave (whether freeborn or manumitted), or (genitive case) exempt (from obligation or liability):--free (man, woman), at liberty.
|
ἐλευθέραeleuthera
|
free
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1510ἐστὶνestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστὶνestin
|
she is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
to whom
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G2309θέλειthelei (V-PIA-3S) G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλειthelei
|
she wills
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1060γαμηθῆναι,gamēthēnai (V-ANP) G1060 γαμέω gaméō gam-eh-o from γάμος; to wed (of either sex):--marry (a wife).
|
γαμηθῆναι,gamēthēnai
|
to be married,
|
V-ANP
|
G3440μόνονmonon (Adv) G3440 μόνον mónon mon-on neuter of μόνος as adverb; merely:--alone, but, only.
|
μόνονmonon
|
only
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2962Κυρίῳ·Kyriō (N-DMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίῳ·Kyriō
|
the Lord.
|
N-DMS
|
39
The wife is bound by the law as long as her husband lives; but if her husband be dead, she is at liberty to be married to whom she will; only in the Lord.1 Corinthians 7:39
Stats
Counts: 155 characters, 31 words, 118 letters, 42 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: γυνη δεδεται νομω εφ οσον χρονον ζη ο ανηρ αυτης εαν δε κοιμηθη ο ανηρ αυτης ελευθερα εστιν ω θελει γαμηθηναι μονον εν κυριω
Lit: A wife is bound for as long as time may live the husband of her; if however shall have died the husband, free she is to whom she wills to be married, only in the Lord.
KJV: The wife is bound by the law as long as her husband liveth; but if her husband be dead, she is at liberty to be married to whom she will; only in the Lord.
References
"wife"1Co 7:10: 15: to the married I command: yet not I: but the Lord: not Let the wife depart from her husband:Ro 7:2: 3: For the woman which has an husband is bound by the law to her husband so long as he lives; but if the husband be dead: she is loosed from the law of her husband."only"Ge 6:2: That the sons of God saw the daughters of men that they were fair; and they took them wives of all which they chose.De 7:3: 4: Neither will you make marriages with them; your daughter you will not give to his son: nor his daughter will you take to your son.Mal 2:11: Judah has dealt treacherously: and an abomination is committed in Israel and in Jerusalem; for Judah has profaned the holiness of the LORD which He loved: and has married the daughter of a strange god.2Co 6:14-16: Be you not unequally yoked together with unbelievers: for what fellowship has righteousness with unrighteousness? and what communion has light with darkness?
μακαριωτερα δε εστιν εαν ουτως μεινη κατα την εμην γνωμην δοκω δε καγω πνευμα θεου εχειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3107μακαριωτέραmakariōtera (Adj-NFS-C) G3107 μακάριος makários mak-ar-ee-os a prolonged form of the poetical (meaning the same); supremely blest; by extension, fortunate, well off:-- blessed, happy(X -ier).
|
μακαριωτέραmakariōtera
|
More blessed
|
Adj-NFS-C
|
G1161δέde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
she is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
in the same manner
|
Adv
|
G3306μείνῃ,meinē (V-ASA-3S) G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μείνῃ,meinē
|
she should remain,
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G1699ἐμὴνemēn (PPro-AF1S) G1699 ἐμός emós em-os from the oblique cases of ἐγώ (ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἐμέ); my:--of me, mine (own), my.,
|
ἐμὴνemēn
|
my
|
PPro-AF1S
|
G1106γνώμην·gnōmēn (N-AFS) G1106 γνώμη gnṓmē gno-may from γινώσκω; cognition, i.e. (subjectively) opinion, or (objectively) resolve (counsel, consent, etc.):--advice, + agree, judgment, mind, purpose, will.,
|
γνώμην·gnōmēn
|
judgment;
|
N-AFS
|
G1380δοκῶdokō (V-PIA-1S) G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
δοκῶdokō
|
I think
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2504κἀγὼkagō (PPro-N1S) G2504 κἀγώ kagṓ kam-eh from καί and ἐγώ; so also the dative case , and accusative case and (or also, even, etc.) I, (to) me:--(and, even, even so, so) I (also, in like wise), both me, me also.
|
κἀγὼkagō
|
myself also
|
PPro-N1S
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-ANS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
the Spirit
|
N-ANS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G2192ἔχειν.echein (V-PNA) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειν.echein
|
to have.
|
V-PNA
|
40
But she is happier if she so abide, after my judgment: and I think also that I have the Spirit of God.1 Corinthians 7:40
Stats
Counts: 102 characters, 20 words, 78 letters, 30 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: μακαριωτερα δε εστιν εαν ουτως μεινη κατα την εμην γνωμην δοκω δε καγω πνευμα θεου εχειν
Lit: More blessed however she is, if in the same manner she should remain, according to my judgment; I think now myself also the Spirit of God to have.
KJV: But she is happier if she so abide, after my judgment: and I think also that I have the Spirit of God.
References
"she"1Co 7:1: 8: 26: 35: Now concerning the things whereof you wrote to me: It is good for a not man to touch a woman."I think"1Co 7:25: Now concerning virgins I have no commandment of the Lord: yet I give my judgment: as one that has obtained mercy of the Lord to be faithful.1Co 9:1-3: Am not I an apostle? am not I free? have not I seen Jesus Christ our Lord? not are you my work in the Lord?1Co 14:36: 37: What? came the word of God out from you? or came it to you only?2Co 10:8-10: For though I should boast somewhat more of our authority: which the Lord has given us for edification: not and for your destruction: I not should be ashamed:2Co 12:11: I am become a fool in glorying; you have compelled me: for I ought to have been commended of you: for not inhing am I behind the very chief apostles: though I not behing.1Th 4:8: He therefore that despises'>despises: despises'>despises not man: but God: who has also given to us His holy Spirit.2Pe 3:15: 16: Account that the longsuffering of our Lord is salvation; even as our beloved brother Paul also according to the wisdom given to Him has written to you;
8
Sanctified Living
Food Sacrificed to Idols
περι δε των ειδωλοθυτων οιδαμεν οτι παντες γνωσιν εχομεν η γνωσις φυσιοι η δε αγαπη οικοδομει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4012ΠερὶPeri (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
ΠερὶPeri
|
Concerning
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the things
|
Art-GNP
|
G1494εἰδωλοθύτων,eidōlothytōn (Adj-GNP) G1494 εἰδωλόθυτον eidōlóthyton i-do-loth-oo-ton neuter of a compound of εἴδωλον and a presumed derivative of θύω; an image-sacrifice, i.e. part of an idolatrous offering:--(meat, thing that is) offered (in sacrifice, sacrificed) to (unto) idols.
|
εἰδωλοθύτων,eidōlothytōn
|
sacrificed to idols,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G1492οἴδαμενoidamen (V-RIA-1P) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἴδαμενoidamen
|
we know
|
V-RIA-1P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1108γνῶσινgnōsin (N-AFS) G1108 γνῶσις gnōsis gno-sis from γινώσκω; knowing (the act), i.e. (by implication) knowledge:--knowledge, science.
|
γνῶσινgnōsin
|
knowledge
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχομεν.echomen (V-PIA-1P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχομεν.echomen
|
we have.
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G1108γνῶσιςgnōsis (N-NFS) G1108 γνῶσις gnōsis gno-sis from γινώσκω; knowing (the act), i.e. (by implication) knowledge:--knowledge, science.
|
γνῶσιςgnōsis
|
Knowledge
|
N-NFS
|
G5448φυσιοῖ,physioi (V-PIA-3S) G5448 φυσιόω physióō foo-see-o-o from φύσις in the primary sense of blowing; to inflate, i.e. (figuratively) make proud (haughty):--puff up.
|
φυσιοῖ,physioi
|
puffs up,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
but
|
Conj
|
G26ἀγάπηagapē (N-NFS) G26 ἀγάπη agápē ag-ah-pay from ἀγαπάω; love, i.e. affection or benevolence; specially (plural) a love-feast:--(feast of) charity(-ably), dear, love.
|
ἀγάπηagapē
|
love
|
N-NFS
|
G3618οἰκοδομεῖ·oikodomei (V-PIA-3S) G3618 οἰκοδομέω oikodoméō oy-kod-om-eh-o from the same as οἰκοδομή; to be a house-builder, i.e. construct or (figuratively) confirm:--(be in) build(-er, -ing, up), edify, embolden.
|
οἰκοδομεῖ·oikodomei
|
builds up.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
1
Now as touching things offered to idols, we know that we all have knowledge. Knowledge puffeth up, but charity edifies.1 Corinthians 8:1
Stats
Rank: #2317 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 122 characters, 17 words, 99 letters, 36 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: περι δε των ειδωλοθυτων οιδαμεν οτι παντες γνωσιν εχομεν η γνωσις φυσιοι η δε αγαπη οικοδομει
Lit: Concerning now the things sacrificed to idols, we know indeed all knowledge we have. Knowledge puffs up, but love builds up.
KJV: Now as touching things offered unto idols, we know that we all have knowledge. Knowledge puffeth up, but charity edifieth.
References
"touching"1Co 8:10: For if any man see you which have knowledge sit at meat in the idol's temple: will not the conscience of him which is weak be emboldened to eat those things which are offered to idols;1Co 10:19-22: 28: What say I then? that the idol is any thing: or that which is offered in sacrifice to idols is any thing?Nu 25:2: They called the people to the sacrifices of their gods: and the people did eat: and bowed down to their gods.Ac 15:10: 19: 20: 29: Now therefore why tempt you God: to put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples: which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear?Ac 21:25: As touching the Gentiles which believe: we have written and concluded that they observe no such thing: save only that they keep themselves from things offered to idols: and from blood: and from strangled: and from fornication.Re 2:14: 20: But I have a few things against you: because you have there them that hold the doctrine of Balaam: who taught Balac to cast a stumblingblock before the children of Israel: to eat things sacrificed to idols: and to commit fornication."we are"1Co 8:2: 4: 7: 11: If any man think that he knows'>knows any thing: he knows'>knows nothing yet as he ought to know.1Co 1:5: That in every thing you are enriched by him: in all utterance: and in all knowledge;1Co 4:10: We are fools for Christ's sake: but you are wise in Christ; we are weak: but you are strong; you are honourable: but we are despised.1Co 13:2: Though I have the gift of prophecy: and understand all mysteries: and all knowledge; and though I have all faith: so that I could remove mountains: and not have charity: I not amhing.1Co 14:20: Brothers: not be children in understanding: howbeit in malice be you children: but in understanding be men.1Co 15:34: Awake to righteousness: and not sin; for some not have the knowledge of God: I speak this to your shame.Ro 14:14: 22: I know: and am persuaded by the Lord Jesus: that there is nothing unclean of itself: but to Him that esteemeth any thing to be unclean: to Him it is unclean.Col 2:18: Let no man beguile you of your reward in a voluntary humility and worshipping of angels: intruding into those things which he has not seen: vainly puffed up by his fleshly mind: "Knowledge"1Co 4:18: Now some are puffed up: as though I not would come to you.1Co 5:2: 6: you are puffed up: and not have rather mourned: that he who has done this deed might be taken away from among you.1Co 13:4: Charity suffers long: and is kind; charity envies not; charity vaunts not itself: not is puffed up: Isa 5:21: Woe to them that are wise in their own eyes: and prudent in their own sight!Isa 47:10: For you have trusted in your wickedness: you have said: None sees me. Your wisdom and your knowledge: it has perverted you; and you have said in your heart: I am: and none else beside me.Ro 11:25: For I not would: brothers: that you should be ignorant of this mystery: lest you should be wise in your own conceits; that blindness in part is happened to Israel: until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in.Ro 12:16: Be of the same mind one toward another. not Mind high things: but condescend to men of low estate. not Be wise in your own conceits.Ro 14:3: 10: not Let Him that eats'>eats'>eats'>eats despise Him that eats'>eats'>eats'>eats not; and not let Him which eats'>eats'>eats'>eats not judge Him that eats'>eats'>eats'>eats: for God has received Him."but"1Co 13:1-13: Though I speak with the tongues of men and of angels: and not have charity: I am become as sounding brass: or a tinkling cymbal.Eph 4:16: From whom the whole body fitly joined together and compacted by that which every joint supplies: according to the effectual working in the measure of every part: makes increase of the body to the edifying of itself in love.
ει δε τις δοκει ειδεναι τι ουδεπω ουδεν εγνωκεν καθως δει γνωναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἴei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἴei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1380δοκεῖdokei (V-PIA-3S) G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
δοκεῖdokei
|
thinks
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1097ἐγνωκέναιegnōkenai (V-RNA) G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
ἐγνωκέναιegnōkenai
|
to have known
|
V-RNA
|
G5100τι,ti (IPro-ANS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τι,ti
|
anything,
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3768οὔπωoupō (Adv) G3768 οὔπω oúpō oo-po from οὐ and -πω; not yet:--hitherto not, (no…) as yet, not yet.
|
οὔπωoupō
|
not yet
|
Adv
|
G1097ἔγνωegnō (V-AIA-3S) G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
ἔγνωegnō
|
does he know
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S) G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it is necessary
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1097γνῶναι·gnōnai (V-ANA) G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γνῶναι·gnōnai
|
to know.
|
V-ANA
|
2
If any man think that he knows'>knows any thing, he knows'>knows nothing yet as he ought to know.1 Corinthians 8:2
Stats
Rank: #8105 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 91 characters, 18 words, 71 letters, 23 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει δε τις δοκει ειδεναι τι ουδεπω ουδεν εγνωκεν καθως δει γνωναι
Lit: If anyone thinks to have known anything, not yet does he know as it is necessary to know.
KJV: And if any man think that he knoweth any thing, he knoweth nothing yet as he ought to know.
References
"if"Pr 26:12: See you a man wise in his own conceit? there is more hope of a fool than of him.Pr 30:2-4: Surely I am more brutish than any man: and not have the understanding of a man.Ro 11:25: For I not would: brothers: that you should be ignorant of this mystery: lest you should be wise in your own conceits; that blindness in part is happened to Israel: until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in.Ga 6:3: For if a man think himself to be something: when he not ishing: he deceives himself.1Ti 1:5-7: Now the end of the commandment is charity out of a pure heart: and of a good conscience: and of faith unfeigned:1Ti 6:3: 4: If any man teach otherwise: and not consent to wholesome words: even the words of our Lord Jesus Christ: and to the doctrine which is according to godliness;
ει δε τις αγαπα τον θεον ουτος εγνωσται υπ αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δέde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G25ἀγαπᾷagapa (V-PIA-3S) G25 ἀγαπάω agapáō ag-ap-ah-o perhaps from (much) (or compare עֲגַב); to love (in a social or moral sense):--(be-)love(-ed). Compare φιλέω.
|
ἀγαπᾷagapa
|
loves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2316Θεόν,Theon (N-AMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν,Theon
|
God,
|
N-AMS
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
he
|
DPro-NMS
|
G1097ἔγνωσταιegnōstai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
ἔγνωσταιegnōstai
|
is known
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G5259ὑπ’hyp’ (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπ’hyp’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
3
But if any man love God, the same is known of Him.1 Corinthians 8:3
Stats
Rank: #9554 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 50 characters, 11 words, 37 letters, 14 vowels, 23 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει δε τις αγαπα τον θεον ουτος εγνωσται υπ αυτου
Lit: If however anyone loves God, he is known by Him.
KJV: But if any man love God, the same is known of him.
References
"love"1Co 2:9: But as it is written: Eye has not seen: nor ear heard: neither have entered into the heart of man: the things which God has prepared for them that love Him.Ro 8:28: We know that all things work together for good to them that love God: to them who are the called according to His purpose.Jas 1:12: Blessed is the man that endures temptation: for when He is tried: He will receive the crown of life: which the Lord has promised to them that love Him.Jas 2:5: Listen: my beloved brothers: Has not God chosen the poor of this world rich in faith: and heirs of the kingdom which He has promised to them that love Him?1Pe 1:8: Whom not having seen: you love; in whom: though now you see him not: yet believing: you rejoice with joy unspeakable and full of glory:1Jo 4:19: We love him: because he first loved us.1Jo 5:2: 3: By this we know that we love the children of God: when we love God: and keep His commandments."is"Ex 33:12: 17: Moses said to the LORD: See: you say to me: Bring up this people: and you have not let me know whom you will send with me. Yet you have said: I know you by name: and you have also found grace in my sight.Ps 1:6: For the LORD knows the way of the righteous: but the way of the ungodly will perish.Ps 17:3: You have proved my heart; you have visited me in the night; you have tried me: and will not findhing; I am purposed that my mouth will not transgress.Ps 139:1: 2: A Psalm of David.>> O LORD: you have searched me: and known me.Na 1:7: The LORD is good: a strong hold in the day of trouble; and He knows them that trust in Him.Mt 7:23: Then will I profess to them: I never knew you: depart from me: you that work iniquity.Joh 10:14: I am the good shepherd: and know my sheep: and am known of my.Joh 21:17: He says to Him the third time: Simon: son of Jonas: love'>love you me? Peter was grieved because He said to Him the third time: Love'>Love you me? And He said to Him: Lord: you know'>know all things; you know'>know that I love you. Jesus says to Him: Feed my sheep.Ro 8:29: For whom He did foreknow: He also did predestinate to be conformed to the image of His Son: that He might be the firstborn among many brothers.Ro 11:2: God has not cast away His people which He foreknew. Know you not what the scripture says of Elias? how He makes intercession to God against Israel: saying: Ga 4:9: But now: after that you have known God: or rather are known of God: how turn you again to the weak and beggarly elements: to what you desire again to be in bondage?2Ti 2:19: Nevertheless the foundation of God stands sure: having this seal: The Lord knows them that are His. And: Let every one that names the name of Christ depart from iniquity.Re 2:9: 13: 19: I know your works: and tribulation: and poverty: (but you are rich) and I know the blasphemy of them which say they are Jews: and not are: but are the synagogue of Satan.Re 3:8: 9: 15: 16: I know your works: look: I have set before you an open door: and no man can shut it: for you have a little strength: and have kept my word: and have not denied my name.
περι της βρωσεως ουν των ειδωλοθυτων οιδαμεν οτι ουδεν ειδωλον εν κοσμω και οτι ουδεις θεος ετερος ει μη εις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4012ΠερὶPeri (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
ΠερὶPeri
|
Concerning
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1035βρώσεωςbrōseōs (N-GFS) G1035 βρῶσις brōsis bro-sis from the base of βιβρώσκω; (abstractly) eating (literally or figuratively); by extension (concretely) food (literally or figuratively):--eating, food, meat.
|
βρώσεωςbrōseōs
|
eating
|
N-GFS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G1494εἰδωλοθύτωνeidōlothytōn (Adj-GNP) G1494 εἰδωλόθυτον eidōlóthyton i-do-loth-oo-ton neuter of a compound of εἴδωλον and a presumed derivative of θύω; an image-sacrifice, i.e. part of an idolatrous offering:--(meat, thing that is) offered (in sacrifice, sacrificed) to (unto) idols.
|
εἰδωλοθύτωνeidōlothytōn
|
things sacrificed to idols,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G1492οἴδαμενoidamen (V-RIA-1P) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἴδαμενoidamen
|
we know
|
V-RIA-1P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3762οὐδὲνouden (Adj-NNS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδὲνouden
|
nothing
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1497εἴδωλονeidōlon (N-NNS) G1497 εἴδωλον eídōlon i-do-lon from εἶδος; an image (i.e. for worship); by implication, a heathen god, or (plural) the worship of such:--idol.
|
εἴδωλονeidōlon
|
an idol
|
N-NNS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
is in
|
Prep
|
G2889κόσμῳ,kosmō (N-DMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμῳ,kosmō
|
the world,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that there is
|
Conj
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1520εἷς.heis (Adj-NMS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷς.heis
|
one.
|
Adj-NMS
|
4
As concerning therefore the eating of those things that are offered in sacrifice to idols, we know that an idol is nothing in the world, and that there is none other God but one.1 Corinthians 8:4
Stats
Counts: 182 characters, 30 words, 144 letters, 56 vowels, 88 consonants
Translation
Greek: περι της βρωσεως ουν των ειδωλοθυτων οιδαμεν οτι ουδεν ειδωλον εν κοσμω και οτι ουδεις θεος ετερος ει μη εις
Lit: Concerning the eating therefore of the things sacrificed to idols, we know that nothing an idol is in the world, and that there is no God, if not one.
KJV: As concerning therefore the eating of those things that are offered in sacrifice unto idols, we know that an idol is nothing in the world, and that [there is] none other God but one.
References
"we know"1Co 10:19: 20: What say I then? that the idol is any thing: or that which is offered in sacrifice to idols is any thing?Ps 115:4-8: Their idols are silver and gold: the work of men's hands.Isa 41:24: Look: you are not ofhing: and your work of nought: an abomination is he who chooses you.Isa 44:8: 9: Fear you not: neither be afraid: not have I told you from that time: and have declared it? you are even my witnesses. Is there a God beside me? yes: there is no God; I not know any.Jer 10:14: Every man is brutish in his knowledge: every founder is confounded by the graven image: for his molten image is falsehood: and there is no breath in them.Jer 51:17: 18: Every man is brutish by his knowledge; every founder is confounded by the graven image: for his molten image is falsehood: and there is no breath in them.Hab 2:19: 20: Woe to him that says to the wood: Awake; to the dumb stone: Arise: it will teach! Look: it is laid over with gold and silver: and there is no breath at all in the middle of it.Ac 19:26: Moreover you see and hear: not that alone at Ephesus: but almost throughout all Asia: this Paul has persuaded and turned away much people: saying that they be no gods: which are made with hands:"there is"1Co 8:6: But to us there is but one God: the Father: of whom are all things: and we in Him; and one Lord Jesus Christ: by whom are all things: and we by Him.De 3:24: O Lord GOD: you have begun to show your servant your greatness: and your mighty hand: for what God is there in heaven or in earth: that can do according to your works: and according to your might?De 4:39: Know therefore this day: and consider it in your heart: that the LORD He is God in heaven above: and upon the earth beneath: there is none else.De 6:4: Hear: O Israel: The LORD our God is one LORD:De 32:39: See now that I: even I: am he: and there is no god with me: I kill: and I make alive; I wound: and I heal: neither is there any that can deliver out of my hand.Isa 37:16: 20: O LORD of hosts: God of Israel: that dwell between the cherubims: you are the God: even you alone: of all the kingdoms of the earth: you have made heaven and earth.Isa 44:6: 8: 24: Thus says the LORD the King of Israel: and His redeemer the LORD of hosts; I am the first: and I am the last; and beside me there is no God.Isa 45:5: 14: I am the LORD: and there is none else: there is no God beside me: I girded you: though you have not known me:Jer 10:10: But the LORD is the true God: He is the living God: and an everlasting king: at His wrath the earth will tremble: and the nations will not be able to abide His indignation.Mr 12:29: Jesus answered Him: The first of all the commandments is: Hear: O Israel; The Lord our God is one Lord:Eph 4:6: one God and Father of all: who is above all: and through all: and in you all.1Ti 1:17: Now to the King eternal: immortal: invisible: the only wise God: be honour and glory for ever and ever. Amen.1Ti 2:5: For there is one God: and one mediator between God and men: the man Christ Jesus;Jude 1:25: To the only wise God our Saviour: be glory and majesty: dominion and power: both now and ever. Amen.
και γαρ ειπερ εισιν λεγομενοι θεοι ειτε εν ουρανω ειτε επι της γης ωσπερ εισιν θεοι πολλοι και κυριοι πολλοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
Even
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
truly
|
Conj
|
G1512εἴπερeiper (Conj) G1512 εἴ περ eí per i per from εἰ and περ; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.
|
εἴπερeiper
|
if indeed
|
Conj
|
G1510εἰσὶνeisin (V-PIA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσὶνeisin
|
there are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3004λεγόμενοιlegomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λεγόμενοιlegomenoi
|
those called
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G2316θεοὶtheoi (N-NMP) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
θεοὶtheoi
|
gods,
|
N-NMP
|
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
whether
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανῷouranō (N-DMS) G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῷouranō
|
heaven
|
N-DMS
|
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS) G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G5618ὥσπερhōsper (Adv) G5618 ὥσπερ hṓsper hoce-per from ὡς and περ; just as, i.e. exactly like:--(even, like) as.
|
ὥσπερhōsper
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1510εἰσὶνeisin (V-PIA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσὶνeisin
|
there are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2316θεοὶtheoi (N-NMP) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
θεοὶtheoi
|
gods
|
N-NMP
|
G4183πολλοὶpolloi (Adj-NMP) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὶpolloi
|
many,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2962κύριοιkyrioi (N-NMP) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
κύριοιkyrioi
|
lords
|
N-NMP
|
G4183πολλοί,polloi (Adj-NMP) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοί,polloi
|
many,
|
Adj-NMP
|
5
For though there be that are called gods, whether in heaven or in earth, (as there be gods many, and lords many,)1 Corinthians 8:5
Stats
Rank: #8289 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 113 characters, 19 words, 86 letters, 31 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: και γαρ ειπερ εισιν λεγομενοι θεοι ειτε εν ουρανω ειτε επι της γης ωσπερ εισιν θεοι πολλοι και κυριοι πολλοι
Lit: Even truly if indeed there are those called gods, whether in heaven or on earth, as there are gods many, and lords many,
KJV: For though there be that are called gods, whether in heaven or in earth, (as there be gods many, and lords many,)
References
"that"De 10:17: For the LORD your God is God of gods: and Lord of lords: a great God: a mighty: and a terrible: which regards not persons: nor takes reward:Jer 2:11: 28: Has a nation changed their gods: which are yet no gods? but my people have changed their glory for that which does not profit.Jer 11:13: For according to the number of your cities were your gods: O Judah; and according to the number of the streets of Jerusalem have you set up altars to that shameful thing: even altars to burn incense to Baal.Da 5:4: They drank wine: and praised the gods of gold: and of silver: of brass: of iron: of wood: and of stone.Joh 10:34: 35: Jesus answered them: Is not it written in your law: I said: You are gods?Ga 4:8: Howbeit then: when you not knew God: you did service to them which by nature are no gods.2Th 2:4: Who opposes and exalts Himself above all that is called God: or that is worshipped; so that He as God sits in the temple of God: shewing Himself that He is God.
αλλ ημιν εις θεος ο πατηρ εξ ου τα παντα και ημεις εις αυτον και εις κυριος ιησους χριστος δι ου τα παντα και ημεις δι αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
yet
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
to us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
there is one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3962Πατήρ,Patēr (N-NMS) G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
Πατήρ,Patēr
|
Father,
|
N-NMS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
whom are
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-NNP
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all,
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
Him;
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord,
|
N-NMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G5547Χριστός,Christos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστός,Christos
|
Christ,
|
N-NMS
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
whom are
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-NNP
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all,
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
through
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
6
But to us there is but one God, the Father, of whom are all things, and we in Him; and one Lord Jesus Christ, by whom are all things, and we by Him.1 Corinthians 8:6
Stats
Rank: #1467 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 152 characters, 23 words, 109 letters, 38 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλ ημιν εις θεος ο πατηρ εξ ου τα παντα και ημεις εις αυτον και εις κυριος ιησους χριστος δι ου τα παντα και ημεις δι αυτου
Lit: yet to us there is one God, the Father, of whom are the things all, and we for Him; and one Lord, Jesus Christ, by whom are the things all, and we through Him.
KJV: But to us there is but one God, the Father, of whom [are] all things, and we in him; and one Lord Jesus Christ, by whom [are] all things, and we by him.
References
"one God"1Co 8:4: As concerning therefore the eating of those things that are offered in sacrifice to idols: we know that an idol is nothing in the world: and that there is none other God but one.Jon 1:9: He said to them: I am an Hebrew; and I fear the LORD: the God of heaven: which has made the sea and the dry land.Mal 2:10: Have not we all one father? has not one God created us? why do we deal treacherously every man against His brother: by profaning the covenant of our fathers?Joh 10:30: I and my Father are one.Joh 14:9: 10: Jesus says to Him: Have I been so long time with you: and yet have you not known me: Philip? He that'>He who has seen me has seen the Father; and how say you then: Show us the Father?Joh 17:3: This is life eternal: that they might know you the only true God: and Jesus Christ: whom you have sent.Joh 20:17: Jesus says to her: Touch not me; for I not am yet ascended to my Father: but go to my brothers: and say to them: I ascend to my Father: and your Father; and to my God: and your God.Eph 1:3: Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: who has blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ:Eph 3:14: For this cause I bow my knees to the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: Eph 4:6: one God and Father of all: who is above all: and through all: and in you all.1Pe 1:2: 3: Elect according to the foreknowledge of God the Father: through sanctification of the Spirit: to obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ: Grace to you: and peace: be multiplied."of whom"Ac 17:28: For in him we live: and move: and have our being; as certain also of your own poets have said: For we are also his offspring.Ro 11:36: For of him: and through him: and to him: are all things: to whom be glory for ever. Amen.Eph 4:6: one God and Father of all: who is above all: and through all: and in you all."and we"Joh 14:20: At that day you will know that I am in my Father: and you in me: and I in you.Joh 17:21-23: That they all may be one; as you: Father: are in me: and I in you: that they also may be one in us: that the world may believe that you have sent me."in him"1Co 6:13: Meats for the belly: and the belly for meats: but God will destroy both it and them. Now the body is not for fornication: but for the Lord; and the Lord for the body."and one"1Co 12:3: For what reason I give you to understand: that no man speaking by the Spirit of God calls Jesus accursed: and that no man can say that Jesus is the Lord: but by the Holy Ghost.Mt 11:27: All things are delivered to me of my Father: and no man knows'>knows the Son: but the Father; neither knows'>knows any man the Father: save the Son: and He to whoever the Son will reveal Him.Mt 28:18: Jesus came and spoke to them: saying: All power is given to me in heaven and in earth.Joh 5:20-29: For the Father loves the Son: and shews Him all things that Himself does: and He will show Him greater works than these: that you may marvel.Joh 13:13: You call me Master and Lord: and you say well; for so I am.Joh 17:23: I in them: and you in me: that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that you have sent me: and have loved them: as you have loved me.Ac 2:36: Therefore let all the house of Israel know assuredly: that God has made that same Jesus: whom you have crucified: both Lord and Christ.Ac 5:31: Him has God exalted with His right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour: for to give repentance to Israel: and forgiveness of sins.Eph 1:20-23: Which He wrought in Christ: when He raised Him from the dead: and set Him at His own right hand in the heavenly places: Eph 4:5: one Lord: one faith: one baptism: Php 2:9-11: For what reason God also has highly exalted Him: and given Him a name which is above every name:Col 1:16: 17: For by him were all things created: that are in heaven: and that are in earth: visible and invisible: whether they be thrones: or dominions: or principalities: or powers: all things were created by him: and for him:1Ti 2:5: 6: For there is one God: and one mediator between God and men: the man Christ Jesus;1Pe 1:21: Who by Him do believe in God: that raised Him up from the dead: and gave Him glory; that your faith and hope might be in God.Re 1:18: I am he who lives: and was dead; and: look: I am alive for evermore: Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death."and we by"Joh 1:3: All things were made by him; and without him not was any thing made that was made.Col 1:6: Which is come to you: as it is in all the world; and brings forth fruit: as it does also in you: since the day you heard of it: and knew the grace of God in truth:Heb 1:2: 3: Has in these last days spoken to us by His Son: whom He has appointed heir of all things: by whom also He made the worlds;
αλλ ουκ εν πασιν η γνωσις τινες δε τη συνειδησει του ειδωλου εως αρτι ως ειδωλοθυτον εσθιουσιν και η συνειδησις αυτων ασθενης ουσα μολυνεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G235Ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
Ἀλλ’all’
|
But
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3956πᾶσινpasin (Adj-DMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσινpasin
|
all is
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
this
|
Art-NFS
|
G1108γνῶσις·gnōsis (N-NFS) G1108 γνῶσις gnōsis gno-sis from γινώσκω; knowing (the act), i.e. (by implication) knowledge:--knowledge, science.
|
γνῶσις·gnōsis
|
knowledge.
|
N-NFS
|
G5100τινὲςtines (IPro-NMP) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινὲςtines
|
Some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G4914συνηθείᾳsynētheia (N-DFS) G4914 συνήθεια synḗtheia soon-ay-thi-ah from a compound of σύν and ἦθος; mutual habituation, i.e. usage:--custom.
|
συνηθείᾳsynētheia
|
by habit
|
N-DFS
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep) G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Prep
|
G737ἄρτιarti (Adv) G737 ἄρτι árti ar-tee adverb from a derivative of αἴρω (compare ἄρτος) through the idea of suspension; just now:--this day (hour), hence(-forth), here(-after), hither(-to), (even) now, (this) present.
|
ἄρτιarti
|
now,
|
Adv
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G1497εἰδώλουeidōlou (N-GNS) G1497 εἴδωλον eídōlon i-do-lon from εἶδος; an image (i.e. for worship); by implication, a heathen god, or (plural) the worship of such:--idol.
|
εἰδώλουeidōlou
|
idol
|
N-GNS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as of
|
Adv
|
G1494εἰδωλόθυτονeidōlothyton (Adj-ANS) G1494 εἰδωλόθυτον eidōlóthyton i-do-loth-oo-ton neuter of a compound of εἴδωλον and a presumed derivative of θύω; an image-sacrifice, i.e. part of an idolatrous offering:--(meat, thing that is) offered (in sacrifice, sacrificed) to (unto) idols.
|
εἰδωλόθυτονeidōlothyton
|
a thing sacrificed to an idol
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2068ἐσθίουσιν,esthiousin (V-PIA-3P) G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίουσιν,esthiousin
|
eat;
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4893συνείδησιςsyneidēsis (N-NFS) G4893 συνείδησις syneídēsis soon-i-day-sis from a prolonged form of συνείδω; co-perception, i.e. moral consciousness:--conscience.
|
συνείδησιςsyneidēsis
|
conscience
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G772ἀσθενὴςasthenēs (Adj-NFS) G772 ἀσθενής asthenḗs as-then-ace from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of σθενόω; strengthless (in various applications, literal, figurative and moral):--more feeble, impotent, sick, without strength, weak(-er, -ness, thing).
|
ἀσθενὴςasthenēs
|
weak
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1510οὖσαousa (V-PPA-NFS) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
οὖσαousa
|
being,
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G3435μολύνεται.molynetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G3435 μολύνω molýnō mol-oo-no probably from μέλας; to soil (figuratively):--defile.
|
μολύνεται.molynetai
|
it is defiled.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
7
Howbeit there is not in every man that knowledge: for some with conscience of the idol to this hour eat it as a thing offered to an idol; and their conscience being weak is defiled.1 Corinthians 8:7
Stats
Rank: #9090 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 187 characters, 31 words, 148 letters, 61 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλ ουκ εν πασιν η γνωσις τινες δε τη συνειδησει του ειδωλου εως αρτι ως ειδωλοθυτον εσθιουσιν και η συνειδησις αυτων ασθενης ουσα μολυνεται
Lit: But not in all is this knowledge. Some now, by habit until now, of the idol as of a thing sacrificed to an idol eat; and the conscience of them weak being, it is defiled.
KJV: Howbeit there is not in every man that knowledge: for some with conscience of the idol unto this hour eat [it] as a thing offered unto an idol; and their conscience being weak is defiled.
References
"there"1Co 1:10: 11: Now I beseech you: brothers: by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ: that you all speak the same thing: and that there be no divisions among you; but that you be perfectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment."with"1Co 8:9: 10: But take heed lest by any means this liberty of yours become a stumblingblock to them that are weak.1Co 10:28: 29: But if any man say to you: This is offered in sacrifice to idols: not eat for His sake that showed it: and for conscience sake: for the earth is the Lord's: and the fulness thereof:Ro 14:14: 23: I know: and am persuaded by the Lord Jesus: that there is nothing unclean of itself: but to Him that esteemeth any thing to be unclean: to Him it is unclean.
βρωμα δε ημας ου παριστησιν τω θεω ουτε γαρ εαν φαγωμεν περισσευομεν ουτε εαν μη φαγωμεν υστερουμεθα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1033βρῶμαbrōma (N-NNS) G1033 βρῶμα brōma bro-mah from the base of βιβρώσκω; food (literally or figuratively), especially (ceremonially) articles allowed or forbidden by the Jewish law:--meat, victuals.
|
βρῶμαbrōma
|
Food
|
N-NNS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3936παραστήσειparastēsei (V-FIA-3S) G3936 παρίστημι parístēmi par-is-tan-o from παρά and ἵστημι; to stand beside, i.e. (transitively) to exhibit, proffer, (specially), recommend, (figuratively) substantiate; or (intransitively) to be at hand (or ready), aid:--assist, bring before, command, commend, give presently, present, prove, provide, shew, stand (before, by, here, up, with), yield.
|
παραστήσειparastēsei
|
will commend
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to
|
Art-DMS
|
G2316Θεῷ·Theō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεῷ·Theō
|
God;
|
N-DMS
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj) G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
neither
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5315φάγωμενphagōmen (V-ASA-1P) G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φάγωμενphagōmen
|
we should eat
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G5302ὑστερούμεθα,hysteroumetha (V-PIM/P-1P) G5302 ὑστερέω hysteréō hoos-ter-eh-o from ὕστερος; to be later, i.e. (by implication) to be inferior; generally, to fall short (be deficient):--come behind (short), be destitute, fail, lack, suffer need, (be in) want, be the worse.
|
ὑστερούμεθα,hysteroumetha
|
do we come short,
|
V-PIM/P-1P
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj) G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361‹μὴ›mē (Conj) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
‹μὴ›mē
|
not
|
Conj
|
G5315φάγωμενphagōmen (V-ASA-1P) G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φάγωμενphagōmen
|
we should eat
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G4052περισσεύομεν.perisseuomen (V-PIA-1P) G4052 περισσεύω perisseúō per-is-syoo-o from περισσός; to superabound (in quantity or quality), be in excess, be superfluous; also (transitively) to cause to superabound or excel:--(make, more) abound, (have, have more) abundance (be more) abundant, be the better, enough and to spare, exceed, excel, increase, be left, redound, remain (over and above).
|
περισσεύομεν.perisseuomen
|
have we an advantage.
|
V-PIA-1P
|
8
But meat commends not us to God: for neither, if we eat, are we the better; neither, if we not eat, are we the worse.1 Corinthians 8:8
Stats
Rank: #9246 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 119 characters, 19 words, 88 letters, 38 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: βρωμα δε ημας ου παριστησιν τω θεω ουτε γαρ εαν φαγωμεν περισσευομεν ουτε εαν μη φαγωμεν υστερουμεθα
Lit: Food however us not will commend to God; neither if not we should eat do we come short, nor if not we should eat have we an advantage.
KJV: But meat commendeth us not to God: for neither, if we eat, are we the better; neither, if we eat not, are we the worse.
References
"meat"1Co 6:13: Meats for the belly: and the belly for meats: but God will destroy both it and them. Now the body is not for fornication: but for the Lord; and the Lord for the body.Ro 14:17: For the kingdom of God not is meat and drink; but righteousness: and peace: and joy in the Holy Ghost.Col 2:20-23: For what reason if you be dead with Christ from the rudiments of the world: why: as though living in the world: are you subject to ordinances: Heb 13:9: not Be carried about with divers and strange doctrines. For it is a good thing that the heart be established with grace; not with meats: which not have profited them that have been occupied therein.
βλεπετε δε μηπως η εξουσια υμων αυτη προσκομμα γενηται τοις ασθενουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G991Βλέπετεblepete (V-PMA-2P) G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
Βλέπετεblepete
|
Be careful
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G3361μήmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μήmē
|
lest
|
Adv
|
G4459πωςpōs (Adv) G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πωςpōs
|
somehow
|
Adv
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1849ἐξουσίαexousia (N-NFS) G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίαexousia
|
right
|
N-NFS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3778αὕτηhautē (DPro-NFS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
αὕτηhautē
|
this
|
DPro-NFS
|
G4348πρόσκομμαproskomma (N-NNS) G4348 πρόσκομμα próskomma pros-kom-mah from προσκόπτω; a stub, i.e. (figuratively) occasion of apostasy:--offence, stumbling(-block, (-stone)).
|
πρόσκομμαproskomma
|
an occasion of stumbling
|
N-NNS
|
G1096γένηταιgenētai (V-ASM-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γένηταιgenētai
|
becomes
|
V-ASM-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to those
|
Art-DMP
|
G772ἀσθενέσιν.asthenesin (Adj-DMP) G772 ἀσθενής asthenḗs as-then-ace from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of σθενόω; strengthless (in various applications, literal, figurative and moral):--more feeble, impotent, sick, without strength, weak(-er, -ness, thing).
|
ἀσθενέσιν.asthenesin
|
being weak.
|
Adj-DMP
|
9
But take heed lest by any means this liberty of yours become a stumblingblock to them that are weak.1 Corinthians 8:9
Stats
Rank: #1252 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 100 characters, 19 words, 81 letters, 29 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: βλεπετε δε μηπως η εξουσια υμων αυτη προσκομμα γενηται τοις ασθενουσιν
Lit: Be careful however, lest somehow the right of you this an occasion of stumbling becomes to those being weak.
KJV: But take heed lest by any means this liberty of yours become a stumblingblock to them that are weak.
References
"take"1Co 8:10: For if any man see you which have knowledge sit at meat in the idol's temple: will not the conscience of him which is weak be emboldened to eat those things which are offered to idols;1Co 10:24: 29: Let no man seek his own: but every man another's wealth.Mt 18:6: 7: 10: But whoever will offend one of these little ones which believe in me: it were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck: and that he were drowned in the depth of the sea.Lu 17:1: 2: Then said he to the disciples: It is impossible but that offences will come: but woe to him: through whom they come!Ro 14:20: 21: For meat not destroy the work of God. All things indeed are pure; but it is evil for that man who eats with offence.Ga 5:13: For: brothers: you have been called to liberty; only use not liberty for an occasion to the flesh: but by love serve one another.1Pe 2:16: As free: not and using your liberty for a cloke of maliciousness: but as the servants of God.2Pe 2:19: While they promise them liberty: they themselves are the servants of corruption: for of whom a man is overcome: of the same is he brought in bondage."a stumbling-block"1Co 10:32: Give none offence: neither to the Jews: nor to the Gentiles: nor to the church of God:Le 19:14: You will not curse the deaf: nor put a stumblingblock before the blind: but will fear your God: I am the LORD.Isa 57:14: will say: Cast you up: cast you up: prepare the way: take up the stumblingblock out of the way of my people.Eze 14:3: Son of man: these men have set up their idols in their heart: and put the stumblingblock of their iniquity before their face: should I be inquired of at all by them?Eze 44:12: Because they ministered to them before their idols: and caused the house of Israel to fall into iniquity; therefore have I lifted up my hand against them: says the Lord GOD: and they will bear their iniquity.Ro 14:13-15: 20: Let not us therefore judge one another any more: but judge this rather: that no man put a stumblingblock or an occasion to fall in his brother's way.Ga 5:13: For: brothers: you have been called to liberty; only use not liberty for an occasion to the flesh: but by love serve one another.Re 2:14: But I have a few things against you: because you have there them that hold the doctrine of Balaam: who taught Balac to cast a stumblingblock before the children of Israel: to eat things sacrificed to idols: and to commit fornication."weak"1Co 8:12: But when you sin so against the brothers: and wound their weak conscience: you sin against Christ.1Co 9:22: To the weak became I as weak: that I might gain the weak: I am made all things to all men: that I might by all means save some.Isa 35:3: Strengthen you the weak hands: and confirm the feeble knees.Ro 14:1: 2: Him that is weak in the faith receive you: but not to doubtful disputations.Ro 15:1: We then that are strong ought to bear the infirmities of the weak: not and to please ourselves.2Co 11:21: I speak as concerning reproach: as though we had been weak. Howbeit whereinsoever any is bold: (I speak foolishly: ) I am bold also.
εαν γαρ τις ιδη σε τον εχοντα γνωσιν εν ειδωλειω κατακειμενον ουχι η συνειδησις αυτου ασθενους οντος οικοδομηθησεται εις το τα ειδωλοθυτα εσθιειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3708ἴδῃidē (V-ASA-3S) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἴδῃidē
|
sees
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G4771σὲse (PPro-A2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὲse
|
you,
|
PPro-A2S
|
G2192ἔχονταechonta (V-PPA-AMS) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταechonta
|
having
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G1108γνῶσινgnōsin (N-AFS) G1108 γνῶσις gnōsis gno-sis from γινώσκω; knowing (the act), i.e. (by implication) knowledge:--knowledge, science.
|
γνῶσινgnōsin
|
knowledge,
|
N-AFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1493εἰδωλείῳeidōleiō (N-DNS) G1493 εἰδωλεῖον eidōleîon i-do-li-on neuter of a presumed derivative of εἴδωλον; an image-fane:--idols temple.
|
εἰδωλείῳeidōleiō
|
an idol’s temple
|
N-DNS
|
G2621κατακείμενον,katakeimenon (V-PPM/P-AMS) G2621 κατάκειμαι katákeimai kat-ak-i-mahee from κατά and κεῖμαι; to lie down, i.e. (by implication) be sick; specially, to recline at a meal:--keep, lie, sit at meat (down).
|
κατακείμενον,katakeimenon
|
eating,
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G3780οὐχὶouchi (IntPrtcl) G3780 οὐχί ouchí oo-khee intensive of οὐ; not indeed:--nay, not.,
|
οὐχὶouchi
|
not
|
IntPrtcl
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4893συνείδησιςsyneidēsis (N-NFS) G4893 συνείδησις syneídēsis soon-i-day-sis from a prolonged form of συνείδω; co-perception, i.e. moral consciousness:--conscience.
|
συνείδησιςsyneidēsis
|
conscience
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G772ἀσθενοῦςasthenous (Adj-GMS) G772 ἀσθενής asthenḗs as-then-ace from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of σθενόω; strengthless (in various applications, literal, figurative and moral):--more feeble, impotent, sick, without strength, weak(-er, -ness, thing).
|
ἀσθενοῦςasthenous
|
weak
|
Adj-GMS
|
G1510ὄντοςontos (V-PPA-GMS) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄντοςontos
|
being,
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G3618οἰκοδομηθήσεταιoikodomēthēsetai (V-FIP-3S) G3618 οἰκοδομέω oikodoméō oy-kod-om-eh-o from the same as οἰκοδομή; to be a house-builder, i.e. construct or (figuratively) confirm:--(be in) build(-er, -ing, up), edify, embolden.
|
οἰκοδομηθήσεταιoikodomēthēsetai
|
will be built up,
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
so as
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
things
|
Art-ANP
|
G1494εἰδωλόθυταeidōlothyta (Adj-ANP) G1494 εἰδωλόθυτον eidōlóthyton i-do-loth-oo-ton neuter of a compound of εἴδωλον and a presumed derivative of θύω; an image-sacrifice, i.e. part of an idolatrous offering:--(meat, thing that is) offered (in sacrifice, sacrificed) to (unto) idols.
|
εἰδωλόθυταeidōlothyta
|
sacrificed to idols
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2068ἐσθίειν;esthiein (V-PNA) G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίειν;esthiein
|
to eat?
|
V-PNA
|
10
For if any man see you which have knowledge sit at meat in the idol's temple, will not the conscience of him which is weak be emboldened to eat those things which are offered to idols;1 Corinthians 8:10
Stats
Rank: #2044 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 186 characters, 35 words, 148 letters, 56 vowels, 92 consonants
Translation
Greek: εαν γαρ τις ιδη σε τον εχοντα γνωσιν εν ειδωλειω κατακειμενον ουχι η συνειδησις αυτου ασθενους οντος οικοδομηθησεται εις το τα ειδωλοθυτα εσθιειν
Lit: If for anyone sees you, having knowledge, in an idol’s temple eating, not the conscience of him weak being, will be built up, so as the things sacrificed to idols to eat?
KJV: For if any man see thee which hast knowledge sit at meat in the idol's temple, shall not the conscience of him which is weak be emboldened to eat those things which are offered to idols;
References
"which hast"1Co 8:1: 2: Now as touching things offered to idols: we know that we all have knowledge. Knowledge puffeth up: but charity edifies."sit"1Co 10:20: 21: But I say: that the things which the Gentiles sacrifice: they sacrifice to devils: not and to God: and I not would that you should have fellowship with devils.Nu 25:2: They called the people to the sacrifices of their gods: and the people did eat: and bowed down to their gods.Jg 9:27: They went out into the fields: and gathered their vineyards: and trode the grapes: and made merry: and went into the house of their god: and did eat and drink: and cursed Abimelech.Am 2:8: They lay themselves down upon clothes laid to pledge by every altar: and they drink the wine of the condemned in the house of their god."shall not"1Co 10:28: 29: 32: But if any man say to you: This is offered in sacrifice to idols: not eat for His sake that showed it: and for conscience sake: for the earth is the Lord's: and the fulness thereof:Ro 14:14: 23: I know: and am persuaded by the Lord Jesus: that there is nothing unclean of itself: but to Him that esteemeth any thing to be unclean: to Him it is unclean.
και απολειται ο ασθενων αδελφος επι τη ση γνωσει δι ον χριστος απεθανεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G622ἀπόλλυταιapollytai (V-PIM/P-3S) G622 ἀπόλλυμι apóllymi ap-ol-loo-mee from ἀπό and the base of ὄλεθρος; to destroy fully (reflexively, to perish, or lose), literally or figuratively:--destroy, die, lose, mar, perish.
|
ἀπόλλυταιapollytai
|
Is destroyed
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G770ἀσθενῶνasthenōn (V-PPA-NMS) G770 ἀσθενέω asthenéō as-then-eh-o from ἀσθενής; to be feeble (in any sense):--be diseased, impotent folk (man), (be) sick, (be, be made) weak.
|
ἀσθενῶνasthenōn
|
being weak
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
through
|
Prep
|
G4674σῇsē (PPro-DF2S) G4674 σός sós sos from σύ; thine:--thine (own), thy (friend).,
|
σῇsē
|
your
|
PPro-DF2S
|
G1108γνώσει,gnōsei (N-DFS) G1108 γνῶσις gnōsis gno-sis from γινώσκω; knowing (the act), i.e. (by implication) knowledge:--knowledge, science.
|
γνώσει,gnōsei
|
knowledge,
|
N-DFS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G80ἀδελφὸςadelphos (N-NMS) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφὸςadelphos
|
brother
|
N-NMS
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G5547ΧριστὸςChristos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸςChristos
|
Christ
|
N-NMS
|
G599ἀπέθανεν.apethanen (V-AIA-3S) G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀπέθανεν.apethanen
|
died.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
11
Through your knowledge will the weak brother perish, for whom Christ died?1 Corinthians 8:11
Stats
Rank: #3631 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 78 characters, 12 words, 64 letters, 19 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: και απολειται ο ασθενων αδελφος επι τη ση γνωσει δι ον χριστος απεθανεν
Lit: Is destroyed for the one being weak through your knowledge, the brother for whom Christ died.
KJV: And through thy knowledge shall the weak brother perish, for whom Christ died?
References
"shall"1Co 8:13: For what reason: if meat make my brother to offend: I will eat no flesh while the world stands: lest I make my brother to offend.1Co 10:33: Even as I please all men in all things: not seeking my own profit: but the profit of many: that they may be saved.1Co 11:1: Be you followers of me: even as I also am of Christ.Ro 14:15: 20: 21: But if your brother be grieved with your meat: now walk you not charitably. not Destroy Him with your meat: for whom Christ died.Ro 15:1-3: We then that are strong ought to bear the infirmities of the weak: not and to please ourselves.
ουτως δε αμαρτανοντες εις τους αδελφους και τυπτοντες αυτων την συνειδησιν ασθενουσαν εις χριστον αμαρτανετε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
Thus
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G264ἁμαρτάνοντεςhamartanontes (V-PPA-NMP) G264 ἁμαρτάνω hamartánō ham-ar-tan-o perhaps from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of μέρος; properly, to miss the mark (and so not share in the prize), i.e. (figuratively) to err, especially (morally) to sin:--for your faults, offend, sin, trespass.
|
ἁμαρτάνοντεςhamartanontes
|
sinning
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
against
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὺςadelphous (N-AMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὺςadelphous
|
brothers
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5180τύπτοντεςtyptontes (V-PPA-NMP) G5180 τύπτω týptō toop-to a primary verb (in a strengthened form); to thump, i.e. cudgel or pummel (properly, with a stick or bastinado), but in any case by repeated blows; thus differing from παίω and πατάσσω, which denote a (usually single) blow with the hand or any instrument, or πλήσσω with the fist (or a hammer), or ῥαπίζω with the palm; as well as from τυγχάνω, an accidental collision); by implication, to punish; figuratively, to offend (the conscience):--beat, smite, strike, wound.
|
τύπτοντεςtyptontes
|
wounding
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
their
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G4893συνείδησινsyneidēsin (N-AFS) G4893 συνείδησις syneídēsis soon-i-day-sis from a prolonged form of συνείδω; co-perception, i.e. moral consciousness:--conscience.
|
συνείδησινsyneidēsin
|
conscience
|
N-AFS
|
G770ἀσθενοῦσανasthenousan (V-PPA-AFS) G770 ἀσθενέω asthenéō as-then-eh-o from ἀσθενής; to be feeble (in any sense):--be diseased, impotent folk (man), (be) sick, (be, be made) weak.
|
ἀσθενοῦσανasthenousan
|
being weak,
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
against
|
Prep
|
G5547ΧριστὸνChriston (N-AMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸνChriston
|
Christ
|
N-AMS
|
G264ἁμαρτάνετε.hamartanete (V-PIA-2P) G264 ἁμαρτάνω hamartánō ham-ar-tan-o perhaps from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of μέρος; properly, to miss the mark (and so not share in the prize), i.e. (figuratively) to err, especially (morally) to sin:--for your faults, offend, sin, trespass.
|
ἁμαρτάνετε.hamartanete
|
you sin.
|
V-PIA-2P
|
12
But when you sin so against the brothers, and wound their weak conscience, you sin against Christ.1 Corinthians 8:12
Stats
Rank: #3953 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 96 characters, 15 words, 77 letters, 28 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτως δε αμαρτανοντες εις τους αδελφους και τυπτοντες αυτων την συνειδησιν ασθενουσαν εις χριστον αμαρτανετε
Lit: Thus then sinning against the brothers and wounding their conscience being weak, against Christ you sin.
KJV: But when ye sin so against the brethren, and wound their weak conscience, ye sin against Christ.
References
"when"Ge 20:9: Then Abimelech called Abraham: and said to him: What have you done to us? and what have I offended you: that you have brought on me and on my kingdom a great sin? you have done deeds to me that not ought to be done.Ge 42:22: Reuben answered them: saying: Spoke not I to you: saying: not Do sin against the child; and you not would hear? therefore: look: also his blood is required.Ex 32:21: Moses said to Aaron: What did this people to you: that you have brought so great a sin upon them?1Sa 2:25: If one man sin against another: the judge will judge Him: but if a man sin against the LORD: who will intreat for Him? Notwithstanding they listened not to the voice of their father: because the LORD would kill them.1Sa 19:4: 5: Jonathan spoke good of David to Saul his father: and said to him: not Let the king sin against his servant: against David; because he has not sinned against you: and because his works have been to theeward very good:1Sa 24:11: Moreover: my father: see: yes: see the skirt of your robe in my hand: for in that I cut off the skirt of your robe: and killed you not: know you and see that there is neither evil nor transgression in my hand: and I not have sinned against you; yet you hunt my soul to take it.Mt 18:21: Then came Peter to Him: and said: Lord: how often will my brother sin against me: and I forgive Him? till 7 times?"ye sin against"1Co 12:12: For as the body is one: and has many members: and all the members of that one body: being many: are one body: so also is Christ.Ex 16:8: Moses said: This will be: when the LORD will give you in the evening flesh to eat: and in the morning bread to the full; for that the LORD hears your murmurings which you murmur against Him: and what are we? your murmurings are not against us: but against the LORD.Mt 12:49: 50: He stretched forth his hand toward his disciples: and said: Look my mother and my brothers!Mt 18:10: 11: Take heed that you not despise one of these little ones; for I say to you: That in heaven their angels do always look the face of my Father which is in heaven.Mt 25:40: 45: The King will answer and say to them: Truly I say to you: Inasmuch as you have done it to one of the least of these my brothers: you have done it to me.Ac 9:4: 5: He fell to the earth: and heard a voice saying to him: Saul: Saul: why persecute you me?
διοπερ ει βρωμα σκανδαλιζει τον αδελφον μου ου μη φαγω κρεα εις τον αιωνα ινα μη τον αδελφον μου σκανδαλισω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1355Διόπερdioper (Conj) G1355 διόπερ dióper dee-op-er from διό and περ; on which very account:--wherefore.
|
Διόπερdioper
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1033βρῶμαbrōma (N-NNS) G1033 βρῶμα brōma bro-mah from the base of βιβρώσκω; food (literally or figuratively), especially (ceremonially) articles allowed or forbidden by the Jewish law:--meat, victuals.
|
βρῶμαbrōma
|
food
|
N-NNS
|
G4624σκανδαλίζειskandalizei (V-PIA-3S) G4624 σκανδαλίζω skandalízō skan-dal-id-zo from σκάνδαλον; to entrap, i.e. trip up (figuratively, stumble (transitively) or entice to sin, apostasy or displeasure):--(make to) offend.
|
σκανδαλίζειskandalizei
|
snares
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G80ἀδελφόνadelphon (N-AMS) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφόνadelphon
|
brother
|
N-AMS
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
never
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5315φάγωphagō (V-ASA-1S) G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φάγωphagō
|
shall I eat
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G2907κρέαkrea (N-ANP) G2907 κρέας kréas kreh-as perhaps a primary word; (butchers) meat:--flesh.
|
κρέαkrea
|
meat
|
N-ANP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G165αἰῶνα,aiōna (N-AMS) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶνα,aiōna
|
age,
|
N-AMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G80ἀδελφόνadelphon (N-AMS) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφόνadelphon
|
brother
|
N-AMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G4624σκανδαλίσω.skandalisō (V-ASA-1S) G4624 σκανδαλίζω skandalízō skan-dal-id-zo from σκάνδαλον; to entrap, i.e. trip up (figuratively, stumble (transitively) or entice to sin, apostasy or displeasure):--(make to) offend.
|
σκανδαλίσω.skandalisō
|
I might snare.
|
V-ASA-1S
|
13
For what reason, if meat make my brother to offend, I will eat no flesh while the world stands, lest I make my brother to offend.
1 Corinthians 8:13
Stats
Rank: #4364 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 125 characters, 21 words, 98 letters, 35 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: διοπερ ει βρωμα σκανδαλιζει τον αδελφον μου ου μη φαγω κρεα εις τον αιωνα ινα μη τον αδελφον μου σκανδαλισω
Lit: Therefore if food snares the brother of me, never not shall I eat meat to the age, so that not the brother of me I might snare.
KJV: Wherefore, if meat make my brother to offend, I will eat no flesh while the world standeth, lest I make my brother to offend.
References
"if meat"1Co 6:12: All things are lawful to me: but all things not are expedient: all things are lawful for me: but I not will be brought under the power of any.1Co 9:12: 19-23: If others be partakers of this power over you: are not we rather? Nevertheless we not have used this power; but suffer all things: lest we should hinder the gospel of Christ.1Co 10:33: Even as I please all men in all things: not seeking my own profit: but the profit of many: that they may be saved.1Co 11:1: Be you followers of me: even as I also am of Christ.1Co 13:5: Does not behave itself unseemly: seeks not her own: not is easily provoked: thinks no evil;Ro 14:21: It is good neither to eat flesh: nor to drink wine: nor any thing whereby your brother stumbles: or is offended: or is made weak.2Co 11:29: Who is weak: and I not am weak? who is offended: and I not burn?2Ti 3:8: 9: Now as Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses: so do these also resist the truth: men of corrupt minds: reprobate concerning the faith.
9
Apostleship
The Rights of an Apostle
ουκ ειμι αποστολος ουκ ειμι ελευθερος ουχι ιησουν χριστον τον κυριον ημων εωρακα ου το εργον μου υμεις εστε εν κυριω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756ΟὐκOuk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐκOuk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1510εἰμὶeimi (V-PIA-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμὶeimi
|
am I
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1658ἐλεύθερος;eleutheros (Adj-NMS) G1658 ἐλεύθερος eleútheros el-yoo-ther-os probably from the alternate of ἔρχομαι; unrestrained (to go at pleasure), i.e. (as a citizen) not a slave (whether freeborn or manumitted), or (genitive case) exempt (from obligation or liability):--free (man, woman), at liberty.
|
ἐλεύθερος;eleutheros
|
free?
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1510εἰμὶeimi (V-PIA-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμὶeimi
|
am I
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G652ἀπόστολος;apostolos (N-NMS) G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀπόστολος;apostolos
|
an apostle?
|
N-NMS
|
G3780οὐχὶouchi (IntPrtcl) G3780 οὐχί ouchí oo-khee intensive of οὐ; not indeed:--nay, not.,
|
οὐχὶouchi
|
Not
|
IntPrtcl
|
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦνIēsoun
|
Jesus
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2962ΚύριονKyrion (N-AMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριονKyrion
|
Lord
|
N-AMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G3708ἑόρακα;heoraka (V-RIA-1S) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἑόρακα;heoraka
|
have I seen?
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2041ἔργονergon (N-NNS) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργονergon
|
work
|
N-NNS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1510ἐστεeste (V-PIA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστεeste
|
are,
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2962Κυρίῳ;Kyriō (N-DMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίῳ;Kyriō
|
the Lord.
|
N-DMS
|
1
Am not I an apostle? am not I free? have not I seen Jesus Christ our Lord? not are you my work in the Lord?1 Corinthians 9:1
Stats
Counts: 106 characters, 22 words, 78 letters, 32 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουκ ειμι αποστολος ουκ ειμι ελευθερος ουχι ιησουν χριστον τον κυριον ημων εωρακα ου το εργον μου υμεις εστε εν κυριω
Lit: Not am I free? Not am I an apostle? Not Jesus the Lord of us have I seen? Not the work of me, you are, in the Lord.
KJV: Am I not an apostle? am I not free? have I not seen Jesus Christ our Lord? are not ye my work in the Lord?
References
"I not an"1Co 9:2: 3: If I not be an apostle to others: yet doubtless I am to you: for the seal of my apostleship are you in the Lord.1Co 1:1: Paul: called to be an apostle of Jesus Christ through the will of God: and Sosthenes our brother: 1Co 15:8: 9: Last of all he was seen of me also: as of one born out of due time.Ac 9:15: But the Lord said to Him: Go your way: for He is a chosen vessel to me: to bear my name before the Gentiles: and kings: and the children of Israel:Ac 13:2: As they ministered to the Lord: and fasted: the Holy Ghost said: Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work to what I have called them.Ac 14:4: But the multitude of the city was divided: and part held with the Jews: and part with the apostles.Ac 22:14: 15: He said: The God of our fathers has chosen you: that you should'>should know His will: and see that Just one: and should'>should hear the voice of His mouth.Ac 16:17: 18: The same followed Paul and us: and cried: saying: These men are the servants of the most high God: which show to us the way of salvation.Ro 1:1: 5: Paul: a servant of Jesus Christ: called to be an apostle: separated to the gospel of God: Ro 11:13: For I speak to you Gentiles: inasmuch as I am the apostle of the Gentiles: I magnify my office:2Co 11:5: For I suppose I not was a whit behind the very chief apostles.2Co 12:11: 12: I am become a fool in glorying; you have compelled me: for I ought to have been commended of you: for not inhing am I behind the very chief apostles: though I not behing.Ga 1:1: 15-17: Paul: an apostle: (not of men: neither by man: but by Jesus Christ: and God the Father: who raised Him from the dead;)Ga 2:7: 8: But contrariwise: when they saw that the gospel of the uncircumcision was committed to me: as the gospel of the circumcision was to Peter;1Ti 2:7: To what I am ordained a preacher: and an apostle: (I speak the truth in Christ: and not lie;) a teacher of the Gentiles in faith and verity.2Ti 1:11: To what I am appointed a preacher: and an apostle: and a teacher of the Gentiles.Tit 1:1-3: Paul: a servant of God: and an apostle of Jesus Christ: according to the faith of God's elect: and the acknowledging of the truth which is after godliness;"am I not free"1Co 9:19: For though I be free from all men: yet have I made myself servant to all: that I might gain the more.Ga 5:1: Stand fast therefore in the liberty wherewith Christ has made us free: and not be entangled again with the yoke of bondage."have"1Co 15:8: Last of all he was seen of me also: as of one born out of due time.Ac 9:3: 5: 17: As he journeyed: he came near Damascus: and suddenly there shined round about him a light from heaven:Ac 18:9: Then spoke the Lord to Paul in the night by a vision: not Be afraid: but speak: and not hold your peace:Ac 22:6-8: 14-21: It came to pass: that: as I made my journey: and was come nigh to Damascus about noon: suddenly there shone from heaven a great light round about me.Ac 23:11: The night following the Lord stood by Him: and said: Be of good cheer: Paul: for as you have testified of me in Jerusalem: so must you bear witness also at Rome.Ac 26:16-18: But rise: and stand upon your feet: for I have appeared to you for this purpose: to make you a minister and a witness both of these things which you have seen: and of those things in the which I will appear to you;"are"1Co 3:6: I have planted: Apollos watered; but God gave the increase.1Co 4:14: 15: I not write these things to shame you: but as my beloved sons I warn you.Ac 18:8-11: Crispus: the chief ruler of the synagogue: believed on the Lord with all His house; and many of the Corinthians hearing believed: and were baptized.2Co 6:1: We then: as workers together with Him: beseech you also that you not receive the grace of God in vain.
ει αλλοις ουκ ειμι αποστολος αλλα γε υμιν ειμι η γαρ σφραγις της εμης αποστολης υμεις εστε εν κυριω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλοιςallois (Adj-DMP) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοιςallois
|
to others
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510εἰμὶeimi (V-PIA-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμὶeimi
|
I am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G652ἀπόστολος,apostolos (N-NMS) G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀπόστολος,apostolos
|
an apostle,
|
N-NMS
|
G235ἀλλάalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλάalla
|
yet
|
Conj
|
G1065γεge (Prtcl) G1065 γέ gé gheh a primary particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed):--and besides, doubtless, at least, yet.,
|
γεge
|
at least
|
Prtcl
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1510εἰμι·eimi (V-PIA-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμι·eimi
|
I am;
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4973σφραγίςsphragis (N-NFS) G4973 σφραγίς sphragís sfrag-ece probably strengthened from φράσσω; a signet (as fencing in or protecting from misappropriation); by implication, the stamp impressed (as a mark of privacy, or genuineness), literally or figuratively:--seal.
|
σφραγίςsphragis
|
seal
|
N-NFS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of my
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G651ἀποστολῆςapostolēs (N-GFS) G651 ἀποστολή apostolḗ ap-os-tol-ay from ἀποστέλλω; commission, i.e. (specially) apostolate:--apostleship.
|
ἀποστολῆςapostolēs
|
apostleship,
|
N-GFS
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1510ἐστεeste (V-PIA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστεeste
|
are
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2962Κυρίῳ.Kyriō (N-DMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίῳ.Kyriō
|
the Lord.
|
N-DMS
|
2
If I not be an apostle to others, yet doubtless I am to you: for the seal of my apostleship are you in the Lord.1 Corinthians 9:2
Stats
Rank: #7961 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 115 characters, 23 words, 88 letters, 38 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει αλλοις ουκ ειμι αποστολος αλλα γε υμιν ειμι η γαρ σφραγις της εμης αποστολης υμεις εστε εν κυριω
Lit: If to others not I am an apostle, yet at least to you I am; the for seal of my the apostleship, you are in the Lord.
KJV: If I be not an apostle unto others, yet doubtless I am to you: for the seal of mine apostleship are ye in the Lord.
References
"for"Joh 6:27: not Labour for the meat which perishes: but for that meat which endures to everlasting life: which the Son of man will give to you: for Him has God the Father sealed.2Co 3:1-3: Do we begin again to commend ourselves? or need we: as some others: epistles of commendation to you: or letters of commendation from you?2Co 12:12: Truly the signs of an apostle were wrought among you in all patience: in signs: and wonders: and mighty deeds.
η εμη απολογια τοις εμε ανακρινουσιν αυτη εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1699ἐμὴemē (PPro-NF1S) G1699 ἐμός emós em-os from the oblique cases of ἐγώ (ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἐμέ); my:--of me, mine (own), my.,
|
ἐμὴemē
|
My
|
PPro-NF1S
|
G627ἀπολογίαapologia (N-NFS) G627 ἀπολογία apología ap-ol-og-ee-ah from the same as ἀπολογέομαι; a plea (apology):--answer (for self), clearing of self, defence.
|
ἀπολογίαapologia
|
defense
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to those
|
Art-DMP
|
G1473ἐμὲeme (PPro-A1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμὲeme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G350ἀνακρίνουσίνanakrinousin (V-PPA-DMP) G350 ἀνακρίνω anakrínō an-ak-ree-no from ἀνά and κρίνω; properly, to scrutinize, i.e. (by implication) investigate, interrogate, determine:--ask, question, discern, examine, judge, search.
|
ἀνακρίνουσίνanakrinousin
|
examining
|
V-PPA-DMP
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3778αὕτη.hautē (DPro-NFS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
αὕτη.hautē
|
this.
|
DPro-NFS
|
3
My answer to them that do examine me is this,1 Corinthians 9:3
Stats
Rank: #8895 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 47 characters, 10 words, 37 letters, 15 vowels, 22 consonants
Translation
Greek: η εμη απολογια τοις εμε ανακρινουσιν αυτη εστιν
Lit: My defense to those me examining is this.
KJV: Mine answer to them that do examine me is this,
References
"answer"Ac 22:1: Men: brothers: and fathers: hear you my defence which I make now to you.Ac 25:16: To whom I answered: It not is the manner of the Romans to deliver any man to die: before that he which is accused have the accusers face to face: and have licence to answer for himself concerning the crime laid against him.Php 1:7: 17: Even as it is meet for me to think this of you all: because I have you in my heart; inasmuch as both in my bonds: and in the defence and confirmation of the gospel: you all are partakers of my grace.2Ti 4:16: At my first answer no man stood with me: but all men forsook me: I pray God that it not may be laid to their charge."them"1Co 14:37: If any man think Himself to be a prophet: or spiritual: let Him acknowledge that the things that I write to you are the commandments of the Lord.2Co 10:7: 8: Do you look on things after the outward appearance? If any man trust to Himself that He is Christ's: let Him of Himself think this again: that: as He is Christ's: even so are we Christ's.2Co 12:16-19: But be it so: I not did burden you: nevertheless: being crafty: I caught you with guile.2Co 13:3: 5: 10: Since you seek a proof of Christ speaking in me: which to you-ward not is weak: but is mighty in you.
μη ουκ εχομεν εξουσιαν φαγειν και πιειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
No
|
Adv
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχομενechomen (V-PIA-1P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχομενechomen
|
have we
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS) G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
the right
|
N-AFS
|
G5315φαγεῖνphagein (V-ANA) G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φαγεῖνphagein
|
to eat
|
V-ANA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4095πεῖν;pein (V-ANA) G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πεῖν;pein
|
to drink?
|
V-ANA
|
4
Have not we power to eat and to drink?1 Corinthians 9:4
Stats
Counts: 38 characters, 9 words, 29 letters, 12 vowels, 17 consonants
Translation
Greek: μη ουκ εχομεν εξουσιαν φαγειν και πιειν
Lit: No not have we the right to eat and to drink?
KJV: Have we not power to eat and to drink?
References
"we"1Co 9:7-14: Who goes a warfare any time at his own charges? who plants a vineyard: and eats'>eats not of the fruit thereof? or who feeds a flock: and eats'>eats not of the milk of the flock?Mt 10:10: Nor scrip for your journey: neither two coats: neither shoes: nor yet staves: for the workman is worthy of his meat.Lu 10:7: In the same house remain: eating and drinking such things as they give: for the labourer is worthy of his hire. not Go from house to house.Ga 6:6: Let him that is taught in the word communicate to him that teaches in all good things.1Th 2:6: Nor of men sought we glory: neither of you: nor yet of others: when we might have been burdensome: as the apostles of Christ.2Th 3:8: 9: Neither did we eat any man's bread for nought; but wrought with labour and travail night and day: that we not might be chargeable to any of you:1Ti 5:17: 18: Let the elders that rule well be counted worthy of double honour: especially they who labour in the word and doctrine.
μη ουκ εχομεν εξουσιαν αδελφην γυναικα περιαγειν ως και οι λοιποι αποστολοι και οι αδελφοι του κυριου και κηφας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
No
|
Adv
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχομενechomen (V-PIA-1P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχομενechomen
|
have we
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS) G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
authority
|
N-AFS
|
G79ἀδελφὴνadelphēn (N-AFS) G79 ἀδελφή adelphḗ ad-el-fay feminine of ἀδελφός; a sister (naturally or ecclesiastically):--sister.
|
ἀδελφὴνadelphēn
|
a sister,
|
N-AFS
|
G1135γυναῖκαgynaika (N-AFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκαgynaika
|
a wife,
|
N-AFS
|
G4013περιάγειν,periagein (V-PNA) G4013 περιάγω periágō per-ee-ag-o from περί and ἄγω; to take around (as a companion); reflexively, to walk around:--compass, go (round) about, lead about.
|
περιάγειν,periagein
|
to take about,
|
V-PNA
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3062λοιποὶloipoi (Adj-NMP) G3062 λοιποί loipoí loy-poy masculine plural of a derivative of λείπω; remaining ones:--other, which remain, remnant, residue, rest.
|
λοιποὶloipoi
|
other
|
Adj-NMP
|
G652ἀπόστολοιapostoloi (N-NMP) G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀπόστολοιapostoloi
|
apostles,
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὶadelphoi (N-NMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὶadelphoi
|
brothers
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2786Κηφᾶς;Kēphas (N-NMS) G2786 Κηφᾶς Kēphâs kay-fas of Chaldee origin (compare כֵּף); the Rock; Cephas (i.e. Kepha), a surname of Peter:--Cephas.
|
Κηφᾶς;Kēphas
|
Cephas?
|
N-NMS
|
5
Have not we power to lead about a sister, a wife, as well as other apostles, and as the brothers of the Lord, and Cephas?1 Corinthians 9:5
Stats
Counts: 121 characters, 21 words, 92 letters, 37 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: μη ουκ εχομεν εξουσιαν αδελφην γυναικα περιαγειν ως και οι λοιποι αποστολοι και οι αδελφοι του κυριου και κηφας
Lit: No not have we authority a sister, a wife, to take about, as also the other apostles, and the brothers of the Lord, and Cephas?
KJV: Have we not power to lead about a sister, a wife, as well as other apostles, and as the brethren of the Lord, and Cephas?
References
"to lead"1Ti 3:2: A bishop then must be blameless: the husband of one wife: vigilant: sober: of good behaviour: given to hospitality: apt to teach;1Ti 4:3: Forbidding to marry: and commanding to abstain from meats: which God has created to be received with thanksgiving of them which believe and know the truth.Tit 1:6: If any be blameless: the husband of one wife: having faithful not children accused of riot or unruly.Heb 13:4: Marriage is honourable in all: and the bed undefiled: but whoremongers and adulterers God will judge."a sister"1Co 7:15: 39: But if the unbelieving depart: let Him depart. A brother or a sister not is under bondage in such cases: but God has called us to peace.Song 4:9: 10: 12: You have ravished my heart: my sister: my spouse; you have ravished my heart with one of your eyes: with one chain of your neck.Song 5:1: 2: I am come into my garden: my sister: my spouse: I have gathered my myrrh with my spice; I have eaten my honeycomb with my honey; I have drunk my wine with my milk: eat: O friends; drink: yes: drink abundantly: O beloved.Ro 16:1: I commend to you Phebe our sister: which is a servant of the church which is at Cenchrea:1Ti 5:2: The elder women as mothers; the younger as sisters: with all purity."the brethren"Mt 12:46-50: While he yet talked to the people: look: his mother and his brothers stood without: desiring to speak with him.Mt 13:55: not Is this the carpenter's son? not is his mother called Mary? and his brothers: James: and Joses: and Simon: and Judas?Mr 6:3: not Is this the carpenter: the son of Mary: the brother of James: and Joses: and of Juda: and Simon? and not are his sisters here with us? And they were offended at him.Lu 6:15: Matthew and Thomas: James the son of Alphaeus: and Simon called Zelotes: Joh 2:12: After this he went down to Capernaum: he: and his mother: and his brothers: and his disciples: and they continued not there many days.Ac 1:14: These all continued with one accord in prayer and supplication: with the women: and Mary the mother of Jesus: and with His brothers.Ga 1:19: But other of the apostles saw I none: save James the Lord's brother."Cephas"1Co 1:12: Now this I say: that every one of you says: I am of Paul; and I of Apollos; and I of Cephas; and I of Christ.Mt 8:14: When Jesus was come into Peter's house: He saw His wife's mother laid: and sick of a fever.Mr 1:30: But Simon's wife's mother lay sick of a fever: and soon they tell him of her.Joh 1:42: He brought Him to Jesus. And when Jesus beheld Him: He said: You are Simon the son of Jona: you will be called Cephas: which is by interpretation: A stone.
η μονος εγω και βαρναβας ουκ εχομεν εξουσιαν του μη εργαζεσθαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
Or
|
Conj
|
G3441μόνοςmonos (Adj-NMS) G3441 μόνος mónos mon-os probably from μένω; remaining, i.e. sole or single; by implication, mere:--alone, only, by themselves.
|
μόνοςmonos
|
only
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G921ΒαρνάβαςBarnabas (N-NMS) G921 Βαρνάβας Barnábas bar-nab-as of Chaldee origin (בַּר and נְבִיא); son of Nabas (i.e. prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite:--Barnabas.
|
ΒαρνάβαςBarnabas
|
Barnabas,
|
N-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχομενechomen (V-PIA-1P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχομενechomen
|
have we
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS) G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
authority
|
N-AFS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2038ἐργάζεσθαι;ergazesthai (V-PNM/P) G2038 ἐργάζομαι ergázomai er-gad-zom-ahee middle voice from ἔργον; to toil (as a task, occupation, etc.), (by implication) effect, be engaged in or with, etc.:--commit, do, labor for, minister about, trade (by), work.
|
ἐργάζεσθαι;ergazesthai
|
to work?
|
V-PNM/P
|
6
Or I only and Barnabas, not have we power to forbear working?1 Corinthians 9:6
Stats
Rank: #8498 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 61 characters, 11 words, 48 letters, 19 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: η μονος εγω και βαρναβας ουκ εχομεν εξουσιαν του μη εργαζεσθαι
Lit: Or only I and Barnabas, not have we authority not to work?
KJV: Or I only and Barnabas, have not we power to forbear working?
References
"Barnabas"Ac 4:36: Joses: who by the apostles was surnamed Barnabas: (which is: being interpreted: The son of consolation: ) a Levite: and of the country of Cyprus: Ac 11:22: Then tidings of these things came to the ears of the church which was in Jerusalem: and they sent forth Barnabas: that he should go as far as Antioch.Ac 13:1: 2: 50: Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas: and Simeon that was called Niger: and Lucius of Cyrene: and Manaen: which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch: and Saul.Ac 14:12: They called Barnabas: Jupiter; and Paul: Mercurius: because he was the chief speaker.Ac 15:36: 37: Some days after Paul said to Barnabas: Let us go again and visit our brothers in every city where we have preached the word of the Lord: and see how they do."have"1Co 4:11: 12: Even to this present hour we both hunger: and thirst: and are naked: and are buffeted: and have no certain dwellingplace;Ac 18:3: Because he was of the same craft: he abode with them: and wrought: for by their occupation they were tentmakers.Ac 20:34: 35: Yes: you yourselves know: that these hands have ministered to my necessities: and to them that were with me.1Th 2:9: For you remember: brothers: our labour and travail: for labouring night and day: because we not would be chargeable to any of you: we preached to you the gospel of God.2Th 3:7-9: For yourselves know how you ought to follow us: for we not behaved ourselves disorderly among you;
τις στρατευεται ιδιοις οψωνιοις ποτε τις φυτευει αμπελωνα και εκ του καρπου αυτου ουκ εσθιει η τις ποιμαινει ποιμνην και εκ του γαλακτος της ποιμνης ουκ εσθιει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5101Τίςtis (IPro-NMS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
Τίςtis
|
Who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G4754στρατεύεταιstrateuetai (V-PIM-3S) G4754 στρατεύομαι strateúomai strat-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from the base of στρατιά; to serve in a military campaign; figuratively, to execute the apostolate (with its arduous duties and functions), to contend with carnal inclinations:--soldier, (go to) war(-fare).
|
στρατεύεταιstrateuetai
|
serves as a soldier
|
V-PIM-3S
|
G2398ἰδίοιςidiois (Adj-DNP) G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίοιςidiois
|
at his own
|
Adj-DNP
|
G3800ὀψωνίοιςopsōniois (N-DNP) G3800 ὀψώνιον opsṓnion op-so-nee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the same as ὀψάριον; rations for a soldier, i.e. (by extension) his stipend or pay:-- wages.
|
ὀψωνίοιςopsōniois
|
expense
|
N-DNP
|
G4218ποτέ;pote (Prtcl) G4218 ποτέ poté pot-eh from the base of πού and τέ; indefinite adverb, at some time, ever:--afore-(any, some-)time(-s), at length (the last), (+ n- )ever, in the old time, in time past, once, when.,
|
ποτέ;pote
|
at any time?
|
Prtcl
|
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NMS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
Who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G5452φυτεύειphyteuei (V-PIA-3S) G5452 φυτεύω phyteúō foot-yoo-o from a derivative of φύω; to set out in the earth, i.e. implant; figuratively, to instil doctrine:--plant.
|
φυτεύειphyteuei
|
plants
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G290ἀμπελῶναampelōna (N-AMS) G290 ἀμπελών ampelṓn am-pel-ohn from ἄμπελος; a vineyard:--vineyard.
|
ἀμπελῶναampelōna
|
a vineyard,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2590καρπὸνkarpon (N-AMS) G2590 καρπός karpós kar-pos probably from the base of ἁρπάζω; fruit (as plucked), literally or figuratively:--fruit.
|
καρπὸνkarpon
|
fruit
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of it
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2068ἐσθίει;esthiei (V-PIA-3S) G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίει;esthiei
|
does eat?
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
Or
|
Conj
|
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NMS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G4165ποιμαίνειpoimainei (V-PIA-3S) G4165 ποιμαίνω poimaínō poy-mah-ee-no from ποιμήν; to tend as a shepherd of (figuratively, superviser):--feed (cattle), rule.
|
ποιμαίνειpoimainei
|
shepherds
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4167ποίμνηνpoimnēn (N-AFS) G4167 ποίμνη poímnē poym-nay contraction from ποιμαίνω; a flock (literally or figuratively):--flock, fold.
|
ποίμνηνpoimnēn
|
a flock,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G1051γάλακτοςgalaktos (N-GNS) G1051 γάλα gála gal-ah of uncertain affinity; milk (figuratively):--milk.
|
γάλακτοςgalaktos
|
milk
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4167ποίμνηςpoimnēs (N-GFS) G4167 ποίμνη poímnē poym-nay contraction from ποιμαίνω; a flock (literally or figuratively):--flock, fold.
|
ποίμνηςpoimnēs
|
flock
|
N-GFS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2068ἐσθίει;esthiei (V-PIA-3S) G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίει;esthiei
|
does drink?
|
V-PIA-3S
|
7
Who goes a warfare any time at his own charges? who plants a vineyard, and eats'>eats not of the fruit thereof? or who feeds a flock, and eats'>eats not of the milk of the flock?1 Corinthians 9:7
Stats
Rank: #8627 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 175 characters, 31 words, 136 letters, 52 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: τις στρατευεται ιδιοις οψωνιοις ποτε τις φυτευει αμπελωνα και εκ του καρπου αυτου ουκ εσθιει η τις ποιμαινει ποιμνην και εκ του γαλακτος της ποιμνης ουκ εσθιει
Lit: Who serves as a soldier at his own expense at any time? Who plants a vineyard, and the fruit of it not does eat? Or who shepherds a flock, and from the milk of the flock not does drink?
KJV: Who goeth a warfare any time at his own charges? who planteth a vineyard, and eateth not of the fruit thereof? or who feedeth a flock, and eateth not of the milk of the flock?
References
"goeth"2Co 10:4: 5: (For the weapons of our warfare are not carnal: but mighty through God to the pulling down of strong holds;)1Ti 1:18: This charge I commit to you: son Timothy: according to the prophecies which went before on you: that you by them might war a good warfare;1Ti 6:12: Fight the good fight of faith: lay hold on eternal life: to what you are also called: and have professed a good profession before many witnesses.2Ti 2:3: 4: You therefore endure hardness: as a good soldier of Jesus Christ.2Ti 4:7: I have fought a good fight: I have finished my course: I have kept the faith:"planteth"1Co 3:6-8: I have planted: Apollos watered; but God gave the increase.De 20:6: What man is he that has planted a vineyard: and has not yet eaten of it? let him also go and return to his house: lest he die in the battle: and another man eat of it.Pr 27:18: Whoever keeps the fig tree will eat the fruit thereof: so he who waits on his master will be honoured.Song 8:12: My vineyard: which is my: is before me: you: O Solomon: must have a000: and those that keep the fruit thereof 200."or"Jer 23:2: 3: Therefore thus says the LORD God of Israel against the pastors that feed my people; You have scattered my flock: and driven them away: and not have visited them: look: I will visit upon you the evil of your doings: says the LORD.Joh 21:15-17: So when they had dined: Jesus says to Simon Peter: Simon: son of Jonas: love you me more than these? He says to Him: Yes: Lord; you know that I love you. He says to Him: Feed my lambs.Ac 20:28: Take heed therefore to yourselves: and to all the flock: over the which the Holy Ghost has made you overseers: to feed the church of God: which He has purchased with His own blood.1Pe 5:2: Feed the flock of God which is among you: taking the oversight thereof: not by constraint: but willingly; not for filthy lucre: but of a ready mind;"eateth not of the milk"Pr 27:27: you will have goats' milk enough for your food: for the food of your household: and for the maintenance for your maidens.Isa 7:22: It will come to pass: for the abundance of milk that they will give he will eat butter: for butter and honey will every one eat that is left in the land.
μη κατα ανθρωπον ταυτα λαλω η ουχι και ο νομος ταυτα λεγει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3361Μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
Μὴmē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G444ἄνθρωπονanthrōpon (N-AMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωπονanthrōpon
|
man,
|
N-AMS
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G2980λαλῶ,lalō (V-PIA-1S) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῶ,lalō
|
do I speak?
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
Or
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3551νόμοςnomos (N-NMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμοςnomos
|
law
|
N-NMS
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3004λέγει;legei (V-PIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγει;legei
|
says?
|
V-PIA-3S
|
8
Say I these things as a man? or says not the law the same also?1 Corinthians 9:8
Stats
Counts: 64 characters, 14 words, 48 letters, 19 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: μη κατα ανθρωπον ταυτα λαλω η ουχι και ο νομος ταυτα λεγει
Lit: Not according to man, these things do I speak? Or also the law these things not says?
KJV: Say I these things as a man? or saith not the law the same also?
References
"as"1Co 7:40: But she is happier if she so abide: after my judgment: and I think also that I have the Spirit of God.Ro 6:19: I speak after the manner of men because of the infirmity of your flesh: for as you have yielded your members servants to uncleanness and to iniquity to iniquity; even so now yield your members servants to righteousness to holiness.1Th 2:13: For this cause also thank we God without ceasing: because: when you received the word of God which you heard of us: you received it not as the word of men: but as it is in truth: the word of God: which effectually works also in you that believe.1Th 4:8: He therefore that despises'>despises: despises'>despises not man: but God: who has also given to us His holy Spirit."or"1Co 14:34: Let your women keep silence in the churches: for it not is permitted to them to speak; but they are commanded to be under obedience: as also says the law.Isa 8:20: To the law and to the testimony: if they not speak according to this word: it is because there is no light in them.Ro 3:31: Do we then make void the law through faith? God forbid: yes: we establish the law.
εν γαρ τω μωσεως νομω γεγραπται ου φιμωσεις βουν αλοωντα μη των βοων μελει τω θεω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
In
|
Prep
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3475ΜωϋσέωςMōuseōs (N-GMS) G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσέωςMōuseōs
|
of Moses
|
N-GMS
|
G3551νόμῳnomō (N-DMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμῳnomō
|
law,
|
N-DMS
|
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γέγραπταιgegraptai
|
it has been written:
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G3756ΟὐOu (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐOu
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G5392κημώσειςkēmōseis (V-FIA-2S) G5392 φιμόω phimóō fee-mo-o from (a muzzle); to muzzle:--muzzle.
|
κημώσειςkēmōseis
|
you shall muzzle
|
V-FIA-2S
|
G1016βοῦνboun (N-AMS) G1016 βοῦς boûs booce probably from the base of βόσκω; an ox (as grazing), i.e. an animal of that species (beef):--ox.
|
βοῦνboun
|
an ox
|
N-AMS
|
G248ἀλοῶντα.aloōnta (V-PPA-AMS) G248 ἀλοάω aloáō al-o-ah-o from the same as ἅλων; to tread out grain:--thresh, tread out the corn.
|
ἀλοῶντα.aloōnta
|
treading out grain.”
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
for the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1016βοῶνboōn (N-GMP) G1016 βοῦς boûs booce probably from the base of βόσκω; an ox (as grazing), i.e. an animal of that species (beef):--ox.
|
βοῶνboōn
|
oxen
|
N-GMP
|
G3199μέλειmelei (V-PIA-3S) G3199 μέλω mélō mel-o a primary verb; to be of interest to, i.e. to concern (only third person singular present indicative used impersonally, it matters):--(take) care.
|
μέλειmelei
|
is there care
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2316Θεῷ;Theō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεῷ;Theō
|
with God?
|
N-DMS
|
9
For it is written in the law of Moses, You will not muzzle the mouth of the ox that treads out the grain. Does God take care for oxen?
1 Corinthians 9:9
Stats
Rank: #8171 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 137 characters, 27 words, 106 letters, 40 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν γαρ τω μωσεως νομω γεγραπται ου φιμωσεις βουν αλοωντα μη των βοων μελει τω θεω
Lit: In for the of Moses law, it has been written: Not you shall muzzle an ox treading out grain.” Not for the oxen is there care with God?
KJV: For it is written in the law of Moses, Thou shalt not muzzle the mouth of the ox that treadeth out the corn. Doth God take care for oxen?
References
"Thou"De 25:4: You will not muzzle the ox when he treads out the grain.1Ti 5:18: For the scripture says: You will not muzzle the ox that treads out the grain. And: The labourer is worthy of his reward."Doth"Nu 22:28-35: The LORD opened the mouth of the ass: and she said to Balaam: What have I done to you: that you have smitten me these 3 times?De 5:14: But the seventh day is the sabbath of the LORD your God: in it you will not do any work: you: nor your son: nor your daughter: nor your manservant: nor your maidservant: nor your ox: nor your ass: nor any of your cattle: nor your stranger that is within your gates; that your manservant and your maidservant may rest as well as you.Ps 104:27: These wait all upon you; that you may give them their meat in due season.Ps 145:15: 16: The eyes of all wait upon you; and you give them their meat in due season.Ps 147:8: 9: Who covers the heaven with clouds: who prepares rain for the earth: who makes grass to grow upon the mountains.Jon 4:11: not should I spare Nineveh: that great city: wherein are more than sixscore000 persons that cannot discern between their right hand and their left hand; and also much cattle?Mt 6:26-30: Look the fowls of the air: for they not sow: neither do they reap: nor gather into barns; yet your heavenly Father feeds them. Are you not much better than they?Lu 12:24-28: Consider the ravens: for they neither sow nor reap; which neither have storehouse nor barn; and God feeds them: how much more are you better than the fowls?
η δι ημας παντως λεγει δι ημας γαρ εγραφη οτι επ ελπιδι οφειλει ο αροτριων αροτριαν και ο αλοων της ελπιδος αυτου μετεχειν επ ελπιδι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
Or
|
Conj
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G3843πάντωςpantōs (Adv) G3843 πάντως pántōs pan-toce adverb from πᾶς; entirely; specially, at all events, (with negative, following) in no event:--by all means, altogether, at all, needs, no doubt, in (no) wise, surely.
|
πάντωςpantōs
|
entirely
|
Adv
|
G3004λέγει;legei (V-PIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγει;legei
|
is He speaking?
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
For sake of
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1125ἐγράφη,egraphē (V-AIP-3S) G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
ἐγράφη,egraphē
|
it was written,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G3784ὀφείλειopheilei (V-PIA-3S) G3784 ὀφείλω opheílō of-i-leh-o probably from the base of ὄφελος (through the idea of accruing); to owe (pecuniarily); figuratively, to be under obligation (ought, must, should); morally, to fail in duty:--behove, be bound, (be) debt(-or), (be) due(-ty), be guilty (indebted), (must) need(-s), ought, owe, should. See also ὄφελον.
|
ὀφείλειopheilei
|
ought
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1680ἐλπίδιelpidi (N-DFS) G1680 ἐλπίς elpís el-pece from a primary (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); expectation (abstractly or concretely) or confidence:--faith, hope.
|
ἐλπίδιelpidi
|
hope
|
N-DFS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G722ἀροτριῶνarotriōn (V-PPA-NMS) G722 ἀροτριόω arotrióō ar-ot-ree-o-o from ἄροτρον; to plow:--plough.
|
ἀροτριῶνarotriōn
|
plowing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G722ἀροτριᾶν,arotrian (V-PNA) G722 ἀροτριόω arotrióō ar-ot-ree-o-o from ἄροτρον; to plow:--plough.
|
ἀροτριᾶν,arotrian
|
to plow,
|
V-PNA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G248ἀλοῶνaloōn (V-PPA-NMS) G248 ἀλοάω aloáō al-o-ah-o from the same as ἅλων; to tread out grain:--thresh, tread out the corn.
|
ἀλοῶνaloōn
|
threshing,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1680ἐλπίδιelpidi (N-DFS) G1680 ἐλπίς elpís el-pece from a primary (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); expectation (abstractly or concretely) or confidence:--faith, hope.
|
ἐλπίδιelpidi
|
hope
|
N-DFS
|
G3348μετέχειν.metechein (V-PNA) G3348 μετέχω metéchō met-ekh-o from μετά and ἔχω; to share or participate; by implication, belong to, eat (or drink):--be partaker, pertain, take part, use.
|
μετέχειν.metechein
|
to partake.
|
V-PNA
|
10
Or says he it altogether for our sakes? For our sakes, no doubt, this is written: that he who plows should plow in hope; and that he who threshes in hope should be partaker of his hope.1 Corinthians 9:10
Stats
Rank: #902 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 193 characters, 31 words, 149 letters, 56 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: η δι ημας παντως λεγει δι ημας γαρ εγραφη οτι επ ελπιδι οφειλει ο αροτριων αροτριαν και ο αλοων της ελπιδος αυτου μετεχειν επ ελπιδι
Lit: Or because of us entirely is He speaking? For sake of us for it was written, because ought in hope the one plowing to plow, and the one threshing, in hope to partake.
KJV: Or saith he it altogether for our sakes? For our sakes, no doubt, [this] is written: that he that ploweth should plow in hope; and that he that thresheth in hope should be partaker of his hope.
References
"For"Mt 24:22: Except those days should be shortened: there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect's sake those days will be shortened.Ro 15:4: For whatever things were written aforetime were written for our learning: that we through patience and comfort of the scriptures might have hope.2Co 4:15: For all things are for your sakes: that the abundant grace might through the thanksgiving of many redound to the glory of God."that ploweth"1Co 3:9: For we are labourers together with God: you are God's husbandry: you are God's building.Lu 17:7: 8: But which of you: having a servant plowing or feeding cattle: will say to him soon: when he is come from the field: Go and sit down to meat?Joh 4:35-38: not Say you: There are yet 4 months: and then comes harvest? look: I say to you: Lift up your eyes: and look on the fields; for they are white already to harvest.2Ti 2:6: The husbandman that labours must be first partaker of the fruits.
ει ημεις υμιν τα πνευματικα εσπειραμεν μεγα ει ημεις υμων τα σαρκικα θερισομεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἰEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
among you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G4152πνευματικὰpneumatika (Adj-ANP) G4152 πνευματικός pneumatikós pnyoo-mat-ik-os from πνεῦμα; non-carnal, i.e. (humanly) ethereal (as opposed to gross), or (dæmoniacally) a spirit (concretely), or (divinely) supernatural, regenerate, religious:--spiritual. Compare ψυχικός.
|
πνευματικὰpneumatika
|
spiritual things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G4687ἐσπείραμεν,espeiramen (V-AIA-1P) G4687 σπείρω speírō spi-ro probably strengthened from σπάω (through the idea of extending); to scatter, i.e. sow (literally or figuratively):--sow(- er), receive seed.
|
ἐσπείραμεν,espeiramen
|
have sown,
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G3173μέγαmega (Adj-NNS) G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγαmega
|
is it a great thing
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we,
|
PPro-N1P
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
from you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G4559σαρκικὰsarkika (Adj-ANP) G4559 σαρκικός sarkikós sar-kee-kos from σάρξ; pertaining to flesh, i.e. (by extension) bodily, temporal, or (by implication) animal, unregenerate:--carnal, fleshly.
|
σαρκικὰsarkika
|
material things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2325θερίσομεν;therisomen (V-FIA-1P) G2325 θερίζω therízō ther-id-zo from θέρος (in the sense of the crop); to harvest:--reap.
|
θερίσομεν;therisomen
|
will reap?
|
V-FIA-1P
|
11
If we have sown to you spiritual things, is it a great thing if we will reap your carnal things?1 Corinthians 9:11
Stats
Rank: #1913 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 99 characters, 19 words, 78 letters, 30 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει ημεις υμιν τα πνευματικα εσπειραμεν μεγα ει ημεις υμων τα σαρκικα θερισομεν
Lit: If we among you spiritual things have sown, is it a great thing if we, from you material things will reap?
KJV: If we have sown unto you spiritual things, is it a great thing if we shall reap your carnal things?
References
"sown"Mal 3:8: 9: Will a man rob God? Yet you have robbed me. But you say: Wherein have we robbed you? In tithes and offerings.Mt 10:10: Nor scrip for your journey: neither two coats: neither shoes: nor yet staves: for the workman is worthy of his meat.Ro 15:27: It has pleased them truly; and their debtors they are. For if the Gentiles have been made partakers of their spiritual things: their duty is also to minister to them in carnal things.Ga 6:6: Let him that is taught in the word communicate to him that teaches in all good things."a great"2Ki 5:13: His servants came near: and spoke to him: and said: My father: if the prophet had bid you do some great thing: would you not have done it? how much rather then: when he says to you: Wash: and be clean?2Co 11:15: Therefore it is no great thing if his ministers also be transformed as the ministers of righteousness; whose end will be according to their works.
ει αλλοι της εξουσιας υμων μετεχουσιν ου μαλλον ημεις αλλ ουκ εχρησαμεθα τη εξουσια ταυτη αλλα παντα στεγομεν ινα μη εγκοπην τινα δωμεν τω ευαγγελιω του χριστου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλοιalloi (Adj-NMP) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοιalloi
|
others
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
over you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1849ἐξουσίαςexousias (N-GFS) G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίαςexousias
|
authority
|
N-GFS
|
G3348μετέχουσιν,metechousin (V-PIA-3P) G3348 μετέχω metéchō met-ekh-o from μετά and ἔχω; to share or participate; by implication, belong to, eat (or drink):--be partaker, pertain, take part, use.
|
μετέχουσιν,metechousin
|
partake,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
should not
|
Adv
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv) G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
more
|
Adv
|
G1473ἡμεῖς;hēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖς;hēmeis
|
we?
|
PPro-N1P
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
But
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5530ἐχρησάμεθαechrēsametha (V-AIM-1P) G5530 χράομαι chráomai khrah-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb (perhaps rather from χείρ, to handle); to furnish what is needed; (give an oracle, graze (touch slightly), light upon, etc.), i.e. (by implication) to employ or (by extension) to act towards one in a given manner:--entreat, use. Compare χράω; χρή.
|
ἐχρησάμεθαechrēsametha
|
we did use
|
V-AIM-1P
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1849ἐξουσίᾳexousia (N-DFS) G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίᾳexousia
|
right
|
N-DFS
|
G3778ταύτῃ,tautē (DPro-DFS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτῃ,tautē
|
this.
|
DPro-DFS
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
Instead,
|
Conj
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G4722στέγομενstegomen (V-PIA-1P) G4722 στέγω stégō steg-o from στέγη; to roof over, i.e. (figuratively) to cover with silence (endure patiently):--(for-)bear, suffer.
|
στέγομενstegomen
|
we bear,
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μήmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μήmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5100τιναtina (IPro-AFS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιναtina
|
any
|
IPro-AFS
|
G1464ἐνκοπὴνenkopēn (N-AFS) G1464 ἐγκοπή enkopḗ eng-kop-ay from ἐγκόπτω; a hindrance:--X hinder.
|
ἐνκοπὴνenkopēn
|
hindrance
|
N-AFS
|
G1325δῶμενdōmen (V-ASA-1P) G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δῶμενdōmen
|
we should place
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2098εὐαγγελίῳeuangeliō (N-DNS) G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangélion yoo-ang-ghel-ee-on from the same as εὐαγγελίζω; a good message, i.e. the gospel:--gospel.
|
εὐαγγελίῳeuangeliō
|
gospel
|
N-DNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of
|
Art-GMS
|
G5547Χριστοῦ.Christou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ.Christou
|
Christ.
|
N-GMS
|
12
If others be partakers of this power over you, are not we rather? Nevertheless we not have used this power; but suffer all things, lest we should hinder the gospel of Christ.1 Corinthians 9:12
Stats
Rank: #3717 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 176 characters, 27 words, 138 letters, 50 vowels, 88 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει αλλοι της εξουσιας υμων μετεχουσιν ου μαλλον ημεις αλλ ουκ εχρησαμεθα τη εξουσια ταυτη αλλα παντα στεγομεν ινα μη εγκοπην τινα δωμεν τω ευαγγελιω του χριστου
Lit: If others of the over you authority partake, should not more we? But not we did use the right this. Instead, all things we bear, so that not any hindrance we should place to the gospel of Christ.
KJV: If others be partakers of this power over you, [are] not we rather? Nevertheless we have not used this power; but suffer all things, lest we should hinder the gospel of Christ.
References
"others"2Co 11:20: For you suffer: if a man bring you into bondage: if a man devour you: if a man take of you: if a man exalt himself: if a man smite you on the face."are not"1Co 9:2: If I not be an apostle to others: yet doubtless I am to you: for the seal of my apostleship are you in the Lord.1Co 4:14: 15: I not write these things to shame you: but as my beloved sons I warn you."Nevertheless"1Co 9:15: 18: But I have used none of these things: neither have I written these things: that it should be so done to me: for it were better for me to die: than that any man should make my glorying void.Ac 20:31-34: Therefore watch: and remember: that by the space of 3 years I not ceased to warn every one night and day with tears.2Co 11:7-10: Have I committed an offence in abasing myself that you might be exalted: because I have preached to you the gospel of God freely?2Co 12:13: 14: For what is it wherein you were inferior to other churches: except it be that I myself not was burdensome to you? forgive me this wrong.1Th 2:6-9: Nor of men sought we glory: neither of you: nor yet of others: when we might have been burdensome: as the apostles of Christ.2Th 3:8: 9: Neither did we eat any man's bread for nought; but wrought with labour and travail night and day: that we not might be chargeable to any of you:"but"1Co 4:11: 12: Even to this present hour we both hunger: and thirst: and are naked: and are buffeted: and have no certain dwellingplace;1Co 6:7: Now therefore there is utterly a fault among you: because you go to law one with another. Why do you not rather take wrong? why do you not rather suffer yourselves to be defrauded?"hinder"Ge 24:56: He said to them: Hinder not me: seeing the LORD has prospered my way; send me away that I may go to my master.Ne 4:8: Conspired all of them together to come and to fight against Jerusalem: and to hinder it.Lu 11:52: Woe to you: lawyers! for you have taken away the key of knowledge: you not entered in yourselves: and them that were entering in you hindered.Ro 15:22: For which cause also I have been much hindered from coming to you.2Co 11:12: But what I do: that I will do: that I may cut off occasion from them which desire occasion; that wherein they glory: they may be found even as we.
ουκ οιδατε οτι οι τα ιερα εργαζομενοι εκ του ιερου εσθιουσιν οι τω θυσιαστηριω προσεδρευοντες τω θυσιαστηριω συμμεριζονται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756Οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
Οὐκouk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1492οἴδατεoidate (V-RIA-2P) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἴδατεoidate
|
know you
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
in the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2413ἱερὰhiera (Adj-ANP) G2413 ἱερός hierós hee-er-os of uncertain affinity; sacred:--holy.
|
ἱερὰhiera
|
temple
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2038ἐργαζόμενοιergazomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G2038 ἐργάζομαι ergázomai er-gad-zom-ahee middle voice from ἔργον; to toil (as a task, occupation, etc.), (by implication) effect, be engaged in or with, etc.:--commit, do, labor for, minister about, trade (by), work.
|
ἐργαζόμενοιergazomenoi
|
working,
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2411ἱεροῦhierou (N-GNS) G2411 ἱερόν hierón hee-er-on neuter of ἱερός; a sacred place, i.e. the entire precincts (whereas ναός denotes the central sanctuary itself) of the Temple (at Jerusalem or elsewhere):--temple.
|
ἱεροῦhierou
|
temple
|
N-GNS
|
G2068ἐσθίουσιν,esthiousin (V-PIA-3P) G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίουσιν,esthiousin
|
eat;
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
at the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2379θυσιαστηρίῳthysiastēriō (N-DNS) G2379 θυσιαστήριον thysiastḗrion thoo-see-as-tay-ree-on from a derivative of θυσία; a place of sacrifice, i.e. an altar (special or genitive case, literal or figurative):--altar.
|
θυσιαστηρίῳthysiastēriō
|
altar
|
N-DNS
|
G4332παρεδρεύοντεςparedreuontes (V-PPA-NMP) G4332 προσεδρεύω prosedreúō pros-ed-ryoo-o from a compound of πρός and the base of ἑδραῖος; to sit near, i.e. attend as a servant:--wait at.
|
παρεδρεύοντεςparedreuontes
|
attending,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
in the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2379θυσιαστηρίῳthysiastēriō (N-DNS) G2379 θυσιαστήριον thysiastḗrion thoo-see-as-tay-ree-on from a derivative of θυσία; a place of sacrifice, i.e. an altar (special or genitive case, literal or figurative):--altar.
|
θυσιαστηρίῳthysiastēriō
|
altar
|
N-DNS
|
G4829συμμερίζονται;symmerizontai (V-PIM/P-3P) G4829 συμμερίζομαι symmerízomai soom-mer-id-zom-ahee middle voice from σύν and μερίζω; to share jointly, i.e. participate in:--be partaker with.
|
συμμερίζονται;symmerizontai
|
partake?
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
13
Do you not know that they which minister about holy things live of the things of the temple? and they which wait at the altar are partakers with the altar?1 Corinthians 9:13
Stats
Rank: #3795 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 154 characters, 29 words, 123 letters, 42 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουκ οιδατε οτι οι τα ιερα εργαζομενοι εκ του ιερου εσθιουσιν οι τω θυσιαστηριω προσεδρευοντες τω θυσιαστηριω συμμεριζονται
Lit: Not know you that those in the temple working, the things of the temple eat; those at the altar attending, in the altar partake?
KJV: Do ye not know that they which minister about holy things live of the things of the temple? and they which wait at the altar are partakers with the altar?
References
"they"1Co 10:18: Look Israel after the flesh: not are they which eat of the sacrifices partakers of the altar?Le 6:16-18: 26: The remainder thereof will Aaron and his sons eat: with unleavened bread will it be eaten in the holy place; in the court of the tabernacle of the congregation they will eat it.Le 7:6-8: Every male among the priests will eat thereof: it will be eaten in the holy place: it is most holy.Nu 5:9: 10: Every offering of all the holy things of the children of Israel: which they bring to the priest: will be his.Nu 18:8-20: The LORD spoke to Aaron: Look: I also have given you the charge of my heave offerings of all the hallowed things of the children of Israel; to you have I given them by reason of the anointing: and to your sons: by an ordinance for ever.De 10:9: For what reason Levi has no part nor inheritance with His brothers; the LORD is His inheritance: according as the LORD your God promised Him.De 18:1-5: The priests the Levites: and all the tribe of Levi: will have no part nor inheritance with Israel: they will eat the offerings of the LORD made by fire: and His inheritance.1Sa 2:28: Did I choose him out of all the tribes of Israel to be my priest: to offer upon my altar: to burn incense: to wear an ephod before me? and did I give to the house of your father all the offerings made by fire of the children of Israel?
ουτως και ο κυριος διεταξεν τοις το ευαγγελιον καταγγελλουσιν εκ του ευαγγελιου ζην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
So
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also,
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G1299διέταξενdietaxen (V-AIA-3S) G1299 διατάσσω diatássō dee-at-as-so from διά and τάσσω; to arrange thoroughly, i.e. (specially) institute, prescribe, etc.:--appoint, command, give, (set in) order, ordain.
|
διέταξενdietaxen
|
has prescribed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to those
|
Art-DMP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2098εὐαγγέλιονeuangelion (N-ANS) G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangélion yoo-ang-ghel-ee-on from the same as εὐαγγελίζω; a good message, i.e. the gospel:--gospel.
|
εὐαγγέλιονeuangelion
|
gospel
|
N-ANS
|
G2605καταγγέλλουσινkatangellousin (V-PPA-DMP) G2605 καταγγέλλω katangéllō kat-ang-gel-lo from κατά and the base of ἄγγελος; to proclaim, promulgate:--declare, preach, shew, speak of, teach.
|
καταγγέλλουσινkatangellousin
|
proclaiming
|
V-PPA-DMP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2098εὐαγγελίουeuangeliou (N-GNS) G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangélion yoo-ang-ghel-ee-on from the same as εὐαγγελίζω; a good message, i.e. the gospel:--gospel.
|
εὐαγγελίουeuangeliou
|
gospel
|
N-GNS
|
G2198ζῆν·zēn (V-PNA) G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῆν·zēn
|
to live.
|
V-PNA
|
14
Even so has the Lord ordained that they which preach the gospel should live of the gospel.1 Corinthians 9:14
Stats
Rank: #4403 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 91 characters, 17 words, 74 letters, 26 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτως και ο κυριος διεταξεν τοις το ευαγγελιον καταγγελλουσιν εκ του ευαγγελιου ζην
Lit: So also, the Lord has prescribed to those the gospel proclaiming from the gospel to live.
KJV: Even so hath the Lord ordained that they which preach the gospel should live of the gospel.
References
"ordained"1Co 9:4: Have not we power to eat and to drink?Mt 10:10: Nor scrip for your journey: neither two coats: neither shoes: nor yet staves: for the workman is worthy of his meat.Lu 10:7: In the same house remain: eating and drinking such things as they give: for the labourer is worthy of his hire. not Go from house to house.Ga 6:6: Let him that is taught in the word communicate to him that teaches in all good things.1Ti 5:17: Let the elders that rule well be counted worthy of double honour: especially they who labour in the word and doctrine.
εγω δε ουδενι εχρησαμην τουτων ουκ εγραψα δε ταυτα ινα ουτως γενηται εν εμοι καλον γαρ μοι μαλλον αποθανειν η το καυχημα μου ινα τις κενωση
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5530κέχρημαιkechrēmai (V-RIM/P-1S) G5530 χράομαι chráomai khrah-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb (perhaps rather from χείρ, to handle); to furnish what is needed; (give an oracle, graze (touch slightly), light upon, etc.), i.e. (by implication) to employ or (by extension) to act towards one in a given manner:--entreat, use. Compare χράω; χρή.
|
κέχρημαιkechrēmai
|
have used
|
V-RIM/P-1S
|
G3762οὐδενὶoudeni (Adj-DMS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδενὶoudeni
|
none
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3778τούτων.toutōn (DPro-GNP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτων.toutōn
|
of these.
|
DPro-GNP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
Neither
|
Adv
|
G1125ἔγραψαegrapsa (V-AIA-1S) G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
ἔγραψαegrapsa
|
have I written
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G1096γένηταιgenētai (V-ASM-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γένηταιgenētai
|
it should be
|
V-ASM-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοί·emoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοί·emoi
|
me;
|
PPro-D1S
|
G2570καλὸνkalon (Adj-NNS) G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.
|
καλὸνkalon
|
it were good
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv) G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
rather
|
Adv
|
G599ἀποθανεῖνapothanein (V-ANA) G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀποθανεῖνapothanein
|
to die,
|
V-ANA
|
G2228ἢ—ē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢ—ē
|
than
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2745καύχημάkauchēma (N-ANS) G2745 καύχημα kaúchēma kow-khay-mah from καυχάομαι; a boast (properly, the object; by implication, the act) in a good or a bad sense:--boasting, (whereof) to glory (of), glorying, rejoice(-ing).
|
καύχημάkauchēma
|
boasting
|
N-ANS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
anyone
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2758κενώσει.kenōsei (V-FIA-3S) G2758 κενόω kenóō ken-o-o from κενός; to make empty, i.e. (figuratively) to abase, neutralize, falsify:--make (of none effect, of no reputation, void), be in vain.
|
κενώσει.kenōsei
|
will make void.
|
V-FIA-3S
|
15
But I have used none of these things: neither have I written these things, that it should be so done to me: for it were better for me to die, than that any man should make my glorying void.1 Corinthians 9:15
Stats
Rank: #4695 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 191 characters, 35 words, 148 letters, 57 vowels, 91 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγω δε ουδενι εχρησαμην τουτων ουκ εγραψα δε ταυτα ινα ουτως γενηται εν εμοι καλον γαρ μοι μαλλον αποθανειν η το καυχημα μου ινα τις κενωση
Lit: I however not have used none of these. Neither have I written now, these things that thus it should be with me; it were good for me rather to die, than the boasting of me, anyone will make void.
KJV: But I have used none of these things: neither have I written these things, that it should be so done unto me: for it were better for me to die, than that any man should make my glorying void.
References
"I have"1Co 9:12: If others be partakers of this power over you: are not we rather? Nevertheless we not have used this power; but suffer all things: lest we should hinder the gospel of Christ.1Co 4:12: Labour: working with our own hands: being reviled: we bless; being persecuted: we suffer it:Ac 8:3: As for Saul: he made havock of the church: entering into every house: and haling men and women committed them to prison.Ac 20:34: Yes: you yourselves know: that these hands have ministered to my necessities: and to them that were with me.1Th 2:9: For you remember: brothers: our labour and travail: for labouring night and day: because we not would be chargeable to any of you: we preached to you the gospel of God.2Th 3:8: Neither did we eat any man's bread for nought; but wrought with labour and travail night and day: that we not might be chargeable to any of you:"neither"2Co 11:9-12: When I was present with you: and wanted: I was chargeable to no man: for that which was lacking to me the brothers which came from Macedonia supplied: and in all things I have kept myself from being burdensome to you: and so will I keep myself.2Co 12:13-18: For what is it wherein you were inferior to other churches: except it be that I myself not was burdensome to you? forgive me this wrong."for"Mt 18:6: But whoever will offend one of these little ones which believe in me: it were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck: and that he were drowned in the depth of the sea.Ac 20:24: But none of these things move me: neither count I my life dear to myself: so that I might finish my course with joy: and the ministry: which I have received of the Lord Jesus: to testify the gospel of the grace of God.Php 1:20-23: According to my ear expectation and my hope: that not inhing I will be ashamed: but that with all boldness: as always: so now also Christ will be magnified in my body: whether it be by life: or by death.
εαν γαρ ευαγγελιζωμαι ουκ εστιν μοι καυχημα αναγκη γαρ μοι επικειται ουαι δε μοι εστιν εαν μη ευαγγελιζωμαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1437Ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
Ἐὰνean
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2097εὐαγγελίζωμαι,euangelizōmai (V-PSM-1S) G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐαγγελίζωμαι,euangelizōmai
|
I preach the gospel,
|
V-PSM-1S
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
nothing
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
there is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G2745καύχημα·kauchēma (N-NNS) G2745 καύχημα kaúchēma kow-khay-mah from καυχάομαι; a boast (properly, the object; by implication, the act) in a good or a bad sense:--boasting, (whereof) to glory (of), glorying, rejoice(-ing).
|
καύχημα·kauchēma
|
boasting;
|
N-NNS
|
G318ἀνάγκηanankē (N-NFS) G318 ἀνάγκη anánkē an-ang-kay from ἀνά and the base of ἀγκάλη; constraint (literally or figuratively); by implication, distress:--distress, must needs, (of) necessity(-sary), needeth, needful.
|
ἀνάγκηanankē
|
necessity
|
N-NFS
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G1945ἐπίκειται·epikeitai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1945 ἐπίκειμαι epíkeimai ep-ik-i-mahee from ἐπί and κεῖμαι; to rest upon (literally or figuratively):--impose, be instant, (be) laid (there-, up-)on, (when) lay (on), lie (on), press upon.
|
ἐπίκειται·epikeitai
|
is laid upon.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3759οὐαὶouai (I) G3759 οὐαί ouaí oo-ah-ee a primary exclamation of grief; woe:--alas, woe.,
|
οὐαὶouai
|
Woe
|
I
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1473μοίmoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοίmoi
|
to me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
be,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2097εὐαγγελίσωμαι.euangelisōmai (V-ASM-1S) G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐαγγελίσωμαι.euangelisōmai
|
I should preach the gospel.
|
V-ASM-1S
|
16
For though I preach the gospel, I not havehing to glory of: for necessity is laid upon me; yes, woe is to me, if I not preach the gospel!
1 Corinthians 9:16
Stats
Counts: 139 characters, 24 words, 105 letters, 43 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: εαν γαρ ευαγγελιζωμαι ουκ εστιν μοι καυχημα αναγκη γαρ μοι επικειται ουαι δε μοι εστιν εαν μη ευαγγελιζωμαι
Lit: If for I preach the gospel, nothing there is to me boasting; necessity for me is laid upon. Woe however to me be, if not I should preach the gospel.
KJV: For though I preach the gospel, I have nothing to glory of: for necessity is laid upon me; yea, woe is unto me, if I preach not the gospel!
References
"I have"Ro 4:2: For if Abraham were justified by works: He has whereof to glory; not but before God.Ro 15:17: I have therefore whereof I may glory through Jesus Christ in those things which pertain to God."for"Jer 1:17: You therefore gird up your loins: and arise: and speak to them all that I command you: not be dismayed at their faces: lest I confound you before them.Jer 20:7: 9: O LORD: you have deceived me: and I was deceived: you are stronger than I: and have prevailed: I am in derision daily: every one mocks me.Am 3:8: The lion has roared: who not will fear? the Lord GOD has spoken: who can but prophesy?Am 7:15: The LORD took me as I followed the flock: and the LORD said to me: Go: prophesy to my people Israel.Ac 4:20: For we cannot but speak the things which we have seen and heard.Ac 9:6: 15: He trembling and astonished said: Lord: what will you have me to do? And the Lord said to Him: Arise: and go into the city: and it will be told you what you must do.Ac 26:16-20: But rise: and stand upon your feet: for I have appeared to you for this purpose: to make you a minister and a witness both of these things which you have seen: and of those things in the which I will appear to you;Ro 1:14: I am debtor both to the Greeks: and to the Barbarians; both to the wise: and to the unwise."woe"Isa 6:5: Then said I: Woe is me! for I am undone; because I am a man of unclean lips: and I dwell in the middle of a people of unclean lips: for my eyes have seen the King: the LORD of hosts.Lu 9:62: Jesus said to Him: No man: having put His hand to the plough: and looking back: is fit for the kingdom of God.Col 4:17: Say to Archippus: Take heed to the ministry which you have received in the Lord: that you fulfil it.
ει γαρ εκων τουτο πρασσω μισθον εχω ει δε ακων οικονομιαν πεπιστευμαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1635ἑκὼνhekōn (Adj-NMS) G1635 ἑκών hekṓn hek-own of uncertain affinity; voluntary:--willingly.
|
ἑκὼνhekōn
|
willingly
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G4238πράσσω,prassō (V-PIA-1S) G4238 πράσσω prássō pras-so a primary verb; to practise, i.e. perform repeatedly or habitually (thus differing from ποιέω, which properly refers to a single act); by implication, to execute, accomplish, etc.; specially, to collect (dues), fare (personally):--commit, deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts.
|
πράσσω,prassō
|
I do,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3408μισθὸνmisthon (N-AMS) G3408 μισθός misthós mis-thos apparently a primary word; pay for service (literally or figuratively), good or bad:--hire, reward, wages.
|
μισθὸνmisthon
|
a reward
|
N-AMS
|
G2192ἔχω·echō (V-PIA-1S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχω·echō
|
I have;
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G210ἄκων,akōn (Adj-NMS) G210 ἄκων ákōn ak-ohn from Α (as a negative particle) and ἑκών; unwilling:--against the will.
|
ἄκων,akōn
|
unwillingly,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3622οἰκονομίανoikonomian (N-AFS) G3622 οἰκονομία oikonomía oy-kon-om-ee-ah from οἰκονόμος; administration (of a household or estate); specially, a (religious) economy:--dispensation, stewardship.
|
οἰκονομίανoikonomian
|
a stewardship
|
N-AFS
|
G4100πεπίστευμαι.pepisteumai (V-RIM/P-1S) G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πεπίστευμαι.pepisteumai
|
I am entrusted with.
|
V-RIM/P-1S
|
17
For if I do this thing willingly, I have a reward: but if against my will, a dispensation of the gospel is committed to me.
1 Corinthians 9:17
Stats
Rank: #5115 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 125 characters, 22 words, 97 letters, 37 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει γαρ εκων τουτο πρασσω μισθον εχω ει δε ακων οικονομιαν πεπιστευμαι
Lit: If for willingly this I do, a reward I have; if however unwillingly, a stewardship I am entrusted with.
KJV: For if I do this thing willingly, I have a reward: but if against my will, a dispensation of the gospel is committed unto me.
References
"if I"1Ch 28:9: you: Solomon my son: know you the God of your father: and serve Him with a perfect heart and with a willing mind: for the LORD searches all hearts: and understands all the imaginations of the thoughts: if you seek Him: He will be found of you; but if you forsake Him: He will cast you off for ever.1Ch 29:5: 9: 14: The gold for things of gold: and the silver for things of silver: and for all manner of work to be made by the hands of artificers. And who then is willing to consecrate His service this day to the LORD?Ne 11:2: The people blessed all the men: that willingly offered themselves to dwell at Jerusalem.Isa 6:8: Also I heard the voice of the Lord: saying: Whom will I send: and who will go for us? Then said I: Here am I; send me.2Co 8:12: For if there be first a willing mind: it is accepted according to that a man has: and not according to that he has not.Phm 1:14: But without your mind would I not dohing; that your benefit not should be as it were of necessity: but willingly.1Pe 5:2-4: Feed the flock of God which is among you: taking the oversight thereof: not by constraint: but willingly; not for filthy lucre: but of a ready mind;"have"1Co 3:8: 14: Now he who plants and he who waters are one: and every man will receive his own reward according to his own labour.Mt 10:41: He who receives'>receives a prophet in the name of a prophet will receive a prophet's reward; and he who receives'>receives a righteous man in the name of a righteous man will receive a righteous man's reward."against"Ex 4:13: 14: He said: O my Lord: send: I pray you: by the hand of Him whom you will send.Jer 20:9: Then I said: I not will make mention of him: nor speak any more in his name. But his word was in my heart as a burning fire shut up in my bones: and I was weary with forbearing: and I not could stay.Eze 3:14: So the spirit lifted me up: and took me away: and I went in bitterness: in the heat of my spirit; but the hand of the LORD was strong upon me.Jon 1:3: But Jonah rose up to flee to Tarshish from the presence of the LORD: and went down to Joppa; and He found a ship going to Tarshish: so He paid the fare thereof: and went down into it: to go with them to Tarshish from the presence of the LORD.Jon 4:1-3: But it displeased Jonah exceedingly: and he was very angry.Mal 1:10: Who is there even among you that would shut the doors for nought? neither do you kindle fire on my altar for nought. I have no pleasure in you: says the LORD of hosts: neither will I accept an offering at your hand."dispensation"1Co 9:16: For though I preach the gospel: I not havehing to glory of: for necessity is laid upon me; yes: woe is to me: if I not preach the gospel!1Co 4:1: Let a man so account of us: as of the ministers of Christ: and stewards of the mysteries of God.Mt 24:25: Look: I have told you before.Lu 12:42: The Lord said: Who then is that faithful and wise steward: whom His lord will make ruler over His household: to give them their portion of meat in due season?Ga 2:7: But contrariwise: when they saw that the gospel of the uncircumcision was committed to me: as the gospel of the circumcision was to Peter;Eph 3:2-8: If you have heard of the dispensation of the grace of God which is given me to you-ward:Php 1:17: But the other of love: knowing that I am set for the defence of the gospel.Col 1:25: Whereof I am made a minister: according to the dispensation of God which is given to me for you: to fulfil the word of God;1Th 2:4: But as we were allowed of God to be put in trust with the gospel: even so we speak; not as pleasing men: but God: which tries our hearts.1Ti 1:11-13: According to the glorious gospel of the blessed God: which was committed to my trust.
τις ουν μοι εστιν ο μισθος ινα ευαγγελιζομενος αδαπανον θησω το ευαγγελιον του χριστου εις το μη καταχρησασθαι τη εξουσια μου εν τω ευαγγελιω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NMS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
What
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1473μούmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μούmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3408μισθός;misthos (N-NMS) G3408 μισθός misthós mis-thos apparently a primary word; pay for service (literally or figuratively), good or bad:--hire, reward, wages.
|
μισθός;misthos
|
reward?
|
N-NMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
That
|
Conj
|
G2097εὐαγγελιζόμενοςeuangelizomenos (V-PPM-NMS) G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐαγγελιζόμενοςeuangelizomenos
|
in preaching the gospel
|
V-PPM-NMS
|
G77ἀδάπανονadapanon (Adj-ANS) G77 ἀδάπανος adápanos ad-ap-an-os from Α (as negative particle); and δαπάνη; costless, i.e. gratuitous:--without expense.
|
ἀδάπανονadapanon
|
free of charge,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G5087θήσωthēsō (V-ASA-1S) G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
θήσωthēsō
|
I should offer
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2098εὐαγγέλιον,euangelion (N-ANS) G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangélion yoo-ang-ghel-ee-on from the same as εὐαγγελίζω; a good message, i.e. the gospel:--gospel.
|
εὐαγγέλιον,euangelion
|
gospel,
|
N-ANS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
so as
|
Prep
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2710καταχρήσασθαιkatachrēsasthai (V-ANM) G2710 καταχράομαι katachráomai kat-akh-rah-om-ahee from κατά and χράομαι; to overuse, i.e. misuse:--abuse.
|
καταχρήσασθαιkatachrēsasthai
|
to use up
|
V-ANM
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1849ἐξουσίᾳexousia (N-DFS) G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίᾳexousia
|
right
|
N-DFS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2098εὐαγγελίῳ.euangeliō (N-DNS) G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangélion yoo-ang-ghel-ee-on from the same as εὐαγγελίζω; a good message, i.e. the gospel:--gospel.
|
εὐαγγελίῳ.euangeliō
|
gospel.
|
N-DNS
|
18
What is my reward then? Truly that, when I preach the gospel, I may make the gospel of Christ without charge, that I not abuse my power in the gospel.
1 Corinthians 9:18
Stats
Rank: #6212 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 151 characters, 26 words, 117 letters, 41 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: τις ουν μοι εστιν ο μισθος ινα ευαγγελιζομενος αδαπανον θησω το ευαγγελιον του χριστου εις το μη καταχρησασθαι τη εξουσια μου εν τω ευαγγελιω
Lit: What then of me is the reward? That in preaching the gospel free of charge, I should offer the gospel, so as not to use up the right of me in the gospel.
KJV: What is my reward then? Verily that, when I preach the gospel, I may make the gospel of Christ without charge, that I abuse not my power in the gospel.
References
"when"1Co 9:6: 7: Or I only and Barnabas: not have we power to forbear working?1Co 10:33: Even as I please all men in all things: not seeking my own profit: but the profit of many: that they may be saved.2Co 4:5: For we not preach ourselves: but Christ Jesus the Lord; and ourselves your servants for Jesus' sake.2Co 11:7-9: Have I committed an offence in abasing myself that you might be exalted: because I have preached to you the gospel of God freely?2Co 12:13-18: For what is it wherein you were inferior to other churches: except it be that I myself not was burdensome to you? forgive me this wrong.1Th 2:6: Nor of men sought we glory: neither of you: nor yet of others: when we might have been burdensome: as the apostles of Christ.2Th 3:8: 9: Neither did we eat any man's bread for nought; but wrought with labour and travail night and day: that we not might be chargeable to any of you:"that I"1Co 7:31: They that use this world: not as abusing it: for the fashion of this world passs away.1Co 8:9: But take heed lest by any means this liberty of yours become a stumblingblock to them that are weak.Ro 14:15: But if your brother be grieved with your meat: now walk you not charitably. not Destroy Him with your meat: for whom Christ died.
Paul the Servant to All
ελευθερος γαρ ων εκ παντων πασιν εμαυτον εδουλωσα ινα τους πλειονας κερδησω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1658ἘλεύθεροςEleutheros (Adj-NMS) G1658 ἐλεύθερος eleútheros el-yoo-ther-os probably from the alternate of ἔρχομαι; unrestrained (to go at pleasure), i.e. (as a citizen) not a slave (whether freeborn or manumitted), or (genitive case) exempt (from obligation or liability):--free (man, woman), at liberty.
|
ἘλεύθεροςEleutheros
|
Free
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1510ὢνōn (V-PPA-NMS) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὢνōn
|
being
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
all,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3956πᾶσινpasin (Adj-DMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσινpasin
|
to all
|
Adj-DMP
|
G1683ἐμαυτὸνemauton (PPro-AM1S) G1683 ἐμαυτοῦ emautoû em-ow-ton genitive case compound of ἐμοῦ and αὐτός; of myself so likewise the dative case , and accusative case :--me, mine own (self), myself.,
|
ἐμαυτὸνemauton
|
myself
|
PPro-AM1S
|
G1402ἐδούλωσα,edoulōsa (V-AIA-1S) G1402 δουλόω doulóō doo-lo-o from δοῦλος; to enslave (literally or figuratively):--bring into (be under) bondage, X given, become (make) servant.
|
ἐδούλωσα,edoulōsa
|
I became servant,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4119πλείοναςpleionas (Adj-AMP-C) G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλείοναςpleionas
|
more
|
Adj-AMP-C
|
G2770κερδήσω·kerdēsō (V-ASA-1S) G2770 κερδαίνω kerdaínō ker-dah-ee-no from κέρδος; to gain (literally or figuratively):--(get) gain, win.
|
κερδήσω·kerdēsō
|
I might gain.
|
V-ASA-1S
|
19
For though I be free from all men, yet have I made myself servant to all, that I might gain the more.1 Corinthians 9:19
Stats
Rank: #1827 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 103 characters, 20 words, 79 letters, 30 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: ελευθερος γαρ ων εκ παντων πασιν εμαυτον εδουλωσα ινα τους πλειονας κερδησω
Lit: Free for being from all, to all myself I became servant, so that the more I might gain.
KJV: For though I be free from all men, yet have I made myself servant unto all, that I might gain the more.
References
"I be"1Co 9:1: Am not I an apostle? am not I free? have not I seen Jesus Christ our Lord? not are you my work in the Lord?Ga 5:1: Stand fast therefore in the liberty wherewith Christ has made us free: and not be entangled again with the yoke of bondage."I made"1Co 10:33: Even as I please all men in all things: not seeking my own profit: but the profit of many: that they may be saved.Mt 20:26-28: But it will not be so among you: but whoever will be great among you: let him be your minister;Joh 13:14: 15: If I then: your Lord and Master: have washed your feet; you also ought to wash one another's feet.Ro 1:14: I am debtor both to the Greeks: and to the Barbarians; both to the wise: and to the unwise.Ro 15:2: Let every one of us please his neighbour for his good to edification.2Co 4:5: For we not preach ourselves: but Christ Jesus the Lord; and ourselves your servants for Jesus' sake.Ga 5:13: For: brothers: you have been called to liberty; only use not liberty for an occasion to the flesh: but by love serve one another."that"1Co 9:20-22: to the Jews I became as a Jew: that I might gain the Jews; to them that are under the law: as under the law: that I might gain them that are under the law;1Co 7:16: For what know'>know you: O wife: whether you will save your husband? or how know'>know you: O man: whether you will save your wife?Pr 11:30: The fruit of the righteous is a tree of life; and he who wins souls is wise.Mt 18:15: Moreover if your brother will trespass against you: go and tell him his fault between you and him alone: if he will hear you: you have gained your brother.Ro 11:14: If by any means I may provoke to emulation them which are my flesh: and might save some of them.1Ti 4:16: Take heed to yourself: and to the doctrine; continue in them: for in doing this you will both save yourself: and them that hear you.2Ti 2:10: Therefore I endure all things for the elect's sakes: that they may also obtain the salvation which is in Christ Jesus with eternal glory.Jas 5:19: 20: Brothers: if any of you do err from the truth: and one convert him;1Pe 3:1: Likewise: you wives: be in subjection to your own husbands; that: if any not obey the word: they also may without the word be won by the conversation of the wives;
και εγενομην τοις ιουδαιοις ως ιουδαιος ινα ιουδαιους κερδησω τοις υπο νομον ως υπο νομον ινα τους υπο νομον κερδησω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγενόμηνegenomēn (V-AIM-1S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγενόμηνegenomēn
|
I became
|
V-AIM-1S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois (Adj-DMP) G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois
|
Jews,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G2453Ἰουδαῖος,Ioudaios (Adj-NMS) G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
Ἰουδαῖος,Ioudaios
|
a Jew,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G2453ἸουδαίουςIoudaious (Adj-AMP) G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίουςIoudaious
|
Jews
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2770κερδήσω·kerdēsō (V-ASA-1S) G2770 κερδαίνω kerdaínō ker-dah-ee-no from κέρδος; to gain (literally or figuratively):--(get) gain, win.
|
κερδήσω·kerdēsō
|
I might win.
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
To those
|
Art-DMP
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
under
|
Prep
|
G3551νόμονnomon (N-AMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμονnomon
|
the Law,
|
N-AMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
under
|
Prep
|
G3551νόμον,nomon (N-AMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμον,nomon
|
the law
|
N-AMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ὢνōn (V-PPA-NMS) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὢνōn
|
being
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
myself
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
under
|
Prep
|
G3551νόμον,nomon (N-AMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμον,nomon
|
the law
|
N-AMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
under
|
Prep
|
G3551νόμονnomon (N-AMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμονnomon
|
the law
|
N-AMS
|
G2770κερδήσω·kerdēsō (V-ASA-1S) G2770 κερδαίνω kerdaínō ker-dah-ee-no from κέρδος; to gain (literally or figuratively):--(get) gain, win.
|
κερδήσω·kerdēsō
|
I might win.
|
V-ASA-1S
|
20
to the Jews I became as a Jew, that I might gain the Jews; to them that are under the law, as under the law, that I might gain them that are under the law;1 Corinthians 9:20
Stats
Rank: #5243 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 161 characters, 32 words, 121 letters, 46 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εγενομην τοις ιουδαιοις ως ιουδαιος ινα ιουδαιους κερδησω τοις υπο νομον ως υπο νομον ινα τους υπο νομον κερδησω
Lit: And I became to the Jews, like a Jew, so that Jews I might win. To those under the Law, as under the law not being myself under the law so that those under the law I might win.
KJV: And unto the Jews I became as a Jew, that I might gain the Jews; to them that are under the law, as under the law, that I might gain them that are under the law;
References
"unto"Ac 16:3: Him would Paul have to go forth with him; and took and circumcised him because of the Jews which were in those quarters: for they knew all that his father was a Greek.Ac 17:2: 3: Paul: as his manner was: went in to them: and 3 sabbath days reasoned with them out of the scriptures: Ac 18:18: Paul after this tarried there yet a good while: and then took his leave of the brothers: and sailed there into Syria: and with him Priscilla and Aquila; having shorn his head in Cenchrea: for he had a vow.Ac 21:20-26: When they heard it: they glorified the Lord: and said to Him: You see: brother: how many thousands of Jews there are which believe; and they are all zealous of the law:"are under"Ro 3:19: Now we know that what things soever the law says: it says to them who are under the law: that every mouth may be stopped: and all the world may become guilty before God.Ro 6:14: 15: For sin will not have dominion over you: for you not are under the law: but under grace.Ga 4:5: 21: To redeem them that were under the law: that we might receive the adoption of sons.Ga 5:18: But if you be led of the Spirit: you not are under the law.
τοις ανομοις ως ανομος μη ων ανομος θεω αλλ εννομος χριστω ινα κερδησω ανομους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
To those
|
Art-DMP
|
G459ἀνόμοιςanomois (Adj-DMP) G459 ἄνομος ánomos an-om-os from Α (as a negative particle) and νόμος; lawless, i.e. (negatively) not subject to (the Jewish) law; (by implication, a Gentile), or (positively) wicked:--without law, lawless, transgressor, unlawful, wicked.
|
ἀνόμοιςanomois
|
outside the Law,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G459ἄνομος,anomos (Adj-NMS) G459 ἄνομος ánomos an-om-os from Α (as a negative particle) and νόμος; lawless, i.e. (negatively) not subject to (the Jewish) law; (by implication, a Gentile), or (positively) wicked:--without law, lawless, transgressor, unlawful, wicked.
|
ἄνομος,anomos
|
outside the Law—
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ὢνōn (V-PPA-NMS) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὢνōn
|
being
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G459ἄνομοςanomos (Adj-NMS) G459 ἄνομος ánomos an-om-os from Α (as a negative particle) and νόμος; lawless, i.e. (negatively) not subject to (the Jewish) law; (by implication, a Gentile), or (positively) wicked:--without law, lawless, transgressor, unlawful, wicked.
|
ἄνομοςanomos
|
outside the law
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1772ἔννομοςennomos (Adj-NMS) G1772 ἔννομος énnomos en-nom-os from ἐν and νόμος; (subjectively) legal, or (objectively) subject to:--lawful, under law.
|
ἔννομοςennomos
|
under the law
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5547Χριστοῦ,Christou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ,Christou
|
to Christ—
|
N-GMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G2770κερδάνωkerdanō (V-ASA-1S) G2770 κερδαίνω kerdaínō ker-dah-ee-no from κέρδος; to gain (literally or figuratively):--(get) gain, win.
|
κερδάνωkerdanō
|
I might win
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G459ἀνόμους·anomous (Adj-AMP) G459 ἄνομος ánomos an-om-os from Α (as a negative particle) and νόμος; lawless, i.e. (negatively) not subject to (the Jewish) law; (by implication, a Gentile), or (positively) wicked:--without law, lawless, transgressor, unlawful, wicked.
|
ἀνόμους·anomous
|
outside the Law.
|
Adj-AMP
|
21
To them that are without law, as without law, (not being without law to God, but under the law to Christ,) that I might gain them that are without law.1 Corinthians 9:21
Stats
Rank: #5563 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 151 characters, 26 words, 115 letters, 43 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοις ανομοις ως ανομος μη ων ανομος θεω αλλ εννομος χριστω ινα κερδησω ανομους
Lit: To those outside the Law, like outside the Law— not being outside the law of God, but under the law to Christ— so that I might win those outside the Law.
KJV: To them that are without law, as without law, (being not without law to God, but under the law to Christ,) that I might gain them that are without law.
References
"them"Ac 15:28: For it seemed good to the Holy Ghost: and to us: to lay upon you no greater burden than these necessary things;Ac 16:4: As they went through the cities: they delivered them the decrees for to keep: that were ordained of the apostles and elders which were at Jerusalem.Ac 21:25: As touching the Gentiles which believe: we have written and concluded that they observe no such thing: save only that they keep themselves from things offered to idols: and from blood: and from strangled: and from fornication.Ro 2:12: 14: For as many as have sinned without law will also perish without law: and as many as have sinned in the law will be judged by the law;Ga 2:3: 4: 12-14: But neither Titus: who was with me: being a Greek: was compelled to be circumcised:Ga 3:2: This only would I learn of you: Received you the Spirit by the works of the law: or by the hearing of faith?"not"1Co 7:19-22: Circumcision not ishing: and uncircumcision not ishing: but the keeping of the commandments of God.Ps 119:32: I will run the way of your commandments: when you will enlarge my heart.Mt 5:17-20: not Think that I am come to destroy the law: or the prophets: I not am come to destroy: but to fulfil.Ro 7:22: 25: For I delight in the law of God after the inward man:Ro 8:4: That the righteousness of the law might be fulfilled in us: who not walk after the flesh: but after the Spirit.Ro 13:8-10: Owe no man any thing: but to love one another: for he who loves another has fulfilled the law.Ga 5:13: 14: 22: 23: For: brothers: you have been called to liberty; only use not liberty for an occasion to the flesh: but by love serve one another.Eph 6:1-3: Children: obey your parents in the Lord: for this is right.1Th 4:1: 2: Furthermore then we beseech you: brothers: and exhort you by the Lord Jesus: that as you have received of us how you ought to walk and to please God: so you would abound more and more.Tit 2:2-12: That the aged men be sober: grave: temperate: sound in faith: in charity: in patience.Heb 8:10: For this is the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel after those days: says the Lord; I will put my laws into their mind: and write them in their hearts: and I will be to them a God: and they will be to me a people:
εγενομην τοις ασθενεσιν ως ασθενης ινα τους ασθενεις κερδησω τοις πασιν γεγονα τα παντα ινα παντως τινας σωσω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1096ἐγενόμηνegenomēn (V-AIM-1S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγενόμηνegenomēn
|
I became
|
V-AIM-1S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G772ἀσθενέσινasthenesin (Adj-DMP) G772 ἀσθενής asthenḗs as-then-ace from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of σθενόω; strengthless (in various applications, literal, figurative and moral):--more feeble, impotent, sick, without strength, weak(-er, -ness, thing).
|
ἀσθενέσινasthenesin
|
weak,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G772ἀσθενής,asthenēs (Adj-NMS) G772 ἀσθενής asthenḗs as-then-ace from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of σθενόω; strengthless (in various applications, literal, figurative and moral):--more feeble, impotent, sick, without strength, weak(-er, -ness, thing).
|
ἀσθενής,asthenēs
|
weak,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G772ἀσθενεῖςastheneis (Adj-AMP) G772 ἀσθενής asthenḗs as-then-ace from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of σθενόω; strengthless (in various applications, literal, figurative and moral):--more feeble, impotent, sick, without strength, weak(-er, -ness, thing).
|
ἀσθενεῖςastheneis
|
weak
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2770κερδήσω·kerdēsō (V-ASA-1S) G2770 κερδαίνω kerdaínō ker-dah-ee-no from κέρδος; to gain (literally or figuratively):--(get) gain, win.
|
κερδήσω·kerdēsō
|
I might win.
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
These things
|
Art-DMP
|
G3956πᾶσινpasin (Adj-DMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσινpasin
|
to all
|
Adj-DMP
|
G1096γέγοναgegona (V-RIA-1S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γέγοναgegona
|
I have become
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G3956πάντα,panta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντα,panta
|
all,
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3843πάντωςpantōs (Adv) G3843 πάντως pántōs pan-toce adverb from πᾶς; entirely; specially, at all events, (with negative, following) in no event:--by all means, altogether, at all, needs, no doubt, in (no) wise, surely.
|
πάντωςpantōs
|
by all means,
|
Adv
|
G5100τινὰςtinas (IPro-AMP) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινὰςtinas
|
some
|
IPro-AMP
|
G4982σώσω.sōsō (V-ASA-1S) G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σώσω.sōsō
|
I might save.
|
V-ASA-1S
|
22
To the weak became I as weak, that I might gain the weak: I am made all things to all men, that I might by all means save some.1 Corinthians 9:22
Stats
Counts: 127 characters, 26 words, 95 letters, 38 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγενομην τοις ασθενεσιν ως ασθενης ινα τους ασθενεις κερδησω τοις πασιν γεγονα τα παντα ινα παντως τινας σωσω
Lit: I became to the weak, weak, that the weak I might win. These things to all I have become all, so that by all means, some I might save.
KJV: To the weak became I as weak, that I might gain the weak: I am made all things to all men, that I might by all means save some.
References
"To the weak"1Co 8:13: For what reason: if meat make my brother to offend: I will eat no flesh while the world stands: lest I make my brother to offend.Ro 15:1: We then that are strong ought to bear the infirmities of the weak: not and to please ourselves.2Co 11:29: Who is weak: and I not am weak? who is offended: and I not burn?Ga 6:1: Brothers: if a man be overtaken in a fault: you which are spiritual: restore such an one in the spirit of meekness; considering yourself: lest you also be tempted."I am"1Co 10:33: Even as I please all men in all things: not seeking my own profit: but the profit of many: that they may be saved."that I might by"1Co 9:19: For though I be free from all men: yet have I made myself servant to all: that I might gain the more.1Co 7:16: For what know'>know you: O wife: whether you will save your husband? or how know'>know you: O man: whether you will save your wife?Ro 11:14: If by any means I may provoke to emulation them which are my flesh: and might save some of them.
τουτο δε ποιω δια το ευαγγελιον ινα συγκοινωνος αυτου γενωμαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3956Πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
Πάνταpanta
|
All things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4160ποιῶpoiō (V-PIA-1S) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῶpoiō
|
I do
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2098εὐαγγέλιον,euangelion (N-ANS) G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangélion yoo-ang-ghel-ee-on from the same as εὐαγγελίζω; a good message, i.e. the gospel:--gospel.
|
εὐαγγέλιον,euangelion
|
gospel,
|
N-ANS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4791συνκοινωνὸςsynkoinōnos (N-NMS) G4791 συγκοινωνός synkoinōnós soong-koy-no-nos from σύν and κοινωνός; a co-participant:--companion, partake(-r, -r with).
|
συνκοινωνὸςsynkoinōnos
|
a fellow partaker
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GN3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
with it
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G1096γένωμαι.genōmai (V-ASM-1S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γένωμαι.genōmai
|
I might become.
|
V-ASM-1S
|
23
This I do for the gospel's sake, that I might be partaker thereof with you.1 Corinthians 9:23
Stats
Rank: #8739 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 79 characters, 15 words, 61 letters, 23 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτο δε ποιω δια το ευαγγελιον ινα συγκοινωνος αυτου γενωμαι
Lit: All things now I do on account of the gospel, that a fellow partaker with it I might become.
KJV: And this I do for the gospel's sake, that I might be partaker thereof with you.
References
"for"1Co 9:12: If others be partakers of this power over you: are not we rather? Nevertheless we not have used this power; but suffer all things: lest we should hinder the gospel of Christ.Mr 8:35: For whoever will save his life will lose it; but whoever will lose his life for my sake and the gospel's: the same will save it.2Co 2:4: For out of much affliction and anguish of heart I wrote to you with many tears; not that you should be grieved: but that you might know the love which I have more abundantly to you.Ga 2:5: To whom we gave place by subjection: no: not for an hour; that the truth of the gospel might continue with you.2Ti 2:10: Therefore I endure all things for the elect's sakes: that they may also obtain the salvation which is in Christ Jesus with eternal glory."that"1Co 9:25-27: Every man that strives for the mastery is temperate in all things. Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown; but we an incorruptible.2Ti 2:6: The husbandman that labours must be first partaker of the fruits.Heb 3:1: 14: For what reason: holy brothers: partakers of the heavenly calling: consider the Apostle and High Priest of our profession: Christ Jesus;1Pe 5:1: The elders which are among you I exhort: who am also an elder: and a witness of the sufferings of Christ: and also a partaker of the glory that will be revealed:1Jo 1:3: That which we have seen and heard declare we to you: that you also may have fellowship with us: and truly our fellowship is with the Father: and with His Son Jesus Christ.
Run Your Race to Win
ουκ οιδατε οτι οι εν σταδιω τρεχοντες παντες μεν τρεχουσιν εις δε λαμβανει το βραβειον ουτως τρεχετε ινα καταλαβητε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756ΟὐκOuk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐκOuk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1492οἴδατεoidate (V-RIA-2P) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἴδατεoidate
|
know you
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4712σταδίῳstadiō (N-DNS) G4712 στάδιον stádion stad-ee-os from the base of ἵστημι (as fixed); a stade or certain measure of distance; by implication, a stadium or race-course:--furlong, race.
|
σταδίῳstadiō
|
a race course
|
N-DNS
|
G5143τρέχοντεςtrechontes (V-PPA-NMP) G5143 τρέχω tréchō drem-o apparently a primary verb (properly, ; compare θρίξ); which uses (the base of δρόμος) as alternate in certain tenses; to run or walk hastily (literally or figuratively):--have course, run.
|
τρέχοντεςtrechontes
|
running,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G5143τρέχουσιν,trechousin (V-PIA-3P) G5143 τρέχω tréchō drem-o apparently a primary verb (properly, ; compare θρίξ); which uses (the base of δρόμος) as alternate in certain tenses; to run or walk hastily (literally or figuratively):--have course, run.
|
τρέχουσιν,trechousin
|
run;
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2983λαμβάνειlambanei (V-PIA-3S) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαμβάνειlambanei
|
receives
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1017βραβεῖον;brabeion (N-ANS) G1017 βραβεῖον brabeîon brab-i-on from (an umpire of uncertain derivation); an award (of arbitration), i.e. (specially) a prize in the public games:--prize.
|
βραβεῖον;brabeion
|
prize?
|
N-ANS
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
Thus
|
Adv
|
G5143τρέχετεtrechete (V-PMA-2P) G5143 τρέχω tréchō drem-o apparently a primary verb (properly, ; compare θρίξ); which uses (the base of δρόμος) as alternate in certain tenses; to run or walk hastily (literally or figuratively):--have course, run.
|
τρέχετεtrechete
|
run,
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2638καταλάβητε.katalabēte (V-ASA-2P) G2638 καταλαμβάνω katalambánō kat-al-am-ban-o from κατά and λαμβάνω; to take eagerly, i.e. seize, possess, etc. (literally or figuratively):--apprehend, attain, come upon, comprehend, find, obtain, perceive, (over-)take.
|
καταλάβητε.katalabēte
|
you might obtain it.
|
V-ASA-2P
|
24
Know you not that they which run in a race run all, but one receives the prize? So run, that you may obtain.1 Corinthians 9:24
Stats
Rank: #1136 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 107 characters, 20 words, 81 letters, 31 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουκ οιδατε οτι οι εν σταδιω τρεχοντες παντες μεν τρεχουσιν εις δε λαμβανει το βραβειον ουτως τρεχετε ινα καταλαβητε
Lit: Not know you that those in a race course running, all indeed run; one however receives the prize? Thus run, that you might obtain it.
KJV: Know ye not that they which run in a race run all, but one receiveth the prize? So run, that ye may obtain.
References
"they"Ho 12:10: I have also spoken by the prophets: and I have multiplied visions: and used similitudes: by the ministry of the prophets."run in"Ps 19:5: Which is as a groom coming out of his chamber: and rejoices as a strong man to run a race.Ec 9:11: I returned: and saw under the sun: that the race is not to the swift: nor the battle to the strong: neither yet bread to the wise: nor yet riches to men of understanding: nor yet favour to men of skill; but time and chance happens to them all.Jer 12:5: If you have run with the footmen: and they have wearied you: then how canst you contend with horses? and if in the land of peace: wherein you trustedst: they wearied you: then how will you do in the swelling of Jordan?"so run"1Co 9:26: I therefore so run: not as uncertainly; so fight I: not as one that beats the air:Ga 2:2: I went up by revelation: and communicated to them that gospel which I preach among the Gentiles: but privately to them which were of reputation: lest by any means I should run: or had run: in vain.Ga 5:7: You did run well; who did hinder you that you not should obey the truth?Php 2:16: Holding forth the word of life; that I may rejoice in the day of Christ: that I not have run in vain: neither laboured in vain.Php 3:14: I press toward the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus.2Ti 4:7: 8: I have fought a good fight: I have finished my course: I have kept the faith:Heb 12:1: For what reason seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses: let us lay aside every weight: and the sin which does so easily beset us: and let us run with patience the race that is set before us: Jas 1:12: Blessed is the man that endures temptation: for when He is tried: He will receive the crown of life: which the Lord has promised to them that love Him.Re 3:11: Look: I come quickly: hold that fast which you have: that no man take your crown.
πας δε ο αγωνιζομενος παντα εγκρατευεται εκεινοι μεν ουν ινα φθαρτον στεφανον λαβωσιν ημεις δε αφθαρτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶςpas
|
Everyone
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G75ἀγωνιζόμενοςagōnizomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G75 ἀγωνίζομαι agōnízomai ag-o-nid-zom-ahee from ἀγών; to struggle, literally (to compete for a prize), figuratively (to contend with an adversary), or genitive case (to endeavor to accomplish something):--fight, labor fervently, strive.
|
ἀγωνιζόμενοςagōnizomenos
|
striving,
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
in all things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1467ἐγκρατεύεται,enkrateuetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1467 ἐγκρατεύομαι enkrateúomai eng-krat-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from ἐγκρατής; to exercise self-restraint (in diet and chastity):--can(-not) contain, be temperate.
|
ἐγκρατεύεται,enkrateuetai
|
controls himself;
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1565ἐκεῖνοιekeinoi (DPro-NMP) G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκεῖνοιekeinoi
|
they
|
DPro-NMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G5349φθαρτὸνphtharton (Adj-AMS) G5349 φθαρτός phthartós fthar-tos from φθείρω; decayed, i.e. (by implication) perishable:--corruptible.
|
φθαρτὸνphtharton
|
a perishable
|
Adj-AMS
|
G4735στέφανονstephanon (N-AMS) G4735 στέφανος stéphanos stef-an-os from an apparently primary (to twine or wreathe); a chaplet (as a badge of royalty, a prize in the public games or a symbol of honor generally; but more conspicuous and elaborate than the simple fillet, διάδημα), literally or figuratively:--crown.
|
στέφανονstephanon
|
crown
|
N-AMS
|
G2983λάβωσιν,labōsin (V-ASA-3P) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λάβωσιν,labōsin
|
they might receive,
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G862ἄφθαρτον.aphtharton (Adj-AMS) G862 ἄφθαρτος áphthartos af-thar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of φθείρω; undecaying (in essence or continuance):--not (in-, un-)corruptible, immortal.
|
ἄφθαρτον.aphtharton
|
an imperishable.
|
Adj-AMS
|
25
Every man that strives for the mastery is temperate in all things. Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown; but we an incorruptible.1 Corinthians 9:25
Stats
Counts: 142 characters, 24 words, 114 letters, 41 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: πας δε ο αγωνιζομενος παντα εγκρατευεται εκεινοι μεν ουν ινα φθαρτον στεφανον λαβωσιν ημεις δε αφθαρτον
Lit: Everyone now striving, in all things controls himself; they indeed then, that a perishable crown they might receive, we however an imperishable.
KJV: And every man that striveth for the mastery is temperate in all things. Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown; but we an incorruptible.
References
"striveth"Eph 6:12-18: For we not wrestle against flesh and blood: but against principalities: against powers: against the rulers of the darkness of this world: against spiritual wickedness in high places.1Ti 6:12: Fight the good fight of faith: lay hold on eternal life: to what you are also called: and have professed a good profession before many witnesses.2Ti 2:5: If a man also strive for masteries: yet is not he crowned: except he strive lawfully.2Ti 4:7: I have fought a good fight: I have finished my course: I have kept the faith:Heb 12:4: You not have yet resisted to blood: striving against sin."temperate"Ga 5:23: Meekness: temperance: against such there is no law.Tit 1:8: But a lover of hospitality: a lover of good men: sober: just: holy: temperate;Tit 2:2: That the aged men be sober: grave: temperate: sound in faith: in charity: in patience.2Pe 1:6: To knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience godliness;"but"1Co 15:54: So when this corruptible will have put on incorruption: and this mortal will have put on immortality: then will be brought to pass the saying that is written: Death is swallowed up in victory.2Ti 4:8: Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness: which the Lord: the righteous judge: will give me at that day: not and to me only: but to all them also that love His appearing.Heb 12:28: For what reason we receiving a kingdom which cannot be moved: let us have grace: whereby we may serve God acceptably with reverence and godly fear:Jas 1:12: Blessed is the man that endures temptation: for when He is tried: He will receive the crown of life: which the Lord has promised to them that love Him.1Pe 1:4: To an inheritance incorruptible: and undefiled: and that fades not away: reserved in heaven for you: 1Pe 5:4: When the chief Shepherd will appear: you will receive a crown of glory that fades not away.Re 2:10: Fear none of those things which you will suffer: look: the devil will cast some of you into prison: that you may be tried; and you will have tribulation 10 days: be you faithful to death: and I will give you a crown of life.Re 3:11: Look: I come quickly: hold that fast which you have: that no man take your crown.Re 4:4: 10: Round about the throne were 24 seats: and upon the seats I saw 24 elders sitting: clothed in white clothing; and they had on their heads crowns of gold.
εγω τοινυν ουτως τρεχω ως ουκ αδηλως ουτως πυκτευω ως ουκ αερα δερων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G5106τοίνυνtoinyn (Conj) G5106 τοίνυν toínyn toy-noon from τοί and νῦν; truly now, i.e. accordingly:--then, therefore.,
|
τοίνυνtoinyn
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G5143τρέχωtrechō (V-PIA-1S) G5143 τρέχω tréchō drem-o apparently a primary verb (properly, ; compare θρίξ); which uses (the base of δρόμος) as alternate in certain tenses; to run or walk hastily (literally or figuratively):--have course, run.
|
τρέχωtrechō
|
run,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G84ἀδήλως,adēlōs (Adv) G84 ἀδήλως adḗlōs ad-ay-loce adverb from ἄδηλος; uncertainly:--uncertainly.
|
ἀδήλως,adēlōs
|
uncertainly;
|
Adv
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
so
|
Adv
|
G4438πυκτεύωpykteuō (V-PIA-1S) G4438 πυκτέω pyktéō pook-teh-o from a derivative of the same as πυγμή; to box (with the fist), i.e. contend (as a boxer) at the games (figuratively):--fight.
|
πυκτεύωpykteuō
|
I fight,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G109ἀέραaera (N-AMS) G109 ἀήρ aḗr ah-ayr from (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by analogy, to blow); air (as naturally circumambient):--air. Compare ψύχω.
|
ἀέραaera
|
the air
|
N-AMS
|
G1194δέρων·derōn (V-PPA-NMS) G1194 δέρω dérō der-o a primary verb; properly, to flay, i.e. (by implication) to scourge, or (by analogy) to thrash:--beat, smite.
|
δέρων·derōn
|
beating.
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
26
I therefore so run, not as uncertainly; so fight I, not as one that beats the air:1 Corinthians 9:26
Stats
Rank: #8663 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 84 characters, 14 words, 64 letters, 27 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγω τοινυν ουτως τρεχω ως ουκ αδηλως ουτως πυκτευω ως ουκ αερα δερων
Lit: I therefore thus run, as not uncertainly; so I fight, as not the air beating.
KJV: I therefore so run, not as uncertainly; so fight I, not as one that beateth the air:
References
"not"2Co 5:1: 8: For we know that if our earthly house of this tabernacle were dissolved: we have a building of God: an not house made with hands: eternal in the heavens.Php 1:21: For to me to live is Christ: and to die is gain.2Ti 1:12: For the which cause I also suffer these things: nevertheless I not am ashamed: for I know whom I have believed: and am persuaded that he is able to keep that which I have committed to him against that day.2Ti 2:5: If a man also strive for masteries: yet is not he crowned: except he strive lawfully.Heb 4:1: Let us therefore fear: lest: a promise being left us of entering into his rest: any of you should seem to come short of it.1Pe 5:1: The elders which are among you I exhort: who am also an elder: and a witness of the sufferings of Christ: and also a partaker of the glory that will be revealed:2Pe 1:10: For what reason the rather: brothers: give diligence to make your calling and election sure: for if you do these things: you will never fall:"so"Mt 11:12: From the days of John the Baptist until now the kingdom of heaven suffers violence: and the violent take it by force.Lu 13:24: Strive to enter in at the strait gate: for many: I say to you: will seek to enter in: and will not be able.Eph 6:12: For we not wrestle against flesh and blood: but against principalities: against powers: against the rulers of the darkness of this world: against spiritual wickedness in high places.Col 1:29: To what I also labour: striving according to his working: which works in me mightily.
αλλ υπωπιαζω μου το σωμα και δουλαγωγω μηπως αλλοις κηρυξας αυτος αδοκιμος γενωμαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G5299ὑπωπιάζωhypōpiazō (V-PIA-1S) G5299 ὑπωπιάζω hypōpiázō hoop-o-pee-ad-zo from a compound of ὑπό and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; to hit under the eye (buffet or disable an antagonist as a pugilist), i.e. (figuratively) to tease or annoy (into compliance), subdue (ones passions):--keep under, weary.
|
ὑπωπιάζωhypōpiazō
|
I batter
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4983σῶμαsōma (N-ANS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμαsōma
|
body
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1396δουλαγωγῶ,doulagōgō (V-PIA-1S) G1396 δουλαγωγέω doulagōgéō doo-lag-ogue-eh-o from a presumed compound of δοῦλος and ἄγω; to be a slave-driver, i.e. to enslave (figuratively, subdue):--bring into subjection.
|
δουλαγωγῶ,doulagōgō
|
bring it into servitude,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3361μήmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μήmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4459πωςpōs (Adv) G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πωςpōs
|
hardly
|
Adv
|
G243ἄλλοιςallois (Adj-DMP) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοιςallois
|
to others
|
Adj-DMP
|
G2784κηρύξαςkēryxas (V-APA-NMS) G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
κηρύξαςkēryxas
|
having preached,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
myself
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G96ἀδόκιμοςadokimos (Adj-NMS) G96 ἀδόκιμος adókimos ad-ok-ee-mos from Α (as a negative particle) and δόκιμος; unapproved, i.e. rejected; by implication, worthless (literally or morally):--castaway, rejected, reprobate.
|
ἀδόκιμοςadokimos
|
disqualified
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1096γένωμαι.genōmai (V-ASM-1S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γένωμαι.genōmai
|
I might be.
|
V-ASM-1S
|
27
But I keep under my body, and bring it into subjection: lest that by any means, when I have preached to others, I myself should be a castaway.
1 Corinthians 9:27
Stats
Counts: 142 characters, 24 words, 110 letters, 40 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλ υπωπιαζω μου το σωμα και δουλαγωγω μηπως αλλοις κηρυξας αυτος αδοκιμος γενωμαι
Lit: But I batter of me the body and bring it into servitude, not hardly to others having preached, myself disqualified I might be.
KJV: But I keep under my body, and bring it into subjection: lest that by any means, when I have preached to others, I myself should be a castaway.
References
"I keep"1Co 9:25: Every man that strives for the mastery is temperate in all things. Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown; but we an incorruptible.1Co 4:11: 12: Even to this present hour we both hunger: and thirst: and are naked: and are buffeted: and have no certain dwellingplace;1Co 6:12: 13: All things are lawful to me: but all things not are expedient: all things are lawful for me: but I not will be brought under the power of any.1Co 8:13: For what reason: if meat make my brother to offend: I will eat no flesh while the world stands: lest I make my brother to offend.Ro 8:13: For if you live after the flesh: you will die: but if you through the Spirit do mortify the deeds of the body: you will live.2Co 6:4: 5: But in all things approving ourselves as the ministers of God: in much patience: in afflictions: in necessities: in distresses: 2Co 11:27: In weariness and painfulness: in watchings often: in hunger and thirst: in fastings often: in cold and nakedness.Col 3:5: Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth; fornication: uncleanness: inordinate affection: evil concupiscence: and covetousness: which is idolatry:2Ti 2:22: Flee also youthful lusts: but follow righteousness: faith: charity: peace: with them that call on the Lord out of a pure heart.1Pe 2:11: Dearly beloved: I beseech you as strangers and pilgrims: abstain from fleshly lusts: which war against the soul;"and"Ro 6:18: 19: Being then made free from sin: you became the servants of righteousness."lest"1Co 13:1-3: Though I speak with the tongues of men and of angels: and not have charity: I am become as sounding brass: or a tinkling cymbal.Ps 50:16: But to the wicked God says: What have you to do to declare my statutes: or that you should take my covenant in your mouth?Mt 7:21-23: Not every one that says to me: Lord: Lord: will enter into the kingdom of heaven; but He that'>He who does the will of my Father which is in heaven.Lu 12:45-47: But and if that servant say in his heart: My lord delays his coming; and will begin to beat the menservants and maidens: and to eat and drink: and to be drunken;Lu 13:26: 27: Then will you begin to say: We have eaten and drunk in your presence: and you have taught in our streets.2Pe 2:15: Which have forsaken the right way: and are gone astray: following the way of Balaam the son of Bosor: who loved the wages of unrighteousness;"a castaway"Jer 6:30: Reprobate silver will men call them: because the LORD has rejected them.Lu 9:25: For what is a man advantaged: if he gain the whole world: and lose himself: or be cast away?Ac 1:25: That he may take part of this ministry and apostleship: from which Judas by transgression fell: that he might go to his own place.2Co 13:5: 6: Examine yourselves: whether you be in the faith; prove your own selves. Know you not your own selves: how that Jesus Christ is in you: except you be reprobates?
10
Warnings from Israel’s Past
Lessons from the Exodus from Egypt
ου θελω δε υμας αγνοειν αδελφοι οτι οι πατερες ημων παντες υπο την νεφελην ησαν και παντες δια της θαλασσης διηλθον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756ΟὐOu (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
ΟὐOu
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G2309θέλωthelō (V-PIA-1S) G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλωthelō
|
I want
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G50ἀγνοεῖν,agnoein (V-PNA) G50 ἀγνοέω agnoéō ag-no-eh-o from Α (as a negative particle) and νοιέω; not to know (through lack of information or intelligence); by implication, to ignore (through disinclination):--(be) ignorant(-ly), not know, not understand, unknown.
|
ἀγνοεῖν,agnoein
|
to be ignorant,
|
V-PNA
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3962πατέρεςpateres (N-NMP) G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
πατέρεςpateres
|
fathers
|
N-NMP
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
under
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3507νεφέληνnephelēn (N-AFS) G3507 νεφέλη nephélē nef-el-ay from νέφος; properly, cloudiness, i.e. (concretely) a cloud:--cloud.
|
νεφέληνnephelēn
|
cloud
|
N-AFS
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
were,
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2281θαλάσσηςthalassēs (N-GFS) G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσηςthalassēs
|
sea
|
N-GFS
|
G1330διῆλθον,diēlthon (V-AIA-3P) G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
διῆλθον,diēlthon
|
passed,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
1
Moreover, brothers, I not would that you should be ignorant, how that all our fathers were under the cloud, and all passed through the sea;
1 Corinthians 10:1
Stats
Rank: #1333 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 138 characters, 21 words, 109 letters, 41 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου θελω δε υμας αγνοειν αδελφοι οτι οι πατερες ημων παντες υπο την νεφελην ησαν και παντες δια της θαλασσης διηλθον
Lit: Not I want for you to be ignorant, brothers, that the fathers of us all under the cloud were, and all through the sea passed,
KJV: Moreover, brethren, I would not that ye should be ignorant, how that all our fathers were under the cloud, and all passed through the sea;
References
"I would"1Co 12:1: Now concerning spiritual gifts: brothers: I not would have you ignorant.1Co 14:38: But if any man be ignorant: let him be ignorant.Ro 11:21: For if God not spared the natural branches: take heed lest He also not spare you."our"Joh 4:20: Our fathers worshipped in this mountain; and you say: that in Jerusalem is the place where men ought to worship.Ro 4:11: He received the sign of circumcision: a seal of the righteousness of the faith which he had yet being uncircumcised: that he might be the father of all them that believe: though they not be circumcised; that righteousness might be imputed to them also:Ga 3:29: If you be Christ's: then are you Abraham's seed: and heirs according to the promise."were"Ex 13:21: 22: The LORD went before them by day in a pillar of a cloud: to lead them the way; and by night in a pillar of fire: to give them light; to go by day and night:Ex 14:19: 20: The angel of God: which went before the camp of Israel: removed and went behind them; and the pillar of the cloud went from before their face: and stood behind them:Ex 40:34: Then a cloud covered the tent of the congregation: and the glory of the LORD filled the tabernacle.Nu 9:15-22: On the day that the tabernacle was reared up the cloud covered the tabernacle: namely: the tent of the testimony: and at even there was upon the tabernacle as it were the appearance of fire: until the morning.Nu 14:14: They will tell it to the inhabitants of this land: for they have heard that you LORD are among this people: that you LORD are seen face to face: and that your cloud stands over them: and that you go before them: by day time in a pillar of a cloud: and in a pillar of fire by night.De 1:33: Who went in the way before you: to search you out a place to pitch your tents in: in fire by night: to show you by what way you should go: and in a cloud by day.Ne 9:12: 19: Moreover you led them in the day by a cloudy pillar; and in the night by a pillar of fire: to give them light in the way wherein they should go.Ps 78:14: In the daytime also he led them with a cloud: and all the night with a light of fire.Ps 105:39: He spread a cloud for a covering; and fire to give light in the night."and all"Ex 14:19-22: 29: The angel of God: which went before the camp of Israel: removed and went behind them; and the pillar of the cloud went from before their face: and stood behind them:Nu 33:8: They departed from before Pihahiroth: and passed through the middle of the sea into the wilderness: and went 3 days' journey in the wilderness of Etham: and pitched in Marah.Jos 4:23: For the LORD your God dried up the waters of Jordan from before you: until you were passed over: as the LORD your God did to the Red sea: which He dried up from before us: until we were gone over:Ne 9:11: you did divide the sea before them: so that they went through the middle of the sea on the dry land; and their persecutors you threw into the deeps: as a stone into the mighty waters.Ps 66:6: He turned the sea into dry land: they went through the flood on foot: there did we rejoice in him.Ps 77:16-20: The waters saw you: O God: the waters saw you; they were afraid: the depths also were troubled.Ps 78:13: 53: He divided the sea: and caused them to pass through; and he made the waters to stand as an heap.Ps 106:7-11: Our fathers not understood your wonders in Egypt; they not remembered the multitude of your mercies; but provoked him at the sea: even at the Red sea.Ps 114:3-5: The sea saw it: and fled: Jordan was driven back.Ps 136:13-15: To him which divided the Red sea into parts: for his mercy endureth for ever:Isa 58:11-13: The LORD will guide you continually: and satisfy your soul in drought: and make fat your bones: and you will be like a watered garden: and like a spring of water: whose waters not fail.Heb 11:29: By faith they passed through the Red sea as by dry land: which the Egyptians assaying to do were drowned.Re 15:2: 3: I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the victory over the beast: and over His image: and over His mark: and over the number of His name: stand on the sea of glass: having the harps of God.
και παντες εις τον μωσην εβαπτισαντο εν τη νεφελη και εν τη θαλασση
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3475ΜωϋσῆνMōusēn (N-AMS) G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσῆνMōusēn
|
Moses
|
N-AMS
|
G907ἐβαπτίσαντοebaptisanto (V-AIM-3P) G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
ἐβαπτίσαντοebaptisanto
|
were baptized,
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3507νεφέλῃnephelē (N-DFS) G3507 νεφέλη nephélē nef-el-ay from νέφος; properly, cloudiness, i.e. (concretely) a cloud:--cloud.
|
νεφέλῃnephelē
|
cloud
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2281θαλάσσῃ,thalassē (N-DFS) G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσῃ,thalassē
|
sea,
|
N-DFS
|
2
Were all baptized to Moses in the cloud and in the sea;1 Corinthians 10:2
Stats
Rank: #7322 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 61 characters, 13 words, 48 letters, 20 vowels, 28 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παντες εις τον μωσην εβαπτισαντο εν τη νεφελη και εν τη θαλασση
Lit: and all into Moses were baptized, in the cloud and in the sea,
KJV: And were all baptized unto Moses in the cloud and in the sea;
References
"And were all baptized unto Moses in the cloud and in the sea;"1Co 1:13-16: Is Christ divided? was Paul crucified for you? or were you baptized in the name of Paul?Ex 14:31: Israel saw that great work which the LORD did upon the Egyptians: and the people feared the LORD: and believed the LORD: and His servant Moses.Joh 9:28: 29: Then they reviled him: and said: You are his disciple; but we are Moses' disciples.Heb 3:2: 3: Who was faithful to him that appointed him: as also Moses was faithful in all his house.
και παντες το αυτο βρωμα πνευματικον εφαγον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G846αὐτὸauto (PPro-AN3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸauto
|
same
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G4152πνευματικὸνpneumatikon (Adj-ANS) G4152 πνευματικός pneumatikós pnyoo-mat-ik-os from πνεῦμα; non-carnal, i.e. (humanly) ethereal (as opposed to gross), or (dæmoniacally) a spirit (concretely), or (divinely) supernatural, regenerate, religious:--spiritual. Compare ψυχικός.
|
πνευματικὸνpneumatikon
|
spiritual
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1033βρῶμαbrōma (N-ANS) G1033 βρῶμα brōma bro-mah from the base of βιβρώσκω; food (literally or figuratively), especially (ceremonially) articles allowed or forbidden by the Jewish law:--meat, victuals.
|
βρῶμαbrōma
|
food
|
N-ANS
|
G5315ἔφαγον,ephagon (V-AIA-3P) G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
ἔφαγον,ephagon
|
ate,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
3
Did all eat the same spiritual meat;1 Corinthians 10:3
Stats
Rank: #8472 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 40 characters, 8 words, 32 letters, 14 vowels, 18 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παντες το αυτο βρωμα πνευματικον εφαγον
Lit: and all the same spiritual food ate,
KJV: And did all eat the same spiritual meat;
References
"And did all eat the same spiritual meat;"Ex 16:4: 15: 35: Then said the LORD to Moses: Look: I will rain bread from heaven for you; and the people will go out and gather a certain rate every day: that I may prove them: whether they will walk in my law: or no.De 8:3: He humbled you: and suffered you to hunger: and fed you with manna: which you knew not: neither did your fathers know; that He might make you know that man does not live by bread only: but by every word that proceeds out of the mouth of the LORD does man live.Ne 9:15: 20: gave them bread from heaven for their hunger: and brought forth water for them out of the rock for their thirst: and promisedst them that they should go in to possess the land which you hadst sworn to give them.Ps 78:23-25: Though he had commanded the clouds from above: and opened the doors of heaven: Ps 105:40: The people asked: and he brought quails: and satisfied them with the bread of heaven.Joh 6:22-58: The day following: when the people which stood on the other side of the sea saw that there was none other boat there: save that one whereinto His disciples were entered: and that Jesus not went with His disciples into the boat: but that His disciples were gone away alone;
και παντες το αυτο πομα πνευματικον επιον επινον γαρ εκ πνευματικης ακολουθουσης πετρας η δε πετρα ην ο χριστος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G846αὐτὸauto (PPro-AN3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸauto
|
same
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G4152πνευματικὸνpneumatikon (Adj-ANS) G4152 πνευματικός pneumatikós pnyoo-mat-ik-os from πνεῦμα; non-carnal, i.e. (humanly) ethereal (as opposed to gross), or (dæmoniacally) a spirit (concretely), or (divinely) supernatural, regenerate, religious:--spiritual. Compare ψυχικός.
|
πνευματικὸνpneumatikon
|
spiritual
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4095ἔπιονepion (V-AIA-3P) G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
ἔπιονepion
|
drank
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G4188πόμα·poma (N-ANS) G4188 πόμα póma pom-ah from the alternate of πίνω; a beverage:--drink.
|
πόμα·poma
|
drink;
|
N-ANS
|
G4095ἔπινονepinon (V-IIA-3P) G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
ἔπινονepinon
|
they were drinking
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G4152πνευματικῆςpneumatikēs (Adj-GFS) G4152 πνευματικός pneumatikós pnyoo-mat-ik-os from πνεῦμα; non-carnal, i.e. (humanly) ethereal (as opposed to gross), or (dæmoniacally) a spirit (concretely), or (divinely) supernatural, regenerate, religious:--spiritual. Compare ψυχικός.
|
πνευματικῆςpneumatikēs
|
the spiritual
|
Adj-GFS
|
G190ἀκολουθούσηςakolouthousēs (V-PPA-GFS) G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἀκολουθούσηςakolouthousēs
|
accompanying them
|
V-PPA-GFS
|
G4073πέτρας,petras (N-GFS) G4073 πέτρα pétra pet-ra feminine of the same as Πέτρος; a (mass of) rock (literally or figuratively):--rock.
|
πέτρας,petras
|
rock;
|
N-GFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4073πέτραpetra (N-NFS) G4073 πέτρα pétra pet-ra feminine of the same as Πέτρος; a (mass of) rock (literally or figuratively):--rock.
|
πέτραpetra
|
rock
|
N-NFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G5547Χριστός,Christos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστός,Christos
|
Christ.
|
N-NMS
|
4
Did all drink the same spiritual drink: for they drank of that spiritual Rock that followed them: and that Rock was Christ.1 Corinthians 10:4
Stats
Counts: 127 characters, 21 words, 102 letters, 32 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παντες το αυτο πομα πνευματικον επιον επινον γαρ εκ πνευματικης ακολουθουσης πετρας η δε πετρα ην ο χριστος
Lit: and all the same spiritual drank drink; they were drinking for from the spiritual accompanying them rock; the rock then was Christ.
KJV: And did all drink the same spiritual drink: for they drank of that spiritual Rock that followed them: and that Rock was Christ.
References
"did"Ex 17:6: Look: I will stand before you there upon the rock in Horeb; and you will smite the rock: and there will come water out of it: that the people may drink. And Moses did so in the sight of the elders of Israel.Nu 20:11: Moses lifted up his hand: and with his rod he smote the rock twice: and the water came out abundantly: and the congregation drank: and their beasts also.Ps 78:15: 20: He clave the rocks in the wilderness: and gave them drink as out of the great depths.Ps 105:41: He opened the rock: and the waters gushed out; they ran in the dry places like a river.Isa 43:20: The beast of the field will honour me: the dragons and the owls: because I give waters in the wilderness: and rivers in the desert: to give drink to my people: my chosen.Isa 48:21: They not thirsted when he led them through the deserts: he caused the waters to flow out of the rock for them: he clave the rock also: and the waters gushed out.Joh 4:10: 14: Jesus answered and said to her: If you knew the gift of God: and who it is that says to you: Give me to drink; you would have asked of Him: and He would have given you living water.Joh 7:37: In the last day: that great day of the feast: Jesus stood and cried: saying: If any man thirst: let Him come to me: and drink.Re 22:17: The Spirit and the bride say: Come. And let Him that hears say: Come. And let Him that is athirst come. And whoever will: let Him take the water of life freely."followed them"De 9:21: I took your sin: the calf which you had made: and burnt it with fire: and stamped it: and ground it very small: even until it was as small as dust: and I cast the dust thereof into the brook that descended out of the mount."that Rock"1Co 11:24: 25: When he had given thanks: he brake it: and said: Take: eat: this is my body: which is broken for you: this do in remembrance of me.Ge 40:12: Joseph said to him: This is the interpretation of it: The 3 branches are 3 days:Ge 41:26: The 7 good cattle are 7 years; and the 7 good ears are 7 years: the dream is one.Eze 5:4: 5: Then take of them again: and cast them into the middle of the fire: and burn them in the fire; for thereof will a fire come forth into all the house of Israel.Da 2:38: Wheresoever the children of men dwell: the beasts of the field and the fowls of the heaven has he given into your hand: and has made you ruler over them all. You are this head of gold.Da 7:17: These great beasts: which are 4: are 4 kings: which will arise out of the earth.Mt 13:38: 39: The field is the world; the good seed are the children of the kingdom; but the tares are the children of the wicked one;Mt 26:26-28: As they were eating: Jesus took bread: and blessed it: and brake it: and gave it to the disciples: and said: Take: eat; this is my body.Ga 4:25: For this Agar is mount Sinai in Arabia: and answers to Jerusalem which now is: and is in bondage with her children.Col 2:17: Which are a shadow of things to come; but the body is of Christ.Heb 10:1: For the law having a shadow of good things to come: and not the very image of the things: can never with those sacrifices which they offered year by year continually make the comers thereunto perfect.
αλλ ουκ εν τοις πλειοσιν αυτων ευδοκησεν ο θεος κατεστρωθησαν γαρ εν τη ερημω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
Nevertheless
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4119πλείοσινpleiosin (Adj-DMP-C) G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλείοσινpleiosin
|
most
|
Adj-DMP-C
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2106εὐδόκησενeudokēsen (V-AIA-3S) G2106 εὐδοκέω eudokéō yoo-dok-eh-o from εὖ and δοκέω; to think well of, i.e. approve (an act); specially, to approbate (a person or thing):--think good, (be well) please(-d), be the good (have, take) pleasure, be willing.
|
εὐδόκησενeudokēsen
|
was well pleased
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2316Θεός·Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός·Theos
|
God;
|
N-NMS
|
G2693κατεστρώθησανkatestrōthēsan (V-AIP-3P) G2693 καταστρώννυμι katastrṓnnymi kat-as-trone-noo-mee from κατά and στρώννυμι; to strew down, i.e. (by implication) to prostrate (slay):--overthrow.
|
κατεστρώθησανkatestrōthēsan
|
they were strewn
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2048ἐρήμῳ.erēmō (Adj-DFS) G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἐρήμῳ.erēmō
|
wilderness.
|
Adj-DFS
|
5
But with many of them God not was well pleased: for they were overthrown in the wilderness.1 Corinthians 10:5
Stats
Rank: #8471 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 91 characters, 16 words, 73 letters, 24 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλ ουκ εν τοις πλειοσιν αυτων ευδοκησεν ο θεος κατεστρωθησαν γαρ εν τη ερημω
Lit: Nevertheless not with most of them was well pleased God; they were strewn for in the wilderness.
KJV: But with many of them God was not well pleased: for they were overthrown in the wilderness.
References
"But with many of them God was not well pleased: for they were overthrown in the wilderness."Nu 14:11: 12: 28-35: The LORD said to Moses: How long will this people provoke me? and how long will it be ere they believe me: for all the signs which I have showed among them?Nu 26:64: 65: But among these there not was a man of them whom Moses and Aaron the priest numbered: when they numbered the children of Israel in the wilderness of Sinai.De 1:34: 35: The LORD heard the voice of your words: and was angry: and sware: saying: De 2:15: 16: For indeed the hand of the LORD was against them: to destroy them from among the host: until they were consumed.Ps 78:32-34: For all this they sinned still: and not believed for his wondrous works.Ps 90:1: God.>> Lord: you have been our dwelling place in all generations.Ps 90:7: 8: For we are consumed by your anger: and by your wrath are we troubled.Ps 95:11: To whom I sware in my wrath that they not should enter into my rest.Ps 106:26: Therefore he lifted up his hand against them: to overthrow them in the wilderness:Heb 3:17: But with whom was he grieved 40 years? was it not with them that had sinned: whose carcases fell in the wilderness?Jude 1:5: I will therefore put you in remembrance: though you once knew this: how that the Lord: having saved the people out of the land of Egypt: afterward destroyed them that not believed.
ταυτα δε τυποι ημων εγενηθησαν εις το μη ειναι ημας επιθυμητας κακων καθως κακεινοι επεθυμησαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3778ΤαῦταTauta (DPro-NNP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΤαῦταTauta
|
These things
|
DPro-NNP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G5179τύποιtypoi (N-NMP) G5179 τύπος týpos too-pos from τύπτω; a die (as struck), i.e. (by implication) a stamp or scar; by analogy, a shape, i.e. a statue, (figuratively) style or resemblance; specially, a sampler (type), i.e. a model (for imitation) or instance (for warning):--en-(ex-)ample, fashion, figure, form, manner, pattern, print.
|
τύποιtypoi
|
types
|
N-NMP
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
to us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1096ἐγενήθησαν,egenēthēsan (V-AIP-3P) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγενήθησαν,egenēthēsan
|
have become,
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510εἶναιeinai (V-PNA) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναιeinai
|
to be
|
V-PNA
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G1938ἐπιθυμητὰςepithymētas (N-AMP) G1938 ἐπιθυμητής epithymētḗs ep-ee-thoo-may-tace from ἐπιθυμέω; a craver:--+ lust after.
|
ἐπιθυμητὰςepithymētas
|
desirers
|
N-AMP
|
G2556κακῶν,kakōn (Adj-GNP) G2556 κακός kakós kak-os apparently a primary word; worthless (intrinsically, such; whereas πονηρός properly refers to effects), i.e. (subjectively) depraved, or (objectively) injurious:--bad, evil, harm, ill, noisome, wicked.
|
κακῶν,kakōn
|
of evil things,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2548κἀκεῖνοιkakeinoi (DPro-NMP) G2548 κἀκεῖνος kakeînos kak-i-nos from καί and ἐκεῖνος; likewise that (or those):--and him (other, them), even he, him also, them (also), (and) they.,
|
κἀκεῖνοιkakeinoi
|
they also
|
DPro-NMP
|
G1937ἐπεθύμησαν.epethymēsan (V-AIA-3P) G1937 ἐπιθυμέω epithyméō ep-ee-thoo-meh-o from ἐπί and θυμός; to set the heart upon, i.e. long for (rightfully or otherwise):--covet, desire, would fain, lust (after).
|
ἐπεθύμησαν.epethymēsan
|
desired.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
6
Now these things were our examples, to the intent we not should lust after evil things, as they also lusted.1 Corinthians 10:6
Stats
Rank: #7777 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 108 characters, 18 words, 86 letters, 31 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: ταυτα δε τυποι ημων εγενηθησαν εις το μη ειναι ημας επιθυμητας κακων καθως κακεινοι επεθυμησαν
Lit: These things now, types to us have become, for not to be us desirers of evil things, as they also desired.
KJV: Now these things were our examples, to the intent we should not lust after evil things, as they also lusted.
References
"these"1Co 10:11: Now all these things happened to them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition: upon whom the ends of the world are come.Zep 3:6: 7: I have cut off the nations: their towers are desolate; I made their streets waste: that none passs by: their cities are destroyed: so that there is no man: that there is none inhabitant.Heb 4:11: Let us labour therefore to enter into that rest: lest any man fall after the same example of unbelief.2Pe 2:6: Turning the cities of Sodom and Gomorrha into ashes condemned them with an overthrow: making them an ensample to those that after should live ungodly;Jude 1:7: Even as Sodom and Gomorrha: and the cities about them in like manner: giving themselves over to fornication: and going after strange flesh: are set forth for an example: suffering the vengeance of eternal fire."examples"Ro 5:14: Nevertheless death reigned from Adam to Moses: even over them that not had sinned after the similitude of Adam's transgression: who is the figure of him that was to come.Heb 9:24: For Christ not is entered into the holy places made with hands: which are the figures of the true; but into heaven itself: now to appear in the presence of God for us:1Pe 3:21: The like figure to what even baptism does also now save us (not the putting away of the filth of the flesh: but the answer of a good conscience toward God: ) by the resurrection of Jesus Christ:"lust"Nu 11:4: 31-34: The mixt multitude that was among them fell a lusting: and the children of Israel also wept again: and said: Who will give us flesh to eat?Ps 78:27-31: He rained flesh also upon them as dust: and feathered fowls like as the sand of the sea:Ps 106:14: 15: But lusted exceedingly in the wilderness: and tempted God in the desert.
μηδε ειδωλολατραι γινεσθε καθως τινες αυτων ως γεγραπται εκαθισεν ο λαος φαγειν και πιειν και ανεστησαν παιζειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3366μηδὲmēde (Conj) G3366 μηδέ mēdé may-deh from μή and δέ; but not, not even; in a continued negation, nor:--neither, nor (yet), (no) not (once, so much as).,
|
μηδὲmēde
|
Neither
|
Conj
|
G1496εἰδωλολάτραιeidōlolatrai (N-NMP) G1496 εἰδωλολάτρης eidōlolátrēs i-do-lol-at-race from εἴδωλον and the base of λατρεύω; an image- (servant or) worshipper (literally or figuratively):--idolater.
|
εἰδωλολάτραιeidōlolatrai
|
idolaters
|
N-NMP
|
G1096γίνεσθε,ginesthe (V-PMM/P-2P) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεσθε,ginesthe
|
are you to be,
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G2531καθώςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθώςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G846αὐτῶν·autōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν·autōn
|
of them;
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G5618ὥσπερhōsper (Adv) G5618 ὥσπερ hṓsper hoce-per from ὡς and περ; just as, i.e. exactly like:--(even, like) as.
|
ὥσπερhōsper
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γέγραπταιgegraptai
|
it has been written:
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G2523ἘκάθισενEkathisen (V-AIA-3S) G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
ἘκάθισενEkathisen
|
Sat down
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2992λαὸςlaos (N-NMS) G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαὸςlaos
|
people
|
N-NMS
|
G5315φαγεῖνphagein (V-ANA) G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φαγεῖνphagein
|
to eat
|
V-ANA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4095πεῖν,pein (V-ANA) G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πεῖν,pein
|
to drink,
|
V-ANA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G450ἀνέστησανanestēsan (V-AIA-3P) G450 ἀνίστημι anístēmi an-is-tay-mee from ἀνά and ἵστημι; to stand up (literal or figurative, transitive or intransitive):--arise, lift up, raise up (again), rise (again), stand up(-right).
|
ἀνέστησανanestēsan
|
rose up
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3815παίζειν.paizein (V-PNA) G3815 παίζω paízō paheed-zo from παῖς; to sport (as a boy):--play.
|
παίζειν.paizein
|
to play.”
|
V-PNA
|
7
Neither be you idolaters, as were some of them; as it is written, The people sat down to eat and drink, and rose up to play.
1 Corinthians 10:7
Stats
Rank: #9197 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 123 characters, 22 words, 93 letters, 38 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: μηδε ειδωλολατραι γινεσθε καθως τινες αυτων ως γεγραπται εκαθισεν ο λαος φαγειν και πιειν και ανεστησαν παιζειν
Lit: Neither idolaters are you to be, as some of them; as it has been written: Sat down the people to eat and to drink, and rose up to play.”
KJV: Neither be ye idolaters, as were some of them; as it is written, The people sat down to eat and drink, and rose up to play.
References
"be"1Co 14:20-22: Brothers: not be children in understanding: howbeit in malice be you children: but in understanding be men.1Co 5:11: But now I have written to you not to keep company: if any man that is called a brother be a fornicator: or covetous: or an idolater: or a railer: or a drunkard: or an extortioner; with such an one not no to eat.1Co 6:9: Know you not that the unrighteous will not inherit the kingdom of God? not Be deceived: neither fornicators: nor idolaters: nor adulterers: nor effeminate: nor abusers of themselves with mankind: 1Co 8:7: Howbeit there is not in every man that knowledge: for some with conscience of the idol to this hour eat it as a thing offered to an idol; and their conscience being weak is defiled.De 9:12: 16-21: The LORD said to me: Arise: get you down quickly from here; for your people which you have brought forth out of Egypt have corrupted themselves; they are quickly turned aside out of the way which I commanded them; they have made them a molten image.Ps 106:19: 20: They made a calf in Horeb: and worshipped the molten image.1Jo 5:21: Little children: keep yourselves from idols. Amen."The people"Ex 32:6-8: 17: 19: They rose up early on the morrow: and offered burnt offerings: and brought peace offerings; and the people sat down to eat and to drink: and rose up to play.
μηδε πορνευωμεν καθως τινες αυτων επορνευσαν και επεσον εν μια ημερα εικοσιτρεις χιλιαδες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3366μηδὲmēde (Conj) G3366 μηδέ mēdé may-deh from μή and δέ; but not, not even; in a continued negation, nor:--neither, nor (yet), (no) not (once, so much as).,
|
μηδὲmēde
|
Neither
|
Conj
|
G4203πορνεύωμεν,porneuōmen (V-PSA-1P) G4203 πορνεύω porneúō porn-yoo-o from πόρνη; to act the harlot, i.e. (literally) indulge unlawful lust (of either sex), or (figuratively) practise idolatry:--commit (fornication).
|
πορνεύωμεν,porneuōmen
|
should we commit sexual immorality,
|
V-PSA-1P
|
G2531καθώςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθώςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G4203ἐπόρνευσαν,eporneusan (V-AIA-3P) G4203 πορνεύω porneúō porn-yoo-o from πόρνη; to act the harlot, i.e. (literally) indulge unlawful lust (of either sex), or (figuratively) practise idolatry:--commit (fornication).
|
ἐπόρνευσαν,eporneusan
|
committed sexual immorality,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4098ἔπεσανepesan (V-AIA-3P) G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσανepesan
|
fell
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1520μιᾷmia (Adj-DFS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μιᾷmia
|
in one
|
Adj-DFS
|
G2250ἡμέρᾳhēmera (N-DFS) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρᾳhēmera
|
day
|
N-DFS
|
G1501εἰκοσιeikosi (Adj-NFP) G1501 εἴκοσι eíkosi i-kos-ee of uncertain affinity; a score:--twenty.
|
εἰκοσιeikosi
|
twenty
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5140τρεῖςtreis (Adj-NFP) G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖςtreis
|
three
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5505χιλιάδες.chiliades (N-NFP) G5505 χιλιάς chiliás khil-ee-as from χίλιοι; one thousand (chiliad):--thousand.
|
χιλιάδες.chiliades
|
thousand.
|
N-NFP
|
8
Neither let us commit fornication, as some of them committed, and fell in one day 20003.1 Corinthians 10:8
Stats
Rank: #8288 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 108 characters, 17 words, 87 letters, 33 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: μηδε πορνευωμεν καθως τινες αυτων επορνευσαν και επεσον εν μια ημερα εικοσιτρεις χιλιαδες
Lit: Neither should we commit sexual immorality, as some of them committed sexual immorality, and fell in one day twenty three thousand.
KJV: Neither let us commit fornication, as some of them committed, and fell in one day three and twenty thousand.
References
"Neither let us commit fornication, as some of them committed, and fell in one day three and twenty thousand."1Co 6:9: 18: Know you not that the unrighteous will not inherit the kingdom of God? not Be deceived: neither fornicators: nor idolaters: nor adulterers: nor effeminate: nor abusers of themselves with mankind: Nu 25:1-9: Israel abode in Shittim: and the people began to commit whoredom with the daughters of Moab.Ps 106:29: Thus they provoked him to anger with their inventions: and the plague brake in upon them.Re 2:14: But I have a few things against you: because you have there them that hold the doctrine of Balaam: who taught Balac to cast a stumblingblock before the children of Israel: to eat things sacrificed to idols: and to commit fornication.
μηδε εκπειραζωμεν τον χριστον καθως και τινες αυτων επειρασαν και υπο των οφεων απωλοντο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3366μηδὲmēde (Conj) G3366 μηδέ mēdé may-deh from μή and δέ; but not, not even; in a continued negation, nor:--neither, nor (yet), (no) not (once, so much as).,
|
μηδὲmēde
|
Neither
|
Conj
|
G1598ἐκπειράζωμενekpeirazōmen (V-PSA-1P) G1598 ἐκπειράζω ekpeirázō ek-pi-rad-zo from ἐκ and πειράζω; to test thoroughly:--tempt.
|
ἐκπειράζωμενekpeirazōmen
|
should we test
|
V-PSA-1P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5547Χριστόν*,Christon (N-AMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστόν*,Christon
|
Christ,
|
N-AMS
|
G2531καθώςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθώςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3985ἐπείρασανepeirasan (V-AIA-3P) G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.
|
ἐπείρασανepeirasan
|
tested,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3789ὄφεωνopheōn (N-GMP) G3789 ὄφις óphis of-is probably from ὀπτάνομαι (through the idea of sharpness of vision); a snake, figuratively, (as a type of sly cunning) an artful malicious person, especially Satan:--serpent.
|
ὄφεωνopheōn
|
serpents
|
N-GMP
|
G622ἀπώλλυντο.apōllynto (V-IIP-3P) G622 ἀπόλλυμι apóllymi ap-ol-loo-mee from ἀπό and the base of ὄλεθρος; to destroy fully (reflexively, to perish, or lose), literally or figuratively:--destroy, die, lose, mar, perish.
|
ἀπώλλυντο.apōllynto
|
were destroyed.
|
V-IIP-3P
|
9
Neither let us tempt Christ, as some of them also tempted, and were destroyed of serpents.1 Corinthians 10:9
Stats
Rank: #8360 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 90 characters, 14 words, 72 letters, 25 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: μηδε εκπειραζωμεν τον χριστον καθως και τινες αυτων επειρασαν και υπο των οφεων απωλοντο
Lit: Neither should we test the Christ, as some of them tested, and by serpents were destroyed.
KJV: Neither let us tempt Christ, as some of them also tempted, and were destroyed of serpents.
References
"tempt"Ex 17:2: 7: For what reason the people did chide with Moses: and said: Give us water that we may drink. And Moses said to them: Why chide you with me? for what reason do you tempt the LORD?Ex 23:20: 21: Look: I send an Angel before you: to keep you in the way: and to bring you into the place which I have prepared.Nu 21:5: The people spoke against God: and against Moses: For what reason have you brought us up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness? for there is no bread: neither is there any water; and our soul loathes this light bread.De 6:16: You will not tempt the LORD your God: as you tempted Him in Massah.Ps 78:18: 56: They tempted God in their heart by asking meat for their lust.Ps 95:9: When your fathers tempted me: proved me: and saw my work.Ps 106:14: But lusted exceedingly in the wilderness: and tempted God in the desert.Heb 3:8-11: not Harden your hearts: as in the provocation: in the day of temptation in the wilderness:Heb 10:28-30: He who despised Moses' law died without mercy under two or 3 witnesses:"and were"Nu 21:6: The LORD sent fiery serpents among the people: and they bit the people; and much people of Israel died.
μηδε γογγυζετε καθως και τινες αυτων εγογγυσαν και απωλοντο υπο του ολοθρευτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3366μηδὲmēde (Conj) G3366 μηδέ mēdé may-deh from μή and δέ; but not, not even; in a continued negation, nor:--neither, nor (yet), (no) not (once, so much as).,
|
μηδὲmēde
|
Neither
|
Conj
|
G1111γογγύζετε,gongyzete (V-PMA-2P) G1111 γογγύζω gongýzō gong-good-zo of uncertain derivation; to grumble:--murmur.
|
γογγύζετε,gongyzete
|
are you to grumble,
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G2509καθάπερkathaper (Adv) G2509 καθάπερ katháper kath-ap-er from καθά and περ; exactly as:--(even, as well) as.,
|
καθάπερkathaper
|
as
|
Adv
|
G5100τινὲςtines (IPro-NMP) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινὲςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1111ἐγόγγυσαν,egongysan (V-AIA-3P) G1111 γογγύζω gongýzō gong-good-zo of uncertain derivation; to grumble:--murmur.
|
ἐγόγγυσαν,egongysan
|
grumbled,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G622ἀπώλοντοapōlonto (V-AIM-3P) G622 ἀπόλλυμι apóllymi ap-ol-loo-mee from ἀπό and the base of ὄλεθρος; to destroy fully (reflexively, to perish, or lose), literally or figuratively:--destroy, die, lose, mar, perish.
|
ἀπώλοντοapōlonto
|
perished
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3644ὀλοθρευτοῦ.olothreutou (N-GMS) G3644 ὀλοθρευτής olothreutḗs ol-oth-ryoo-tace from ὀλοθρεύω; a ruiner, i.e. (specially), a venomous serpent:--destroyer.
|
ὀλοθρευτοῦ.olothreutou
|
Destroyer.
|
N-GMS
|
10
Neither murmur you, as some of them also murmured, and were destroyed of the destroyer.1 Corinthians 10:10
Stats
Rank: #6335 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 86 characters, 13 words, 69 letters, 27 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: μηδε γογγυζετε καθως και τινες αυτων εγογγυσαν και απωλοντο υπο του ολοθρευτου
Lit: Neither are you to grumble, as some of them grumbled, and perished by the Destroyer.
KJV: Neither murmur ye, as some of them also murmured, and were destroyed of the destroyer.
References
"murmur"Ex 15:24: The people murmured against Moses: saying: What will we drink?Ex 16:2-9: The whole congregation of the children of Israel murmured against Moses and Aaron in the wilderness:Ex 17:2: 3: For what reason the people did chide with Moses: and said: Give us water that we may drink. And Moses said to them: Why chide you with me? for what reason do you tempt the LORD?Nu 14:2: 27-30: All the children of Israel murmured against Moses and against Aaron: and the whole congregation said to them: Would God that we had died in the land of Egypt! or would God we had died in this wilderness!Nu 16:41: But on the morrow all the congregation of the children of Israel murmured against Moses and against Aaron: saying: You have killed the people of the LORD.Ps 106:25: But murmured in their tents: and listened not to the voice of the LORD.Php 2:14: Do all things without murmurings and disputings:Jude 1:16: These are murmurers: complainers: walking after their own lusts; and their mouth speaks great swelling words: having men's persons in admiration because of advantage."were"Nu 14:37: Even those men that did bring up the evil report upon the land: died by the plague before the LORD.Nu 16:46-49: Moses said to Aaron: Take a censer: and put fire therein from off the altar: and put on incense: and go quickly to the congregation: and make an atonement for them: for there is wrath gone out from the LORD; the plague is begun."destroyer"Ex 12:23: For the LORD will pass through to smite the Egyptians; and when He sees the blood upon the lintel: and on the two side posts: the LORD will pass over the door: and not will suffer the destroyer to come in to your houses to smite you.2Sa 24:16: When the angel stretched out His hand upon Jerusalem to destroy it: the LORD repented Him of the evil: and said to the angel that destroyed the people: It is enough: stay now your hand. And the angel of the LORD was by the threshingplace of Araunah the Jebusite.1Ch 21:15: God sent an angel to Jerusalem to destroy it: and as He was destroying: the LORD beheld: and He repented Him of the evil: and said to the angel that destroyed: It is enough: stay now your hand. And the angel of the LORD stood by the threshingfloor of Ornan the Jebusite.2Ch 32:21: The LORD sent an angel: which cut off all the mighty men of valour: and the leaders and captains in the camp of the king of Assyria. So He returned with shame of face to His own land. And when He was come into the house of His god: they that came forth of His own bowels killed Him there with the sword.Mt 13:39-42: The enemy that sowed them is the devil; the harvest is the end of the world; and the reapers are the angels.Ac 12:23: Immediately the angel of the Lord smote Him: because He not gave God the glory: and He was eaten of worms: and gave up the ghost.2Th 1:7: 8: To you who are troubled rest with us: when the Lord Jesus will be revealed from heaven with His mighty angels: Heb 11:28: Through faith he kept the passover: and the sprinkling of blood: lest he who destroyed the firstborn should touch them.Re 16:1: I heard a great voice out of the temple saying to the 7 angels: Go your ways: and pour out the vials of the wrath of God upon the earth.
ταυτα δε παντα τυποι συνεβαινον εκεινοις εγραφη δε προς νουθεσιαν ημων εις ους τα τελη των αιωνων κατηντησεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3778Ταῦταtauta (DPro-NNP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
Ταῦταtauta
|
These things
|
DPro-NNP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5179τυπικῶςtypikōs (Adv) G5179 τύπος týpos too-pos from τύπτω; a die (as struck), i.e. (by implication) a stamp or scar; by analogy, a shape, i.e. a statue, (figuratively) style or resemblance; specially, a sampler (type), i.e. a model (for imitation) or instance (for warning):--en-(ex-)ample, fashion, figure, form, manner, pattern, print.
|
τυπικῶςtypikōs
|
as types
|
Adv
|
G4819συνέβαινενsynebainen (V-IIA-3S) G4819 συμβαίνω symbaínō soom-bah-ee-no from σύν and the base of βάσις; to walk (figuratively, transpire) together, i.e. concur (take place):--be(-fall), happen (unto).
|
συνέβαινενsynebainen
|
happened
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1565ἐκείνοις,ekeinois (DPro-DMP) G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνοις,ekeinois
|
to them,
|
DPro-DMP
|
G1125ἐγράφηegraphē (V-AIP-3S) G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
ἐγράφηegraphē
|
were written
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3559νουθεσίανnouthesian (N-AFS) G3559 νουθεσία nouthesía noo-thes-ee-ah from νοῦς and a derivative of τίθημι; calling attention to, i.e. (by implication) mild rebuke or warning:--admonition.
|
νουθεσίανnouthesian
|
admonition
|
N-AFS
|
G1473ἡμῶν,hēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν,hēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G5056τέληtelē (N-NNP) G5056 τέλος télos tel-os from a primary (to set out for a definite point or goal); properly, the point aimed at as a limit, i.e. (by implication) the conclusion of an act or state (termination (literally, figuratively or indefinitely), result (immediate, ultimate or prophetic), purpose); specially, an impost or levy (as paid):--+ continual, custom, end(-ing), finally, uttermost. Compare φόρος.
|
τέληtelē
|
ends
|
N-NNP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G165αἰώνωνaiōnōn (N-GMP) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰώνωνaiōnōn
|
ages
|
N-GMP
|
G2658κατήντηκεν.katēntēken (V-RIA-3S) G2658 καταντάω katantáō kat-an-tah-o from κατά and a derivative of ἀντί; to meet against, i.e. arrive at (literally or figuratively):--attain, come.
|
κατήντηκεν.katēntēken
|
are arrived.
|
V-RIA-3S
|
11
Now all these things happened to them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.1 Corinthians 10:11
Stats
Rank: #2919 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 137 characters, 23 words, 110 letters, 41 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: ταυτα δε παντα τυποι συνεβαινον εκεινοις εγραφη δε προς νουθεσιαν ημων εις ους τα τελη των αιωνων κατηντησεν
Lit: These things now as types happened to them, were written then for admonition of us, to whom the ends of the ages are arrived.
KJV: Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.
References
"they"1Co 9:10: Or says he it altogether for our sakes? For our sakes: no doubt: this is written: that he who plows should plow in hope; and that he who threshes in hope should be partaker of his hope.Ro 15:4: For whatever things were written aforetime were written for our learning: that we through patience and comfort of the scriptures might have hope."upon"1Co 7:29: But this I say: brothers: the time is short: it remains: that both they that have wives be as though they had none;Php 4:5: Let your moderation be known to all men. The Lord is at hand.Heb 10:25: 37: Not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together: as the manner of some is; but exhorting one another: and so much the more: as you see the day approaching.1Jo 2:18: Little children: it is the last time: and as you have heard that antichrist will come: even now are there many antichrists; whereby we know that it is the last time.
ωστε ο δοκων εσταναι βλεπετω μη πεση
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5620ὭστεHōste (Conj) G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὭστεHōste
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1380δοκῶνdokōn (V-PPA-NMS) G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
δοκῶνdokōn
|
thinking
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2476ἑστάναιhestanai (V-RNA) G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστάναιhestanai
|
to stand,
|
V-RNA
|
G991βλεπέτωblepetō (V-PMA-3S) G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλεπέτωblepetō
|
let him take heed,
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
lest
|
Adv
|
G4098πέσῃ,pesē (V-ASA-3S) G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
πέσῃ,pesē
|
he fall.
|
V-ASA-3S
|
12
For what reason let him that thinks he stands take heed lest he fall.1 Corinthians 10:12
Stats
Rank: #2814 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 67 characters, 12 words, 55 letters, 19 vowels, 36 consonants
Translation
Greek: ωστε ο δοκων εσταναι βλεπετω μη πεση
Lit: Therefore the one thinking to stand, let him take heed, lest he fall.
KJV: Wherefore let him that thinketh he standeth take heed lest he fall.
References
"Wherefore let him that thinketh he standeth take heed lest he fall."1Co 4:6-8: These things: brothers: I have in a figure transferred to myself and to Apollos for your sakes; that you might learn in not us to think of men above that which is written: that no one of you be puffed up for one against another.1Co 8:2: If any man think that he knows'>knows any thing: he knows'>knows nothing yet as he ought to know.Pr 16:18: Pride goeth before destruction: and an haughty spirit before a fall.Pr 28:14: Happy is the man that fears alway: but he who hardens his heart will fall into mischief.Mt 26:33: 34: 40: 41: Peter answered and said to him: Though all men will be offended because of you: yet will I never be offended.Ro 11:20: Well; because of unbelief they were broken off: and you stand by faith. not Be highminded: but fear:Re 3:17: 18: Because you say: I am rich: and increased with goods: and have need not ofhing; and know not that you are wretched: and miserable: and poor: and blind: and naked:
πειρασμος υμας ουκ ειληφεν ει μη ανθρωπινος πιστος δε ο θεος ος ουκ εασει υμας πειρασθηναι υπερ ο δυνασθε αλλα ποιησει συν τω πειρασμω και την εκβασιν του δυνασθαι υμας υπενεγκειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3986πειρασμὸςpeirasmos (N-NMS) G3986 πειρασμός peirasmós pi-ras-mos from πειράζω; a putting to proof (by experiment (of good), experience (of evil), solicitation, discipline or provocation); by implication, adversity:--temptation, X try.
|
πειρασμὸςpeirasmos
|
Temptation
|
N-NMS
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2983εἴληφενeilēphen (V-RIA-3S) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
εἴληφενeilēphen
|
has seized,
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G442ἀνθρώπινος·anthrōpinos (Adj-NMS) G442 ἀνθρώπινος anthrṓpinos anth-ro-pee-nos from ἄνθρωπος; human:--human, common to man, man(-kind), (man-)kind, mens, after the manner of men.
|
ἀνθρώπινος·anthrōpinos
|
what is common to man;
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4103πιστὸςpistos (Adj-NMS) G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.
|
πιστὸςpistos
|
faithful
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2316Θεός,Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός,Theos
|
is God,
|
N-NMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1439ἐάσειeasei (V-FIA-3S) G1439 ἐάω eáō eh-ah-o of uncertain affinity; to let be, i.e. permit or leave alone:--commit, leave, let (alone), suffer. See also ἔα.
|
ἐάσειeasei
|
will allow
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3985πειρασθῆναιpeirasthēnai (V-ANP) G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.
|
πειρασθῆναιpeirasthēnai
|
to be tempted
|
V-ANP
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
beyond
|
Prep
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
what
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G1410δύνασθε,dynasthe (V-PIM/P-2P) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνασθε,dynasthe
|
you are able,
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G4160ποιήσειpoiēsei (V-FIA-3S) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσειpoiēsei
|
will provide,
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep) G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3986πειρασμῷpeirasmō (N-DMS) G3986 πειρασμός peirasmós pi-ras-mos from πειράζω; a putting to proof (by experiment (of good), experience (of evil), solicitation, discipline or provocation); by implication, adversity:--temptation, X try.
|
πειρασμῷpeirasmō
|
temptation,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1545ἔκβασινekbasin (N-AFS) G1545 ἔκβασις ékbasis ek-bas-is from a compound of ἐκ and the base of βάσις (meaning to go out); an exit (literally or figuratively):--end, way to escape.
|
ἔκβασινekbasin
|
escape,
|
N-AFS
|
G1410δύνασθαιdynasthai (V-PNM/P) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνασθαιdynasthai
|
to be able
|
V-PNM/P
|
G5297ὑπενεγκεῖν.hypenenkein (V-ANA) G5297 ὑποφέρω hypophérō hoop-of-er-o from ὑπό and φέρω; to bear from underneath, i.e. (figuratively) to undergo hardship:--bear, endure.
|
ὑπενεγκεῖν.hypenenkein
|
to endure it.
|
V-ANA
|
13
There has no temptation taken you but such as is common to man: but God is faithful, who not will suffer you to be tempted above that you are able; but will with the temptation also make a way to escape, that you may be able to bear it.1 Corinthians 10:13
Stats
Rank: #365 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 237 characters, 44 words, 182 letters, 74 vowels, 108 consonants
Translation
Greek: πειρασμος υμας ουκ ειληφεν ει μη ανθρωπινος πιστος δε ο θεος ος ουκ εασει υμας πειρασθηναι υπερ ο δυνασθε αλλα ποιησει συν τω πειρασμω και την εκβασιν του δυνασθαι υμας υπενεγκειν
Lit: Temptation you not has seized, if not what is common to man; faithful now is God, who not will allow you to be tempted beyond what you are able, but will provide, with the temptation, also the escape, to be able to endure it.
KJV: There hath no temptation taken you but such as is common to man: but God is faithful, who will not suffer you to be tempted above that ye are able; but will with the temptation also make a way to escape, that ye may be able to bear [it].
References
"hath"Jer 12:5: If you have run with the footmen: and they have wearied you: then how canst you contend with horses? and if in the land of peace: wherein you trustedst: they wearied you: then how will you do in the swelling of Jordan?Mt 24:21-24: For then will be great tribulation: such as not was since the beginning of the world to this time: no: nor ever will be.Lu 11:4: Forgive us our sins; for we also forgive every one that is indebted to us. And lead not us into temptation; but deliver us from evil.Lu 22:31: 46: The Lord said: Simon: Simon: look: Satan has desired to have you: that He may sift you as wheat:2Co 11:23-28: Are they ministers of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abundant: in stripes above measure: in prisons more frequent: in deaths often.Eph 6:12: 13: For we not wrestle against flesh and blood: but against principalities: against powers: against the rulers of the darkness of this world: against spiritual wickedness in high places.Heb 11:35-38: Women received their dead raised to life again: and others were tortured: not accepting deliverance; that they might obtain a better resurrection:Heb 12:4: You not have yet resisted to blood: striving against sin.Jas 5:10: 11: Take: my brothers: the prophets: who have spoken in the name of the Lord: for an example of suffering affliction: and of patience.1Pe 1:6: 7: Wherein you greatly rejoice: though now for a season: if need be: you are in heaviness through manifold temptations:1Pe 5:8: 9: Be sober: be vigilant; because your adversary the devil: as a roaring lion: walks about: seeking whom he may devour:Re 2:10: Fear none of those things which you will suffer: look: the devil will cast some of you into prison: that you may be tried; and you will have tribulation 10 days: be you faithful to death: and I will give you a crown of life.Re 3:10: Because you have kept the word of my patience: I also will keep you from the hour of temptation: which will come upon all the world: to try them that dwell upon the earth."but"1Co 1:9: God is faithful: by whom you were called to the fellowship of His Son Jesus Christ our Lord.De 7:9: Know therefore that the LORD your God: He is God: the faithful God: which keeps covenant and mercy with them that love Him and keep His commandments to a000 generations;Ps 36:5: Your mercy: O LORD: is in the heavens; and your faithfulness reacheth to the clouds.Ps 89:33: Nevertheless my lovingkindness will not I utterly take from him: nor suffer my faithfulness to fail.Isa 11:5: Righteousness will be the girdle of his loins: and faithfulness the girdle of his reins.Isa 25:1: O LORD: you are my God; I will exalt you: I will praise your name; for you have done wonderful things; your counsels of old are faithfulness and truth.Isa 49:7: Thus says the LORD: the Redeemer of Israel: and His Holy one: to Him whom man despises: to Him whom the nation abhors: to a servant of rulers: Kings will see and arise: princes also will worship: because of the LORD that is faithful: and the Holy one of Israel: and He will choose you.La 3:23: They are new every morning: great is your faithfulness.Ho 2:20: I will even betroth you to me in faithfulness: and you will know the LORD.1Th 5:24: Faithful is he who calls you: who also will do it.2Th 3:3: But the Lord is faithful: who will stablish you: and keep you from evil.2Ti 2:11-13: It is a faithful saying: For if we be dead with him: we will also live with him:Heb 6:18: That by two immutable things: in which it was impossible for God to lie: we might have a strong consolation: who have fled for refuge to lay hold upon the hope set before us:Heb 10:23: Let us hold fast the profession of our faith without wavering; (for he is faithful that promised;)Heb 11:11: Through faith also Sara herself received strength to conceive seed: and was delivered of a child when she was past age: because she judged him faithful who had promised.1Pe 4:19: For what reason let them that suffer according to the will of God commit the keeping of their souls to Him in well doing: as to a faithful Creator.1Jo 1:9: If we confess our sins: he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins: and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.Re 19:11: I saw heaven opened: and look a white horse; and he who sat upon him was called Faithful and True: and in righteousness he does judge and make war."who"Ex 3:17: I have said: I will bring you up out of the affliction of Egypt to the land of the Canaanites: and the Hittites: and the Amorites: and the Perizzites: and the Hivites: and the Jebusites: to a land flowing with milk and honey.Ps 125:3: For the rod of the wicked will not rest upon the lot of the righteous; lest the righteous put forth their hands to iniquity.Da 3:17: If it be so: our God whom we serve is able to deliver us from the burning fiery furnace: and He will deliver us out of your hand: O king.Lu 22:32: But I have prayed for you: that your faith not fail: and when you are converted: strengthen your brothers.Joh 10:28-30: I give to them eternal life; and they will never perish: neither will any man pluck them out of my hand.Ro 8:28-39: We know that all things work together for good to them that love God: to them who are the called according to His purpose.2Co 1:10: Who delivered us from so great a death: and does deliver: in whom we trust that he will yet deliver us;2Co 12:8-10: For this thing I besought the Lord thrice: that it might depart from me.2Ti 4:18: The Lord will deliver me from every evil work: and will preserve me to His heavenly kingdom: to whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen.1Pe 1:5: Who are kept by the power of God through faith to salvation ready to be revealed in the last time.2Pe 2:9: The Lord knows how to deliver the godly out of temptations: and to reserve the unjust to the day of judgment to be punished:"make"Ge 19:20: 21: Look now: this city is near to flee to: and it is a little one: Oh: let me escape there: (is not it a little one?) and my soul will live.Ps 124:7: Our soul is escaped as a bird out of the snare of the fowlers: the snare is broken: and we are escaped.Jer 29:11: For I know the thoughts that I think toward you: says the LORD: thoughts of peace: not and of evil: to give you an expected end.Lu 16:26: Beside all this: between us and you there is a great gulf fixed: so that they which would pass from here to you cannot; neither can they pass to us: that would come from there.Ac 27:44: The rest: some on boards: and some on broken pieces of the ship. And so it came to pass: that they escaped all safe to land.Jas 5:11: Look: we count them happy which endure. You have heard of the patience of Job: and have seen the end of the Lord; that the Lord is very pitiful: and of tender mercy.
Flee from Idolatry
διοπερ αγαπητοι μου φευγετε απο της ειδωλολατρειας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1355Διόπερ,Dioper (Conj) G1355 διόπερ dióper dee-op-er from διό and περ; on which very account:--wherefore.
|
Διόπερ,Dioper
|
Therefore,
|
Conj
|
G27ἀγαπητοίagapētoi (Adj-VMP) G27 ἀγαπητός agapētós ag-ap-ay-tos from ἀγαπάω; beloved:--(dearly, well) beloved, dear.
|
ἀγαπητοίagapētoi
|
beloved
|
Adj-VMP
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G5343φεύγετεpheugete (V-PMA-2P) G5343 φεύγω pheúgō fyoo-go apparently a primary verb; to run away (literally or figuratively); by implication, to shun; by analogy, to vanish:--escape, flee (away).
|
φεύγετεpheugete
|
flee
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G1495εἰδωλολατρίας.eidōlolatrias (N-GFS) G1495 εἰδωλολατρεία eidōlolatreía i-do-lol-at-ri-ah from εἴδωλον and λατρεία; image-worship (literally or figuratively):--idolatry.
|
εἰδωλολατρίας.eidōlolatrias
|
idolatry.
|
N-GFS
|
14
For what reason, my dearly beloved, flee from idolatry.1 Corinthians 10:14
Stats
Counts: 49 characters, 5 words, 40 letters, 15 vowels, 25 consonants
Translation
Greek: διοπερ αγαπητοι μου φευγετε απο της ειδωλολατρειας
Lit: Therefore, beloved of me, flee from idolatry.
KJV: Wherefore, my dearly beloved, flee from idolatry.
References
"my"Ro 12:19: Dearly beloved: not avenge yourselves: but rather give place to wrath: for it is written: Vengeance is my; I will repay: says the Lord.2Co 7:1: Having therefore these promises: dearly beloved: let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit: perfecting holiness in the fear of God.2Co 11:11: For what reason? because I love you not? God knows.2Co 12:15: 19: I will very gladly spend and be spent for you; though the more abundantly I love you: the less I be loved.Php 4:1: Therefore: my brothers dearly beloved and longed for: my joy and crown: so stand fast in the Lord: my dearly beloved.Phm 1:1: Paul: a prisoner of Jesus Christ: and Timothy our brother: to Philemon our dearly beloved: and fellowlabourer: 1Pe 2:11: Dearly beloved: I beseech you as strangers and pilgrims: abstain from fleshly lusts: which war against the soul;"flee"1Co 10:7: 20: 21: Neither be you idolaters: as were some of them; as it is written: The people sat down to eat and drink: and rose up to play.2Co 6:17: For what reason come out from among them: and be you separate: says the Lord: and not touch the unclean thing; and I will receive you: 1Jo 5:21: Little children: keep yourselves from idols. Amen.Re 2:14: But I have a few things against you: because you have there them that hold the doctrine of Balaam: who taught Balac to cast a stumblingblock before the children of Israel: to eat things sacrificed to idols: and to commit fornication.Re 13:8: All that dwell upon the earth will worship him: whose names not are written in the book of life of the Lamb killed from the foundation of the world.Re 21:8: But the fearful: and unbelieving: and the abominable: and murderers: and whoremongers: and sorcerers: and idolaters: and all liars: will have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.Re 22:15: For without are dogs: and sorcerers: and whoremongers: and murderers: and idolaters: and whoever loves and makes a lie.
ως φρονιμοις λεγω κρινατε υμεις ο φημι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
As
|
Adv
|
G5429φρονίμοιςphronimois (Adj-DMP) G5429 φρόνιμος phrónimos fron-ee-mos from φρήν; thoughtful, i.e. sagacious or discreet (implying a cautious character; while σοφός denotes practical skill or acumen; and συνετός indicates rather intelligence or mental acquirement); in a bad sense conceited (also in the comparative):--wise(-r).
|
φρονίμοιςphronimois
|
to sensible ones
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3004λέγω·legō (V-PIA-1S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγω·legō
|
I speak;
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2919κρίνατεkrinate (V-AMA-2P) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίνατεkrinate
|
judge
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
for yourselves
|
PPro-N2P
|
G3739ὅho (RelPro-ANS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὅho
|
what
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G5346φημι.phēmi (V-PIA-1S) G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
φημι.phēmi
|
I say.
|
V-PIA-1S
|
15
I speak as to wise men; judge you what I say.1 Corinthians 10:15
Stats
Rank: #3909 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 44 characters, 10 words, 32 letters, 14 vowels, 18 consonants
Translation
Greek: ως φρονιμοις λεγω κρινατε υμεις ο φημι
Lit: As to sensible ones I speak; judge for yourselves what I say.
KJV: I speak as to wise men; judge ye what I say.
References
"I speak as to wise men; judge ye what I say."1Co 4:10: We are fools for Christ's sake: but you are wise in Christ; we are weak: but you are strong; you are honourable: but we are despised.1Co 6:5: I speak to your shame. Is it so: that there not is a wise man among you? no: not one that will be able to judge between his brothers?1Co 8:1: Now as touching things offered to idols: we know that we all have knowledge. Knowledge puffeth up: but charity edifies.1Co 11:13: Judge in yourselves: is it comely that a woman pray to God uncovered?1Co 14:20: Brothers: not be children in understanding: howbeit in malice be you children: but in understanding be men.Job 34:2: 3: Hear my words: O you wise men; and give ear to me: you that have knowledge.1Th 5:21: Prove all things; hold fast that which is good.
το ποτηριον της ευλογιας ο ευλογουμεν ουχι κοινωνια του αιματος του χριστου εστιν τον αρτον ον κλωμεν ουχι κοινωνια του σωματος του χριστου εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588ΤὸTo (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤὸTo
|
The
|
Art-NNS
|
G4221ποτήριονpotērion (N-NNS) G4221 ποτήριον potḗrion pot-ay-ree-on neuter of a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; a drinking-vessel; by extension, the contents thereof, i.e. a cupful (draught); figuratively, a lot or fate:--cup.
|
ποτήριονpotērion
|
cup
|
N-NNS
|
G2129εὐλογίαςeulogias (N-GFS) G2129 εὐλογία eulogía yoo-log-ee-ah from the same as εὐλογέω; fine speaking, i.e. elegance of language; commendation (eulogy), i.e. (reverentially) adoration; religiously, benediction; by implication, consecration; by extension, benefit or largess:--blessing (a matter of) bounty (X -tifully), fair speech.
|
εὐλογίαςeulogias
|
of blessing
|
N-GFS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
that
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G2127εὐλογοῦμεν,eulogoumen (V-PIA-1P) G2127 εὐλογέω eulogéō yoo-log-eh-o from a compound of εὖ and λόγος; to speak well of, i.e. (religiously) to bless (thank or invoke a benediction upon, prosper):--bless, praise.
|
εὐλογοῦμεν,eulogoumen
|
we bless,
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G3780οὐχὶouchi (IntPrtcl) G3780 οὐχί ouchí oo-khee intensive of οὐ; not indeed:--nay, not.,
|
οὐχὶouchi
|
not
|
IntPrtcl
|
G2842κοινωνίαkoinōnia (N-NFS) G2842 κοινωνία koinōnía koy-nohn-ee-ah from κοινωνός; partnership, i.e. (literally) participation, or (social) intercourse, or (pecuniary) benefaction:--(to) communicate(-ation), communion, (contri-)distribution, fellowship.
|
κοινωνίαkoinōnia
|
a participation
|
N-NFS
|
G1510ἐστὶνestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστὶνestin
|
is it
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
in the
|
Art-GNS
|
G129αἵματοςhaimatos (N-GNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματοςhaimatos
|
blood
|
N-GNS
|
G5547Χριστοῦ;Christou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ;Christou
|
of Christ?
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
The
|
Art-AMS
|
G740ἄρτονarton (N-AMS) G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτονarton
|
bread
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
that
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G2806κλῶμεν,klōmen (V-PIA-1P) G2806 κλάω kláō klah-o a primary verb; to break (specially, of bread):--break.
|
κλῶμεν,klōmen
|
we break,
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G3780οὐχὶouchi (IntPrtcl) G3780 οὐχί ouchí oo-khee intensive of οὐ; not indeed:--nay, not.,
|
οὐχὶouchi
|
not
|
IntPrtcl
|
G2842κοινωνίαkoinōnia (N-NFS) G2842 κοινωνία koinōnía koy-nohn-ee-ah from κοινωνός; partnership, i.e. (literally) participation, or (social) intercourse, or (pecuniary) benefaction:--(to) communicate(-ation), communion, (contri-)distribution, fellowship.
|
κοινωνίαkoinōnia
|
a participation
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
in the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4983σώματοςsōmatos (N-GNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματοςsōmatos
|
body
|
N-GNS
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
of Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G1510ἐστιν;estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν;estin
|
is it?
|
V-PIA-3S
|
16
The cup of blessing which we bless, is not it the communion of the blood of Christ? The bread which we break, is not it the communion of the body of Christ?1 Corinthians 10:16
Stats
Rank: #1912 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 156 characters, 29 words, 121 letters, 42 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: το ποτηριον της ευλογιας ο ευλογουμεν ουχι κοινωνια του αιματος του χριστου εστιν τον αρτον ον κλωμεν ουχι κοινωνια του σωματος του χριστου εστιν
Lit: The cup of blessing that we bless, not a participation is it in the blood of Christ? The bread that we break, not a participation in the body of Christ is it?
KJV: The cup of blessing which we bless, is it not the communion of the blood of Christ? The bread which we break, is it not the communion of the body of Christ?
References
"cup"1Co 10:21: You cannot drink the cup of the Lord: and the cup of devils: you cannot be partakers of the Lord's table: and of the table of devils.1Co 11:23-29: For I have received of the Lord that which also I delivered to you: That the Lord Jesus the same night in which He was betrayed took bread:Mt 26:26-28: As they were eating: Jesus took bread: and blessed it: and brake it: and gave it to the disciples: and said: Take: eat; this is my body.Mr 14:22-25: As they did eat: Jesus took bread: and blessed: and brake it: and gave to them: and said: Take: eat: this is my body.Lu 22:19: 20: He took bread: and gave thanks: and brake it: and gave to them: saying: This is my body which is given for you: this do in remembrance of me."the communion of the blood"1Co 10:20: But I say: that the things which the Gentiles sacrifice: they sacrifice to devils: not and to God: and I not would that you should have fellowship with devils.1Co 1:9: God is faithful: by whom you were called to the fellowship of His Son Jesus Christ our Lord.1Co 12:13: For by one Spirit are we all baptized into one body: whether we be Jews or Gentiles: whether we be bond or free; and have been all made to drink into one Spirit.Joh 6:53-58: Then Jesus said to them: Truly: truly: I say to you: Except you eat the flesh of the Son of man: and drink His blood: you have no life in you.Heb 3:14: For we are made partakers of Christ: if we hold the beginning of our confidence stedfast to the end;1Jo 1:3: 7: That which we have seen and heard declare we to you: that you also may have fellowship with us: and truly our fellowship is with the Father: and with His Son Jesus Christ."The bread"1Co 11:23: 24: For I have received of the Lord that which also I delivered to you: That the Lord Jesus the same night in which He was betrayed took bread:Ac 2:42: 46: They continued stedfastly in the apostles' doctrine and fellowship: and in breaking of bread: and in prayers.Ac 20:7: 11: Upon the first day of the week: when the disciples came together to break bread: Paul preached to them: ready to depart on the morrow; and continued his speech until midnight.
οτι εις αρτος εν σωμα οι πολλοι εσμεν οι γαρ παντες εκ του ενος αρτου μετεχομεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
Because there is
|
Conj
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G740ἄρτος,artos (N-NMS) G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτος,artos
|
loaf,
|
N-NMS
|
G1520ἓνhen (Adj-NNS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓνhen
|
one
|
Adj-NNS
|
G4983σῶμαsōma (N-NNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμαsōma
|
body
|
N-NNS
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4183πολλοίpolloi (Adj-NMP) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοίpolloi
|
many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1510ἐσμεν·esmen (V-PIA-1P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐσμεν·esmen
|
we are;
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G1520ἑνὸςhenos (Adj-GMS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἑνὸςhenos
|
one
|
Adj-GMS
|
G740ἄρτουartou (N-GMS) G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτουartou
|
loaf
|
N-GMS
|
G3348μετέχομεν.metechomen (V-PIA-1P) G3348 μετέχω metéchō met-ekh-o from μετά and ἔχω; to share or participate; by implication, belong to, eat (or drink):--be partaker, pertain, take part, use.
|
μετέχομεν.metechomen
|
we partake.
|
V-PIA-1P
|
17
For we being many are one bread, and one body: for we are all partakers of that one bread.1 Corinthians 10:17
Stats
Rank: #3625 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 92 characters, 16 words, 69 letters, 29 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι εις αρτος εν σωμα οι πολλοι εσμεν οι γαρ παντες εκ του ενος αρτου μετεχομεν
Lit: Because there is one loaf, one body the many we are; for all of the one loaf we partake.
KJV: For we being many are one bread, [and] one body: for we are all partakers of that one bread.
References
"we being"1Co 12:12: 27: For as the body is one: and has many members: and all the members of that one body: being many: are one body: so also is Christ.Ro 12:5: So we: being many: are one body in Christ: and every one members one of another.Ga 3:26-28: For you are all the children of God by faith in Christ Jesus.Eph 1:22: 23: has put all things under his feet: and gave him to be the head over all things to the church: Eph 2:15: 16: Having abolished in his flesh the enmity: even the law of commandments contained in ordinances; for to make in himself of two one new man: so making peace;Eph 3:6: That the Gentiles should be fellowheirs: and of the same body: and partakers of His promise in Christ by the gospel:Eph 4:12: 13: For the perfecting of the saints: for the work of the ministry: for the edifying of the body of Christ:Eph 4:25: For what reason putting away lying: speak every man truth with his neighbour: for we are members one of another.Col 2:19: not And holding the Head: from which all the body by joints and bands having nourishment ministered: and knit together: increases with the increase of God.Col 3:11: 15: Where there is neither Greek nor Jew: circumcision nor uncircumcision: Barbarian: Scythian: bond nor free: but Christ is all: and in all."that"1Co 10:3: 4: 21: Did all eat the same spiritual meat;1Co 11:26-28: For as often as you eat this bread: and drink this cup: you do show the Lord's death till He come.
βλεπετε τον ισραηλ κατα σαρκα ουχι οι εσθιοντες τας θυσιας κοινωνοι του θυσιαστηριου εισιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G991βλέπετεblepete (V-PMA-2P) G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπετεblepete
|
Consider
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G2474ἸσραὴλIsraēl (N-AMS) G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
ἸσραὴλIsraēl
|
Israel
|
N-AMS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G4561σάρκα·sarka (N-AFS) G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σάρκα·sarka
|
flesh:
|
N-AFS
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G2068ἐσθίοντεςesthiontes (V-PPA-NMP) G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίοντεςesthiontes
|
eating
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2378θυσίαςthysias (N-AFP) G2378 θυσία thysía thoo-see-ah from θύω; sacrifice (the act or the victim, literally or figuratively):--sacrifice.
|
θυσίαςthysias
|
sacrifices,
|
N-AFP
|
G2844κοινωνοὶkoinōnoi (N-NMP) G2844 κοινωνός koinōnós koy-no-nos from κοινός; a sharer, i.e. associate:--companion, X fellowship, partaker, partner.
|
κοινωνοὶkoinōnoi
|
fellow partakers
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
in the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2379θυσιαστηρίουthysiastēriou (N-GNS) G2379 θυσιαστήριον thysiastḗrion thoo-see-as-tay-ree-on from a derivative of θυσία; a place of sacrifice, i.e. an altar (special or genitive case, literal or figurative):--altar.
|
θυσιαστηρίουthysiastēriou
|
altar
|
N-GNS
|
G1510εἰσίν;eisin (V-PIA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσίν;eisin
|
are?
|
V-PIA-3P
|
18
Look Israel after the flesh: not are they which eat of the sacrifices partakers of the altar?1 Corinthians 10:18
Stats
Rank: #3581 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 95 characters, 16 words, 77 letters, 29 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: βλεπετε τον ισραηλ κατα σαρκα ουχι οι εσθιοντες τας θυσιας κοινωνοι του θυσιαστηριου εισιν
Lit: Consider Israel according to flesh: Not those eating the sacrifices, fellow partakers in the altar are?
KJV: Behold Israel after the flesh: are not they which eat of the sacrifices partakers of the altar?
References
"Israel"Ro 4:1: 12: What will we say then that Abraham our father: as pertaining to the flesh: has found?Ro 9:3-8: For I could wish that myself were accursed from Christ for my brothers: my kinsmen according to the flesh:2Co 11:18-22: Seeing that many glory after the flesh: I will glory also.Ga 6:16: As many as walk according to this rule: peace be on them: and mercy: and upon the Israel of God.Eph 2:11: 12: For what reason remember: that you being in time past Gentiles in the flesh: who are called Uncircumcision by that which is called the Circumcision in the flesh made by hands;Php 3:3-5: For we are the circumcision: which worship God in the spirit: and rejoice in Christ Jesus: and have no confidence in the flesh."are"1Co 9:13: Do you not know that they which minister about holy things live of the things of the temple? and they which wait at the altar are partakers with the altar?Le 3:3-5: 11: He will offer of the sacrifice of the peace offering an offering made by fire to the LORD; the fat that covers the inwards: and all the fat that is upon the inwards: Le 7:11-17: This is the law of the sacrifice of peace offerings: which He will offer to the LORD.1Sa 2:13-16: The priests' custom with the people was: that: when any man offered sacrifice: the priest's servant came: while the flesh was in seething: with a fleshhook of 3 teeth in his hand;1Sa 9:12: 13: They answered them: and said: He is; look: he is before you: make haste now: for he came today to the city; for there is a sacrifice of the people today in the high place:
τι ουν φημι οτι ειδωλον τι εστιν η οτι ειδωλοθυτον τι εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5101Τίti (IPro-ANS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
Τίti
|
What
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5346φημι;phēmi (V-PIA-1S) G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
φημι;phēmi
|
do I mean?
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
That
|
Conj
|
G1494εἰδωλόθυτόνeidōlothyton (Adj-NNS) G1494 εἰδωλόθυτον eidōlóthyton i-do-loth-oo-ton neuter of a compound of εἴδωλον and a presumed derivative of θύω; an image-sacrifice, i.e. part of an idolatrous offering:--(meat, thing that is) offered (in sacrifice, sacrificed) to (unto) idols.
|
εἰδωλόθυτόνeidōlothyton
|
what is sacrificed to an idol
|
Adj-NNS
|
G5100τίti (IPro-NNS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τίti
|
anything
|
IPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1497εἴδωλόνeidōlon (N-NNS) G1497 εἴδωλον eídōlon i-do-lon from εἶδος; an image (i.e. for worship); by implication, a heathen god, or (plural) the worship of such:--idol.
|
εἴδωλόνeidōlon
|
an idol
|
N-NNS
|
G5100τίti (IPro-NNS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τίti
|
anything
|
IPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστιν;estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν;estin
|
is?
|
V-PIA-3S
|
19
What say I then? that the idol is any thing, or that which is offered in sacrifice to idols is any thing?1 Corinthians 10:19
Stats
Rank: #4883 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 105 characters, 20 words, 81 letters, 29 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: τι ουν φημι οτι ειδωλον τι εστιν η οτι ειδωλοθυτον τι εστιν
Lit: What then do I mean? That what is sacrificed to an idol anything is, or that an idol anything is?
KJV: What say I then? that the idol is any thing, or that which is offered in sacrifice to idols is any thing?
References
"that the"1Co 1:28: Base things of the world: and things which are despised: has God chosen: yes: and things which not are: to bring to nought things that are:1Co 3:7: So then neither is He that'>He who plants any thing: neither He that'>He who waters; but God that gives the increase.1Co 8:4: As concerning therefore the eating of those things that are offered in sacrifice to idols: we know that an idol is nothing in the world: and that there is none other God but one.1Co 13:2: Though I have the gift of prophecy: and understand all mysteries: and all knowledge; and though I have all faith: so that I could remove mountains: and not have charity: I not amhing.De 32:21: They have moved me to jealousy with that which is not God; they have provoked me to anger with their vanities: and I will move them to jealousy with those which are not a people; I will provoke them to anger with a foolish nation.Isa 40:17: All nations before him are not ashing; and they are counted to him less not thanhing: and vanity.Isa 41:29: Look: they are all vanity; their works are nothing: their molten images are wind and confusion.2Co 12:11: I am become a fool in glorying; you have compelled me: for I ought to have been commended of you: for not inhing am I behind the very chief apostles: though I not behing.
αλλ οτι α θυει τα εθνη δαιμονιοις θυει και ου θεω ου θελω δε υμας κοινωνους των δαιμονιων γινεσθαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
Rather
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
what
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G2380θύουσιν,thyousin (V-PIA-3P) G2380 θύω thýō thoo-o a primary verb; properly, to rush (breathe hard, blow, smoke), i.e. (by implication) to sacrifice (properly, by fire, but genitive case); by extension to immolate (slaughter for any purpose):--kill, (do) sacrifice, slay.
|
θύουσιν,thyousin
|
sacrifice
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588(τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
(τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G1484ἔθνη)ethnē (N-NNP) G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνη)ethnē
|
Gentiles,
|
N-NNP
|
G1140δαιμονίοιςdaimoniois (N-DNP) G1140 δαιμόνιον daimónion dahee-mon-ee-on neuter of a derivative of δαίμων; a dæmonic being; by extension a deity:--devil, god.
|
δαιμονίοιςdaimoniois
|
to demons
|
N-DNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
to God
|
N-DMS
|
G2380θύουσιν·thyousin (V-PIA-3P) G2380 θύω thýō thoo-o a primary verb; properly, to rush (breathe hard, blow, smoke), i.e. (by implication) to sacrifice (properly, by fire, but genitive case); by extension to immolate (slaughter for any purpose):--kill, (do) sacrifice, slay.
|
θύουσιν·thyousin
|
they sacrifice.
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G2309θέλωthelō (V-PIA-1S) G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλωthelō
|
I do wish
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G2844κοινωνοὺςkoinōnous (N-AMP) G2844 κοινωνός koinōnós koy-no-nos from κοινός; a sharer, i.e. associate:--companion, X fellowship, partaker, partner.
|
κοινωνοὺςkoinōnous
|
fellow partakers
|
N-AMP
|
G1140δαιμονίωνdaimoniōn (N-GNP) G1140 δαιμόνιον daimónion dahee-mon-ee-on neuter of a derivative of δαίμων; a dæmonic being; by extension a deity:--devil, god.
|
δαιμονίωνdaimoniōn
|
with demons
|
N-GNP
|
G1096γίνεσθαι.ginesthai (V-PNM/P) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεσθαι.ginesthai
|
to be.
|
V-PNM/P
|
20
But I say, that the things which the Gentiles sacrifice, they sacrifice to devils, not and to God: and I not would that you should have fellowship with devils.1 Corinthians 10:20
Stats
Counts: 158 characters, 25 words, 125 letters, 44 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλ οτι α θυει τα εθνη δαιμονιοις θυει και ου θεω ου θελω δε υμας κοινωνους των δαιμονιων γινεσθαι
Lit: Rather that what sacrifice the Gentiles, to demons and not to God they sacrifice. Not I do wish now, you fellow partakers with demons to be.
KJV: But I say, that the things which the Gentiles sacrifice, they sacrifice to devils, and not to God: and I would not that ye should have fellowship with devils.
References
"sacrifice"Le 17:7: They will no more offer their sacrifices to devils: after whom they have gone a whoring. This will be a statute for ever to them throughout their generations.De 32:16: 17: They provoked him to jealousy with strange gods: with abominations provoked they him to anger.2Ch 11:15: He ordained him priests for the high places: and for the devils: and for the calves which he had made.Ps 106:37-39: Yes: they sacrificed their sons and their daughters to devils: 2Co 4:4: In whom the god of this world has blinded the minds of them which not believe: lest the light of the glorious gospel of Christ: who is the image of God: should shine to them.Re 9:20: The rest of the men which not were killed by these plagues yet not repented of the works of their hands: that they not should worship devils: and idols of gold: and silver: and brass: and stone: and of wood: which neither can see: nor hear: nor walk:
ου δυνασθε ποτηριον κυριου πινειν και ποτηριον δαιμονιων ου δυνασθε τραπεζης κυριου μετεχειν και τραπεζης δαιμονιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1410δύνασθεdynasthe (V-PIM/P-2P) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνασθεdynasthe
|
you are able
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
G4221ποτήριονpotērion (N-ANS) G4221 ποτήριον potḗrion pot-ay-ree-on neuter of a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; a drinking-vessel; by extension, the contents thereof, i.e. a cupful (draught); figuratively, a lot or fate:--cup.
|
ποτήριονpotērion
|
the cup
|
N-ANS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
of the Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G4095πίνεινpinein (V-PNA) G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πίνεινpinein
|
to drink,
|
V-PNA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4221ποτήριονpotērion (N-ANS) G4221 ποτήριον potḗrion pot-ay-ree-on neuter of a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; a drinking-vessel; by extension, the contents thereof, i.e. a cupful (draught); figuratively, a lot or fate:--cup.
|
ποτήριονpotērion
|
the cup
|
N-ANS
|
G1140δαιμονίων·daimoniōn (N-GNP) G1140 δαιμόνιον daimónion dahee-mon-ee-on neuter of a derivative of δαίμων; a dæmonic being; by extension a deity:--devil, god.
|
δαιμονίων·daimoniōn
|
of demons.
|
N-GNP
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1410δύνασθεdynasthe (V-PIM/P-2P) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνασθεdynasthe
|
you are able
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
G5132τραπέζηςtrapezēs (N-GFS) G5132 τράπεζα trápeza trap-ed-zah probably contracted from τέσσαρες and πεζῇ; a table or stool (as being four-legged), usually for food (figuratively, a meal); also a counter for money (figuratively, a brokers office for loans at interest):--bank, meat, table.
|
τραπέζηςtrapezēs
|
of the table
|
N-GFS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
of the Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G3348μετέχεινmetechein (V-PNA) G3348 μετέχω metéchō met-ekh-o from μετά and ἔχω; to share or participate; by implication, belong to, eat (or drink):--be partaker, pertain, take part, use.
|
μετέχεινmetechein
|
to partake,
|
V-PNA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5132τραπέζηςtrapezēs (N-GFS) G5132 τράπεζα trápeza trap-ed-zah probably contracted from τέσσαρες and πεζῇ; a table or stool (as being four-legged), usually for food (figuratively, a meal); also a counter for money (figuratively, a brokers office for loans at interest):--bank, meat, table.
|
τραπέζηςtrapezēs
|
of the table
|
N-GFS
|
G1140δαιμονίων.daimoniōn (N-GNP) G1140 δαιμόνιον daimónion dahee-mon-ee-on neuter of a derivative of δαίμων; a dæmonic being; by extension a deity:--devil, god.
|
δαιμονίων.daimoniōn
|
of demons.
|
N-GNP
|
21
You cannot drink the cup of the Lord, and the cup of devils: you cannot be partakers of the Lord's table, and of the table of devils.1 Corinthians 10:21
Stats
Rank: #5197 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 131 characters, 24 words, 100 letters, 35 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου δυνασθε ποτηριον κυριου πινειν και ποτηριον δαιμονιων ου δυνασθε τραπεζης κυριου μετεχειν και τραπεζης δαιμονιων
Lit: Not you are able the cup of the Lord to drink, and the cup of demons. Not you are able of the table of the Lord to partake, and of the table of demons.
KJV: Ye cannot drink the cup of the Lord, and the cup of devils: ye cannot be partakers of the Lord's table, and of the table of devils.
References
"cannot drink"1Co 10:16: The cup of blessing which we bless: is not it the communion of the blood of Christ? The bread which we break: is not it the communion of the body of Christ?1Co 8:10: For if any man see you which have knowledge sit at meat in the idol's temple: will not the conscience of him which is weak be emboldened to eat those things which are offered to idols;De 32:37: 38: He will say: Where are their gods: their rock in whom they trusted: 1Ki 18:21: Elijah came to all the people: and said: How long halt you between two opinions? if the LORD be God: follow Him: but if Baal: then follow Him. And the people answered Him not">not Him a word.Mt 6:24: No man can serve two masters: for either He will hate the one: and love the other; or else He will hold to the one: and despise the other. You cannot serve God and mammon.2Co 6:15-17: What concord has Christ with Belial? or what part has He that'>He who believes with an infidel?
η παραζηλουμεν τον κυριον μη ισχυροτεροι αυτου εσμεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
Or
|
Conj
|
G3863παραζηλοῦμενparazēloumen (V-PIA-1P) G3863 παραζηλόω parazēlóō par-ad-zay-lo-o from παρά and ζηλόω; to stimulate alongside, i.e. excite to rivalry:--provoke to emulation (jealousy).
|
παραζηλοῦμενparazēloumen
|
do we provoke to jealousy
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2962Κύριον;Kyrion (N-AMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριον;Kyrion
|
Lord?
|
N-AMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G2478ἰσχυρότεροιischyroteroi (Adj-NMP-C) G2478 ἰσχυρός ischyrós is-khoo-ros from ἰσχύς; forcible (literally or figuratively):--boisterous, mighty(-ier), powerful, strong(-er, man), valiant.
|
ἰσχυρότεροιischyroteroi
|
stronger
|
Adj-NMP-C
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
than He
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1510ἐσμεν;esmen (V-PIA-1P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐσμεν;esmen
|
are we?
|
V-PIA-1P
|
22
Do we provoke the Lord to jealousy? are we stronger than He?1 Corinthians 10:22
Stats
Rank: #5285 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 60 characters, 11 words, 47 letters, 19 vowels, 28 consonants
Translation
Greek: η παραζηλουμεν τον κυριον μη ισχυροτεροι αυτου εσμεν
Lit: Or do we provoke to jealousy the Lord? Not stronger than He are we?
KJV: Do we provoke the Lord to jealousy? are we stronger than he?
References
"we provoke"Ex 20:5: You will not bow down yourself to them: nor serve them: for I the LORD your God am a jealous God: visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children to the third and fourth generation of them that hate me;Ex 34:14: For you will worship no other god: for the LORD: whose name is Jealous: is a jealous God:De 4:24: For the LORD your God is a consuming fire: even a jealous God.De 6:15: (For the LORD your God is a jealous God among you) lest the anger of the LORD your God be kindled against you: and destroy you from off the face of the earth.De 32:16: 21: They provoked him to jealousy with strange gods: with abominations provoked they him to anger.Jos 24:19: Joshua said to the people: You cannot serve the LORD: for He is an holy God; He is a jealous God; He not will forgive your transgressions nor your sins.Ps 78:58: For they provoked him to anger with their high places: and moved him to jealousy with their graven images.Zep 1:18: Neither their silver nor their gold will be able to deliver them in the day of the LORD's wrath; but the whole land will be devoured by the fire of His jealousy: for He will make even a speedy riddance of all them that dwell in the land."are"Job 9:4: He is wise in heart: and mighty in strength: who has hardened himself against him: and has prospered?Job 40:9-14: Have you an arm like God? or canst you thunder with a voice like Him?Eze 22:14: Can your heart endure: or can your hands be strong: in the days that I will deal with you? I the LORD have spoken it: and will do it.Heb 10:31: It is a fearful thing to fall into the hands of the living God.
All to God’s Glory
παντα μοι εξεστιν αλλ ου παντα συμφερει παντα μοι εξεστιν αλλ ου παντα οικοδομει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3956ΠάνταPanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
ΠάνταPanta
|
All things
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1832ἔξεστιν,exestin (V-PIA-3S) G1832 ἔξεστι éxesti ex-on third person singular present indicative of a compound of ἐκ and εἰμί; so also neuter present participle of the same (with or without some form of εἰμί expressed); impersonally, it is right (through the figurative idea of being out in public):--be lawful, let, X may(-est).
|
ἔξεστιν,exestin
|
are lawful,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-NNP
|
G4851συμφέρει.sympherei (V-PIA-3S) G4851 συμφέρω symphérō soom-fer-o from σύν and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear together (contribute), i.e. (literally) to collect, or (figuratively) to conduce; especially (neuter participle as a noun) advantage:--be better for, bring together, be expedient (for), be good, (be) profit(-able for).
|
συμφέρει.sympherei
|
are profitable.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3956Πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
Πάνταpanta
|
All things
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1832ἔξεστιν,exestin (V-PIA-3S) G1832 ἔξεστι éxesti ex-on third person singular present indicative of a compound of ἐκ and εἰμί; so also neuter present participle of the same (with or without some form of εἰμί expressed); impersonally, it is right (through the figurative idea of being out in public):--be lawful, let, X may(-est).
|
ἔξεστιν,exestin
|
are lawful,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-NNP
|
G3618οἰκοδομεῖ.oikodomei (V-PIA-3S) G3618 οἰκοδομέω oikodoméō oy-kod-om-eh-o from the same as οἰκοδομή; to be a house-builder, i.e. construct or (figuratively) confirm:--(be in) build(-er, -ing, up), edify, embolden.
|
οἰκοδομεῖ.oikodomei
|
edify.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
23
All things are lawful for me, but all things not are expedient: all things are lawful for me, but all things not edify.1 Corinthians 10:23
Stats
Counts: 119 characters, 20 words, 93 letters, 32 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: παντα μοι εξεστιν αλλ ου παντα συμφερει παντα μοι εξεστιν αλλ ου παντα οικοδομει
Lit: All things are lawful, but not all things are profitable. All things are lawful, but not all edify.
KJV: All things are lawful for me, but all things are not expedient: all things are lawful for me, but all things edify not.
References
"things are lawful"1Co 6:12: All things are lawful to me: but all things not are expedient: all things are lawful for me: but I not will be brought under the power of any.1Co 8:9: But take heed lest by any means this liberty of yours become a stumblingblock to them that are weak.Ro 14:15: 20: But if your brother be grieved with your meat: now walk you not charitably. not Destroy Him with your meat: for whom Christ died."edify"1Co 8:1: Now as touching things offered to idols: we know that we all have knowledge. Knowledge puffeth up: but charity edifies.1Co 14:3-5: 12: 17: 26: But he who prophesies speaks to men to edification: and exhortation: and comfort.Ro 14:19: Let us therefore follow after the things which make for peace: and things wherewith one may edify another.Ro 15:1: 2: We then that are strong ought to bear the infirmities of the weak: not and to please ourselves.2Co 12:19: Again: think you that we excuse ourselves to you? we speak before God in Christ: but we do all things: dearly beloved: for your edifying.Eph 4:29: Let no corrupt communication proceed out of your mouth: but that which is good to the use of edifying: that it may minister grace to the hearers.1Th 5:11: For what reason comfort yourselves together: and edify one another: even as also you do.1Ti 1:4: Neither give heed to fables and endless genealogies: which minister questions: rather than godly edifying which is in faith: so do.
μηδεις το εαυτου ζητειτω αλλα το του ετερου εκαστος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3367μηδεὶςmēdeis (Adj-NMS) G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδεὶςmēdeis
|
No one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the good
|
Art-ANS
|
G1438ἑαυτοῦheautou (RefPro-GM3S) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοῦheautou
|
of himself
|
RefPro-GM3S
|
G2212ζητείτωzēteitō (V-PMA-3S) G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ζητείτωzēteitō
|
let seek,
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
that
|
Art-ANS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2087ἑτέρου.heterou (Adj-GMS) G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἑτέρου.heterou
|
other.
|
Adj-GMS
|
24
Let no man seek his own, but every man another's wealth.1 Corinthians 10:24
Stats
Counts: 56 characters, 10 words, 43 letters, 16 vowels, 27 consonants
Translation
Greek: μηδεις το εαυτου ζητειτω αλλα το του ετερου εκαστος
Lit: No one the good of himself let seek, but that of the other.
KJV: Let no man seek his own, but every man another's wealth.
References
"seek"1Co 10:33: Even as I please all men in all things: not seeking my own profit: but the profit of many: that they may be saved.1Co 9:19-23: For though I be free from all men: yet have I made myself servant to all: that I might gain the more.1Co 13:5: Does not behave itself unseemly: seeks not her own: not is easily provoked: thinks no evil;Php 2:4: 5: 21: not Look every man on his own things: but every man also on the things of others.
παν το εν μακελλω πωλουμενον εσθιετε μηδεν ανακρινοντες δια την συνειδησιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3956ΠᾶνPan (Adj-ANS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
ΠᾶνPan
|
Everything
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3111μακέλλῳmakellō (N-DNS) G3111 μάκελλον mákellon mak-el-lon of Latin origin (macellum); a butchers stall, meat market or provision-shop:--shambles.
|
μακέλλῳmakellō
|
the meat market
|
N-DNS
|
G4453πωλούμενονpōloumenon (V-PPM/P-ANS) G4453 πωλέω pōléō po-leh-o probably ultimately from (to be busy, to trade); to barter (as a pedlar), i.e. to sell:--sell, whatever is sold.
|
πωλούμενονpōloumenon
|
being sold,
|
V-PPM/P-ANS
|
G2068ἐσθίετεesthiete (V-PMA-2P) G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίετεesthiete
|
eat,
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3367μηδὲνmēden (Adj-ANS) G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδὲνmēden
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G350ἀνακρίνοντεςanakrinontes (V-PPA-NMP) G350 ἀνακρίνω anakrínō an-ak-ree-no from ἀνά and κρίνω; properly, to scrutinize, i.e. (by implication) investigate, interrogate, determine:--ask, question, discern, examine, judge, search.
|
ἀνακρίνοντεςanakrinontes
|
inquiring
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G4893συνείδησιν·syneidēsin (N-AFS) G4893 συνείδησις syneídēsis soon-i-day-sis from a prolonged form of συνείδω; co-perception, i.e. moral consciousness:--conscience.
|
συνείδησιν·syneidēsin
|
conscience,
|
N-AFS
|
25
Whatever is sold in the shambles, that eat, asking no question for conscience sake:1 Corinthians 10:25
Stats
Rank: #6701 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 85 characters, 12 words, 69 letters, 27 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: παν το εν μακελλω πωλουμενον εσθιετε μηδεν ανακρινοντες δια την συνειδησιν
Lit: Everything in the meat market being sold, eat, nothing inquiring on account of conscience,
KJV: Whatsoever is sold in the shambles, that eat, asking no question for conscience sake:
References
"sold"Ro 14:14: I know: and am persuaded by the Lord Jesus: that there is nothing unclean of itself: but to Him that esteemeth any thing to be unclean: to Him it is unclean.1Ti 4:4: For every creature of God is good: not andhing to be refused: if it be received with thanksgiving:Tit 1:15: To the pure all things are pure: but to them that are defiled and unbelieving is nothing pure; but even their mind and conscience is defiled."for"1Co 10:27-29: If any of them that not believe bid you to a feast: and you be disposed to go; whatever is set before you: eat: asking no question for conscience sake.1Co 8:7: Howbeit there is not in every man that knowledge: for some with conscience of the idol to this hour eat it as a thing offered to an idol; and their conscience being weak is defiled.Ro 13:5: For what reason you must needs be subject: not only for wrath: but also for conscience sake.
του γαρ κυριου η γη και το πληρωμα αυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588Τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Τοῦtou
|
The
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord’s,”
|
N-GMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for,
|
Conj
|
G3588Ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Ἡhē
|
is the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1093γῆgē (N-NFS) G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆgē
|
earth,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4138πλήρωμαplērōma (N-NNS) G4138 πλήρωμα plḗrōma play-ro-mah from πληρόω; repletion or completion, i.e. (subjectively) what fills (as contents, supplement, copiousness, multitude), or (objectively) what is filled (as container, performance, period):--which is put in to fill up, piece that filled up, fulfilling, full, fulness.
|
πλήρωμαplērōma
|
fullness
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτῆς.autēs (PPro-GF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς.autēs
|
of it.”
|
PPro-GF3S
|
26
For the earth is the Lord's, and the fulness thereof.1 Corinthians 10:26
Stats
Rank: #6443 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 53 characters, 9 words, 41 letters, 14 vowels, 27 consonants
Translation
Greek: του γαρ κυριου η γη και το πληρωμα αυτης
Lit: The Lord’s,” for, is the earth, and the fullness of it.”
KJV: For the earth is the Lord's, and the fulness thereof.
References
"For the earth is the Lord's, and the fulness thereof."1Co 10:28: But if any man say to you: This is offered in sacrifice to idols: not eat for His sake that showed it: and for conscience sake: for the earth is the Lord's: and the fulness thereof:Ex 19:5: Now therefore: if you will obey my voice indeed: and keep my covenant: then you will be a peculiar treasure to me above all people: for all the earth is my:De 10:14: Look: the heaven and the heaven of heavens is the LORD's your God: the earth also: with all that therein is.Job 41:11: Who has prevented me: that I should repay him? whatever is under the whole heaven is my.Ps 24:1: > The earth is the LORD's: and the fulness thereof; the world: and they that dwell therein.Ps 50:12: If I were hungry: I not would tell you: for the world is my: and the fulness thereof.1Ti 6:17: Charge them that are rich in this world: that they not be highminded: nor trust in uncertain riches: but in the living God: who gives us richly all things to enjoy;
ει δε τις καλει υμας των απιστων και θελετε πορευεσθαι παν το παρατιθεμενον υμιν εσθιετε μηδεν ανακρινοντες δια την συνειδησιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487Εἴei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
Εἴei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G2564καλεῖkalei (V-PIA-3S) G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλεῖkalei
|
invites
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G571ἀπίστωνapistōn (Adj-GMP) G571 ἄπιστος ápistos ap-is-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and πιστός; (actively) disbelieving, i.e. without Christian faith (specially, a heathen); (passively) untrustworthy (person), or incredible (thing):--that believeth not, faithless, incredible thing, infidel, unbeliever(-ing).
|
ἀπίστωνapistōn
|
unbelieving,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2309θέλετεthelete (V-PIA-2P) G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλετεthelete
|
you wish
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G4198πορεύεσθαι,poreuesthai (V-PNM/P) G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορεύεσθαι,poreuesthai
|
to go,
|
V-PNM/P
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-ANS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
everything
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3908παρατιθέμενονparatithemenon (V-PPM/P-ANS) G3908 παρατίθημι paratíthēmi par-at-ith-ay-mee from παρά and τίθημι; to place alongside, i.e. present (food, truth); by implication, to deposit (as a trust or for protection):--allege, commend, commit (the keeping of), put forth, set before.
|
παρατιθέμενονparatithemenon
|
being set before
|
V-PPM/P-ANS
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G2068ἐσθίετεesthiete (V-PMA-2P) G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίετεesthiete
|
eat,
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3367μηδὲνmēden (Adj-ANS) G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδὲνmēden
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G350ἀνακρίνοντεςanakrinontes (V-PPA-NMP) G350 ἀνακρίνω anakrínō an-ak-ree-no from ἀνά and κρίνω; properly, to scrutinize, i.e. (by implication) investigate, interrogate, determine:--ask, question, discern, examine, judge, search.
|
ἀνακρίνοντεςanakrinontes
|
inquiring
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G4893συνείδησιν.syneidēsin (N-AFS) G4893 συνείδησις syneídēsis soon-i-day-sis from a prolonged form of συνείδω; co-perception, i.e. moral consciousness:--conscience.
|
συνείδησιν.syneidēsin
|
conscience.
|
N-AFS
|
27
If any of them that not believe bid you to a feast, and you be disposed to go; whatever is set before you, eat, asking no question for conscience sake.1 Corinthians 10:27
Stats
Rank: #7615 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 152 characters, 26 words, 118 letters, 52 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει δε τις καλει υμας των απιστων και θελετε πορευεσθαι παν το παρατιθεμενον υμιν εσθιετε μηδεν ανακρινοντες δια την συνειδησιν
Lit: If anyone invites you of the unbelieving, and you wish to go, everything being set before you eat, nothing inquiring on account of conscience.
KJV: If any of them that believe not bid you to a feast, and ye be disposed to go; whatsoever is set before you, eat, asking no question for conscience sake.
References
"bid"1Co 5:9-11: I wrote to you in an not epistle to company with fornicators:Lu 5:29: 30: Levi made him a great feast in his own house: and there was a great company of publicans and of others that sat down with them.Lu 15:23: Bring here the fatted calf: and kill it; and let us eat: and be merry:Lu 19:7: When they saw it: they all murmured: saying: That he was gone to be guest with a man that is a sinner."whatsoever"Lu 10:7: In the same house remain: eating and drinking such things as they give: for the labourer is worthy of his hire. not Go from house to house."for"1Co 10:25: Whatever is sold in the shambles: that eat: asking no question for conscience sake:2Co 1:13: For we write none other things to you: than what you read or acknowledge; and I trust you will acknowledge even to the end;2Co 4:2: But have renounced the hidden things of dishonesty: not walking in craftiness: nor handling the word of God deceitfully; but by manifestation of the truth commending ourselves to every man's conscience in the sight of God.2Co 5:11: Knowing therefore the terror of the Lord: we persuade men; but we are made manifest'>manifest to God; and I trust also are made manifest'>manifest in your consciences.
εαν δε τις υμιν ειπη τουτο ειδωλοθυτον εστιν μη εσθιετε δι εκεινον τον μηνυσαντα και την συνειδησιν του γαρ κυριου η γη και το πληρωμα αυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δέde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3004εἴπῃeipē (V-ASA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἴπῃeipē
|
should say,
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3778ΤοῦτοTouto (DPro-NNS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΤοῦτοTouto
|
This
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1494ἱερόθυτόνhierothyton (Adj-NNS) G1494 εἰδωλόθυτον eidōlóthyton i-do-loth-oo-ton neuter of a compound of εἴδωλον and a presumed derivative of θύω; an image-sacrifice, i.e. part of an idolatrous offering:--(meat, thing that is) offered (in sacrifice, sacrificed) to (unto) idols.
|
ἱερόθυτόνhierothyton
|
offered to an idol
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2068ἐσθίετεesthiete (V-PMA-2P) G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίετεesthiete
|
do eat,
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G1565ἐκεῖνονekeinon (DPro-AMS) G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκεῖνονekeinon
|
him
|
DPro-AMS
|
G3377μηνύσανταmēnysanta (V-APA-AMS) G3377 μηνύω mēnýō may-noo-o probably from the same base as μασσάομαι and μνάομαι (i.e. , to strive); to disclose (through the idea of mental effort and thus calling to mind), i.e. report, declare, intimate:--shew, tell.
|
μηνύσανταmēnysanta
|
having shown it,
|
V-APA-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4893συνείδησιν·syneidēsin (N-AFS) G4893 συνείδησις syneídēsis soon-i-day-sis from a prolonged form of συνείδω; co-perception, i.e. moral consciousness:--conscience.
|
συνείδησιν·syneidēsin
|
conscience —
|
N-AFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2962κυρίουkyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
κυρίουkyriou
|
the Lord’s is
|
N-GMS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1093γῆ,gē (N-NFS) G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆ,gē
|
earth,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4138πλήρωμαplērōma (N-NNS) G4138 πλήρωμα plḗrōma play-ro-mah from πληρόω; repletion or completion, i.e. (subjectively) what fills (as contents, supplement, copiousness, multitude), or (objectively) what is filled (as container, performance, period):--which is put in to fill up, piece that filled up, fulfilling, full, fulness.
|
πλήρωμαplērōma
|
fullness
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτῆς⧽.autēs (PPro-GF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς⧽.autēs
|
of it.
|
PPro-GF3S
|
28
But if any man say to you, This is offered in sacrifice to idols, not eat for His sake that showed it, and for conscience sake: for the earth is the Lord's, and the fulness thereof:
1 Corinthians 10:28
Stats
Rank: #7765 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 185 characters, 31 words, 143 letters, 56 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: εαν δε τις υμιν ειπη τουτο ειδωλοθυτον εστιν μη εσθιετε δι εκεινον τον μηνυσαντα και την συνειδησιν του γαρ κυριου η γη και το πληρωμα αυτης
Lit: If however anyone to you should say, This offered to an idol is, not do eat, on account of him having shown it, and conscience — for the Lord’s is the earth, and the fullness of it.
KJV: But if any man say unto you, This is offered in sacrifice unto idols, eat not for his sake that shewed it, and for conscience sake: for the earth is the Lord's, and the fulness thereof:
References
"eat"1Co 8:10-13: For if any man see you which have knowledge sit at meat in the idol's temple: will not the conscience of him which is weak be emboldened to eat those things which are offered to idols;Ro 14:15: But if your brother be grieved with your meat: now walk you not charitably. not Destroy Him with your meat: for whom Christ died."for"1Co 10:26: For the earth is the Lord's: and the fulness thereof.Ex 9:29: Moses said to Him: As soon as I am gone out of the city: I will spread abroad my hands to the LORD; and the thunder will cease: neither will there be any more hail; that you may know how that the earth is the LORD's.De 10:14: Look: the heaven and the heaven of heavens is the LORD's your God: the earth also: with all that therein is.Ps 24:1: > The earth is the LORD's: and the fulness thereof; the world: and they that dwell therein.Ps 115:16: The heaven: even the heavens: are the LORD's: but the earth has He given to the children of men.Jer 27:5: 6: I have made the earth: the man and the beast that are upon the ground: by my great power and by my outstretched arm: and have given it to whom it seemed meet to me.Mt 6:31: 32: Therefore take no thought: saying: What will we eat? or: What will we drink? or: With what will we be clothed?
συνειδησιν δε λεγω ουχι την εαυτου αλλα την του ετερου ινα τι γαρ η ελευθερια μου κρινεται υπο αλλης συνειδησεως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4893συνείδησινsyneidēsin (N-AFS) G4893 συνείδησις syneídēsis soon-i-day-sis from a prolonged form of συνείδω; co-perception, i.e. moral consciousness:--conscience.
|
συνείδησινsyneidēsin
|
the conscience
|
N-AFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now,
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγωlegō (V-PIA-1S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωlegō
|
I am saying,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3780οὐχὶouchi (Adv) G3780 οὐχί ouchí oo-khee intensive of οὐ; not indeed:--nay, not.,
|
οὐχὶouchi
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1438ἑαυτοῦheautou (RefPro-GM3S) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοῦheautou
|
your own,
|
RefPro-GM3S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
that
|
Art-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2087ἑτέρου.heterou (Adj-GMS) G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἑτέρου.heterou
|
other;
|
Adj-GMS
|
G2443ἵνα‿hina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵνα‿hina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1657ἐλευθερίαeleutheria (N-NFS) G1657 ἐλευθερία eleuthería el-yoo-ther-ee-ah from ἐλεύθερος; freedom (legitimate or licentious, chiefly moral or ceremonial):--liberty.
|
ἐλευθερίαeleutheria
|
freedom
|
N-NFS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2919κρίνεταιkrinetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίνεταιkrinetai
|
is judged
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G243ἄλληςallēs (Adj-GFS) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλληςallēs
|
another’s
|
Adj-GFS
|
G4893συνειδήσεως;syneidēseōs (N-GFS) G4893 συνείδησις syneídēsis soon-i-day-sis from a prolonged form of συνείδω; co-perception, i.e. moral consciousness:--conscience.
|
συνειδήσεως;syneidēseōs
|
conscience?
|
N-GFS
|
29
Conscience, I say, not your own, but of the other: for why is my liberty judged of another man's conscience?
1 Corinthians 10:29
Stats
Rank: #6050 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 109 characters, 16 words, 84 letters, 30 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: συνειδησιν δε λεγω ουχι την εαυτου αλλα την του ετερου ινα τι γαρ η ελευθερια μου κρινεται υπο αλλης συνειδησεως
Lit: the conscience now, I am saying, not your own, but that of the other; that what for the freedom of me is judged by another’s conscience?
KJV: Conscience, I say, not thine own, but of the other: for why is my liberty judged of another man's conscience?
References
"not"1Co 10:32: Give none offence: neither to the Jews: nor to the Gentiles: nor to the church of God:1Co 8:9-13: But take heed lest by any means this liberty of yours become a stumblingblock to them that are weak.Ro 14:15-21: But if your brother be grieved with your meat: now walk you not charitably. not Destroy Him with your meat: for whom Christ died."why"Ro 14:16: not Let then your good be evil spoken of:2Co 8:21: Providing for ho things: not only in the sight of the Lord: but also in the sight of men.1Th 5:22: Abstain from all appearance of evil.
ει δε εγω χαριτι μετεχω τι βλασφημουμαι υπερ ου εγω ευχαριστω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G5485χάριτιchariti (N-DFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριτιchariti
|
with thankfulness
|
N-DFS
|
G3348μετέχω,metechō (V-PIA-1S) G3348 μετέχω metéchō met-ekh-o from μετά and ἔχω; to share or participate; by implication, belong to, eat (or drink):--be partaker, pertain, take part, use.
|
μετέχω,metechō
|
partake,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G987βλασφημοῦμαιblasphēmoumai (V-PIM/P-1S) G987 βλασφημέω blasphēméō blas-fay-meh-o from βλάσφημος; to vilify; specially, to speak impiously:--(speak) blaspheme(-er, -mously, -my), defame, rail on, revile, speak evil.
|
βλασφημοῦμαιblasphēmoumai
|
am I denounced
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GNS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
that which
|
RelPro-GNS
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G2168εὐχαριστῶ;eucharistō (V-PIA-1S) G2168 εὐχαριστέω eucharistéō yoo-khar-is-teh-o from εὐχάριστος; to be grateful, i.e. (actively) to express gratitude (towards); specially, to say grace at a meal:--(give) thank(-ful, -s).
|
εὐχαριστῶ;eucharistō
|
give thanks?
|
V-PIA-1S
|
30
For if I by grace be a partaker, why am I evil spoken of for that for which I give thanks?1 Corinthians 10:30
Stats
Rank: #6762 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 90 characters, 20 words, 68 letters, 25 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει δε εγω χαριτι μετεχω τι βλασφημουμαι υπερ ου εγω ευχαριστω
Lit: If I with thankfulness partake, why am I denounced for that which I give thanks?
KJV: For if I by grace be a partaker, why am I evil spoken of for that for which I give thanks?
References
"for which"Ro 14:6: He who regards'>regards'>regards the day: regards'>regards'>regards it to the Lord; and He that'>He who regards'>regards'>regards not the day: to the Lord He does not regard it. He who eats'>eats'>eats'>eats: eats'>eats'>eats'>eats to the Lord: for He gives'>gives God thanks; and He that'>He who eats'>eats'>eats'>eats not: to the Lord He eats'>eats'>eats'>eats not: and gives'>gives God thanks.1Ti 4:3: 4: Forbidding to marry: and commanding to abstain from meats: which God has created to be received with thanksgiving of them which believe and know the truth.
ειτε ουν εσθιετε ειτε πινετε ειτε τι ποιειτε παντα εις δοξαν θεου ποιειτε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1535ΕἴτεEite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
ΕἴτεEite
|
Whether
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G2068ἐσθίετεesthiete (V-PIA-2P) G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίετεesthiete
|
you eat,
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
or
|
Conj
|
G4095πίνετεpinete (V-PIA-2P) G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πίνετεpinete
|
drink,
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
or
|
Conj
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
whatever
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4160ποιεῖτε,poieite (V-PIA-2P) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖτε,poieite
|
you do,
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to the
|
Prep
|
G1391δόξανdoxan (N-AFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξανdoxan
|
glory
|
N-AFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G4160ποιεῖτε.poieite (V-PMA-2P) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖτε.poieite
|
do.
|
V-PMA-2P
|
31
Whether therefore you eat, or drink, or whatever you do, do all to the glory of God.1 Corinthians 10:31
Stats
Rank: #529 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 84 characters, 14 words, 64 letters, 25 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειτε ουν εσθιετε ειτε πινετε ειτε τι ποιειτε παντα εις δοξαν θεου ποιειτε
Lit: Whether therefore you eat, or drink, or whatever you do, all things to the glory of God do.
KJV: Whether therefore ye eat, or drink, or whatsoever ye do, do all to the glory of God.
References
"ye eat"1Co 7:34: There is difference also between a wife and a virgin. The unmarried woman cares'>cares for the things of the Lord: that she may be holy both in body and in spirit: but she that is married cares'>cares for the things of the world: how she may please her husband.De 12:7: 12: 18: There you will eat before the LORD your God: and you will rejoice in all that you put your hand to: you and your households: wherein the LORD your God has blessed you.Ne 8:16-18: So the people went forth: and brought them: and made themselves booths: every one upon the roof of His house: and in their courts: and in the courts of the house of God: and in the street of the water gate: and in the street of the gate of Ephraim.Zec 7:5: 6: Speak to all the people of the land: and to the priests: saying: When you fasted and mourned in the fifth and seventh month: even those 70 years: did you at all fast to me: even to me?Lu 11:41: But rather give alms of such things as you have; and: look: all things are clean to you.Col 3:17: 23: whatever you do in word or deed: do all in the name of the Lord Jesus: giving thanks to God and the Father by Him.1Pe 4:11: If any man speak: let Him speak as the oracles of God; if any man minister: let Him do it as of the ability which God gives: that God in all things may be glorified through Jesus Christ: to whom be praise and dominion for ever and ever. Amen.
απροσκοποι γινεσθε και ιουδαιοις και ελλησιν και τη εκκλησια του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G677ἀπρόσκοποιaproskopoi (Adj-NMP) G677 ἀπρόσκοπος apróskopos ap-ros-kop-os from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of προσκόπτω; actively, inoffensive, i.e. not leading into sin; passively, faultless, i.e. not led into sin:--none (void of, without) offence.
|
ἀπρόσκοποιaproskopoi
|
Without offense
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2453ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois (Adj-DMP) G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίοιςIoudaiois
|
to Jews
|
Adj-DMP
|
G1096γίνεσθεginesthe (V-PMM/P-2P) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεσθεginesthe
|
be you,
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1672ἝλλησινHellēsin (N-DMP) G1672 Ἕλλην Héllēn hel-lane from Ἑλλάς; a Hellen (Grecian) or inhabitant of Hellas; by extension a Greek-speaking person, especially a non-Jew:-- Gentile, Greek.
|
ἝλλησινHellēsin
|
Greeks,
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
to the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίᾳekklēsia (N-DFS) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίᾳekklēsia
|
church
|
N-DFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God —
|
N-GMS
|
32
Give none offence, neither to the Jews, nor to the Gentiles, nor to the church of God:1 Corinthians 10:32
Stats
Counts: 86 characters, 14 words, 66 letters, 25 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: απροσκοποι γινεσθε και ιουδαιοις και ελλησιν και τη εκκλησια του θεου
Lit: Without offense both to Jews be you, and Greeks, and to the church of God —
KJV: Give none offence, neither to the Jews, nor to the Gentiles, nor to the church of God:
References
"none"1Co 10:33: Even as I please all men in all things: not seeking my own profit: but the profit of many: that they may be saved.1Co 8:13: For what reason: if meat make my brother to offend: I will eat no flesh while the world stands: lest I make my brother to offend.Ro 14:13: Let not us therefore judge one another any more: but judge this rather: that no man put a stumblingblock or an occasion to fall in his brother's way.2Co 6:3: Giving no offence in any thing: that the ministry not be blamed:Php 1:10: That you may approve things that are excellent; that you may be sincere and without offence till the day of Christ;"the church"1Co 11:22: What? have you not houses to eat and to drink in? or despise you the church of God: and shame them that not have? What will I say to you? will I praise you in this? I praise you not.Ac 20:28: Take heed therefore to yourselves: and to all the flock: over the which the Holy Ghost has made you overseers: to feed the church of God: which He has purchased with His own blood.1Ti 3:5: 15: (For if a man not know how to rule His own house: how will He take care of the church of God?)
καθως καγω παντα πασιν αρεσκω μη ζητων το εμαυτου συμφερον αλλα το των πολλων ινα σωθωσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2504κἀγὼkagō (PPro-N1S) G2504 κἀγώ kagṓ kam-eh from καί and ἐγώ; so also the dative case , and accusative case and (or also, even, etc.) I, (to) me:--(and, even, even so, so) I (also, in like wise), both me, me also.
|
κἀγὼkagō
|
I also
|
PPro-N1S
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3956πᾶσινpasin (Adj-DMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσινpasin
|
in all things
|
Adj-DMP
|
G700ἀρέσκω,areskō (V-PIA-1S) G700 ἀρέσκω aréskō ar-es-ko probably from αἴρω (through the idea of exciting emotion); to be agreeable (or by implication, to seek to be so):--please.
|
ἀρέσκω,areskō
|
please,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2212ζητῶνzētōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ζητῶνzētōn
|
seeking
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1683ἐμαυτοῦemautou (PPro-GM1S) G1683 ἐμαυτοῦ emautoû em-ow-ton genitive case compound of ἐμοῦ and αὐτός; of myself so likewise the dative case , and accusative case :--me, mine own (self), myself.,
|
ἐμαυτοῦemautou
|
of myself
|
PPro-GM1S
|
G4851σύμφορονsymphoron (Adj-ANS) G4851 συμφέρω symphérō soom-fer-o from σύν and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear together (contribute), i.e. (literally) to collect, or (figuratively) to conduce; especially (neuter participle as a noun) advantage:--be better for, bring together, be expedient (for), be good, (be) profit(-able for).
|
σύμφορονsymphoron
|
profit,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
that
|
Art-ANS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4183πολλῶν,pollōn (Adj-GMP) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῶν,pollōn
|
many,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4982σωθῶσιν.sōthōsin (V-ASP-3P) G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σωθῶσιν.sōthōsin
|
they may be saved.
|
V-ASP-3P
|
33
Even as I please all men in all things, not seeking my own profit, but the profit of many, that they may be saved.1 Corinthians 10:33
Stats
Counts: 120 characters, 18 words, 89 letters, 33 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: καθως καγω παντα πασιν αρεσκω μη ζητων το εμαυτου συμφερον αλλα το των πολλων ινα σωθωσιν
Lit: as I also all in all things please, not seeking the of myself profit, but that of the many, that they may be saved.
KJV: Even as I please all men in all [things], not seeking mine own profit, but the [profit] of many, that they may be saved.
References
"Even as I please all men in all things, not seeking mine own profit, but the profit of many, that they may be saved."1Co 10:24: Let no man seek his own: but every man another's wealth.1Co 9:19-23: For though I be free from all men: yet have I made myself servant to all: that I might gain the more.Ro 15:2: 3: Let every one of us please his neighbour for his good to edification.2Co 11:28: 29: Beside those things that are without: that which comes upon me daily: the care of all the churches.2Co 12:19: Again: think you that we excuse ourselves to you? we speak before God in Christ: but we do all things: dearly beloved: for your edifying.
11
Instructions for Worship
μιμηται μου γινεσθε καθως καγω χριστου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3402Μιμηταίmimētai (N-NMP) G3402 μιμητής mimētḗs mim-ay-tace from μιμέομαι; an imitator:--follower.
|
Μιμηταίmimētai
|
Imitators
|
N-NMP
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1096γίνεσθε,ginesthe (V-PMM/P-2P) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεσθε,ginesthe
|
be,
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2504κἀγὼkagō (PPro-N1S) G2504 κἀγώ kagṓ kam-eh from καί and ἐγώ; so also the dative case , and accusative case and (or also, even, etc.) I, (to) me:--(and, even, even so, so) I (also, in like wise), both me, me also.
|
κἀγὼkagō
|
I also am
|
PPro-N1S
|
G5547Χριστοῦ.Christou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ.Christou
|
of Christ.
|
N-GMS
|
1
Be you followers of me, even as I also am of Christ.1 Corinthians 11:1
Stats
Rank: #1712 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 51 characters, 11 words, 38 letters, 16 vowels, 22 consonants
Translation
Greek: μιμηται μου γινεσθε καθως καγω χριστου
Lit: Imitators of me be, as I also am of Christ.
KJV: Be ye followers of me, even as I also am of Christ.
References
"Be ye"1Co 4:16: For what reason I beseech you: be you followers of me.1Co 10:33: Even as I please all men in all things: not seeking my own profit: but the profit of many: that they may be saved.Php 3:17: Brothers: be followers together of me: and mark them which walk so as you have us for an ensample.1Th 1:6: you became followers of us: and of the Lord: having received the word in much affliction: with joy of the Holy Ghost:2Th 3:9: Not because we not have power: but to make ourselves an ensample to you to follow us.Heb 6:12: That you not be slothful: but followers of them who through faith and patience inherit the promises."even"Ro 15:2: 3: Let every one of us please his neighbour for his good to edification.Eph 5:1: 2: Be you therefore followers of God: as dear children;Php 2:4: 5: not Look every man on his own things: but every man also on the things of others.
Roles in Worship
επαινω δε υμας αδελφοι οτι παντα μου μεμνησθε και καθως παρεδωκα υμιν τας παραδοσεις κατεχετε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1867ἘπαινῶEpainō (V-PIA-1S) G1867 ἐπαινέω epainéō ep-ahee-neh-o from ἐπί and αἰνέω; to applaud:--commend, laud, praise.
|
ἘπαινῶEpainō
|
I commend
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
in all things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3403μέμνησθεmemnēsthe (V-RIM/P-2P) G3403 μιμνήσκω mimnḗskō mim-nace-ko a prolonged form of μνάομαι (from which some of the tenses are borrowed); to remind, i.e. (middle voice) to recall to mind:--be mindful, remember.
|
μέμνησθεmemnēsthe
|
you have remembered,
|
V-RIM/P-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3860παρέδωκαparedōka (V-AIA-1S) G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παρέδωκαparedōka
|
I delivered
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G3862παραδόσειςparadoseis (N-AFP) G3862 παράδοσις parádosis par-ad-os-is from παραδίδωμι; transmission, i.e. (concretely) a precept; specially, the Jewish traditionary law:--ordinance, tradition.
|
παραδόσειςparadoseis
|
teachings
|
N-AFP
|
G2722κατέχετε.katechete (V-PIA-2P) G2722 κατέχω katéchō kat-ekh-o from κατά and ἔχω; to hold down (fast), in various applications (literally or figuratively):--have, hold (fast), keep (in memory), let, X make toward, possess, retain, seize on, stay, take, withhold.
|
κατέχετε.katechete
|
you are keeping.
|
V-PIA-2P
|
2
Now I praise you, brothers, that you remember me in all things, and keep the ordinances, as I delivered them to you.1 Corinthians 11:2
Stats
Rank: #2272 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 115 characters, 18 words, 89 letters, 36 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: επαινω δε υμας αδελφοι οτι παντα μου μεμνησθε και καθως παρεδωκα υμιν τας παραδοσεις κατεχετε
Lit: I commend now you that in all things me you have remembered, and as I delivered to you, the teachings you are keeping.
KJV: Now I praise you, brethren, that ye remember me in all things, and keep the ordinances, as I delivered them to you.
References
"I praise"1Co 11:17: 22: Now in this that I declare to you I praise you not: that you come not together for the better: but for the worse.Pr 31:28-31: Her children arise up: and call her blessed; her husband also: and he praises her."that"1Co 4:17: For this cause have I sent to you Timotheus: who is my beloved son: and faithful in the Lord: who will bring you into remembrance of my ways which be in Christ: as I teach every where in every church.1Co 15:2: By which also you are saved: if you keep in memory what I preached to you: unless you have believed in vain."keep"1Co 7:17: But as God has distributed to every man: as the Lord has called every one: so let Him walk. And so ordain I in all churches.Lu 1:6: They were both righteous before God: walking in all the commandments and ordinances of the Lord blameless.1Th 4:1: 2: Furthermore then we beseech you: brothers: and exhort you by the Lord Jesus: that as you have received of us how you ought to walk and to please God: so you would abound more and more.2Th 2:15: Therefore: brothers: stand fast: and hold the traditions which you have been taught: whether by word: or our epistle.2Th 3:6: Now we command you: brothers: in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ: that you withdraw yourselves from every brother that walks disorderly: not and after the tradition which He received of us.
θελω δε υμας ειδεναι οτι παντος ανδρος η κεφαλη ο χριστος εστιν κεφαλη δε γυναικος ο ανηρ κεφαλη δε χριστου ο θεος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2309ΘέλωThelō (V-PIA-1S) G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
ΘέλωThelō
|
I want
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G1492εἰδέναιeidenai (V-RNA) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
εἰδέναιeidenai
|
to know
|
V-RNA
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3956παντὸςpantos (Adj-GMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὸςpantos
|
of every
|
Adj-GMS
|
G435ἀνδρὸςandros (N-GMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνδρὸςandros
|
man
|
N-GMS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2776κεφαλὴkephalē (N-NFS) G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὴkephalē
|
head
|
N-NFS
|
G5547ΧριστόςChristos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστόςChristos
|
Christ
|
N-NMS
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2776κεφαλὴkephalē (N-NFS) G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὴkephalē
|
the head
|
N-NFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1135γυναικὸςgynaikos (N-GFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικὸςgynaikos
|
of the woman [is]
|
N-GFS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G435ἀνήρ,anēr (N-NMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνήρ,anēr
|
man,
|
N-NMS
|
G2776κεφαλὴkephalē (N-NFS) G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὴkephalē
|
the head
|
N-NFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
of Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G2316Θεός.Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός.Theos
|
God.
|
N-NMS
|
3
But I would have you know, that the head of every man is Christ; and the head of the woman is the man; and the head of Christ is God.1 Corinthians 11:3
Stats
Rank: #1511 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 135 characters, 25 words, 100 letters, 38 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: θελω δε υμας ειδεναι οτι παντος ανδρος η κεφαλη ο χριστος εστιν κεφαλη δε γυναικος ο ανηρ κεφαλη δε χριστου ο θεος
Lit: I want however you to know that of every man the head Christ is, the head now of the woman [is] the man, the head now of Christ God.
KJV: But I would have you know, that the head of every man is Christ; and the head of the woman is the man; and the head of Christ [is] God.
References
"the head of every"Eph 1:22: 23: has put all things under his feet: and gave him to be the head over all things to the church: Eph 4:15: But speaking the truth in love: may grow up into Him in all things: which is the head: even Christ:Eph 5:23: For the husband is the head of the wife: even as Christ is the head of the church: and He is the saviour of the body.Php 2:10: 11: That at the name of Jesus every knee should bow: of things in heaven: and things in earth: and things under the earth;Col 1:18: He is the head of the body: the church: who is the beginning: the firstborn from the dead; that in all things he might have the preeminence.Col 2:10: 19: you are complete in him: which is the head of all principality and power:"and the head of the"Ge 3:16: To the woman he said: I will greatly multiply your sorrow and your conception; in sorrow you will bring forth children; and your desire will be to your husband: and he will rule over you.Eph 5:22: 24: Wives: submit yourselves to your own husbands: as to the Lord.Col 3:18: Wives: submit yourselves to your own husbands: as it is fit in the Lord.1Ti 2:11: 12: Let the woman learn in silence with all subjection.1Pe 3:1: 5: 6: Likewise: you wives: be in subjection to your own husbands; that: if any not obey the word: they also may without the word be won by the conversation of the wives;"and the head of Christ"1Co 3:23: you are Christ's; and Christ is God's.1Co 15:27: 28: For he has put all things under his feet. But when he says: all things are put under him: it is manifest that he is excepted: which did put all things under him.Isa 49:3-6: Said to me: You are my servant: O Israel: in whom I will be glorified.Isa 52:13: Look: my servant will deal prudently: he will be exalted and extolled: and be very high.Isa 55:4: Look: I have given him for a witness to the people: a leader and commander to the people.Isa 61:1-4: The Spirit of the Lord GOD is upon me; because the LORD has anointed me to preach good tidings to the meek; He has sent me to bind up the brokenhearted: to proclaim liberty to the captives: and the opening of the prison to them that are bound;Mt 28:18: Jesus came and spoke to them: saying: All power is given to me in heaven and in earth.Joh 3:34-36: For He whom God has sent speaks the words of God: for God gives not the Spirit by measure to Him.Joh 5:20-30: For the Father loves the Son: and shews Him all things that Himself does: and He will show Him greater works than these: that you may marvel.Joh 14:28: You have heard how I said to you: I go away: and come again to you. If you loved me: you would rejoice: because I said: I go to the Father: for my Father is greater than I.Joh 17:2-5: As you have given him power over all flesh: that he should give eternal life to as many as you have given him.Eph 1:20-22: Which He wrought in Christ: when He raised Him from the dead: and set Him at His own right hand in the heavenly places: Php 2:7-11: But made himself of no reputation: and took upon him the form of a servant: and was made in the likeness of men:
πας ανηρ προσευχομενος η προφητευων κατα κεφαλης εχων καταισχυνει την κεφαλην αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3956Πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
Πᾶςpas
|
Every
|
Adj-NMS
|
G435ἀνὴρanēr (N-NMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνὴρanēr
|
man
|
N-NMS
|
G4336προσευχόμενοςproseuchomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσευχόμενοςproseuchomenos
|
praying
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G4395προφητεύωνprophēteuōn (V-PPA-NMS) G4395 προφητεύω prophēteúō prof-ate-yoo-o from προφήτης; to foretell events, divine, speak under inspiration, exercise the prophetic office:--prophesy.
|
προφητεύωνprophēteuōn
|
prophesying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
anything on
|
Prep
|
G2776κεφαλῆςkephalēs (N-GFS) G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλῆςkephalēs
|
his head
|
N-GFS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2617καταισχύνειkataischynei (V-PIA-3S) G2617 καταισχύνω kataischýnō kat-ahee-skhoo-no from κατά and αἰσχύνομαι; to shame down, i.e. disgrace or (by implication) put to the blush:--confound, dishonour, (be a-, make a-)shame(-d).
|
καταισχύνειkataischynei
|
dishonors
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2776κεφαλὴνkephalēn (N-AFS) G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὴνkephalēn
|
head
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
4
Every man praying or prophesying, having his head covered, dishonours his head.1 Corinthians 11:4
Stats
Counts: 81 characters, 10 words, 67 letters, 25 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: πας ανηρ προσευχομενος η προφητευων κατα κεφαλης εχων καταισχυνει την κεφαλην αυτου
Lit: Every man praying or prophesying, anything on his head having, dishonors the head of him.
KJV: Every man praying or prophesying, having his head covered, dishonoureth his head.
References
"or"1Co 12:10: 28: To another the working of miracles; to another prophecy; to another discerning of spirits; to another divers kinds of tongues; to another the interpretation of tongues:1Co 14:1-25: Follow after charity: and desire spiritual gifts: but rather that you may prophesy."having"1Co 11:14: Does not even nature itself teach you: that: if a man have long hair: it is a shame to him?2Sa 15:30: David went up by the ascent of mount Olivet: and wept as he went up: and had his head covered: and he went barefoot: and all the people that was with him covered every man his head: and they went up: weeping as they went up.2Sa 19:4: But the king covered his face: and the king cried with a loud voice: O my son Absalom: O Absalom: my son: my son!
πασα δε γυνη προσευχομενη η προφητευουσα ακατακαλυπτω τη κεφαλη καταισχυνει την κεφαλην εαυτης εν γαρ εστιν και το αυτο τη εξυρημενη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3956πᾶσαpasa (Adj-NFS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσαpasa
|
Every
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
woman
|
N-NFS
|
G4336προσευχομένηproseuchomenē (V-PPM/P-NFS) G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσευχομένηproseuchomenē
|
praying
|
V-PPM/P-NFS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G4395προφητεύουσαprophēteuousa (V-PPA-NFS) G4395 προφητεύω prophēteúō prof-ate-yoo-o from προφήτης; to foretell events, divine, speak under inspiration, exercise the prophetic office:--prophesy.
|
προφητεύουσαprophēteuousa
|
prophesying,
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G177ἀκατακαλύπτῳakatakalyptō (Adj-DFS) G177 ἀκατακάλυπτος akatakályptos ak-at-ak-al-oop-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of a compound of κατά and καλύπτω; unveiled:--uncovered.
|
ἀκατακαλύπτῳakatakalyptō
|
uncovered
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
with the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2776κεφαλῇkephalē (N-DFS) G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλῇkephalē
|
head,
|
N-DFS
|
G2617καταισχύνειkataischynei (V-PIA-3S) G2617 καταισχύνω kataischýnō kat-ahee-skhoo-no from κατά and αἰσχύνομαι; to shame down, i.e. disgrace or (by implication) put to the blush:--confound, dishonour, (be a-, make a-)shame(-d).
|
καταισχύνειkataischynei
|
dishonors
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2776κεφαλὴνkephalēn (N-AFS) G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὴνkephalēn
|
head
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτῆς·autēs (PPro-GF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς·autēs
|
of her;
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G1520ἓνhen (Adj-NNS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓνhen
|
one
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G846αὐτὸauto (PPro-NN3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸauto
|
same,
|
PPro-NN3S
|
G3587ἐξυρημένῃ.exyrēmenē (V-RPM/P-DFS) G3587 ξυράω xyráō xoo-rah-o from a derivative of the same as ξύλον (meaning a razor); to shave or shear the hair:--shave.
|
ἐξυρημένῃ.exyrēmenē
|
with having been shaven.
|
V-RPM/P-DFS
|
5
But every woman that prays or prophesies with her head uncovered dishonours her head: for that is even all one as if she were shaven.1 Corinthians 11:5
Stats
Counts: 138 characters, 24 words, 112 letters, 44 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: πασα δε γυνη προσευχομενη η προφητευουσα ακατακαλυπτω τη κεφαλη καταισχυνει την κεφαλην εαυτης εν γαρ εστιν και το αυτο τη εξυρημενη
Lit: Every now woman praying or prophesying, uncovered with the head, dishonors the head of her; one for it is, and the same, with having been shaven.
KJV: But every woman that prayeth or prophesieth with her head uncovered dishonoureth her head: for that is even all one as if she were shaven.
References
"or"Lu 2:36: There was one Anna: a prophetess: the daughter of Phanuel: of the tribe of Aser: she was of a great age: and had lived with an husband 7 years from her virginity;Ac 2:17: It will come to pass in the last days: says God: I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh: and your sons and your daughters will prophesy: and your young men will see visions: and your old men will dream dreams:Ac 21:9: The same man had 4 daughters: virgins: which did prophesy."shaven"De 21:12: Then you will bring her home to your house; and she will shave her head: and pare her nails;
ει γαρ ου κατακαλυπτεται γυνη και κειρασθω ει δε αισχρον γυναικι το κειρασθαι η ξυρασθαι κατακαλυπτεσθω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2619κατακαλύπτεταιkatakalyptetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2619 κατακαλύπτω katakalýptō kat-ak-al-oop-to from κατά and καλύπτω; to cover wholly, i.e. veil:--cover, hide.
|
κατακαλύπτεταιkatakalyptetai
|
covers her head
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1135γυνή,gynē (N-NFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνή,gynē
|
a woman,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G2751κειράσθω·keirasthō (V-AMM-3S) G2751 κείρω keírō ki-ro a primary verb; to shear:--shear(-er).
|
κειράσθω·keirasthō
|
let her be shorn.
|
V-AMM-3S
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If it is
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G150αἰσχρὸνaischron (Adj-NNS) G150 αἰσχρός aischrós ahee-skhros from the same as αἰσχύνομαι; shameful, i.e. base (specially, venal):--filthy.
|
αἰσχρὸνaischron
|
disgraceful
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1135γυναικὶgynaiki (N-DFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικὶgynaiki
|
to a woman
|
N-DFS
|
G2751κείρασθαιkeirasthai (V-ANM) G2751 κείρω keírō ki-ro a primary verb; to shear:--shear(-er).
|
κείρασθαιkeirasthai
|
to be shorn
|
V-ANM
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3587ξυρᾶσθαι,xyrasthai (V-ANM/P) G3587 ξυράω xyráō xoo-rah-o from a derivative of the same as ξύλον (meaning a razor); to shave or shear the hair:--shave.
|
ξυρᾶσθαι,xyrasthai
|
to be shaven,
|
V-ANM/P
|
G2619κατακαλυπτέσθω.katakalyptesthō (V-PMM/P-3S) G2619 κατακαλύπτω katakalýptō kat-ak-al-oop-to from κατά and καλύπτω; to cover wholly, i.e. veil:--cover, hide.
|
κατακαλυπτέσθω.katakalyptesthō
|
let her cover her head.
|
V-PMM/P-3S
|
6
For if the woman not be covered, let her also be shorn: but if it be a shame for a woman to be shorn or shaven, let her be covered.1 Corinthians 11:6
Stats
Counts: 131 characters, 27 words, 98 letters, 39 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει γαρ ου κατακαλυπτεται γυνη και κειρασθω ει δε αισχρον γυναικι το κειρασθαι η ξυρασθαι κατακαλυπτεσθω
Lit: If for not covers her head a woman, also let her be shorn. If it is now disgraceful to a woman to be shorn or to be shaven, let her cover her head.
KJV: For if the woman be not covered, let her also be shorn: but if it be a shame for a woman to be shorn or shaven, let her be covered.
References
"but"Nu 5:18: The priest'>priest will set the woman before the LORD: and uncover the woman's head: and put the offering of memorial in her hands: which is the jealousy offering: and the priest'>priest will have in His hand the bitter water that causes the curse:De 22:5: The woman will not wear that which pertains to a man: neither will a man put on a woman's garment: for all that do so are abomination to the LORD your God.
ανηρ μεν γαρ ουκ οφειλει κατακαλυπτεσθαι την κεφαλην εικων και δοξα θεου υπαρχων γυνη δε δοξα ανδρος εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G435Ἀνὴρanēr (N-NMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
Ἀνὴρanēr
|
A man
|
N-NMS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
truly
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3784ὀφείλειopheilei (V-PIA-3S) G3784 ὀφείλω opheílō of-i-leh-o probably from the base of ὄφελος (through the idea of accruing); to owe (pecuniarily); figuratively, to be under obligation (ought, must, should); morally, to fail in duty:--behove, be bound, (be) debt(-or), (be) due(-ty), be guilty (indebted), (must) need(-s), ought, owe, should. See also ὄφελον.
|
ὀφείλειopheilei
|
ought
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2619κατακαλύπτεσθαιkatakalyptesthai (V-PNM/P) G2619 κατακαλύπτω katakalýptō kat-ak-al-oop-to from κατά and καλύπτω; to cover wholly, i.e. veil:--cover, hide.
|
κατακαλύπτεσθαιkatakalyptesthai
|
to cover
|
V-PNM/P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2776κεφαλήν,kephalēn (N-AFS) G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλήν,kephalēn
|
head,
|
N-AFS
|
G1504εἰκὼνeikōn (N-NFS) G1504 εἰκών eikṓn i-kone from εἴκω; a likeness, i.e. (literally) statue, profile, or (figuratively) representation, resemblance:--image.
|
εἰκὼνeikōn
|
image
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1391δόξαdoxa (N-NFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξαdoxa
|
glory
|
N-NFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G5225ὑπάρχων·hyparchōn (V-PPA-NMS) G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπάρχων·hyparchōn
|
being;
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
woman
|
N-NFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G1391δόξαdoxa (N-NFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξαdoxa
|
the glory
|
N-NFS
|
G435ἀνδρόςandros (N-GMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνδρόςandros
|
of man
|
N-GMS
|
G1510ἐστιν.estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν.estin
|
is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
7
For a man indeed not ought to cover His head, forasmuch as He is the image and glory of God: but the woman is the glory of the man.1 Corinthians 11:7
Stats
Counts: 131 characters, 27 words, 100 letters, 39 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: ανηρ μεν γαρ ουκ οφειλει κατακαλυπτεσθαι την κεφαλην εικων και δοξα θεου υπαρχων γυνη δε δοξα ανδρος εστιν
Lit: A man truly for not ought to cover the head, image and glory of God being; the woman however, the glory of man is.
KJV: For a man indeed ought not to cover his head, forasmuch as he is the image and glory of God: but the woman is the glory of the man.
References
"he is"Ge 1:26: 27: God said: Let us make man in our image: after our likeness: and let them have dominion over the fish of the sea: and over the fowl of the air: and over the cattle: and over all the earth: and over every creeping thing that creeps upon the earth.Ge 5:1: This is the book of the generations of Adam. In the day that God created man: in the likeness of God made He Him;Ge 9:6: Whoever sheds man's blood: by man will His blood be shed: for in the image of God made He man.Ps 8:6: You mad him to have dominion over the works of your hands; you have put all things under his feet:Jas 3:9: Therewith bless we God: even the Father; and therewith curse we men: which are made after the similitude of God."but"1Co 11:3: But I would have you know: that the head of every man is Christ; and the head of the woman is the man; and the head of Christ is God.Ge 3:16: To the woman he said: I will greatly multiply your sorrow and your conception; in sorrow you will bring forth children; and your desire will be to your husband: and he will rule over you.
ου γαρ εστιν ανηρ εκ γυναικος αλλα γυνη εξ ανδρος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G435ἀνὴρanēr (N-NMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνὴρanēr
|
man
|
N-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G1135γυναικός,gynaikos (N-GFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικός,gynaikos
|
woman,
|
N-GFS
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
woman
|
N-NFS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
of
|
Prep
|
G435ἀνδρός·andros (N-GMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνδρός·andros
|
man.
|
N-GMS
|
8
For the man not is of the woman; but the woman of the man.1 Corinthians 11:8
Stats
Counts: 58 characters, 13 words, 43 letters, 16 vowels, 27 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου γαρ εστιν ανηρ εκ γυναικος αλλα γυνη εξ ανδρος
Lit: Not for is man of woman, but woman of man.
KJV: For the man is not of the woman; but the woman of the man.
References
"For the man is not of the woman; but the woman of the man."Ge 2:21: 22: The LORD God caused a deep sleep to fall upon Adam: and He slept: and He took one of His ribs: and closed up the flesh instead thereof;1Ti 2:13: For Adam was first formed: then Eve.
και γαρ ουκ εκτισθη ανηρ δια την γυναικα αλλα γυνη δια τον ανδρα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
Truly
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2936ἐκτίσθηektisthē (V-AIP-3S) G2936 κτίζω ktízō ktid-zo probably akin to κτάομαι (through the idea of proprietorship of the manufacturer); to fabricate, i.e. found (form originally):--create, Creator, make.
|
ἐκτίσθηektisthē
|
was created
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G435ἀνὴρanēr (N-NMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνὴρanēr
|
man
|
N-NMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1135γυναῖκα,gynaika (N-AFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκα,gynaika
|
woman,
|
N-AFS
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
woman
|
N-NFS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G435ἄνδρα.andra (N-AMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδρα.andra
|
man.
|
N-AMS
|
9
Neither was the man created for the woman; but the woman for the man.1 Corinthians 11:9
Stats
Counts: 69 characters, 13 words, 54 letters, 20 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: και γαρ ουκ εκτισθη ανηρ δια την γυναικα αλλα γυνη δια τον ανδρα
Lit: Truly for not was created man on account of the woman, but woman on account of the man.
KJV: Neither was the man created for the woman; but the woman for the man.
References
"the man"Ge 2:18: 20: 23: 24: The LORD God said: It is not good that the man should be alone; I will make Him an help meet for Him.
δια τουτο οφειλει η γυνη εξουσιαν εχειν επι της κεφαλης δια τους αγγελους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
Because of
|
Prep
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this,
|
DPro-ANS
|
G3784ὀφείλειopheilei (V-PIA-3S) G3784 ὀφείλω opheílō of-i-leh-o probably from the base of ὄφελος (through the idea of accruing); to owe (pecuniarily); figuratively, to be under obligation (ought, must, should); morally, to fail in duty:--behove, be bound, (be) debt(-or), (be) due(-ty), be guilty (indebted), (must) need(-s), ought, owe, should. See also ὄφελον.
|
ὀφείλειopheilei
|
ought
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
woman
|
N-NFS
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS) G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
authority
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχεινechein (V-PNA) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχεινechein
|
to have
|
V-PNA
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2776κεφαλῆςkephalēs (N-GFS) G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλῆςkephalēs
|
head,
|
N-GFS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G32ἀγγέλους.angelous (N-AMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλους.angelous
|
angels.
|
N-AMP
|
10
For this cause ought the woman to have power on her head because of the angels.1 Corinthians 11:10
Stats
Counts: 79 characters, 16 words, 63 letters, 27 vowels, 36 consonants
Translation
Greek: δια τουτο οφειλει η γυνη εξουσιαν εχειν επι της κεφαλης δια τους αγγελους
Lit: Because of this, ought the woman authority to have on the head, on account of the angels.
KJV: For this cause ought the woman to have power on her head because of the angels.
References
"power"Ge 20:16: to Sarah he said: Look: I have given your brother a000 pieces of silver: look: he is to you a covering of the eyes: to all that are with you: and with all other: thus she was reproved.Ge 24:64: 65: Rebekah lifted up her eyes: and when she saw Isaac: she lighted off the camel."because"Ec 5:6: not Suffer your mouth to cause your flesh to sin; neither say you before the angel: that it was an error: for what reason should God be angry at your voice: and destroy the work of your hands?Mt 18:10: Take heed that you not despise one of these little ones; for I say to you: That in heaven their angels do always look the face of my Father which is in heaven.Heb 1:14: Are not they all ministering spirits: sent forth to minister for them who will be heirs of salvation?
πλην ουτε ανηρ χωρις γυναικος ουτε γυνη χωρις ανδρος εν κυριω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4133Πλὴνplēn (Conj) G4133 πλήν plḗn plane from πλείων; moreover (besides), i.e. albeit, save that, rather, yet:--but (rather), except, nevertheless, notwithstanding, save, than.
|
Πλὴνplēn
|
However,
|
Conj
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj) G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
neither is
|
Conj
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
woman
|
N-NFS
|
G5565χωρὶςchōris (Prep) G5565 χωρίς chōrís kho-rece adverb from χώρα; at a space, i.e. separately or apart from (often as preposition):--beside, by itself, without.
|
χωρὶςchōris
|
separate from
|
Prep
|
G435ἀνδρὸςandros (N-GMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνδρὸςandros
|
man,
|
N-GMS
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj) G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G435ἀνὴρanēr (N-NMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνὴρanēr
|
man
|
N-NMS
|
G5565χωρὶςchōris (Prep) G5565 χωρίς chōrís kho-rece adverb from χώρα; at a space, i.e. separately or apart from (often as preposition):--beside, by itself, without.
|
χωρὶςchōris
|
separate from
|
Prep
|
G1135γυναικὸςgynaikos (N-GFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικὸςgynaikos
|
woman,
|
N-GFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2962Κυρίῳ·Kyriō (N-DMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίῳ·Kyriō
|
the Lord.
|
N-DMS
|
11
Nevertheless neither is the man without the woman, neither the woman without the man, in the Lord.1 Corinthians 11:11
Stats
Counts: 98 characters, 15 words, 79 letters, 30 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: πλην ουτε ανηρ χωρις γυναικος ουτε γυνη χωρις ανδρος εν κυριω
Lit: However, neither is woman separate from man, nor man separate from woman, in the Lord.
KJV: Nevertheless neither is the man without the woman, neither the woman without the man, in the Lord.
References
"Nevertheless neither is the man without the woman, neither the woman without the man, in the Lord."1Co 7:10-14: to the married I command: yet not I: but the Lord: not Let the wife depart from her husband:1Co 12:12-22: For as the body is one: and has many members: and all the members of that one body: being many: are one body: so also is Christ.Ga 3:28: There is neither Jew nor Greek: there is neither bond nor free: there is neither male nor female: for you are all one in Christ Jesus.
ωσπερ γαρ η γυνη εκ του ανδρος ουτως και ο ανηρ δια της γυναικος τα δε παντα εκ του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5618ὥσπερhōsper (Adv) G5618 ὥσπερ hṓsper hoce-per from ὡς and περ; just as, i.e. exactly like:--(even, like) as.
|
ὥσπερhōsper
|
Just as
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
woman
|
N-NFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G435ἀνδρός,andros (N-GMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνδρός,andros
|
man is,
|
N-GMS
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
so
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G435ἀνὴρanēr (N-NMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνὴρanēr
|
man
|
N-NMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1135γυναικός·gynaikos (N-GFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικός·gynaikos
|
woman is;
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
God.
|
N-GMS
|
12
For as the woman is of the man, even so is the man also by the woman; but all things of God.1 Corinthians 11:12
Stats
Rank: #990 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 94 characters, 18 words, 68 letters, 25 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: ωσπερ γαρ η γυνη εκ του ανδρος ουτως και ο ανηρ δια της γυναικος τα δε παντα εκ του θεου
Lit: Just as for the woman of the man is, so also the man by the woman is; the however all things of God.
KJV: For as the woman is of the man, even so [is] the man also by the woman; but all things of God.
References
"but"1Co 8:6: But to us there is but one God: the Father: of whom are all things: and we in Him; and one Lord Jesus Christ: by whom are all things: and we by Him.Pr 16:4: The LORD has made all things for Himself: yes: even the wicked for the day of evil.Ro 11:36: For of him: and through him: and to him: are all things: to whom be glory for ever. Amen.Heb 1:2: 3: Has in these last days spoken to us by His Son: whom He has appointed heir of all things: by whom also He made the worlds;
εν υμιν αυτοις κρινατε πρεπον εστιν γυναικα ακατακαλυπτον τω θεω προσευχεσθαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1722Ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
Ἐνen
|
In
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
yourselves
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2919κρίνατε·krinate (V-AMA-2P) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίνατε·krinate
|
judge:
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G4241πρέπονprepon (V-PPA-NNS) G4241 πρέπω prépō prep-o apparently a primary verb; to tower up (be conspicuous), i.e. (by implication) to be suitable or proper (third person singular present indicative, often used impersonally, it is fit or right):--become, comely.
|
πρέπονprepon
|
Becoming
|
V-PPA-NNS
|
G1510ἐστὶνestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστὶνestin
|
is it
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1135γυναῖκαgynaika (N-AFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκαgynaika
|
for a woman
|
N-AFS
|
G177ἀκατακάλυπτονakatakalypton (Adj-AFS) G177 ἀκατακάλυπτος akatakályptos ak-at-ak-al-oop-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of a compound of κατά and καλύπτω; unveiled:--uncovered.
|
ἀκατακάλυπτονakatakalypton
|
revealed,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
to God
|
N-DMS
|
G4336προσεύχεσθαι;proseuchesthai (V-PNM/P) G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσεύχεσθαι;proseuchesthai
|
to pray?
|
V-PNM/P
|
13
Judge in yourselves: is it comely that a woman pray to God uncovered?1 Corinthians 11:13
Stats
Rank: #2645 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 71 characters, 12 words, 57 letters, 23 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν υμιν αυτοις κρινατε πρεπον εστιν γυναικα ακατακαλυπτον τω θεω προσευχεσθαι
Lit: In you yourselves judge: Becoming is it for a woman revealed, to God to pray?
KJV: Judge in yourselves: is it comely that a woman pray unto God uncovered?
References
"Judge in yourselves: is it comely that a woman pray unto God uncovered?"1Co 10:15: I speak as to wise men; judge you what I say.Lu 12:57: Yes: and why even of yourselves judge you not what is right?Joh 7:24: not Judge according to the appearance: but judge righteous judgment.
η ουδε αυτη η φυσις διδασκει υμας οτι ανηρ μεν εαν κομα ατιμια αυτω εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3761οὐδὲoude (Adv) G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
Not even
|
Adv
|
G5449φύσιςphysis (N-NFS) G5449 φύσις phýsis foo-sis from φύω; growth (by germination or expansion), i.e. (by implication) natural production (lineal descent); by extension, a genus or sort; figuratively, native disposition, constitution or usage:--(man-)kind, nature(-al).
|
φύσιςphysis
|
nature
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτὴautē (PPro-NF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴautē
|
itself
|
PPro-NF3S
|
G1321διδάσκειdidaskei (V-PIA-3S) G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκειdidaskei
|
does teach
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G435ἀνὴρanēr (N-NMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνὴρanēr
|
a man
|
N-NMS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed,
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2863κομᾷ,koma (V-PSA-3S) G2863 κομάω komáō kom-ah-o from κόμη; to wear tresses of hair:--have long hair.
|
κομᾷ,koma
|
he has long hair,
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G819ἀτιμίαatimia (N-NFS) G819 ἀτιμία atimía at-ee-mee-ah from ἄτιμος; infamy, i.e. (subjectively) comparative indignity, (objectively) disgrace:--dishonour, reproach, shame, vile.
|
ἀτιμίαatimia
|
a dishonor
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
it is;
|
V-PIA-3S
|
14
Does not even nature itself teach you, that, if a man have long hair, it is a shame to him?1 Corinthians 11:14
Stats
Counts: 93 characters, 17 words, 70 letters, 30 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: η ουδε αυτη η φυσις διδασκει υμας οτι ανηρ μεν εαν κομα ατιμια αυτω εστιν
Lit: Not even nature itself does teach you that a man indeed, if he has long hair, a dishonor to him it is;
KJV: Doth not even nature itself teach you, that, if a man have long hair, it is a shame unto him?
References
"if"2Sa 14:26: When he polled his head: (for it was at every year's end that he polled it: because the hair was heavy on him: therefore he polled it:) he weighed the hair of his head at 200 shekels after the king's weight."it is"1Co 14:35: If they will learn any thing: let them ask their husbands at home: for it is a shame for women to speak in the church.
γυνη δε εαν κομα δοξα αυτη εστιν οτι η κομη αντι περιβολαιου δεδοται αυτη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
a woman
|
N-NFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2863κομᾷ,koma (V-PSA-3S) G2863 κομάω komáō kom-ah-o from κόμη; to wear tresses of hair:--have long hair.
|
κομᾷ,koma
|
she has long hair,
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G1391δόξαdoxa (N-NFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξαdoxa
|
glory
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
to her
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G1510ἐστιν;estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν;estin
|
it is?
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
For
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2864κόμηkomē (N-NFS) G2864 κόμη kómē kom-ay apparently from the same as κομίζω; the hair of the head (locks, as ornamental, and thus differing from θρίξ; which properly denotes merely the scalp):--hair.
|
κόμηkomē
|
long hair
|
N-NFS
|
G473ἀντὶanti (Prep) G473 ἀντί antí an-tee a primary particle; opposite, i.e. instead or because of (rarely in addition to):--for, in the room of. Often used in composition to denote contrast, requital, substitution, correspondence, etc.
|
ἀντὶanti
|
instead
|
Prep
|
G4018περιβολαίουperibolaiou (N-GNS) G4018 περιβόλαιον peribólaion per-ib-ol-ah-yon neuter of a presumed derivative of περιβάλλω; something thrown around one, i.e. a mantle, veil:--covering, vesture.
|
περιβολαίουperibolaiou
|
of a covering
|
N-GNS
|
G1325δέδοταιdedotai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δέδοταιdedotai
|
is given
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G846αὐτῇ.autē (PPro-DF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇ.autē
|
to her.
|
PPro-DF3S
|
15
But if a woman have long hair, it is a glory to her: for her hair is given her for a covering.1 Corinthians 11:15
Stats
Rank: #3273 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 94 characters, 20 words, 70 letters, 29 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: γυνη δε εαν κομα δοξα αυτη εστιν οτι η κομη αντι περιβολαιου δεδοται αυτη
Lit: a woman however if she has long hair, glory to her it is? For the long hair instead of a covering is given to her.
KJV: But if a woman have long hair, it is a glory to her: for her hair is given her for a covering.
ει δε τις δοκει φιλονεικος ειναι ημεις τοιαυτην συνηθειαν ουκ εχομεν ουδε αι εκκλησιαι του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἰEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δέde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1380δοκεῖdokei (V-PIA-3S) G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
δοκεῖdokei
|
is inclined
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5380φιλόνεικοςphiloneikos (Adj-NMS) G5380 φιλόνεικος philóneikos fil-on-i-kos from φίλος and (a quarrel; probably akin to νῖκος); fond of strife, i.e. disputatious:--contentious.
|
φιλόνεικοςphiloneikos
|
contentious
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510εἶναι,einai (V-PNA) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναι,einai
|
to be,
|
V-PNA
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G5108τοιαύτηνtoiautēn (DPro-AFS) G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιαύτηνtoiautēn
|
such
|
DPro-AFS
|
G4914συνήθειανsynētheian (N-AFS) G4914 συνήθεια synḗtheia soon-ay-thi-ah from a compound of σύν and ἦθος; mutual habituation, i.e. usage:--custom.
|
συνήθειανsynētheian
|
custom
|
N-AFS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
no other
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχομεν,echomen (V-PIA-1P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχομεν,echomen
|
have,
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj) G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαιekklēsiai (N-NFP) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαιekklēsiai
|
churches
|
N-NFP
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
16
But if any man seem to be contentious, we have no such custom, neither the churches of God.1 Corinthians 11:16
Stats
Rank: #3368 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 91 characters, 16 words, 71 letters, 28 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει δε τις δοκει φιλονεικος ειναι ημεις τοιαυτην συνηθειαν ουκ εχομεν ουδε αι εκκλησιαι του θεου
Lit: If now anyone is inclined contentious to be, we such custom no other have, nor the churches of God.
KJV: But if any man seem to be contentious, we have no such custom, neither the churches of God.
References
"seem"1Ti 6:3: 4: If any man teach otherwise: and not consent to wholesome words: even the words of our Lord Jesus Christ: and to the doctrine which is according to godliness;"such"Ac 21:21: 24: They are informed of you: that you teach all the Jews which are among the Gentiles to forsake Moses: saying that they not ought to circumcise their children: neither to walk after the customs."the churches"1Co 7:17: But as God has distributed to every man: as the Lord has called every one: so let Him walk. And so ordain I in all churches.1Co 14:33: 34: For God not is the author of confusion: but of peace: as in all churches of the saints.1Co 16:1: Now concerning the collection for the saints: as I have given order to the churches of Galatia: even so do you.1Th 2:14: For you: brothers: became followers of the churches of God which in Judaea are in Christ Jesus: for you also have suffered like things of your own countrymen: even as they have of the Jews:
Sharing in the Lord’s Supper
τουτο δε παραγγελλων ουκ επαινω οτι ουκ εις το κρειττον αλλ εις το ηττον συνερχεσθε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3778ΤοῦτοTouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΤοῦτοTouto
|
In this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3853παραγγέλλωνparangellōn (V-PPA-NMS) G3853 παραγγέλλω parangéllō par-ang-gel-lo from παρά and the base of ἄγγελος; to transmit a message, i.e. (by implication) to enjoin:--(give in) charge, (give) command(-ment), declare.
|
παραγγέλλωνparangellōn
|
instructing,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1867ἐπαινῶepainō (V-PIA-1S) G1867 ἐπαινέω epainéō ep-ahee-neh-o from ἐπί and αἰνέω; to applaud:--commend, laud, praise.
|
ἐπαινῶepainō
|
I do praise ,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2908κρεῖσσονkreisson (Adj-ANS-C) G2908 κρεῖσσον kreîsson krice-son neuter of an alternate form of κρείττων; (as noun) better, i.e. greater advantage:--better.
|
κρεῖσσονkreisson
|
better,
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2276ἧσσονhēsson (Adj-ANS-C) G2276 ἥττον hḗtton hate-ton neuter of comparative of (slightly) used for that of κακός; worse (as noun); by implication, less (as adverb):--less, worse.
|
ἧσσονhēsson
|
worse,
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G4905συνέρχεσθε.synerchesthe (V-PIM/P-2P) G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
συνέρχεσθε.synerchesthe
|
you come together.
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
17
Now in this that I declare to you I praise you not, that you come not together for the better, but for the worse.1 Corinthians 11:17
Stats
Rank: #2843 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 116 characters, 20 words, 88 letters, 36 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτο δε παραγγελλων ουκ επαινω οτι ουκ εις το κρειττον αλλ εις το ηττον συνερχεσθε
Lit: In this now instructing, not I do praise , because not for the better, but for the worse, you come together.
KJV: Now in this that I declare unto you I praise [you] not, that ye come together not for the better, but for the worse.
References
"I praise"1Co 11:2: 22: Now I praise you: brothers: that you remember me in all things: and keep the ordinances: as I delivered them to you.Le 19:17: You will not hate your brother in your heart: you will in any wise rebuke your neighbour: not and suffer sin upon him.Pr 27:5: Open rebuke is better than secret love.Ro 13:3: For rulers not are a terror to good works: but to the evil. Will you not then be afraid of the power? do that which is good: and you will have praise of the same:1Pe 2:14: Or to governors: as to them that are sent by him for the punishment of evildoers: and for the praise of them that do well."that ye"1Co 11:20: 34: When you come together therefore into one place: this not is to eat the Lord's supper.1Co 14:23: 26: If therefore the whole church be come together into one place: and all speak with tongues: and there come in those that are unlearned: or unbelievers: will not they say that you are mad?Isa 1:13: 14: Bring no more vain oblations; incense is an abomination to me; the new moons and sabbaths: the calling of assemblies: I cannot away with; it is iniquity: even the solemn meeting.Isa 58:1-4: Cry aloud: not spare: lift up your voice like a trumpet: and show my people their transgression: and the house of Jacob their sins.Jer 7:9: 10: Will you steal: murder: and commit adultery: and swear falsely: and burn incense to Baal: and walk after other gods whom you not know;Heb 10:25: Not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together: as the manner of some is; but exhorting one another: and so much the more: as you see the day approaching.
πρωτον μεν γαρ συνερχομενων υμων εν τη εκκλησια ακουω σχισματα εν υμιν υπαρχειν και μερος τι πιστευω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4412πρῶτονprōton (Adv-S) G4412 πρῶτον prōton pro-ton neuter of πρῶτος as adverb (with or without ὁ); firstly (in time, place, order, or importance):--before, at the beginning, chiefly (at, at the) first (of all).
|
πρῶτονprōton
|
First
|
Adv-S
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed,
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4905συνερχομένωνsynerchomenōn (V-PPM/P-GMP) G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
συνερχομένωνsynerchomenōn
|
coming together
|
V-PPM/P-GMP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1577ἐκκλησίᾳekklēsia (N-DFS) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίᾳekklēsia
|
an assembly,
|
N-DFS
|
G191ἀκούωakouō (V-PIA-1S) G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούωakouō
|
I hear
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4978σχίσματαschismata (N-ANP) G4978 σχίσμα schísma skhis-mah from σχίζω; a split or gap (schism), literally or figuratively:--division, rent, schism.
|
σχίσματαschismata
|
divisions
|
N-ANP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G5225ὑπάρχειν,hyparchein (V-PNA) G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπάρχειν,hyparchein
|
there to be,
|
V-PNA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3313μέροςmeros (N-ANS) G3313 μέρος méros mer-os from an obsolete but more primary form of (to get as a section or allotment); a division or share (literally or figuratively, in a wide application):--behalf, course, coast, craft, particular (+ -ly), part (+ -ly), piece, portion, respect, side, some sort(-what).
|
μέροςmeros
|
in part
|
N-ANS
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
it
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4100πιστεύω.pisteuō (V-PIA-1S) G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύω.pisteuō
|
I believe.
|
V-PIA-1S
|
18
For first of all, when you come together in the church, I hear that there be divisions among you; and I partly believe it.
1 Corinthians 11:18
Stats
Rank: #5167 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 121 characters, 21 words, 94 letters, 37 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: πρωτον μεν γαρ συνερχομενων υμων εν τη εκκλησια ακουω σχισματα εν υμιν υπαρχειν και μερος τι πιστευω
Lit: First indeed, for coming together you in an assembly, I hear divisions among you there to be, and in part it I believe.
KJV: For first of all, when ye come together in the church, I hear that there be divisions among you; and I partly believe it.
References
"I hear"1Co 1:10-12: Now I beseech you: brothers: by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ: that you all speak the same thing: and that there be no divisions among you; but that you be perfectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment.1Co 3:3: For you are yet carnal: for whereas there is among you envying: and strife: and divisions: are you not carnal: and walk as men?1Co 5:1: It is reported commonly that there is fornication among you: and such fornication as not is so much as named among the Gentiles: that one should have his father's wife.1Co 6:1: Dare any of you: having a matter against another: go to law before the unjust: not and before the saints?"divisions"1Co 1:10: Now I beseech you: brothers: by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ: that you all speak the same thing: and that there be no divisions among you; but that you be perfectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment.1Co 3:3: For you are yet carnal: for whereas there is among you envying: and strife: and divisions: are you not carnal: and walk as men?
δει γαρ και αιρεσεις εν υμιν ειναι ινα οι δοκιμοι φανεροι γενωνται εν υμιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S) G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
It behooves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G139αἱρέσειςhaireseis (N-AFP) G139 αἵρεσις haíresis hah-ee-res-is from αἱρέομαι; properly, a choice, i.e. (specially) a party or (abstractly) disunion:--heresy (which is the Greek word itself), sect.
|
αἱρέσειςhaireseis
|
factions
|
N-AFP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1510εἶναι,einai (V-PNA) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναι,einai
|
there to be,
|
V-PNA
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1384δόκιμοιdokimoi (Adj-NMP) G1384 δόκιμος dókimos dok-ee-mos from δοκέω; properly, acceptable (current after assayal), i.e. approved:--approved, tried.
|
δόκιμοιdokimoi
|
approved,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G5318φανεροὶphaneroi (Adj-NMP) G5318 φανερός phanerós fan-er-os from φαίνω; shining, i.e. apparent (literally or figuratively); neuter (as adverb) publicly, externally:--abroad, + appear, known, manifest, open (+ -ly), outward (+ -ly).
|
φανεροὶphaneroi
|
evident
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1096γένωνταιgenōntai (V-ASM-3P) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γένωνταιgenōntai
|
should become
|
V-ASM-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖν.hymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν.hymin
|
you.
|
PPro-D2P
|
19
For there must be also heresies among you, that they which are approved may be made manifest among you.1 Corinthians 11:19
Stats
Rank: #5002 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 103 characters, 18 words, 83 letters, 34 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: δει γαρ και αιρεσεις εν υμιν ειναι ινα οι δοκιμοι φανεροι γενωνται εν υμιν
Lit: It behooves for also factions among you there to be, so that also the approved, evident should become among you.
KJV: For there must be also heresies among you, that they which are approved may be made manifest among you.
References
"there"Mt 18:7: Woe to the world because of offences! for it must needs be that offences come; but woe to that man by whom the offence comes!Lu 17:1: Then said he to the disciples: It is impossible but that offences will come: but woe to him: through whom they come!Ac 20:30: Also of your own selves will men arise: speaking perverse things: to draw away disciples after them.1Ti 4:1: 2: Now the Spirit speaks expressly: that in the latter times some will depart from the faith: giving heed to seducing spirits: and doctrines of devils;2Pe 2:1: 2: But there were false prophets also among the people: even as there will be false teachers among you: who privily will bring in damnable heresies: even denying the Lord that bought them: and bring upon themselves swift destruction."heresies"Ac 5:17: Then the high priest rose up: and all they that were with him: (which is the sect of the Sadducees: ) and were filled with indignation: Ac 15:5: But there rose up certain of the sect of the Pharisees which believed: saying: That it was needful to circumcise them: and to command them to keep the law of Moses.Ac 24:5: 14: For we have found this man a pestilent fellow: and a mover of sedition among all the Jews throughout the world: and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes:Ac 26:5: Which knew me from the beginning: if they would testify: that after the most strait sect of our religion I lived a Pharisee.Ac 28:22: But we desire to hear of you what you think: for as concerning this sect: we know that every where it is spoken against.Ga 5:20: Idolatry: witchcraft: hatred: variance: emulations: wrath: strife: seditions: heresies: Tit 3:10: A man that is an heretick after the first and second admonition reject;"which"De 13:3: You will not listen to the words of that prophet: or that dreamer of dreams: for the LORD your God proves you: to know whether you love the LORD your God with all your heart and with all your soul.Lu 2:35: (Yes: a sword will pierce through your own soul also: ) that the thoughts of many hearts may be revealed.2Co 13:5-7: Examine yourselves: whether you be in the faith; prove your own selves. Know you not your own selves: how that Jesus Christ is in you: except you be reprobates?1Jo 2:19: They went out from us: but they not were of us; for if they had been of us: they would no doubt have continued with us: but they went out: that they might be made manifest that they not were all of us.
συνερχομενων ουν υμων επι το αυτο ουκ εστιν κυριακον δειπνον φαγειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4905ΣυνερχομένωνSynerchomenōn (V-PPM/P-GMP) G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
ΣυνερχομένωνSynerchomenōn
|
Coming
|
V-PPM/P-GMP
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
together
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
in one
|
Art-ANS
|
G846αὐτὸauto (PPro-AN3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸauto
|
place,
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2960κυριακὸνkyriakon (Adj-ANS) G2960 κυριακός kyriakós koo-ree-ak-os from κύριος; belonging to the Lord (Jehovah or Jesus):--Lords.
|
κυριακὸνkyriakon
|
the Lord’s
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1173δεῖπνονdeipnon (N-ANS) G1173 δεῖπνον deîpnon dipe-non from the same as δαπάνη; dinner, i.e. the chief meal (usually in the evening):--feast, supper.
|
δεῖπνονdeipnon
|
supper
|
N-ANS
|
G5315φαγεῖν·phagein (V-ANA) G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φαγεῖν·phagein
|
to eat.
|
V-ANA
|
20
When you come together therefore into one place, this not is to eat the Lord's supper.1 Corinthians 11:20
Stats
Rank: #5419 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 85 characters, 15 words, 67 letters, 27 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: συνερχομενων ουν υμων επι το αυτο ουκ εστιν κυριακον δειπνον φαγειν
Lit: Coming therefore of you together in one place, not it is the Lord’s supper to eat.
KJV: When ye come together therefore into one place, this is not to eat the Lord's supper.
εκαστος γαρ το ιδιον δειπνον προλαμβανει εν τω φαγειν και ος μεν πεινα ος δε μεθυει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1538ἕκαστοςhekastos (Adj-NMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστοςhekastos
|
One
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2398ἴδιονidion (Adj-ANS) G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἴδιονidion
|
own
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1173δεῖπνονdeipnon (N-ANS) G1173 δεῖπνον deîpnon dipe-non from the same as δαπάνη; dinner, i.e. the chief meal (usually in the evening):--feast, supper.
|
δεῖπνονdeipnon
|
supper
|
N-ANS
|
G4301προλαμβάνειprolambanei (V-PIA-3S) G4301 προλαμβάνω prolambánō prol-am-ban-o from πρό and λαμβάνω; to take in advance, i.e. (literally) eat before others have an opportunity; (figuratively) to anticipate, surprise:--come aforehand, overtake, take before.
|
προλαμβάνειprolambanei
|
takes first
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5315φαγεῖν,phagein (V-ANA) G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φαγεῖν,phagein
|
eating;
|
V-ANA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
this one
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3983πεινᾷ,peina (V-PIA-3S) G3983 πεινάω peináō pi-nah-o from the same as πένης (through the idea of pinching toil; pine); to famish (absolutely or comparatively); figuratively, to crave:--be an hungered.
|
πεινᾷ,peina
|
is hungry,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
that one
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3184μεθύει.methyei (V-PIA-3S) G3184 μεθύω methýō meth-oo-o from another form of μέθη; to drink to intoxication, i.e. get drunk:--drink well, make (be) drunk(-en).
|
μεθύει.methyei
|
is drunken.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
21
For in eating every one takes before other his own supper: and one is hungry, and another is drunken.1 Corinthians 11:21
Stats
Rank: #5330 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 102 characters, 17 words, 81 letters, 32 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκαστος γαρ το ιδιον δειπνον προλαμβανει εν τω φαγειν και ος μεν πεινα ος δε μεθυει
Lit: One for the own supper takes first in eating; and this one indeed is hungry, that one however is drunken.
KJV: For in eating every one taketh before other his own supper: and one is hungry, and another is drunken.
References
"in"1Co 11:23-25: For I have received of the Lord that which also I delivered to you: That the Lord Jesus the same night in which He was betrayed took bread:1Co 10:16-18: The cup of blessing which we bless: is not it the communion of the blood of Christ? The bread which we break: is not it the communion of the body of Christ?"and one"2Pe 2:13: will receive the reward of unrighteousness: as they that count it pleasure to riot in the day time. Spots they are and blemishes: sporting themselves with their own deceivings while they feast with you;Jude 1:12: These are spots in your feasts of charity: when they feast with you: feeding themselves without fear: clouds they are without water: carried about of winds; trees whose fruit withers: without fruit: twice dead: plucked up by the roots;
μη γαρ οικιας ουκ εχετε εις το εσθιειν και πινειν η της εκκλησιας του θεου καταφρονειτε και καταισχυνετε τους μη εχοντας τι υμιν ειπω επαινεσω υμας εν τουτω ουκ επαινω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
No
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G3614οἰκίαςoikias (N-AFP) G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίαςoikias
|
houses
|
N-AFP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχετεechete (V-PIA-2P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχετεechete
|
have you
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
which
|
Art-ANS
|
G2068ἐσθίεινesthiein (V-PNA) G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίεινesthiein
|
to eat
|
V-PNA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4095πίνειν;pinein (V-PNA) G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πίνειν;pinein
|
to drink?
|
V-PNA
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
Or
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias (N-GFS) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias
|
church
|
N-GFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G2706καταφρονεῖτε,kataphroneite (V-PIA-2P) G2706 καταφρονέω kataphronéō kat-af-ron-eh-o from κατά and φρονέω; to think against, i.e. disesteem:--despise.
|
καταφρονεῖτε,kataphroneite
|
do you despise
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2617καταισχύνετεkataischynete (V-PIA-2P) G2617 καταισχύνω kataischýnō kat-ahee-skhoo-no from κατά and αἰσχύνομαι; to shame down, i.e. disgrace or (by implication) put to the blush:--confound, dishonour, (be a-, make a-)shame(-d).
|
καταισχύνετεkataischynete
|
put to shame
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
nothing
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχοντας;echontas (V-PPA-AMP) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοντας;echontas
|
having?
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
What
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3004εἴπωeipō (V-ASA-1S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἴπωeipō
|
shall I say
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖν;hymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν;hymin
|
to you?
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1867ἐπαινέσωepainesō (V-ASA-1S) G1867 ἐπαινέω epainéō ep-ahee-neh-o from ἐπί and αἰνέω; to applaud:--commend, laud, praise.
|
ἐπαινέσωepainesō
|
Shall I praise
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G4771ὑμᾶς;hymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶς;hymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3778τούτῳtoutō (DPro-DNS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳtoutō
|
this?
|
DPro-DNS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1867ἐπαινῶ.epainō (V-PIA-1S) G1867 ἐπαινέω epainéō ep-ahee-neh-o from ἐπί and αἰνέω; to applaud:--commend, laud, praise.
|
ἐπαινῶ.epainō
|
I praise you!
|
V-PIA-1S
|
22
What? have you not houses to eat and to drink in? or despise you the church of God, and shame them that not have? What will I say to you? will I praise you in this? I praise you not.1 Corinthians 11:22
Stats
Rank: #5968 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 182 characters, 34 words, 136 letters, 55 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: μη γαρ οικιας ουκ εχετε εις το εσθιειν και πινειν η της εκκλησιας του θεου καταφρονειτε και καταισχυνετε τους μη εχοντας τι υμιν ειπω επαινεσω υμας εν τουτω ουκ επαινω
Lit: No indeed houses not have you in which to eat and to drink? Or the church of God do you despise and put to shame those nothing having? What shall I say to you? Shall I praise you in this? Not I praise you!
KJV: What? have ye not houses to eat and to drink in? or despise ye the church of God, and shame them that have not? What shall I say to you? shall I praise you in this? I praise you not.
References
"or"1Co 10:32: Give none offence: neither to the Jews: nor to the Gentiles: nor to the church of God:1Co 15:9: For I am the least of the apostles: that not am meet to be called an apostle: because I persecuted the church of God.Ac 20:28: Take heed therefore to yourselves: and to all the flock: over the which the Holy Ghost has made you overseers: to feed the church of God: which He has purchased with His own blood.1Ti 3:5: 15: (For if a man not know how to rule His own house: how will He take care of the church of God?)"that have not"Pr 17:5: Whoever mocks the poor reproaches his Maker: and he who is glad at calamities will not be unpunished.Jas 2:5: 6: Listen: my beloved brothers: Has not God chosen the poor of this world rich in faith: and heirs of the kingdom which He has promised to them that love Him?
εγω γαρ παρελαβον απο του κυριου ο και παρεδωκα υμιν οτι ο κυριος ιησους εν τη νυκτι η παρεδιδοτο ελαβεν αρτον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1473Ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
Ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3880παρέλαβονparelabon (V-AIA-1S) G3880 παραλαμβάνω paralambánō par-al-am-ban-o from παρά and λαμβάνω; to receive near, i.e. associate with oneself (in any familiar or intimate act or relation); by analogy, to assume an office; figuratively, to learn:--receive, take (unto, with).
|
παρέλαβονparelabon
|
received
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962Κυρίου,Kyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίου,Kyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
that which
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3860παρέδωκαparedōka (V-AIA-1S) G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παρέδωκαparedōka
|
I delivered
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖν,hymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν,hymin
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3571νυκτὶnykti (N-DFS) G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νυκτὶnykti
|
night
|
N-DFS
|
G3739ᾗhē (RelPro-DFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾗhē
|
in which
|
RelPro-DFS
|
G3860παρεδίδετοparedideto (V-IIM/P-3S) G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παρεδίδετοparedideto
|
He was betrayed,
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G2983ἔλαβενelaben (V-AIA-3S) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ἔλαβενelaben
|
took
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G740ἄρτονarton (N-AMS) G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτονarton
|
bread,
|
N-AMS
|
23
For I have received of the Lord that which also I delivered to you, That the Lord Jesus the same night in which He was betrayed took bread:
1 Corinthians 11:23
Stats
Rank: #510 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 141 characters, 27 words, 112 letters, 44 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγω γαρ παρελαβον απο του κυριου ο και παρεδωκα υμιν οτι ο κυριος ιησους εν τη νυκτι η παρεδιδοτο ελαβεν αρτον
Lit: I for received from the Lord that which also I delivered to you, that the Lord Jesus in the night in which He was betrayed, took bread,
KJV: For I have received of the Lord that which also I delivered unto you, That the Lord Jesus the same night in which he was betrayed took bread:
References
"I have"1Co 15:3: For I delivered to you first of all that which I also received: how that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures;De 4:5: Look: I have taught you statutes and judgments: even as the LORD my God commanded me: that you should do so in the land whither you go to possess it.Mt 28:20: Teaching them to observe all things whatever I have commanded you: and: indeed: I am with you alway: even to the end of the world. Amen.Ga 1:1: 11: 12: Paul: an apostle: (not of men: neither by man: but by Jesus Christ: and God the Father: who raised Him from the dead;)1Th 4:2: For you know what commandments we gave you by the Lord Jesus."the same"Mt 26:2: 17: 34: You know that after two days is the feast of the passover: and the Son of man is betrayed to be crucified."took"Mt 26:26-28: As they were eating: Jesus took bread: and blessed it: and brake it: and gave it to the disciples: and said: Take: eat; this is my body.Mr 14:22-24: As they did eat: Jesus took bread: and blessed: and brake it: and gave to them: and said: Take: eat: this is my body.Lu 22:19: 20: He took bread: and gave thanks: and brake it: and gave to them: saying: This is my body which is given for you: this do in remembrance of me.Ac 20:7: Upon the first day of the week: when the disciples came together to break bread: Paul preached to them: ready to depart on the morrow; and continued his speech until midnight.
και ευχαριστησας εκλασεν και ειπεν λαβετε φαγετε τουτο μου εστιν το σωμα το υπερ υμων κλωμενον τουτο ποιειτε εις την εμην αναμνησιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2168εὐχαριστήσαςeucharistēsas (V-APA-NMS) G2168 εὐχαριστέω eucharistéō yoo-khar-is-teh-o from εὐχάριστος; to be grateful, i.e. (actively) to express gratitude (towards); specially, to say grace at a meal:--(give) thank(-ful, -s).
|
εὐχαριστήσαςeucharistēsas
|
having given thanks,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G2806ἔκλασενeklasen (V-AIA-3S) G2806 κλάω kláō klah-o a primary verb; to break (specially, of bread):--break.
|
ἔκλασενeklasen
|
He broke it
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3778ΤοῦτόTouto (DPro-NNS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΤοῦτόTouto
|
This
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1473μούmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μούmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4983σῶμαsōma (N-NNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμαsōma
|
body,
|
N-NNS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
which is
|
Art-NNS
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶν·hymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν·hymōn
|
you;
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G4160ποιεῖτεpoieite (V-PMA-2P) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖτεpoieite
|
do
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1699ἐμὴνemēn (PPro-AF1S) G1699 ἐμός emós em-os from the oblique cases of ἐγώ (ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἐμέ); my:--of me, mine (own), my.,
|
ἐμὴνemēn
|
of Me
|
PPro-AF1S
|
G364ἀνάμνησιν.anamnēsin (N-AFS) G364 ἀνάμνησις anámnēsis an-am-nay-sis from ἀναμιμνήσκω; recollection:--remembrance (again).
|
ἀνάμνησιν.anamnēsin
|
remembrance.
|
N-AFS
|
24
When he had given thanks, he brake it, and said, Take, eat: this is my body, which is broken for you: this do in remembrance of me.
1 Corinthians 11:24
Stats
Rank: #3332 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 135 characters, 21 words, 100 letters, 37 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευχαριστησας εκλασεν και ειπεν λαβετε φαγετε τουτο μου εστιν το σωμα το υπερ υμων κλωμενον τουτο ποιειτε εις την εμην αναμνησιν
Lit: and having given thanks, He broke it and said, This of Me is the body, which is for you; this do in of Me remembrance.
KJV: And when he had given thanks, he brake it, and said, Take, eat: this is my body, which is broken for you: this do in remembrance of me.
References
"eat"1Co 5:7: 8: Purge out therefore the old leaven: that you may be a new lump: as you are unleavened. For even Christ our passover is sacrificed for us:Ps 22:26: 29: The meek will eat and be satisfied: they will praise the LORD that seek Him: your heart will live for ever.Pr 9:5: Come: eat of my bread: and drink of the wine which I have mingled.Song 5:1: I am come into my garden: my sister: my spouse: I have gathered my myrrh with my spice; I have eaten my honeycomb with my honey; I have drunk my wine with my milk: eat: O friends; drink: yes: drink abundantly: O beloved.Isa 25:6: In this mountain will the LORD of hosts make to all people a feast of fat things: a feast of wines on the lees: of fat things full of marrow: of wines on the lees well refined.Isa 55:1-3: Ho: every one that thirsts: come you to the waters: and he who has no money; come you: buy: and eat; yes: come: buy wine and milk without money and without price.Joh 6:53-58: Then Jesus said to them: Truly: truly: I say to you: Except you eat the flesh of the Son of man: and drink His blood: you have no life in you."this"1Co 11:27: 28: For what reason whoever will eat this bread: and drink this cup of the Lord: unworthily: will be guilty of the body and blood of the Lord.1Co 10:3: 4: 16: 17: Did all eat the same spiritual meat;"in remembrance"Ex 12:14: This day will be to you for a memorial; and you will keep it a feast to the LORD throughout your generations; you will keep it a feast by an ordinance for ever.Jos 4:7: Then you will answer them: That the waters of Jordan were cut off before the ark of the covenant of the LORD; when it passed over Jordan: the waters of Jordan were cut off: and these stones will be for a memorial to the children of Israel for ever.Ps 111:4: He has made His wonderful works to be remembered: the LORD is gracious and full of compassion.Song 1:4: Draw me: we will run after you: the king has brought me into his chambers: we will be glad and rejoice in you: we will remember your love more than wine: the upright love you.Isa 26:8: Yes: in the way of your judgments: O LORD: have we waited for you; the desire of our soul is to your name: and to the remembrance of you.Mt 26:13: Truly I say to you: Wheresoever this gospel will be preached in the whole world: there will also this: that this woman has done: be told for a memorial of her.
ωσαυτως και το ποτηριον μετα το δειπνησαι λεγων τουτο το ποτηριον η καινη διαθηκη εστιν εν τω εμω αιματι τουτο ποιειτε οσακις αν πινητε εις την εμην αναμνησιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5615ὡσαύτωςhōsautōs (Adv) G5615 ὡσαύτως hōsaútōs ho-sow-toce from ὡς and an adverb from αὐτός; as thus, i.e. in the same way:--even so, likewise, after the same (in like) manner.
|
ὡσαύτωςhōsautōs
|
Likewise
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4221ποτήριονpotērion (N-ANS) G4221 ποτήριον potḗrion pot-ay-ree-on neuter of a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; a drinking-vessel; by extension, the contents thereof, i.e. a cupful (draught); figuratively, a lot or fate:--cup.
|
ποτήριονpotērion
|
cup,
|
N-ANS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G1172δειπνῆσαι,deipnēsai (V-ANA) G1172 δειπνέω deipnéō dipe-neh-o from δεῖπνον; to dine, i.e. take the principle (or evening) meal:--sup (X -er).
|
δειπνῆσαι,deipnēsai
|
having supped,
|
V-ANA
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3778ΤοῦτοTouto (DPro-NNS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΤοῦτοTouto
|
This
|
DPro-NNS
|
G4221ποτήριονpotērion (N-NNS) G4221 ποτήριον potḗrion pot-ay-ree-on neuter of a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; a drinking-vessel; by extension, the contents thereof, i.e. a cupful (draught); figuratively, a lot or fate:--cup.
|
ποτήριονpotērion
|
cup
|
N-NNS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2537καινὴkainē (Adj-NFS) G2537 καινός kainós kahee-nos of uncertain affinity; new (especially in freshness; while νέος is properly so with respect to age:--new.
|
καινὴkainē
|
new
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1242διαθήκηdiathēkē (N-NFS) G1242 διαθήκη diathḗkē dee-ath-ay-kay from διατίθεμαι; properly, a disposition, i.e. (specially) a contract (especially a devisory will):--covenant, testament.
|
διαθήκηdiathēkē
|
covenant
|
N-NFS
|
G1510ἐστὶνestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστὶνestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1699ἐμῷemō (PPro-DN1S) G1699 ἐμός emós em-os from the oblique cases of ἐγώ (ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἐμέ); my:--of me, mine (own), my.,
|
ἐμῷemō
|
My
|
PPro-DN1S
|
G129αἵματι·haimati (N-DNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματι·haimati
|
blood;
|
N-DNS
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G4160ποιεῖτε,poieite (V-PMA-2P) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖτε,poieite
|
do,
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3740ὁσάκιςhosakis (Conj) G3740 ὁσάκις hosákis hos-ak-is multiple adverb from ὅς; how (i.e. with ἄν, so) many times as:--as oft(-en) as.
|
ὁσάκιςhosakis
|
as often as
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G4095πίνητε,pinēte (V-PSA-2P) G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πίνητε,pinēte
|
you might drink it,
|
V-PSA-2P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1699ἐμὴνemēn (PPro-AF1S) G1699 ἐμός emós em-os from the oblique cases of ἐγώ (ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἐμέ); my:--of me, mine (own), my.,
|
ἐμὴνemēn
|
of Me
|
PPro-AF1S
|
G364ἀνάμνησιν.anamnēsin (N-AFS) G364 ἀνάμνησις anámnēsis an-am-nay-sis from ἀναμιμνήσκω; recollection:--remembrance (again).
|
ἀνάμνησιν.anamnēsin
|
remembrance.
|
N-AFS
|
25
After the same manner also he took the cup, when he had supped, saying, This cup is the new testament in my blood: this do you, as often as you drink it, in remembrance of me.
1 Corinthians 11:25
Stats
Counts: 173 characters, 29 words, 129 letters, 48 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: ωσαυτως και το ποτηριον μετα το δειπνησαι λεγων τουτο το ποτηριον η καινη διαθηκη εστιν εν τω εμω αιματι τουτο ποιειτε οσακις αν πινητε εις την εμην αναμνησιν
Lit: Likewise also the cup, after having supped, saying, This cup the new covenant is in My blood; this do, as often as if you might drink it, in of Me remembrance.
KJV: After the same manner also he took the cup, when he had supped, saying, This cup is the new testament in my blood: this do ye, as oft as ye drink [it], in remembrance of me.
References
"This"1Co 11:27: 28: For what reason whoever will eat this bread: and drink this cup of the Lord: unworthily: will be guilty of the body and blood of the Lord."the new"Lu 22:20: Likewise also the cup after supper: saying: This cup is the new testament in my blood: which is shed for you.2Co 3:6: 14: Who also has made us able ministers of the new testament; not of the letter: but of the spirit: for the letter kills: but the spirit gives life.Heb 9:15-20: For this cause he is the mediator of the new testament: that by means of death: for the redemption of the transgressions that were under the first testament: they which are called might receive the promise of eternal inheritance.Heb 13:20: Now the God of peace: that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus: that great shepherd of the sheep: through the blood of the everlasting covenant:
οσακις γαρ αν εσθιητε τον αρτον τουτον και το ποτηριον τουτο πινητε τον θανατον του κυριου καταγγελλετε αχρις ου αν ελθη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3740ὁσάκιςhosakis (Conj) G3740 ὁσάκις hosákis hos-ak-is multiple adverb from ὅς; how (i.e. with ἄν, so) many times as:--as oft(-en) as.
|
ὁσάκιςhosakis
|
As often as
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2068ἐσθίητεesthiēte (V-PSA-2P) G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίητεesthiēte
|
you may eat
|
V-PSA-2P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G740ἄρτονarton (N-AMS) G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτονarton
|
bread
|
N-AMS
|
G3778τοῦτονtouton (DPro-AMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτονtouton
|
this,
|
DPro-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4221ποτήριονpotērion (N-ANS) G4221 ποτήριον potḗrion pot-ay-ree-on neuter of a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; a drinking-vessel; by extension, the contents thereof, i.e. a cupful (draught); figuratively, a lot or fate:--cup.
|
ποτήριονpotērion
|
cup
|
N-ANS
|
G4095πίνητε,pinēte (V-PSA-2P) G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πίνητε,pinēte
|
may drink,
|
V-PSA-2P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2288θάνατονthanaton (N-AMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θάνατονthanaton
|
death
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G2605καταγγέλλετε,katangellete (V-PIA-2P) G2605 καταγγέλλω katangéllō kat-ang-gel-lo from κατά and the base of ἄγγελος; to proclaim, promulgate:--declare, preach, shew, speak of, teach.
|
καταγγέλλετε,katangellete
|
you proclaim
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep) G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
until
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
that
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G2064ἔλθῃ.elthē (V-ASA-3S) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔλθῃ.elthē
|
He should come.
|
V-ASA-3S
|
26
For as often as you eat this bread, and drink this cup, you do show the Lord's death till He come.1 Corinthians 11:26
Stats
Rank: #3000 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 96 characters, 19 words, 72 letters, 26 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: οσακις γαρ αν εσθιητε τον αρτον τουτον και το ποτηριον τουτο πινητε τον θανατον του κυριου καταγγελλετε αχρις ου αν ελθη
Lit: As often as for if you may eat the bread this, and the cup may drink, the death of the Lord you proclaim until that He should come.
KJV: For as often as ye eat this bread, and drink this cup, ye do shew the Lord's death till he come.
References
"till"1Co 4:5: Therefore not judgehing before the time: until the Lord come: who both will bring to light the hidden things of darkness: and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts: and then will every man have praise of God.1Co 15:23: But every man in His own order: Christ the firstfruits; afterward they that are Christ's at His coming.Joh 14:3: If I go and prepare a place for you: I will come again: and receive you to myself; that where I am: there you may be also.Joh 21:22: Jesus says to Him: If I will that He tarry till I come: what is that to you? follow you me.Ac 1:11: Which also said: You men of Galilee: why stand you gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus: which is taken up from you into heaven: will so come in like manner as you have seen Him go into heaven.1Th 4:16: For the Lord Himself will descend from heaven with a shout: with the voice of the archangel: and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ will rise first:2Th 1:10: When he will come to be glorified in his saints: and to be admired in all them that believe (because our testimony among you was believed) in that day.2Th 2:2: 3: That you not be soon shaken in mind: or be troubled: neither by spirit: nor by word: nor by letter as from us: as that the day of Christ is at hand.Heb 9:28: So Christ was once offered to bear the sins of many; and to them that look for Him will He appear the second time without sin to salvation.2Pe 3:10: But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens will pass away with a great noise: and the elements will melt with fervent heat: the earth also and the works that are therein will be burned up.1Jo 2:28: Now: little children: abide in him; that: when he will appear: we may have confidence: not and be ashamed before him at his coming.Jude 1:14: Enoch also: the seventh from Adam: prophesied of these: saying: Look: the Lord comes with 10 thousands of His saints: Re 1:7: Look: he comes with clouds; and every eye will see him: and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth will wail because of him. Even so: Amen.Re 20:11: 12: I saw a great white throne: and him that sat on it: from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them.Re 22:20: He which testifieth these things says: Surely I come quickly. Amen. Even so: come: Lord Jesus.
ωστε ος αν εσθιη τον αρτον τουτον η πινη το ποτηριον του κυριου αναξιως ενοχος εσται του σωματος και αιματος του κυριου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5620Ὥστεhōste (Conj) G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
Ὥστεhōste
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
whoever
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G2068ἐσθίῃesthiē (V-PSA-3S) G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίῃesthiē
|
should eat
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G740ἄρτονarton (N-AMS) G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτονarton
|
bread
|
N-AMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G4095πίνῃpinē (V-PSA-3S) G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πίνῃpinē
|
should drink
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4221ποτήριονpotērion (N-ANS) G4221 ποτήριον potḗrion pot-ay-ree-on neuter of a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; a drinking-vessel; by extension, the contents thereof, i.e. a cupful (draught); figuratively, a lot or fate:--cup.
|
ποτήριονpotērion
|
cup
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G371ἀναξίως,anaxiōs (Adv) G371 ἀναξίως anaxíōs an-ax-ee-oce adverb from ἀνάξιος; irreverently:--unworthily.
|
ἀναξίως,anaxiōs
|
unworthily,
|
Adv
|
G1777ἔνοχοςenochos (Adj-NMS) G1777 ἔνοχος énochos en-okh-os from ἐνέχω; liable to (a condition, penalty or imputation):--in danger of, guilty of, subject to.
|
ἔνοχοςenochos
|
guilty
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
will be
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4983σώματοςsōmatos (N-GNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματοςsōmatos
|
body
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G129αἵματοςhaimatos (N-GNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματοςhaimatos
|
blood
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962Κυρίου.Kyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίου.Kyriou
|
Lord.
|
N-GMS
|
27
For what reason whoever will eat this bread, and drink this cup of the Lord, unworthily, will be guilty of the body and blood of the Lord.1 Corinthians 11:27
Stats
Rank: #3152 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 136 characters, 22 words, 108 letters, 37 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: ωστε ος αν εσθιη τον αρτον τουτον η πινη το ποτηριον του κυριου αναξιως ενοχος εσται του σωματος και αιματος του κυριου
Lit: Therefore whoever should eat the bread or should drink the cup of the Lord unworthily, guilty will be of the body and of the blood of the Lord.
KJV: Wherefore whosoever shall eat this bread, and drink this cup of the Lord, unworthily, shall be guilty of the body and blood of the Lord.
References
"whosoever"1Co 10:21: You cannot drink the cup of the Lord: and the cup of devils: you cannot be partakers of the Lord's table: and of the table of devils.Le 10:1-3: Nadab and Abihu: the sons of Aaron: took either of them His censer: and put fire therein: and put incense thereon: and offered strange fire before the LORD: which He commanded not them.Nu 9:10: 13: Speak to the children of Israel: saying: If any man of you or of your posterity will be unclean by reason of a dead body: or be in a journey afar off: yet He will keep the passover to the LORD.2Ch 30:18-20: For a multitude of the people: even many of Ephraim: and Manasseh: Issachar: and Zebulun: not had cleansed themselves: yet did they eat the passover otherwise than it was written. But Hezekiah prayed for them: saying: The good LORD pardon every oneMt 22:11: When the king came in to see the guests: he saw there a man which not had on a wedding garment:Joh 6:51: 63: 64: I am the living bread which came down from heaven: if any man eat of this bread: he will live for ever: and the bread that I will give is my flesh: which I will give for the life of the world.Joh 13:18-27: I not speak of you all: I know whom I have chosen: but that the scripture may be fulfilled: He who eats bread with me has lifted up his heel against me.
δοκιμαζετω δε ανθρωπος εαυτον και ουτως εκ του αρτου εσθιετω και εκ του ποτηριου πινετω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1381δοκιμαζέτωdokimazetō (V-PMA-3S) G1381 δοκιμάζω dokimázō dok-im-ad-zo from δόκιμος; to test (literally or figuratively); by implication, to approve:--allow, discern, examine, X like, (ap-)prove, try.
|
δοκιμαζέτωdokimazetō
|
Let examine
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
a man
|
N-NMS
|
G1438ἑαυτόν,heauton (RefPro-AM3S) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτόν,heauton
|
himself,
|
RefPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
in this manner
|
Adv
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G740ἄρτουartou (N-GMS) G740 ἄρτος ártos ar-tos from αἴρω; bread (as raised) or a loaf:--(shew-)bread, loaf.
|
ἄρτουartou
|
bread
|
N-GMS
|
G2068ἐσθιέτωesthietō (V-PMA-3S) G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθιέτωesthietō
|
let him eat,
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4221ποτηρίουpotēriou (N-GNS) G4221 ποτήριον potḗrion pot-ay-ree-on neuter of a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; a drinking-vessel; by extension, the contents thereof, i.e. a cupful (draught); figuratively, a lot or fate:--cup.
|
ποτηρίουpotēriou
|
cup
|
N-GNS
|
G4095πινέτω·pinetō (V-PMA-3S) G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πινέτω·pinetō
|
let him drink.
|
V-PMA-3S
|
28
But let a man examine himself, and so let him eat of that bread, and drink of that cup.1 Corinthians 11:28
Stats
Counts: 89 characters, 15 words, 66 letters, 25 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: δοκιμαζετω δε ανθρωπος εαυτον και ουτως εκ του αρτου εσθιετω και εκ του ποτηριου πινετω
Lit: Let examine however a man himself, and in this manner of the bread let him eat, and of the cup let him drink.
KJV: But let a man examine himself, and so let him eat of that bread, and drink of [that] cup.
References
"let a"1Co 11:31: For if we would judge ourselves: we not should be judged.Ps 26:2-7: Examine me: O LORD: and prove me; try my reins and my heart.La 3:40: Let us search and try our ways: and turn again to the LORD.Hag 1:5: 7: Now therefore thus says the LORD of hosts; Consider your ways.Zec 7:5-7: Speak to all the people of the land: and to the priests: saying: When you fasted and mourned in the fifth and seventh month: even those 70 years: did you at all fast to me: even to me?2Co 13:5: Examine yourselves: whether you be in the faith; prove your own selves. Know you not your own selves: how that Jesus Christ is in you: except you be reprobates?Ga 6:4: But let every man prove his own work: and then will he have rejoicing in himself alone: not and in another.1Jo 3:20: 21: For if our heart condemn us: God is greater than our heart: and knows all things."and so"Nu 9:10-13: Speak to the children of Israel: saying: If any man of you or of your posterity will be unclean by reason of a dead body: or be in a journey afar off: yet He will keep the passover to the LORD.Mt 5:23: 24: Therefore if you bring your gift to the altar: and there remember that your brother has ought against you;
ο γαρ εσθιων και πινων αναξιως κριμα εαυτω εσθιει και πινει μη διακρινων το σωμα του κυριου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2068ἐσθίωνesthiōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίωνesthiōn
|
eating
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4095πίνωνpinōn (V-PPA-NMS) G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πίνωνpinōn
|
drinking
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2917κρίμαkrima (N-ANS) G2917 κρίμα kríma kree-mah from κρίνω; a decision (the function or the effect, for or against (crime)):--avenge, condemned, condemnation, damnation, + go to law, judgment.
|
κρίμαkrima
|
judgment
|
N-ANS
|
G1438ἑαυτῷheautō (RefPro-DM3S) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτῷheautō
|
on himself,
|
RefPro-DM3S
|
G2068ἐσθίειesthiei (V-PIA-3S) G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθίειesthiei
|
eats
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4095πίνειpinei (V-PIA-3S) G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πίνειpinei
|
drinks
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1252διακρίνωνdiakrinōn (V-PPA-NMS) G1252 διακρίνω diakrínō dee-ak-ree-no from διά and κρίνω; to separate thoroughly, i.e. (literally and reflexively) to withdraw from, or (by implication) oppose; figuratively, to discriminate (by implication, decide), or (reflexively) hesitate:--contend, make (to) differ(-ence), discern, doubt, judge, be partial, stagger, waver.
|
διακρίνωνdiakrinōn
|
discerning
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4983σῶμα.sōma (N-ANS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμα.sōma
|
body.
|
N-ANS
|
29
For He that'>He who eats'>eats and drinks'>drinks unworthily, eats'>eats and drinks'>drinks damnation to Himself, not discerning the Lord's body.1 Corinthians 11:29
Stats
Counts: 117 characters, 16 words, 96 letters, 32 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο γαρ εσθιων και πινων αναξιως κριμα εαυτω εσθιει και πινει μη διακρινων το σωμα του κυριου
Lit: The one for eating and drinking judgment on himself, eats and drinks not discerning the body.
KJV: For he that eateth and drinketh unworthily, eateth and drinketh damnation to himself, not discerning the Lord's body.
References
"damnation"1Co 11:30: 32-34: For this cause many are weak and sickly among you: and many sleep.Ro 13:2: Whoever therefore resists'>resists the power: resists'>resists the ordinance of God: and they that resist will receive to themselves damnation.Jas 3:1: My brothers: not be many masters: knowing that we will receive the greater condemnation.Jas 5:12: But above all things: my brothers: not swear: neither by heaven: neither by the earth: neither by any other oath: but let your yes be yes; and your no: no; lest you fall into condemnation."not"1Co 11:24: 27: When he had given thanks: he brake it: and said: Take: eat: this is my body: which is broken for you: this do in remembrance of me.Ec 8:5: Whoever keeps the commandment will feel no evil thing: and a wise man's heart discerns both time and judgment.Heb 5:14: But strong meat belongs to them that are of full age: even those who by reason of use have their senses exercised to discern both good and evil.
δια τουτο εν υμιν πολλοι ασθενεις και αρρωστοι και κοιμωνται ικανοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
Because of
|
Prep
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this,
|
DPro-ANS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G4183πολλοὶpolloi (Adj-NMP) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὶpolloi
|
many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G772ἀσθενεῖςastheneis (Adj-NMP) G772 ἀσθενής asthenḗs as-then-ace from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of σθενόω; strengthless (in various applications, literal, figurative and moral):--more feeble, impotent, sick, without strength, weak(-er, -ness, thing).
|
ἀσθενεῖςastheneis
|
are weak
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G732ἄρρωστοιarrōstoi (Adj-NMP) G732 ἄῤῥωστος árrhōstos ar-hroce-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of ῥώννυμι; infirm:--sick (folk, -ly).
|
ἄρρωστοιarrōstoi
|
sick,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2837κοιμῶνταιkoimōntai (V-PIM/P-3P) G2837 κοιμάω koimáō koy-mah-o from κεῖμαι; to put to sleep, i.e. (passively or reflexively) to slumber; figuratively, to decease:--(be a-, fall a-, fall on) sleep, be dead.
|
κοιμῶνταιkoimōntai
|
are fallen asleep
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G2425ἱκανοί.hikanoi (Adj-NMP) G2425 ἱκανός hikanós hik-an-os from ( or , akin to ἥκω) (to arrive); competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in amount) or fit (in character):--able, + content, enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.
|
ἱκανοί.hikanoi
|
many.
|
Adj-NMP
|
30
For this cause many are weak and sickly among you, and many sleep.1 Corinthians 11:30
Stats
Counts: 66 characters, 12 words, 52 letters, 20 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: δια τουτο εν υμιν πολλοι ασθενεις και αρρωστοι και κοιμωνται ικανοι
Lit: Because of this, among you many are weak and sick, and are fallen asleep many.
KJV: For this cause many are weak and sickly among you, and many sleep.
References
"many"1Co 11:32: But when we are judged: we are chastened of the Lord: that we not should be condemned with the world.Ex 15:26: Said: If you will diligently listen to the voice of the LORD your God: and will do that which is right in His sight: and will give ear to His commandments: and keep all His statutes: I will put none of these diseases upon you: which I have brought upon the Egyptians: for I am the LORD that heals you.Nu 20:12: 24: The LORD spoke to Moses and Aaron: Because you believed not me: to sanctify me in the eyes of the children of Israel: therefore you will not bring this congregation into the land which I have given them.Nu 21:6-9: The LORD sent fiery serpents among the people: and they bit the people; and much people of Israel died.2Sa 12:14-18: Howbeit: because by this deed you have given great occasion to the enemies of the LORD to blaspheme: the child also that is born to you will surely die.1Ki 13:21-24: He cried to the man of God that came from Judah: saying: Thus says the LORD: Forasmuch as you have disobeyed the mouth of the LORD: and have not kept the commandment which the LORD your God commanded you: Ps 38:1-8: > O LORD: rebuke not me in your wrath: neither chasten me in your hot displeasure.Ps 78:30: 31: They not were estranged from their lust. But while their meat was yet in their mouths: Ps 89:31-34: If they break my statutes: and not keep my commandments;Am 3:2: You only have I known of all the families of the earth: therefore I will punish you for all your iniquities.Heb 12:5-11: you have forgotten the exhortation which speaks to you as to children: My son: not despise you the chastening of the Lord: nor faint when you are rebuked of Him:Re 3:19: As many as I love: I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore: and repent."sleep"1Co 15:51: Look: I show you a mystery; We will not all sleep: but we will all be changed: Ac 13:36: For David: after He had served His own generation by the will of God: fell on sleep: and was laid to His fathers: and saw corruption:1Th 4:14: For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again: even so them also which sleep in Jesus will God bring with Him.
ει γαρ εαυτους διεκρινομεν ουκ αν εκρινομεθα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487Εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
Εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1438ἑαυτοὺςheautous (RefPro-AM3P) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοὺςheautous
|
ourselves
|
RefPro-AM3P
|
G1252διεκρίνομεν,diekrinomen (V-IIA-1P) G1252 διακρίνω diakrínō dee-ak-ree-no from διά and κρίνω; to separate thoroughly, i.e. (literally and reflexively) to withdraw from, or (by implication) oppose; figuratively, to discriminate (by implication, decide), or (reflexively) hesitate:--contend, make (to) differ(-ence), discern, doubt, judge, be partial, stagger, waver.
|
διεκρίνομεν,diekrinomen
|
we were judging,
|
V-IIA-1P
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2919ἐκρινόμεθα·ekrinometha (V-IIM/P-1P) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
ἐκρινόμεθα·ekrinometha
|
we would come under judgment.
|
V-IIM/P-1P
|
31
For if we would judge ourselves, we not should be judged.1 Corinthians 11:31
Stats
Counts: 57 characters, 10 words, 45 letters, 18 vowels, 27 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει γαρ εαυτους διεκρινομεν ουκ αν εκρινομεθα
Lit: If for ourselves we were judging, not we would come under judgment.
KJV: For if we would judge ourselves, we should not be judged.
References
"For if we would judge ourselves, we should not be judged."1Co 11:28: But let a man examine himself: and so let him eat of that bread: and drink of that cup.Ps 32:3-5: When I kept silence: my bones waxed old through my roaring all the day long.Jer 31:18-20: I have surely heard Ephraim bemoaning Himself thus; You have chastised me: and I was chastised: as a bullock unaccustomed to the yoke: turn you me: and I will be turned; for you are the LORD my God.Lu 15:18-20: I will arise and go to my father: and will say to Him: Father: I have sinned against heaven: and before you: 1Jo 1:9: If we confess our sins: he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins: and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.Re 2:5: Remember therefore from where you are fallen: and repent: and do the first works; or else I will come to you quickly: and will remove your candlestick out of his place: except you repent.Re 3:2: 3: Be watchful: and strengthen the things which remain: that are ready to die: for I not have found your works perfect before God.
κρινομενοι δε υπο κυριου παιδευομεθα ινα μη συν τω κοσμω κατακριθωμεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2919κρινόμενοιkrinomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρινόμενοιkrinomenoi
|
Being judged
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord,
|
N-GMS
|
G3811παιδευόμεθα,paideuometha (V-PIM/P-1P) G3811 παιδεύω paideúō pahee-dyoo-o from παῖς; to train up a child, i.e. educate, or (by implication), discipline (by punishment):--chasten(-ise), instruct, learn, teach.
|
παιδευόμεθα,paideuometha
|
we are disciplined,
|
V-PIM/P-1P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep) G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2889κόσμῳkosmō (N-DMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμῳkosmō
|
world
|
N-DMS
|
G2632κατακριθῶμεν.katakrithōmen (V-ASP-1P) G2632 κατακρίνω katakrínō kat-ak-ree-no from κατά and κρίνω; to judge against, i.e. sentence:--condemn, damn.
|
κατακριθῶμεν.katakrithōmen
|
we should be condemned.
|
V-ASP-1P
|
32
But when we are judged, we are chastened of the Lord, that we not should be condemned with the world.1 Corinthians 11:32
Stats
Rank: #7389 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 101 characters, 18 words, 79 letters, 28 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: κρινομενοι δε υπο κυριου παιδευομεθα ινα μη συν τω κοσμω κατακριθωμεν
Lit: Being judged however by the Lord, we are disciplined, so that not with the world we should be condemned.
KJV: But when we are judged, we are chastened of the Lord, that we should not be condemned with the world.
References
"we are"1Co 11:30: For this cause many are weak and sickly among you: and many sleep.De 8:5: You will also consider in your heart: that: as a man chastens'>chastens His son: so the LORD your God chastens'>chastens you.Job 5:17: 18: Look: happy is the man whom God corrects: therefore not despise you the chastening of the Almighty:Job 33:18-30: He keeps back his soul from the pit: and his life from perishing by the sword.Job 34:31: 32: Surely it is meet to be said to God: I have borne chastisement: I not will offend any more:Ps 94:12: 13: Blessed is the man whom you chasten: O LORD: and teach Him out of your law;Ps 118:18: The LORD has chastened me sore: but He has not given me over to death.Pr 3:11: 12: My son: not despise the chastening of the LORD; neither be weary of His correction:Isa 1:5: Why should you be stricken any more? you will revolt more and more: the whole head is sick: and the whole heart faint.Jer 7:28: But you will say to them: This is a nation that obeies not the voice of the LORD their God: nor receives correction: truth is perished: and is cut off from their mouth.Zep 3:2: She not obeyed the voice; she not received correction; she not trusted in the LORD; she not drew near to her God.Heb 12:5-11: you have forgotten the exhortation which speaks to you as to children: My son: not despise you the chastening of the Lord: nor faint when you are rebuked of Him:"condemned"Ro 3:19: Now we know that what things soever the law says: it says to them who are under the law: that every mouth may be stopped: and all the world may become guilty before God.1Jo 5:19: And we know that we are of God: and the whole world lies in wickedness.
ωστε αδελφοι μου συνερχομενοι εις το φαγειν αλληλους εκδεχεσθε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5620Ὥστε,hōste (Conj) G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
Ὥστε,hōste
|
So then,
|
Conj
|
G80ἀδελφοίadelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοίadelphoi
|
brothers
|
N-VMP
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G4905συνερχόμενοιsynerchomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
συνερχόμενοιsynerchomenoi
|
coming together
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in order
|
Prep
|
G5315φαγεῖνphagein (V-ANA) G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φαγεῖνphagein
|
to eat,
|
V-ANA
|
G240ἀλλήλουςallēlous (RecPro-AMP) G240 ἀλλήλων allḗlōn al-lay-lone Genitive plural from ἄλλος reduplicated; one another:--each other, mutual, one another, (the other), (them-, your-)selves, (selves) together (sometimes with μετά or πρός).,
|
ἀλλήλουςallēlous
|
one another
|
RecPro-AMP
|
G1551ἐκδέχεσθε.ekdechesthe (V-PMM/P-2P) G1551 ἐκδέχομαι ekdéchomai ek-dekh-om-ahee from ἐκ and δέχομαι; to accept from some source, i.e. (by implication) to await:--expect, look (tarry) for, wait (for).
|
ἐκδέχεσθε.ekdechesthe
|
wait for.
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
33
For what reason, my brothers, when you come together to eat, tarry one for another.1 Corinthians 11:33
Stats
Counts: 76 characters, 10 words, 60 letters, 23 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: ωστε αδελφοι μου συνερχομενοι εις το φαγειν αλληλους εκδεχεσθε
Lit: So then, brothers of me, coming together in order to eat, one another wait for.
KJV: Wherefore, my brethren, when ye come together to eat, tarry one for another.
ει δε τις πεινα εν οικω εσθιετω ινα μη εις κριμα συνερχησθε τα δε λοιπα ως αν ελθω διαταξομαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἴei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἴei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3983πεινᾷ,peina (V-PIA-3S) G3983 πεινάω peináō pi-nah-o from the same as πένης (through the idea of pinching toil; pine); to famish (absolutely or comparatively); figuratively, to crave:--be an hungered.
|
πεινᾷ,peina
|
is hungry,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3624οἴκῳoikō (N-DMS) G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἴκῳoikō
|
home
|
N-DMS
|
G2068ἐσθιέτω,esthietō (V-PMA-3S) G2068 ἐσθίω esthíō es-thee-o strengthened for a primary (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by φάγω; to eat (usually literal):--devour, eat, live.
|
ἐσθιέτω,esthietō
|
let him eat,
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G2917κρίμαkrima (N-ANS) G2917 κρίμα kríma kree-mah from κρίνω; a decision (the function or the effect, for or against (crime)):--avenge, condemned, condemnation, damnation, + go to law, judgment.
|
κρίμαkrima
|
judgment
|
N-ANS
|
G4905συνέρχησθε.synerchēsthe (V-PSM/P-2P) G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
συνέρχησθε.synerchēsthe
|
you might come together.
|
V-PSM/P-2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3062λοιπὰloipa (Adj-ANP) G3062 λοιποί loipoí loy-poy masculine plural of a derivative of λείπω; remaining ones:--other, which remain, remnant, residue, rest.
|
λοιπὰloipa
|
the other things,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as soon as
|
Adv
|
G2064ἔλθωelthō (V-ASA-1S) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔλθωelthō
|
I might come,
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G1299διατάξομαι.diataxomai (V-FIM-1S) G1299 διατάσσω diatássō dee-at-as-so from διά and τάσσω; to arrange thoroughly, i.e. (specially) institute, prescribe, etc.:--appoint, command, give, (set in) order, ordain.
|
διατάξομαι.diataxomai
|
I will set in order.
|
V-FIM-1S
|
34
If any man hunger, let him eat at home; that you not come together to condemnation. And the rest will I set in order when I come.1 Corinthians 11:34
Stats
Counts: 134 characters, 25 words, 103 letters, 41 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει δε τις πεινα εν οικω εσθιετω ινα μη εις κριμα συνερχησθε τα δε λοιπα ως αν ελθω διαταξομαι
Lit: If anyone is hungry, at home let him eat, so that not for judgment you might come together. And the other things, as soon as I might come, I will set in order.
KJV: And if any man hunger, let him eat at home; that ye come not together unto condemnation. And the rest will I set in order when I come.
References
"if any"1Co 11:21: 22: For in eating every one takes before other his own supper: and one is hungry: and another is drunken."will I"1Co 7:17: But as God has distributed to every man: as the Lord has called every one: so let Him walk. And so ordain I in all churches.Tit 1:5: For this cause left I you in Crete: that you should set in order the things that are wanting: and ordain elders in every city: as I had appointed you:"when"1Co 4:19: But I will come to you shortly: if the Lord will: and will know: not the speech of them which are puffed up: but the power.1Co 16:2: 5: Upon the first day of the week let every one of you lay by Him in store: as God has prospered Him: that there be no gatherings when I come.
12
Spiritual Gifts
Different Gifts, Same Spirit
περι δε των πνευματικων αδελφοι ου θελω υμας αγνοειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4012ΠερὶPeri (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
ΠερὶPeri
|
Concerning
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4152πνευματικῶν,pneumatikōn (Adj-GNP) G4152 πνευματικός pneumatikós pnyoo-mat-ik-os from πνεῦμα; non-carnal, i.e. (humanly) ethereal (as opposed to gross), or (dæmoniacally) a spirit (concretely), or (divinely) supernatural, regenerate, religious:--spiritual. Compare ψυχικός.
|
πνευματικῶν,pneumatikōn
|
spiritual gifts,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2309θέλωthelō (V-PIA-1S) G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλωthelō
|
I do want
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G50ἀγνοεῖν.agnoein (V-PNA) G50 ἀγνοέω agnoéō ag-no-eh-o from Α (as a negative particle) and νοιέω; not to know (through lack of information or intelligence); by implication, to ignore (through disinclination):--(be) ignorant(-ly), not know, not understand, unknown.
|
ἀγνοεῖν.agnoein
|
to be ignorant.
|
V-PNA
|
1
Now concerning spiritual gifts, brothers, I not would have you ignorant.
1 Corinthians 12:1
Stats
Rank: #1151 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 72 characters, 9 words, 59 letters, 22 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: περι δε των πνευματικων αδελφοι ου θελω υμας αγνοειν
Lit: Concerning now spiritual gifts, brothers, not I do want you to be ignorant.
KJV: Now concerning spiritual gifts, brethren, I would not have you ignorant.
References
"spiritual"1Co 12:4-11: Now there are diversities of gifts: but the same Spirit.1Co 14:1-18: 37: Follow after charity: and desire spiritual gifts: but rather that you may prophesy.Eph 4:11: He gave some: apostles; and some: prophets; and some: evangelists; and some: pastors and teachers;"I would not"1Co 10:1: Moreover: brothers: I not would that you should be ignorant: how that all our fathers were under the cloud: and all passed through the sea;2Co 1:8: For we not would: brothers: have you ignorant of our trouble which came to us in Asia: that we were pressed out of measure: above strength: insomuch that we despaired even of life:1Th 4:13: But I not would have you to be ignorant: brothers: concerning them which are asleep: that you not sorrow: even as others which have no hope.2Pe 3:8: But: beloved: not be ignorant of this one thing: that one day is with the Lord as a000 years: and a000 years as one day.
οιδατε οτι εθνη ητε προς τα ειδωλα τα αφωνα ως αν ηγεσθε απαγομενοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1492ΟἴδατεOidate (V-RIA-2P) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ΟἴδατεOidate
|
You know
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv) G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G1484ἔθνηethnē (N-NNP) G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνηethnē
|
pagans
|
N-NNP
|
G1510ἦτεēte (V-IIA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦτεēte
|
you were,
|
V-IIA-2P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1497εἴδωλαeidōla (N-ANP) G1497 εἴδωλον eídōlon i-do-lon from εἶδος; an image (i.e. for worship); by implication, a heathen god, or (plural) the worship of such:--idol.
|
εἴδωλαeidōla
|
idols
|
N-ANP
|
G880ἄφωναaphōna (Adj-ANP) G880 ἄφωνος áphōnos af-o-nos from Α (as a negative particle) and φωνή; voiceless, i.e. mute (by nature or choice); figuratively, unmeaning:--dumb, without signification.
|
ἄφωναaphōna
|
mute,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
even as
|
Adv
|
G71ἤγεσθεēgesthe (V-IIM/P-2P) G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.
|
ἤγεσθεēgesthe
|
you were led,
|
V-IIM/P-2P
|
G520ἀπαγόμενοι.apagomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G520 ἀπάγω apágō ap-ag-o from ἀπό and ἄγω; to take off (in various senses):--bring, carry away, lead (away), put to death, take away.
|
ἀπαγόμενοι.apagomenoi
|
being carried away.
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
2
You know that you were Gentiles, carried away to these dumb idols, even as you were led.1 Corinthians 12:2
Stats
Rank: #7614 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 87 characters, 15 words, 68 letters, 28 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: οιδατε οτι εθνη ητε προς τα ειδωλα τα αφωνα ως αν ηγεσθε απαγομενοι
Lit: You know that when pagans you were, to idols mute, even as you were led, being carried away.
KJV: Ye know that ye were Gentiles, carried away unto these dumb idols, even as ye were led.
References
"that"1Co 6:11: Such were some of you: but you are washed: but you are sanctified: but you are justified in the name of the Lord Jesus: and by the Spirit of our God.Ga 4:8: Howbeit then: when you not knew God: you did service to them which by nature are no gods.Eph 2:11: 12: For what reason remember: that you being in time past Gentiles in the flesh: who are called Uncircumcision by that which is called the Circumcision in the flesh made by hands;Eph 4:17: 18: This I say therefore: and testify in the Lord: that you henceforth not walk as other Gentiles walk: in the vanity of their mind: 1Th 1:9: For they themselves show of us what manner of entering in we had to you: and how you turned to God from idols to serve the living and true God;Tit 3:3: For we ourselves also were sometimes foolish: disobedient: deceived: serving divers lusts and pleasures: living in malice and envy: hateful: and hating one another.1Pe 4:3: For the time past of our life may suffice us to have wrought the will of the Gentiles: when we walked in lasciviousness: lusts: excess of wine: revellings: banquetings: and abominable idolatries:"dumb"Ps 115:5: 7: They have mouths: but they not speak: eyes have they: but they not see:Ps 135:16: They have mouths: but they not speak; eyes have they: but they not see;Hab 2:18: 19: What profits the graven image that the maker thereof has graven it; the molten image: and a teacher of lies: that the maker of his work trusts therein: to make dumb idols?"even"Mt 15:14: Let them alone: they be blind leaders of the blind. And if the blind lead the blind: both will fall into the ditch.1Pe 1:18: Forasmuch as you know that you not were redeemed with corruptible things: as silver and gold: from your vain conversation received by tradition from your fathers;
διο γνωριζω υμιν οτι ουδεις εν πνευματι θεου λαλων λεγει αναθεμα ιησουν και ουδεις δυναται ειπειν κυριον ιησουν ει μη εν πνευματι αγιω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1352διὸdio (Conj) G1352 διό dió dee-o from διά and ὅς; through which thing, i.e. consequently:--for which cause, therefore, wherefore.
|
διὸdio
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G1107γνωρίζωgnōrizō (V-PIA-1S) G1107 γνωρίζω gnōrízō gno-rid-zo from a derivative of γινώσκω; to make known; subjectively, to know:--certify, declare, make known, give to understand, do to wit, wot.
|
γνωρίζωgnōrizō
|
I make known
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4151ΠνεύματιPneumati (N-DNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματιPneumati
|
the Spirit
|
N-DNS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G2980λαλῶνlalōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῶνlalōn
|
speaking,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G331ΑναθεμαANATHEMA (N-NNS) G331 ἀνάθεμα anáthema an-ath-em-ah from ἀνατίθεμαι; a (religious) ban or (concretely) excommunicated (thing or person):--accused, anathema, curse, X great.
|
ΑναθεμαANATHEMA
|
Accursed is
|
N-NNS
|
G2424ΙΗΣΟΥΣ,IĒSOUS (N-NMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ΙΗΣΟΥΣ,IĒSOUS
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1410δύναταιdynatai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναταιdynatai
|
is able
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3004εἰπεῖνeipein (V-ANA) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπεῖνeipein
|
to say,
|
V-ANA
|
G2962ΚυριοςKYRIOS (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυριοςKYRIOS
|
Lord is
|
N-NMS
|
G2424ΙΗΣΟΥΣ,IĒSOUS (N-NMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ΙΗΣΟΥΣ,IĒSOUS
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4151ΠνεύματιPneumati (N-DNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματιPneumati
|
the Spirit
|
N-DNS
|
G40Ἁγίῳ.Hagiō (Adj-DNS) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
Ἁγίῳ.Hagiō
|
Holy.
|
Adj-DNS
|
3
For what reason I give you to understand, that no man speaking by the Spirit of God calls Jesus accursed: and that no man can say that Jesus is the Lord, but by the Holy Ghost.1 Corinthians 12:3
Stats
Rank: #2842 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 172 characters, 31 words, 135 letters, 47 vowels, 88 consonants
Translation
Greek: διο γνωριζω υμιν οτι ουδεις εν πνευματι θεου λαλων λεγει αναθεμα ιησουν και ουδεις δυναται ειπειν κυριον ιησουν ει μη εν πνευματι αγιω
Lit: Therefore I make known to you that no one in the Spirit of God speaking, says Accursed is Jesus, and no one is able to say, Lord is Jesus, if not in the Spirit Holy.
KJV: Wherefore I give you to understand, that no man speaking by the Spirit of God calleth Jesus accursed: and that no man can say that Jesus is the Lord, but by the Holy Ghost.
References
"no man"1Co 8:6: But to us there is but one God: the Father: of whom are all things: and we in Him; and one Lord Jesus Christ: by whom are all things: and we by Him.Mt 16:16: 17: Simon Peter answered and said: You are the Christ: the Son of the living God.Joh 13:13: You call me Master and Lord: and you say well; for so I am.Joh 15:26: But when the Comforter is come: whom I will send to you from the Father: even the Spirit of truth: which proceeds from the Father: He will testify of me:2Co 3:5: Not that we are sufficient of ourselves to think any thing as of ourselves; but our sufficiency is of God;2Co 11:4: For if He that'>He who comes preaches another Jesus: whom we not have preached: or if you receive another spirit: which you not have received: or another gospel: which you not have accepted: you might well bear with Him."accursed"1Co 16:22: If any man not love the Lord Jesus Christ: let Him be Anathema Maranatha.De 21:23: His body will not remain all night upon the tree: but you will in any wise bury Him that day; (for He that'>He who is hanged is accursed of God;) that your land not be defiled: which the LORD your God gives you for an inheritance.Ga 3:13: Christ has redeemed us from the curse of the law: being made a curse for us: for it is written: Cursed is every one that hangs on a tree:
διαιρεσεις δε χαρισματων εισιν το δε αυτο πνευμα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1243ΔιαιρέσειςDiaireseis (N-NFP) G1243 διαίρεσις diaíresis dee-ah-ee-res-is from διαιρέω; a distinction or (concretely) variety:--difference, diversity.
|
ΔιαιρέσειςDiaireseis
|
Varieties
|
N-NFP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5486χαρισμάτωνcharismatōn (N-GNP) G5486 χάρισμα chárisma khar-is-mah from χαρίζομαι; a (divine) gratuity, i.e. deliverance (from danger or passion); (specially), a (spiritual) endowment, i.e. (subjectively) religious qualification, or (objectively) miraculous faculty:--(free) gift.
|
χαρισμάτωνcharismatōn
|
of gifts
|
N-GNP
|
G1510εἰσίν,eisin (V-PIA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσίν,eisin
|
there are,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
but
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸauto (PPro-NN3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸauto
|
the same
|
PPro-NN3S
|
G4151Πνεῦμα·Pneuma (N-NNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
Πνεῦμα·Pneuma
|
Spirit;
|
N-NNS
|
4
Now there are diversities of gifts, but the same Spirit.1 Corinthians 12:4
Stats
Rank: #785 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 56 characters, 9 words, 45 letters, 18 vowels, 27 consonants
Translation
Greek: διαιρεσεις δε χαρισματων εισιν το δε αυτο πνευμα
Lit: Varieties now of gifts there are, but the same Spirit;
KJV: Now there are diversities of gifts, but the same Spirit.
References
"there"1Co 12:8-11: 28: For to one is given by the Spirit the word of wisdom; to another the word of knowledge by the same Spirit;Ro 12:4-6: For as we have many members in one body: and all members not have the same office:Eph 4:4: There is one body: and one Spirit: even as you are called in one hope of your calling;Heb 2:4: God also bearing them witness: both with signs and wonders: and with divers miracles: and gifts of the Holy Ghost: according to His own will?1Pe 4:10: As every man has received the gift: even so minister the same one to another: as good stewards of the manifold grace of God.
και διαιρεσεις διακονιων εισιν και ο αυτος κυριος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1243διαιρέσειςdiaireseis (N-NFP) G1243 διαίρεσις diaíresis dee-ah-ee-res-is from διαιρέω; a distinction or (concretely) variety:--difference, diversity.
|
διαιρέσειςdiaireseis
|
varieties
|
N-NFP
|
G1248διακονιῶνdiakoniōn (N-GFP) G1248 διακονία diakonía dee-ak-on-ee-ah from διάκονος; attendance (as a servant, etc.); figuratively (eleemosynary) aid, (official) service (especially of the Christian teacher, or technically of the diaconate):--(ad-)minister(-ing, -tration, -try), office, relief, service(-ing).
|
διακονιῶνdiakoniōn
|
of services
|
N-GFP
|
G1510εἰσιν,eisin (V-PIA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσιν,eisin
|
there are,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
same
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G2962Κύριος·Kyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριος·Kyrios
|
Lord;
|
N-NMS
|
5
There are differences of administrations, but the same Lord.1 Corinthians 12:5
Stats
Rank: #8253 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 64 characters, 9 words, 53 letters, 21 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: και διαιρεσεις διακονιων εισιν και ο αυτος κυριος
Lit: and varieties of services there are, but the same Lord;
KJV: And there are differences of administrations, but the same Lord.
References
"administrations"1Co 12:28: 29: God has set some in the church: first apostles: secondarily prophets: thirdly teachers: after that miracles: then gifts of healings: helps: governments: diversities of tongues.Ro 12:6-8: Having then gifts differing according to the grace that is given to us: whether prophecy: let us prophesy according to the proportion of faith;Eph 4:11: 12: He gave some: apostles; and some: prophets; and some: evangelists; and some: pastors and teachers;"but"1Co 8:6: But to us there is but one God: the Father: of whom are all things: and we in Him; and one Lord Jesus Christ: by whom are all things: and we by Him.Mt 23:10: Neither be you called masters: for one is your Master: even Christ.Ac 10:36: The word which God sent to the children of Israel: preaching peace by Jesus Christ: (He is Lord of all:)Ro 14:8: 9: For whether we live: we live to the Lord; and whether we die: we die to the Lord: whether we live therefore: or die: we are the Lord's.Php 2:11: that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord: to the glory of God the Father.
και διαιρεσεις ενεργηματων εισιν ο δε αυτος εστιν θεος ο ενεργων τα παντα εν πασιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1243διαιρέσειςdiaireseis (N-NFP) G1243 διαίρεσις diaíresis dee-ah-ee-res-is from διαιρέω; a distinction or (concretely) variety:--difference, diversity.
|
διαιρέσειςdiaireseis
|
varieties
|
N-NFP
|
G1755ἐνεργημάτωνenergēmatōn (N-GNP) G1755 ἐνέργημα enérgēma en-erg-ay-mah from ἐνεργέω; an effect:--operation, working.
|
ἐνεργημάτωνenergēmatōn
|
of workings
|
N-GNP
|
G1510εἰσίν,eisin (V-PIA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσίν,eisin
|
there are,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2532(καὶ)kai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
(καὶ)kai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
but
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
same
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G2316ΘεόςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεόςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1754ἐνεργῶνenergōn (V-PPA-NMS) G1754 ἐνεργέω energéō en-erg-eh-o from ἐνεργής; to be active, efficient:--do, (be) effectual (fervent), be mighty in, shew forth self, work (effectually in).
|
ἐνεργῶνenergōn
|
is working
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3956πᾶσιν.pasin (Adj-DMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσιν.pasin
|
everyone.
|
Adj-DMP
|
6
There are diversities of operations, but it is the same God which works all in all.1 Corinthians 12:6
Stats
Rank: #8470 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 89 characters, 16 words, 71 letters, 29 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: και διαιρεσεις ενεργηματων εισιν ο δε αυτος εστιν θεος ο ενεργων τα παντα εν πασιν
Lit: and varieties of workings there are, also the but same God is working the all things in everyone.
KJV: And there are diversities of operations, but it is the same God which worketh all in all.
References
"worketh"1Co 12:11: But all these works that one and the selfsame Spirit: dividing to every man severally as He will.1Co 3:7: So then neither is He that'>He who plants any thing: neither He that'>He who waters; but God that gives the increase.Job 33:29: Indeed: all these things works God oftentimes with man: Joh 5:17: But Jesus answered them: My Father works hitherto: and I work.Eph 1:19-22: What is the exceeding greatness of his power to us-ward who believe: according to the working of his mighty power: Col 1:29: To what I also labour: striving according to his working: which works in me mightily.Php 2:13: For it is God which works in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure.Heb 13:21: Make you perfect in every good work to do His will: working in you that which is wellpleasing in His sight: through Jesus Christ; to whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen."all"1Co 15:28: When all things will be subdued to Him: then will the Son also Himself be subject to Him that put all things under Him: that God may be all in all.Eph 1:23: Which is his body: the fulness of him that fills all in all.Col 3:11: Where there is neither Greek nor Jew: circumcision nor uncircumcision: Barbarian: Scythian: bond nor free: but Christ is all: and in all.
εκαστω δε διδοται η φανερωσις του πνευματος προς το συμφερον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1538Ἑκάστῳhekastō (Adj-DMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
Ἑκάστῳhekastō
|
To each
|
Adj-DMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1325δίδοταιdidotai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δίδοταιdidotai
|
is given
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G5321φανέρωσιςphanerōsis (N-NFS) G5321 φανέρωσις phanérōsis fan-er-o-sis from φανερόω; exhibition, i.e. (figuratively) expression, (by extension) a bestowment:--manifestation.
|
φανέρωσιςphanerōsis
|
manifestation
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4851συμφέρον.sympheron (V-PPA-ANS) G4851 συμφέρω symphérō soom-fer-o from σύν and φέρω (including its alternate); to bear together (contribute), i.e. (literally) to collect, or (figuratively) to conduce; especially (neuter participle as a noun) advantage:--be better for, bring together, be expedient (for), be good, (be) profit(-able for).
|
συμφέρον.sympheron
|
common profiting.
|
V-PPA-ANS
|
7
But the manifestation of the Spirit is given to every man to profit withal.1 Corinthians 12:7
Stats
Rank: #1794 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 75 characters, 14 words, 61 letters, 24 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκαστω δε διδοται η φανερωσις του πνευματος προς το συμφερον
Lit: To each now is given the manifestation of the Spirit for the common profiting.
KJV: But the manifestation of the Spirit is given to every man to profit withal.
References
"But the manifestation of the Spirit is given to every man to profit withal."1Co 14:5: 12: 17: 19: 22-26: I would that you all spoke with tongues: but rather that you prophesied: for greater is he who prophesies than he who speaks with tongues: except he interpret: that the church may receive edifying.Mt 25:14-30: For the kingdom of heaven is as a man travelling into a far country: who called his own servants: and delivered to them his goods.Ro 12:6-8: Having then gifts differing according to the grace that is given to us: whether prophecy: let us prophesy according to the proportion of faith;Eph 4:7-12: But to every one of us is given grace according to the measure of the gift of Christ.1Pe 4:10: 11: As every man has received the gift: even so minister the same one to another: as good stewards of the manifold grace of God.
ω μεν γαρ δια του πνευματος διδοται λογος σοφιας αλλω δε λογος γνωσεως κατα το αυτο πνευμα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
To one
|
RelPro-DMS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
truly
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματοςPneumatos
|
Spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G1325δίδοταιdidotai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δίδοταιdidotai
|
is given
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3056λόγοςlogos (N-NMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοςlogos
|
a word
|
N-NMS
|
G4678σοφίας,sophias (N-GFS) G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίας,sophias
|
of wisdom,
|
N-GFS
|
G243ἄλλῳallō (Adj-DMS) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλῳallō
|
to another
|
Adj-DMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3056λόγοςlogos (N-NMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοςlogos
|
a word
|
N-NMS
|
G1108γνώσεωςgnōseōs (N-GFS) G1108 γνῶσις gnōsis gno-sis from γινώσκω; knowing (the act), i.e. (by implication) knowledge:--knowledge, science.
|
γνώσεωςgnōseōs
|
of knowledge,
|
N-GFS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G846αὐτὸauto (PPro-AN3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸauto
|
same
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G4151Πνεῦμα,Pneuma (N-ANS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
Πνεῦμα,Pneuma
|
Spirit,
|
N-ANS
|
8
For to one is given by the Spirit the word of wisdom; to another the word of knowledge by the same Spirit;1 Corinthians 12:8
Stats
Counts: 106 characters, 21 words, 83 letters, 30 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: ω μεν γαρ δια του πνευματος διδοται λογος σοφιας αλλω δε λογος γνωσεως κατα το αυτο πνευμα
Lit: To one truly for through the Spirit is given a word of wisdom, to another now a word of knowledge, according to the same Spirit,
KJV: For to one is given by the Spirit the word of wisdom; to another the word of knowledge by the same Spirit;
References
"is given"1Co 1:5: 30: That in every thing you are enriched by him: in all utterance: and in all knowledge;1Co 2:6-10: Howbeit we speak wisdom among them that are perfect: not yet the wisdom of this world: nor of the princes of this world: that come to nought:1Co 13:2: 8: Though I have the gift of prophecy: and understand all mysteries: and all knowledge; and though I have all faith: so that I could remove mountains: and not have charity: I not amhing.Ge 41:38: 39: Pharaoh said to His servants: Can we find such a one as this is: a man in whom the Spirit of God is?Ex 31:3: I have filled Him with the spirit of God: in wisdom: and in understanding: and in knowledge: and in all manner of workmanship: 1Ki 3:5-12: In Gibeon the LORD appeared to Solomon in a dream by night: and God said: Ask what I will give you.Ne 9:20: You gave'>gave also your good spirit to instruct them: and withheld not your manna from their mouth: and gave'>gave them water for their thirst.Job 32:8: But there is a spirit in man: and the inspiration of the Almighty gives them understanding.Ps 143:10: Teach me to do your will; for you are my God: your spirit is good; lead me into the land of uprightness.Pr 2:6: For the LORD gives wisdom: out of His mouth cometh knowledge and understanding.Isa 11:2: 3: The spirit of the LORD will rest upon Him: the spirit of wisdom and understanding: the spirit of counsel and might: the spirit of knowledge and of the fear of the LORD;Isa 50:4: The Lord GOD has given me the tongue of the learned: that I should know how to speak a word in season to Him that is weary: He wakes'>wakes morning by morning: He wakes'>wakes my ear to hear as the learned.Isa 59:21: As for me: this is my covenant with them: says the LORD; My spirit that is upon you: and my words which I have put in your mouth: will not depart out of your mouth: nor out of the mouth of your seed: nor out of the mouth of your seed's seed: says the LORD: from henceforth and for ever.Da 2:21: He changes the times and the seasons: he removes kings: and sets up kings: he gives wisdom to the wise: and knowledge to them that know understanding:Mt 13:11: He answered and said to them: Because it is given to you to know the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven: but to them it not is given.Ac 6:3: For what reason: brothers: look you out among you 7 men of ho report: full of the Holy Ghost and wisdom: whom we may appoint over this business.2Co 8:7: Therefore: as you abound in every thing: in faith: and utterance: and knowledge: and in all diligence: and in your love to us: see that you abound in this grace also.Eph 1:17: 18: That the God of our Lord Jesus Christ: the Father of glory: may give to you the spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of Him:
ετερω δε πιστις εν τω αυτω πνευματι αλλω δε χαρισματα ιαματων εν τω αυτω πνευματι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2087ἑτέρῳheterō (Adj-DMS) G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἑτέρῳheterō
|
and to a different one,
|
Adj-DMS
|
G4102πίστιςpistis (N-NFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστιςpistis
|
faith
|
N-NFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DN3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
same
|
PPro-DN3S
|
G4151Πνεύματι,Pneumati (N-DNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
Πνεύματι,Pneumati
|
Spirit,
|
N-DNS
|
G243ἄλλῳallō (Adj-DMS) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλῳallō
|
to another
|
Adj-DMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5486χαρίσματαcharismata (N-NNP) G5486 χάρισμα chárisma khar-is-mah from χαρίζομαι; a (divine) gratuity, i.e. deliverance (from danger or passion); (specially), a (spiritual) endowment, i.e. (subjectively) religious qualification, or (objectively) miraculous faculty:--(free) gift.
|
χαρίσματαcharismata
|
gifts
|
N-NNP
|
G2386ἰαμάτωνiamatōn (N-GNP) G2386 ἴαμα íama ee-am-ah from ἰάομαι; a cure (the effect):--healing.
|
ἰαμάτωνiamatōn
|
of healing
|
N-GNP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
that
|
Art-DNS
|
G1520ἑνὶheni (Adj-DNS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἑνὶheni
|
one
|
Adj-DNS
|
G4151Πνεύματι,Pneumati (N-DNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
Πνεύματι,Pneumati
|
Spirit,
|
N-DNS
|
9
To another faith by the same Spirit; to another the gifts of healing by the same Spirit;1 Corinthians 12:9
Stats
Rank: #8359 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 88 characters, 16 words, 70 letters, 26 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: ετερω δε πιστις εν τω αυτω πνευματι αλλω δε χαρισματα ιαματων εν τω αυτω πνευματι
Lit: and to a different one, faith by the same Spirit, to another now gifts of healing in that one Spirit,
KJV: To another faith by the same Spirit; to another the gifts of healing by the same Spirit;
References
"faith"1Co 13:2: Though I have the gift of prophecy: and understand all mysteries: and all knowledge; and though I have all faith: so that I could remove mountains: and not have charity: I not amhing.Mt 17:19: 20: Then came the disciples to Jesus apart: and said: Why not could we cast Him out?Mt 21:21: Jesus answered and said to them: Truly I say to you: If you have faith: and not doubt: you will not only do this which is done to the fig tree: but also if you will say to this mountain: Be you removed: and be you cast into the sea; it will be done.Mr 11:22: 23: Jesus answering says to them: Have faith in God.Lu 17:5: 6: The apostles said to the Lord: Increase our faith.2Co 4:13: We having the same spirit of faith: according as it is written: I believed: and therefore have I spoken; we also believe: and therefore speak;Eph 2:8: For by grace are you saved through faith; and not that of yourselves: it is the gift of God:Heb 11:33: Who through faith subdued kingdoms: wrought righteousness: obtained promises: stopped the mouths of lions: "the gifts"Mt 10:8: Heal the sick: cleanse the lepers: raise the dead: cast out devils: freely you have received: freely give.Mr 6:13: They cast out many devils: and anointed with oil many that were sick: and healed them.Mr 16:18: They will take up serpents; and if they drink any deadly thing: it will not hurt them; they will lay hands on the sick: and they will recover.Lu 9:2: He sent them to preach the kingdom of God: and to heal the sick.Lu 10:9: Heal the sick that are therein: and say to them: The kingdom of God is come nigh to you.Ac 3:6-8: Then Peter said: Silver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I you: In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and walk.Ac 4:29-31: Now: Lord: look their threatenings: and grant to your servants: that with all boldness they may speak your word: Ac 5:15: Insomuch that they brought forth the sick into the streets: and laid them on beds and couches: that at the least the shadow of Peter passing by might overshadow some of them.Ac 10:38: How God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power: who went about doing good: and healing all that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with Him.Ac 19:11: 12: God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul:Jas 5:14: 15: Is any sick among you? let Him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over Him: anointing Him with oil in the name of the Lord:
αλλω δε ενεργηματα δυναμεων αλλω δε προφητεια αλλω δε διακρισεις πνευματων ετερω δε γενη γλωσσων αλλω δε ερμηνεια γλωσσων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G243ἄλλῳallō (Adj-DMS) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλῳallō
|
to another
|
Adj-DMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1755ἐνεργήματαenergēmata (N-NNP) G1755 ἐνέργημα enérgēma en-erg-ay-mah from ἐνεργέω; an effect:--operation, working.
|
ἐνεργήματαenergēmata
|
working
|
N-NNP
|
G1411δυνάμεων,dynameōn (N-GFP) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμεων,dynameōn
|
of miracles,
|
N-GFP
|
G243ἄλλῳallō (Adj-DMS) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλῳallō
|
to another
|
Adj-DMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4394προφητεία,prophēteia (N-NFS) G4394 προφητεία prophēteía prof-ay-ti-ah from προφήτης (prophecy); prediction (scriptural or other):--prophecy, prophesying.
|
προφητεία,prophēteia
|
prophecy,
|
N-NFS
|
G243ἄλλῳallō (Adj-DMS) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλῳallō
|
to another
|
Adj-DMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1253διακρίσειςdiakriseis (N-NFP) G1253 διάκρισις diákrisis dee-ak-ree-sis from διακρίνω; judicial estimation:--discern(-ing), disputation.
|
διακρίσειςdiakriseis
|
distinguishing
|
N-NFP
|
G4151πνευμάτων,pneumatōn (N-GNP) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνευμάτων,pneumatōn
|
of spirits,
|
N-GNP
|
G2087ἑτέρῳheterō (Adj-DMS) G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἑτέρῳheterō
|
and to a different one
|
Adj-DMS
|
G1085γένηgenē (N-NNP) G1085 γένος génos ghen-os from γίνομαι; kin (abstract or concrete, literal or figurative, individual or collective):--born, country(-man), diversity, generation, kind(-red), nation, offspring, stock.
|
γένηgenē
|
various kinds
|
N-NNP
|
G1100γλωσσῶν,glōssōn (N-GFP) G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλωσσῶν,glōssōn
|
of tongues,
|
N-GFP
|
G243ἄλλῳallō (Adj-DMS) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλῳallō
|
to another
|
Adj-DMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2058ἑρμηνείαhermēneia (N-NFS) G2058 ἑρμηνεία hermēneía her-may-ni-ah from the same as ἑρμηνεύω; translation:--interpretation.
|
ἑρμηνείαhermēneia
|
interpretation
|
N-NFS
|
G1100γλωσσῶν·glōssōn (N-GFP) G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλωσσῶν·glōssōn
|
of tongues.
|
N-GFP
|
10
To another the working of miracles; to another prophecy; to another discerning of spirits; to another divers kinds of tongues; to another the interpretation of tongues:1 Corinthians 12:10
Stats
Counts: 168 characters, 22 words, 138 letters, 53 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλω δε ενεργηματα δυναμεων αλλω δε προφητεια αλλω δε διακρισεις πνευματων ετερω δε γενη γλωσσων αλλω δε ερμηνεια γλωσσων
Lit: to another now working of miracles, to another now prophecy, to another now distinguishing of spirits, and to a different one various kinds of tongues, to another now interpretation of tongues.
KJV: To another the working of miracles; to another prophecy; to another discerning of spirits; to another divers kinds of tongues; to another the interpretation of tongues:
References
"the working"1Co 12:28: 29: God has set some in the church: first apostles: secondarily prophets: thirdly teachers: after that miracles: then gifts of healings: helps: governments: diversities of tongues.Mr 16:17: 20: These signs will follow them that believe; In my name will they cast out devils; they will speak with new tongues;Lu 24:49: And: look: I send the promise of my Father upon you: but tarry you in the city of Jerusalem: until you be endued with power from on high.Joh 14:12: Truly: truly: I say to you: He who believes on me: the works that I do will He do also; and greater works than these will He do; because I go to my Father.Ac 1:8: But you will receive power: after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and you will be witnesses to me both in Jerusalem: and in all Judaea: and in Samaria: and to the uttermost part of the earth.Ro 15:19: Through mighty signs and wonders: by the power of the Spirit of God; so that from Jerusalem: and round about to Illyricum: I have fully preached the gospel of Christ.Ga 3:5: He therefore that ministers to you the Spirit: and works miracles among you: doeth He it by the works of the law: or by the hearing of faith?Heb 2:4: God also bearing them witness: both with signs and wonders: and with divers miracles: and gifts of the Holy Ghost: according to His own will?"prophecy"1Co 13:2: Though I have the gift of prophecy: and understand all mysteries: and all knowledge; and though I have all faith: so that I could remove mountains: and not have charity: I not amhing.1Co 14:1: 3: 5: 24: 31: 32: 39: Follow after charity: and desire spiritual gifts: but rather that you may prophesy.Nu 11:25-29: The LORD came down in a cloud: and spoke to Him: and took of the spirit that was upon Him: and gave it to the 70 elders: and it came to pass: that: when the spirit rested upon them: they prophesied: and not did cease.1Sa 10:10-13: When they came there to the hill: look: a company of prophets met Him; and the Spirit of God came upon Him: and He prophesied among them.1Sa 19:20-24: Saul sent messengers to take David: and when they saw the company of the prophets prophesying: and Samuel standing as appointed over them: the Spirit of God was upon the messengers of Saul: and they also prophesied.2Sa 23:1: 2: Now these be the last words of David. David the son of Jesse said: and the man who was raised up on high: the anointed of the God of Jacob: and the sweet psalmist of Israel: said: Joe 2:28: It will come to pass afterward: that I will pour out my spirit upon all flesh; and your sons and your daughters will prophesy: your old men will dream dreams: your young men will see visions:Joh 16:13: Howbeit when He: the Spirit of truth: is come: He will guide you into all truth: for He will not speak of Himself; but whatever He will hear: that will He speak: and He will show you things to come.Ac 2:17: 18: 29: 30: It will come to pass in the last days: says God: I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh: and your sons and your daughters will prophesy: and your young men will see visions: and your old men will dream dreams:Ac 11:28: There stood up one of them named Agabus: and signified by the spirit that there should be great dearth throughout all the world: which came to pass in the days of Claudius Caesar.Ac 21:9: 10: The same man had 4 daughters: virgins: which did prophesy.Ro 12:6: Having then gifts differing according to the grace that is given to us: whether prophecy: let us prophesy according to the proportion of faith;1Th 5:20: not Despise prophesyings.2Pe 1:20: 21: Knowing this first: that no prophecy of the scripture is of any private interpretation."discerning"1Co 14:29: Let the prophets speak two or 3: and let the other judge.Ac 5:3: But Peter said: Ananias: why has Satan filled your heart to lie to the Holy Ghost: and to keep back part of the price of the land?1Jo 4:1: Beloved: not believe every spirit: but try the spirits whether they are of God: because many false prophets are gone out into the world.Re 2:2: I know your works: and your labour: and your patience: and how you not canst bear them which are evil: and you have tried them which say they are apostles: and not are: and have found them liars:"divers"1Co 12:28-30: God has set some in the church: first apostles: secondarily prophets: thirdly teachers: after that miracles: then gifts of healings: helps: governments: diversities of tongues.1Co 13:1: Though I speak with the tongues of men and of angels: and not have charity: I am become as sounding brass: or a tinkling cymbal.1Co 14:2-4: 23: 27: 39: For He that'>He who speaks'>speaks'>speaks in an unknown tongue speaks'>speaks'>speaks not to men: but to God: for no man understands Him; howbeit in the spirit He speaks'>speaks'>speaks mysteries.Mr 16:17: These signs will follow them that believe; In my name will they cast out devils; they will speak with new tongues;Ac 2:4-12: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and began to speak with other tongues: as the Spirit gave them utterance.Ac 10:46: 47: For they heard them speak with tongues: and magnify God. Then answered Peter: Ac 19:6: When Paul had laid His hands upon them: the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spoke with tongues: and prophesied."to another the"1Co 12:30: Have all the gifts of healing? do all speak with tongues? do all interpret?1Co 14:26-28: How is it then: brothers? when you come together: every one of you has a psalm: has a doctrine: has a tongue: has a revelation: has an interpretation. Let all things be done to edifying.
παντα δε ταυτα ενεργει το εν και το αυτο πνευμα διαιρουν ιδια εκαστω καθως βουλεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
All
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G1754ἐνεργεῖenergei (V-PIA-3S) G1754 ἐνεργέω energéō en-erg-eh-o from ἐνεργής; to be active, efficient:--do, (be) effectual (fervent), be mighty in, shew forth self, work (effectually in).
|
ἐνεργεῖenergei
|
works
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G1520ἓνhen (Adj-NNS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓνhen
|
one
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G846αὐτὸauto (PPro-NN3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸauto
|
same
|
PPro-NN3S
|
G4151Πνεῦμα,Pneuma (N-NNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
Πνεῦμα,Pneuma
|
Spirit,
|
N-NNS
|
G1244διαιροῦνdiairoun (V-PPA-NNS) G1244 διαιρέω diairéō dee-ahee-reh-o from διά and αἱρέομαι; to separate, i.e. distribute:--divide.
|
διαιροῦνdiairoun
|
apportioning
|
V-PPA-NNS
|
G2398ἰδίᾳidia (Adj-DFS) G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίᾳidia
|
individually
|
Adj-DFS
|
G1538ἑκάστῳhekastō (Adj-DMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἑκάστῳhekastō
|
to each
|
Adj-DMS
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1014βούλεται.bouletai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1014 βούλομαι boúlomai boo-lom-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to will
|
βούλεται.bouletai
|
He wills.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
11
But all these works that one and the selfsame Spirit, dividing to every man severally as He will.1 Corinthians 12:11
Stats
Counts: 99 characters, 17 words, 80 letters, 29 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: παντα δε ταυτα ενεργει το εν και το αυτο πνευμα διαιρουν ιδια εκαστω καθως βουλεται
Lit: All now these things works the one and the same Spirit, apportioning individually to each as He wills.
KJV: But all these worketh that one and the selfsame Spirit, dividing to every man severally as he will.
References
"all"1Co 12:4: Now there are diversities of gifts: but the same Spirit.1Co 7:7: 17: For I would that all men were even as I myself. But every man has His proper gift of God: one after this manner: and another after that.Joh 3:27: John answered and said: A man can not receivehing: except it be given him from heaven.Ro 12:6: Having then gifts differing according to the grace that is given to us: whether prophecy: let us prophesy according to the proportion of faith;2Co 10:13: But we not will boast of things without our measure: but according to the measure of the rule which God has distributed to us: a measure to reach even to you.Eph 4:7: But to every one of us is given grace according to the measure of the gift of Christ."as"1Co 12:6: There are diversities of operations: but it is the same God which works all in all.Da 4:35: All the inhabitants of the earth are reputed not ashing: and he does according to his will in the army of heaven: and among the inhabitants of the earth: and none can stay his hand: or say to him: What do you?Mt 11:26: Even so: Father: for so it seemed good in your sight.Mt 20:15: Is not it lawful for me to do what I will with my own? Is your eye evil: because I am good?Joh 3:8: The wind blows where it listeth: and you hear the sound thereof: but not canst tell where it comes: and whither it goes: so is every one that is born of the Spirit.Joh 5:21: For as the Father raises up the dead: and quickens'>quickens them; even so the Son quickens'>quickens whom He will.Ro 9:18: Therefore has he mercy on whom he will have mercy: and whom he will he hardens.Eph 1:11: In whom also we have obtained an inheritance: being predestinated according to the purpose of him who works all things after the counsel of his own will:Heb 2:4: God also bearing them witness: both with signs and wonders: and with divers miracles: and gifts of the Holy Ghost: according to His own will?Jas 1:18: Of his own will begot he us with the word of truth: that we should be a kind of firstfruits of his creatures.
The Body of Christ is Composed of Many Parts
καθαπερ γαρ το σωμα εν εστιν και μελη εχει πολλα παντα δε τα μελη του σωματος του ενος πολλα οντα εν εστιν σωμα ουτως και ο χριστος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2509ΚαθάπερKathaper (Adv) G2509 καθάπερ katháper kath-ap-er from καθά and περ; exactly as:--(even, as well) as.,
|
ΚαθάπερKathaper
|
Just as
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4983σῶμαsōma (N-NNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμαsōma
|
body
|
N-NNS
|
G1520ἕνhen (Adj-NNS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἕνhen
|
one
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3196μέληmelē (N-ANP) G3196 μέλος mélos mel-os of uncertain affinity; a limb or part of the body:--member.
|
μέληmelē
|
members
|
N-ANP
|
G4183πολλὰpolla (Adj-ANP) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰpolla
|
many
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2192ἔχει,echei (V-PIA-3S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχει,echei
|
has,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G3196μέληmelē (N-NNP) G3196 μέλος mélos mel-os of uncertain affinity; a limb or part of the body:--member.
|
μέληmelē
|
members
|
N-NNP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4983σώματοςsōmatos (N-GNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματοςsōmatos
|
body,
|
N-GNS
|
G4183πολλὰpolla (Adj-NNP) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰpolla
|
many
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1510ὄνταonta (V-PPA-NNP) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὄνταonta
|
being,
|
V-PPA-NNP
|
G1520ἕνhen (Adj-NNS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἕνhen
|
one
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4983σῶμα,sōma (N-NNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμα,sōma
|
body;
|
N-NNS
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
so
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also is
|
Conj
|
G5547Χριστός·Christos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστός·Christos
|
Christ.
|
N-NMS
|
12
For as the body is one, and has many members, and all the members of that one body, being many, are one body: so also is Christ.1 Corinthians 12:12
Stats
Rank: #418 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 129 characters, 22 words, 97 letters, 35 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: καθαπερ γαρ το σωμα εν εστιν και μελη εχει πολλα παντα δε τα μελη του σωματος του ενος πολλα οντα εν εστιν σωμα ουτως και ο χριστος
Lit: Just as for the body one is, and members many has, all now the members of the body, many being, one are body; so also is Christ.
KJV: For as the body is one, and hath many members, and all the members of that one body, being many, are one body: so also is Christ.
References
"as"1Co 10:17: For we being many are one bread: and one body: for we are all partakers of that one bread.Ro 12:4: 5: For as we have many members in one body: and all members not have the same office:Eph 1:23: Which is his body: the fulness of him that fills all in all.Eph 4:4: 12: 15: 16: There is one body: and one Spirit: even as you are called in one hope of your calling;Eph 5:23: 30: For the husband is the head of the wife: even as Christ is the head of the church: and He is the saviour of the body.Col 1:18: 24: He is the head of the body: the church: who is the beginning: the firstborn from the dead; that in all things he might have the preeminence.Col 2:19: not And holding the Head: from which all the body by joints and bands having nourishment ministered: and knit together: increases with the increase of God.Col 3:15: Let the peace of God rule in your hearts: to the which also you are called in one body; and be you thankful."so"1Co 12:27: Now you are the body of Christ: and members in particular.Ga 3:16: Now to Abraham and His seed were the promises made. He says not: And to seeds: as of many; but as of one: And to your seed: which is Christ.
και γαρ εν ενι πνευματι ημεις παντες εις εν σωμα εβαπτισθημεν ειτε ιουδαιοι ειτε ελληνες ειτε δουλοι ειτε ελευθεροι και παντες εις εν πνευμα εποτισθημεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
Also
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1520ἑνὶheni (Adj-DNS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἑνὶheni
|
one
|
Adj-DNS
|
G4151ΠνεύματιPneumati (N-DNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματιPneumati
|
Spirit,
|
N-DNS
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G1520ἓνhen (Adj-ANS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓνhen
|
one
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4983σῶμαsōma (N-ANS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμαsōma
|
body
|
N-ANS
|
G907ἐβαπτίσθημεν,ebaptisthēmen (V-AIP-1P) G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
ἐβαπτίσθημεν,ebaptisthēmen
|
were baptized,
|
V-AIP-1P
|
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
whether
|
Conj
|
G2453ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi (Adj-NMP) G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαῖοιIoudaioi
|
Jews
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1672Ἕλληνες,Hellēnes (N-NMP) G1672 Ἕλλην Héllēn hel-lane from Ἑλλάς; a Hellen (Grecian) or inhabitant of Hellas; by extension a Greek-speaking person, especially a non-Jew:-- Gentile, Greek.
|
Ἕλληνες,Hellēnes
|
Greeks,
|
N-NMP
|
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
whether
|
Conj
|
G1401δοῦλοιdouloi (N-NMP) G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δοῦλοιdouloi
|
slaves
|
N-NMP
|
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1658ἐλεύθεροι.eleutheroi (Adj-NMP) G1658 ἐλεύθερος eleútheros el-yoo-ther-os probably from the alternate of ἔρχομαι; unrestrained (to go at pleasure), i.e. (as a citizen) not a slave (whether freeborn or manumitted), or (genitive case) exempt (from obligation or liability):--free (man, woman), at liberty.
|
ἐλεύθεροι.eleutheroi
|
free;
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1520ἓνhen (Adj-ANS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓνhen
|
one
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-ANS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-ANS
|
G4222ἐποτίσθημεν.epotisthēmen (V-AIP-1P) G4222 ποτίζω potízō pot-id-zo from a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; to furnish drink, irrigate:--give (make) to drink, feed, water.
|
ἐποτίσθημεν.epotisthēmen
|
we were made to drink.
|
V-AIP-1P
|
13
For by one Spirit are we all baptized into one body, whether we be Jews or Gentiles, whether we be bond or free; and have been all made to drink into one Spirit.1 Corinthians 12:13
Stats
Rank: #738 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 163 characters, 28 words, 125 letters, 50 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: και γαρ εν ενι πνευματι ημεις παντες εις εν σωμα εβαπτισθημεν ειτε ιουδαιοι ειτε ελληνες ειτε δουλοι ειτε ελευθεροι και παντες εις εν πνευμα εποτισθημεν
Lit: Also for in one Spirit, we all into one body were baptized, whether Jews or Greeks, whether slaves or free; and all one Spirit we were made to drink.
KJV: For by one Spirit are we all baptized into one body, whether we be Jews or Gentiles, whether [we be] bond or free; and have been all made to drink into one Spirit.
References
"by"1Co 10:2: Were all baptized to Moses in the cloud and in the sea;Isa 44:3-5: For I will pour water upon him that is thirsty: and floods upon the dry ground: I will pour my spirit upon your seed: and my blessing upon your offspring:Eze 36:25-27: Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you: and you will be clean: from all your filthiness: and from all your idols: will I cleanse you.Mt 3:11: I indeed baptize you with water to repentance: but He that'>He who comes after me is mightier than I: whose shoes I not am worthy to bear: He will baptize you with the Holy Ghost: and with fire:Lu 3:16: John answered: saying to them all: I indeed baptize you with water; but one mightier than I comes: the latchet of whose shoes I not am worthy to unloose: He will baptize you with the Holy Ghost and with fire:Joh 1:16: 33: Of his fulness have all we received: and grace for grace.Joh 3:5: Jesus answered: Truly: truly: I say to you: Except a man be born of water and of the Spirit: He cannot enter into the kingdom of God.Ac 1:5: For John truly baptized with water; but you will be baptized with the Holy Ghost not many days here.Ro 6:3-6: Know you not: that so many of us as were baptized into Jesus Christ were baptized into His death?Ro 8:9-11: But you not are in the flesh: but in the Spirit: if so be that the Spirit of God dwell in you. Now if any man not have the Spirit of Christ: He is none of His.Eph 4:5: one Lord: one faith: one baptism: Eph 5:26: That he might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word: Col 2:11: 12: In whom also you are circumcised with the circumcision made without hands: in putting off the body of the sins of the flesh by the circumcision of Christ:Tit 3:4-6: But after that the kindness and love of God our Saviour toward man appeared: 1Pe 3:21: The like figure to what even baptism does also now save us (not the putting away of the filth of the flesh: but the answer of a good conscience toward God: ) by the resurrection of Jesus Christ:"whether we be Jews"Ro 3:29: Is He the God of the Jews only? is He not also of the Gentiles? Yes: of the Gentiles also:Ro 4:11: He received the sign of circumcision: a seal of the righteousness of the faith which he had yet being uncircumcised: that he might be the father of all them that believe: though they not be circumcised; that righteousness might be imputed to them also:Ga 3:23: 28: But before faith came: we were kept under the law: shut up to the faith which should afterwards be revealed.Eph 2:11-16: 19-22: For what reason remember: that you being in time past Gentiles in the flesh: who are called Uncircumcision by that which is called the Circumcision in the flesh made by hands;Eph 3:6: That the Gentiles should be fellowheirs: and of the same body: and partakers of His promise in Christ by the gospel:Col 1:27: To whom God would make known what is the riches of the glory of this mystery among the Gentiles; which is Christ in you: the hope of glory:Col 3:11: Where there is neither Greek nor Jew: circumcision nor uncircumcision: Barbarian: Scythian: bond nor free: but Christ is all: and in all."bond"1Co 7:21: 22: Are you called being a servant? not care for it: but if you may be made free: use it rather.Eph 6:8: Knowing that whatever good thing any man does: the same will He receive of the Lord: whether He be bond or free."to drink"Song 5:1: I am come into my garden: my sister: my spouse: I have gathered my myrrh with my spice; I have eaten my honeycomb with my honey; I have drunk my wine with my milk: eat: O friends; drink: yes: drink abundantly: O beloved.Isa 41:17: 18: When the poor and needy seek water: and there is none: and their tongue fails for thirst: I the LORD will hear them: I the God of Israel not will forsake them.Isa 55:1: Ho: every one that thirsts: come you to the waters: and he who has no money; come you: buy: and eat; yes: come: buy wine and milk without money and without price.Zec 9:15-17: The LORD of hosts will defend them; and they will devour: and subdue with sling stones; and they will drink: and make a noise as through wine; and they will be filled like bowls: and as the corners of the altar.Joh 4:10: 14: Jesus answered and said to her: If you knew the gift of God: and who it is that says to you: Give me to drink; you would have asked of Him: and He would have given you living water.Joh 6:63: It is the spirit that quickens; the flesh profits nothing: the words that I speak to you: they are spirit: and they are life.Joh 7:37-39: In the last day: that great day of the feast: Jesus stood and cried: saying: If any man thirst: let Him come to me: and drink.
και γαρ το σωμα ουκ εστιν εν μελος αλλα πολλα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532Καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
Also
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4983σῶμαsōma (N-NNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμαsōma
|
body
|
N-NNS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1520ἓνhen (Adj-NNS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓνhen
|
one
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3196μέλοςmelos (N-NNS) G3196 μέλος mélos mel-os of uncertain affinity; a limb or part of the body:--member.
|
μέλοςmelos
|
member,
|
N-NNS
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G4183πολλά.polla (Adj-NNP) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλά.polla
|
many.
|
Adj-NNP
|
14
For the body not is one member, but many.1 Corinthians 12:14
Stats
Rank: #1263 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 41 characters, 8 words, 31 letters, 11 vowels, 20 consonants
Translation
Greek: και γαρ το σωμα ουκ εστιν εν μελος αλλα πολλα
Lit: Also for the body not is one member, but many.
KJV: For the body is not one member, but many.
References
"For the body is not one member, but many."1Co 12:12: 19: 27: 28: For as the body is one: and has many members: and all the members of that one body: being many: are one body: so also is Christ.Eph 4:25: For what reason putting away lying: speak every man truth with his neighbour: for we are members one of another.
εαν ειπη ο πους οτι ουκ ειμι χειρ ουκ ειμι εκ του σωματος ου παρα τουτο ουκ εστιν εκ του σωματος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
If
|
Conj
|
G3004εἴπῃeipē (V-ASA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἴπῃeipē
|
should say
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4228πούςpous (N-NMS) G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πούςpous
|
foot,
|
N-NMS
|
G3754ὍτιHoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὍτιHoti
|
Because
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510εἰμὶeimi (V-PIA-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμὶeimi
|
I am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G5495χείρ,cheir (N-NFS) G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χείρ,cheir
|
a hand,
|
N-NFS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510εἰμὶeimi (V-PIA-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμὶeimi
|
I am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4983σώματος,sōmatos (N-GNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματος,sōmatos
|
body,
|
N-GNS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this,
|
DPro-ANS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
is it
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4983σώματος.sōmatos (N-GNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματος.sōmatos
|
body.
|
N-GNS
|
15
If the foot will say, Because I not am the hand, I not am of the body; is it not therefore of the body?
1 Corinthians 12:15
Stats
Rank: #3758 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 104 characters, 21 words, 77 letters, 31 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: εαν ειπη ο πους οτι ουκ ειμι χειρ ουκ ειμι εκ του σωματος ου παρα τουτο ουκ εστιν εκ του σωματος
Lit: If should say the foot, Because not I am a hand, not I am of the body, not on account of this, not is it of the body.
KJV: If the foot shall say, Because I am not the hand, I am not of the body; is it therefore not of the body?
References
"If the foot shall say, Because I am not the hand, I am not of the body; is it therefore not of the body?"Jg 9:8-15: The trees went forth on a time to anoint a king over them; and they said to the olive tree: Reign you over us.2Ki 14:9: Jehoash the king of Israel sent to Amaziah king of Judah: saying: The thistle that was in Lebanon sent to the cedar that was in Lebanon: saying: Give your daughter to my son to wife: and there passed by a wild beast that was in Lebanon: and trode down the thistle.
και εαν ειπη το ους οτι ουκ ειμι οφθαλμος ουκ ειμι εκ του σωματος ου παρα τουτο ουκ εστιν εκ του σωματος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3004εἴπῃeipē (V-ASA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἴπῃeipē
|
should say
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3775οὖςous (N-NNS) G3775 οὖς oûs ooce apparently a primary word; the ear (physically or mentally):--ear.
|
οὖςous
|
ear,
|
N-NNS
|
G3754ὍτιHoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὍτιHoti
|
Because
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510εἰμὶeimi (V-PIA-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμὶeimi
|
I am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3788ὀφθαλμός,ophthalmos (N-NMS) G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμός,ophthalmos
|
an eye,
|
N-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510εἰμὶeimi (V-PIA-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμὶeimi
|
I am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4983σώματος,sōmatos (N-GNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματος,sōmatos
|
body,
|
N-GNS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this,
|
DPro-ANS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
is it
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4983σώματος.sōmatos (N-GNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματος.sōmatos
|
body.
|
N-GNS
|
16
If the ear will say, Because I not am the eye, I not am of the body; is it not therefore of the body?
1 Corinthians 12:16
Stats
Rank: #3820 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 106 characters, 22 words, 78 letters, 33 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εαν ειπη το ους οτι ουκ ειμι οφθαλμος ουκ ειμι εκ του σωματος ου παρα τουτο ουκ εστιν εκ του σωματος
Lit: And if should say the ear, Because not I am an eye, not I am of the body, not on account of this, not is it of the body.
KJV: And if the ear shall say, Because I am not the eye, I am not of the body; is it therefore not of the body?
References
"is it"1Co 12:16: 22: If the ear will say: Because I not am the eye: I not am of the body; is it not therefore of the body?Ro 12:3: 10: For I say: through the grace given to me: to every man that is among you: not to think of Himself more highly than He ought to think; but to think soberly: according as God has dealt to every man the measure of faith.Php 2:3: Let nothing be done through strife or vainglory; but in lowliness of mind let each esteem other better than themselves.
ει ολον το σωμα οφθαλμος που η ακοη ει ολον ακοη που η οσφρησις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G3650ὅλονholon (Adj-NNS) G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅλονholon
|
all
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4983σῶμαsōma (N-NNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμαsōma
|
body were
|
N-NNS
|
G3788ὀφθαλμός,ophthalmos (N-NMS) G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμός,ophthalmos
|
an eye,
|
N-NMS
|
G4226ποῦpou (Adv) G4226 ποῦ poû poo genitive case of an interrogative pronoun (what) otherwise obsolete (perhaps the same as πού used with the rising slide of inquiry); as adverb of place; at (by implication, to) what locality:--where, whither.
|
ποῦpou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
would be the
|
Art-NFS
|
G189ἀκοή;akoē (N-NFS) G189 ἀκοή akoḗ ak-o-ay from ἀκούω; hearing (the act, the sense or the thing heard):--audience, ear, fame, which ye heard, hearing, preached, report, rumor.
|
ἀκοή;akoē
|
hearing?
|
N-NFS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G3650ὅλονholon (Adj-NNS) G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅλονholon
|
all
|
Adj-NNS
|
G189ἀκοή,akoē (N-NFS) G189 ἀκοή akoḗ ak-o-ay from ἀκούω; hearing (the act, the sense or the thing heard):--audience, ear, fame, which ye heard, hearing, preached, report, rumor.
|
ἀκοή,akoē
|
were hearing,
|
N-NFS
|
G4226ποῦpou (Adv) G4226 ποῦ poû poo genitive case of an interrogative pronoun (what) otherwise obsolete (perhaps the same as πού used with the rising slide of inquiry); as adverb of place; at (by implication, to) what locality:--where, whither.
|
ποῦpou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
would be the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3750ὄσφρησις;osphrēsis (N-NFS) G3750 ὄσφρησις ósphrēsis os-fray-sis from a derivative of ὄζω; smell (the sense):--smelling.
|
ὄσφρησις;osphrēsis
|
sense of smell?
|
N-NFS
|
17
If the whole body were an eye, where were the hearing? If the whole were hearing, where were the smelling?1 Corinthians 12:17
Stats
Rank: #3447 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 112 characters, 11 words, 83 letters, 34 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει ολον το σωμα οφθαλμος που η ακοη ει ολον ακοη που η οσφρησις
Lit: If all the body were an eye, where would be the hearing? If all were hearing, where would be the sense of smell?
KJV: If the whole body were an eye, where [were] the hearing? If the whole [were] hearing, where [were] the smelling?
References
"If the whole body were an eye, where were the hearing? If the whole were hearing, where were the smelling?"1Co 12:21: 29: The eye cannot say to the hand: I have no need of you: nor again the head to the feet: I have no need of you.1Sa 9:9: (Beforetime in Israel: when a man went to inquire of God: thus He spoke: Come: and let us go to the seer: for He that'>He who is now called a Prophet was beforetime called a Seer.)Ps 94:9: He who planted the ear: will not he hear? he who formed the eye: will not he see?Ps 139:13-16: For you have possessed my reins: you have covered me in my mother's womb.Pr 20:12: The hearing ear: and the seeing eye: the LORD has made even both of them.
νυνι δε ο θεος εθετο τα μελη εν εκαστον αυτων εν τω σωματι καθως ηθελησεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3570Νυνὶ*nyni (Adv) G3570 νυνί nyní noo-nee a prolonged form of νῦν for emphasis; just now:--now.
|
Νυνὶ*nyni
|
Now
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G5087ἔθετοetheto (V-AIM-3S) G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἔθετοetheto
|
has arranged
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3196μέλη,melē (N-ANP) G3196 μέλος mélos mel-os of uncertain affinity; a limb or part of the body:--member.
|
μέλη,melē
|
members,
|
N-ANP
|
G1520ἓνhen (Adj-ANS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓνhen
|
one
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1538ἕκαστονhekaston (Adj-ANS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστονhekaston
|
each
|
Adj-ANS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GN3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GN3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4983σώματιsōmati (N-DNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματιsōmati
|
body,
|
N-DNS
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2309ἠθέλησεν.ēthelēsen (V-AIA-3S) G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
ἠθέλησεν.ēthelēsen
|
He desired.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
18
But now has God set the members every one of them in the body, as it has pleased Him.1 Corinthians 12:18
Stats
Rank: #4284 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 87 characters, 18 words, 67 letters, 24 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: νυνι δε ο θεος εθετο τα μελη εν εκαστον αυτων εν τω σωματι καθως ηθελησεν
Lit: Now however, God has arranged the members, one each of them in the body, as He desired.
KJV: But now hath God set the members every one of them in the body, as it hath pleased him.
References
"hath"1Co 12:24: 28: For our comely parts have no need: but God has tempered the body together: having given more abundant honour to that part which lacked:"as it"1Co 12:11: But all these works that one and the selfsame Spirit: dividing to every man severally as He will.1Co 3:5: Who then is Paul: and who is Apollos: but ministers by whom you believed: even as the Lord gave to every man?1Co 15:38: But God gives it a body as it has pleased Him: and to every seed His own body.Ps 110:3: Your people will be willing in the day of your power: in the beauties of holiness from the womb of the morning: you have the dew of your youth.Ps 135:6: Whatever the LORD pleased: that did He in heaven: and in earth: in the seas: and all deep places.Isa 46:10: Declaring the end from the beginning: and from ancient times the things that not are yet done: saying: My counsel will stand: and I will do all my pleasure:Jon 1:14: For what reason they cried to the LORD: and said: We beseech you: O LORD: we beseech you: let not us perish for this man's life: and not lay upon us innocent blood: for you: O LORD: have done as it pleased you.Lu 10:21: In that hour Jesus rejoiced in spirit: and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: that you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes: even so: Father; for so it seemed good in your sight.Lu 12:32: not Fear: little flock; for it is your Father's good pleasure to give you the kingdom.Ro 12:3: For I say: through the grace given to me: to every man that is among you: not to think of Himself more highly than He ought to think; but to think soberly: according as God has dealt to every man the measure of faith.Eph 1:5: 9: Having predestinated us to the adoption of children by Jesus Christ to Himself: according to the good pleasure of His will: Re 4:11: You are worthy: O Lord: to receive glory and honour and power: for you have created all things: and for your pleasure they are and were created.
ει δε ην τα παντα εν μελος που το σωμα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
were
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1520ἓνhen (Adj-NNS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓνhen
|
one
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3196μέλος,melos (N-NNS) G3196 μέλος mélos mel-os of uncertain affinity; a limb or part of the body:--member.
|
μέλος,melos
|
member,
|
N-NNS
|
G4226ποῦpou (Adv) G4226 ποῦ poû poo genitive case of an interrogative pronoun (what) otherwise obsolete (perhaps the same as πού used with the rising slide of inquiry); as adverb of place; at (by implication, to) what locality:--where, whither.
|
ποῦpou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
would be the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4983σῶμα;sōma (N-NNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμα;sōma
|
body?
|
N-NNS
|
19
If they were all one member, where were the body?1 Corinthians 12:19
Stats
Rank: #4144 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 53 characters, 10 words, 41 letters, 16 vowels, 25 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει δε ην τα παντα εν μελος που το σωμα
Lit: If now were all one member, where would be the body?
KJV: And if they were all one member, where were the body?
νυν δε πολλα μεν μελη εν δε σωμα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv) G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
Now
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G4183πολλὰpolla (Adj-NNP) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰpolla
|
many
|
Adj-NNP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
even
|
Conj
|
G3196μέλη,melē (N-NNP) G3196 μέλος mélos mel-os of uncertain affinity; a limb or part of the body:--member.
|
μέλη,melē
|
are the members,
|
N-NNP
|
G1520ἓνhen (Adj-NNS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓνhen
|
one
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4983σῶμα.sōma (N-NNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμα.sōma
|
body.
|
N-NNS
|
20
But now are they many members, yet but one body.1 Corinthians 12:20
Stats
Rank: #4370 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 48 characters, 9 words, 37 letters, 13 vowels, 24 consonants
Translation
Greek: νυν δε πολλα μεν μελη εν δε σωμα
Lit: Now however, many even are the members, one however body.
KJV: But now are they many members, yet but one body.
ου δυναται δε οφθαλμος ειπειν τη χειρι χρειαν σου ουκ εχω η παλιν η κεφαλη τοις ποσιν χρειαν υμων ουκ εχω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756Οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
Οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1410δύναταιdynatai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναταιdynatai
|
is able
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3788ὀφθαλμὸςophthalmos (N-NMS) G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμὸςophthalmos
|
eye
|
N-NMS
|
G3004εἰπεῖνeipein (V-ANA) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπεῖνeipein
|
to say
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
to the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5495χειρίcheiri (N-DFS) G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρίcheiri
|
hand,
|
N-DFS
|
G5532ΧρείανChreian (N-AFS) G5532 χρεία chreía khri-ah from the base of χράομαι or χρή; employment, i.e. an affair; also (by implication) occasion, demand, requirement or destitution:--business, lack, necessary(-ity), need(-ful), use, want.
|
ΧρείανChreian
|
Need
|
N-AFS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχω,echō (V-PIA-1S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχω,echō
|
I have.
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
Or
|
Conj
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv) G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2776κεφαλὴkephalē (N-NFS) G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὴkephalē
|
head
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G4228ποσίνposin (N-DMP) G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
ποσίνposin
|
feet,
|
N-DMP
|
G5532ΧρείανChreian (N-AFS) G5532 χρεία chreía khri-ah from the base of χράομαι or χρή; employment, i.e. an affair; also (by implication) occasion, demand, requirement or destitution:--business, lack, necessary(-ity), need(-ful), use, want.
|
ΧρείανChreian
|
Need
|
N-AFS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχω·echō (V-PIA-1S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχω·echō
|
I have.
|
V-PIA-1S
|
21
The eye cannot say to the hand, I have no need of you: nor again the head to the feet, I have no need of you.
1 Corinthians 12:21
Stats
Rank: #4615 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 116 characters, 24 words, 86 letters, 40 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου δυναται δε οφθαλμος ειπειν τη χειρι χρειαν σου ουκ εχω η παλιν η κεφαλη τοις ποσιν χρειαν υμων ουκ εχω
Lit: Not is able now the eye to say to the hand, Need of you not I have. Or again the head to the feet, Need of you not I have.
KJV: And the eye cannot say unto the hand, I have no need of thee: nor again the head to the feet, I have no need of you.
References
"And the eye cannot say unto the hand, I have no need of thee: nor again the head to the feet, I have no need of you."Nu 10:31: 32: He said: Leave not us: I pray you; forasmuch as you know how we are to encamp in the wilderness: and you may be to us instead of eyes.1Sa 25:32: David said to Abigail: Blessed be the LORD God of Israel: which sent you this day to meet me:Ezr 10:1-5: Now when Ezra had prayed: and when He had confessed: weeping and casting Himself down before the house of God: there assembled to Him out of Israel a very great congregation of men and women and children: for the people wept very sore.Ne 4:16-21: It came to pass from that time forth: that the half of my servants wrought in the work: and the other half of them held both the spears: the shields: and the bows: and the habergeons; and the rulers were behind all the house of Judah.Job 29:11: When the ear heard me: then it blessed me; and when the eye saw me: it gave witness to me:
αλλα πολλω μαλλον τα δοκουντα μελη του σωματος ασθενεστερα υπαρχειν αναγκαια εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G4183πολλῷpollō (Adj-DNS) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῷpollō
|
much
|
Adj-DNS
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv) G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
rather,
|
Adv
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
those
|
Art-NNP
|
G1380δοκοῦνταdokounta (V-PPA-NNP) G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
δοκοῦνταdokounta
|
seeming
|
V-PPA-NNP
|
G3196μέληmelē (N-NNP) G3196 μέλος mélos mel-os of uncertain affinity; a limb or part of the body:--member.
|
μέληmelē
|
members
|
N-NNP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4983σώματοςsōmatos (N-GNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματοςsōmatos
|
body
|
N-GNS
|
G772ἀσθενέστεραasthenestera (Adj-NNP-C) G772 ἀσθενής asthenḗs as-then-ace from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of σθενόω; strengthless (in various applications, literal, figurative and moral):--more feeble, impotent, sick, without strength, weak(-er, -ness, thing).
|
ἀσθενέστεραasthenestera
|
weaker
|
Adj-NNP-C
|
G5225ὑπάρχεινhyparchein (V-PNA) G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπάρχεινhyparchein
|
to be,
|
V-PNA
|
G316ἀναγκαῖάanankaia (Adj-NNP) G316 ἀναγκαῖος anankaîos an-ang-kah-yos from ἀνάγκη; necessary; by implication, close (of kin):--near, necessary, necessity, needful.
|
ἀναγκαῖάanankaia
|
indispensable
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
are;
|
V-PIA-3S
|
22
No, much more those members of the body, which seem to be more feeble, are necessary:1 Corinthians 12:22
Stats
Rank: #4776 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 86 characters, 13 words, 67 letters, 26 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλα πολλω μαλλον τα δοκουντα μελη του σωματος ασθενεστερα υπαρχειν αναγκαια εστιν
Lit: But much rather, those seeming members of the body weaker to be, indispensable are;
KJV: Nay, much more those members of the body, which seem to be more feeble, are necessary:
References
"Nay, much more those members of the body, which seem to be more feeble, are necessary:"Pr 14:28: In the multitude of people is the king's honour: but in the want of people is the destruction of the prince.Ec 4:9-12: two are better than one; because they have a good reward for their labour.Ec 5:9: Moreover the profit of the earth is for all: the king himself is served by the field.Ec 9:14: 15: There was a little city: and few men within it; and there came a great king against it: and besieged it: and built great bulwarks against it:2Co 1:11: You also helping together by prayer for us: that for the gift bestowed upon us by the means of many persons thanks may be given by many on our behalf.Tit 2:9: 10: Exhort servants to be obedient to their own masters: and to please them well in all things; not answering again;
και α δοκουμεν ατιμοτερα ειναι του σωματος τουτοις τιμην περισσοτεραν περιτιθεμεν και τα ασχημονα ημων ευσχημοσυνην περισσοτεραν εχει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
those which
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G1380δοκοῦμενdokoumen (V-PIA-1P) G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
δοκοῦμενdokoumen
|
we think
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G820ἀτιμότεραatimotera (Adj-ANP-C) G820 ἄτιμος átimos at-ee-mos from Α (as a negative particle) and τιμή; (negatively) unhonoured or (positively) dishonoured:--despised, without honour, less honourable (comparative degree).
|
ἀτιμότεραatimotera
|
less honorable
|
Adj-ANP-C
|
G1510εἶναιeinai (V-PNA) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναιeinai
|
to be
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4983σώματος,sōmatos (N-GNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματος,sōmatos
|
body,
|
N-GNS
|
G3778τούτοιςtoutois (DPro-DNP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτοιςtoutois
|
these
|
DPro-DNP
|
G5092τιμὴνtimēn (N-AFS) G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.
|
τιμὴνtimēn
|
honor
|
N-AFS
|
G4053περισσοτέρανperissoteran (Adj-AFS-C) G4053 περισσός perissós per-is-sos from περί (in the sense of beyond); superabundant (in quantity) or superior (in quality); by implication, excessive; adverbially (with ἐκ) violently; neuter (as noun) preeminence:--exceeding abundantly above, more abundantly, advantage, exceedingly, very highly, beyond measure, more, superfluous, vehement(-ly).
|
περισσοτέρανperissoteran
|
more abundant
|
Adj-AFS-C
|
G4060περιτίθεμεν,peritithemen (V-PIA-1P) G4060 περιτίθημι peritíthēmi per-ee-tith-ay-mee from περί and τίθημι; to place around; by implication, to present:--bestow upon, hedge round about, put about (on, upon), set about.
|
περιτίθεμεν,peritithemen
|
we bestow;
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G809ἀσχήμοναaschēmona (Adj-NNP) G809 ἀσχήμων aschḗmōn as-kay-mone from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of ἔχω (in the sense of its congener σχῆμα); properly, shapeless, i.e. (figuratively) inelegant:--uncomely.
|
ἀσχήμοναaschēmona
|
unpresentable parts
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2157εὐσχημοσύνηνeuschēmosynēn (N-AFS) G2157 εὐσχημοσύνη euschēmosýnē yoo-skhay-mos-oo-nay from εὐσχήμων; decorousness:--comeliness.
|
εὐσχημοσύνηνeuschēmosynēn
|
decorum
|
N-AFS
|
G4053περισσοτέρανperissoteran (Adj-AFS-C) G4053 περισσός perissós per-is-sos from περί (in the sense of beyond); superabundant (in quantity) or superior (in quality); by implication, excessive; adverbially (with ἐκ) violently; neuter (as noun) preeminence:--exceeding abundantly above, more abundantly, advantage, exceedingly, very highly, beyond measure, more, superfluous, vehement(-ly).
|
περισσοτέρανperissoteran
|
more abundant
|
Adj-AFS-C
|
G2192ἔχει,echei (V-PIA-3S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχει,echei
|
have;
|
V-PIA-3S
|
23
Those members of the body, which we think to be less honourable, upon these we bestow more abundant honour; and our uncomely parts have more abundant comeliness.1 Corinthians 12:23
Stats
Rank: #6958 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 167 characters, 23 words, 134 letters, 52 vowels, 82 consonants
Translation
Greek: και α δοκουμεν ατιμοτερα ειναι του σωματος τουτοις τιμην περισσοτεραν περιτιθεμεν και τα ασχημονα ημων ευσχημοσυνην περισσοτεραν εχει
Lit: and those which we think less honorable to be of the body, these honor more abundant we bestow; and the unpresentable parts of us, decorum more abundant have;
KJV: And those members of the body, which we think to be less honourable, upon these we bestow more abundant honour; and our uncomely [parts] have more abundant comeliness.
References
"bestow"Ge 3:7: 21: The eyes of them both were opened: and they knew that they were naked; and they sewed fig leaves together: and made themselves aprons.
τα δε ευσχημονα ημων ου χρειαν εχει αλλ ο θεος συνεκερασεν το σωμα τω υστερουντι περισσοτεραν δους τιμην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2158εὐσχήμοναeuschēmona (Adj-NNP) G2158 εὐσχήμων euschḗmōn yoo-skhay-mone from εὖ and σχῆμα; well-formed, i.e. (figuratively) decorous, noble (in rank):--comely, honourable.
|
εὐσχήμοναeuschēmona
|
the presentable parts
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G5532χρείανchreian (N-AFS) G5532 χρεία chreía khri-ah from the base of χράομαι or χρή; employment, i.e. an affair; also (by implication) occasion, demand, requirement or destitution:--business, lack, necessary(-ity), need(-ful), use, want.
|
χρείανchreian
|
need
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχει.echei (V-PIA-3S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχει.echei
|
have.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G235Ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
Ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G2316θεὸςtheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
θεὸςtheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G4786συνεκέρασενsynekerasen (V-AIA-3S) G4786 συγκεράννυμι synkeránnymi soong-ker-an-noo-mee from σύν and κεράννυμι; to commingle, i.e. (figuratively) to combine or assimilate:--mix with, temper together.
|
συνεκέρασενsynekerasen
|
has composed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4983σῶμα,sōma (N-ANS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμα,sōma
|
body,
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the parts
|
Art-DNS
|
G5302ὑστερουμένῳhysteroumenō (V-PPM/P-DNS) G5302 ὑστερέω hysteréō hoos-ter-eh-o from ὕστερος; to be later, i.e. (by implication) to be inferior; generally, to fall short (be deficient):--come behind (short), be destitute, fail, lack, suffer need, (be in) want, be the worse.
|
ὑστερουμένῳhysteroumenō
|
being deficient
|
V-PPM/P-DNS
|
G4053περισσοτέρανperissoteran (Adj-AFS-C) G4053 περισσός perissós per-is-sos from περί (in the sense of beyond); superabundant (in quantity) or superior (in quality); by implication, excessive; adverbially (with ἐκ) violently; neuter (as noun) preeminence:--exceeding abundantly above, more abundantly, advantage, exceedingly, very highly, beyond measure, more, superfluous, vehement(-ly).
|
περισσοτέρανperissoteran
|
more abundant
|
Adj-AFS-C
|
G1325δοὺςdous (V-APA-NMS) G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοὺςdous
|
having given
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G5092τιμήν,timēn (N-AFS) G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.
|
τιμήν,timēn
|
honor,
|
N-AFS
|
24
For our comely parts have no need: but God has tempered the body together, having given more abundant honour to that part which lacked:1 Corinthians 12:24
Stats
Rank: #5029 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 138 characters, 20 words, 110 letters, 40 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: τα δε ευσχημονα ημων ου χρειαν εχει αλλ ο θεος συνεκερασεν το σωμα τω υστερουντι περισσοτεραν δους τιμην
Lit: and the presentable parts of us, no need have. But God has composed the body, to the parts being deficient more abundant having given honor,
KJV: For our comely parts have no need: but God hath tempered the body together, having given more abundant honour to that [part] which lacked:
References
"For our comely parts have no need: but God hath tempered the body together, having given more abundant honour to that part which lacked:"Ge 2:25: They were both naked: the man and his wife: and not were ashamed.Ge 3:11: He said: Who told you that you were naked? Have you eaten of the tree: whereof I commanded you that you should not eat?
ινα μη η σχισμα εν τω σωματι αλλα το αυτο υπερ αλληλων μεριμνωσιν τα μελη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ᾖē (V-PSA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ᾖē
|
there should be
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G4978σχίσμαschisma (N-NNS) G4978 σχίσμα schísma skhis-mah from σχίζω; a split or gap (schism), literally or figuratively:--division, rent, schism.
|
σχίσμαschisma
|
division
|
N-NNS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4983σώματι,sōmati (N-DNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματι,sōmati
|
body,
|
N-DNS
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G846αὐτὸauto (PPro-AN3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸauto
|
same
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G240ἀλλήλωνallēlōn (RecPro-GMP) G240 ἀλλήλων allḗlōn al-lay-lone Genitive plural from ἄλλος reduplicated; one another:--each other, mutual, one another, (the other), (them-, your-)selves, (selves) together (sometimes with μετά or πρός).,
|
ἀλλήλωνallēlōn
|
one another
|
RecPro-GMP
|
G3309μεριμνῶσινmerimnōsin (V-PSA-3P) G3309 μεριμνάω merimnáō mer-im-nah-o from μέριμνα; to be anxious about:--(be, have) care(-ful), take thought.
|
μεριμνῶσινmerimnōsin
|
should have concern,
|
V-PSA-3P
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G3196μέλη.melē (N-NNP) G3196 μέλος mélos mel-os of uncertain affinity; a limb or part of the body:--member.
|
μέλη.melē
|
members.
|
N-NNP
|
25
That there should be no schism in the body; but that the members should have the same care one for another.1 Corinthians 12:25
Stats
Rank: #5036 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 107 characters, 20 words, 85 letters, 31 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: ινα μη η σχισμα εν τω σωματι αλλα το αυτο υπερ αλληλων μεριμνωσιν τα μελη
Lit: that not there should be division in the body, but the same for one another should have concern, the members.
KJV: That there should be no schism in the body; but that the members should have the same care one for another.
References
"there"1Co 1:10-12: Now I beseech you: brothers: by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ: that you all speak the same thing: and that there be no divisions among you; but that you be perfectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment.1Co 3:3: For you are yet carnal: for whereas there is among you envying: and strife: and divisions: are you not carnal: and walk as men?Joh 17:21-26: That they all may be one; as you: Father: are in me: and I in you: that they also may be one in us: that the world may believe that you have sent me.2Co 13:11: Finally: brothers: farewell. Be perfect: be of good comfort: be of one mind: live in peace; and the God of love and peace will be with you."the same"2Co 7:12: For what reason: though I wrote to you: I did it not for His cause that had done the wrong: nor for His cause that suffered wrong: but that our care for you in the sight of God might appear to you.2Co 8:16: But thanks be to God: which put the same ear care into the heart of Titus for you.
και ειτε πασχει εν μελος συμπασχει παντα τα μελη ειτε δοξαζεται εν μελος συγχαιρει παντα τα μελη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3958πάσχειpaschei (V-PIA-3S) G3958 πάσχω páschō pen-tho apparently a primary verb; to experience a sensation or impression (usually painful):--feel, passion, suffer, vex.
|
πάσχειpaschei
|
suffers
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1520ἓνhen (Adj-NNS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓνhen
|
one
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3196μέλος,melos (N-NNS) G3196 μέλος mélos mel-os of uncertain affinity; a limb or part of the body:--member.
|
μέλος,melos
|
member,
|
N-NNS
|
G4841συμπάσχειsympaschei (V-PIA-3S) G4841 συμπάσχω sympáschō soom-pas-kho from σύν and πάσχω (including its alternate); to experience pain jointly or of the same kind (specially, persecution; to sympathize):--suffer with.
|
συμπάσχειsympaschei
|
suffer with it
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-NNP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G3196μέλη·melē (N-NNP) G3196 μέλος mélos mel-os of uncertain affinity; a limb or part of the body:--member.
|
μέλη·melē
|
members;
|
N-NNP
|
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1392δοξάζεταιdoxazetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1392 δοξάζω doxázō dox-ad-zo from δόξα; to render (or esteem) glorious (in a wide application):--(make) glorify(-ious), full of (have) glory, honour, magnify.
|
δοξάζεταιdoxazetai
|
is honored
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1520[ἓν]hen (Adj-NNS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
[ἓν]hen
|
one
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3196μέλος,melos (N-NNS) G3196 μέλος mélos mel-os of uncertain affinity; a limb or part of the body:--member.
|
μέλος,melos
|
member,
|
N-NNS
|
G4796συνχαίρειsynchairei (V-PIA-3S) G4796 συγχαίρω synchaírō soong-khah-ee-ro from σύν and χαίρω; to sympathize in gladness, congratulate:--rejoice in (with).
|
συνχαίρειsynchairei
|
rejoice with it
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-NNP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G3196μέλη.melē (N-NNP) G3196 μέλος mélos mel-os of uncertain affinity; a limb or part of the body:--member.
|
μέλη.melē
|
members.
|
N-NNP
|
26
Whether one member suffer, all the members suffer with it; or one member be honoured, all the members rejoice with it.1 Corinthians 12:26
Stats
Counts: 122 characters, 19 words, 97 letters, 37 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειτε πασχει εν μελος συμπασχει παντα τα μελη ειτε δοξαζεται εν μελος συγχαιρει παντα τα μελη
Lit: And if suffers one member, suffer with it all the members; if is honored one member, rejoice with it all the members.
KJV: And whether one member suffer, all the members suffer with it; or one member be honoured, all the members rejoice with it.
References
"And whether one member suffer, all the members suffer with it; or one member be honoured, all the members rejoice with it."Ro 12:15: Rejoice with them that do rejoice: and weep with them that weep.2Co 11:28: 29: Beside those things that are without: that which comes upon me daily: the care of all the churches.Ga 6:2: Bear you one another's burdens: and so fulfil the law of Christ.Heb 13:3: Remember them that are in bonds: as bound with them; and them which suffer adversity: as being yourselves also in the body.1Pe 3:8: Finally: be you all of one mind: having compassion one of another: love as brothers: be pitiful: be courteous:
The Greater Gifts
υμεις δε εστε σωμα χριστου και μελη εκ μερους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4771Ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
Ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
You
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1161δέde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστεeste (V-PIA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστεeste
|
are
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G4983σῶμαsōma (N-NNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμαsōma
|
the body
|
N-NNS
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
of Christ,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3196μέληmelē (N-NNP) G3196 μέλος mélos mel-os of uncertain affinity; a limb or part of the body:--member.
|
μέληmelē
|
members
|
N-NNP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3313μέρους.merous (N-GNS) G3313 μέρος méros mer-os from an obsolete but more primary form of (to get as a section or allotment); a division or share (literally or figuratively, in a wide application):--behalf, course, coast, craft, particular (+ -ly), part (+ -ly), piece, portion, respect, side, some sort(-what).
|
μέρους.merous
|
particular.
|
N-GNS
|
27
Now you are the body of Christ, and members in particular.1 Corinthians 12:27
Stats
Rank: #2113 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 57 characters, 10 words, 45 letters, 16 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: υμεις δε εστε σωμα χριστου και μελη εκ μερους
Lit: You now are the body of Christ, and members in particular.
KJV: Now ye are the body of Christ, and members in particular.
References
"Now ye are the body of Christ, and members in particular."1Co 12:12: 14-20: For as the body is one: and has many members: and all the members of that one body: being many: are one body: so also is Christ.Ro 12:5: So we: being many: are one body in Christ: and every one members one of another.Eph 1:23: Which is his body: the fulness of him that fills all in all.Eph 4:12: For the perfecting of the saints: for the work of the ministry: for the edifying of the body of Christ:Eph 5:23: 30: For the husband is the head of the wife: even as Christ is the head of the church: and He is the saviour of the body.Col 1:24: Who now rejoice in my sufferings for you: and fill up that which is behind of the afflictions of Christ in my flesh for His body's sake: which is the church:
και ους μεν εθετο ο θεος εν τη εκκλησια πρωτον αποστολους δευτερον προφητας τριτον διδασκαλους επειτα δυναμεις ειτα χαρισματα ιαματων αντιληψεις κυβερνησεις γενη γλωσσων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
some
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G3303μὲνmen (Prtcl) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Prtcl
|
G5087ἔθετοetheto (V-AIM-3S) G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἔθετοetheto
|
has appointed
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίᾳekklēsia (N-DFS) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίᾳekklēsia
|
church,
|
N-DFS
|
G4412πρῶτονprōton (Adv-S) G4412 πρῶτον prōton pro-ton neuter of πρῶτος as adverb (with or without ὁ); firstly (in time, place, order, or importance):--before, at the beginning, chiefly (at, at the) first (of all).
|
πρῶτονprōton
|
first
|
Adv-S
|
G652ἀποστόλους,apostolous (N-AMP) G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλους,apostolous
|
apostles,
|
N-AMP
|
G1208δεύτερονdeuteron (Adv) G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δεύτερονdeuteron
|
secondly
|
Adv
|
G4396προφήτας,prophētas (N-AMP) G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφήτας,prophētas
|
prophets,
|
N-AMP
|
G5154τρίτονtriton (Adj-ANS) G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτονtriton
|
third
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1320διδασκάλους,didaskalous (N-AMP) G1320 διδάσκαλος didáskalos did-as-kal-os from διδάσκω; an instructor (genitive case or specially):--doctor, master, teacher.
|
διδασκάλους,didaskalous
|
teachers,
|
N-AMP
|
G1899ἔπειταepeita (Adv) G1899 ἔπειτα épeita ep-i-tah from ἐπί and εἶτα; thereafter:--after that(-ward), then.
|
ἔπειταepeita
|
then
|
Adv
|
G1411δυνάμεις,dynameis (N-AFP) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμεις,dynameis
|
miracles,
|
N-AFP
|
G1899ἔπειταepeita (Adv) G1899 ἔπειτα épeita ep-i-tah from ἐπί and εἶτα; thereafter:--after that(-ward), then.
|
ἔπειταepeita
|
then
|
Adv
|
G5486χαρίσματαcharismata (N-ANP) G5486 χάρισμα chárisma khar-is-mah from χαρίζομαι; a (divine) gratuity, i.e. deliverance (from danger or passion); (specially), a (spiritual) endowment, i.e. (subjectively) religious qualification, or (objectively) miraculous faculty:--(free) gift.
|
χαρίσματαcharismata
|
gifts
|
N-ANP
|
G2386ἰαμάτων,iamatōn (N-GNP) G2386 ἴαμα íama ee-am-ah from ἰάομαι; a cure (the effect):--healing.
|
ἰαμάτων,iamatōn
|
of healing,
|
N-GNP
|
G484ἀντιλήμψεις,antilēmpseis (N-AFP) G484 ἀντίληψις antílēpsis an-til-ape-sis from ἀντιλαμβάνομαι; relief:--help.
|
ἀντιλήμψεις,antilēmpseis
|
helping,
|
N-AFP
|
G2941κυβερνήσεις,kybernēseis (N-AFP) G2941 κυβέρνησις kybérnēsis koo-ber-nay-sis from (of Latin origin, to steer); pilotage, i.e. (figuratively) directorship (in the church):--government.
|
κυβερνήσεις,kybernēseis
|
administrating,
|
N-AFP
|
G1085γένηgenē (N-ANP) G1085 γένος génos ghen-os from γίνομαι; kin (abstract or concrete, literal or figurative, individual or collective):--born, country(-man), diversity, generation, kind(-red), nation, offspring, stock.
|
γένηgenē
|
various kinds
|
N-ANP
|
G1100γλωσσῶν.glōssōn (N-GFP) G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλωσσῶν.glōssōn
|
of tongues.
|
N-GFP
|
28
God has set some in the church, first apostles, secondarily prophets, thirdly teachers, after that miracles, then gifts of healings, helps, governments, diversities of tongues.1 Corinthians 12:28
Stats
Rank: #2243 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 181 characters, 18 words, 147 letters, 48 vowels, 99 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ους μεν εθετο ο θεος εν τη εκκλησια πρωτον αποστολους δευτερον προφητας τριτον διδασκαλους επειτα δυναμεις ειτα χαρισματα ιαματων αντιληψεις κυβερνησεις γενη γλωσσων
Lit: And some indeed has appointed God in the church, first apostles, secondly prophets, third teachers, then miracles, then gifts of healing, helping, administrating, various kinds of tongues.
KJV: And God hath set some in the church, first apostles, secondarily prophets, thirdly teachers, after that miracles, then gifts of healings, helps, governments, diversities of tongues.
References
"God"1Co 12:7-11: But the manifestation of the Spirit is given to every man to profit withal.Lu 6:14: Simon: (whom he also named Peter: ) and Andrew his brother: James and John: Philip and Bartholomew: Ac 13:1-3: Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas: and Simeon that was called Niger: and Lucius of Cyrene: and Manaen: which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch: and Saul.Ac 20:28: Take heed therefore to yourselves: and to all the flock: over the which the Holy Ghost has made you overseers: to feed the church of God: which He has purchased with His own blood.Ro 12:6-8: Having then gifts differing according to the grace that is given to us: whether prophecy: let us prophesy according to the proportion of faith;Eph 2:20: Are built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets: Jesus Christ Himself being the chief corner stone;Eph 3:5: Which in other ages not was made known to the sons of men: as it is now revealed to His holy apostles and prophets by the Spirit;Eph 4:11-13: He gave some: apostles; and some: prophets; and some: evangelists; and some: pastors and teachers;Heb 13:17: 24: Obey them that have the rule over you: and submit yourselves: for they watch for your souls: as they that must give account: that they may do it with joy: not and with grief: for that is unprofitable for you.1Pe 5:1-4: The elders which are among you I exhort: who am also an elder: and a witness of the sufferings of Christ: and also a partaker of the glory that will be revealed:"helps"Nu 11:17: I will come down and talk with you there: and I will take of the spirit which is upon you: and will put it upon them; and they will bear the burden of the people with you: that you bear it not yourself alone."governments"Ro 12:8: Or he who exhorts: on exhortation: he who gives: let him do it with simplicity; he who rules: with diligence; he who shews mercy: with cheerfulness.1Ti 5:17: Let the elders that rule well be counted worthy of double honour: especially they who labour in the word and doctrine.Heb 13:17: 24: Obey them that have the rule over you: and submit yourselves: for they watch for your souls: as they that must give account: that they may do it with joy: not and with grief: for that is unprofitable for you."diversities"1Co 12:10: To another the working of miracles; to another prophecy; to another discerning of spirits; to another divers kinds of tongues; to another the interpretation of tongues:Ac 2:8-11: How hear we every man in our own tongue: wherein we were born?
μη παντες αποστολοι μη παντες προφηται μη παντες διδασκαλοι μη παντες δυναμεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
Not are
|
Adv
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G652ἀπόστολοι;apostoloi (N-NMP) G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀπόστολοι;apostoloi
|
apostles?
|
N-NMP
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4396προφῆται;prophētai (N-NMP) G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφῆται;prophētai
|
prophets?
|
N-NMP
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1320διδάσκαλοι;didaskaloi (N-NMP) G1320 διδάσκαλος didáskalos did-as-kal-os from διδάσκω; an instructor (genitive case or specially):--doctor, master, teacher.
|
διδάσκαλοι;didaskaloi
|
teachers?
|
N-NMP
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
Not have
|
Adv
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1411δυνάμεις;dynameis (N-NFP) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμεις;dynameis
|
miracles?
|
N-NFP
|
29
Are all apostles? are all prophets? are all teachers? are all workers of miracles?1 Corinthians 12:29
Stats
Rank: #7662 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 88 characters, 8 words, 65 letters, 26 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: μη παντες αποστολοι μη παντες προφηται μη παντες διδασκαλοι μη παντες δυναμεις
Lit: Not are all apostles? Not all prophets? Not all teachers? Not have all miracles?
KJV: Are all apostles? [are] all prophets? [are] all teachers? [are] all workers of miracles?
References
"all apostles"1Co 12:4-11: 14-20: Now there are diversities of gifts: but the same Spirit.
μη παντες χαρισματα εχουσιν ιαματων μη παντες γλωσσαις λαλουσιν μη παντες διερμηνευουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G5486χαρίσματαcharismata (N-ANP) G5486 χάρισμα chárisma khar-is-mah from χαρίζομαι; a (divine) gratuity, i.e. deliverance (from danger or passion); (specially), a (spiritual) endowment, i.e. (subjectively) religious qualification, or (objectively) miraculous faculty:--(free) gift.
|
χαρίσματαcharismata
|
gifts
|
N-ANP
|
G2192ἔχουσινechousin (V-PIA-3P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσινechousin
|
have
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2386ἰαμάτων;iamatōn (N-GNP) G2386 ἴαμα íama ee-am-ah from ἰάομαι; a cure (the effect):--healing.
|
ἰαμάτων;iamatōn
|
of healings?
|
N-GNP
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1100γλώσσαιςglōssais (N-DFP) G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσαιςglōssais
|
in tongues
|
N-DFP
|
G2980λαλοῦσιν;lalousin (V-PIA-3P) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦσιν;lalousin
|
do speak?
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1329διερμηνεύουσιν;diermēneuousin (V-PIA-3P) G1329 διερμηνεύω diermēneúō dee-er-main-yoo-o from διά and ἑρμηνεύω; to explain thoroughly, by implication, to translate:--expound, interpret(-ation).
|
διερμηνεύουσιν;diermēneuousin
|
do interpret?
|
V-PIA-3P
|
30
Have all the gifts of healing? do all speak with tongues? do all interpret?1 Corinthians 12:30
Stats
Rank: #5666 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 75 characters, 12 words, 59 letters, 22 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: μη παντες χαρισματα εχουσιν ιαματων μη παντες γλωσσαις λαλουσιν μη παντες διερμηνευουσιν
Lit: Not all gifts have of healings? Not all in tongues do speak? Not all do interpret?
KJV: Have all the gifts of healing? do all speak with tongues? do all interpret?
ζηλουτε δε τα χαρισματα τα κρειττονα και ετι καθ υπερβολην οδον υμιν δεικνυμι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2206ζηλοῦτεzēloute (V-PMA-2P) G2206 ζηλόω zēlóō dzay-lo-o from ζῆλος; to have warmth of feeling for or against:--affect, covet (earnestly), (have) desire, (move with) envy, be jealous over, (be) zealous(-ly affect).
|
ζηλοῦτεzēloute
|
Be desirous of
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G5486χαρίσματαcharismata (N-ANP) G5486 χάρισμα chárisma khar-is-mah from χαρίζομαι; a (divine) gratuity, i.e. deliverance (from danger or passion); (specially), a (spiritual) endowment, i.e. (subjectively) religious qualification, or (objectively) miraculous faculty:--(free) gift.
|
χαρίσματαcharismata
|
gifts
|
N-ANP
|
G3173μείζονα.meizona (Adj-ANP-C) G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μείζονα.meizona
|
greater.
|
Adj-ANP-C
|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv) G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
now,
|
Adv
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G5236ὑπερβολὴνhyperbolēn (N-AFS) G5236 ὑπερβολή hyperbolḗ hoop-er-bol-ay from ὑπερβάλλω; a throwing beyond others, i.e. (figuratively) supereminence; adverbially (with εἰς or κατά) pre- eminently:--abundance, (far more) exceeding, excellency, more excellent, beyond (out of) measure.
|
ὑπερβολὴνhyperbolēn
|
a more surpassing
|
N-AFS
|
G3598ὁδὸνhodon (N-AFS) G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδὸνhodon
|
way,
|
N-AFS
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1166δείκνυμι.deiknymi (V-PIA-1S) G1166 δεικνύω deiknýō dike-noo-o a prolonged form of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; to show (literally or figuratively):--shew.
|
δείκνυμι.deiknymi
|
I show.
|
V-PIA-1S
|
31
But covet earnestly the best gifts: and yet show I to you a more excellent way.1 Corinthians 12:31
Stats
Counts: 81 characters, 15 words, 64 letters, 24 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: ζηλουτε δε τα χαρισματα τα κρειττονα και ετι καθ υπερβολην οδον υμιν δεικνυμι
Lit: Be desirous of however the gifts greater. And now, according to a more surpassing way, to you I show.
KJV: But covet earnestly the best gifts: and yet shew I unto you a more excellent way.
References
"covet"1Co 8:1: Now as touching things offered to idols: we know that we all have knowledge. Knowledge puffeth up: but charity edifies.1Co 14:1: 39: Follow after charity: and desire spiritual gifts: but rather that you may prophesy.Mt 5:6: Blessed are they which do hunger and thirst after righteousness: for they will be filled.Lu 10:42: But one thing is needful: and Mary has chosen that good part: which will not be taken away from her."shew"1Co 13:1-13: Though I speak with the tongues of men and of angels: and not have charity: I am become as sounding brass: or a tinkling cymbal.Php 3:8: Yes doubtless: and I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord: for whom I have suffered the loss of all things: and do count them but dung: that I may win Christ: Heb 11:4: By faith Abel offered to God a more excellent sacrifice than Cain: by which He obtained witness that He was righteous: God testifying of His gifts: and by it He being dead yet speaketh.
13
Love
εαν ταις γλωσσαις των ανθρωπων λαλω και των αγγελων αγαπην δε μη εχω γεγονα χαλκος ηχων η κυμβαλον αλαλαζον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1437ἘὰνEan (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἘὰνEan
|
If
|
Conj
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
in the
|
Art-DFP
|
G1100γλώσσαιςglōssais (N-DFP) G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσαιςglōssais
|
tongues
|
N-DFP
|
G444ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn (N-GMP) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn
|
of men
|
N-GMP
|
G2980λαλῶlalō (V-PSA-1S) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῶlalō
|
I speak,
|
V-PSA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G32ἀγγέλων,angelōn (N-GMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλων,angelōn
|
of angels,
|
N-GMP
|
G26ἀγάπηνagapēn (N-AFS) G26 ἀγάπη agápē ag-ah-pay from ἀγαπάω; love, i.e. affection or benevolence; specially (plural) a love-feast:--(feast of) charity(-ably), dear, love.
|
ἀγάπηνagapēn
|
love
|
N-AFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχω,echō (V-PSA-1S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχω,echō
|
have,
|
V-PSA-1S
|
G1096γέγοναgegona (V-RIA-1S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γέγοναgegona
|
I have become
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G5475χαλκὸςchalkos (N-NMS) G5475 χαλκός chalkós khal-kos perhaps from χαλάω through the idea of hollowing out as a vessel (this metal being chiefly used for that purpose); copper (the substance, or some implement or coin made of it):--brass, money.
|
χαλκὸςchalkos
|
a brass
|
N-NMS
|
G2278ἠχῶνēchōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2278 ἠχέω ēchéō ay-kheh-o from ἦχος; to make a loud noise, i.e. reverberate:--roar, sound.
|
ἠχῶνēchōn
|
sounding,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G2950κύμβαλονkymbalon (N-NNS) G2950 κύμβαλον kýmbalon koom-bal-on from a derivative of the base of κῦμα; a cymbal (as hollow):--cymbal.
|
κύμβαλονkymbalon
|
a cymbal
|
N-NNS
|
G214ἀλαλάζον.alalazon (V-PPA-NNS) G214 ἀλαλάζω alalázō al-al-ad-zo from ( a shout, halloo); to vociferate, i.e. (by implication) to wail; figuratively, to clang:--tinkle, wail.
|
ἀλαλάζον.alalazon
|
clanging.
|
V-PPA-NNS
|
1
Though I speak with the tongues of men and of angels, and not have charity, I am become as sounding brass, or a tinkling cymbal.
1 Corinthians 13:1
Stats
Rank: #400 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 128 characters, 22 words, 100 letters, 37 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: εαν ταις γλωσσαις των ανθρωπων λαλω και των αγγελων αγαπην δε μη εχω γεγονα χαλκος ηχων η κυμβαλον αλαλαζον
Lit: If in the tongues of men I speak, and of angels, love however not have, I have become a brass sounding, or a cymbal clanging.
KJV: Though I speak with the tongues of men and of angels, and have not charity, I am become as sounding brass, or a tinkling cymbal.
References
"I speak"1Co 13:2: 3: Though I have the gift of prophecy: and understand all mysteries: and all knowledge; and though I have all faith: so that I could remove mountains: and not have charity: I not amhing.1Co 12:8: 16: 29: 30: For to one is given by the Spirit the word of wisdom; to another the word of knowledge by the same Spirit;1Co 14:6: Now: brothers: if I come to you speaking with tongues: what will I profit you: except I will speak to you either by revelation: or by knowledge: or by prophesying: or by doctrine?2Co 12:4: How that he was caught up into paradise: and heard unspeakable words: which it not is lawful for a man to utter.2Pe 2:18: For when they speak great swelling words of vanity: they allure through the lusts of the flesh: through much wantonness: those that were clean escaped from them who live in error."have not"1Co 8:1: Now as touching things offered to idols: we know that we all have knowledge. Knowledge puffeth up: but charity edifies.Mt 25:45: Then will he answer them: saying: Truly I say to you: Inasmuch as you did it not to one of the least of these: you did it not to me.Ro 14:15: But if your brother be grieved with your meat: now walk you not charitably. not Destroy Him with your meat: for whom Christ died.Ga 5:6: 22: For in Jesus Christ neither circumcision availeth any thing: nor uncircumcision; but faith which works by love.1Ti 1:5: Now the end of the commandment is charity out of a pure heart: and of a good conscience: and of faith unfeigned:1Pe 4:8: Above all things have fervent charity among yourselves: for charity will cover the multitude of sins."as"1Co 14:7: 8: Even things without life giving sound: whether pipe or harp: except they give a distinction in the sounds: how will it be known what is piped or harped?
και εαν εχω προφητειαν και ειδω τα μυστηρια παντα και πασαν την γνωσιν και εαν εχω πασαν την πιστιν ωστε ορη μεθιστανειν αγαπην δε μη εχω {VAR1: ουθεν } {VAR2: ουδεν } ειμι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχωechō (V-PSA-1S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωechō
|
I should have
|
V-PSA-1S
|
G4394προφητείανprophēteian (N-AFS) G4394 προφητεία prophēteía prof-ay-ti-ah from προφήτης (prophecy); prediction (scriptural or other):--prophecy, prophesying.
|
προφητείανprophēteian
|
prophecy
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1492εἰδῶeidō (V-RSA-1S) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
εἰδῶeidō
|
understand
|
V-RSA-1S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G3466μυστήριαmystēria (N-ANP) G3466 μυστήριον mystḗrion moos-tay-ree-on from a derivative of (to shut the mouth); a secret or mystery (through the idea of silence imposed by initiation into religious rites):--mystery.
|
μυστήριαmystēria
|
mysteries
|
N-ANP
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶσανpasan (Adj-AFS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσανpasan
|
all
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1108γνῶσιν,gnōsin (N-AFS) G1108 γνῶσις gnōsis gno-sis from γινώσκω; knowing (the act), i.e. (by implication) knowledge:--knowledge, science.
|
γνῶσιν,gnōsin
|
knowledge,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχωechō (V-PSA-1S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωechō
|
I should have
|
V-PSA-1S
|
G3956πᾶσανpasan (Adj-AFS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσανpasan
|
all
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4102πίστινpistin (N-AFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστινpistin
|
faith,
|
N-AFS
|
G5620ὥστεhōste (Conj) G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
ὥστεhōste
|
so as
|
Conj
|
G3735ὄρηorē (N-ANP) G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄρηorē
|
mountains
|
N-ANP
|
G3179μεθιστάναι,methistanai (V-PNA) G3179 μεθίστημι methístēmi meth-is-tan-o from μετά and ἵστημι; to transfer, i.e. carry away, depose or (figuratively) exchange, seduce:--put out, remove, translate, turn away.
|
μεθιστάναι,methistanai
|
to remove,
|
V-PNA
|
G26ἀγάπηνagapēn (N-AFS) G26 ἀγάπη agápē ag-ah-pay from ἀγαπάω; love, i.e. affection or benevolence; specially (plural) a love-feast:--(feast of) charity(-ably), dear, love.
|
ἀγάπηνagapēn
|
love
|
N-AFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχω,echō (V-PSA-1S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχω,echō
|
have,
|
V-PSA-1S
|
G3762οὐθένouthen (Adj-ANS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐθένouthen
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1510εἰμι.eimi (V-PIA-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμι.eimi
|
I am.
|
V-PIA-1S
|
2
Though I have the gift of prophecy, and understand all mysteries, and all knowledge; and though I have all faith, so that I could remove mountains, and not have charity, I not amhing.
1 Corinthians 13:2
Stats
Counts: 187 characters, 28 words, 147 letters, 55 vowels, 92 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εαν εχω προφητειαν και ειδω τα μυστηρια παντα και πασαν την γνωσιν και εαν εχω πασαν την πιστιν ωστε ορη μεθιστανειν αγαπην δε μη εχω {VAR1: ουθεν } {VAR2: ουδεν } ειμι
Lit: And if I should have prophecy and understand the mysteries all, and all the knowledge, and if I should have all the faith, so as mountains to remove, love however not have, nothing I am.
KJV: And though I have the gift of prophecy, and understand all mysteries, and all knowledge; and though I have all faith, so that I could remove mountains, and have not charity, I am nothing.
References
"I have the"1Co 12:8-10: 28: For to one is given by the Spirit the word of wisdom; to another the word of knowledge by the same Spirit;1Co 14:1: 6-9: Follow after charity: and desire spiritual gifts: but rather that you may prophesy.Nu 24:15-24: He took up his parable: and said: Balaam the son of Beor has said: and the man whose eyes are open has said:Mt 7:22: 23: Many will say to me in that day: Lord: Lord: have not we prophesied in your name? and in your name have cast out devils? and in your name done many wonderful works?"understand"1Co 4:1: Let a man so account of us: as of the ministers of Christ: and stewards of the mysteries of God.Mt 13:11: He answered and said to them: Because it is given to you to know the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven: but to them it not is given.Ro 11:25: For I not would: brothers: that you should be ignorant of this mystery: lest you should be wise in your own conceits; that blindness in part is happened to Israel: until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in.Ro 16:25: Now to Him that is of power to stablish you according to my gospel: and the preaching of Jesus Christ: according to the revelation of the mystery: which was kept secret since the world began: Eph 3:4: Whereby: when you read: you may understand my knowledge in the mystery of Christ)Eph 6:19: For me: that utterance may be given to me: that I may open my mouth boldly: to make known the mystery of the gospel: Col 1:26: Even the mystery which has been hid from ages and from generations: but now is made manifest to his saints:1Ti 3:16: Without controversy great is the mystery of godliness: God was manifest in the flesh: justified in the Spirit: seen of angels: preached to the Gentiles: believed on in the world: received up into glory."and though I have all"1Co 12:9: To another faith by the same Spirit; to another the gifts of healing by the same Spirit;Mt 17:20: Jesus said to them: Because of your unbelief: for truly I say to you: If you have faith as a grain of mustard seed: you will say to this mountain: Remove here to yonder place; and it will remove; not andhing will be impossible to you.Mt 21:21: Jesus answered and said to them: Truly I say to you: If you have faith: and not doubt: you will not only do this which is done to the fig tree: but also if you will say to this mountain: Be you removed: and be you cast into the sea; it will be done.Mr 11:22: 23: Jesus answering says to them: Have faith in God.Lu 17:5: 6: The apostles said to the Lord: Increase our faith."and have"1Co 13:1: 3: Though I speak with the tongues of men and of angels: and not have charity: I am become as sounding brass: or a tinkling cymbal.1Co 16:22: If any man not love the Lord Jesus Christ: let Him be Anathema Maranatha.Ga 5:16: 22: This I say then: Walk in the Spirit: and you will not fulfil the lust of the flesh.1Jo 4:8: 20: 21: He who loves not knows not God; for God is love."I am"1Co 13:3: Though I bestow all my goods to feed the poor: and though I give my body to be burned: and not have charity: it profits not mehing.1Co 7:19: Circumcision not ishing: and uncircumcision not ishing: but the keeping of the commandments of God.1Co 8:4: As concerning therefore the eating of those things that are offered in sacrifice to idols: we know that an idol is nothing in the world: and that there is none other God but one.Mt 21:19: When he saw a fig tree in the way: he came to it: and not foundhing thereon: but leaves only: and said to it: Let no fruit grow on you henceforward for ever. And presently the fig tree withered away.2Co 12:11: I am become a fool in glorying; you have compelled me: for I ought to have been commended of you: for not inhing am I behind the very chief apostles: though I not behing.Ga 6:3: For if a man think himself to be something: when he not ishing: he deceives himself.
και εαν ψωμισω παντα τα υπαρχοντα μου και εαν παραδω το σωμα μου ινα καυθησωμαι αγαπην δε μη εχω ουδεν ωφελουμαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5595ψωμίσωpsōmisō (V-ASA-1S) G5595 ψωμίζω psōmízō pso-mid-zo from the base of ψωμίον; to supply with bits, i.e. (generally) to nourish:--(bestow to) feed.
|
ψωμίσωpsōmisō
|
I may give away
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G5225ὑπάρχοντάhyparchonta (V-PPA-ANP) G5225 ὑπάρχω hypárchō hoop-ar-kho from ὑπό and ἄρχομαι; to begin under (quietly), i.e. come into existence (be present or at hand); expletively, to exist (as copula or subordinate to an adjective, participle, adverb or preposition, or as an auxiliary to a principal (verb):--after, behave, live.
|
ὑπάρχοντάhyparchonta
|
possessions
|
V-PPA-ANP
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3860παραδῶparadō (V-ASA-1S) G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδῶparadō
|
I may deliver up
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4983σῶμάsōma (N-ANS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμάsōma
|
body
|
N-ANS
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2744[καυχήσωμαι],kauchēsōmai (V-ASM-1S) G2744 καυχάομαι kaucháomai kow-khah-om-ahee from some (obsolete) base akin to that of (to boast) and εὔχομαι; to vaunt (in a good or a bad sense):--(make) boast, glory, joy, rejoice.
|
[καυχήσωμαι],kauchēsōmai
|
I may boast,
|
V-ASM-1S
|
G26ἀγάπηνagapēn (N-AFS) G26 ἀγάπη agápē ag-ah-pay from ἀγαπάω; love, i.e. affection or benevolence; specially (plural) a love-feast:--(feast of) charity(-ably), dear, love.
|
ἀγάπηνagapēn
|
love
|
N-AFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχω,echō (V-PSA-1S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχω,echō
|
have,
|
V-PSA-1S
|
G3762οὐδὲνouden (Adj-ANS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδὲνouden
|
nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G5623ὠφελοῦμαι.ōpheloumai (V-PIM/P-1S) G5623 ὠφελέω ōpheléō o-fel-eh-o from the same as ὠφέλεια; to be useful, i.e. to benefit:--advantage, better, prevail, profit.
|
ὠφελοῦμαι.ōpheloumai
|
I am profited.
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
3
Though I bestow all my goods to feed the poor, and though I give my body to be burned, and not have charity, it profits not mehing.1 Corinthians 13:3
Stats
Counts: 137 characters, 25 words, 106 letters, 39 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εαν ψωμισω παντα τα υπαρχοντα μου και εαν παραδω το σωμα μου ινα καυθησωμαι αγαπην δε μη εχω ουδεν ωφελουμαι
Lit: And if I may give away all the possessions of me, and if I may deliver up the body of me that I may boast, love however not have, nothing I am profited.
KJV: And though I bestow all my goods to feed the poor, and though I give my body to be burned, and have not charity, it profiteth me nothing.
References
"though I bestow"Mt 6:1-4: Take heed that you not do your alms before men: to be seen of them: otherwise you have no reward of your Father which is in heaven.Mt 23:5: But all their works they do for to be seen of men: they make broad their phylacteries: and enlarge the borders of their garments: Lu 18:22: 28: Now when Jesus heard these things: He said to Him: Yet lack you one thing: sell all that you have: and distribute to the poor: and you will have treasure in heaven: and come: follow me.Lu 19:8: Zacchaeus stood: and said to the Lord; Look: Lord: the half of my goods I give to the poor; and if I have taken any thing from any man by false accusation: I restore Him fourfold.Lu 21:3: 4: He said: Of a truth I say to you: that this poor widow has cast in more than they all:Joh 12:43: For they loved the praise of men more than the praise of God.Ga 5:26: Let not us be desirous of vain glory: provoking one another: envying one another.Php 1:15-18: Some indeed preach Christ even of envy and strife; and some also of good will:"though I give"Da 3:16-28: Shadrach: Meshach: and Abednego: answered and said to the king: O Nebuchadnezzar: we are not careful to answer you in this matter.Mt 7:22: 23: Many will say to me in that day: Lord: Lord: have not we prophesied in your name? and in your name have cast out devils? and in your name done many wonderful works?Joh 13:37: Peter said to Him: Lord: why cannot I follow you now? I will lay down my life for your sake.Joh 15:13: Greater love has no man than this: that a man lay down his life for his friends.Ac 21:13: Then Paul answered: What mean you to weep and to break my heart? for I am not ready to be bound only: but also to die at Jerusalem for the name of the Lord Jesus.Php 1:20: 21: According to my ear expectation and my hope: that not inhing I will be ashamed: but that with all boldness: as always: so now also Christ will be magnified in my body: whether it be by life: or by death.Php 2:3: Let nothing be done through strife or vainglory; but in lowliness of mind let each esteem other better than themselves."profiteth"Isa 57:12: I will declare your righteousness: and your works; for they will not profit you.Jer 7:8: Look: you trust in lying words: that cannot profit.Joh 6:63: It is the spirit that quickens; the flesh profits nothing: the words that I speak to you: they are spirit: and they are life.1Ti 4:8: For bodily exercise profits little: but godliness is profitable to all things: having promise of the life that now is: and of that which is to come.Heb 13:9: not Be carried about with divers and strange doctrines. For it is a good thing that the heart be established with grace; not with meats: which not have profited them that have been occupied therein.Jas 2:14-17: What does it profit: my brothers: though a man say he has faith: and not have works? can faith save him?
η αγαπη μακροθυμει χρηστευεται η αγαπη ου ζηλοι η αγαπη ου περπερευεται ου φυσιουται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G26ἀγάπηagapē (N-NFS) G26 ἀγάπη agápē ag-ah-pay from ἀγαπάω; love, i.e. affection or benevolence; specially (plural) a love-feast:--(feast of) charity(-ably), dear, love.
|
ἀγάπηagapē
|
Love
|
N-NFS
|
G3114μακροθυμεῖ,makrothymei (V-PIA-3S) G3114 μακροθυμέω makrothyméō mak-roth-oo-meh-o from the same as μακροθυμώς; to be long-spirited, i.e. (objectively) forbearing or (subjectively) patient:--bear (suffer) long, be longsuffering, have (long) patience, be patient, patiently endure.
|
μακροθυμεῖ,makrothymei
|
is patient,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5541χρηστεύεταιchrēsteuetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G5541 χρηστεύομαι chrēsteúomai khraste-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from χρηστός; to show oneself useful, i.e. act benevolently:--be kind.
|
χρηστεύεταιchrēsteuetai
|
is kind;
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G26ἀγάπη,agapē (N-NFS) G26 ἀγάπη agápē ag-ah-pay from ἀγαπάω; love, i.e. affection or benevolence; specially (plural) a love-feast:--(feast of) charity(-ably), dear, love.
|
ἀγάπη,agapē
|
love
|
N-NFS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2206ζηλοῖ,zēloi (V-PIA-3S) G2206 ζηλόω zēlóō dzay-lo-o from ζῆλος; to have warmth of feeling for or against:--affect, covet (earnestly), (have) desire, (move with) envy, be jealous over, (be) zealous(-ly affect).
|
ζηλοῖ,zēloi
|
is envious;
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G26ἀγάπηagapē (N-NFS) G26 ἀγάπη agápē ag-ah-pay from ἀγαπάω; love, i.e. affection or benevolence; specially (plural) a love-feast:--(feast of) charity(-ably), dear, love.
|
ἀγάπηagapē
|
love
|
N-NFS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4068περπερεύεται,perpereuetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G4068 περπερεύομαι perpereúomai per-per-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from (braggart; perhaps by reduplication of the base of πέραν); to boast:--vaunt itself.
|
περπερεύεται,perpereuetai
|
is boastful,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5448φυσιοῦται,physioutai (V-PIM/P-3S) G5448 φυσιόω physióō foo-see-o-o from φύσις in the primary sense of blowing; to inflate, i.e. (figuratively) make proud (haughty):--puff up.
|
φυσιοῦται,physioutai
|
is puffed up,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
4
Charity suffers long, and is kind; charity envies not; charity vaunts not itself, not is puffed up,1 Corinthians 13:4
Stats
Rank: #294 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 104 characters, 13 words, 83 letters, 28 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: η αγαπη μακροθυμει χρηστευεται η αγαπη ου ζηλοι η αγαπη ου περπερευεται ου φυσιουται
Lit: Love is patient, is kind; love not is envious; love not is boastful, not is puffed up,
KJV: Charity suffereth long, and is kind; charity envieth not; charity vaunteth not itself, is not puffed up,
References
"suffereth"Pr 10:12: Hatred stirs up strifes: but love covers all sins.2Co 6:6: By pureness: by knowledge: by longsuffering: by kindness: by the Holy Ghost: by love unfeigned: Ga 5:22: But the fruit of the Spirit is love: joy: peace: longsuffering: gentleness: goodness: faith: Eph 4:2: With all lowliness and meekness: with longsuffering: forbearing one another in love;Col 1:11: Strengthened with all might: according to his glorious power: to all patience and longsuffering with joyfulness;Col 3:12: Put on therefore: as the elect of God: holy and beloved: bowels of mercies: kindness: humbleness of mind: meekness: longsuffering;2Ti 2:25: In meekness instructing those that oppose themselves; if God perhaps will give them repentance to the acknowledging of the truth;2Ti 3:10: But you have fully known my doctrine: manner of life: purpose: faith: longsuffering: charity: patience: 2Ti 4:2: Preach the word; be instant in season: out of season; reprove: rebuke: exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine.Jas 3:17: But the wisdom that is from above is first pure: then peaceable: gentle: and easy to be intreated: full of mercy and good fruits: without partiality: and without hypocrisy.1Pe 4:8: Above all things have fervent charity among yourselves: for charity will cover the multitude of sins."is kind"Ne 9:17: Refused to obey: neither were mindful of your wonders that you did among them; but hardened their necks: and in their rebellion appointed a captain to return to their bondage: but you are a God ready to pardon: gracious and merciful: slow to anger: and of great kindness: and forsook not them.Pr 19:22: The desire of a man is his kindness: and a poor man is better than a liar.Pr 31:20: 26: She stretches out her hand to the poor; yes: she reaches forth her hands to the needy.Lu 6:35: 36: But love you your enemies: and do good: and lend: hoping not forhing again; and your reward will be great: and you will be the children of the High: for he is kind to the unthankful and to the evil.Eph 4:32: Be you kind one to another: tenderhearted: forgiving one another: even as God for Christ's sake has forgiven you.Col 3:12: Put on therefore: as the elect of God: holy and beloved: bowels of mercies: kindness: humbleness of mind: meekness: longsuffering;1Pe 3:8: Finally: be you all of one mind: having compassion one of another: love as brothers: be pitiful: be courteous:2Pe 1:7: To godliness brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity.1Jo 3:16-18: Hereby perceive we the love of God: because He laid down His life for us: and we ought to lay down our lives for the brothers.1Jo 4:11: Beloved: if God so loved us: we ought also to love one another."envieth"1Co 3:3: For you are yet carnal: for whereas there is among you envying: and strife: and divisions: are you not carnal: and walk as men?Ge 30:1: When Rachel saw that she bare Jacob no children: Rachel envied her sister; and said to Jacob: Give me children: or else I die.Ge 37:11: His brothers envied him; but his father observed the saying.Mt 27:18: For he knew that for envy they had delivered him.Ro 1:29: Being filled with all unrighteousness: fornication: wickedness: covetousness: maliciousness; full of envy: murder: debate: deceit: malignity; whisperers: Ro 13:13: Let us walk honestly: as in the day; not in rioting and drunkenness: not in chambering and wantonness: not in strife and envying.2Co 12:20: For I fear: lest'>lest: when I come: I will not find you such as I would: and that I will be found to you such as you not would: lest'>lest there be debates: envyings: wraths: strifes: backbitings: whisperings: swellings: tumults:Ga 5:21: 26: Envyings: murders: drunkenness: revellings: and such like: of the which I tell you before: as I have also told you in time past: that they which do such things will not inherit the kingdom of God.Php 1:15: Some indeed preach Christ even of envy and strife; and some also of good will:1Ti 6:4: He is proud: not knowinghing: but doting about questions and strifes of words: whereof comes envy: strife: railings: evil surmisings: Tit 3:3: For we ourselves also were sometimes foolish: disobedient: deceived: serving divers lusts and pleasures: living in malice and envy: hateful: and hating one another.Jas 3:14-16: But if you have bitter envying and strife in your hearts: not glory: and not lie against the truth.Jas 4:5: Do you think that the scripture says in vain: The spirit that dwells in us lusts to envy?1Pe 2:1: For what reason laying aside all malice: and all guile: and hypocrisies: and envies: and all evil speakings: "vaunteth not itself"1Sa 25:21: 22: 33: 34: Now David had said: Surely in vain have I kept all that this fellow has in the wilderness: so not thathing was missed of all that pertained to him: and he has requited me evil for good.1Ki 20:10: 11: Benhadad sent to him: and said: The gods do so to me: and more also: if the dust of Samaria will suffice for handfuls for all the people that follow me.Ps 10:5: His ways are always grievous; your judgments are far above out of his sight: as for all his enemies: he puffeth at them.Pr 13:10: Only by pride comes contention: but with the well advised is wisdom.Pr 17:14: The beginning of strife is as when one lets out water: therefore leave off contention: before it be meddled with.Pr 25:8-10: not Go forth hastily to strive: lest you not know what to do in the end thereof: when your neighbour has put you to shame.Ec 7:8: 9: Better is the end of a thing than the beginning thereof: and the patient in spirit is better than the proud in spirit.Ec 10:4: If the spirit of the ruler rise up against you: not leave your place; for yielding pacifies great offences.Da 3:19-22: Then was Nebuchadnezzar full of fury: and the form of his visage was changed against Shadrach: Meshach: and Abednego: therefore he spoke: and commanded that they should heat the furnace 8 times more than it was wont to be heated."is not"1Co 4:6: 18: These things: brothers: I have in a figure transferred to myself and to Apollos for your sakes; that you might learn in not us to think of men above that which is written: that no one of you be puffed up for one against another.1Co 5:2: you are puffed up: and not have rather mourned: that he who has done this deed might be taken away from among you.1Co 8:1: Now as touching things offered to idols: we know that we all have knowledge. Knowledge puffeth up: but charity edifies.Col 2:18: Let no man beguile you of your reward in a voluntary humility and worshipping of angels: intruding into those things which he has not seen: vainly puffed up by his fleshly mind: Php 2:1-5: If there be therefore any consolation in Christ: if any comfort of love: if any fellowship of the Spirit: if any bowels and mercies:
ουκ ασχημονει ου ζητει τα εαυτης ου παροξυνεται ου λογιζεται το κακον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G807ἀσχημονεῖ,aschēmonei (V-PIA-3S) G807 ἀσχημονέω aschēmonéō as-kay-mon-eh-o from ἀσχήμων; to be (i.e. act) unbecoming:--behave self uncomely (unseemly).
|
ἀσχημονεῖ,aschēmonei
|
acts unbecomingly;
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2212ζητεῖzētei (V-PIA-3S) G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ζητεῖzētei
|
seeks
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G1438ἑαυτῆς,heautēs (RefPro-GF3S) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτῆς,heautēs
|
of its own,
|
RefPro-GF3S
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3947παροξύνεται,paroxynetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G3947 παροξύνω paroxýnō par-ox-oo-no from παρά and a derivative of ὀξύς; to sharpen alongside, i.e. (figuratively) to exasperate:--easily provoke, stir.
|
παροξύνεται,paroxynetai
|
is easily provoked,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3049λογίζεταιlogizetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G3049 λογίζομαι logízomai log-id-zom-ahee middle voice from λόγος; to take an inventory, i.e. estimate (literally or figuratively):--conclude, (ac-)count (of), + despise, esteem, impute, lay, number, reason, reckon, suppose, think (on).
|
λογίζεταιlogizetai
|
it keeps account
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2556κακόν,kakon (Adj-ANS) G2556 κακός kakós kak-os apparently a primary word; worthless (intrinsically, such; whereas πονηρός properly refers to effects), i.e. (subjectively) depraved, or (objectively) injurious:--bad, evil, harm, ill, noisome, wicked.
|
κακόν,kakon
|
of wrongs;
|
Adj-ANS
|
5
Does not behave itself unseemly, seeks not her own, not is easily provoked, thinks no evil;1 Corinthians 13:5
Stats
Counts: 95 characters, 13 words, 76 letters, 29 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουκ ασχημονει ου ζητει τα εαυτης ου παροξυνεται ου λογιζεται το κακον
Lit: not acts unbecomingly; not seeks the things of its own, not is easily provoked, not it keeps account of wrongs;
KJV: Doth not behave itself unseemly, seeketh not her own, is not easily provoked, thinketh no evil;
References
"behave"1Co 7:36: But if any man think that he behaves himself uncomely toward his virgin: if she pass the flower of her age: and need so require: let him do what he will: he sins not: let them marry.1Co 11:13-16: 18: 21: 22: Judge in yourselves: is it comely that a woman pray to God uncovered?1Co 14:33-40: For God not is the author of confusion: but of peace: as in all churches of the saints.Isa 3:5: The people will be oppressed: every one by another: and every one by his neighbour: the child will behave himself proudly against the ancient: and the base against the honourable.Php 4:8: Finally: brothers: whatever things are true: whatever things are ho: whatever things are just: whatever things are pure: whatever things are lovely: whatever things are of good report; if there be any virtue: and if there be any praise: think on these things.2Th 3:7: For yourselves know how you ought to follow us: for we not behaved ourselves disorderly among you;"seeketh"1Co 10:24: 33: Let no man seek his own: but every man another's wealth.1Co 12:25: That there should be no schism in the body; but that the members should have the same care one for another.Ro 14:12-15: So then every one of us will give account of Himself to God.Ro 15:1: 2: We then that are strong ought to bear the infirmities of the weak: not and to please ourselves.Ga 5:13: For: brothers: you have been called to liberty; only use not liberty for an occasion to the flesh: but by love serve one another.Ga 6:1: 2: Brothers: if a man be overtaken in a fault: you which are spiritual: restore such an one in the spirit of meekness; considering yourself: lest you also be tempted.Php 2:3-5: 21: Let nothing be done through strife or vainglory; but in lowliness of mind let each esteem other better than themselves.2Ti 2:10: Therefore I endure all things for the elect's sakes: that they may also obtain the salvation which is in Christ Jesus with eternal glory.1Jo 3:16: 17: Hereby perceive we the love of God: because He laid down His life for us: and we ought to lay down our lives for the brothers."is not"Nu 12:3: (Now the man Moses was very meek: above all the men which were upon the face of the earth.)Nu 16:15: Moses was very angry: and said to the LORD: not Respect you their offering: I not have taken one ass from them: neither have I hurt one of them.Nu 20:10-12: Moses and Aaron gathered the congregation together before the rock: and he said to them: Hear now: you rebels; must we fetch you water out of this rock?Ps 106:32: 33: They angered him also at the waters of strife: so that it went ill with Moses for their sakes:Pr 14:17: He who is soon angry deals foolishly: and a man of wicked devices is hated.Mt 5:22: But I say to you: That whoever is angry with his brother without a cause will be in danger of the judgment: and whoever will say to his brother: Raca: will be in danger of the council: but whoever will say: You fool: will be in danger of hell fire.Mr 3:5: When he had looked round about on them with anger: being grieved for the hardness of their hearts: he says to the man: Stretch forth your hand. And he stretched it out: and his hand was restored whole as the other.Jas 1:19: For what reason: my beloved brothers: let every man be swift to hear: slow to speak: slow to wrath:"thinketh"2Sa 10:3: The princes of the children of Ammon said to Hanun their lord: Think you that David does honour your father: that he has sent comforters to you? has not David rather sent his servants to you: to search the city: and to spy it out: and to overthrow it?Job 21:27: Look: I know your thoughts: and the devices which you wrongfully imagine against me.Jer 11:19: But I was like a lamb or an ox that is brought to the slaughter; and I not knew that they had devised devices against me: saying: Let us destroy the tree with the fruit thereof: and let us cut him off from the land of the living: that his name may be no more remembered.Jer 18:18-20: Then said they: Come: and let us devise devices against Jeremiah; for the law will not perish from the priest: nor counsel from the wise: nor the word from the prophet. Come: and let us smite him with the tongue: and let not us give heed to any of his words.Jer 40:13-16: Moreover Johanan the son of Kareah: and all the captains of the forces that were in the fields: came to Gedaliah to Mizpah: Mt 9:4: Jesus knowing their thoughts said: For what reason think you evil in your hearts?Lu 7:39: Now when the Pharisee which had bidden him saw it: he spoke within himself: saying: This man: if he were a prophet: would have known who and what manner of woman this is that touches him: for she is a sinner.
ου χαιρει επι τη αδικια συγχαιρει δε τη αληθεια
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5463χαίρειchairei (V-PIA-3S) G5463 χαίρω chaírō khah-ee-ro a primary verb; to be cheerful, i.e. calmly happy or well-off; impersonally, especially as salutation (on meeting or parting), be well:--farewell, be glad, God speed, greeting, hall, joy(- fully), rejoice.
|
χαίρειchairei
|
delights
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at
|
Prep
|
G93ἀδικίᾳ,adikia (N-DFS) G93 ἀδικία adikía ad-ee-kee-ah from ἄδικος; (legal) injustice (properly, the quality, by implication, the act); morally, wrongfulness (of character, life or act):--iniquity, unjust, unrighteousness, wrong.
|
ἀδικίᾳ,adikia
|
unrighteousness,
|
N-DFS
|
G4796συνχαίρειsynchairei (V-PIA-3S) G4796 συγχαίρω synchaírō soong-khah-ee-ro from σύν and χαίρω; to sympathize in gladness, congratulate:--rejoice in (with).
|
συνχαίρειsynchairei
|
rejoices
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
in the
|
Art-DFS
|
G225ἀληθείᾳ·alētheia (N-DFS) G225 ἀλήθεια alḗtheia al-ay-thi-a from ἀληθής; truth:--true, X truly, truth, verity.
|
ἀληθείᾳ·alētheia
|
truth.
|
N-DFS
|
6
Rejoices'>Rejoices not in iniquity, but rejoices'>rejoices in the truth;1 Corinthians 13:6
Stats
Counts: 54 characters, 8 words, 44 letters, 18 vowels, 26 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου χαιρει επι τη αδικια συγχαιρει δε τη αληθεια
Lit: not delights at unrighteousness, rejoices however in the truth.
KJV: Rejoiceth not in iniquity, but rejoiceth in the truth;
References
"Rejoiceth not"1Sa 23:19-21: Then came up the Ziphites to Saul to Gibeah: saying: Does not David hide himself with us in strong holds in the wood: in the hill of Hachilah: which is on the south of Jeshimon?2Sa 4:10-12: When one told me: saying: Look: Saul is dead: thinking to have brought good tidings: I took hold of him: and killed him in Ziklag: who thought that I would have given him a reward for his tidings:Ps 10:3: For the wicked boasts of His heart's desire: and blesss the covetous: whom the LORD abhors.Ps 119:136: Rivers of waters run down my eyes: because they not keep your law.Pr 14:9: Fools make a mock at sin: but among the righteous there is favour.Jer 9:1: Oh that my head were waters: and my eyes a fountain of tears: that I might weep day and night for the killed of the daughter of my people!Jer 13:17: But if you not will hear it: my soul will weep in secret places for your pride; and my eye will weep sore: and run down with tears: because the LORD's flock is carried away captive.Jer 20:10: For I heard the defaming of many: fear on every side. Report: say they: and we will report it. All my familiars watched for my halting: saying: Perhaps he will be enticed: and we will prevail against him: and we will take our revenge on him.Ho 4:8: They eat up the sin of my people: and they set their heart on their iniquity.Ho 7:3: They make the king glad with their wickedness: and the princes with their lies.Mic 7:8: not Rejoice against me: O my enemy: when I fall: I will arise; when I sit in darkness: the LORD will be a light to me.Lu 19:41: 42: When he was come near: he beheld the city: and wept over it: Lu 22:5: They were glad: and covenanted to give him money.Ro 1:32: Who knowing the judgment of God: that they which commit such things are worthy of death: not only do the same: but have pleasure in them that do them.Php 3:18: (For many walk: of whom I have told you often: and now tell you even weeping: that they are the enemies of the cross of Christ:"rejoiceth"Ex 18:9: Jethro rejoiced for all the goodness which the LORD had done to Israel: whom He had delivered out of the hand of the Egyptians.Jos 22:22-33: The LORD God of gods: the LORD God of gods: He knows: and Israel He will know; if it be in rebellion: or if in transgression against the LORD: (save not us this day: )Ro 12:9: Let love be without dissimulation. Abhor that which is evil; cleave to that which is good.2Co 7:9-16: Now I rejoice: not that you were made sorry: but that you sorrowed to repentance: for you were made sorry after a godly manner: that you might receive damage by us not inhing.Php 1:4: 18: Always in every prayer of my for you all making request with joy: Php 2:17: 18: Yes: and if I be offered upon the sacrifice and service of your faith: I joy: and rejoice with you all.1Th 3:6-10: But now when Timotheus came from you to us: and brought us good tidings of your faith and charity: and that you have good remembrance of us always: desiring greatly to see us: as we also to see you:2Jo 1:4: I rejoiced greatly that I found of your children walking in truth: as we have received a commandment from the Father.3Jo 1:3: For I rejoiced greatly: when the brothers came and testified of the truth that is in you: even as you walk in the truth.
παντα στεγει παντα πιστευει παντα ελπιζει παντα υπομενει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
All things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G4722στέγει,stegei (V-PIA-3S) G4722 στέγω stégō steg-o from στέγη; to roof over, i.e. (figuratively) to cover with silence (endure patiently):--(for-)bear, suffer.
|
στέγει,stegei
|
it bears,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G4100πιστεύει,pisteuei (V-PIA-3S) G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύει,pisteuei
|
believes,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1679ἐλπίζει,elpizei (V-PIA-3S) G1679 ἐλπίζω elpízō el-pid-zo from ἐλπίς; to expect or confide:--(have, thing) hope(-d) (for), trust.
|
ἐλπίζει,elpizei
|
hopes,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G5278ὑπομένει.hypomenei (V-PIA-3S) G5278 ὑπομένω hypoménō hoop-om-en-o from ὑπό and μένω; to stay under (behind), i.e. remain; figuratively, to undergo, i.e. bear (trials), have fortitude, persevere:--abide, endure, (take) patient(-ly), suffer, tarry behind.
|
ὑπομένει.hypomenei
|
endures.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
7
Bears all things, believes all things, hopes all things, endures all things.1 Corinthians 13:7
Stats
Counts: 81 characters, 9 words, 66 letters, 20 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: παντα στεγει παντα πιστευει παντα ελπιζει παντα υπομενει
Lit: All things it bears, all things believes, all things hopes, all things endures.
KJV: Beareth all things, believeth all things, hopeth all things, endureth all things.
References
"Beareth"1Co 13:4: Charity suffers long: and is kind; charity envies not; charity vaunts not itself: not is puffed up: Nu 11:12-14: Have I conceived all this people? have I begotten them: that you should say to me: Carry them in your bosom: as a nursing father bears the sucking child: to the land which you sware to their fathers?De 1:9: I spoke to you at that time: saying: I not am able to bear you myself alone:Pr 10:12: Hatred stirs up strifes: but love covers all sins.Song 8:6: 7: Set me as a seal upon your heart: as a seal upon your arm: for love is strong as death; jealousy is cruel as the grave: the coals thereof are coals of fire: which has a most vehement flame.Ro 15:1: We then that are strong ought to bear the infirmities of the weak: not and to please ourselves.Ga 6:2: Bear you one another's burdens: and so fulfil the law of Christ.Heb 13:13: Let us go forth therefore to him without the camp: bearing his reproach.1Pe 2:24: Who his own self bare our sins in his own body on the tree: that we: being dead to sins: should live to righteousness: by whose stripes you were healed.1Pe 4:8: Above all things have fervent charity among yourselves: for charity will cover the multitude of sins."believeth"Ps 119:66: Teach me good judgment and knowledge: for I have believed your commandments."hopeth"Lu 7:37-39: 44-46: And: look: a woman in the city: which was a sinner: when she knew that Jesus sat at meat in the Pharisee's house: brought an alabaster box of ointment: Lu 19:4-10: He ran before: and climbed up into a sycomore tree to see him: for he was to pass that way.Ro 8:24: For we are saved by hope: but hope that is seen not is hope: for what a man sees: why does he yet hope for?"endureth"1Co 9:18-22: What is my reward then? Truly that: when I preach the gospel: I may make the gospel of Christ without charge: that I not abuse my power in the gospel.Ge 29:20: Jacob served 7 years for Rachel; and they seemed to him but a few days: for the love he had to her.Job 13:15: Though he kill me: yet will I trust in him: but I will maintain my own ways before him.Mt 10:22: you will be hated of all men for my name's sake: but he who endures to the end will be saved.2Co 11:8-12: I robbed other churches: taking wages of them: to do you service.2Th 1:4: So that we ourselves glory in you in the churches of God for your patience and faith in all your persecutions and tribulations that you endure:2Ti 2:3-10: 24: You therefore endure hardness: as a good soldier of Jesus Christ.2Ti 3:11: Persecutions: afflictions: which came to me at Antioch: at Iconium: at Lystra; what persecutions I endured: but out of them all the Lord delivered me.2Ti 4:5: But watch you in all things: endure afflictions: do the work of an evangelist: make full proof of your ministry.Jas 1:12: Blessed is the man that endures temptation: for when He is tried: He will receive the crown of life: which the Lord has promised to them that love Him.
η αγαπη ουδεποτε εκπιπτει ειτε δε προφητειαι καταργηθησονται ειτε γλωσσαι παυσονται ειτε γνωσις καταργηθησεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G26ἀγάπηagapē (N-NFS) G26 ἀγάπη agápē ag-ah-pay from ἀγαπάω; love, i.e. affection or benevolence; specially (plural) a love-feast:--(feast of) charity(-ably), dear, love.
|
ἀγάπηagapē
|
Love
|
N-NFS
|
G3763οὐδέποτεoudepote (Adv) G3763 οὐδέποτε oudépote oo-dep-ot-eh from οὐδέ and ποτέ; not even at any time, i.e. never at all:--neither at any time, never, nothing at any time.
|
οὐδέποτεoudepote
|
never
|
Adv
|
G4098πίπτει·piptei (V-PIA-3S) G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
πίπτει·piptei
|
fails;
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4394προφητεῖαι,prophēteiai (N-NFP) G4394 προφητεία prophēteía prof-ay-ti-ah from προφήτης (prophecy); prediction (scriptural or other):--prophecy, prophesying.
|
προφητεῖαι,prophēteiai
|
there are prophesies,
|
N-NFP
|
G2673καταργηθήσονται·katargēthēsontai (V-FIP-3P) G2673 καταργέω katargéō kat-arg-eh-o from κατά and ἀργέω; to be (render) entirely idle (useless), literally or figuratively:--abolish, cease, cumber, deliver, destroy, do away, become (make) of no (none, without) effect, fail, loose, bring (come) to nought, put away (down), vanish away, make void.
|
καταργηθήσονται·katargēthēsontai
|
they will be done away;
|
V-FIP-3P
|
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1100γλῶσσαι,glōssai (N-NFP) G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλῶσσαι,glōssai
|
tongues,
|
N-NFP
|
G3973παύσονται·pausontai (V-FIM-3P) G3973 παύω paúō pow-o a primary verb (pause); to stop (transitively or intransitively), i.e. restrain, quit, desist, come to an end:--cease, leave, refrain.
|
παύσονται·pausontai
|
they will be ceased;
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1108γνῶσις,gnōsis (N-NFS) G1108 γνῶσις gnōsis gno-sis from γινώσκω; knowing (the act), i.e. (by implication) knowledge:--knowledge, science.
|
γνῶσις,gnōsis
|
knowledge
|
N-NFS
|
G2673καταργηθήσεται.katargēthēsetai (V-FIP-3S) G2673 καταργέω katargéō kat-arg-eh-o from κατά and ἀργέω; to be (render) entirely idle (useless), literally or figuratively:--abolish, cease, cumber, deliver, destroy, do away, become (make) of no (none, without) effect, fail, loose, bring (come) to nought, put away (down), vanish away, make void.
|
καταργηθήσεται.katargēthēsetai
|
it will pass away.
|
V-FIP-3S
|
8
Charity never fails: but whether there be prophecies, they will fail; whether there be tongues, they will cease; whether there be knowledge, it will vanish away.1 Corinthians 13:8
Stats
Rank: #1813 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 170 characters, 16 words, 134 letters, 48 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: η αγαπη ουδεποτε εκπιπτει ειτε δε προφητειαι καταργηθησονται ειτε γλωσσαι παυσονται ειτε γνωσις καταργηθησεται
Lit: Love never fails; if however there are prophesies, they will be done away; if tongues, they will be ceased; if knowledge it will pass away.
KJV: Charity never faileth: but whether there be prophecies, they shall fail; whether [there be] tongues, they shall cease; whether [there be] knowledge, it shall vanish away.
References
"never"1Co 13:10: 13: But when that which is perfect is come: then that which is in part will be done away.Lu 22:32: But I have prayed for you: that your faith not fail: and when you are converted: strengthen your brothers.Ga 5:6: For in Jesus Christ neither circumcision availeth any thing: nor uncircumcision; but faith which works by love."tongues"1Co 13:1: Though I speak with the tongues of men and of angels: and not have charity: I am become as sounding brass: or a tinkling cymbal.1Co 12:10: 28-30: To another the working of miracles; to another prophecy; to another discerning of spirits; to another divers kinds of tongues; to another the interpretation of tongues:1Co 14:39: For what reason: brothers: covet to prophesy: and not forbid to speak with tongues.Ac 2:4: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and began to speak with other tongues: as the Spirit gave them utterance.Ac 19:6: When Paul had laid His hands upon them: the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spoke with tongues: and prophesied."vanish"Jer 49:7: Concerning Edom: thus says the LORD of hosts; Is wisdom no more in Teman? is counsel perished from the prudent? is their wisdom vanished?Heb 8:13: In that he says: A new covenant: he has made the first old. Now that which decays and waxs old is ready to vanish away.
εκ μερους γαρ γινωσκομεν και εκ μερους προφητευομεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
In
|
Prep
|
G3313μέρουςmerous (N-GNS) G3313 μέρος méros mer-os from an obsolete but more primary form of (to get as a section or allotment); a division or share (literally or figuratively, in a wide application):--behalf, course, coast, craft, particular (+ -ly), part (+ -ly), piece, portion, respect, side, some sort(-what).
|
μέρουςmerous
|
part
|
N-GNS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1097γινώσκομενginōskomen (V-PIA-1P) G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γινώσκομενginōskomen
|
we know,
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3313μέρουςmerous (N-GNS) G3313 μέρος méros mer-os from an obsolete but more primary form of (to get as a section or allotment); a division or share (literally or figuratively, in a wide application):--behalf, course, coast, craft, particular (+ -ly), part (+ -ly), piece, portion, respect, side, some sort(-what).
|
μέρουςmerous
|
part
|
N-GNS
|
G4395προφητεύομεν·prophēteuomen (V-PIA-1P) G4395 προφητεύω prophēteúō prof-ate-yoo-o from προφήτης; to foretell events, divine, speak under inspiration, exercise the prophetic office:--prophesy.
|
προφητεύομεν·prophēteuomen
|
we prophesy;
|
V-PIA-1P
|
9
For we know in part, and we prophesy in part.1 Corinthians 13:9
Stats
Counts: 45 characters, 9 words, 34 letters, 11 vowels, 23 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκ μερους γαρ γινωσκομεν και εκ μερους προφητευομεν
Lit: In part for we know, and in part we prophesy;
KJV: For we know in part, and we prophesy in part.
References
"For we know in part, and we prophesy in part."1Co 13:12: For now we see through a glass: darkly; but then face to face: now I know in part; but then will I know even as also I am known.1Co 2:9: But as it is written: Eye has not seen: nor ear heard: neither have entered into the heart of man: the things which God has prepared for them that love Him.1Co 8:2: If any man think that he knows'>knows any thing: he knows'>knows nothing yet as he ought to know.Job 11:7: 8: Canst you by searching find out God? canst you find out the Almighty to perfection?Job 26:14: Indeed: these are parts of his ways: but how little a portion is heard of him? but the thunder of his power who can understand?Ps 40:5: Many: O LORD my God: are your wonderful works which you have done: and your thoughts which are to us-ward: they cannot be reckoned up in order to you: if I would declare and speak of them: they are more than can be numbered.Ps 139:6: Such knowledge is too wonderful for me; it is high: I cannot attain to it.Pr 30:4: Who has ascended up into heaven: or descended? who has gathered the wind in his fists? who has bound the waters in a garment? who has established all the ends of the earth? what is his name: and what is his son's name: if you canst tell?Mt 11:27: All things are delivered to me of my Father: and no man knows'>knows the Son: but the Father; neither knows'>knows any man the Father: save the Son: and He to whoever the Son will reveal Him.Ro 11:34: For who has known the mind of the Lord? or who has been His counseller?Eph 3:8: 18: 19: To me: who am less than the least of all saints: is this grace given: that I should preach among the Gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ;Col 2:2: 3: That their hearts might be comforted: being knit together in love: and to all riches of the full assurance of understanding: to the acknowledgement of the mystery of God: and of the Father: and of Christ;1Pe 1:10-12: Of which salvation the prophets have inquired and searched diligently: who prophesied of the grace that should come to you:1Jo 3:2: Beloved: now are we the sons of God: and it does not yet appear what we will be: but we know that: when He will appear: we will be like Him; for we will see Him as He is.
οταν δε ελθη το τελειον τοτε το εκ μερους καταργηθησεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj) G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔλθῃelthē (V-ASA-3S) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔλθῃelthē
|
should come
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G5046τέλειον,teleion (Adj-NNS) G5046 τέλειος téleios tel-i-os from τέλος; complete (in various applications of labor, growth, mental and moral character, etc.); neuter (as noun, with ὁ) completeness:--of full age, man, perfect.
|
τέλειον,teleion
|
perfect,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3313μέρουςmerous (N-GNS) G3313 μέρος méros mer-os from an obsolete but more primary form of (to get as a section or allotment); a division or share (literally or figuratively, in a wide application):--behalf, course, coast, craft, particular (+ -ly), part (+ -ly), piece, portion, respect, side, some sort(-what).
|
μέρουςmerous
|
part
|
N-GNS
|
G2673καταργηθήσεται.katargēthēsetai (V-FIP-3S) G2673 καταργέω katargéō kat-arg-eh-o from κατά and ἀργέω; to be (render) entirely idle (useless), literally or figuratively:--abolish, cease, cumber, deliver, destroy, do away, become (make) of no (none, without) effect, fail, loose, bring (come) to nought, put away (down), vanish away, make void.
|
καταργηθήσεται.katargēthēsetai
|
will be done away.
|
V-FIP-3S
|
10
But when that which is perfect is come, then that which is in part will be done away.1 Corinthians 13:10
Stats
Counts: 86 characters, 17 words, 67 letters, 22 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: οταν δε ελθη το τελειον τοτε το εκ μερους καταργηθησεται
Lit: when however should come the perfect, the in part will be done away.
KJV: But when that which is perfect is come, then that which is in part shall be done away.
References
"But when that which is perfect is come, then that which is in part shall be done away."1Co 13:12: For now we see through a glass: darkly; but then face to face: now I know in part; but then will I know even as also I am known.Isa 24:23: Then the moon will be confounded: and the sun ashamed: when the LORD of hosts will reign in mount Zion: and in Jerusalem: and before His ancients gloriously.Isa 60:19: 20: The sun will be no more your light by day; neither for brightness will the moon give light to you: but the LORD will be to you an everlasting light: and your God your glory.2Co 5:7: 8: (For we walk by faith: not by sight:)Re 21:22: 23: I saw no temple therein: for the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it.Re 22:4: 5: They will see his face; and his name will be in their foreheads.
οτε ημην νηπιος ως νηπιος ελαλουν ως νηπιος εφρονουν ως νηπιος ελογιζομην οτε δε γεγονα ανηρ κατηργηκα τα του νηπιου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3753Ὅτεhote (Adv) G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
Ὅτεhote
|
When
|
Adv
|
G1510ἤμηνēmēn (V-IIM-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἤμηνēmēn
|
I was
|
V-IIM-1S
|
G3516νήπιος,nēpios (Adj-NMS) G3516 νήπιος nḗpios nay-pee-os from an obsolete particle (implying negation) and ἔπος; not speaking, i.e. an infant (minor); figuratively, a simple-minded person, an immature Christian:--babe, child (+ -ish).
|
νήπιος,nēpios
|
a child,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2980ἐλάλουνelaloun (V-IIA-1S) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλουνelaloun
|
I was speaking
|
V-IIA-1S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G3516νήπιος,nēpios (Adj-NMS) G3516 νήπιος nḗpios nay-pee-os from an obsolete particle (implying negation) and ἔπος; not speaking, i.e. an infant (minor); figuratively, a simple-minded person, an immature Christian:--babe, child (+ -ish).
|
νήπιος,nēpios
|
a child,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5426ἐφρόνουνephronoun (V-IIA-1S) G5426 φρονέω phronéō fron-eh-o from φρήν; to exercise the mind, i.e. entertain or have a sentiment or opinion; by implication, to be (mentally) disposed (more or less earnestly in a certain direction); intensively, to interest oneself in (with concern or obedience):--set the affection on, (be) care(-ful), (be like-, + be of one, + be of the same, + let this) mind(-ed), regard, savour, think.
|
ἐφρόνουνephronoun
|
I was thinking
|
V-IIA-1S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G3516νήπιος,nēpios (Adj-NMS) G3516 νήπιος nḗpios nay-pee-os from an obsolete particle (implying negation) and ἔπος; not speaking, i.e. an infant (minor); figuratively, a simple-minded person, an immature Christian:--babe, child (+ -ish).
|
νήπιος,nēpios
|
a child,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3049ἐλογιζόμηνelogizomēn (V-IIM/P-1S) G3049 λογίζομαι logízomai log-id-zom-ahee middle voice from λόγος; to take an inventory, i.e. estimate (literally or figuratively):--conclude, (ac-)count (of), + despise, esteem, impute, lay, number, reason, reckon, suppose, think (on).
|
ἐλογιζόμηνelogizomēn
|
I was reasoning
|
V-IIM/P-1S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G3516νήπιος·nēpios (Adj-NMS) G3516 νήπιος nḗpios nay-pee-os from an obsolete particle (implying negation) and ἔπος; not speaking, i.e. an infant (minor); figuratively, a simple-minded person, an immature Christian:--babe, child (+ -ish).
|
νήπιος·nēpios
|
a child;
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv) G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G1096γέγοναgegona (V-RIA-1S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γέγοναgegona
|
I became
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G435ἀνήρ,anēr (N-NMS) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνήρ,anēr
|
a man,
|
N-NMS
|
G2673κατήργηκαkatērgēka (V-RIA-1S) G2673 καταργέω katargéō kat-arg-eh-o from κατά and ἀργέω; to be (render) entirely idle (useless), literally or figuratively:--abolish, cease, cumber, deliver, destroy, do away, become (make) of no (none, without) effect, fail, loose, bring (come) to nought, put away (down), vanish away, make void.
|
κατήργηκαkatērgēka
|
I did away with
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3516νηπίου.nēpiou (Adj-GMS) G3516 νήπιος nḗpios nay-pee-os from an obsolete particle (implying negation) and ἔπος; not speaking, i.e. an infant (minor); figuratively, a simple-minded person, an immature Christian:--babe, child (+ -ish).
|
νηπίου.nēpiou
|
child.
|
Adj-GMS
|
11
When I was a child, I spoke as a child, I understood as a child, I thought as a child: but when I became a man, I put away childish things.
1 Corinthians 13:11
Stats
Counts: 139 characters, 26 words, 103 letters, 40 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτε ημην νηπιος ως νηπιος ελαλουν ως νηπιος εφρονουν ως νηπιος ελογιζομην οτε δε γεγονα ανηρ κατηργηκα τα του νηπιου
Lit: When I was a child, I was speaking like a child, I was thinking like a child, I was reasoning like a child; when I became a man, I did away with the things of the child.
KJV: When I was a child, I spake as a child, I understood as a child, I thought as a child: but when I became a man, I put away childish things.
References
"I spake"1Co 3:1: 2: I: brothers: not could speak to you as to spiritual: but as to carnal: even as to babes in Christ.1Co 14:20: Brothers: not be children in understanding: howbeit in malice be you children: but in understanding be men.Ec 11:10: Therefore remove sorrow from your heart: and put away evil from your flesh: for childhood and youth are vanity.Ga 4:1: Now I say: That the heir: as long as he is a child: differs nothing from a servant: though he be lord of all;
βλεπομεν γαρ αρτι δι εσοπτρου εν αινιγματι τοτε δε προσωπον προς προσωπον αρτι γινωσκω εκ μερους τοτε δε επιγνωσομαι καθως και επεγνωσθην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G991βλέπομενblepomen (V-PIA-1P) G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπομενblepomen
|
We see
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G737ἄρτιarti (Adv) G737 ἄρτι árti ar-tee adverb from a derivative of αἴρω (compare ἄρτος) through the idea of suspension; just now:--this day (hour), hence(-forth), here(-after), hither(-to), (even) now, (this) present.
|
ἄρτιarti
|
presently,
|
Adv
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
through
|
Prep
|
G2072ἐσόπτρουesoptrou (N-GNS) G2072 ἔσοπτρον ésoptron es-op-tron from εἰς and a presumed derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; a mirror (for looking into):--glass. Compare κατοπτρίζομαι.
|
ἐσόπτρουesoptrou
|
a glass
|
N-GNS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G135αἰνίγματι,ainigmati (N-DNS) G135 αἴνιγμα aínigma ah-ee-nig-ma from a derivative of αἶνος (in its primary sense); an obscure saying (enigma), i.e. (abstractly) obscureness:--X darkly.
|
αἰνίγματι,ainigmati
|
obscurity;
|
N-DNS
|
G5119τότεtote (Adv) G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
τότεtote
|
then
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G4383πρόσωπονprosōpon (N-ANS) G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
πρόσωπονprosōpon
|
face
|
N-ANS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4383πρόσωπον·prosōpon (N-ANS) G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
πρόσωπον·prosōpon
|
face;
|
N-ANS
|
G737ἄρτιarti (Adv) G737 ἄρτι árti ar-tee adverb from a derivative of αἴρω (compare ἄρτος) through the idea of suspension; just now:--this day (hour), hence(-forth), here(-after), hither(-to), (even) now, (this) present.
|
ἄρτιarti
|
presently,
|
Adv
|
G1097γινώσκωginōskō (V-PIA-1S) G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γινώσκωginōskō
|
I know
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3313μέρους,merous (N-GNS) G3313 μέρος méros mer-os from an obsolete but more primary form of (to get as a section or allotment); a division or share (literally or figuratively, in a wide application):--behalf, course, coast, craft, particular (+ -ly), part (+ -ly), piece, portion, respect, side, some sort(-what).
|
μέρους,merous
|
part;
|
N-GNS
|
G5119τότεtote (Adv) G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
τότεtote
|
then
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1921ἐπιγνώσομαιepignōsomai (V-FIM-1S) G1921 ἐπιγινώσκω epiginṓskō ep-ig-in-oce-ko from ἐπί and γινώσκω; to know upon some mark, i.e. recognize; by implication, to become fully acquainted with, to acknowledge:--(ac-, have, take)know(-ledge, well), perceive.
|
ἐπιγνώσομαιepignōsomai
|
I will know fully,
|
V-FIM-1S
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1921ἐπεγνώσθην.epegnōsthēn (V-AIP-1S) G1921 ἐπιγινώσκω epiginṓskō ep-ig-in-oce-ko from ἐπί and γινώσκω; to know upon some mark, i.e. recognize; by implication, to become fully acquainted with, to acknowledge:--(ac-, have, take)know(-ledge, well), perceive.
|
ἐπεγνώσθην.epegnōsthēn
|
I have been fully known.
|
V-AIP-1S
|
12
For now we see through a glass, darkly; but then face to face: now I know in part; but then will I know even as also I am known.1 Corinthians 13:12
Stats
Rank: #1616 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 129 characters, 25 words, 96 letters, 35 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: βλεπομεν γαρ αρτι δι εσοπτρου εν αινιγματι τοτε δε προσωπον προς προσωπον αρτι γινωσκω εκ μερους τοτε δε επιγνωσομαι καθως και επεγνωσθην
Lit: We see for presently, through a glass in obscurity; then however, face to face; presently, I know in part; then however I will know fully, as also I have been fully known.
KJV: For now we see through a glass, darkly; but then face to face: now I know in part; but then shall I know even as also I am known.
References
"we see"2Co 3:18: But we all: with open face beholding as in a glass the glory of the Lord: are changed into the same image from glory to glory: even as by the Spirit of the Lord.2Co 5:7: (For we walk by faith: not by sight:)Php 3:12: Not as though I had already attained: either were already perfect: but I follow after: if that I may apprehend that for which also I am apprehended of Christ Jesus.Jas 1:23: For if any be a hearer of the word: not and a doer: he is like to a man beholding his natural face in a glass:"darkly"Jg 14:12-19: Samson said to them: I will now put forth a riddle to you: if you can certainly declare it me within the 7 days of the feast: and find it out: then I will give you 30 sheets and 30 change of garments:Eze 17:2: Son of man: put forth a riddle: and speak a parable to the house of Israel;"face"Ex 33:11: The LORD spoke to Moses face to face: as a man speaks to His friend. And He turned again into the camp: but His servant Joshua: the son of Nun: a young man: not departed out of the tabernacle.Nu 12:8: With Him will I speak mouth to mouth: even apparently: not and in dark speeches; and the similitude of the LORD will He look: for what reason then were you not afraid to speak against my servant Moses?Mt 5:8: Blessed are the pure in heart: for they will see God.Mt 18:10: Take heed that you not despise one of these little ones; for I say to you: That in heaven their angels do always look the face of my Father which is in heaven.Ro 8:18: For I reckon that the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory which will be revealed in us.1Jo 3:2: Beloved: now are we the sons of God: and it does not yet appear what we will be: but we know that: when He will appear: we will be like Him; for we will see Him as He is.Re 22:4: They will see his face; and his name will be in their foreheads."now"1Co 13:9: 10: For we know in part: and we prophesy in part.Joh 10:15: As the Father knows me: even so know I the Father: and I lay down my life for the sheep.
νυνι δε μενει πιστις ελπις αγαπη τα τρια ταυτα μειζων δε τουτων η αγαπη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3570Νυνὶnyni (Adv) G3570 νυνί nyní noo-nee a prolonged form of νῦν for emphasis; just now:--now.
|
Νυνὶnyni
|
Now
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3306μένειmenei (V-PIA-3S) G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μένειmenei
|
abide
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4102πίστις,pistis (N-NFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστις,pistis
|
faith,
|
N-NFS
|
G1680ἐλπίς,elpis (N-NFS) G1680 ἐλπίς elpís el-pece from a primary (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); expectation (abstractly or concretely) or confidence:--faith, hope.
|
ἐλπίς,elpis
|
hope,
|
N-NFS
|
G26ἀγάπη,agapē (N-NFS) G26 ἀγάπη agápē ag-ah-pay from ἀγαπάω; love, i.e. affection or benevolence; specially (plural) a love-feast:--(feast of) charity(-ably), dear, love.
|
ἀγάπη,agapē
|
love,
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-NNP
|
G5140τρίαtria (Adj-NNP) G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρίαtria
|
three
|
Adj-NNP
|
G3778ταῦτα·tauta (DPro-NNP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦτα·tauta
|
these;
|
DPro-NNP
|
G3173μείζωνmeizōn (Adj-NFS-C) G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μείζωνmeizōn
|
the greatest
|
Adj-NFS-C
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3778τούτωνtoutōn (DPro-GNP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτωνtoutōn
|
of these is
|
DPro-GNP
|
G26ἀγάπη.agapē (N-NFS) G26 ἀγάπη agápē ag-ah-pay from ἀγαπάω; love, i.e. affection or benevolence; specially (plural) a love-feast:--(feast of) charity(-ably), dear, love.
|
ἀγάπη.agapē
|
love.
|
N-NFS
|
13
Now abides faith, hope, charity, these 3; but the great of these is charity.1 Corinthians 13:13
Stats
Rank: #1390 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 88 characters, 11 words, 69 letters, 26 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: νυνι δε μενει πιστις ελπις αγαπη τα τρια ταυτα μειζων δε τουτων η αγαπη
Lit: Now however abide faith, hope, love, the things three these; the greatest however of these is love.
KJV: And now abideth faith, hope, charity, these three; but the greatest of these is charity.
References
"abideth"1Co 3:14: If any man's work abide which he has built thereupon: he will receive a reward.1Pe 1:21: Who by Him do believe in God: that raised Him up from the dead: and gave Him glory; that your faith and hope might be in God.1Jo 2:14: 24: I have written to you: fathers: because you have known Him that is from the beginning. I have written to you: young men: because you are strong: and the word of God abides in you: and you have overcome the wicked one.1Jo 3:9: Whoever is born of God does not commit sin; for His seed remains in Him: and He cannot sin: because He is born of God."faith"Lu 8:13-15: They on the rock are they: which: when they hear: receive the word with joy; and these have no root: which for a while believe: and in time of temptation fall away.Lu 22:32: But I have prayed for you: that your faith not fail: and when you are converted: strengthen your brothers.Ga 5:6: For in Jesus Christ neither circumcision availeth any thing: nor uncircumcision; but faith which works by love.Heb 10:35: 39: not Cast away therefore your confidence: which has great recompence of reward.Heb 11:1-7: Now faith is the substance of things hoped for: the evidence of not things seen.1Jo 5:1-5: Whoever believes that Jesus is the Christ is born of God: and every one that loves'>loves Him that begot loves'>loves Him also that is begotten of Him."hope"Ps 42:11: Why are you cast down: O my soul? and why are you disquieted within me? hope you in God: for I will yet praise Him: who is the health of my face: and my God.Ps 43:5: Why are you cast down: O my soul? and why are you disquieted within me? hope in God: for I will yet praise Him: who is the health of my face: and my God.Ps 146:5: Happy is He that has the God of Jacob for His help: whose hope is in the LORD His God:La 3:21-26: This I recall to my mind: therefore have I hope.Ro 5:4: 5: Patience: experience; and experience: hope:Ro 8:24: 25: For we are saved by hope: but hope that is seen not is hope: for what a man sees: why does he yet hope for?Ro 15:13: Now the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing: that you may abound in hope: through the power of the Holy Ghost.Col 1:5: 27: For the hope which is laid up for you in heaven: whereof you heard before in the word of the truth of the gospel;1Th 5:8: But let us: who are of the day: be sober: putting on the breastplate of faith and love; and for an helmet: the hope of salvation.Heb 6:11: 19: We desire that every one of you do show the same diligence to the full assurance of hope to the end:1Pe 1:21: Who by Him do believe in God: that raised Him up from the dead: and gave Him glory; that your faith and hope might be in God.1Jo 3:3: Every man that has this hope in him purifies himself: even as he is pure."charity"1Co 13:1-8: Though I speak with the tongues of men and of angels: and not have charity: I am become as sounding brass: or a tinkling cymbal.1Co 8:1: 3: Now as touching things offered to idols: we know that we all have knowledge. Knowledge puffeth up: but charity edifies.2Co 5:10: 15: For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that every one may receive the things done in His body: according to that He has done: whether it be good or bad.Ga 5:6: For in Jesus Christ neither circumcision availeth any thing: nor uncircumcision; but faith which works by love.1Jo 2:10: He who loves his brother abides in the light: and there is none occasion of stumbling in him.1Jo 4:7-18: Beloved: let us love one another: for love is of God; and every one that loves is born of God: and knows God."the greatest"1Co 13:8: Charity never fails: but whether there be prophecies: they will fail; whether there be tongues: they will cease; whether there be knowledge: it will vanish away.1Co 14:1: Follow after charity: and desire spiritual gifts: but rather that you may prophesy.1Co 16:14: Let all your things be done with charity.Mr 12:29-31: Jesus answered Him: The first of all the commandments is: Hear: O Israel; The Lord our God is one Lord:Lu 10:27: He answering said: You will love the Lord your God with all your heart: and with all your soul: and with all your strength: and with all your mind; and your neighbour as yourself.Ga 5:13-22: For: brothers: you have been called to liberty; only use not liberty for an occasion to the flesh: but by love serve one another.Php 1:9: This I pray: that your love may abound yet more and more in knowledge and in all judgment;Col 3:14: Above all these things put on charity: which is the bond of perfectness.1Ti 1:5: Now the end of the commandment is charity out of a pure heart: and of a good conscience: and of faith unfeigned:2Ti 1:7: For God has not given us the spirit of fear; but of power: and of love: and of a sound mind.1Jo 4:7-9: Beloved: let us love one another: for love is of God; and every one that loves is born of God: and knows God.2Jo 1:4-6: I rejoiced greatly that I found of your children walking in truth: as we have received a commandment from the Father.
14
Prophecy and Tongues
διωκετε την αγαπην ζηλουτε δε τα πνευματικα μαλλον δε ινα προφητευητε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1377ΔιώκετεDiōkete (V-PMA-2P) G1377 διώκω diṓkō dee-o-ko a prolonged (and causative) form of a primary verb (to flee; compare the base of δειλός and διάκονος); to pursue (literally or figuratively); by implication, to persecute:--ensue, follow (after), given to, (suffer) persecute(-ion), press forward.
|
ΔιώκετεDiōkete
|
Earnestly pursue
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G26ἀγάπην,agapēn (N-AFS) G26 ἀγάπη agápē ag-ah-pay from ἀγαπάω; love, i.e. affection or benevolence; specially (plural) a love-feast:--(feast of) charity(-ably), dear, love.
|
ἀγάπην,agapēn
|
love;
|
N-AFS
|
G2206ζηλοῦτεzēloute (V-PMA-2P) G2206 ζηλόω zēlóō dzay-lo-o from ζῆλος; to have warmth of feeling for or against:--affect, covet (earnestly), (have) desire, (move with) envy, be jealous over, (be) zealous(-ly affect).
|
ζηλοῦτεzēloute
|
earnestly desire
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4152πνευματικά,pneumatika (Adj-ANP) G4152 πνευματικός pneumatikós pnyoo-mat-ik-os from πνεῦμα; non-carnal, i.e. (humanly) ethereal (as opposed to gross), or (dæmoniacally) a spirit (concretely), or (divinely) supernatural, regenerate, religious:--spiritual. Compare ψυχικός.
|
πνευματικά,pneumatika
|
spiritual gifts,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv) G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
especially
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4395προφητεύητε.prophēteuēte (V-PSA-2P) G4395 προφητεύω prophēteúō prof-ate-yoo-o from προφήτης; to foretell events, divine, speak under inspiration, exercise the prophetic office:--prophesy.
|
προφητεύητε.prophēteuēte
|
you might prophesy.
|
V-PSA-2P
|
1
Follow after charity, and desire spiritual gifts, but rather that you may prophesy.1 Corinthians 14:1
Stats
Rank: #2221 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 82 characters, 11 words, 67 letters, 23 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: διωκετε την αγαπην ζηλουτε δε τα πνευματικα μαλλον δε ινα προφητευητε
Lit: Earnestly pursue love; earnestly desire now spiritual gifts, especially now that you might prophesy.
KJV: Follow after charity, and desire spiritual gifts, but rather that ye may prophesy.
References
"Follow"Pr 15:9: The way of the wicked is an abomination to the LORD: but He loves Him that follows after righteousness.Pr 21:21: He who follows after righteousness and mercy finds life: righteousness: and honour.Isa 51:1: Listen to me: you that follow after righteousness: you that seek the LORD: look to the rock where you are cut: and to the hole of the pit where you are digged.Ro 9:30: What will we say then? That the Gentiles: which not followed after righteousness: have attained to righteousness: even the righteousness which is of faith.Ro 14:19: Let us therefore follow after the things which make for peace: and things wherewith one may edify another.1Ti 5:10: Well reported of for good works; if she have brought up children: if she have lodged strangers: if she have washed the saints' feet: if she have relieved the afflicted: if she have diligently followed every good work.1Ti 6:11: But you: O man of God: flee these things; and follow after righteousness: godliness: faith: love: patience: meekness.Heb 12:14: Follow peace with all men: and holiness: without which no man will see the Lord:1Pe 3:11-13: Let him eschew evil: and do good; let him seek peace: and ensue it.3Jo 1:11: Beloved: not follow that which is evil: but that which is good. He who does'>does good is of God: but He that'>He who does'>does evil has not seen God."charity"1Co 13:1-8: 13: Though I speak with the tongues of men and of angels: and not have charity: I am become as sounding brass: or a tinkling cymbal.2Ti 2:22: Flee also youthful lusts: but follow righteousness: faith: charity: peace: with them that call on the Lord out of a pure heart.2Pe 1:7: To godliness brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity."desire"1Co 12:1: 31: Now concerning spiritual gifts: brothers: I not would have you ignorant.Eph 1:3: Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: who has blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ:"prophesy"1Co 14:3-5: 24: 25: 37: 39: But he who prophesies speaks to men to edification: and exhortation: and comfort.1Co 13:2: 9: Though I have the gift of prophecy: and understand all mysteries: and all knowledge; and though I have all faith: so that I could remove mountains: and not have charity: I not amhing.Nu 11:25-29: The LORD came down in a cloud: and spoke to Him: and took of the spirit that was upon Him: and gave it to the 70 elders: and it came to pass: that: when the spirit rested upon them: they prophesied: and not did cease.Ro 12:6: Having then gifts differing according to the grace that is given to us: whether prophecy: let us prophesy according to the proportion of faith;1Th 5:20: not Despise prophesyings.1Ti 4:14: not Neglect the gift that is in you: which was given you by prophecy: with the laying on of the hands of the presbytery.
ο γαρ λαλων γλωσση ουκ ανθρωποις λαλει αλλα τω θεω ουδεις γαρ ακουει πνευματι δε λαλει μυστηρια
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2980λαλῶνlalōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῶνlalōn
|
speaking
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1100γλώσσῃglōssē (N-DFS) G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσῃglōssē
|
in a tongue,
|
N-DFS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G444ἀνθρώποιςanthrōpois (N-DMP) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώποιςanthrōpois
|
to men
|
N-DMP
|
G2980λαλεῖlalei (V-PIA-3S) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλεῖlalei
|
speaks,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2316Θεῷ·Theō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεῷ·Theō
|
to God;
|
N-DMS
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκούει,akouei (V-PIA-3S) G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούει,akouei
|
hears;
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4151πνεύματιpneumati (N-DNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματιpneumati
|
in the Spirit
|
N-DNS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G2980λαλεῖlalei (V-PIA-3S) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλεῖlalei
|
he utters
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3466μυστήρια·mystēria (N-ANP) G3466 μυστήριον mystḗrion moos-tay-ree-on from a derivative of (to shut the mouth); a secret or mystery (through the idea of silence imposed by initiation into religious rites):--mystery.
|
μυστήρια·mystēria
|
mysteries.
|
N-ANP
|
2
For He that'>He who speaks'>speaks'>speaks in an unknown tongue speaks'>speaks'>speaks not to men, but to God: for no man understands Him; howbeit in the spirit He speaks'>speaks'>speaks mysteries.1 Corinthians 14:2
Stats
Counts: 155 characters, 23 words, 123 letters, 46 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο γαρ λαλων γλωσση ουκ ανθρωποις λαλει αλλα τω θεω ουδεις γαρ ακουει πνευματι δε λαλει μυστηρια
Lit: The one for speaking in a tongue, not to men speaks, but to God; no one for hears; in the Spirit however, he utters mysteries.
KJV: For he that speaketh in an unknown tongue speaketh not unto men, but unto God: for no man understandeth [him]; howbeit in the spirit he speaketh mysteries.
References
"he that"1Co 14:9-11: 16: 21: 22: So likewise you: except you utter by the tongue words easy to be understood: how will it be known what is spoken? for you will speak into the air.Ge 11:7: Go to: let us go down: and there confound their language: that they not may understand one another's speech.Ge 42:23: They not knew that Joseph understood them; for he spoke to them by an interpreter.De 28:49: The LORD will bring a nation against you from far: from the end of the earth: as swift as the eagle flies; a nation whose tongue you will not understand;2Ki 18:26: Then said Eliakim the son of Hilkiah: and Shebna: and Joah: to Rabshakeh: Speak: I pray you: to your servants in the Syrian language; for we understand it: and not talk with us in the Jews' language in the ears of the people that are on the wall.Ac 2:4-11: They were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and began to speak with other tongues: as the Spirit gave them utterance.Ac 10:46: For they heard them speak with tongues: and magnify God. Then answered Peter: Ac 19:6: When Paul had laid His hands upon them: the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spoke with tongues: and prophesied."understandeth"Ac 22:9: They that were with me saw indeed the light: and were afraid; but they not heard the voice of him that spoke to me."howbeit"1Co 2:7: 10: But we speak the wisdom of God in a mystery: even the hidden wisdom: which God ordained before the world to our glory:1Co 13:2: Though I have the gift of prophecy: and understand all mysteries: and all knowledge; and though I have all faith: so that I could remove mountains: and not have charity: I not amhing.1Co 15:51: Look: I show you a mystery; We will not all sleep: but we will all be changed: Ps 49:3: 4: My mouth will speak of wisdom; and the meditation of my heart will be of understanding.Ps 78:2: I will open my mouth in a parable: I will utter dark sayings of old:Mt 13:11: He answered and said to them: Because it is given to you to know the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven: but to them it not is given.Mr 4:11: He said to them: To you it is given to know the mystery of the kingdom of God: but to them that are without: all these things are done in parables:Ro 16:25: Now to Him that is of power to stablish you according to my gospel: and the preaching of Jesus Christ: according to the revelation of the mystery: which was kept secret since the world began: Eph 3:3-9: How that by revelation he made known to me the mystery; (as I wrote afore in few words: Eph 6:19: For me: that utterance may be given to me: that I may open my mouth boldly: to make known the mystery of the gospel: Col 1:26: 27: Even the mystery which has been hid from ages and from generations: but now is made manifest to his saints:Col 2:2: That their hearts might be comforted: being knit together in love: and to all riches of the full assurance of understanding: to the acknowledgement of the mystery of God: and of the Father: and of Christ;1Ti 3:9: 16: Holding the mystery of the faith in a pure conscience.Re 10:7: But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel: when He will begin to sound: the mystery of God should be finished: as He has declared to His servants the prophets.
ο δε προφητευων ανθρωποις λαλει οικοδομην και παρακλησιν και παραμυθιαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4395προφητεύωνprophēteuōn (V-PPA-NMS) G4395 προφητεύω prophēteúō prof-ate-yoo-o from προφήτης; to foretell events, divine, speak under inspiration, exercise the prophetic office:--prophesy.
|
προφητεύωνprophēteuōn
|
prophesying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G444ἀνθρώποιςanthrōpois (N-DMP) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώποιςanthrōpois
|
to men
|
N-DMP
|
G2980λαλεῖlalei (V-PIA-3S) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλεῖlalei
|
speaks for
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3619οἰκοδομὴνoikodomēn (N-AFS) G3619 οἰκοδομή oikodomḗ oy-kod-om-ay feminine (abstract) of a compound of οἶκος and the base of δῶμα; architecture, i.e. (concretely) a structure; figuratively, confirmation:--building, edify(-ication, -ing).
|
οἰκοδομὴνoikodomēn
|
edification,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3874παράκλησινparaklēsin (N-AFS) G3874 παράκλησις paráklēsis par-ak-lay-sis from παρακαλέω; imploration, hortation, solace:--comfort, consolation, exhortation, intreaty.
|
παράκλησινparaklēsin
|
encouragement,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3889παραμυθίαν.paramythian (N-AFS) G3889 παραμυθία paramythía par-am-oo-thee-ah from παραμυθέομαι; consolation (properly, abstract):--comfort.
|
παραμυθίαν.paramythian
|
consolation.
|
N-AFS
|
3
But he who prophesies speaks to men to edification, and exhortation, and comfort.1 Corinthians 14:3
Stats
Counts: 87 characters, 11 words, 72 letters, 29 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε προφητευων ανθρωποις λαλει οικοδομην και παρακλησιν και παραμυθιαν
Lit: The one however prophesying, to men speaks for edification, and encouragement, and consolation.
KJV: But he that prophesieth speaketh unto men to edification, and exhortation, and comfort.
References
"edification"1Co 14:4: 12: 26: He who speaks in an unknown tongue edifies'>edifies himself; but he who prophesies edifies'>edifies the church.1Co 8:1: Now as touching things offered to idols: we know that we all have knowledge. Knowledge puffeth up: but charity edifies.1Co 10:23: All things are lawful for me: but all things not are expedient: all things are lawful for me: but all things not edify.Ac 9:31: Then had the churches rest throughout all Judaea and Galilee and Samaria: and were edified; and walking in the fear of the Lord: and in the comfort of the Holy Ghost: were multiplied.Ro 14:19: Let us therefore follow after the things which make for peace: and things wherewith one may edify another.Ro 15:2: Let every one of us please his neighbour for his good to edification.Eph 4:12-16: 29: For the perfecting of the saints: for the work of the ministry: for the edifying of the body of Christ:1Th 5:11: For what reason comfort yourselves together: and edify one another: even as also you do.1Ti 1:4: Neither give heed to fables and endless genealogies: which minister questions: rather than godly edifying which is in faith: so do.Jude 1:20: But you: beloved: building up yourselves on your most holy faith: praying in the Holy Ghost: "exhortation"Lu 3:18: Many other things in his exhortation preached he to the people.Ac 13:15: After the reading of the law and the prophets the rulers of the synagogue sent to them: saying: You men and brothers: if you have any word of exhortation for the people: say on.Ac 14:22: Confirming the souls of the disciples: and exhorting them to continue in the faith: and that we must through much tribulation enter into the kingdom of God.Ac 15:32: Judas and Silas: being prophets also themselves: exhorted the brothers with many words: and confirmed them.Ro 12:8: Or he who exhorts: on exhortation: he who gives: let him do it with simplicity; he who rules: with diligence; he who shews mercy: with cheerfulness.1Th 2:3: For our exhortation was not of deceit: nor of uncleanness: nor in guile:1Th 4:1: Furthermore then we beseech you: brothers: and exhort you by the Lord Jesus: that as you have received of us how you ought to walk and to please God: so you would abound more and more.1Th 5:11: 14: For what reason comfort yourselves together: and edify one another: even as also you do.2Th 3:12: Now them that are such we command and exhort by our Lord Jesus Christ: that with quietness they work: and eat their own bread.1Ti 4:13: Till I come: give attendance to reading: to exhortation: to doctrine.1Ti 6:2: They that have believing masters: let not them despise them: because they are brothers; but rather do them service: because they are faithful and beloved: partakers of the benefit. These things teach and exhort.2Ti 4:2: Preach the word; be instant in season: out of season; reprove: rebuke: exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine.Tit 1:9: Holding fast the faithful word as he has been taught: that he may be able by sound doctrine both to exhort and to convince the gainsayers.Tit 2:6: 9: 15: Young men likewise exhort to be sober minded.Heb 3:13: But exhort one another daily: while it is called Today; lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulness of sin.Heb 10:25: Not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together: as the manner of some is; but exhorting one another: and so much the more: as you see the day approaching.Heb 13:22: I beseech you: brothers: suffer the word of exhortation: for I have written a letter to you in few words.1Pe 5:12: By Silvanus: a faithful brother to you: as I suppose: I have written briefly: exhorting: and testifying that this is the true grace of God wherein you stand."comfort"1Co 14:31: For you may all prophesy one by one: that all may learn: and all may be comforted.2Co 1:4: Who comforts us in all our tribulation: that we may be able to comfort them which are in any trouble: by the comfort wherewith we ourselves are comforted of God.2Co 2:7: So that contrariwise you ought rather to forgive him: and comfort him: lest perhaps such a one should be swallowed up with overmuch sorrow.Eph 6:22: Whom I have sent to you for the same purpose: that you might know our affairs: and that he might comfort your hearts.Col 4:8: Whom I have sent to you for the same purpose: that he might know your estate: and comfort your hearts;1Th 2:11: As you know how we exhorted and comforted and charged every one of you: as a father does his children: 1Th 3:2: Sent Timotheus: our brother: and minister of God: and our fellowlabourer in the gospel of Christ: to establish you: and to comfort you concerning your faith:1Th 4:18: For what reason comfort one another with these words.1Th 5:11-14: For what reason comfort yourselves together: and edify one another: even as also you do.
ο λαλων γλωσση εαυτον οικοδομει ο δε προφητευων εκκλησιαν οικοδομει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2980λαλῶνlalōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῶνlalōn
|
speaking
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1100γλώσσῃglōssē (N-DFS) G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσῃglōssē
|
in a tongue,
|
N-DFS
|
G1438ἑαυτὸνheauton (RefPro-AM3S) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτὸνheauton
|
himself
|
RefPro-AM3S
|
G3618οἰκοδομεῖ·oikodomei (V-PIA-3S) G3618 οἰκοδομέω oikodoméō oy-kod-om-eh-o from the same as οἰκοδομή; to be a house-builder, i.e. construct or (figuratively) confirm:--(be in) build(-er, -ing, up), edify, embolden.
|
οἰκοδομεῖ·oikodomei
|
edifies;
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4395προφητεύωνprophēteuōn (V-PPA-NMS) G4395 προφητεύω prophēteúō prof-ate-yoo-o from προφήτης; to foretell events, divine, speak under inspiration, exercise the prophetic office:--prophesy.
|
προφητεύωνprophēteuōn
|
prophesying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίανekklēsian (N-AFS) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίανekklēsian
|
the church
|
N-AFS
|
G3618οἰκοδομεῖ.oikodomei (V-PIA-3S) G3618 οἰκοδομέω oikodoméō oy-kod-om-eh-o from the same as οἰκοδομή; to be a house-builder, i.e. construct or (figuratively) confirm:--(be in) build(-er, -ing, up), edify, embolden.
|
οἰκοδομεῖ.oikodomei
|
edifies.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
4
He who speaks in an unknown tongue edifies'>edifies himself; but he who prophesies edifies'>edifies the church.1 Corinthians 14:4
Stats
Counts: 100 characters, 15 words, 83 letters, 31 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο λαλων γλωσση εαυτον οικοδομει ο δε προφητευων εκκλησιαν οικοδομει
Lit: The one speaking in a tongue, himself edifies; the one however prophesying, the church edifies.
KJV: He that speaketh in an unknown tongue edifieth himself; but he that prophesieth edifieth the church.
References
"edifieth the"1Co 14:3: 18: 19: But he who prophesies speaks to men to edification: and exhortation: and comfort.
θελω δε παντας υμας λαλειν γλωσσαις μαλλον δε ινα προφητευητε μειζων γαρ ο προφητευων η ο λαλων γλωσσαις εκτος ει μη διερμηνευη ινα η εκκλησια οικοδομην λαβη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2309Θέλωthelō (V-PIA-1S) G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
Θέλωthelō
|
I desire
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G2980λαλεῖνlalein (V-PNA) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλεῖνlalein
|
to speak
|
V-PNA
|
G1100γλώσσαις,glōssais (N-DFP) G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσαις,glōssais
|
in tongues,
|
N-DFP
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv) G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
rather
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4395προφητεύητε·prophēteuēte (V-PSA-2P) G4395 προφητεύω prophēteúō prof-ate-yoo-o from προφήτης; to foretell events, divine, speak under inspiration, exercise the prophetic office:--prophesy.
|
προφητεύητε·prophēteuēte
|
you should prophesy;
|
V-PSA-2P
|
G3173μείζωνmeizōn (Adj-NMS-C) G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μείζωνmeizōn
|
greater is
|
Adj-NMS-C
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G4395προφητεύωνprophēteuōn (V-PPA-NMS) G4395 προφητεύω prophēteúō prof-ate-yoo-o from προφήτης; to foretell events, divine, speak under inspiration, exercise the prophetic office:--prophesy.
|
προφητεύωνprophēteuōn
|
prophesying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
than
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2980λαλῶνlalōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῶνlalōn
|
speaking
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1100γλώσσαις,glōssais (N-DFP) G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσαις,glōssais
|
in tongues,
|
N-DFP
|
G1622ἐκτὸςektos (Adv) G1622 ἐκτός ektós ek-tos from ἐκ; the exterior; figuratively (as a preposition) aside from, besides:--but, except(-ed), other than, out of, outside, unless, without.
|
ἐκτὸςektos
|
except
|
Adv
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1329διερμηνεύῃ,diermēneuē (V-PSA-3S) G1329 διερμηνεύω diermēneúō dee-er-main-yoo-o from διά and ἑρμηνεύω; to explain thoroughly, by implication, to translate:--expound, interpret(-ation).
|
διερμηνεύῃ,diermēneuē
|
he should interpret,
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαekklēsia (N-NFS) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαekklēsia
|
church
|
N-NFS
|
G3619οἰκοδομὴνoikodomēn (N-AFS) G3619 οἰκοδομή oikodomḗ oy-kod-om-ay feminine (abstract) of a compound of οἶκος and the base of δῶμα; architecture, i.e. (concretely) a structure; figuratively, confirmation:--building, edify(-ication, -ing).
|
οἰκοδομὴνoikodomēn
|
edification
|
N-AFS
|
G2983λάβῃ.labē (V-ASA-3S) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λάβῃ.labē
|
might receive.
|
V-ASA-3S
|
5
I would that you all spoke with tongues, but rather that you prophesied: for greater is he who prophesies than he who speaks with tongues, except he interpret, that the church may receive edifying.1 Corinthians 14:5
Stats
Counts: 200 characters, 30 words, 162 letters, 59 vowels, 103 consonants
Translation
Greek: θελω δε παντας υμας λαλειν γλωσσαις μαλλον δε ινα προφητευητε μειζων γαρ ο προφητευων η ο λαλων γλωσσαις εκτος ει μη διερμηνευη ινα η εκκλησια οικοδομην λαβη
Lit: I desire now all you to speak in tongues, rather however that you should prophesy; greater is now the one prophesying than the one speaking in tongues, except if not he should interpret, so that the church edification might receive.
KJV: I would that ye all spake with tongues, but rather that ye prophesied: for greater is he that prophesieth than he that speaketh with tongues, except he interpret, that the church may receive edifying.
References
"would"1Co 12:28-30: God has set some in the church: first apostles: secondarily prophets: thirdly teachers: after that miracles: then gifts of healings: helps: governments: diversities of tongues.1Co 13:4: Charity suffers long: and is kind; charity envies not; charity vaunts not itself: not is puffed up: Nu 11:28: 29: Joshua the son of Nun: the servant of Moses: one of his young men: answered and said: My lord Moses: forbid them."for"1Co 14:1: 3: Follow after charity: and desire spiritual gifts: but rather that you may prophesy."except"1Co 14:12: 13: 26-28: Even so you: forasmuch as you are zealous of spiritual gifts: seek that you may excel to the edifying of the church.1Co 12:10: 30: To another the working of miracles; to another prophecy; to another discerning of spirits; to another divers kinds of tongues; to another the interpretation of tongues:
νυνι δε αδελφοι εαν ελθω προς υμας γλωσσαις λαλων τι υμας ωφελησω εαν μη υμιν λαλησω η εν αποκαλυψει η εν γνωσει η εν προφητεια η εν διδαχη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3568Νῦνnyn (Adv) G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
Νῦνnyn
|
Now
|
Adv
|
G1161δέ,de (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέ,de
|
however
|
Conj
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔλθωelthō (V-ASA-1S) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔλθωelthō
|
I should come
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G1100γλώσσαιςglōssais (N-DFP) G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσαιςglōssais
|
in tongues
|
N-DFP
|
G2980λαλῶν,lalōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῶν,lalōn
|
speaking,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G5623ὠφελήσω,ōphelēsō (V-FIA-1S) G5623 ὠφελέω ōpheléō o-fel-eh-o from the same as ὠφέλεια; to be useful, i.e. to benefit:--advantage, better, prevail, profit.
|
ὠφελήσω,ōphelēsō
|
will I profit,
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G2980λαλήσωlalēsō (V-ASA-1S) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλήσωlalēsō
|
I should speak
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
either
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G602ἀποκαλύψειapokalypsei (N-DFS) G602 ἀποκάλυψις apokálypsis ap-ok-al-oop-sis from ἀποκαλύπτω; disclosure:--appearing, coming, lighten, manifestation, be revealed, revelation.
|
ἀποκαλύψειapokalypsei
|
revelation,
|
N-DFS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1108γνώσειgnōsei (N-DFS) G1108 γνῶσις gnōsis gno-sis from γινώσκω; knowing (the act), i.e. (by implication) knowledge:--knowledge, science.
|
γνώσειgnōsei
|
knowledge,
|
N-DFS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4394προφητείᾳprophēteia (N-DFS) G4394 προφητεία prophēteía prof-ay-ti-ah from προφήτης (prophecy); prediction (scriptural or other):--prophecy, prophesying.
|
προφητείᾳprophēteia
|
prophecy,
|
N-DFS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1722‹ἐν›en (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
‹ἐν›en
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1322διδαχῇ;didachē (N-DFS) G1322 διδαχή didachḗ did-akh-ay from διδάσκω; instruction (the act or the matter):--doctrine, hath been taught.
|
διδαχῇ;didachē
|
teaching?
|
N-DFS
|
6
Now, brothers, if I come to you speaking with tongues, what will I profit you, except I will speak to you either by revelation, or by knowledge, or by prophesying, or by doctrine?1 Corinthians 14:6
Stats
Counts: 183 characters, 26 words, 143 letters, 54 vowels, 89 consonants
Translation
Greek: νυνι δε αδελφοι εαν ελθω προς υμας γλωσσαις λαλων τι υμας ωφελησω εαν μη υμιν λαλησω η εν αποκαλυψει η εν γνωσει η εν προφητεια η εν διδαχη
Lit: Now however brothers, if I should come to you in tongues speaking, what you will I profit, if not to you I should speak either in revelation, or in knowledge, or in prophecy, or in teaching?
KJV: Now, brethren, if I come unto you speaking with tongues, what shall I profit you, except I shall speak to you either by revelation, or by knowledge, or by prophesying, or by doctrine?
References
"what shall I"1Co 10:33: Even as I please all men in all things: not seeking my own profit: but the profit of many: that they may be saved.1Co 12:7: But the manifestation of the Spirit is given to every man to profit withal.1Co 13:3: Though I bestow all my goods to feed the poor: and though I give my body to be burned: and not have charity: it profits not mehing.1Sa 12:21: Turn you not aside: for then should you go after vain things: which cannot profit nor deliver; for they are vain.Jer 16:19: O LORD: my strength: and my fortress: and my refuge in the day of affliction: the Gentiles will come to you from the ends of the earth: and will say: Surely our fathers have inherited lies: vanity: and things wherein there is no profit.Jer 23:32: Look: I am against them that prophesy false dreams: says the LORD: and do tell them: and cause my people to err by their lies: and by their lightness; yet I sent not them: nor commanded them: therefore they will not profit this people at all: says the LORD.Mt 16:26: For what is a man profited: if he will gain the whole world: and lose his own soul? or what will a man give in exchange for his soul?2Ti 2:14: Of these things put them in remembrance: charging them before the Lord that they not strive about words to no profit: but to the subverting of the hearers.Tit 3:8: This is a faithful saying: and these things I will that you affirm constantly: that they which have believed in God might be careful to maintain good works. These things are good and profitable to men.Heb 13:9: not Be carried about with divers and strange doctrines. For it is a good thing that the heart be established with grace; not with meats: which not have profited them that have been occupied therein."revelation"1Co 14:26-30: How is it then: brothers? when you come together: every one of you has a psalm: has a doctrine: has a tongue: has a revelation: has an interpretation. Let all things be done to edifying.Mt 11:25: At that time Jesus answered and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: because you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes.Mt 16:17: Jesus answered and said to Him: Blessed are you: Simon Barjona: for flesh and blood has not revealed it to you: but my Father which is in heaven.2Co 12:1: 7: It not is expedient for me doubtless to glory. I will come to visions and revelations of the Lord.Eph 1:17: That the God of our Lord Jesus Christ: the Father of glory: may give to you the spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of Him:Php 3:15: Let us therefore: as many as be perfect: be thus minded: and if in any thing you be otherwise minded: God will reveal even this to you."knowledge"1Co 12:8: For to one is given by the Spirit the word of wisdom; to another the word of knowledge by the same Spirit;1Co 13:2: 8: 9: Though I have the gift of prophecy: and understand all mysteries: and all knowledge; and though I have all faith: so that I could remove mountains: and not have charity: I not amhing.Ro 15:14: I myself also am persuaded of you: my brothers: that you also are full of goodness: filled with all knowledge: able also to admonish one another.2Co 11:6: But though I be rude in speech: not yet in knowledge; but we have been throughly made manifest among you in all things.Eph 3:4: Whereby: when you read: you may understand my knowledge in the mystery of Christ)2Pe 1:5: Beside this: giving all diligence: add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge;2Pe 3:18: But grow in grace: and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. To Him be glory both now and for ever. Amen."prophesying"1Co 14:1: Follow after charity: and desire spiritual gifts: but rather that you may prophesy.1Co 13:2: Though I have the gift of prophecy: and understand all mysteries: and all knowledge; and though I have all faith: so that I could remove mountains: and not have charity: I not amhing."doctrine"1Co 14:26: How is it then: brothers? when you come together: every one of you has a psalm: has a doctrine: has a tongue: has a revelation: has an interpretation. Let all things be done to edifying.Ro 16:17: Now I beseech you: brothers: mark them which cause divisions and offences contrary to the doctrine which you have learned; and avoid them.2Ti 3:10: 16: But you have fully known my doctrine: manner of life: purpose: faith: longsuffering: charity: patience: 2Ti 4:2: Preach the word; be instant in season: out of season; reprove: rebuke: exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine.2Jo 1:9: Whoever transgresss: and abides'>abides not in the doctrine of Christ: has not God. He who abides'>abides in the doctrine of Christ: He has both the Father and the Son.
ομως τα αψυχα φωνην διδοντα ειτε αυλος ειτε κιθαρα εαν διαστολην τοις φθογγοις μη δω πως γνωσθησεται το αυλουμενον η το κιθαριζομενον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3676ὅμωςhomōs (Conj) G3676 ὅμως hómōs hom-oce adverb from the base of ὁμοῦ; at the same time, i.e. (conjunctionally) notwithstanding, yet still:--and even, nevertheless, though but.
|
ὅμωςhomōs
|
Even
|
Conj
|
G895ἄψυχαapsycha (Adj-NNP) G895 ἄψυχος ápsychos ap-soo-khos from Α (as a negative particle) and ψυχή; lifeless, i.e. inanimate (mechanical):--without life.
|
ἄψυχαapsycha
|
lifeless things
|
Adj-NNP
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS) G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
a sound
|
N-AFS
|
G1325διδόντα,didonta (V-PPA-NNP) G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
διδόντα,didonta
|
giving,
|
V-PPA-NNP
|
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
whether
|
Conj
|
G836αὐλὸςaulos (N-NMS) G836 αὐλός aulós ow-los from the same as ἀήρ; a flute (as blown):--pipe.
|
αὐλὸςaulos
|
flute
|
N-NMS
|
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
or
|
Conj
|
G2788κιθάρα,kithara (N-NFS) G2788 κιθάρα kithára kith-ar-ah of uncertain affinity; a lyre:--harp.
|
κιθάρα,kithara
|
harp,
|
N-NFS
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1293διαστολὴνdiastolēn (N-AFS) G1293 διαστολή diastolḗ dee-as-tol-ay from διαστέλλομαι; a variation:--difference, distinction.
|
διαστολὴνdiastolēn
|
distinction
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G5353φθόγγοιςphthongois (N-DMP) G5353 φθόγγος phthóngos ftong-gos from φθέγγομαι; utterance, i.e. a musical note (vocal or instrumental):--sound.
|
φθόγγοιςphthongois
|
sounds
|
N-DMP
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1325δῷ,dō (V-ASA-3S) G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δῷ,dō
|
they give,
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv) G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G1097γνωσθήσεταιgnōsthēsetai (V-FIP-3S) G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γνωσθήσεταιgnōsthēsetai
|
will it be known
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
what is
|
Art-NNS
|
G832αὐλούμενονauloumenon (V-PPM/P-NNS) G832 αὐλέω auléō ow-leh-o from αὐλός; to play the flute:--pipe.
|
αὐλούμενονauloumenon
|
being piped
|
V-PPM/P-NNS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G2789κιθαριζόμενον;kitharizomenon (V-PPM/P-NNS) G2789 κιθαρίζω kitharízō kith-ar-id-zo from κιθάρα; to play on a lyre:--harp.
|
κιθαριζόμενον;kitharizomenon
|
being harped?
|
V-PPM/P-NNS
|
7
Even things without life giving sound, whether pipe or harp, except they give a distinction in the sounds, how will it be known what is piped or harped?1 Corinthians 14:7
Stats
Counts: 157 characters, 26 words, 125 letters, 45 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: ομως τα αψυχα φωνην διδοντα ειτε αυλος ειτε κιθαρα εαν διαστολην τοις φθογγοις μη δω πως γνωσθησεται το αυλουμενον η το κιθαριζομενον
Lit: Even lifeless things a sound giving, whether flute or harp, if distinction to the sounds not they give, how will it be known what is being piped or being harped?
KJV: And even things without life giving sound, whether pipe or harp, except they give a distinction in the sounds, how shall it be known what is piped or harped?
References
"things"1Co 13:1: Though I speak with the tongues of men and of angels: and not have charity: I am become as sounding brass: or a tinkling cymbal."except"1Co 14:8: For if the trumpet give an uncertain sound: who will prepare himself to the battle?Nu 10:2-10: Make you two trumpets of silver; of a whole piece will you make them: that you may use them for the calling of the assembly: and for the journeying of the camps.Mt 11:17: Saying: We have piped to you: and you not have danced; we have mourned to you: and you not have lamented.Lu 7:32: They are like to children sitting in the marketplace: and calling one to another: and saying: We have piped to you: and you not have danced; we have mourned to you: and you not have wept.
και γαρ εαν αδηλον φωνην σαλπιγξ δω τις παρασκευασεται εις πολεμον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532Καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
Also
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G82ἄδηλονadēlon (Adj-AFS) G82 ἄδηλος ádēlos ad-ay-los from Α (as a negative particle) and δῆλος; hidden, figuratively, indistinct:--appear not, uncertain.
|
ἄδηλονadēlon
|
indistinct
|
Adj-AFS
|
G4536σάλπιγξ ⇔salpinx (N-NFS) G4536 σάλπιγξ sálpinx sal-pinx perhaps from σάλος (through the idea of quavering or reverberation); a trumpet:--trump(-et).
|
σάλπιγξ ⇔salpinx
|
the trumpet
|
N-NFS
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS) G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
sound
|
N-AFS
|
G1325δῷ,dō (V-ASA-3S) G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δῷ,dō
|
gives,
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NMS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3903παρασκευάσεταιparaskeuasetai (V-FIM-3S) G3903 παρασκευάζω paraskeuázō par-ask-yoo-ad-zo from παρά and a derivative of σκεῦος; to furnish aside, i.e. get ready:--prepare self, be (make) ready.
|
παρασκευάσεταιparaskeuasetai
|
will prepare himself
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G4171πόλεμον;polemon (N-AMS) G4171 πόλεμος pólemos pol-em-os from (to bustle); warfare (literally or figuratively; a single encounter or a series):--battle, fight, war.
|
πόλεμον;polemon
|
battle?
|
N-AMS
|
8
For if the trumpet give an uncertain sound, who will prepare himself to the battle?1 Corinthians 14:8
Stats
Counts: 84 characters, 14 words, 68 letters, 25 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: και γαρ εαν αδηλον φωνην σαλπιγξ δω τις παρασκευασεται εις πολεμον
Lit: Also for if indistinct the trumpet sound gives, who will prepare himself for battle?
KJV: For if the trumpet give an uncertain sound, who shall prepare himself to the battle?
References
"For if the trumpet give an uncertain sound, who shall prepare himself to the battle?"Nu 10:9: If you go to war in your land against the enemy that oppresss you: then you will blow an alarm with the trumpets; and you will be remembered before the LORD your God: and you will be saved from your enemies.Jos 6:4-20: 7 priests will bear before the ark 7 trumpets of rams' horns: and the seventh day you will compass the city 7 times: and the priests will blow with the trumpets.Jg 7:16-18: He divided the 300 men into 3 companies: and he put a trumpet in every man's hand: with empty pitchers: and lamps within the pitchers.Ne 4:18-21: For the builders: every one had his sword girded by his side: and so built. And he who sounded the trumpet was by me.Job 39:24: 25: He swallows the ground with fierceness and rage: neither believes he who it is the sound of the trumpet.Isa 27:13: It will come to pass in that day: that the great trumpet will be blown: and they will come which were ready to perish in the land of Assyria: and the outcasts in the land of Egypt: and will worship the LORD in the holy mount at Jerusalem.Am 3:6: Will a trumpet be blown in the city: and the not people be afraid? will there be evil in a city: and the LORD has not done it?Eph 6:11-18: Put on the whole armour of God: that you may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil.
ουτως και υμεις δια της γλωσσης εαν μη ευσημον λογον δωτε πως γνωσθησεται το λαλουμενον εσεσθε γαρ εις αερα λαλουντες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
So
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you,
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1100γλώσσηςglōssēs (N-GFS) G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσηςglōssēs
|
tongue
|
N-GFS
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2154εὔσημονeusēmon (Adj-AMS) G2154 εὔσημος eúsēmos yoo-say-mos from εὖ and the base of σημαίνω; well indicated, i.e. (figuratively) significant:--easy to be understood.
|
εὔσημονeusēmon
|
intelligible
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
speech
|
N-AMS
|
G1325δῶτε,dōte (V-ASA-2P) G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δῶτε,dōte
|
you give,
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv) G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G1097γνωσθήσεταιgnōsthēsetai (V-FIP-3S) G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γνωσθήσεταιgnōsthēsetai
|
will it be known
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
what is
|
Art-NNS
|
G2980λαλούμενον;laloumenon (V-PPM/P-NNS) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλούμενον;laloumenon
|
being spoken?
|
V-PPM/P-NNS
|
G1510ἔσεσθεesesthe (V-FIM-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσεσθεesesthe
|
You will be
|
V-FIM-2P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G109ἀέραaera (N-AMS) G109 ἀήρ aḗr ah-ayr from (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by analogy, to blow); air (as naturally circumambient):--air. Compare ψύχω.
|
ἀέραaera
|
the air
|
N-AMS
|
G2980λαλοῦντες.lalountes (V-PPA-NMP) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦντες.lalountes
|
speaking.
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
9
So likewise you, except you utter by the tongue words easy to be understood, how will it be known what is spoken? for you will speak into the air.1 Corinthians 14:9
Stats
Counts: 145 characters, 26 words, 113 letters, 43 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτως και υμεις δια της γλωσσης εαν μη ευσημον λογον δωτε πως γνωσθησεται το λαλουμενον εσεσθε γαρ εις αερα λαλουντες
Lit: So also you, with the tongue if not intelligible speech you give, how will it be known what is being spoken? You will be for into the air speaking.
KJV: So likewise ye, except ye utter by the tongue words easy to be understood, how shall it be known what is spoken? for ye shall speak into the air.
References
"for"1Co 9:26: I therefore so run: not as uncertainly; so fight I: not as one that beats the air:
τοσαυτα ει τυχοι γενη φωνων εστιν εν κοσμω και ουδεν {VAR1: αυτων } αφωνον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5118Τοσαῦταtosauta (DPro-NNP) G5118 τοσοῦτος tosoûtos tos-oo-tos from (so much; apparently from ὁ and ὅς) and οὗτος (including its variations); so vast as this, i.e. such (in quantity, amount, number of space):--as large, so great (long, many, much), these many.
|
Τοσαῦταtosauta
|
So many
|
DPro-NNP
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5177τύχοιtychoi (V-AOA-3S) G5177 τυγχάνω tynchánō toong-khan-o probably for an obsolete (for which the middle voice of another alternate (to make ready or bring to pass) is used in certain tenses; akin to the base of τίκτω through the idea of effecting; properly, to affect; or (specially), to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e. (transitively) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intransitively) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impersonal (with εἰ), i.e. perchance; or (present participle) as adjective, usual (as if commonly met with, with οὐ, extraordinary), neuter (as adverb) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adverb, by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh…self, + special. Compare τύπτω.
|
τύχοιtychoi
|
it may be
|
V-AOA-3S
|
G1085γένηgenē (N-NNP) G1085 γένος génos ghen-os from γίνομαι; kin (abstract or concrete, literal or figurative, individual or collective):--born, country(-man), diversity, generation, kind(-red), nation, offspring, stock.
|
γένηgenē
|
kinds
|
N-NNP
|
G5456φωνῶνphōnōn (N-GFP) G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῶνphōnōn
|
of languages
|
N-GFP
|
G1510εἰσινeisin (V-PIA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσινeisin
|
there are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2889κόσμῳ,kosmō (N-DMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμῳ,kosmō
|
the world,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3762οὐδὲνouden (Adj-NNS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδὲνouden
|
none
|
Adj-NNS
|
G880ἄφωνον·aphōnon (Adj-NNS) G880 ἄφωνος áphōnos af-o-nos from Α (as a negative particle) and φωνή; voiceless, i.e. mute (by nature or choice); figuratively, unmeaning:--dumb, without signification.
|
ἄφωνον·aphōnon
|
without meaning.
|
Adj-NNS
|
10
There are, it may be, so many kinds of voices in the world, and none of them is without signification.1 Corinthians 14:10
Stats
Counts: 102 characters, 17 words, 79 letters, 32 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: τοσαυτα ει τυχοι γενη φωνων εστιν εν κοσμω και ουδεν {VAR1: αυτων } αφωνον
Lit: So many if it may be kinds of languages there are in the world, and none without meaning.
KJV: There are, it may be, so many kinds of voices in the world, and none of them is without signification.
εαν ουν μη ειδω την δυναμιν της φωνης εσομαι τω λαλουντι βαρβαρος και ο λαλων εν εμοι βαρβαρος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
If
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1492εἰδῶeidō (V-RSA-1S) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
εἰδῶeidō
|
I know
|
V-RSA-1S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1411δύναμινdynamin (N-AFS) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμινdynamin
|
power
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5456φωνῆς,phōnēs (N-GFS) G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῆς,phōnēs
|
sound,
|
N-GFS
|
G1510ἔσομαιesomai (V-FIM-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσομαιesomai
|
I will be
|
V-FIM-1S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the one
|
Art-DMS
|
G2980λαλοῦντιlalounti (V-PPA-DMS) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦντιlalounti
|
speaking
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
G915βάρβαροςbarbaros (Adj-NMS) G915 βάρβαρος bárbaros bar-bar-os of uncertain derivation; a foreigner (i.e. non-Greek):--barbarian(-rous).
|
βάρβαροςbarbaros
|
a foreigner,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2980λαλῶνlalōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῶνlalōn
|
speaking
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοὶemoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοὶemoi
|
me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G915βάρβαρος.barbaros (Adj-NMS) G915 βάρβαρος bárbaros bar-bar-os of uncertain derivation; a foreigner (i.e. non-Greek):--barbarian(-rous).
|
βάρβαρος.barbaros
|
a foreigner.
|
Adj-NMS
|
11
Therefore if I not know the meaning of the voice, I will be to him that speaks'>speaks a barbarian, and he who speaks'>speaks will be a barbarian to me.
1 Corinthians 14:11
Stats
Counts: 147 characters, 27 words, 116 letters, 48 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: εαν ουν μη ειδω την δυναμιν της φωνης εσομαι τω λαλουντι βαρβαρος και ο λαλων εν εμοι βαρβαρος
Lit: If therefore not I know the power of the sound, I will be to the one speaking a foreigner, and the one speaking to me a foreigner.
KJV: Therefore if I know not the meaning of the voice, I shall be unto him that speaketh a barbarian, and he that speaketh shall be a barbarian unto me.
References
"I shall"1Co 14:21: In the law it is written: With men of other tongues and other lips will I speak to this people; and yet for all that will not they hear me: says the Lord.Ac 28:2: 4: The barbarous people showed us no little kindness: for they kindled a fire: and received us every one: because of the present rain: and because of the cold.Ro 1:14: I am debtor both to the Greeks: and to the Barbarians; both to the wise: and to the unwise.Col 3:11: Where there is neither Greek nor Jew: circumcision nor uncircumcision: Barbarian: Scythian: bond nor free: but Christ is all: and in all.
ουτως και υμεις επει ζηλωται εστε πνευματων προς την οικοδομην της εκκλησιας ζητειτε ινα περισσευητε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3779Οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
Οὕτωςhoutōs
|
So
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμεῖς,hymeis (PPro-N2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖς,hymeis
|
you,
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1893ἐπεὶepei (Conj) G1893 ἐπεί epeí ep-i from ἐπί and εἰ; thereupon, i.e. since (of time or cause):--because, else, for that (then, -asmuch as), otherwise, seeing that, since, when.
|
ἐπεὶepei
|
since
|
Conj
|
G2207ζηλωταίzēlōtai (N-NMP) G2207 ζηλωτής zēlōtḗs dzay-lo-tace from ζηλόω; a zealot:--zealous.
|
ζηλωταίzēlōtai
|
zealous
|
N-NMP
|
G1510ἐστεeste (V-PIA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστεeste
|
you are
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G4151πνευμάτων,pneumatōn (N-GNP) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνευμάτων,pneumatōn
|
of spiritual gifts,
|
N-GNP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3619οἰκοδομὴνoikodomēn (N-AFS) G3619 οἰκοδομή oikodomḗ oy-kod-om-ay feminine (abstract) of a compound of οἶκος and the base of δῶμα; architecture, i.e. (concretely) a structure; figuratively, confirmation:--building, edify(-ication, -ing).
|
οἰκοδομὴνoikodomēn
|
edification
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias (N-GFS) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias
|
church,
|
N-GFS
|
G2212ζητεῖτεzēteite (V-PMA-2P) G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ζητεῖτεzēteite
|
search
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4052περισσεύητε.perisseuēte (V-PSA-2P) G4052 περισσεύω perisseúō per-is-syoo-o from περισσός; to superabound (in quantity or quality), be in excess, be superfluous; also (transitively) to cause to superabound or excel:--(make, more) abound, (have, have more) abundance (be more) abundant, be the better, enough and to spare, exceed, excel, increase, be left, redound, remain (over and above).
|
περισσεύητε.perisseuēte
|
you should cause it to abound.
|
V-PSA-2P
|
12
Even so you, forasmuch as you are zealous of spiritual gifts, seek that you may excel to the edifying of the church.1 Corinthians 14:12
Stats
Counts: 113 characters, 20 words, 89 letters, 36 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτως και υμεις επει ζηλωται εστε πνευματων προς την οικοδομην της εκκλησιας ζητειτε ινα περισσευητε
Lit: So also you, since zealous you are of spiritual gifts, for the edification of the church, search that you should cause it to abound.
KJV: Even so ye, forasmuch as ye are zealous of spiritual gifts, seek that ye may excel to the edifying of the church.
References
"forasmuch"1Co 14:1: Follow after charity: and desire spiritual gifts: but rather that you may prophesy.1Co 12:7: 31: But the manifestation of the Spirit is given to every man to profit withal.Tit 2:14: Who gave himself for us: that he might redeem us from all iniquity: and purify to himself a peculiar people: zealous of good works."seek"1Co 14:3: 4: 26: But he who prophesies speaks to men to edification: and exhortation: and comfort.
διοπερ ο λαλων γλωσση προσευχεσθω ινα διερμηνευη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1352ΔιὸDio (Conj) G1352 διό dió dee-o from διά and ὅς; through which thing, i.e. consequently:--for which cause, therefore, wherefore.
|
ΔιὸDio
|
Therefore
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2980λαλῶνlalōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῶνlalōn
|
speaking
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1100γλώσσῃglōssē (N-DFS) G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσῃglōssē
|
in a tongue,
|
N-DFS
|
G4336προσευχέσθωproseuchesthō (V-PMM/P-3S) G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσευχέσθωproseuchesthō
|
let him pray
|
V-PMM/P-3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1329διερμηνεύῃ.diermēneuē (V-PSA-3S) G1329 διερμηνεύω diermēneúō dee-er-main-yoo-o from διά and ἑρμηνεύω; to explain thoroughly, by implication, to translate:--expound, interpret(-ation).
|
διερμηνεύῃ.diermēneuē
|
he might interpret.
|
V-PSA-3S
|
13
For what reason let him that speaks in an unknown tongue pray that he may interpret.1 Corinthians 14:13
Stats
Counts: 80 characters, 14 words, 66 letters, 24 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: διοπερ ο λαλων γλωσση προσευχεσθω ινα διερμηνευη
Lit: Therefore the one speaking in a tongue, let him pray that he might interpret.
KJV: Wherefore let him that speaketh in an unknown tongue pray that he may interpret.
References
"pray"1Co 14:27: 28: If any man speak in an unknown tongue: let it be by two: or at the most by 3: and that by course; and let one interpret.1Co 12:10: 30: To another the working of miracles; to another prophecy; to another discerning of spirits; to another divers kinds of tongues; to another the interpretation of tongues:Mr 11:24: Therefore I say to you: What things soever you desire: when you pray: believe that you receive them: and you will have them.Joh 14:13: 14: whatever you will ask in my name: that will I do: that the Father may be glorified in the Son.Ac 1:14: These all continued with one accord in prayer and supplication: with the women: and Mary the mother of Jesus: and with His brothers.Ac 4:29-31: Now: Lord: look their threatenings: and grant to your servants: that with all boldness they may speak your word: Ac 8:15: Who: when they were come down: prayed for them: that they might receive the Holy Ghost:
εαν γαρ προσευχωμαι γλωσση το πνευμα μου προσευχεται ο δε νους μου ακαρπος εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4336προσεύχωμαιproseuchōmai (V-PSM/P-1S) G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσεύχωμαιproseuchōmai
|
I pray
|
V-PSM/P-1S
|
G1100γλώσσῃ,glōssē (N-DFS) G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσῃ,glōssē
|
in a tongue,
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151πνεῦμάpneuma (N-NNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμάpneuma
|
spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G4336προσεύχεται,proseuchetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσεύχεται,proseuchetai
|
prays,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3563νοῦςnous (N-NMS) G3563 νοῦς noûs nooce probably from the base of γινώσκω; the intellect, i.e. mind (divine or human; in thought, feeling, or will); by implication, meaning:--mind, understanding. Compare ψυχή.
|
νοῦςnous
|
the mind
|
N-NMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G175ἄκαρπόςakarpos (Adj-NMS) G175 ἄκαρπος ákarpos ak-ar-pos from Α (as a negative particle) and καρπός; barren (literally or figuratively):--without fruit, unfruitful.
|
ἄκαρπόςakarpos
|
unfruitful
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510ἐστιν.estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν.estin
|
is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
14
For if I pray in an unknown tongue, my spirit prays, but my understanding is unfruitful.1 Corinthians 14:14
Stats
Counts: 90 characters, 14 words, 72 letters, 25 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: εαν γαρ προσευχωμαι γλωσση το πνευμα μου προσευχεται ο δε νους μου ακαρπος εστιν
Lit: If for I pray in a tongue, the spirit of me prays, but the mind of me unfruitful is.
KJV: For if I pray in an unknown tongue, my spirit prayeth, but my understanding is unfruitful.
References
"my spirit"1Co 14:2: 15: 16: 19: For He that'>He who speaks'>speaks'>speaks in an unknown tongue speaks'>speaks'>speaks not to men: but to God: for no man understands Him; howbeit in the spirit He speaks'>speaks'>speaks mysteries.
τι ουν εστιν προσευξομαι τω πνευματι προσευξομαι δε και τω νοι ψαλω τω πνευματι ψαλω δε και τω νοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5101Τίti (IPro-NNS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
Τίti
|
What
|
IPro-NNS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστιν;estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν;estin
|
is it?
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4336προσεύξομαιproseuxomai (V-FIM-1S) G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσεύξομαιproseuxomai
|
I will pray
|
V-FIM-1S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
with the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4151πνεύματι,pneumati (N-DNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματι,pneumati
|
spirit,
|
N-DNS
|
G4336προσεύξομαιproseuxomai (V-FIM-1S) G4336 προσεύχομαι proseúchomai pros-yoo-khom-ahee from πρός and εὔχομαι; to pray to God, i.e. supplicate, worship:--pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer.
|
προσεύξομαιproseuxomai
|
I will pray
|
V-FIM-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
with the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3563νοΐ·noi (N-DMS) G3563 νοῦς noûs nooce probably from the base of γινώσκω; the intellect, i.e. mind (divine or human; in thought, feeling, or will); by implication, meaning:--mind, understanding. Compare ψυχή.
|
νοΐ·noi
|
mind.
|
N-DMS
|
G5567ψαλῶpsalō (V-FIA-1S) G5567 ψάλλω psállō psal-lo probably strengthened from (to rub or touch the surface; compare ψώχω); to twitch or twang, i.e. to play on a stringed instrument (celebrate the divine worship with music and accompanying odes):--make melody, sing (psalms).
|
ψαλῶpsalō
|
I will sing praise
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
with the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4151πνεύματι,pneumati (N-DNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματι,pneumati
|
spirit,
|
N-DNS
|
G5567ψαλῶpsalō (V-FIA-1S) G5567 ψάλλω psállō psal-lo probably strengthened from (to rub or touch the surface; compare ψώχω); to twitch or twang, i.e. to play on a stringed instrument (celebrate the divine worship with music and accompanying odes):--make melody, sing (psalms).
|
ψαλῶpsalō
|
I will sing praise
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
with the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3563νοΐ.noi (N-DMS) G3563 νοῦς noûs nooce probably from the base of γινώσκω; the intellect, i.e. mind (divine or human; in thought, feeling, or will); by implication, meaning:--mind, understanding. Compare ψυχή.
|
νοΐ.noi
|
mind.
|
N-DMS
|
15
What is it then? I will pray with the spirit, and I will pray with the understanding also: I will sing with the spirit, and I will sing with the understanding also.1 Corinthians 14:15
Stats
Counts: 164 characters, 28 words, 128 letters, 42 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: τι ουν εστιν προσευξομαι τω πνευματι προσευξομαι δε και τω νοι ψαλω τω πνευματι ψαλω δε και τω νοι
Lit: What then is it? I will pray with the spirit, I will pray however also with the mind. I will sing praise with the spirit, I will sing praise however also with the mind.
KJV: What is it then? I will pray with the spirit, and I will pray with the understanding also: I will sing with the spirit, and I will sing with the understanding also.
References
"What"1Co 10:19: What say I then? that the idol is any thing: or that which is offered in sacrifice to idols is any thing?Ro 3:5: But if our unrighteousness commend the righteousness of God: what will we say? Is God unrighteous who takes vengeance? (I speak as a man)Ro 8:31: What will we then say to these things? If God be for us: who can be against us?Php 1:18: What then? notwithstanding: every way: whether in pretence: or in truth: Christ is preached; and I therein do rejoice: yes: and will rejoice."I will pray with the spirit"1Co 14:19: Yet in the church I had rather speak 5 words with my understanding: that by my voice I might teach others also: than 10000 words in an unknown tongue.Joh 4:23: 24: But the hour comes: and now is: when the true worshippers will worship the Father in spirit and in truth: for the Father seeks such to worship Him.Ro 1:9: For God is my witness: whom I serve with my spirit in the gospel of His Son: that without ceasing I make mention of you always in my prayers;Eph 5:17-20: For what reason be you not unwise: but understanding what the will of the Lord is.Eph 6:18: Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit: and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints;Col 3:16: Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs: singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord.Jude 1:20: But you: beloved: building up yourselves on your most holy faith: praying in the Holy Ghost: "and I will sing"Ps 47:7: For God is the King of all the earth: sing you praises with understanding.Ro 12:1: 2: I beseech you therefore: brothers: by the mercies of God: that you present your bodies a living sacrifice: holy: acceptable to God: which is your reasonable service.
επει εαν ευλογησης τω πνευματι ο αναπληρων τον τοπον του ιδιωτου πως ερει το αμην επι τη ση ευχαριστια επειδη τι λεγεις ουκ οιδεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1893ἐπεὶepei (Conj) G1893 ἐπεί epeí ep-i from ἐπί and εἰ; thereupon, i.e. since (of time or cause):--because, else, for that (then, -asmuch as), otherwise, seeing that, since, when.
|
ἐπεὶepei
|
Otherwise
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2127εὐλογῇςeulogēs (V-PSA-2S) G2127 εὐλογέω eulogéō yoo-log-eh-o from a compound of εὖ and λόγος; to speak well of, i.e. (religiously) to bless (thank or invoke a benediction upon, prosper):--bless, praise.
|
εὐλογῇςeulogēs
|
you bless
|
V-PSA-2S
|
G1722[ἐν]en (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
[ἐν]en
|
with the
|
Prep
|
G4151πνεύματι,pneumati (N-DNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματι,pneumati
|
spirit,
|
N-DNS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G378ἀναπληρῶνanaplērōn (V-PPA-NMS) G378 ἀναπληρόω anaplēróō an-ap-lay-ro-o from ἀνά and πληρόω; to complete; by implication, to occupy, supply; figuratively, to accomplish (by coincidence ot obedience):--fill up, fulfill, occupy, supply.
|
ἀναπληρῶνanaplērōn
|
filling
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5117τόπονtopon (N-AMS) G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπονtopon
|
place
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2399ἰδιώτουidiōtou (N-GMS) G2399 ἰδιώτης idiṓtēs id-ee-o-tace from ἴδιος; a private person, i.e. (by implication) an ignoramus (compare idiot):--ignorant, rude, unlearned.
|
ἰδιώτουidiōtou
|
uninstructed,
|
N-GMS
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv) G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G2046ἐρεῖerei (V-FIA-3S) G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
ἐρεῖerei
|
will he say
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G281ἈμήνAmēn (Heb) G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
ἈμήνAmēn
|
Amen
|
Heb
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at
|
Prep
|
G4674σῇsē (PPro-DF2S) G4674 σός sós sos from σύ; thine:--thine (own), thy (friend).,
|
σῇsē
|
your
|
PPro-DF2S
|
G2169εὐχαριστίᾳ;eucharistia (N-DFS) G2169 εὐχαριστία eucharistía yoo-khar-is-tee-ah from εὐχάριστος; gratitude; actively, grateful language (to God, as an act of worship):--thankfulness, (giving of) thanks(-giving).
|
εὐχαριστίᾳ;eucharistia
|
thanksgiving,
|
N-DFS
|
G1894ἐπειδὴepeidē (Conj) G1894 ἐπειδή epeidḗ ep-i-day from ἐπεί and δή; since now, i.e. (of time) when, or (of cause) whereas:--after that, because, for (that, -asmuch as), seeing, since.
|
ἐπειδὴepeidē
|
since
|
Conj
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3004λέγειςlegeis (V-PIA-2S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειςlegeis
|
you say
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1492οἶδεν·oiden (V-RIA-3S) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἶδεν·oiden
|
he knows?
|
V-RIA-3S
|
16
Else when you will bless with the spirit, how will he who occupies the room of the unlearned say Amen at your giving of thanks, seeing he understands not what you say?1 Corinthians 14:16
Stats
Rank: #3767 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 177 characters, 30 words, 143 letters, 50 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: επει εαν ευλογησης τω πνευματι ο αναπληρων τον τοπον του ιδιωτου πως ερει το αμην επι τη ση ευχαριστια επειδη τι λεγεις ουκ οιδεν
Lit: Otherwise if you bless with the spirit, the one filling the place of the uninstructed, how will he say the Amen at your thanksgiving, since what you say not he knows?
KJV: Else when thou shalt bless with the spirit, how shall he that occupieth the room of the unlearned say Amen at thy giving of thanks, seeing he understandeth not what thou sayest?
References
"bless"1Co 14:2: 14: For He that'>He who speaks'>speaks'>speaks in an unknown tongue speaks'>speaks'>speaks not to men: but to God: for no man understands Him; howbeit in the spirit He speaks'>speaks'>speaks mysteries."unlearned"1Co 14:23: 24: If therefore the whole church be come together into one place: and all speak with tongues: and there come in those that are unlearned: or unbelievers: will not they say that you are mad?Isa 29:11: 12: The vision of all is become to you as the words of a book that is sealed: which men deliver to one that is learned: saying: Read this: I pray you: and he says: I cannot; for it is sealed:Joh 7:15: The Jews marvelled: saying: How knows this man letters: having never learned?Ac 4:13: Now when they saw the boldness of Peter and John: and perceived that they were unlearned and ignorant men: they marvelled; and they took knowledge of them: that they had been with Jesus."Amen"1Co 11:24: When he had given thanks: he brake it: and said: Take: eat: this is my body: which is broken for you: this do in remembrance of me.1Co 16:24: My love be with you all in Christ Jesus. Amen. The first [epistle to the Corinthians was written from Philippi by Stephanas: and Fortunatus: and Achaicus: and Timotheus.]>>Nu 5:22: This water that causes the curse will go into your bowels: to make your belly to swell: and your thigh to rot: And the woman will say: Amen: amen.De 27:15-26: Cursed be the man that makes any graven or molten image: an abomination to the LORD: the work of the hands of the craftsman: and puts it in a secret place. And all the people will answer and say: Amen.1Ki 1:36: Benaiah the son of Jehoiada answered the king: and said: Amen: the LORD God of my lord the king say so too.1Ch 16:36: Blessed be the LORD God of Israel for ever and ever. And all the people said: Amen: and praised the LORD.Ps 41:13: Blessed be the LORD God of Israel from everlasting: and to everlasting. Amen: and Amen.Ps 72:19: Blessed be his glorious name for ever: and let the whole earth be filled with his glory; Amen: and Amen.Ps 89:52: Blessed be the LORD for evermore. Amen: and Amen.Ps 106:48: Blessed be the LORD God of Israel from everlasting to everlasting: and let all the people say: Amen. Praise you the LORD.Jer 28:6: Even the prophet Jeremiah said: Amen: the LORD do so: the LORD perform your words which you have prophesied: to bring again the vessels of the LORD's house: and all that is carried away captive: from Babylon into this place.Mt 6:13: Lead not us into temptation: but deliver us from evil: For your is the kingdom: and the power: and the glory: for ever. Amen.Mt 28:20: Teaching them to observe all things whatever I have commanded you: and: indeed: I am with you alway: even to the end of the world. Amen.Mr 16:20: They went forth: and preached every where: the Lord working with them: and confirming the word with signs following. Amen.Joh 21:25: There are also many other things which Jesus did: the which: if they should be written every one: I suppose that even the world itself not could contain the books that should be written. Amen.Re 5:14: The 4 beasts said: Amen. And the 4 and 20 elders fell down and worshipped him that lives for ever and ever.Re 22:20: He which testifieth these things says: Surely I come quickly. Amen. Even so: come: Lord Jesus."at"1Co 1:4-8: I thank my God always on your behalf: for the grace of God which is given you by Jesus Christ;
συ μεν γαρ καλως ευχαριστεις αλλ ο ετερος ουκ οικοδομειται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
You
|
PPro-N2S
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
truly
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2573καλῶςkalōs (Adv) G2573 καλῶς kalōs kal-oce adverb from καλός; well (usually morally):--(in a) good (place), honestly, + recover, (full) well.
|
καλῶςkalōs
|
well
|
Adv
|
G2168εὐχαριστεῖς,eucharisteis (V-PIA-2S) G2168 εὐχαριστέω eucharistéō yoo-khar-is-teh-o from εὐχάριστος; to be grateful, i.e. (actively) to express gratitude (towards); specially, to say grace at a meal:--(give) thank(-ful, -s).
|
εὐχαριστεῖς,eucharisteis
|
are giving thanks,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2087ἕτεροςheteros (Adj-NMS) G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἕτεροςheteros
|
other
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3618οἰκοδομεῖται.oikodomeitai (V-PIM/P-3S) G3618 οἰκοδομέω oikodoméō oy-kod-om-eh-o from the same as οἰκοδομή; to be a house-builder, i.e. construct or (figuratively) confirm:--(be in) build(-er, -ing, up), edify, embolden.
|
οἰκοδομεῖται.oikodomeitai
|
is edified.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
17
For you truly give thanks well, but the other not is edified.1 Corinthians 14:17
Stats
Rank: #5101 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 65 characters, 11 words, 52 letters, 19 vowels, 33 consonants
Translation
Greek: συ μεν γαρ καλως ευχαριστεις αλλ ο ετερος ουκ οικοδομειται
Lit: You truly for well are giving thanks, but the other not is edified.
KJV: For thou verily givest thanks well, but the other is not edified.
References
"but"1Co 14:4: 6: He who speaks in an unknown tongue edifies'>edifies himself; but he who prophesies edifies'>edifies the church.
ευχαριστω τω θεω μου παντων υμων μαλλον γλωσσαις λαλων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2168Εὐχαριστῶeucharistō (V-PIA-1S) G2168 εὐχαριστέω eucharistéō yoo-khar-is-teh-o from εὐχάριστος; to be grateful, i.e. (actively) to express gratitude (towards); specially, to say grace at a meal:--(give) thank(-ful, -s).
|
Εὐχαριστῶeucharistō
|
I thank
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2316Θεῷ,Theō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεῷ,Theō
|
God
|
N-DMS
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
than all
|
Adj-GMP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3123μᾶλλονmallon (Adv) G3123 μᾶλλον mâllon mal-lon neuter of the comparative of the same as μάλιστα; (adverbially) more (in a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more), (so) much (the more), rather.
|
μᾶλλονmallon
|
more,
|
Adv
|
G1100γλώσσαιςglōssais (N-DFP) G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσαιςglōssais
|
in tongues
|
N-DFP
|
G2980λαλῶ·lalō (V-PIA-1S) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῶ·lalō
|
speaking;
|
V-PIA-1S
|
18
I thank my God, I speak with tongues more than you all:
1 Corinthians 14:18
Stats
Rank: #4954 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 54 characters, 11 words, 41 letters, 15 vowels, 26 consonants
Translation
Greek: ευχαριστω τω θεω μου παντων υμων μαλλον γλωσσαις λαλων
Lit: I thank God than all of you more, in tongues speaking;
KJV: I thank my God, I speak with tongues more than ye all:
References
"I thank my God, I speak with tongues more than ye all:"1Co 1:4-6: I thank my God always on your behalf: for the grace of God which is given you by Jesus Christ;1Co 4:7: For who makes you to differ from another? and what have you that you did not receive? now if you did receive it: why do you glory: as if you not hadst received it?
αλλ εν εκκλησια θελω πεντε λογους δια του νοος μου λαλησαι ινα και αλλους κατηχησω η μυριους λογους εν γλωσση
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1577ἐκκλησίᾳekklēsia (N-DFS) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίᾳekklēsia
|
the church,
|
N-DFS
|
G2309θέλωthelō (V-PIA-1S) G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλωthelō
|
I desire
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4002πέντεpente (Adj-AMP) G4002 πέντε pénte pen-teh a primary number; five:--five.
|
πέντεpente
|
five
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3056λόγουςlogous (N-AMP) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγουςlogous
|
words
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
with
|
Art-DMS
|
G3563νοΐnoi (N-DMS) G3563 νοῦς noûs nooce probably from the base of γινώσκω; the intellect, i.e. mind (divine or human; in thought, feeling, or will); by implication, meaning:--mind, understanding. Compare ψυχή.
|
νοΐnoi
|
the mind
|
N-DMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2980λαλῆσαι,lalēsai (V-ANA) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῆσαι,lalēsai
|
to speak
|
V-ANA
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλουςallous (Adj-AMP) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλουςallous
|
others
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2727κατηχήσω,katēchēsō (V-ASA-1S) G2727 κατηχέω katēchéō kat-ay-kheh-o from κατά and ἦχος; to sound down into the ears, i.e. (by implication) to indoctrinate (catechize) or (genitive case) to apprise of:--inform, instruct, teach.
|
κατηχήσω,katēchēsō
|
I might instruct,
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
rather than
|
Conj
|
G3463μυρίουςmyrious (Adj-AMP) G3463 μύριοι mýrioi moo-ree-oi plural of an apparently primary word (properly, meaning very many); ten thousand; by extension, innumerably many:--ten thousand.
|
μυρίουςmyrious
|
ten thousand
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3056λόγουςlogous (N-AMP) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγουςlogous
|
words
|
N-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1100γλώσσῃ.glōssē (N-DFS) G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσῃ.glōssē
|
a tongue.
|
N-DFS
|
19
Yet in the church I had rather speak 5 words with my understanding, that by my voice I might teach others also, than 10000 words in an unknown tongue.1 Corinthians 14:19
Stats
Rank: #8813 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 162 characters, 26 words, 128 letters, 43 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλ εν εκκλησια θελω πεντε λογους δια του νοος μου λαλησαι ινα και αλλους κατηχησω η μυριους λογους εν γλωσση
Lit: but in the church, I desire five words with the mind of me to speak that also others I might instruct, rather than ten thousand words in a tongue.
KJV: Yet in the church I had rather speak five words with my understanding, that by my voice I might teach others also, than ten thousand words in an [unknown] tongue.
References
"in the"1Co 14:4: 21: 22: He who speaks in an unknown tongue edifies'>edifies himself; but he who prophesies edifies'>edifies the church.
αδελφοι μη παιδια γινεσθε ταις φρεσιν αλλα τη κακια νηπιαζετε ταις δε φρεσιν τελειοι γινεσθε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G80Ἀδελφοί,Adelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
Ἀδελφοί,Adelphoi
|
Brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3813παιδίαpaidia (N-NNP) G3813 παιδίον paidíon pahee-dee-on neuter diminutive of παῖς; a childling (of either sex), i.e. (properly), an infant, or (by extension) a half-grown boy or girl; figuratively, an immature Christian:--(little, young) child, damsel.
|
παιδίαpaidia
|
children
|
N-NNP
|
G1096γίνεσθεginesthe (V-PMM/P-2P) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεσθεginesthe
|
be
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
in the
|
Art-DFP
|
G5424φρεσίν,phresin (N-DFP) G5424 φρήν phrḗn frane probably from an obsolete (to rein in or curb; compare φράσσω); the midrif (as a partition of the body), i.e. (figuratively and by implication, of sympathy) the feelings (or sensitive nature; by extension (also in the plural) the mind or cognitive faculties):--understanding.
|
φρεσίν,phresin
|
minds.
|
N-DFP
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
Yet
|
Conj
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
in the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2549κακίᾳkakia (N-DFS) G2549 κακία kakía kak-ee-ah from κακός; badness, i.e. (subjectively) depravity, or (actively) malignity, or (passively) trouble:--evil, malice(-iousness), naughtiness, wickedness.
|
κακίᾳkakia
|
evil,
|
N-DFS
|
G3515νηπιάζετε,nēpiazete (V-PMA-2P) G3515 νηπιάζω nēpiázō nay-pee-ad-zo from νήπιος; to act as a babe, i.e. (figuratively) innocently:--be a child.
|
νηπιάζετε,nēpiazete
|
be little children;
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
in the
|
Art-DFP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5424φρεσὶνphresin (N-DFP) G5424 φρήν phrḗn frane probably from an obsolete (to rein in or curb; compare φράσσω); the midrif (as a partition of the body), i.e. (figuratively and by implication, of sympathy) the feelings (or sensitive nature; by extension (also in the plural) the mind or cognitive faculties):--understanding.
|
φρεσὶνphresin
|
thinking,
|
N-DFP
|
G5046τέλειοιteleioi (Adj-NMP) G5046 τέλειος téleios tel-i-os from τέλος; complete (in various applications of labor, growth, mental and moral character, etc.); neuter (as noun, with ὁ) completeness:--of full age, man, perfect.
|
τέλειοιteleioi
|
full grown
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1096γίνεσθε.ginesthe (V-PMM/P-2P) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεσθε.ginesthe
|
be.
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
20
Brothers, not be children in understanding: howbeit in malice be you children, but in understanding be men.1 Corinthians 14:20
Stats
Rank: #8170 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 106 characters, 14 words, 86 letters, 30 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: αδελφοι μη παιδια γινεσθε ταις φρεσιν αλλα τη κακια νηπιαζετε ταις δε φρεσιν τελειοι γινεσθε
Lit: Brothers, not children be in the minds. Yet in the evil, be little children; in the however thinking, full grown be.
KJV: Brethren, be not children in understanding: howbeit in malice be ye children, but in understanding be men.
References
"not"1Co 3:1: 2: I: brothers: not could speak to you as to spiritual: but as to carnal: even as to babes in Christ.1Co 13:11: When I was a child: I spoke as a child: I understood as a child: I thought as a child: but when I became a man: I put away childish things.Ps 119:99: I have more understanding than all my teachers: for your testimonies are my meditation.Isa 11:3: will make Him of quick understanding in the fear of the LORD: and He will not judge after the sight of His eyes: neither reprove after the hearing of His ears:Ro 16:19: For your obedience is come abroad to all men. I am glad therefore on your behalf: but yet I would have you wise to that which is good: and simple concerning evil.Eph 4:14: 15: That we henceforth be no more children: tossed to and fro: and carried about with every wind of doctrine: by the sleight of men: and cunning craftiness: whereby they lie in wait to deceive;Php 1:9: This I pray: that your love may abound yet more and more in knowledge and in all judgment;Heb 5:12: 13: For when for the time you ought to be teachers: you have need that one teach you again which be the first principles of the oracles of God; and are become such as have need of milk: not and of strong meat.Heb 6:1-3: Therefore leaving the principles of the doctrine of Christ: let us go on to perfection; not laying again the foundation of repentance from dead works: and of faith toward God: 2Pe 3:18: But grow in grace: and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. To Him be glory both now and for ever. Amen."malice"Ps 131:1: 2: > LORD: my heart not is haughty: nor my eyes lofty: neither do I exercise myself in great matters: or in things too high for me.Mt 11:25: At that time Jesus answered and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: because you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes.Mt 18:3: Said: Truly I say to you: Except you be converted: and become as little children: you will not enter into the kingdom of heaven.Mt 19:4: He answered and said to them: Have you not read: that he which made them at the beginning made them male and female: Mr 10:15: Truly I say to you: Whoever will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child: He will not enter therein.1Pe 2:2: As newborn babes: desire the sincere milk of the word: that you may grow thereby:"but"Ps 119:99: I have more understanding than all my teachers: for your testimonies are my meditation."men"1Co 2:6: Howbeit we speak wisdom among them that are perfect: not yet the wisdom of this world: nor of the princes of this world: that come to nought:Php 3:15: Let us therefore: as many as be perfect: be thus minded: and if in any thing you be otherwise minded: God will reveal even this to you.
εν τω νομω γεγραπται οτι εν ετερογλωσσοις και εν χειλεσιν ετεροις λαλησω τω λαω τουτω και ουδ ουτως εισακουσονται μου λεγει κυριος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
In
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3551νόμῳnomō (N-DMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμῳnomō
|
law
|
N-DMS
|
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γέγραπταιgegraptai
|
it has been written
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- :
|
Conj
|
G1722ἘνEn (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἘνEn
|
By
|
Prep
|
G2084ἑτερογλώσσοιςheteroglōssois (Adj-DMP) G2084 ἑτερόγλωσσος heteróglōssos het-er-og-loce-sos from ἕτερος and γλῶσσα; other- tongued, i.e. a foreigner:--man of other tongue.
|
ἑτερογλώσσοιςheteroglōssois
|
other tongues,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G5491χείλεσινcheilesin (N-DNP) G5491 χεῖλος cheîlos khi-los from a form of the same as χάσμα; a lip (as a pouring place); figuratively, a margin (of water):--lip, shore.
|
χείλεσινcheilesin
|
lips
|
N-DNP
|
G2087ἑτέρωνheterōn (Adj-GMP) G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἑτέρωνheterōn
|
other,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2980λαλήσωlalēsō (V-FIA-1S) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλήσωlalēsō
|
I will speak
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2992λαῷlaō (N-DMS) G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαῷlaō
|
people
|
N-DMS
|
G3778τούτῳ,toutō (DPro-DMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳ,toutō
|
this,
|
DPro-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3761οὐδ’oud’ (Adv) G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδ’oud’
|
not even
|
Adv
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G1522εἰσακούσονταίeisakousontai (V-FIM-3P) G1522 εἰσακούω eisakoúō ice-ak-oo-o from εἰς and ἀκούω; to listen to:--hear.
|
εἰσακούσονταίeisakousontai
|
will they hear
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2962Κύριος.Kyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριος.Kyrios
|
the Lord.”
|
N-NMS
|
21
In the law it is written, With men of other tongues and other lips will I speak to this people; and yet for all that will not they hear me, says the Lord.
1 Corinthians 14:21
Stats
Rank: #6081 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 157 characters, 30 words, 121 letters, 44 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν τω νομω γεγραπται οτι εν ετερογλωσσοις και εν χειλεσιν ετεροις λαλησω τω λαω τουτω και ουδ ουτως εισακουσονται μου λεγει κυριος
Lit: In the law it has been written - : By other tongues, and by lips other, I will speak to the people this, and not even thus will they hear Me, says the Lord.”
KJV: In the law it is written, With men of other tongues and other lips will I speak unto this people; and yet for all that will they not hear me, saith the Lord.
References
"the law"Joh 10:34: Jesus answered them: Is not it written in your law: I said: You are gods?Ro 3:19: Now we know that what things soever the law says: it says to them who are under the law: that every mouth may be stopped: and all the world may become guilty before God."With"De 28:49: The LORD will bring a nation against you from far: from the end of the earth: as swift as the eagle flies; a nation whose tongue you will not understand;Isa 28:11: 12: For with stammering lips and another tongue will he speak to this people.Jer 5:15: Indeed: I will bring a nation upon you from far: O house of Israel: says the LORD: it is a mighty nation: it is an ancient nation: a nation whose language you know not: neither understand what they say.
ωστε αι γλωσσαι εις σημειον εισιν ου τοις πιστευουσιν αλλα τοις απιστοις η δε προφητεια ου τοις απιστοις αλλα τοις πιστευουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5620Ὥστεhōste (Conj) G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
Ὥστεhōste
|
So then
|
Conj
|
G1100γλῶσσαιglōssai (N-NFP) G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλῶσσαιglōssai
|
tongues
|
N-NFP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G4592σημεῖόνsēmeion (N-ANS) G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖόνsēmeion
|
a sign
|
N-ANS
|
G1510εἰσινeisin (V-PIA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσινeisin
|
are,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to those
|
Art-DMP
|
G4100πιστεύουσινpisteuousin (V-PPA-DMP) G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύουσινpisteuousin
|
believing,
|
V-PPA-DMP
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G571ἀπίστοις,apistois (Adj-DMP) G571 ἄπιστος ápistos ap-is-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and πιστός; (actively) disbelieving, i.e. without Christian faith (specially, a heathen); (passively) untrustworthy (person), or incredible (thing):--that believeth not, faithless, incredible thing, infidel, unbeliever(-ing).
|
ἀπίστοις,apistois
|
unbelieving;
|
Adj-DMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
but
|
Conj
|
G4394προφητείαprophēteia (N-NFS) G4394 προφητεία prophēteía prof-ay-ti-ah from προφήτης (prophecy); prediction (scriptural or other):--prophecy, prophesying.
|
προφητείαprophēteia
|
prophecy
|
N-NFS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
is not
|
Adv
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G571ἀπίστοιςapistois (Adj-DMP) G571 ἄπιστος ápistos ap-is-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and πιστός; (actively) disbelieving, i.e. without Christian faith (specially, a heathen); (passively) untrustworthy (person), or incredible (thing):--that believeth not, faithless, incredible thing, infidel, unbeliever(-ing).
|
ἀπίστοιςapistois
|
unbelieving,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G4100πιστεύουσιν.pisteuousin (V-PPA-DMP) G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
πιστεύουσιν.pisteuousin
|
believing.
|
V-PPA-DMP
|
22
For what reason tongues are for a sign, not to them that believe, but to them that not believe: but prophesying serveth not for them that not believe, but for them which believe.1 Corinthians 14:22
Stats
Rank: #7002 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 172 characters, 27 words, 137 letters, 52 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: ωστε αι γλωσσαι εις σημειον εισιν ου τοις πιστευουσιν αλλα τοις απιστοις η δε προφητεια ου τοις απιστοις αλλα τοις πιστευουσιν
Lit: So then tongues for a sign are, not to those believing, but to the unbelieving; but prophecy is not to the unbelieving, but to the believing.
KJV: Wherefore tongues are for a sign, not to them that believe, but to them that believe not: but prophesying serveth not for them that believe not, but for them which believe.
References
"for a"Mr 16:17: These signs will follow them that believe; In my name will they cast out devils; they will speak with new tongues;Ac 2:6-12: 32-36: Now when this was noised abroad: the multitude came together: and were confounded: because that every man heard them speak in his own language."not to"1Ti 1:9: Knowing this: that the law not is made for a righteous man: but for the lawless and disobedient: for the ungodly and for sinners: for unholy and profane: for murderers of fathers and murderers of mothers: for manslayers:
εαν ουν συνελθη η εκκλησια ολη επι το αυτο και παντες γλωσσαις λαλωσιν εισελθωσιν δε ιδιωται η απιστοι ουκ ερουσιν οτι μαινεσθε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1437ἘὰνEan (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἘὰνEan
|
If
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G4905συνέλθῃsynelthē (V-ASA-3S) G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
συνέλθῃsynelthē
|
gathers
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαekklēsia (N-NFS) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαekklēsia
|
church
|
N-NFS
|
G3650ὅληholē (Adj-NFS) G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληholē
|
whole
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
together
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G846αὐτὸauto (PPro-AN3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸauto
|
place,
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2980λαλῶσινlalōsin (V-PSA-3P) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῶσινlalōsin
|
should speak
|
V-PSA-3P
|
G1100γλώσσαις,glōssais (N-DFP) G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσαις,glōssais
|
in tongues,
|
N-DFP
|
G1525εἰσέλθωσινeiselthōsin (V-ASA-3P) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσέλθωσινeiselthōsin
|
come in
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2399ἰδιῶταιidiōtai (N-NMP) G2399 ἰδιώτης idiṓtēs id-ee-o-tace from ἴδιος; a private person, i.e. (by implication) an ignoramus (compare idiot):--ignorant, rude, unlearned.
|
ἰδιῶταιidiōtai
|
uninstructed ones
|
N-NMP
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G571ἄπιστοι,apistoi (Adj-NMP) G571 ἄπιστος ápistos ap-is-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and πιστός; (actively) disbelieving, i.e. without Christian faith (specially, a heathen); (passively) untrustworthy (person), or incredible (thing):--that believeth not, faithless, incredible thing, infidel, unbeliever(-ing).
|
ἄπιστοι,apistoi
|
unbelievers,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2046ἐροῦσινerousin (V-FIA-3P) G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
ἐροῦσινerousin
|
will they say
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3105μαίνεσθε;mainesthe (V-PIM/P-2P) G3105 μαίνομαι maínomai mah-ee-nom-ahee middle voice from a primary (to long for; through the idea of insensate craving); to rave as a maniac:--be beside self (mad).
|
μαίνεσθε;mainesthe
|
you are mad?
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
23
If therefore the whole church be come together into one place, and all speak with tongues, and there come in those that are unlearned, or unbelievers, will not they say that you are mad?1 Corinthians 14:23
Stats
Rank: #7641 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 185 characters, 30 words, 147 letters, 59 vowels, 88 consonants
Translation
Greek: εαν ουν συνελθη η εκκλησια ολη επι το αυτο και παντες γλωσσαις λαλωσιν εισελθωσιν δε ιδιωται η απιστοι ουκ ερουσιν οτι μαινεσθε
Lit: If therefore gathers the church whole together the place, and all should speak in tongues, come in however uninstructed ones or unbelievers, not will they say that you are mad?
KJV: If therefore the whole church be come together into one place, and all speak with tongues, and there come in those that are unlearned, or unbelievers, will they not say that ye are mad?
References
"the whole"1Co 11:18: For first of all: when you come together in the church: I hear that there be divisions among you; and I partly believe it."will"Ho 9:7: The days of visitation are come: the days of recompence are come; Israel will know it: the prophet is a fool: the spiritual man is mad: for the multitude of your iniquity: and the great hatred.Joh 10:20: Many of them said: He has a devil: and is mad; why hear you him?Ac 2:13: Others mocking said: These men are full of new wine.Ac 26:24: As he thus spoke for himself: Festus said with a loud voice: Paul: you are beside yourself; much learning does make you mad.
εαν δε παντες προφητευωσιν εισελθη δε τις απιστος η ιδιωτης ελεγχεται υπο παντων ανακρινεται υπο παντων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4395προφητεύωσιν,prophēteuōsin (V-PSA-3P) G4395 προφητεύω prophēteúō prof-ate-yoo-o from προφήτης; to foretell events, divine, speak under inspiration, exercise the prophetic office:--prophesy.
|
προφητεύωσιν,prophēteuōsin
|
prophesy,
|
V-PSA-3P
|
G1525εἰσέλθῃeiselthē (V-ASA-3S) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσέλθῃeiselthē
|
should come in
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G1161δέde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
some
|
IPro-NMS
|
G571ἄπιστοςapistos (Adj-NMS) G571 ἄπιστος ápistos ap-is-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and πιστός; (actively) disbelieving, i.e. without Christian faith (specially, a heathen); (passively) untrustworthy (person), or incredible (thing):--that believeth not, faithless, incredible thing, infidel, unbeliever(-ing).
|
ἄπιστοςapistos
|
unbeliever
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G2399ἰδιώτης,idiōtēs (N-NMS) G2399 ἰδιώτης idiṓtēs id-ee-o-tace from ἴδιος; a private person, i.e. (by implication) an ignoramus (compare idiot):--ignorant, rude, unlearned.
|
ἰδιώτης,idiōtēs
|
uninstructed,
|
N-NMS
|
G1651ἐλέγχεταιelenchetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1651 ἐλέγχω elénchō el-eng-kho of uncertain affinity; to confute, admonish:--convict, convince, tell a fault, rebuke, reprove.
|
ἐλέγχεταιelenchetai
|
he is convicted
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3956πάντων,pantōn (Adj-GMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντων,pantōn
|
all,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G350ἀνακρίνεταιanakrinetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G350 ἀνακρίνω anakrínō an-ak-ree-no from ἀνά and κρίνω; properly, to scrutinize, i.e. (by implication) investigate, interrogate, determine:--ask, question, discern, examine, judge, search.
|
ἀνακρίνεταιanakrinetai
|
he is examined
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3956πάντων,pantōn (Adj-GMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντων,pantōn
|
all,
|
Adj-GMP
|
24
But if all prophesy, and there come in one that believes not, or one unlearned, he is convinced of all, he is judged of all:1 Corinthians 14:24
Stats
Rank: #8564 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 125 characters, 21 words, 96 letters, 39 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: εαν δε παντες προφητευωσιν εισελθη δε τις απιστος η ιδιωτης ελεγχεται υπο παντων ανακρινεται υπο παντων
Lit: If however all prophesy, should come in then some unbeliever or uninstructed, he is convicted by all, he is examined by all,
KJV: But if all prophesy, and there come in one that believeth not, or one unlearned, he is convinced of all, he is judged of all:
References
"he is convinced"1Co 2:15: But he who is spiritual judges all things: yet he himself is judged of no man.Joh 1:47-49: Jesus saw Nathanael coming to Him: and says of Him: Look an Israelite indeed: in whom is no guile!Joh 4:29: Come: see a man: which told me all things that ever I did: not is this the Christ?Ac 2:37: Now when they heard this: they were pricked in their heart: and said to Peter and to the rest of the apostles: Men and brothers: what will we do?Heb 4:12: 13: For the word of God is quick: and powerful: and sharper than any twoedged sword: piercing even to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit: and of the joints and marrow: and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart.
και ουτως τα κρυπτα της καρδιας αυτου φανερα γινεται και ουτως πεσων επι προσωπον προσκυνησει τω θεω απαγγελλων οτι ο θεος οντως εν υμιν εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G2927κρυπτὰkrypta (Adj-NNP) G2927 κρυπτός kryptós kroop-tos from κρύπτω; concealed, i.e. private:--hid(-den), inward(-ly), secret.
|
κρυπτὰkrypta
|
secrets
|
Adj-NNP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2588καρδίαςkardias (N-GFS) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαςkardias
|
heart
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G5318φανερὰphanera (Adj-NNP) G5318 φανερός phanerós fan-er-os from φαίνω; shining, i.e. apparent (literally or figuratively); neuter (as adverb) publicly, externally:--abroad, + appear, known, manifest, open (+ -ly), outward (+ -ly).
|
φανερὰphanera
|
manifest
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1096γίνεται,ginetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεται,ginetai
|
become.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G4098πεσὼνpesōn (V-APA-NMS) G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
πεσὼνpesōn
|
having fallen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G4383πρόσωπονprosōpon (N-ANS) G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
πρόσωπονprosōpon
|
his face,
|
N-ANS
|
G4352προσκυνήσειproskynēsei (V-FIA-3S) G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσκυνήσειproskynēsei
|
he will worship
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G2316Θεῷ,Theō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεῷ,Theō
|
God,
|
N-DMS
|
G518ἀπαγγέλλωνapangellōn (V-PPA-NMS) G518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangéllō ap-ang-el-lo from ἀπό and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce:--bring word (again), declare, report, shew (again), tell.
|
ἀπαγγέλλωνapangellōn
|
declaring
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3689ὌντωςOntōs (Adv) G3689 ὄντως óntōs on-toce adverb of the oblique cases of ὤν; really:--certainly, clean, indeed, of a truth, verily.
|
ὌντωςOntōs
|
certainly
|
Adv
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1510ἐστιν.estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν.estin
|
is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
25
Thus are the secrets of His heart made manifest; and so falling down on His face He will worship God, and report that God is in you of a truth.1 Corinthians 14:25
Stats
Counts: 147 characters, 29 words, 114 letters, 42 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουτως τα κρυπτα της καρδιας αυτου φανερα γινεται και ουτως πεσων επι προσωπον προσκυνησει τω θεω απαγγελλων οτι ο θεος οντως εν υμιν εστιν
Lit: the secrets of the heart of him manifest become. And thus having fallen upon his face, he will worship God, declaring that certainly God among you is.
KJV: And thus are the secrets of his heart made manifest; and so falling down on his face he will worship God, and report that God is in you of a truth.
References
"falling"Ge 44:14: Judah and his brothers came to Joseph's house; for he was yet there: and they fell before him on the ground.De 9:18: I fell down before the LORD: as at the first: 40 days and 40 nights: I did neither eat bread: nor drink water: because of all your sins which you sinned: in doing wickedly in the sight of the LORD: to provoke Him to anger.Ps 72:11: Yes: all kings will fall down before him: all nations will serve him.Isa 60:14: The sons also of them that afflicted you will come bending to you; and all they that despised you will bow themselves down at the soles of your feet; and they will call you: The city of the LORD: The Zion of the Holy one of Israel.Lu 5:8: When Simon Peter saw it: He fell down at Jesus' knees: saying: Depart from me; for I am a sinful man: O Lord.Lu 8:28: When He saw Jesus: He cried out: and fell down before Him: and with a loud voice said: What have I to do with you: Jesus: you Son of God most high? I beseech you: torment not me.Re 5:8: When he had taken the book: the 4 beasts and 4 and 20 elders fell down before the Lamb: having every one of them harps: and golden vials full of odours: which are the prayers of saints.Re 19:4: The 24 elders and the 4 beasts fell down and worshipped God that sat on the throne: saying: Amen; Alleluia."God is"Isa 45:14: Thus says the LORD: The labour of Egypt: and merchandise of Ethiopia and of the Sabeans: men of stature: will come over to you: and they will be your: they will come after you; in chains they will come over: and they will fall down to you: they will make supplication to you: saying: Surely God is in you; and there is none else: there is no God.Zec 8:23: Thus says the LORD of hosts; In those days it will come to pass: that 10 men will take hold out of all languages of the nations: even will take hold of the skirt of Him that is a Jew: saying: We will go with you: for we have heard that God is with you.
Orderly Worship
τι ουν εστιν αδελφοι οταν συνερχησθε εκαστος υμων ψαλμον εχει διδαχην εχει γλωσσαν εχει αποκαλυψιν εχει ερμηνειαν εχει παντα προς οικοδομην γενεσθω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-NNS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίTi
|
What
|
IPro-NNS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
is it,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G80ἀδελφοί;adelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί;adelphoi
|
brothers?
|
N-VMP
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj) G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
When
|
Conj
|
G4905συνέρχησθε,synerchēsthe (V-PSM/P-2P) G4905 συνέρχομαι synérchomai soon-er-khom-ahee from σύν and ἔρχομαι; to convene, depart in company with, associate with, or (specially), cohabit (conjugally):--accompany, assemble (with), come (together), come (company, go) with, resort.
|
συνέρχησθε,synerchēsthe
|
you may come together,
|
V-PSM/P-2P
|
G1538ἕκαστοςhekastos (Adj-NMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστοςhekastos
|
each
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5568ψαλμὸνpsalmon (N-AMS) G5568 ψαλμός psalmós psal-mos from ψάλλω; a set piece of music, i.e. a sacred ode (accompanied with the voice, harp or other instrument; a psalm); collectively, the book of the Psalms:--psalm. Compare ᾠδή.
|
ψαλμὸνpsalmon
|
a psalm
|
N-AMS
|
G2192ἔχει,echei (V-PIA-3S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχει,echei
|
has,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1322διδαχὴνdidachēn (N-AFS) G1322 διδαχή didachḗ did-akh-ay from διδάσκω; instruction (the act or the matter):--doctrine, hath been taught.
|
διδαχὴνdidachēn
|
a teaching
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχει,echei (V-PIA-3S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχει,echei
|
has,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G602ἀποκάλυψινapokalypsin (N-AFS) G602 ἀποκάλυψις apokálypsis ap-ok-al-oop-sis from ἀποκαλύπτω; disclosure:--appearing, coming, lighten, manifestation, be revealed, revelation.
|
ἀποκάλυψινapokalypsin
|
a revelation
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχει,echei (V-PIA-3S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχει,echei
|
has,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1100γλῶσσανglōssan (N-AFS) G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλῶσσανglōssan
|
a tongue
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχει,echei (V-PIA-3S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχει,echei
|
has,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2058ἑρμηνείανhermēneian (N-AFS) G2058 ἑρμηνεία hermēneía her-may-ni-ah from the same as ἑρμηνεύω; translation:--interpretation.
|
ἑρμηνείανhermēneian
|
an interpretation
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχει·echei (V-PIA-3S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχει·echei
|
has.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
All things
|
Adj-NNP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3619οἰκοδομὴνoikodomēn (N-AFS) G3619 οἰκοδομή oikodomḗ oy-kod-om-ay feminine (abstract) of a compound of οἶκος and the base of δῶμα; architecture, i.e. (concretely) a structure; figuratively, confirmation:--building, edify(-ication, -ing).
|
οἰκοδομὴνoikodomēn
|
edification
|
N-AFS
|
G1096γινέσθω.ginesthō (V-PMM/P-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γινέσθω.ginesthō
|
let be done.
|
V-PMM/P-3S
|
26
How is it then, brothers? when you come together, every one of you has a psalm, has a doctrine, has a tongue, has a revelation, has an interpretation. Let all things be done to edifying.1 Corinthians 14:26
Stats
Rank: #2739 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 192 characters, 27 words, 149 letters, 59 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: τι ουν εστιν αδελφοι οταν συνερχησθε εκαστος υμων ψαλμον εχει διδαχην εχει γλωσσαν εχει αποκαλυψιν εχει ερμηνειαν εχει παντα προς οικοδομην γενεσθω
Lit: What then is it, brothers? When you may come together, each a psalm has, a teaching has, a revelation has, a tongue has, an interpretation has. All things for edification let be done.
KJV: How is it then, brethren? when ye come together, every one of you hath a psalm, hath a doctrine, hath a tongue, hath a revelation, hath an interpretation. Let all things be done unto edifying.
References
"every"1Co 14:6: Now: brothers: if I come to you speaking with tongues: what will I profit you: except I will speak to you either by revelation: or by knowledge: or by prophesying: or by doctrine?1Co 12:8-10: For to one is given by the Spirit the word of wisdom; to another the word of knowledge by the same Spirit;"Let"1Co 14:4: 5: 12: 40: He who speaks in an unknown tongue edifies'>edifies himself; but he who prophesies edifies'>edifies the church.1Co 12:7: But the manifestation of the Spirit is given to every man to profit withal.Ro 14:19: Let us therefore follow after the things which make for peace: and things wherewith one may edify another.2Co 12:19: Again: think you that we excuse ourselves to you? we speak before God in Christ: but we do all things: dearly beloved: for your edifying.2Co 13:10: Therefore I write these things being absent: lest being present I should use sharpness: according to the power which the Lord has given me to edification: not and to destruction.Eph 4:12: 16: 29: For the perfecting of the saints: for the work of the ministry: for the edifying of the body of Christ:1Th 5:11: For what reason comfort yourselves together: and edify one another: even as also you do.
ειτε γλωσση τις λαλει κατα δυο η το πλειστον τρεις και ανα μερος και εις διερμηνευετω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1535Εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
Εἴτεeite
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1100γλώσσῃglōssē (N-DFS) G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσῃglōssē
|
with a tongue
|
N-DFS
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G2980λαλεῖ,lalei (V-PIA-3S) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλεῖ,lalei
|
speaks,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
let it be by
|
Prep
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-AMP) G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4118πλεῖστονpleiston (Adj-ANS-S) G4118 πλεῖστος pleîstos plice-tos irregular superlative of πολύς; the largest number or very large:--very great, most.
|
πλεῖστονpleiston
|
most
|
Adj-ANS-S
|
G5140τρεῖς,treis (Adj-AMP) G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖς,treis
|
three,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G303ἀνὰana (Prep) G303 ἀνά aná an-ah a primary preposition and adverb; properly, up; but (by extension) used (distributively) severally, or (locally) at (etc.):--and, apiece, by, each, every (man), in, through. In compounds (as a prefix) it often means (by implication) repetition, intensity, reversal, etc.
|
ἀνὰana
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3313μέρος,meros (N-ANS) G3313 μέρος méros mer-os from an obsolete but more primary form of (to get as a section or allotment); a division or share (literally or figuratively, in a wide application):--behalf, course, coast, craft, particular (+ -ly), part (+ -ly), piece, portion, respect, side, some sort(-what).
|
μέρος,meros
|
turn;
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1329διερμηνευέτω·diermēneuetō (V-PMA-3S) G1329 διερμηνεύω diermēneúō dee-er-main-yoo-o from διά and ἑρμηνεύω; to explain thoroughly, by implication, to translate:--expound, interpret(-ation).
|
διερμηνευέτω·diermēneuetō
|
let interpret.
|
V-PMA-3S
|
27
If any man speak in an unknown tongue, let it be by two, or at the most by 3, and that by course; and let one interpret.1 Corinthians 14:27
Stats
Rank: #8774 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 130 characters, 18 words, 93 letters, 34 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειτε γλωσση τις λαλει κατα δυο η το πλειστον τρεις και ανα μερος και εις διερμηνευετω
Lit: If with a tongue anyone speaks, let it be by two or the most three, and in turn; and one let interpret.
KJV: If any man speak in an unknown tongue, [let it be] by two, or at the most [by] three, and [that] by course; and let one interpret.
εαν δε μη η διερμηνευτης σιγατω εν εκκλησια εαυτω δε λαλειτω και τω θεω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ᾖē (V-PSA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ᾖē
|
there is
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G1328διερμηνευτής,diermēneutēs (N-NMS) G1328 διερμηνευτής diermēneutḗs dee-er-main-yoo-tace from διερμηνεύω; an explainer:--interpreter.
|
διερμηνευτής,diermēneutēs
|
an interpreter,
|
N-NMS
|
G4601σιγάτωsigatō (V-PMA-3S) G4601 σιγάω sigáō see-gah-o from σιγή; to keep silent (transitively or intransitively):--keep close (secret, silence), hold peace.
|
σιγάτωsigatō
|
let him be silent
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1577ἐκκλησίᾳ,ekklēsia (N-DFS) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίᾳ,ekklēsia
|
the church;
|
N-DFS
|
G1438ἑαυτῷheautō (RefPro-DM3S) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτῷheautō
|
to himself
|
RefPro-DM3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2980λαλείτωlaleitō (V-PMA-3S) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλείτωlaleitō
|
let him speak,
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2316Θεῷ.Theō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεῷ.Theō
|
to God.
|
N-DMS
|
28
But if there be no interpreter, let Him keep silence in the church; and let Him speak to Himself, and to God.1 Corinthians 14:28
Stats
Counts: 109 characters, 19 words, 84 letters, 31 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: εαν δε μη η διερμηνευτης σιγατω εν εκκλησια εαυτω δε λαλειτω και τω θεω
Lit: If however not there is an interpreter, let him be silent in the church; to himself then let him speak, and to God.
KJV: But if there be no interpreter, let him keep silence in the church; and let him speak to himself, and to God.
προφηται δε δυο η τρεις λαλειτωσαν και οι αλλοι διακρινετωσαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4396Προφῆταιprophētai (N-NMP) G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
Προφῆταιprophētai
|
Prophets
|
N-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then,
|
Conj
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-NMP) G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G5140τρεῖςtreis (Adj-NMP) G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖςtreis
|
three
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2980λαλείτωσαν,laleitōsan (V-PMA-3P) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλείτωσαν,laleitōsan
|
let speak,
|
V-PMA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G243ἄλλοιalloi (Adj-NMP) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοιalloi
|
others
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1252διακρινέτωσαν·diakrinetōsan (V-PMA-3P) G1252 διακρίνω diakrínō dee-ak-ree-no from διά and κρίνω; to separate thoroughly, i.e. (literally and reflexively) to withdraw from, or (by implication) oppose; figuratively, to discriminate (by implication, decide), or (reflexively) hesitate:--contend, make (to) differ(-ence), discern, doubt, judge, be partial, stagger, waver.
|
διακρινέτωσαν·diakrinetōsan
|
let discern.
|
V-PMA-3P
|
29
Let the prophets speak two or 3, and let the other judge.1 Corinthians 14:29
Stats
Rank: #8031 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 61 characters, 11 words, 48 letters, 17 vowels, 31 consonants
Translation
Greek: προφηται δε δυο η τρεις λαλειτωσαν και οι αλλοι διακρινετωσαν
Lit: Prophets then, two or three let speak, and the others let discern.
KJV: Let the prophets speak two or three, and let the other judge.
References
"the prophets"1Co 14:39: For what reason: brothers: covet to prophesy: and not forbid to speak with tongues.1Co 12:10: To another the working of miracles; to another prophecy; to another discerning of spirits; to another divers kinds of tongues; to another the interpretation of tongues:1Th 5:19-21: not Quench the Spirit.1Jo 4:1-3: Beloved: not believe every spirit: but try the spirits whether they are of God: because many false prophets are gone out into the world.
εαν δε αλλω αποκαλυφθη καθημενω ο πρωτος σιγατω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλῳallō (Adj-DMS) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλῳallō
|
to another
|
Adj-DMS
|
G601ἀποκαλυφθῇapokalyphthē (V-ASP-3S) G601 ἀποκαλύπτω apokalýptō ap-ok-al-oop-to from ἀπό and καλύπτω; to take off the cover, i.e. disclose:--reveal.
|
ἀποκαλυφθῇapokalyphthē
|
a revelation should be made
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G2521καθημένῳ,kathēmenō (V-PPM/P-DMS) G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθημένῳ,kathēmenō
|
sitting by,
|
V-PPM/P-DMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4413πρῶτοςprōtos (Adj-NMS) G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶτοςprōtos
|
first
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4601σιγάτω.sigatō (V-PMA-3S) G4601 σιγάω sigáō see-gah-o from σιγή; to keep silent (transitively or intransitively):--keep close (secret, silence), hold peace.
|
σιγάτω.sigatō
|
let be silent.
|
V-PMA-3S
|
30
If any thing be revealed to another that sits by, let the first hold his peace.1 Corinthians 14:30
Stats
Rank: #8396 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 82 characters, 15 words, 65 letters, 23 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: εαν δε αλλω αποκαλυφθη καθημενω ο πρωτος σιγατω
Lit: If however to another a revelation should be made sitting by, the first let be silent.
KJV: If any thing be revealed to another that sitteth by, let the first hold his peace.
References
"revealed"1Co 14:6: 26: Now: brothers: if I come to you speaking with tongues: what will I profit you: except I will speak to you either by revelation: or by knowledge: or by prophesying: or by doctrine?"let"Job 32:11: 15-20: Look: I waited for your words; I gave ear to your reasons: whilst you searched out what to say.Job 33:31-33: Mark well: O Job: listen to me: hold your peace: and I will speak.1Th 5:19: 20: not Quench the Spirit.
δυνασθε γαρ καθ ενα παντες προφητευειν ινα παντες μανθανωσιν και παντες παρακαλωνται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1410δύνασθεdynasthe (V-PIM/P-2P) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνασθεdynasthe
|
You are able
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
one by
|
Prep
|
G1520ἕναhena (Adj-AMS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἕναhena
|
one
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4395προφητεύειν,prophēteuein (V-PNA) G4395 προφητεύω prophēteúō prof-ate-yoo-o from προφήτης; to foretell events, divine, speak under inspiration, exercise the prophetic office:--prophesy.
|
προφητεύειν,prophēteuein
|
to prophesy,
|
V-PNA
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3129μανθάνωσινmanthanōsin (V-PSA-3P) G3129 μανθάνω manthánō man-than-o prolongation from a primary verb, another form of which, , is used as an alternate in certain tenses; to learn (in any way):--learn, understand.
|
μανθάνωσινmanthanōsin
|
may learn
|
V-PSA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3870παρακαλῶνται.parakalōntai (V-PSM/P-3P) G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρακαλῶνται.parakalōntai
|
may be exhorted.
|
V-PSM/P-3P
|
31
For you may all prophesy one by one, that all may learn, and all may be comforted.1 Corinthians 14:31
Stats
Counts: 81 characters, 15 words, 62 letters, 22 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: δυνασθε γαρ καθ ενα παντες προφητευειν ινα παντες μανθανωσιν και παντες παρακαλωνται
Lit: You are able for one by one all to prophesy, so that all may learn and all may be exhorted.
KJV: For ye may all prophesy one by one, that all may learn, and all may be comforted.
References
"all may learn"1Co 14:3: 19: 35: But he who prophesies speaks to men to edification: and exhortation: and comfort.Pr 1:5: A wise man will hear: and will increase learning; and a man of understanding will attain to wise counsels:Pr 9:9: Give instruction to a wise man: and he will be yet wiser: teach a just man: and he will increase in learning.Eph 4:11: 12: He gave some: apostles; and some: prophets; and some: evangelists; and some: pastors and teachers;"all may be"Ro 1:12: That is: that I may be comforted together with you by the mutual faith both of you and me.2Co 1:4: Who comforts us in all our tribulation: that we may be able to comfort them which are in any trouble: by the comfort wherewith we ourselves are comforted of God.2Co 7:6: 7: Nevertheless God: that comforts those that are cast down: comforted us by the coming of Titus;Eph 6:22: Whom I have sent to you for the same purpose: that you might know our affairs: and that he might comfort your hearts.1Th 4:18: For what reason comfort one another with these words.1Th 5:11: 14: For what reason comfort yourselves together: and edify one another: even as also you do.
και πνευματα προφητων προφηταις υποτασσεται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4151πνεύματαpneumata (N-NNP) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματαpneumata
|
spirits
|
N-NNP
|
G4396προφητῶνprophētōn (N-GMP) G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφητῶνprophētōn
|
of prophets,
|
N-GMP
|
G4396προφήταιςprophētais (N-DMP) G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφήταιςprophētais
|
to prophets
|
N-DMP
|
G5293ὑποτάσσεται·hypotassetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G5293 ὑποτάσσω hypotássō hoop-ot-as-so from ὑπό and τάσσω; to subordinate; reflexively, to obey:--be under obedience (obedient), put under, subdue unto, (be, make) subject (to, unto), be (put) in subjection (to, under), submit self unto.
|
ὑποτάσσεται·hypotassetai
|
are subject.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
32
The spirits of the prophets are subject to the prophets.1 Corinthians 14:32
Stats
Counts: 60 characters, 11 words, 49 letters, 16 vowels, 33 consonants
Translation
Greek: και πνευματα προφητων προφηταις υποτασσεται
Lit: And spirits of prophets, to prophets are subject.
KJV: And the spirits of the prophets are subject to the prophets.
References
"And the spirits of the prophets are subject to the prophets."1Co 14:29: 30: Let the prophets speak two or 3: and let the other judge.1Sa 10:10-13: When they came there to the hill: look: a company of prophets met Him; and the Spirit of God came upon Him: and He prophesied among them.1Sa 19:19-24: It was told Saul: saying: Look: David is at Naioth in Ramah.2Ki 2:3: 5: The sons of the prophets that were at Bethel came forth to Elisha: and said to Him: Knowest you that the LORD will take away your master from your head today? And He said: Yes: I know it; hold you your peace.Job 32:8-11: But there is a spirit in man: and the inspiration of the Almighty gives them understanding.Jer 20:9: Then I said: I not will make mention of him: nor speak any more in his name. But his word was in my heart as a burning fire shut up in my bones: and I was weary with forbearing: and I not could stay.Ac 4:19: 20: But Peter and John answered and said to them: Whether it be right in the sight of God to listen to you more than to God: judge you.1Jo 4:1: Beloved: not believe every spirit: but try the spirits whether they are of God: because many false prophets are gone out into the world.
ου γαρ εστιν ακαταστασιας ο θεος αλλ ειρηνης ως εν πασαις ταις εκκλησιαις των αγιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
He is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G181ἀκαταστασίαςakatastasias (N-GFS) G181 ἀκαταστασία akatastasía ak-at-as-tah-see-ah from ἀκατάστατος; instability, i.e. disorder:--commotion, confusion, tumult.
|
ἀκαταστασίαςakatastasias
|
of disorder
|
N-GFS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1515εἰρήνης,eirēnēs (N-GFS) G1515 εἰρήνη eirḗnē i-ray-nay probably from a primary verb (to join); peace (literally or figuratively); by implication, prosperity:--one, peace, quietness, rest, + set at one again.
|
εἰρήνης,eirēnēs
|
of peace.
|
N-GFS
|
G5613ὩςHōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὩςHōs
|
As
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3956πάσαιςpasais (Adj-DFP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσαιςpasais
|
all
|
Adj-DFP
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαιςekklēsiais (N-DFP) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαιςekklēsiais
|
churches
|
N-DFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G40ἁγίων,hagiōn (Adj-GMP) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίων,hagiōn
|
saints,
|
Adj-GMP
|
33
For God not is the author of confusion, but of peace, as in all churches of the saints.1 Corinthians 14:33
Stats
Rank: #2136 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 87 characters, 16 words, 67 letters, 27 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου γαρ εστιν ακαταστασιας ο θεος αλλ ειρηνης ως εν πασαις ταις εκκλησιαις των αγιων
Lit: Not for He is of disorder the God, but of peace. As in all the churches of the saints,
KJV: For God is not the author of confusion, but of peace, as in all churches of the saints.
References
"but"1Co 7:15: But if the unbelieving depart: let Him depart. A brother or a sister not is under bondage in such cases: but God has called us to peace.Lu 2:14: Glory to God in the high: and on earth peace: good will toward men.Ro 15:33: Now the God of peace be with you all. Amen.Ga 5:22: But the fruit of the Spirit is love: joy: peace: longsuffering: gentleness: goodness: faith: 2Th 3:16: Now the Lord of peace Himself give you peace always by all means. The Lord be with you all.Heb 13:20: Now the God of peace: that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus: that great shepherd of the sheep: through the blood of the everlasting covenant: Jas 3:17: 18: But the wisdom that is from above is first pure: then peaceable: gentle: and easy to be intreated: full of mercy and good fruits: without partiality: and without hypocrisy."in"1Co 4:17: For this cause have I sent to you Timotheus: who is my beloved son: and faithful in the Lord: who will bring you into remembrance of my ways which be in Christ: as I teach every where in every church.1Co 7:17: But as God has distributed to every man: as the Lord has called every one: so let Him walk. And so ordain I in all churches.1Co 11:16: But if any man seem to be contentious: we have no such custom: neither the churches of God.
αι γυναικες υμων εν ταις εκκλησιαις σιγατωσαν ου γαρ επιτετραπται αυταις λαλειν αλλ υποτασσεσθαι καθως και ο νομος λεγει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G1135γυναῖκεςgynaikes (N-NFP) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκεςgynaikes
|
women
|
N-NFP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαιςekklēsiais (N-DFP) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαιςekklēsiais
|
churches
|
N-DFP
|
G4601σιγάτωσαν·sigatōsan (V-PMA-3P) G4601 σιγάω sigáō see-gah-o from σιγή; to keep silent (transitively or intransitively):--keep close (secret, silence), hold peace.
|
σιγάτωσαν·sigatōsan
|
let them be silent.
|
V-PMA-3P
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2010ἐπιτρέπεταιepitrepetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2010 ἐπιτρέπω epitrépō ep-ee-trep-o from ἐπί and the base of τροπή; to turn over (transfer), i.e. allow:--give leave (liberty, license), let, permit, suffer.
|
ἐπιτρέπεταιepitrepetai
|
it is allowed
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G846αὐταῖςautais (PPro-DF3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐταῖςautais
|
to them
|
PPro-DF3P
|
G2980λαλεῖν,lalein (V-PNA) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλεῖν,lalein
|
to speak,
|
V-PNA
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G5293ὑποτασσέσθωσαν,hypotassesthōsan (V-PMM/P-3P) G5293 ὑποτάσσω hypotássō hoop-ot-as-so from ὑπό and τάσσω; to subordinate; reflexively, to obey:--be under obedience (obedient), put under, subdue unto, (be, make) subject (to, unto), be (put) in subjection (to, under), submit self unto.
|
ὑποτασσέσθωσαν,hypotassesthōsan
|
to be in submission,
|
V-PMM/P-3P
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3551νόμοςnomos (N-NMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμοςnomos
|
law
|
N-NMS
|
G3004λέγει.legei (V-PIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγει.legei
|
says.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
34
Let your women keep silence in the churches: for it not is permitted to them to speak; but they are commanded to be under obedience, as also says the law.1 Corinthians 14:34
Stats
Rank: #1664 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 157 characters, 27 words, 124 letters, 50 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: αι γυναικες υμων εν ταις εκκλησιαις σιγατωσαν ου γαρ επιτετραπται αυταις λαλειν αλλ υποτασσεσθαι καθως και ο νομος λεγει
Lit: the women in the churches let them be silent. Not for it is allowed to them to speak, but to be in submission, as also the law says.
KJV: Let your women keep silence in the churches: for it is not permitted unto them to speak; but they are commanded to be under obedience, as also saith the law.
References
"women"1Co 11:5: But every woman that prays or prophesies with her head uncovered dishonours her head: for that is even all one as if she were shaven.1Ti 2:11: 12: Let the woman learn in silence with all subjection."they are"1Co 14:35: If they will learn any thing: let them ask their husbands at home: for it is a shame for women to speak in the church.1Co 11:3: 7-10: But I would have you know: that the head of every man is Christ; and the head of the woman is the man; and the head of Christ is God.Eph 5:22-24: 33: Wives: submit yourselves to your own husbands: as to the Lord.Col 3:18: Wives: submit yourselves to your own husbands: as it is fit in the Lord.Tit 2:5: To be discreet: chaste: keepers at home: good: obedient to their own husbands: that the word of God not be blasphemed.1Pe 3:1-6: Likewise: you wives: be in subjection to your own husbands; that: if any not obey the word: they also may without the word be won by the conversation of the wives;"as"1Co 14:21: In the law it is written: With men of other tongues and other lips will I speak to this people; and yet for all that will not they hear me: says the Lord.Ge 3:16: To the woman he said: I will greatly multiply your sorrow and your conception; in sorrow you will bring forth children; and your desire will be to your husband: and he will rule over you.Nu 30:3-13: If a woman also vow a vow to the LORD: and bind herself by a bond: being in her father's house in her youth;Es 1:17-20: For this deed of the queen will come abroad to all women: so that they will despise their husbands in their eyes: when it will be reported: The king Ahasuerus commanded Vashti the queen to be brought in before him: but she not came.
ει δε τι μαθειν θελουσιν εν οικω τους ιδιους ανδρας επερωτατωσαν αισχρον γαρ εστιν γυναιξιν εν εκκλησια λαλειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δέde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιti
|
anything
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3129μαθεῖνmathein (V-ANA) G3129 μανθάνω manthánō man-than-o prolongation from a primary verb, another form of which, , is used as an alternate in certain tenses; to learn (in any way):--learn, understand.
|
μαθεῖνmathein
|
to learn
|
V-ANA
|
G2309θέλουσιν,thelousin (V-PIA-3P) G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλουσιν,thelousin
|
they desire,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3624οἴκῳoikō (N-DMS) G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἴκῳoikō
|
home
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2398ἰδίουςidious (Adj-AMP) G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίουςidious
|
own
|
Adj-AMP
|
G435ἄνδραςandras (N-AMP) G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἄνδραςandras
|
husbands
|
N-AMP
|
G1905ἐπερωτάτωσαν·eperōtatōsan (V-PMA-3P) G1905 ἐπερωτάω eperōtáō ep-er-o-tah-o from ἐπί and ἐρωτάω; to ask for, i.e. inquire, seek:--ask (after, questions), demand, desire, question.
|
ἐπερωτάτωσαν·eperōtatōsan
|
let them ask;
|
V-PMA-3P
|
G150αἰσχρὸνaischron (Adj-NNS) G150 αἰσχρός aischrós ahee-skhros from the same as αἰσχύνομαι; shameful, i.e. base (specially, venal):--filthy.
|
αἰσχρὸνaischron
|
shameful
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1135γυναικὶgynaiki (N-DFS) G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικὶgynaiki
|
for a woman
|
N-DFS
|
G2980λαλεῖνlalein (V-PNA) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλεῖνlalein
|
to speak
|
V-PNA
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1577ἐκκλησίᾳ.ekklēsia (N-DFS) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίᾳ.ekklēsia
|
the church.
|
N-DFS
|
35
If they will learn any thing, let them ask their husbands at home: for it is a shame for women to speak in the church.1 Corinthians 14:35
Stats
Counts: 122 characters, 24 words, 94 letters, 33 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει δε τι μαθειν θελουσιν εν οικω τους ιδιους ανδρας επερωτατωσαν αισχρον γαρ εστιν γυναιξιν εν εκκλησια λαλειν
Lit: If however anything to learn they desire, at home the own husbands let them ask; shameful for it is for a woman to speak in the church.
KJV: And if they will learn any thing, let them ask their husbands at home: for it is a shame for women to speak in the church.
References
"let"Eph 5:25-27: Husbands: love your wives: even as Christ also loved the church: and gave Himself for it;1Pe 3:7: Likewise: you husbands: dwell with them according to knowledge: giving honour to the wife: as to the weaker vessel: and as being heirs together of the grace of life; that your prayers not be hindered."a shame"1Co 14:34: Let your women keep silence in the churches: for it not is permitted to them to speak; but they are commanded to be under obedience: as also says the law.1Co 11:6: 14: For if the woman not be covered: let her also be shorn: but if it be a shame for a woman to be shorn or shaven: let her be covered.Eph 5:12: For it is a shame even to speak of those things which are done of them in secret.
η αφ υμων ο λογος του θεου εξηλθεν η εις υμας μονους κατηντησεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2228ἪĒ (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἪĒ
|
Or
|
Conj
|
G575ἀφ’aph’ (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀφ’aph’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3056λόγοςlogos (N-NMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοςlogos
|
word
|
N-NMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1831ἐξῆλθεν,exēlthen (V-AIA-3S) G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθεν,exēlthen
|
has gone out?
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
Or
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3441μόνουςmonous (Adj-AMP) G3441 μόνος mónos mon-os probably from μένω; remaining, i.e. sole or single; by implication, mere:--alone, only, by themselves.
|
μόνουςmonous
|
only
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2658κατήντησεν;katēntēsen (V-AIA-3S) G2658 καταντάω katantáō kat-an-tah-o from κατά and a derivative of ἀντί; to meet against, i.e. arrive at (literally or figuratively):--attain, come.
|
κατήντησεν;katēntēsen
|
has it come?
|
V-AIA-3S
|
36
What? came the word of God out from you? or came it to you only?1 Corinthians 14:36
Stats
Counts: 66 characters, 13 words, 49 letters, 21 vowels, 28 consonants
Translation
Greek: η αφ υμων ο λογος του θεου εξηλθεν η εις υμας μονους κατηντησεν
Lit: Or from you the word of God has gone out? Or to you only has it come?
KJV: What? came the word of God out from you? or came it unto you only?
References
"came"Isa 2:3: Many people will go and say: Come you: and let us go up to the mountain of the LORD: to the house of the God of Jacob; and He will teach us of His ways: and we will walk in His paths: for out of Zion will go forth the law: and the word of the LORD from Jerusalem.Mic 4:1: 2: But in the last days it will come to pass: that the mountain of the house of the LORD will be established in the top of the mountains: and it will be exalted above the hills; and people will flow to it.Zec 14:8: It will be in that day: that living waters will go out from Jerusalem; half of them toward the former sea: and half of them toward the hinder sea: in summer and in winter will it be.Ac 13:1-3: Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barnabas: and Simeon that was called Niger: and Lucius of Cyrene: and Manaen: which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch: and Saul.Ac 15:35: 36: Paul also and Barnabas continued in Antioch: teaching and preaching the word of the Lord: with many others also.Ac 16:9: 10: A vision appeared to Paul in the night; There stood a man of Macedonia: and prayed him: saying: Come over into Macedonia: and help us.Ac 17:1: 10: 11: 15: Now when they had passed through Amphipolis and Apollonia: they came to Thessalonica: where was a synagogue of the Jews:Ac 18:1-17: After these things Paul departed from Athens: and came to Corinth;2Co 10:13-16: But we not will boast of things without our measure: but according to the measure of the rule which God has distributed to us: a measure to reach even to you.1Th 1:8: For from you sounded out the word of the Lord not only in Macedonia and Achaia: but also in every place your faith to God-ward is spread abroad; so that we not need to speak any thing."or"1Co 4:7: For who makes you to differ from another? and what have you that you did not receive? now if you did receive it: why do you glory: as if you not hadst received it?
ει τις δοκει προφητης ειναι η πνευματικος επιγινωσκετω α γραφω υμιν οτι του κυριου εισιν εντολαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487ΕἴEi (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἴEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1380δοκεῖdokei (V-PIA-3S) G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.
|
δοκεῖdokei
|
considers
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4396προφήτηςprophētēs (N-NMS) G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφήτηςprophētēs
|
a prophet
|
N-NMS
|
G1510εἶναιeinai (V-PNA) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναιeinai
|
himself to be,
|
V-PNA
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G4152πνευματικός,pneumatikos (Adj-NMS) G4152 πνευματικός pneumatikós pnyoo-mat-ik-os from πνεῦμα; non-carnal, i.e. (humanly) ethereal (as opposed to gross), or (dæmoniacally) a spirit (concretely), or (divinely) supernatural, regenerate, religious:--spiritual. Compare ψυχικός.
|
πνευματικός,pneumatikos
|
spiritual,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1921ἐπιγινωσκέτωepiginōsketō (V-PMA-3S) G1921 ἐπιγινώσκω epiginṓskō ep-ig-in-oce-ko from ἐπί and γινώσκω; to know upon some mark, i.e. recognize; by implication, to become fully acquainted with, to acknowledge:--(ac-, have, take)know(-ledge, well), perceive.
|
ἐπιγινωσκέτωepiginōsketō
|
let him recognize
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
the things
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G1125γράφωgraphō (V-PIA-1S) G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γράφωgraphō
|
I write
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
of the Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G1510ἐστὶνestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστὶνestin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1785ἐντολή·entolē (N-NFS) G1785 ἐντολή entolḗ en-tol-ay from ἐντέλλομαι; injunction, i.e. an authoritative prescription:--commandment, precept.
|
ἐντολή·entolē
|
the commands.
|
N-NFS
|
37
If any man think Himself to be a prophet, or spiritual, let Him acknowledge that the things that I write to you are the commandments of the Lord.1 Corinthians 14:37
Stats
Counts: 147 characters, 26 words, 117 letters, 42 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει τις δοκει προφητης ειναι η πνευματικος επιγινωσκετω α γραφω υμιν οτι του κυριου εισιν εντολαι
Lit: If anyone considers a prophet himself to be, or spiritual, let him recognize the things I write to you that of the Lord are the commands.
KJV: If any man think himself to be a prophet, or spiritual, let him acknowledge that the things that I write unto you are the commandments of the Lord.
References
"any"1Co 8:2: If any man think that he knows'>knows any thing: he knows'>knows nothing yet as he ought to know.1Co 13:1-3: Though I speak with the tongues of men and of angels: and not have charity: I am become as sounding brass: or a tinkling cymbal.Nu 24:3: 4: 16: He took up his parable: and said: Balaam the son of Beor has said: and the man whose eyes are open has said:Ro 12:3: For I say: through the grace given to me: to every man that is among you: not to think of Himself more highly than He ought to think; but to think soberly: according as God has dealt to every man the measure of faith.2Co 10:7: 12: Do you look on things after the outward appearance? If any man trust to Himself that He is Christ's: let Him of Himself think this again: that: as He is Christ's: even so are we Christ's.2Co 11:4: 12-15: For if He that'>He who comes preaches another Jesus: whom we not have preached: or if you receive another spirit: which you not have received: or another gospel: which you not have accepted: you might well bear with Him.Ga 6:8: For He that'>He who sows'>sows to His flesh will of the flesh reap corruption; but He that'>He who sows'>sows to the Spirit will of the Spirit reap life everlasting."let"1Co 7:25: 40: Now concerning virgins I have no commandment of the Lord: yet I give my judgment: as one that has obtained mercy of the Lord to be faithful.Lu 10:16: He who hears'>hears you hears'>hears me; and he who despises'>despises'>despises'>despises you despises'>despises'>despises'>despises me; and he who despises'>despises'>despises'>despises me despises'>despises'>despises'>despises him that sent me.1Th 4:1-8: Furthermore then we beseech you: brothers: and exhort you by the Lord Jesus: that as you have received of us how you ought to walk and to please God: so you would abound more and more.2Pe 3:2: That you may be mindful of the words which were spoken before by the holy prophets: and of the commandment of us the apostles of the Lord and Saviour:1Jo 4:6: We are of God: He that'>He who knows God hears'>hears us; He that'>He who not is of God hears'>hears not us. Hereby know we the spirit of truth: and the spirit of error.Jude 1:17: But: beloved: remember you the words which were spoken before of the apostles of our Lord Jesus Christ;
ει δε τις αγνοει αγνοειτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δέde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G50ἀγνοεῖ,agnoei (V-PIA-3S) G50 ἀγνοέω agnoéō ag-no-eh-o from Α (as a negative particle) and νοιέω; not to know (through lack of information or intelligence); by implication, to ignore (through disinclination):--(be) ignorant(-ly), not know, not understand, unknown.
|
ἀγνοεῖ,agnoei
|
is ignorant,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G50ἀγνοεῖται.agnoeitai (V-PIM/P-3S) G50 ἀγνοέω agnoéō ag-no-eh-o from Α (as a negative particle) and νοιέω; not to know (through lack of information or intelligence); by implication, to ignore (through disinclination):--(be) ignorant(-ly), not know, not understand, unknown.
|
ἀγνοεῖται.agnoeitai
|
let him be ignored.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
38
But if any man be ignorant, let him be ignorant.1 Corinthians 14:38
Stats
Counts: 48 characters, 9 words, 37 letters, 14 vowels, 23 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει δε τις αγνοει αγνοειτω
Lit: If however anyone is ignorant, let him be ignored.
KJV: But if any man be ignorant, let him be ignorant.
References
"But if any man be ignorant, let him be ignorant."Ho 4:17: Ephraim is joined to idols: let him alone.Mt 7:6: not Give that which is holy to the dogs: neither cast you your pearls before swine: lest they trample them under their feet: and turn again and rend you.Mt 15:14: Let them alone: they be blind leaders of the blind. And if the blind lead the blind: both will fall into the ditch.1Ti 6:3-5: If any man teach otherwise: and not consent to wholesome words: even the words of our Lord Jesus Christ: and to the doctrine which is according to godliness;2Ti 4:3: 4: For the time will come when they not will endure sound doctrine; but after their own lusts will they heap to themselves teachers: having itching ears;Re 22:11: 12: He who is unjust: let him be unjust still: and he which is filthy: let him be filthy still: and he who is righteous: let him be righteous still: and he who is holy: let him be holy still.
ωστε αδελφοι ζηλουτε το προφητευειν και το λαλειν γλωσσαις μη κωλυετε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5620Ὥστε,Hōste (Conj) G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
Ὥστε,Hōste
|
So,
|
Conj
|
G80ἀδελφοίadelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοίadelphoi
|
brothers
|
N-VMP
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2206ζηλοῦτεzēloute (V-PMA-2P) G2206 ζηλόω zēlóō dzay-lo-o from ζῆλος; to have warmth of feeling for or against:--affect, covet (earnestly), (have) desire, (move with) envy, be jealous over, (be) zealous(-ly affect).
|
ζηλοῦτεzēloute
|
earnestly desire
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G4395προφητεύειν,prophēteuein (V-PNA) G4395 προφητεύω prophēteúō prof-ate-yoo-o from προφήτης; to foretell events, divine, speak under inspiration, exercise the prophetic office:--prophesy.
|
προφητεύειν,prophēteuein
|
to prophesy,
|
V-PNA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2980λαλεῖνlalein (V-PNA) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλεῖνlalein
|
to speak
|
V-PNA
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2967κωλύετεkōlyete (V-PMA-2P) G2967 κωλύω kōlýō ko-loo-o from the base of κολάζω; to estop, i.e. prevent (by word or act):--forbid, hinder, keep from, let, not suffer, withstand.
|
κωλύετεkōlyete
|
do forbid
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G1100γλώσσαις·glōssais (N-DFP) G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσαις·glōssais
|
in tongues.
|
N-DFP
|
39
For what reason, brothers, covet to prophesy, and not forbid to speak with tongues.1 Corinthians 14:39
Stats
Counts: 77 characters, 9 words, 62 letters, 22 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: ωστε αδελφοι ζηλουτε το προφητευειν και το λαλειν γλωσσαις μη κωλυετε
Lit: So, brothers of me, earnestly desire to prophesy, and to speak not do forbid in tongues.
KJV: Wherefore, brethren, covet to prophesy, and forbid not to speak with tongues.
References
"covet"1Co 14:1: 3: 5: 24: 25: Follow after charity: and desire spiritual gifts: but rather that you may prophesy.1Co 12:31: But covet earnestly the best gifts: and yet show I to you a more excellent way.1Th 5:20: not Despise prophesyings.
παντα ευσχημονως και κατα ταξιν γινεσθω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
All things
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2156εὐσχημόνωςeuschēmonōs (Adv) G2156 εὐσχημόνως euschēmónōs yoo-skhay-mon-ose adverb from εὐσχήμων; decorously:--decently, honestly.
|
εὐσχημόνωςeuschēmonōs
|
properly
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
with
|
Prep
|
G5010τάξινtaxin (N-AFS) G5010 τάξις táxis tax-is from τάσσω; regular arrangement, i.e. (in time) fixed succession (of rank or character), official dignity:--order.
|
τάξινtaxin
|
order
|
N-AFS
|
G1096γινέσθω.ginesthō (V-PMM/P-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γινέσθω.ginesthō
|
let be done.
|
V-PMM/P-3S
|
40
Let all things be done decently and in order.1 Corinthians 14:40
Stats
Counts: 45 characters, 9 words, 36 letters, 12 vowels, 24 consonants
Translation
Greek: παντα ευσχημονως και κατα ταξιν γινεσθω
Lit: All things however properly and with order let be done.
KJV: Let all things be done decently and in order.
References
"Let all things be done decently and in order."1Co 14:26-33: How is it then: brothers? when you come together: every one of you has a psalm: has a doctrine: has a tongue: has a revelation: has an interpretation. Let all things be done to edifying.1Co 11:34: If any man hunger: let him eat at home; that you not come together to condemnation. And the rest will I set in order when I come.Ro 13:13: Let us walk honestly: as in the day; not in rioting and drunkenness: not in chambering and wantonness: not in strife and envying.Col 2:5: For though I be absent in the flesh: yet am I with you in the spirit: joying and beholding your order: and the stedfastness of your faith in Christ.Tit 1:5: For this cause left I you in Crete: that you should set in order the things that are wanting: and ordain elders in every city: as I had appointed you:
15
The Resurrection of the Dead
The Resurrection of Christ
γνωριζω δε υμιν αδελφοι το ευαγγελιον ο ευηγγελισαμην υμιν ο και παρελαβετε εν ω και εστηκατε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1107ΓνωρίζωGnōrizō (V-PIA-1S) G1107 γνωρίζω gnōrízō gno-rid-zo from a derivative of γινώσκω; to make known; subjectively, to know:--certify, declare, make known, give to understand, do to wit, wot.
|
ΓνωρίζωGnōrizō
|
I make known
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμῖν,hymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν,hymin
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2098εὐαγγέλιονeuangelion (N-ANS) G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangélion yoo-ang-ghel-ee-on from the same as εὐαγγελίζω; a good message, i.e. the gospel:--gospel.
|
εὐαγγέλιονeuangelion
|
gospel
|
N-ANS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
that
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G2097εὐηγγελισάμηνeuēngelisamēn (V-AIM-1S) G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐηγγελισάμηνeuēngelisamēn
|
I proclaimed
|
V-AIM-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖν,hymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν,hymin
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
which
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3880παρελάβετε,parelabete (V-AIA-2P) G3880 παραλαμβάνω paralambánō par-al-am-ban-o from παρά and λαμβάνω; to receive near, i.e. associate with oneself (in any familiar or intimate act or relation); by analogy, to assume an office; figuratively, to learn:--receive, take (unto, with).
|
παρελάβετε,parelabete
|
you received,
|
V-AIA-2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DNS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
which
|
RelPro-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G2476ἑστήκατε,hestēkate (V-RIA-2P) G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστήκατε,hestēkate
|
you stand,
|
V-RIA-2P
|
1
Moreover, brothers, I declare to you the gospel which I preached to you, which also you have received, and wherein you stand;
1 Corinthians 15:1
Stats
Rank: #343 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 127 characters, 18 words, 101 letters, 42 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: γνωριζω δε υμιν αδελφοι το ευαγγελιον ο ευηγγελισαμην υμιν ο και παρελαβετε εν ω και εστηκατε
Lit: I make known now to you, brothers, the gospel that I proclaimed to you, which also you received, in which also you stand,
KJV: Moreover, brethren, I declare unto you the gospel which I preached unto you, which also ye have received, and wherein ye stand;
References
"I declare"1Co 15:3-11: For I delivered to you first of all that which I also received: how that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures;1Co 1:23: 24: But we preach Christ crucified: to the Jews a stumblingblock: and to the Greeks foolishness;1Co 2:2-7: For I not determined to know any thing among you: save Jesus Christ: and Him crucified.Ac 18:4: 5: He reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath: and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks.Ga 1:6-12: I marvel that you are so soon removed from Him that called you into the grace of Christ to another gospel:"which also"1Co 1:4-8: I thank my God always on your behalf: for the grace of God which is given you by Jesus Christ;Mr 4:16-20: These are they likewise which are sown on stony ground; who: when they have heard the word: immediately receive it with gladness;Joh 12:48: He who rejects me: and receives not my words: has one that judges him: the word that I have spoken: the same will judge him in the last day.Ac 2:41: Then they that gladly received his word were baptized: and the same day there were added to them about 3000 souls.Ac 11:1: The apostles and brothers that were in Judaea heard that the Gentiles had also received the word of God.1Th 1:6: you became followers of us: and of the Lord: having received the word in much affliction: with joy of the Holy Ghost:1Th 2:13: For this cause also thank we God without ceasing: because: when you received the word of God which you heard of us: you received it not as the word of men: but as it is in truth: the word of God: which effectually works also in you that believe.1Th 4:1: Furthermore then we beseech you: brothers: and exhort you by the Lord Jesus: that as you have received of us how you ought to walk and to please God: so you would abound more and more.2Th 3:6: Now we command you: brothers: in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ: that you withdraw yourselves from every brother that walks disorderly: not and after the tradition which He received of us."ye stand"Ro 5:2: By whom also we have access by faith into this grace wherein we stand: and rejoice in hope of the glory of God.2Co 1:24: Not for that we have dominion over your faith: but are helpers of your joy: for by faith you stand.1Pe 5:12: By Silvanus: a faithful brother to you: as I suppose: I have written briefly: exhorting: and testifying that this is the true grace of God wherein you stand.
δι ου και σωζεσθε τινι λογω ευηγγελισαμην υμιν ει κατεχετε εκτος ει μη εικη επιστευσατε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GNS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
which
|
RelPro-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4982σῴζεσθε,sōzesthe (V-PIM/P-2P) G4982 σώζω sṓzō sode-zo from a primary (contraction for obsolete , safe); to save, i.e. deliver or protect (literally or figuratively):--heal, preserve, save (self), do well, be (make) whole.
|
σῴζεσθε,sōzesthe
|
you are being saved,
|
V-PIM/P-2P
|
G5101τίνιtini (IPro-DMS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίνιtini
|
to the
|
IPro-DMS
|
G3056λόγῳlogō (N-DMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγῳlogō
|
word
|
N-DMS
|
G2097εὐηγγελισάμηνeuēngelisamēn (V-AIM-1S) G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐηγγελισάμηνeuēngelisamēn
|
I proclaimed
|
V-AIM-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖν,hymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν,hymin
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2722κατέχετε,katechete (V-PIA-2P) G2722 κατέχω katéchō kat-ekh-o from κατά and ἔχω; to hold down (fast), in various applications (literally or figuratively):--have, hold (fast), keep (in memory), let, X make toward, possess, retain, seize on, stay, take, withhold.
|
κατέχετε,katechete
|
you hold fast;
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G1622ἐκτὸςektos (Adv) G1622 ἐκτός ektós ek-tos from ἐκ; the exterior; figuratively (as a preposition) aside from, besides:--but, except(-ed), other than, out of, outside, unless, without.
|
ἐκτὸςektos
|
unless
|
Adv
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not,
|
Adv
|
G1500εἰκῇeikē (Adv) G1500 εἰκῆ eikē i-kay probably from εἴκω (through the idea of failure); idly, i.e. without reason (or effect):--without a cause, (in) vain(-ly).
|
εἰκῇeikē
|
in vain
|
Adv
|
G4100ἐπιστεύσατε.episteusate (V-AIA-2P) G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
ἐπιστεύσατε.episteusate
|
you have believed.
|
V-AIA-2P
|
2
By which also you are saved, if you keep in memory what I preached to you, unless you have believed in vain.1 Corinthians 15:2
Stats
Counts: 107 characters, 20 words, 83 letters, 36 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: δι ου και σωζεσθε τινι λογω ευηγγελισαμην υμιν ει κατεχετε εκτος ει μη εικη επιστευσατε
Lit: by which also you are being saved, to the word I proclaimed to you, if you hold fast; unless if not, in vain you have believed.
KJV: By which also ye are saved, if ye keep in memory what I preached unto you, unless ye have believed in vain.
References
"ye are"1Co 1:18: 21: For the preaching of the cross is to them that perish foolishness; but to us which are saved it is the power of God.Ac 2:47: Praising God: and having favour with all the people. And the Lord added to the church daily such as should be saved.Ro 1:16: For I not am ashamed of the gospel of Christ: for it is the power of God to salvation to every one that believes; to the Jew first: and also to the Greek.2Co 2:15: For we are to God a sweet savour of Christ: in them that are saved: and in them that perish:Eph 2:8: For by grace are you saved through faith; and not that of yourselves: it is the gift of God:2Ti 1:9: Who has saved us: and called us with an holy calling: not according to our works: but according to His own purpose and grace: which was given us in Christ Jesus before the world began: "keep in memory"1Co 15:11: 12: Therefore whether it were I or they: so we preach: and so you believed.Pr 3:1: My son: not forget my law; but let your heart keep my commandments:Pr 4:13: Take fast hold of instruction; let her not go: keep her; for she is your life.Pr 6:20-23: My son: keep your father's commandment: and not forsake the law of your mother:Pr 23:23: Buy the truth: and sell it not; also wisdom: and instruction: and understanding.Col 1:23: If you continue in the faith grounded and settled: and be not moved away from the hope of the gospel: which you have heard: and which was preached to every creature which is under heaven; whereof I Paul am made a minister;2Th 2:15: Therefore: brothers: stand fast: and hold the traditions which you have been taught: whether by word: or our epistle.Heb 2:1: Therefore we ought to give the more ear heed to the things which we have heard: lest at any time we should let them slip.Heb 3:6: 14: But Christ as a son over His own house; whose house are we: if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm to the end.Heb 4:14: Seeing then that we have a great high priest: that is passed into the heavens: Jesus the Son of God: let us hold fast our profession.Heb 10:23: Let us hold fast the profession of our faith without wavering; (for he is faithful that promised;)"unless"1Co 15:14: If Christ not be risen: then is our preaching vain: and your faith is also vain.Ps 106:12: 13: Then believed they his words; they sang his praise.Lu 8:13: They on the rock are they: which: when they hear: receive the word with joy; and these have no root: which for a while believe: and in time of temptation fall away.Joh 8:31: 32: Then said Jesus to those Jews which believed on Him: If you continue in my word: then are you my disciples indeed;Ac 8:13: Then Simon himself believed also: and when he was baptized: he continued with Philip: and wondered: beholding the miracles and signs which were done.2Co 6:1: We then: as workers together with Him: beseech you also that you not receive the grace of God in vain.Ga 3:4: Have you suffered so many things in vain? if it be yet in vain.Jas 2:14: 17: 26: What does it profit: my brothers: though a man say he has faith: and not have works? can faith save him?
παρεδωκα γαρ υμιν εν πρωτοις ο και παρελαβον οτι χριστος απεθανεν υπερ των αμαρτιων ημων κατα τας γραφας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3860Παρέδωκαparedōka (V-AIA-1S) G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
Παρέδωκαparedōka
|
I delivered
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4413πρώτοις,prōtois (Adj-DNP) G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτοις,prōtois
|
the foremost
|
Adj-DNP
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
what
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3880παρέλαβον,parelabon (V-AIA-1S) G3880 παραλαμβάνω paralambánō par-al-am-ban-o from παρά and λαμβάνω; to receive near, i.e. associate with oneself (in any familiar or intimate act or relation); by analogy, to assume an office; figuratively, to learn:--receive, take (unto, with).
|
παρέλαβον,parelabon
|
I received,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G5547ΧριστὸςChristos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸςChristos
|
Christ
|
N-NMS
|
G599ἀπέθανενapethanen (V-AIA-3S) G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀπέθανενapethanen
|
died
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G266ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn (N-GFP) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn
|
sins
|
N-GFP
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G1124γραφάς,graphas (N-AFP) G1124 γραφή graphḗ graf-ay from γράφω; a document, i.e. holy Writ (or its contents or a statement in it):--scripture.
|
γραφάς,graphas
|
Scriptures,
|
N-AFP
|
3
For I delivered to you first of all that which I also received, how that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures;1 Corinthians 15:3
Stats
Rank: #195 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 128 characters, 23 words, 103 letters, 39 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: παρεδωκα γαρ υμιν εν πρωτοις ο και παρελαβον οτι χριστος απεθανεν υπερ των αμαρτιων ημων κατα τας γραφας
Lit: I delivered for to you in the foremost what also I received, that Christ died for the sins of us according to the Scriptures,
KJV: For I delivered unto you first of all that which I also received, how that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures;
References
"I delivered"1Co 4:1: 2: Let a man so account of us: as of the ministers of Christ: and stewards of the mysteries of God.1Co 11:2: 23: Now I praise you: brothers: that you remember me in all things: and keep the ordinances: as I delivered them to you.Eze 3:17: Son of man: I have made you a watchman to the house of Israel: therefore hear the word at my mouth: and give them warning from me.Mt 20:18: 19: Look: we go up to Jerusalem; and the Son of man will be betrayed to the chief priests and to the scribes: and they will condemn Him to death: Mr 16:15: 16: He said to them: Go you into all the world: and preach the gospel to every creature.Lu 24:46: 47: Said to them: Thus it is written: and thus it behoved Christ to suffer: and to rise from the dead the third day:Ga 1:12: For I neither received it of man: neither was I taught it: but by the revelation of Jesus Christ."Christ"Mt 26:28: For this is my blood of the new testament: which is shed for many for the remission of sins.Ro 3:25: Whom God has set forth to be a propitiation through faith in His blood: to declare His righteousness for the remission of sins that are past: through the forbearance of God;Ro 4:25: Who was delivered for our offences: and was raised again for our justification.2Co 5:21: For He has made Him to be sin for us: who knew no sin; that we might be made the righteousness of God in Him.Ga 1:4: Who gave Himself for our sins: that He might deliver us from this present evil world: according to the will of God and our Father:Ga 3:13: Christ has redeemed us from the curse of the law: being made a curse for us: for it is written: Cursed is every one that hangs on a tree:Eph 1:7: In whom we have redemption through his blood: the forgiveness of sins: according to the riches of his grace;Eph 5:2: Walk in love: as Christ also has loved us: and has given Himself for us an offering and a sacrifice to God for a sweetsmelling savour.Heb 10:11: 12: Every priest stands daily ministering and offering oftentimes the same sacrifices: which can never take away sins:1Pe 2:24: Who his own self bare our sins in his own body on the tree: that we: being dead to sins: should live to righteousness: by whose stripes you were healed.1Pe 3:18: For Christ also has once suffered for sins: the just for the unjust: that He might bring us to God: being put to death in the flesh: but quickened by the Spirit:1Jo 2:2: He is the propitiation for our sins: not and for ours only: but also for the sins of the whole world.Re 1:5: From Jesus Christ: who is the faithful witness: and the first begotten of the dead: and the prince of the kings of the earth. To Him that loved us: and washed us from our sins in His own blood: "according"Ge 3:15: I will put enmity between you and the woman: and between your seed and her seed; it will bruise your head: and you will bruise his heel.Ps 22:1-31: Aijeleth Shahar: A Psalm of David.>> My God: my God: why have you forsaken me? why are you so far from helping me: and from the words of my roaring?Ps 69:1-36: A Psalm of David.>> Save me: O God; for the waters are come in to my soul.Isa 53:1-12: Who has believed our report? and to whom is the arm of the LORD revealed?Da 9:24-26: 70 weeks are determined upon your people and upon your holy city: to finish the transgression: and to make an end of sins: and to make reconciliation for iniquity: and to bring in everlasting righteousness: and to seal up the vision and prophecy: and to anoint the most Holy.Zec 13:7: Awake: O sword: against my shepherd: and against the man that is my fellow: says the LORD of hosts: smite the shepherd: and the sheep will be scattered: and I will turn my hand upon the little ones.Lu 24:26: 27: 46: not Ought Christ to have suffered these things: and to enter into His glory?Ac 3:18: But those things: which God before had showed by the mouth of all His prophets: that Christ should suffer: He has so fulfilled.Ac 26:22: 23: Having therefore obtained help of God: I continue to this day: witnessing both to small and great: saying none other things than those which the prophets and Moses did say should come:1Pe 1:11: Searching what: or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify: when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ: and the glory that should follow.1Pe 2:24: Who his own self bare our sins in his own body on the tree: that we: being dead to sins: should live to righteousness: by whose stripes you were healed.
και οτι εταφη και οτι εγηγερται τη τριτη ημερα κατα τας γραφας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2290ἐτάφη,etaphē (V-AIP-3S) G2290 θάπτω tháptō thap-to a primary verb; to celebrate funeral rites, i.e. inter:--bury.
|
ἐτάφη,etaphē
|
He was buried,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1453ἐγήγερταιegēgertai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγήγερταιegēgertai
|
He was raised
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2250ἡμέρᾳhēmera (N-DFS) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρᾳhēmera
|
day
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5154τρίτῃtritē (Adj-DFS) G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτῃtritē
|
third
|
Adj-DFS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G1124γραφάς,graphas (N-AFP) G1124 γραφή graphḗ graf-ay from γράφω; a document, i.e. holy Writ (or its contents or a statement in it):--scripture.
|
γραφάς,graphas
|
Scriptures,
|
N-AFP
|
4
That he was buried, and that he rose again the third day according to the scriptures:1 Corinthians 15:4
Stats
Counts: 89 characters, 16 words, 71 letters, 26 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οτι εταφη και οτι εγηγερται τη τριτη ημερα κατα τας γραφας
Lit: and that He was buried, and that He was raised the day the third according to the Scriptures,
KJV: And that he was buried, and that he rose again the third day according to the scriptures:
References
"that"Isa 53:9: He made his grave with the wicked: and with the rich in his death; because he had done no violence: neither was any deceit in his mouth.Mt 27:57-60: When the even was come: there came a rich man of Arimathaea: named Joseph: who also Himself was Jesus' disciple:Mr 15:43-46: Joseph of Arimathaea: an honourable counseller: which also waited for the kingdom of God: came: and went in boldly to Pilate: and craved the body of Jesus.Lu 23:50-53: And: look: there was a man named Joseph: a counseller; and he was a good man: and a just:Joh 19:38-42: After this Joseph of Arimathaea: being a disciple of Jesus: but secretly for fear of the Jews: besought Pilate that He might take away the body of Jesus: and Pilate gave Him leave. He came therefore: and took the body of Jesus.Ac 13:29: When they had fulfilled all that was written of him: they took him down from the tree: and laid him in a sepulchre.Ro 6:4: Therefore we are buried with Him by baptism into death: that like as Christ was raised up from the dead by the glory of the Father: even so we also should walk in newness of life.Col 2:12: Buried with Him in baptism: wherein also you are risen with Him through the faith of the operation of God: who has raised Him from the dead."he rose"1Co 15:16-21: For if the dead not rise: then not is Christ raised:Mt 20:19: will deliver him to the Gentiles to mock: and to scourge: and to crucify him: and the third day he will rise again.Mt 27:63: 64: Saying: Sir: we remember that that deceiver said: while he was yet alive: After 3 days I will rise again.Mt 28:1-6: In the end of the sabbath: as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week: came Mary Magdalene and the other Mary to see the sepulchre.Mr 9:31: For He taught His disciples: and said to them: The Son of man is delivered into the hands of men: and they will kill Him; and after that He is killed: He will rise the third day.Mr 10:33: 34: Saying: Look: we go up to Jerusalem; and the Son of man will be delivered to the chief priests: and to the scribes; and they will condemn Him to death: and will deliver Him to the Gentiles:Mr 16:2-7: Very early in the morning the first day of the week: they came to the sepulchre at the rising of the sun.Lu 9:22: Saying: The Son of man must suffer many things: and be rejected of the elders and chief priests and scribes: and be killed: and be raised the third day.Lu 18:32: 33: For he will be delivered to the Gentiles: and will be mocked: and spitefully entreated: and spitted on:Lu 24:5-7: As they were afraid: and bowed down their faces to the earth: they said to them: Why seek you the living among the dead?Joh 2:19-21: Jesus answered and said to them: Destroy this temple: and in 3 days I will raise it up.Joh 20:1-9: The first day of the week comes Mary Magdalene early: when it was yet dark: to the sepulchre: and sees the stone taken away from the sepulchre.Ac 1:3: To whom also He showed Himself alive after His passion by many infallible proofs: being seen of them 40 days: and speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God:Ac 2:23: 24: 32: Him: being delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God: you have taken: and by wicked hands have crucified and killed:Ac 13:30: But God raised Him from the dead:Ac 17:31: Because he has appointed a day: in the which he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he has ordained; whereof he has given assurance to all men: in that he has raised him from the dead.Heb 13:20: Now the God of peace: that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus: that great shepherd of the sheep: through the blood of the everlasting covenant: "according"Ps 2:7: I will declare the decree: the LORD has said to me: You are my Son; this day have I begotten you.Ps 16:10: 11: For you will not leave my soul in hell; neither will you suffer your Holy one to see corruption.Isa 53:10-12: Yet it pleased the LORD to bruise Him; He has put Him to grief: when you will make His soul an offering for sin: He will see His seed: He will prolong His days: and the pleasure of the LORD will prosper in His hand.Ho 6:2: After two days will he revive us: in the third day he will raise us up: and we will live in his sight.Jon 1:17: Now the LORD had prepared a great fish to swallow up Jonah. And Jonah was in the belly of the fish 3 days and 3 nights.Mt 12:40: For as Jonas was 3 days and 3 nights in the whale's belly; so will the Son of man be 3 days and 3 nights in the heart of the earth.Lu 24:26: 46: not Ought Christ to have suffered these things: and to enter into His glory?Ac 2:25-33: For David speaks concerning Him: I foresaw the Lord always before my face: for He is on my right hand: that I not should be moved:Ac 13:30-37: But God raised Him from the dead:Ac 26:22: 23: Having therefore obtained help of God: I continue to this day: witnessing both to small and great: saying none other things than those which the prophets and Moses did say should come:1Pe 1:11: Searching what: or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify: when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ: and the glory that should follow.
και οτι ωφθη κηφα ειτα τοις δωδεκα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3708ὤφθηōphthē (V-AIP-3S) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὤφθηōphthē
|
He appeared
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2786Κηφᾷ,Kēpha (N-DMS) G2786 Κηφᾶς Kēphâs kay-fas of Chaldee origin (compare כֵּף); the Rock; Cephas (i.e. Kepha), a surname of Peter:--Cephas.
|
Κηφᾷ,Kēpha
|
to Cephas,
|
N-DMS
|
G1534εἶταeita (Adv) G1534 εἶτα eîta i-tah of uncertain affinity; a particle of succession (in time or logical enumeration), then, moreover:--after that(-ward), furthermore, then. See also ἔπειτα.
|
εἶταeita
|
then
|
Adv
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G1427δώδεκα·dōdeka (Adj-DMP) G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκα·dōdeka
|
Twelve.
|
Adj-DMP
|
5
That he was seen of Cephas, then of the 12:1 Corinthians 15:5
Stats
Counts: 51 characters, 10 words, 39 letters, 14 vowels, 25 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οτι ωφθη κηφα ειτα τοις δωδεκα
Lit: and that He appeared to Cephas, then to the Twelve.
KJV: And that he was seen of Cephas, then of the twelve:
References
"that"Lu 24:34: 35: Saying: The Lord is risen indeed: and has appeared to Simon."Cephas"1Co 1:12: Now this I say: that every one of you says: I am of Paul; and I of Apollos; and I of Cephas; and I of Christ.1Co 3:22: Whether Paul: or Apollos: or Cephas: or the world: or life: or death: or things present: or things to come; all are yours;1Co 9:5: Have not we power to lead about a sister: a wife: as well as other apostles: and as the brothers of the Lord: and Cephas?Joh 1:42: He brought Him to Jesus. And when Jesus beheld Him: He said: You are Simon the son of Jona: you will be called Cephas: which is by interpretation: A stone."then"Mr 16:14: Afterward he appeared to the 11 as they sat at meat: and upbraided them with their unbelief and hardness of heart: because they not believed them which had seen him after he was risen.Lu 24:36-49: As they thus spoke: Jesus Himself stood in the middle of them: and says to them: Peace be to you.Joh 20:19-26: Then the same day at evening: being the first day of the week: when the doors were shut where the disciples were assembled for fear of the Jews: came Jesus and stood in the middle: and says to them: Peace be to you.Ac 1:2-14: Until the day in which He was taken up: after that He through the Holy Ghost had given commandments to the apostles whom He had chosen:Ac 10:41: Not to all the people: but to witnesses chosen before of God: even to us: who did eat and drink with Him after He rose from the dead.
επειτα ωφθη επανω πεντακοσιοις αδελφοις εφαπαξ εξ ων οι πλειους μενουσιν εως αρτι τινες δε και εκοιμηθησαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1899ἔπειταepeita (Adv) G1899 ἔπειτα épeita ep-i-tah from ἐπί and εἶτα; thereafter:--after that(-ward), then.
|
ἔπειταepeita
|
Thereafter
|
Adv
|
G3708ὤφθηōphthē (V-AIP-3S) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὤφθηōphthē
|
He appeared
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1883ἐπάνωepanō (Adv) G1883 ἐπάνω epánō ep-an-o from ἐπί and ἄνω; up above, i.e. over or on (of place, amount, rank, etc.):--above, more than, (up-)on, over.
|
ἐπάνωepanō
|
to more than
|
Adv
|
G4001πεντακοσίοιςpentakosiois (Adj-DMP) G4001 πεντακόσιοι pentakósioi pen-tak-os-ee-oy from πέντε and ἑκατόν; five hundred:--five hundred.
|
πεντακοσίοιςpentakosiois
|
five hundred
|
Adj-DMP
|
G80ἀδελφοῖςadelphois (N-DMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοῖςadelphois
|
brothers
|
N-DMP
|
G2178ἐφάπαξ,ephapax (Adv) G2178 ἐφάπαξ ephápax ef-ap-ax from ἐπί and ἅπαξ; upon one occasion (only):--(at) once (for all).
|
ἐφάπαξ,ephapax
|
at once,
|
Adv
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GMP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
whom
|
RelPro-GMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4119πλείονεςpleiones (Adj-NMP-C) G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλείονεςpleiones
|
greater part
|
Adj-NMP-C
|
G3306μένουσινmenousin (V-PIA-3P) G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μένουσινmenousin
|
remain
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep) G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Prep
|
G737ἄρτι,arti (Adv) G737 ἄρτι árti ar-tee adverb from a derivative of αἴρω (compare ἄρτος) through the idea of suspension; just now:--this day (hour), hence(-forth), here(-after), hither(-to), (even) now, (this) present.
|
ἄρτι,arti
|
now;
|
Adv
|
G5100τινὲςtines (IPro-NMP) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινὲςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2837ἐκοιμήθησαν·ekoimēthēsan (V-AIP-3P) G2837 κοιμάω koimáō koy-mah-o from κεῖμαι; to put to sleep, i.e. (passively or reflexively) to slumber; figuratively, to decease:--(be a-, fall a-, fall on) sleep, be dead.
|
ἐκοιμήθησαν·ekoimēthēsan
|
have fallen asleep.
|
V-AIP-3P
|
6
After that, he was seen of above 500 brothers at once; of whom the greater part remain to this present, but some are fallen asleep.1 Corinthians 15:6
Stats
Counts: 142 characters, 23 words, 113 letters, 45 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: επειτα ωφθη επανω πεντακοσιοις αδελφοις εφαπαξ εξ ων οι πλειους μενουσιν εως αρτι τινες δε και εκοιμηθησαν
Lit: Thereafter He appeared to more than five hundred brothers at once, of whom the greater part remain until now; some however have fallen asleep.
KJV: After that, he was seen of above five hundred brethren at once; of whom the greater part remain unto this present, but some are fallen asleep.
References
"he was"Mt 28:10: 16: 17: Then said Jesus to them: not Be afraid: go tell my brothers that they go into Galilee: and there will they see me.Mr 16:7: But go your way: tell his disciples and Peter that he goes before you into Galilee: there will you see him: as he said to you."are"1Co 15:18: Then they also which are fallen asleep in Christ are perished.Ac 7:60: He kneeled down: and cried with a loud voice: Lord: not lay this sin to their charge. And when He had said this: He fell asleep.Ac 13:36: For David: after He had served His own generation by the will of God: fell on sleep: and was laid to His fathers: and saw corruption:1Th 4:13: 15: But I not would have you to be ignorant: brothers: concerning them which are asleep: that you not sorrow: even as others which have no hope.2Pe 3:4: Saying: Where is the promise of his coming? for since the fathers fell asleep: all things continue as they were from the beginning of the creation.
επειτα ωφθη ιακωβω ειτα τοις αποστολοις πασιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1899ἔπειταepeita (Adv) G1899 ἔπειτα épeita ep-i-tah from ἐπί and εἶτα; thereafter:--after that(-ward), then.
|
ἔπειταepeita
|
Then
|
Adv
|
G3708ὤφθηōphthē (V-AIP-3S) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὤφθηōphthē
|
He appeared
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2385Ἰακώβῳ,Iakōbō (N-DMS) G2385 Ἰάκωβος Iákōbos ee-ak-o-bos the same as Ἰακώβ Græcized; Jacobus, the name of three Israelites:--James.
|
Ἰακώβῳ,Iakōbō
|
to James,
|
N-DMS
|
G1534εἶταeita (Adv) G1534 εἶτα eîta i-tah of uncertain affinity; a particle of succession (in time or logical enumeration), then, moreover:--after that(-ward), furthermore, then. See also ἔπειτα.
|
εἶταeita
|
then
|
Adv
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G652ἀποστόλοιςapostolois (N-DMP) G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλοιςapostolois
|
apostles
|
N-DMP
|
G3956πᾶσιν·pasin (Adj-DMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσιν·pasin
|
all.
|
Adj-DMP
|
7
After that, he was seen of James; then of all the apostles.1 Corinthians 15:7
Stats
Counts: 59 characters, 10 words, 45 letters, 17 vowels, 28 consonants
Translation
Greek: επειτα ωφθη ιακωβω ειτα τοις αποστολοις πασιν
Lit: Then He appeared to James, then to the apostles all.
KJV: After that, he was seen of James; then of all the apostles.
References
"then"Lu 24:50: He led them out as far as to Bethany: and he lifted up his hands: and blessed them.Ac 1:2-12: Until the day in which He was taken up: after that He through the Holy Ghost had given commandments to the apostles whom He had chosen:
εσχατον δε παντων ωσπερει τω εκτρωματι ωφθη καμοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2078ἔσχατονeschaton (Adj-ANS) G2078 ἔσχατος éschatos es-khat-os a superlative probably from ἔχω (in the sense of contiguity); farthest, final (of place or time):--ends of, last, latter end, lowest, uttermost.
|
ἔσχατονeschaton
|
Last
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
of all,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G5619ὡσπερεὶhōsperei (Adv) G5619 ὡσπερεί hōspereí hoce-per-i from ὥσπερ and εἰ; just as if, i.e. as it were:--as.
|
ὡσπερεὶhōsperei
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G1626ἐκτρώματιektrōmati (N-DNS) G1626 ἔκτρωμα éktrōma ek-tro-mah from a comparative of ἐκ and (to wound); a miscarriage (abortion), i.e. (by analogy) untimely birth:--born out of due time.
|
ἐκτρώματιektrōmati
|
untimely birth,
|
N-DNS
|
G3708ὤφθηōphthē (V-AIP-3S) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὤφθηōphthē
|
He appeared
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2504κἀμοί.kamoi (PPro-D1S) G2504 κἀγώ kagṓ kam-eh from καί and ἐγώ; so also the dative case , and accusative case and (or also, even, etc.) I, (to) me:--(and, even, even so, so) I (also, in like wise), both me, me also.
|
κἀμοί.kamoi
|
also to me.
|
PPro-D1S
|
8
Last of all he was seen of me also, as of one born out of due time.1 Corinthians 15:8
Stats
Counts: 71 characters, 17 words, 52 letters, 24 vowels, 28 consonants
Translation
Greek: εσχατον δε παντων ωσπερει τω εκτρωματι ωφθη καμοι
Lit: Last then of all, as the untimely birth, He appeared also to me.
KJV: And last of all he was seen of me also, as of one born out of due time.
References
"he was"1Co 9:1: Am not I an apostle? am not I free? have not I seen Jesus Christ our Lord? not are you my work in the Lord?Ac 9:3-5: 17: As he journeyed: he came near Damascus: and suddenly there shined round about him a light from heaven:Ac 18:9: Then spoke the Lord to Paul in the night by a vision: not Be afraid: but speak: and not hold your peace:Ac 22:14: 18: He said: The God of our fathers has chosen you: that you should'>should know His will: and see that Just one: and should'>should hear the voice of His mouth.Ac 26:16: But rise: and stand upon your feet: for I have appeared to you for this purpose: to make you a minister and a witness both of these things which you have seen: and of those things in the which I will appear to you;2Co 12:1-6: It not is expedient for me doubtless to glory. I will come to visions and revelations of the Lord.
εγω γαρ ειμι ο ελαχιστος των αποστολων ος ουκ ειμι ικανος καλεισθαι αποστολος διοτι εδιωξα την εκκλησιαν του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1473ἘγὼEgō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγὼEgō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1510εἰμιeimi (V-PIA-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμιeimi
|
am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1646ἐλάχιστοςelachistos (Adj-NMS-S) G1646 ἐλάχιστος eláchistos el-akh-is-tos superlative of (short); used as equivalent to μικρός; least (in size, amount, dignity, etc.):--least, very little (small), smallest.
|
ἐλάχιστοςelachistos
|
least
|
Adj-NMS-S
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G652ἀποστόλων,apostolōn (N-GMP) G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλων,apostolōn
|
apostles,
|
N-GMP
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510εἰμὶeimi (V-PIA-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμὶeimi
|
am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2425ἱκανὸςhikanos (Adj-NMS) G2425 ἱκανός hikanós hik-an-os from ( or , akin to ἥκω) (to arrive); competent (as if coming in season), i.e. ample (in amount) or fit (in character):--able, + content, enough, good, great, large, long (while), many, meet, much, security, sore, sufficient, worthy.
|
ἱκανὸςhikanos
|
fit
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2564καλεῖσθαιkaleisthai (V-PNM/P) G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλεῖσθαιkaleisthai
|
to be called
|
V-PNM/P
|
G652ἀπόστολος,apostolos (N-NMS) G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀπόστολος,apostolos
|
an apostle,
|
N-NMS
|
G1360διότιdioti (Conj) G1360 διότι dióti dee-ot-ee from διά and ὅτι; on the very account that, or inasmuch as:--because (that), for, therefore.
|
διότιdioti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G1377ἐδίωξαediōxa (V-AIA-1S) G1377 διώκω diṓkō dee-o-ko a prolonged (and causative) form of a primary verb (to flee; compare the base of δειλός and διάκονος); to pursue (literally or figuratively); by implication, to persecute:--ensue, follow (after), given to, (suffer) persecute(-ion), press forward.
|
ἐδίωξαediōxa
|
I persecuted
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίανekklēsian (N-AFS) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίανekklēsian
|
church
|
N-AFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ·Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ·Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
9
For I am the least of the apostles, that not am meet to be called an apostle, because I persecuted the church of God.1 Corinthians 15:9
Stats
Counts: 117 characters, 22 words, 91 letters, 37 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγω γαρ ειμι ο ελαχιστος των αποστολων ος ουκ ειμι ικανος καλεισθαι αποστολος διοτι εδιωξα την εκκλησιαν του θεου
Lit: I for am the least of the apostles, who not am fit to be called an apostle, because I persecuted the church of God.
KJV: For I am the least of the apostles, that am not meet to be called an apostle, because I persecuted the church of God.
References
"the least"2Co 11:5: For I suppose I not was a whit behind the very chief apostles.2Co 12:11: I am become a fool in glorying; you have compelled me: for I ought to have been commended of you: for not inhing am I behind the very chief apostles: though I not behing.Eph 3:7: 8: Whereof I was made a minister: according to the gift of the grace of God given to me by the effectual working of His power."because"Ac 8:3: As for Saul: he made havock of the church: entering into every house: and haling men and women committed them to prison.Ac 9:1-19: Saul: yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord: went to the high priest: Ac 22:4: 5: I persecuted this way to the death: binding and delivering into prisons both men and women.Ac 26:9-11: I truly thought with myself: that I ought to do many things contrary to the name of Jesus of Nazareth.Ga 1:13: 23: For you have heard of my conversation in time past in the Jews' religion: how that beyond measure I persecuted the church of God: and wasted it:Php 3:6: Concerning zeal: persecuting the church; touching the righteousness which is in the law: blameless.1Ti 1:13: 14: Who was before a blasphemer: and a persecutor: and injurious: but I obtained mercy: because I did it ignorantly in unbelief.
χαριτι δε θεου ειμι ο ειμι και η χαρις αυτου η εις εμε ου κενη εγενηθη αλλα περισσοτερον αυτων παντων εκοπιασα ουκ εγω δε αλλ η χαρις του θεου η συν εμοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5485χάριτιchariti (N-DFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριτιchariti
|
By the grace
|
N-DFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G1510εἰμιeimi (V-PIA-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμιeimi
|
I am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3739ὅho (RelPro-NNS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὅho
|
what
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G1510εἰμι,eimi (V-PIA-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμι,eimi
|
I am,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G5485χάριςcharis (N-NFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριςcharis
|
grace
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
toward
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμὲeme (PPro-A1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμὲeme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2756κενὴkenē (Adj-NFS) G2756 κενός kenós ken-os apparently a primary word; empty (literally or figuratively):--empty, (in) vain.
|
κενὴkenē
|
void
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1096ἐγενήθη,egenēthē (V-AIP-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγενήθη,egenēthē
|
has been.
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
Rather,
|
Conj
|
G4053περισσότερονperissoteron (Adj-ANS-C) G4053 περισσός perissós per-is-sos from περί (in the sense of beyond); superabundant (in quantity) or superior (in quality); by implication, excessive; adverbially (with ἐκ) violently; neuter (as noun) preeminence:--exceeding abundantly above, more abundantly, advantage, exceedingly, very highly, beyond measure, more, superfluous, vehement(-ly).
|
περισσότερονperissoteron
|
more abundantly
|
Adj-ANS-C
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
than them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
all
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2872ἐκοπίασα,ekopiasa (V-AIA-1S) G2872 κοπιάω kopiáō kop-ee-ah-o from a derivative of κόπος; to feel fatigue; by implication, to work hard:--(bestow) labour, toil, be wearied.
|
ἐκοπίασα,ekopiasa
|
I toiled,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however,
|
Conj
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G5485χάριςcharis (N-NFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριςcharis
|
grace
|
N-NFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G3588‹ἡ›hē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
‹ἡ›hē
|
that was
|
Art-NFS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep) G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοί.emoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοί.emoi
|
me.
|
PPro-D1S
|
10
But by the grace of God I am what I am: and His grace which was bestowed upon me not was in vain; but I laboured more abundantly than they all: not yet I, but the grace of God which was with me.1 Corinthians 15:10
Stats
Counts: 194 characters, 39 words, 147 letters, 55 vowels, 92 consonants
Translation
Greek: χαριτι δε θεου ειμι ο ειμι και η χαρις αυτου η εις εμε ου κενη εγενηθη αλλα περισσοτερον αυτων παντων εκοπιασα ουκ εγω δε αλλ η χαρις του θεου η συν εμοι
Lit: By the grace however of God, I am what I am, and the grace of Him toward me not void has been. Rather, more abundantly than them all I toiled, not I however, but the grace of God that was with me.
KJV: But by the grace of God I am what I am: and his grace which was bestowed upon me was not in vain; but I laboured more abundantly than they all: yet not I, but the grace of God which was with me.
References
"by"1Co 4:7: For who makes you to differ from another? and what have you that you did not receive? now if you did receive it: why do you glory: as if you not hadst received it?Ro 11:1: 5: 6: I say then: Has God cast away His people? God forbid. For I also am an Israelite: of the seed of Abraham: of the tribe of Benjamin.Eph 2:7: 8: That in the ages to come He might show the exceeding riches of His grace in His kindness toward us through Christ Jesus.Eph 3:7: 8: Whereof I was made a minister: according to the gift of the grace of God given to me by the effectual working of His power.1Ti 1:15: 16: This is a faithful saying: and worthy of all acceptation: that Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners; of whom I am chief."his grace"1Co 15:2: By which also you are saved: if you keep in memory what I preached to you: unless you have believed in vain.2Co 6:1: We then: as workers together with Him: beseech you also that you not receive the grace of God in vain."but I"Ro 15:17-20: I have therefore whereof I may glory through Jesus Christ in those things which pertain to God.2Co 10:12-16: For we not dare make ourselves of the number: or compare ourselves with some that commend themselves: but they measuring themselves by themselves: and comparing themselves among themselves: not are wise.2Co 11:23-30: Are they ministers of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abundant: in stripes above measure: in prisons more frequent: in deaths often.2Co 12:11: I am become a fool in glorying; you have compelled me: for I ought to have been commended of you: for not inhing am I behind the very chief apostles: though I not behing."yet"Mt 10:20: For it not is you that speak: but the Spirit of your Father which speaks in you.2Co 3:5: Not that we are sufficient of ourselves to think any thing as of ourselves; but our sufficiency is of God;Ga 2:8: (For he who wrought effectually in Peter to the apostleship of the circumcision: the same was mighty in me toward the Gentiles:)Eph 3:7: Whereof I was made a minister: according to the gift of the grace of God given to me by the effectual working of His power.Php 2:13: For it is God which works in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure.Php 4:13: I can do all things through Christ which strengthens me.Col 1:28: 29: Whom we preach: warning every man: and teaching every man in all wisdom; that we may present every man perfect in Christ Jesus:
ειτε ουν εγω ειτε εκεινοι ουτως κηρυσσομεν και ουτως επιστευσατε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
Whether
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1535εἴτεeite (Conj) G1535 εἴτε eíte i-teh from εἰ and τέ; if too:--if, or, whether.
|
εἴτεeite
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1565ἐκεῖνοι,ekeinoi (DPro-NMP) G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκεῖνοι,ekeinoi
|
they,
|
DPro-NMP
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G2784κηρύσσομενkēryssomen (V-PIA-1P) G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
κηρύσσομενkēryssomen
|
we preach,
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G4100ἐπιστεύσατε.episteusate (V-AIA-2P) G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.
|
ἐπιστεύσατε.episteusate
|
you believed.
|
V-AIA-2P
|
11
Therefore whether it were I or they, so we preach, and so you believed.1 Corinthians 15:11
Stats
Counts: 70 characters, 12 words, 54 letters, 23 vowels, 31 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειτε ουν εγω ειτε εκεινοι ουτως κηρυσσομεν και ουτως επιστευσατε
Lit: Whether therefore I or they, thus we preach, and thus you believed.
KJV: Therefore whether it were I or they, so we preach, and so ye believed.
References
"Therefore whether it were I or they, so we preach, and so ye believed."1Co 15:3: 4: For I delivered to you first of all that which I also received: how that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures;1Co 2:2: For I not determined to know any thing among you: save Jesus Christ: and Him crucified.
Our Hope in the Resurrection
ει δε χριστος κηρυσσεται οτι εκ νεκρων εγηγερται πως λεγουσιν τινες εν υμιν οτι αναστασις νεκρων ουκ εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἰEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5547ΧριστὸςChristos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸςChristos
|
Christ
|
N-NMS
|
G2784κηρύσσεταιkēryssetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
κηρύσσεταιkēryssetai
|
is preached
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G3498νεκρῶνnekrōn (Adj-GMP) G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶνnekrōn
|
the dead
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1453ἐγήγερται,egēgertai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγήγερται,egēgertai
|
He has been raised,
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv) G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
how
|
Adv
|
G3004λέγουσινlegousin (V-PIA-3P) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσινlegousin
|
say
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G386ἀνάστασιςanastasis (N-NFS) G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.
|
ἀνάστασιςanastasis
|
a resurrection
|
N-NFS
|
G3498νεκρῶνnekrōn (Adj-GMP) G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶνnekrōn
|
of the dead
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστιν;estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστιν;estin
|
there is?
|
V-PIA-3S
|
12
Now if Christ be preached that He rose from the dead, how say some among you that there is no resurrection of the dead?1 Corinthians 15:12
Stats
Rank: #2242 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 119 characters, 23 words, 94 letters, 37 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει δε χριστος κηρυσσεται οτι εκ νεκρων εγηγερται πως λεγουσιν τινες εν υμιν οτι αναστασις νεκρων ουκ εστιν
Lit: If now Christ is preached that out from the dead He has been raised, how say among you some that a resurrection of the dead not there is?
KJV: Now if Christ be preached that he rose from the dead, how say some among you that there is no resurrection of the dead?
References
"how"1Co 15:13-19: But if there be no resurrection of the dead: then is not Christ risen:Ac 26:8: Why should it be thought a thing incredible with you: that God should raise the dead?2Th 2:17: Comfort your hearts: and stablish you in every good word and work.
ει δε αναστασις νεκρων ουκ εστιν ουδε χριστος εγηγερται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G386ἀνάστασιςanastasis (N-NFS) G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.
|
ἀνάστασιςanastasis
|
a resurrection
|
N-NFS
|
G3498νεκρῶνnekrōn (Adj-GMP) G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶνnekrōn
|
of the dead
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστιν,estin
|
there is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Adv) G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
neither
|
Adv
|
G5547ΧριστὸςChristos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸςChristos
|
Christ
|
N-NMS
|
G1453ἐγήγερται·egēgertai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγήγερται·egēgertai
|
has been raised;
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
13
But if there be no resurrection of the dead, then is not Christ risen:1 Corinthians 15:13
Stats
Counts: 70 characters, 13 words, 55 letters, 21 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει δε αναστασις νεκρων ουκ εστιν ουδε χριστος εγηγερται
Lit: If however a resurrection of the dead not there is, neither Christ has been raised;
KJV: But if there be no resurrection of the dead, then is Christ not risen:
References
"But if there be no resurrection of the dead, then is Christ not risen:"1Co 15:20: But now is Christ risen from the dead: and become the firstfruits of them that slept.Joh 11:25: 26: Jesus said to her: I am the resurrection: and the life: He that'>He who believes in me: though He were dead: yet will He live:Ac 23:8: For the Sadducees say that there is no resurrection: neither angel: nor spirit: but the Pharisees confess both.Ro 4:24: 25: But for us also: to whom it will be imputed: if we believe on Him that raised up Jesus our Lord from the dead;Ro 8:11: 23: But if the Spirit of Him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwell in you: He that'>He who raised up Christ from the dead will also quicken your mortal bodies by His Spirit that dwells in you.2Co 4:10-14: Always bearing about in the body the dying of the Lord Jesus: that the life also of Jesus might be made manifest in our body.Col 3:1-4: If you then be risen with Christ: seek those things which are above: where Christ sits on the right hand of God.1Th 4:14: For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again: even so them also which sleep in Jesus will God bring with Him.2Ti 4:8: Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness: which the Lord: the righteous judge: will give me at that day: not and to me only: but to all them also that love His appearing.Heb 2:14: Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood: he also himself likewise took part of the same; that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death: that is: the devil;Heb 13:20: Now the God of peace: that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus: that great shepherd of the sheep: through the blood of the everlasting covenant: 1Pe 1:3: Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: which according to His abundant mercy has begotten us again to a lively hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead: Re 1:18: I am he who lives: and was dead; and: look: I am alive for evermore: Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death.
ει δε χριστος ουκ εγηγερται κενον αρα το κηρυγμα ημων κενη δε και η πιστις υμων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5547ΧριστὸςChristos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸςChristos
|
Christ
|
N-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1453ἐγήγερται,egēgertai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγήγερται,egēgertai
|
has been raised,
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G2756κενὸνkenon (Adj-NNS) G2756 κενός kenós ken-os apparently a primary word; empty (literally or figuratively):--empty, (in) vain.
|
κενὸνkenon
|
is void
|
Adj-NNS
|
G686ἄραara (Conj) G686 ἄρα ára ar-ah probably from αἴρω (through the idea of drawing a conclusion); a particle denoting an inference more or less decisive (as follows):--haply, (what) manner (of man), no doubt, perhaps, so be, then, therefore, truly, wherefore. Often used in connection with other particles, especially γέ or οὖν (after) or εἰ (before). Compare also ἆρα.,
|
ἄραara
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2532[καὶ]kai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
[καὶ]kai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2782κήρυγμαkērygma (N-NNS) G2782 κήρυγμα kḗrygma kay-roog-mah from κηρύσσω; a proclamation (especially of the gospel; by implication, the gospel itself):--preaching.
|
κήρυγμαkērygma
|
preaching
|
N-NNS
|
G1473ἡμῶν,hēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν,hēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2756κενὴkenē (Adj-NFS) G2756 κενός kenós ken-os apparently a primary word; empty (literally or figuratively):--empty, (in) vain.
|
κενὴkenē
|
void
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4102πίστιςpistis (N-NFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστιςpistis
|
faith
|
N-NFS
|
G4771ὑμῶν·hymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν·hymōn
|
of you.
|
PPro-G2P
|
14
If Christ not be risen, then is our preaching vain, and your faith is also vain.1 Corinthians 15:14
Stats
Counts: 86 characters, 13 words, 65 letters, 26 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει δε χριστος ουκ εγηγερται κενον αρα το κηρυγμα ημων κενη δε και η πιστις υμων
Lit: if then Christ not has been raised, is void then also the preaching of us, void also the faith of you.
KJV: And if Christ be not risen, then is our preaching vain, and your faith [is] also vain.
References
"And if Christ be not risen, then is our preaching vain, and your faith is also vain."1Co 15:2: 17: By which also you are saved: if you keep in memory what I preached to you: unless you have believed in vain.Ps 73:13: Truly I have cleansed my heart in vain: and washed my hands in innocency.Isa 49:4: Then I said: I have laboured in vain: I have spent my strength for nought: and in vain: yet surely my judgment is with the LORD: and my work with my God.Ge 8:8: Also he sent forth a dove from him: to see if the waters were abated from off the face of the ground;Mt 15:9: But in vain they do worship me: teaching for doctrines the commandments of men.Ac 17:31: Because he has appointed a day: in the which he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he has ordained; whereof he has given assurance to all men: in that he has raised him from the dead.Ga 2:2: I went up by revelation: and communicated to them that gospel which I preach among the Gentiles: but privately to them which were of reputation: lest by any means I should run: or had run: in vain.Jas 1:26: If any man among you seem to be religious: and bridles not his tongue: but deceives his own heart: this man's religion is vain.Jas 2:20: But will you know: O vain man: that faith without works is dead?
ευρισκομεθα δε και ψευδομαρτυρες του θεου οτι εμαρτυρησαμεν κατα του θεου οτι ηγειρεν τον χριστον ον ουκ ηγειρεν ειπερ αρα νεκροι ουκ εγειρονται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2147εὑρισκόμεθαheuriskometha (V-PIM/P-1P) G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρισκόμεθαheuriskometha
|
We are found
|
V-PIM/P-1P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G5575ψευδομάρτυρεςpseudomartyres (N-NMP) G5575 ψευδομάρτυρ pseudomártyr psyoo-dom-ar-toor from ψευδής and a kindred form of μάρτυς; a spurious witness, i.e. bearer of untrue testimony:--false witness.,
|
ψευδομάρτυρεςpseudomartyres
|
false witnesses
|
N-NMP
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G3140ἐμαρτυρήσαμενemartyrēsamen (V-AIA-1P) G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
ἐμαρτυρήσαμενemartyrēsamen
|
we have witnessed
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God,
|
N-GMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1453ἤγειρενēgeiren (V-AIA-3S) G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἤγειρενēgeiren
|
He raised up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5547Χριστόν,Christon (N-AMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστόν,Christon
|
Christ,
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1453ἤγειρενēgeiren (V-AIA-3S) G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἤγειρενēgeiren
|
He has raised
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1512εἴπερeiper (Conj) G1512 εἴ περ eí per i per from εἰ and περ; if perhaps:--if so be (that), seeing, though.
|
εἴπερeiper
|
if
|
Conj
|
G686ἄραara (Conj) G686 ἄρα ára ar-ah probably from αἴρω (through the idea of drawing a conclusion); a particle denoting an inference more or less decisive (as follows):--haply, (what) manner (of man), no doubt, perhaps, so be, then, therefore, truly, wherefore. Often used in connection with other particles, especially γέ or οὖν (after) or εἰ (before). Compare also ἆρα.,
|
ἄραara
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3498νεκροὶnekroi (Adj-NMP) G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκροὶnekroi
|
the dead
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1453ἐγείρονται.egeirontai (V-PIM/P-3P) G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγείρονται.egeirontai
|
are raised.
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
15
Yes, and we are found false witnesses of God; because we have testified of God that He raised up Christ: whom He not raised up, if so be that the dead not rise.1 Corinthians 15:15
Stats
Counts: 160 characters, 29 words, 123 letters, 52 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: ευρισκομεθα δε και ψευδομαρτυρες του θεου οτι εμαρτυρησαμεν κατα του θεου οτι ηγειρεν τον χριστον ον ουκ ηγειρεν ειπερ αρα νεκροι ουκ εγειρονται
Lit: We are found then also false witnesses of God, because we have witnessed concerning God, that He raised up Christ, whom not He has raised if then the dead not are raised.
KJV: Yea, and we are found false witnesses of God; because we have testified of God that he raised up Christ: whom he raised not up, if so be that the dead rise not.
References
"faults"Ex 23:3: Neither will you face a poor man in his cause.Job 13:7-10: Will you speak wickedly for God? and talk deceitfully for Him?Ro 3:7: 8: For if the truth of God has more abounded through my lie to His glory; why yet am I also judged as a sinner?"we have"Ac 2:24: 32: Whom God has raised up: having loosed the pains of death: because it not was possible that He should be holden of it.Ac 4:10: 33: Be it known to you all: and to all the people of Israel: that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth: whom you crucified: whom God raised from the dead: even by Him does this man stand here before you whole.Ac 10:39-42: We are witnesses of all things which he did both in the land of the Jews: and in Jerusalem; whom they killed and hanged on a tree:Ac 13:30-33: But God raised Him from the dead:Ac 20:21: Testifying both to the Jews: and also to the Greeks: repentance toward God: and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ."whom"1Co 15:13: 20: But if there be no resurrection of the dead: then is not Christ risen:
ει γαρ νεκροι ουκ εγειρονται ουδε χριστος εγηγερται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487Εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
Εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3498νεκροὶnekroi (Adj-NMP) G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκροὶnekroi
|
the dead
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1453ἐγείρονται,egeirontai (V-PIM/P-3P) G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγείρονται,egeirontai
|
are raised,
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Adv) G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
neither
|
Adv
|
G5547ΧριστὸςChristos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸςChristos
|
Christ
|
N-NMS
|
G1453ἐγήγερται·egēgertai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγήγερται·egēgertai
|
has been raised;
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
16
For if the dead not rise, then not is Christ raised:1 Corinthians 15:16
Stats
Rank: #2181 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 52 characters, 10 words, 40 letters, 15 vowels, 25 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει γαρ νεκροι ουκ εγειρονται ουδε χριστος εγηγερται
Lit: If for the dead not are raised, neither Christ has been raised;
KJV: For if the dead rise not, then is not Christ raised:
ει δε χριστος ουκ εγηγερται ματαια η πιστις υμων ετι εστε εν ταις αμαρτιαις υμων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5547ΧριστὸςChristos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸςChristos
|
Christ
|
N-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1453ἐγήγερται,egēgertai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγήγερται,egēgertai
|
has been raised,
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G3152ματαίαmataia (Adj-NFS) G3152 μάταιος mátaios mat-ah-yos from the base of μάτην; empty, i.e. (literally) profitless, or (specially), an idol:--vain, vanity.
|
ματαίαmataia
|
futile
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4102πίστιςpistis (N-NFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστιςpistis
|
faith
|
N-NFS
|
G4771ὑμῶν,hymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν,hymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1510(ἐστίν)estin (V-PI-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
(ἐστίν)estin
|
is;
|
V-PI-3S
|
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv) G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
still
|
Adv
|
G1510ἐστὲeste (V-PIA-2P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστὲeste
|
you are
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G266ἁμαρτίαιςhamartiais (N-DFP) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίαιςhamartiais
|
sins
|
N-DFP
|
G4771ὑμῶν.hymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν.hymōn
|
of you.
|
PPro-G2P
|
17
If Christ not be raised, your faith is vain; you are yet in your sins.1 Corinthians 15:17
Stats
Counts: 73 characters, 14 words, 55 letters, 23 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει δε χριστος ουκ εγηγερται ματαια η πιστις υμων ετι εστε εν ταις αμαρτιαις υμων
Lit: if then Christ not has been raised, futile the faith of you is; still you are in the sins of you.
KJV: And if Christ be not raised, your faith is vain; ye are yet in your sins.
References
"your"1Co 15:2: 14: By which also you are saved: if you keep in memory what I preached to you: unless you have believed in vain.Ro 4:25: Who was delivered for our offences: and was raised again for our justification."ye are"Eze 33:10: Therefore: O you son of man: speak to the house of Israel; Thus you speak: saying: If our transgressions and our sins be upon us: and we pine away in them: how should we then live?Joh 8:21-24: Then said Jesus again to them: I go my way: and you will seek me: and will die in your sins: whither I go: you cannot come.Ac 5:31: Him has God exalted with His right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour: for to give repentance to Israel: and forgiveness of sins.Ac 13:38: 39: Be it known to you therefore: men and brothers: that through this man is preached to you the forgiveness of sins:Ro 5:10: For if: when we were enemies: we were reconciled to God by the death of His Son: much more: being reconciled: we will be saved by His life.Ro 8:33: 34: Who will lay any thing to the charge of God's elect? It is God that justifies.Heb 7:23-28: They truly were many priests: because they not were suffered to continue by reason of death:Heb 9:22-28: Almost all things are by the law purged with blood; and without shedding of blood is no remission.Heb 10:4-12: For it is not possible that the blood of bulls and of goats should take away sins.1Pe 1:3: 21: Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: which according to His abundant mercy has begotten us again to a lively hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead:
αρα και οι κοιμηθεντες εν χριστω απωλοντο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G686ἄραara (Conj) G686 ἄρα ára ar-ah probably from αἴρω (through the idea of drawing a conclusion); a particle denoting an inference more or less decisive (as follows):--haply, (what) manner (of man), no doubt, perhaps, so be, then, therefore, truly, wherefore. Often used in connection with other particles, especially γέ or οὖν (after) or εἰ (before). Compare also ἆρα.,
|
ἄραara
|
Then
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G2837κοιμηθέντεςkoimēthentes (V-APP-NMP) G2837 κοιμάω koimáō koy-mah-o from κεῖμαι; to put to sleep, i.e. (passively or reflexively) to slumber; figuratively, to decease:--(be a-, fall a-, fall on) sleep, be dead.
|
κοιμηθέντεςkoimēthentes
|
having fallen asleep
|
V-APP-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5547ΧριστῷChristō (N-DMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστῷChristō
|
Christ
|
N-DMS
|
G622ἀπώλοντο.apōlonto (V-AIM-3P) G622 ἀπόλλυμι apóllymi ap-ol-loo-mee from ἀπό and the base of ὄλεθρος; to destroy fully (reflexively, to perish, or lose), literally or figuratively:--destroy, die, lose, mar, perish.
|
ἀπώλοντο.apōlonto
|
have perished.
|
V-AIM-3P
|
18
Then they also which are fallen asleep in Christ are perished.1 Corinthians 15:18
Stats
Rank: #5118 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 62 characters, 11 words, 51 letters, 19 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: αρα και οι κοιμηθεντες εν χριστω απωλοντο
Lit: Then also those having fallen asleep in Christ have perished.
KJV: Then they also which are fallen asleep in Christ are perished.
References
"fallen"1Co 15:6: After that: he was seen of above 500 brothers at once; of whom the greater part remain to this present: but some are fallen asleep.1Th 4:13: 14: But I not would have you to be ignorant: brothers: concerning them which are asleep: that you not sorrow: even as others which have no hope.Re 14:13: I heard a voice from heaven saying to me: Write: Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yes: says the Spirit: that they may rest from their labours; and their works do follow them.
ει εν τη ζωη ταυτη ηλπικοτες εσμεν εν χριστω μονον ελεεινοτεροι παντων ανθρωπων εσμεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2222ζωῇzōē (N-DFS) G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωῇzōē
|
life
|
N-DFS
|
G3778ταύτῃtautē (DPro-DFS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτῃtautē
|
this,
|
DPro-DFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5547ΧριστῷChristō (N-DMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστῷChristō
|
Christ
|
N-DMS
|
G1679ἠλπικότεςēlpikotes (V-RPA-NMP) G1679 ἐλπίζω elpízō el-pid-zo from ἐλπίς; to expect or confide:--(have, thing) hope(-d) (for), trust.
|
ἠλπικότεςēlpikotes
|
having hope
|
V-RPA-NMP
|
G1510ἐσμὲνesmen (V-PIA-1P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐσμὲνesmen
|
we are,
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G3440μόνον,monon (Adv) G3440 μόνον mónon mon-on neuter of μόνος as adverb; merely:--alone, but, only.
|
μόνον,monon
|
only,
|
Adv
|
G1652ἐλεεινότεροιeleeinoteroi (Adj-NMP-C) G1652 ἐλεεινός eleeinós el-eh-i-nos from ἔλεος; pitiable:--miserable.
|
ἐλεεινότεροιeleeinoteroi
|
more to be pitied
|
Adj-NMP-C
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
than all
|
Adj-GMP
|
G444ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn (N-GMP) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn
|
men
|
N-GMP
|
G1510ἐσμέν.esmen (V-PIA-1P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐσμέν.esmen
|
we are.
|
V-PIA-1P
|
19
If in this life only we have hope in Christ, we are of all men most miserable.1 Corinthians 15:19
Stats
Counts: 78 characters, 16 words, 60 letters, 24 vowels, 36 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει εν τη ζωη ταυτη ηλπικοτες εσμεν εν χριστω μονον ελεεινοτεροι παντων ανθρωπων εσμεν
Lit: If in the life this, in Christ having hope we are, only, more to be pitied than all men we are.
KJV: If in this life only we have hope in Christ, we are of all men most miserable.
References
"this"Ps 17:14: From men which are your hand: O LORD: from men of the world: which have their portion in this life: and whose belly you fill with your hid treasure: they are full of children: and leave the rest of their substance to their babes.Ec 6:11: Seeing there be many things that increase vanity: what is man the better?Ec 9:9: Live joyfully with the wife whom you love all the days of the life of your vanity: which he has given you under the sun: all the days of your vanity: for that is your portion in this life: and in your labour which you take under the sun.Lu 8:14: That which fell among thorns are they: which: when they have heard: go forth: and are choked with cares and riches and pleasures of this life: and bring no fruit to perfection.Lu 21:34: Take heed to yourselves: lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting: and drunkenness: and cares of this life: and so that day come upon you unawares.1Co 6:3: 4: Know you not that we will judge angels? how much more things that pertain to this life?2Ti 2:4: No man that wars entangles himself with the affairs of this life; that he may please him who has chosen him to be a soldier."hope"Eph 1:12: 13: That we should be to the praise of His glory: who first trusted in Christ.1Th 1:3: Remembering without ceasing your work of faith: and labour of love: and patience of hope in our Lord Jesus Christ: in the sight of God and our Father;2Ti 1:12: For the which cause I also suffer these things: nevertheless I not am ashamed: for I know whom I have believed: and am persuaded that he is able to keep that which I have committed to him against that day.1Pe 1:21: Who by Him do believe in God: that raised Him up from the dead: and gave Him glory; that your faith and hope might be in God."of all"1Co 4:9-13: For I think that God has set forth us the apostles last: as it were appointed to death: for we are made a spectacle to the world: and to angels: and to men.Mt 10:21-25: The brother will deliver up the brother to death: and the father the child: and the children will rise up against their parents: and cause them to be put to death.Mt 24:9: Then will they deliver you up to be afflicted: and will kill you: and you will be hated of all nations for my name's sake.Joh 16:2: 33: They will put you out of the synagogues: yes: the time comes: that whoever kills you will think that He does God service.Ac 14:22: Confirming the souls of the disciples: and exhorting them to continue in the faith: and that we must through much tribulation enter into the kingdom of God.2Ti 3:12: Yes: and all that will live godly in Christ Jesus will suffer persecution.Re 14:13: I heard a voice from heaven saying to me: Write: Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yes: says the Spirit: that they may rest from their labours; and their works do follow them.
The Order of Resurrection
νυνι δε χριστος εγηγερται εκ νεκρων απαρχη των κεκοιμημενων εγενετο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3570ΝυνὶNyni (Adv) G3570 νυνί nyní noo-nee a prolonged form of νῦν for emphasis; just now:--now.
|
ΝυνὶNyni
|
Now
|
Adv
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G5547ΧριστὸςChristos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστὸςChristos
|
Christ
|
N-NMS
|
G1453ἐγήγερταιegēgertai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγήγερταιegēgertai
|
has been raised
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G3498νεκρῶν,nekrōn (Adj-GMP) G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶν,nekrōn
|
the dead,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G536ἀπαρχὴaparchē (N-NFS) G536 ἀπαρχή aparchḗ ap-ar-khay from a compound of ἀπό and ἄρχομαι; a beginning of sacrifice, i.e. the (Jewish) first-fruit (figuratively):--first-fruits.
|
ἀπαρχὴaparchē
|
firstfruit
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G2837κεκοιμημένων.kekoimēmenōn (V-RPM/P-GMP) G2837 κοιμάω koimáō koy-mah-o from κεῖμαι; to put to sleep, i.e. (passively or reflexively) to slumber; figuratively, to decease:--(be a-, fall a-, fall on) sleep, be dead.
|
κεκοιμημένων.kekoimēmenōn
|
having fallen asleep.
|
V-RPM/P-GMP
|
20
But now is Christ risen from the dead, and become the firstfruits of them that slept.1 Corinthians 15:20
Stats
Rank: #1295 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 85 characters, 15 words, 68 letters, 22 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: νυνι δε χριστος εγηγερται εκ νεκρων απαρχη των κεκοιμημενων εγενετο
Lit: Now however Christ has been raised out from the dead, firstfruit of those having fallen asleep.
KJV: But now is Christ risen from the dead, and become the firstfruits of them that slept.
References
"the first-fruits"1Co 15:23: But every man in His own order: Christ the firstfruits; afterward they that are Christ's at His coming.Ac 26:23: That Christ should suffer: and that He should be the first that should rise from the dead: and should show light to the people: and to the Gentiles.Ro 8:11: But if the Spirit of Him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwell in you: He that'>He who raised up Christ from the dead will also quicken your mortal bodies by His Spirit that dwells in you.Col 1:18: He is the head of the body: the church: who is the beginning: the firstborn from the dead; that in all things he might have the preeminence.1Pe 1:3: Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: which according to His abundant mercy has begotten us again to a lively hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead: Re 1:5: From Jesus Christ: who is the faithful witness: and the first begotten of the dead: and the prince of the kings of the earth. To Him that loved us: and washed us from our sins in His own blood:
επειδη γαρ δι ανθρωπου ο θανατος και δι ανθρωπου αναστασις νεκρων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1894ἐπειδὴepeidē (Conj) G1894 ἐπειδή epeidḗ ep-i-day from ἐπεί and δή; since now, i.e. (of time) when, or (of cause) whereas:--after that, because, for (that, -asmuch as), seeing, since.
|
ἐπειδὴepeidē
|
Since
|
Conj
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
a man came
|
N-GMS
|
G2288θάνατος,thanatos (N-NMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θάνατος,thanatos
|
death,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
by
|
Prep
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
a man
|
N-GMS
|
G386ἀνάστασιςanastasis (N-NFS) G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.
|
ἀνάστασιςanastasis
|
resurrection
|
N-NFS
|
G3498νεκρῶν.nekrōn (Adj-GMP) G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶν.nekrōn
|
of the dead.
|
Adj-GMP
|
21
For since by man came death, by man came also the resurrection of the dead.1 Corinthians 15:21
Stats
Counts: 77 characters, 12 words, 59 letters, 23 vowels, 36 consonants
Translation
Greek: επειδη γαρ δι ανθρωπου ο θανατος και δι ανθρωπου αναστασις νεκρων
Lit: Since for by a man came death, also by a man resurrection of the dead.
KJV: For since by man came death, by man [came] also the resurrection of the dead.
References
"by man came death"1Co 15:22: For as in Adam all die: even so in Christ will all be made alive.Ro 5:12-17: For what reason: as by one man sin entered into the world: and death by sin; and so death passed upon all men: for that all have sinned:"by man came also"Joh 11:25: Jesus said to her: I am the resurrection: and the life: He that'>He who believes in me: though He were dead: yet will He live:Ro 6:23: For the wages of sin is death; but the gift of God is eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord.
ωσπερ γαρ εν τω αδαμ παντες αποθνησκουσιν ουτως και εν τω χριστω παντες ζωοποιηθησονται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5618ὥσπερhōsper (Adv) G5618 ὥσπερ hṓsper hoce-per from ὡς and περ; just as, i.e. exactly like:--(even, like) as.
|
ὥσπερhōsper
|
For as
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G76ἈδὰμAdam (N-DMS) G76 Ἀδάμ Adám ad-am of Hebrew origin (אָדָם); Adam, the first man; typically (of Jesus) man (as his representative):--Adam.
|
ἈδὰμAdam
|
Adam
|
N-DMS
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G599ἀποθνήσκουσιν,apothnēskousin (V-PIA-3P) G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀποθνήσκουσιν,apothnēskousin
|
die,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
so
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5547ΧριστῷChristō (N-DMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστῷChristō
|
Christ,
|
N-DMS
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2227ζωοποιηθήσονται.zōopoiēthēsontai (V-FIP-3P) G2227 ζωοποιέω zōopoiéō dzo-op-oy-eh-o from the same as ζῶον and ποιέω; to (re-)vitalize (literally or figuratively):--make alive, give life, quicken.
|
ζωοποιηθήσονται.zōopoiēthēsontai
|
will be made alive.
|
V-FIP-3P
|
22
For as in Adam all die, even so in Christ will all be made alive.1 Corinthians 15:22
Stats
Rank: #2059 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 66 characters, 14 words, 50 letters, 21 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: ωσπερ γαρ εν τω αδαμ παντες αποθνησκουσιν ουτως και εν τω χριστω παντες ζωοποιηθησονται
Lit: For as indeed in Adam all die, so also in Christ, all will be made alive.
KJV: For as in Adam all die, even so in Christ shall all be made alive.
References
"in Adam"1Co 15:45-49: So it is written: The first man Adam was made a living soul; the last Adam was made a quickening spirit.Ge 2:17: But of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil: you will not eat of it: for in the day that you eat thereof you will surely die.Ge 3:6: 19: When the woman saw that the tree was good for food: and that it was pleasant to the eyes: and a tree to be desired to make one wise: she took of the fruit thereof: and did eat: and gave also to her husband with her; and he did eat.Joh 5:21-29: For as the Father raises up the dead: and quickens'>quickens them; even so the Son quickens'>quickens whom He will.Ro 5:12-21: For what reason: as by one man sin entered into the world: and death by sin; and so death passed upon all men: for that all have sinned:
εκαστος δε εν τω ιδιω ταγματι απαρχη χριστος επειτα οι χριστου εν τη παρουσια αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1538ἝκαστοςHekastos (Adj-NMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἝκαστοςHekastos
|
Each
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2398ἰδίῳidiō (Adj-DNS) G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἰδίῳidiō
|
own
|
Adj-DNS
|
G5001τάγματι·tagmati (N-DNS) G5001 τάγμα tágma tag-mah from τάσσω; something orderly in arrangement (a troop), i.e. (figuratively) a series or succession:--order.
|
τάγματι·tagmati
|
order:
|
N-DNS
|
G536ἀπαρχὴaparchē (N-NFS) G536 ἀπαρχή aparchḗ ap-ar-khay from a compound of ἀπό and ἄρχομαι; a beginning of sacrifice, i.e. the (Jewish) first-fruit (figuratively):--first-fruits.
|
ἀπαρχὴaparchē
|
the firstfruit
|
N-NFS
|
G5547Χριστός,Christos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστός,Christos
|
Christ,
|
N-NMS
|
G1899ἔπειταepeita (Adv) G1899 ἔπειτα épeita ep-i-tah from ἐπί and εἶτα; thereafter:--after that(-ward), then.
|
ἔπειταepeita
|
then
|
Adv
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of
|
Art-GMS
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3952παρουσίᾳparousia (N-DFS) G3952 παρουσία parousía par-oo-see-ah from the present participle of πάρειμι; a being near, i.e. advent (often, return; specially, of Christ to punish Jerusalem, or finally the wicked); (by implication) physically, aspect:--coming, presence.
|
παρουσίᾳparousia
|
coming
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him;
|
PPro-GM3S
|
23
But every man in His own order: Christ the firstfruits; afterward they that are Christ's at His coming.1 Corinthians 15:23
Stats
Counts: 103 characters, 16 words, 82 letters, 26 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκαστος δε εν τω ιδιω ταγματι απαρχη χριστος επειτα οι χριστου εν τη παρουσια αυτου
Lit: Each however in the own order: the firstfruit Christ, then those of Christ at the coming of Him;
KJV: But every man in his own order: Christ the firstfruits; afterward they that are Christ's at his coming.
References
"every"1Co 15:20: But now is Christ risen from the dead: and become the firstfruits of them that slept.Isa 26:19: Your dead men will live: together with my dead body will they arise. Awake and sing: you that dwell in dust: for your dew is as the dew of herbs: and the earth will cast out the dead.1Th 4:15-17: For this we say to you by the word of the Lord: that we which are alive and remain to the coming of the Lord will not prevent them which are asleep."they"1Co 3:23: you are Christ's; and Christ is God's.2Co 10:7: Do you look on things after the outward appearance? If any man trust to Himself that He is Christ's: let Him of Himself think this again: that: as He is Christ's: even so are we Christ's.Ga 3:29: If you be Christ's: then are you Abraham's seed: and heirs according to the promise.Ga 5:24: They that are Christ's have crucified the flesh with the affections and lusts.
ειτα το τελος οταν παραδω την βασιλειαν τω θεω και πατρι οταν καταργηση πασαν αρχην και πασαν εξουσιαν και δυναμιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1534εἶταeita (Adv) G1534 εἶτα eîta i-tah of uncertain affinity; a particle of succession (in time or logical enumeration), then, moreover:--after that(-ward), furthermore, then. See also ἔπειτα.
|
εἶταeita
|
then
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G5056τέλος,telos (N-NNS) G5056 τέλος télos tel-os from a primary (to set out for a definite point or goal); properly, the point aimed at as a limit, i.e. (by implication) the conclusion of an act or state (termination (literally, figuratively or indefinitely), result (immediate, ultimate or prophetic), purpose); specially, an impost or levy (as paid):--+ continual, custom, end(-ing), finally, uttermost. Compare φόρος.
|
τέλος,telos
|
end,
|
N-NNS
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj) G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G3860παραδιδῷ*paradidō (V-PSA-3S) G3860 παραδίδωμι paradídōmi par-ad-id-o-mee from παρά and δίδωμι; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit:--betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend.
|
παραδιδῷ*paradidō
|
He shall hand over
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G932βασιλείανbasileian (N-AFS) G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείανbasileian
|
kingdom
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
God
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3962Πατρί,Patri (N-DMS) G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
Πατρί,Patri
|
Father,
|
N-DMS
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj) G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G2673καταργήσῃkatargēsē (V-ASA-3S) G2673 καταργέω katargéō kat-arg-eh-o from κατά and ἀργέω; to be (render) entirely idle (useless), literally or figuratively:--abolish, cease, cumber, deliver, destroy, do away, become (make) of no (none, without) effect, fail, loose, bring (come) to nought, put away (down), vanish away, make void.
|
καταργήσῃkatargēsē
|
He shall have annulled
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3956πᾶσανpasan (Adj-AFS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσανpasan
|
all
|
Adj-AFS
|
G746ἀρχὴνarchēn (N-AFS) G746 ἀρχή archḗ ar-khay from ἄρχομαι; (properly abstract) a commencement, or (concretely) chief (in various applications of order, time, place, or rank):--beginning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, power, principality, principle, rule.
|
ἀρχὴνarchēn
|
dominion
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶσανpasan (Adj-AFS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσανpasan
|
all
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS) G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
authority
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1411δύναμιν,dynamin (N-AFS) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμιν,dynamin
|
power.
|
N-AFS
|
24
Then cometh the end, when He will have delivered up the kingdom to God, even the Father; when He will have put down all rule and all authority and power.1 Corinthians 15:24
Stats
Rank: #2241 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 155 characters, 27 words, 122 letters, 44 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: ειτα το τελος οταν παραδω την βασιλειαν τω θεω και πατρι οταν καταργηση πασαν αρχην και πασαν εξουσιαν και δυναμιν
Lit: then the end, when He shall hand over the kingdom to the God and Father, when He shall have annulled all dominion and all authority and power.
KJV: Then cometh the end, when he shall have delivered up the kingdom to God, even the Father; when he shall have put down all rule and all authority and power.
References
"cometh"Da 12:4: 9: 13: But you: O Daniel: shut up the words: and seal the book: even to the time of the end: many will run to and fro: and knowledge will be increased.Mt 10:22: you will be hated of all men for my name's sake: but he who endures to the end will be saved.Mt 13:39: 40: The enemy that sowed them is the devil; the harvest is the end of the world; and the reapers are the angels.Mt 24:13: But he who will endure to the end: the same will be saved.1Pe 4:7: But the end of all things is at hand: be you therefore sober: and watch to prayer."the kingdom"Isa 9:7: Of the increase of His government and peace there will be no end: upon the throne of David: and upon His kingdom: to order it: and to establish it with judgment and with justice from henceforth even for ever. The zeal of the LORD of hosts will perform this.Da 7:14: 27: There was given him dominion: and glory: and a kingdom: that all people: nations: and languages: should serve him: his dominion is an everlasting dominion: which will not pass away: and his kingdom that which will not be destroyed.Mt 11:27: All things are delivered to me of my Father: and no man knows'>knows the Son: but the Father; neither knows'>knows any man the Father: save the Son: and He to whoever the Son will reveal Him.Mt 28:18: Jesus came and spoke to them: saying: All power is given to me in heaven and in earth.Lu 10:22: All things are delivered to me of my Father: and no man knows who the Son is: but the Father; and who the Father is: but the Son: and He to whom the Son will reveal Him.Joh 3:35: The Father loves the Son: and has given all things into His hand.Joh 13:3: Jesus knowing that the Father had given all things into His hands: and that He was come from God: and went to God;1Ti 6:15: Which in His times He will show: who is the blessed and only Potentate: the King of kings: and Lord of lords;
δει γαρ αυτον βασιλευειν αχρις ου αν θη παντας τους εχθρους υπο τους ποδας αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S) G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
It behooves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G936βασιλεύεινbasileuein (V-PNA) G936 βασιλεύω basileúō bas-il-yoo-o from βασιλεύς; to rule (literally or figuratively):--king, reign.
|
βασιλεύεινbasileuein
|
to reign
|
V-PNA
|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep) G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
until
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
that
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G5087θῇthē (V-ASA-3S) G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
θῇthē
|
He shall have put
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3956πάνταςpantas (Adj-AMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταςpantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2190ἐχθροὺςechthrous (Adj-AMP) G2190 ἐχθρός echthrós ech-thros from a primary (to hate); hateful (passively, odious, or actively, hostile); usually as a noun, an adversary (especially Satan):--enemy, foe.
|
ἐχθροὺςechthrous
|
enemies
|
Adj-AMP
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
under
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4228πόδαςpodas (N-AMP) G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδαςpodas
|
feet
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
25
For he must reign, till he has put all enemies under his feet.1 Corinthians 15:25
Stats
Counts: 63 characters, 12 words, 49 letters, 19 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: δει γαρ αυτον βασιλευειν αχρις ου αν θη παντας τους εχθρους υπο τους ποδας αυτου
Lit: It behooves for Him to reign until that He shall have put all the enemies under the feet of Him.
KJV: For he must reign, till he hath put all enemies under his feet.
References
"For he must reign, till he hath put all enemies under his feet."Ps 2:6-10: Yet have I set my king upon my holy hill of Zion.Ps 45:3-6: Gird your sword upon your thigh: O most mighty: with your glory and your majesty.Ps 110:1: > The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you at my right hand: until I make your enemies your footstool.Mt 22:44: The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you on my right hand: till I make your enemies your footstool?Mr 12:36: For David Himself said by the Holy Ghost: The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you on my right hand: till I make your enemies your footstool.Lu 20:42: 43: David Himself says in the book of Psalms: The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you on my right hand: Ac 2:34: For David not is ascended into the heavens: but He says Himself: The LORD said to my Lord: Sit you on my right hand: Eph 1:22: has put all things under his feet: and gave him to be the head over all things to the church: Heb 1:13: But to which of the angels said he at any time: Sit on my right hand: until I make your enemies your footstool?Heb 10:12: 13: But this man: after He had offered one sacrifice for sins for ever: sat down on the right hand of God;
εσχατος εχθρος καταργειται ο θανατος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2078ἔσχατοςeschatos (Adj-NMS) G2078 ἔσχατος éschatos es-khat-os a superlative probably from ἔχω (in the sense of contiguity); farthest, final (of place or time):--ends of, last, latter end, lowest, uttermost.
|
ἔσχατοςeschatos
|
The last
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2190ἐχθρὸςechthros (Adj-NMS) G2190 ἐχθρός echthrós ech-thros from a primary (to hate); hateful (passively, odious, or actively, hostile); usually as a noun, an adversary (especially Satan):--enemy, foe.
|
ἐχθρὸςechthros
|
enemy
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2673καταργεῖταιkatargeitai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2673 καταργέω katargéō kat-arg-eh-o from κατά and ἀργέω; to be (render) entirely idle (useless), literally or figuratively:--abolish, cease, cumber, deliver, destroy, do away, become (make) of no (none, without) effect, fail, loose, bring (come) to nought, put away (down), vanish away, make void.
|
καταργεῖταιkatargeitai
|
to be abolished is
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2288θάνατος·thanatos (N-NMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θάνατος·thanatos
|
death.
|
N-NMS
|
26
The last enemy that will be destroyed is death.1 Corinthians 15:26
Stats
Counts: 50 characters, 7 words, 39 letters, 13 vowels, 26 consonants
Translation
Greek: εσχατος εχθρος καταργειται ο θανατος
Lit: The last enemy to be abolished is death.
KJV: The last enemy that shall be destroyed [is] death.
References
"The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death."1Co 15:55: O death: where is your sting? O grave: where is your victory?Isa 25:8: He will swallow up death in victory; and the Lord GOD will wipe away tears from off all faces; and the rebuke of His people will He take away from off all the earth: for the LORD has spoken it.Ho 13:14: I will ransom them from the power of the grave; I will redeem them from death: O death: I will be your plagues; O grave: I will be your destruction: repentance will be hid from my eyes.Lu 20:36: Neither can they die any more: for they are equal to the angels; and are the children of God: being the children of the resurrection.2Ti 1:10: But is now made manifest by the appearing of our Saviour Jesus Christ: who has abolished death: and has brought life and immortality to light through the gospel:Heb 2:14: Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood: he also himself likewise took part of the same; that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death: that is: the devil;Re 20:14: Death and hell were cast into the lake of fire. This is the second death.Re 21:4: God will wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there will be no more death: neither sorrow: nor crying: neither will there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away.
παντα γαρ υπεταξεν υπο τους ποδας αυτου οταν δε ειπη οτι παντα υποτετακται δηλον οτι εκτος του υποταξαντος αυτω τα παντα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3956Πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
Πάνταpanta
|
All things,”
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G5293Ὑπέταξενhypetaxen (V-AIA-3S) G5293 ὑποτάσσω hypotássō hoop-ot-as-so from ὑπό and τάσσω; to subordinate; reflexively, to obey:--be under obedience (obedient), put under, subdue unto, (be, make) subject (to, unto), be (put) in subjection (to, under), submit self unto.
|
Ὑπέταξενhypetaxen
|
He has put in subjection,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
under
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4228πόδαςpodas (N-AMP) G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδαςpodas
|
feet
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.”
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj) G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
When
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3004εἴπῃeipē (V-ASA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἴπῃeipē
|
it may be said
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all things
|
Adj-NNP
|
G5293ὑποτέτακται,hypotetaktai (V-RIM/P-3S) G5293 ὑποτάσσω hypotássō hoop-ot-as-so from ὑπό and τάσσω; to subordinate; reflexively, to obey:--be under obedience (obedient), put under, subdue unto, (be, make) subject (to, unto), be (put) in subjection (to, under), submit self unto.
|
ὑποτέτακται,hypotetaktai
|
have been put in subjection,
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G1212δῆλονdēlon (Adj-NNS) G1212 δῆλος dēlos day-los of uncertain derivation; clear:--+ bewray, certain, evident, manifest.
|
δῆλονdēlon
|
it is evident
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1622ἐκτὸςektos (Prep) G1622 ἐκτός ektós ek-tos from ἐκ; the exterior; figuratively (as a preposition) aside from, besides:--but, except(-ed), other than, out of, outside, unless, without.
|
ἐκτὸςektos
|
is excepted
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the One
|
Art-GMS
|
G5293ὑποτάξαντοςhypotaxantos (V-APA-GMS) G5293 ὑποτάσσω hypotássō hoop-ot-as-so from ὑπό and τάσσω; to subordinate; reflexively, to obey:--be under obedience (obedient), put under, subdue unto, (be, make) subject (to, unto), be (put) in subjection (to, under), submit self unto.
|
ὑποτάξαντοςhypotaxantos
|
having put in subjection
|
V-APA-GMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3956πάντα.panta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντα.panta
|
all things.
|
Adj-ANP
|
27
For he has put all things under his feet. But when he says, all things are put under him, it is manifest that he is excepted, which did put all things under him.1 Corinthians 15:27
Stats
Counts: 163 characters, 29 words, 126 letters, 43 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: παντα γαρ υπεταξεν υπο τους ποδας αυτου οταν δε ειπη οτι παντα υποτετακται δηλον οτι εκτος του υποταξαντος αυτω τα παντα
Lit: All things,” for He has put in subjection, under the feet of Him.” When however it may be said that all things have been put in subjection, it is evident that is excepted the One having put in subjection to Him all things.
KJV: For he hath put all things under his feet. But when he saith, all things are put under him, it is manifest that he is excepted, which did put all things under him.
References
"For he hath put all things under his feet. But when he saith all things are put under him, it is manifest that he is excepted, which did put all things under him."Ps 8:6: You mad him to have dominion over the works of your hands; you have put all things under his feet:Mt 11:27: All things are delivered to me of my Father: and no man knows'>knows the Son: but the Father; neither knows'>knows any man the Father: save the Son: and He to whoever the Son will reveal Him.Mt 28:18: Jesus came and spoke to them: saying: All power is given to me in heaven and in earth.Joh 3:35: The Father loves the Son: and has given all things into His hand.Joh 13:3: Jesus knowing that the Father had given all things into His hands: and that He was come from God: and went to God;Eph 1:20: Which He wrought in Christ: when He raised Him from the dead: and set Him at His own right hand in the heavenly places: Php 2:9-11: For what reason God also has highly exalted Him: and given Him a name which is above every name:Heb 1:13: But to which of the angels said he at any time: Sit on my right hand: until I make your enemies your footstool?Heb 2:8: You have put all things in subjection under his feet. For in that he put all in subjection under him: he not lefthing that is not put under him. But now we not see yet all things put under him.Heb 10:12: But this man: after He had offered one sacrifice for sins for ever: sat down on the right hand of God;1Pe 3:22: Who is gone into heaven: and is on the right hand of God; angels and authorities and powers being made subject to Him.Re 1:18: I am he who lives: and was dead; and: look: I am alive for evermore: Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death.
οταν δε υποταγη αυτω τα παντα τοτε και αυτος ο υιος υποταγησεται τω υποταξαντι αυτω τα παντα ινα η ο θεος τα παντα εν πασιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj) G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
When
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5293ὑποταγῇhypotagē (V-ASP-3S) G5293 ὑποτάσσω hypotássō hoop-ot-as-so from ὑπό and τάσσω; to subordinate; reflexively, to obey:--be under obedience (obedient), put under, subdue unto, (be, make) subject (to, unto), be (put) in subjection (to, under), submit self unto.
|
ὑποταγῇhypotagē
|
shall have been put in subjection
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3956πάντα,panta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντα,panta
|
all things,
|
Adj-NNP
|
G5119τότεtote (Adv) G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
τότεtote
|
then
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
Himself
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5207ΥἱὸςHuios (N-NMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸςHuios
|
Son
|
N-NMS
|
G5293ὑποταγήσεταιhypotagēsetai (V-FIP-3S) G5293 ὑποτάσσω hypotássō hoop-ot-as-so from ὑπό and τάσσω; to subordinate; reflexively, to obey:--be under obedience (obedient), put under, subdue unto, (be, make) subject (to, unto), be (put) in subjection (to, under), submit self unto.
|
ὑποταγήσεταιhypotagēsetai
|
will be put in subjection
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the One
|
Art-DMS
|
G5293ὑποτάξαντιhypotaxanti (V-APA-DMS) G5293 ὑποτάσσω hypotássō hoop-ot-as-so from ὑπό and τάσσω; to subordinate; reflexively, to obey:--be under obedience (obedient), put under, subdue unto, (be, make) subject (to, unto), be (put) in subjection (to, under), submit self unto.
|
ὑποτάξαντιhypotaxanti
|
having put in subjection
|
V-APA-DMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3956πάντα,panta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντα,panta
|
all things,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G1510ᾖē (V-PSA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ᾖē
|
may be
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3956πᾶσιν.pasin (Adj-DNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσιν.pasin
|
all.
|
Adj-DNP
|
28
When all things will be subdued to Him, then will the Son also Himself be subject to Him that put all things under Him, that God may be all in all.1 Corinthians 15:28
Stats
Counts: 157 characters, 30 words, 123 letters, 40 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: οταν δε υποταγη αυτω τα παντα τοτε και αυτος ο υιος υποταγησεται τω υποταξαντι αυτω τα παντα ινα η ο θεος τα παντα εν πασιν
Lit: When now shall have been put in subjection to Him all things, then also Himself the Son will be put in subjection to the One having put in subjection to Him all things, so that may be God all in all.
KJV: And when all things shall be subdued unto him, then shall the Son also himself be subject unto him that put all things under him, that God may be all in all.
References
"all things"Ps 2:8: 9: Ask of me: and I will give you the heathen for your inheritance: and the uttermost parts of the earth for your possession.Ps 18:39: 47: For you have girded me with strength to the battle: you have subdued under me those that rose up against me.Ps 21:8: 9: Your hand will find out all your enemies: your right hand will find out those that hate you.Da 2:34: 35: 40-45: You saw till that a stone was cut out without hands: which smote the image upon his feet that were of iron and clay: and brake them to pieces.Mt 13:41-43: The Son of man will send forth His angels: and they will gather out of His kingdom all things that offend: and them which do iniquity;Php 3:21: Who will change our vile body: that it may be fashioned like to his glorious body: according to the working whereby he is able even to subdue all things to himself.Re 19:11-21: I saw heaven opened: and look a white horse; and he who sat upon him was called Faithful and True: and in righteousness he does judge and make war.Re 20:2-4: 10-15: He laid hold on the dragon: that old serpent: which is the Devil: and Satan: and bound him a000 years: "then"1Co 3:23: you are Christ's; and Christ is God's.1Co 11:3: But I would have you know: that the head of every man is Christ; and the head of the woman is the man; and the head of Christ is God.Joh 14:28: You have heard how I said to you: I go away: and come again to you. If you loved me: you would rejoice: because I said: I go to the Father: for my Father is greater than I."all in all"1Co 12:6: There are diversities of operations: but it is the same God which works all in all.Eph 1:23: Which is his body: the fulness of him that fills all in all.Col 3:11: Where there is neither Greek nor Jew: circumcision nor uncircumcision: Barbarian: Scythian: bond nor free: but Christ is all: and in all.
επει τι ποιησουσιν οι βαπτιζομενοι υπερ των νεκρων ει ολως νεκροι ουκ εγειρονται τι και βαπτιζονται υπερ των νεκρων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1893ἘπεὶEpei (Conj) G1893 ἐπεί epeí ep-i from ἐπί and εἰ; thereupon, i.e. since (of time or cause):--because, else, for that (then, -asmuch as), otherwise, seeing that, since, when.
|
ἘπεὶEpei
|
Otherwise
|
Conj
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G4160ποιήσουσινpoiēsousin (V-FIA-3P) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσουσινpoiēsousin
|
will they do
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
who
|
Art-NMP
|
G907βαπτιζόμενοιbaptizomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
βαπτιζόμενοιbaptizomenoi
|
are baptized
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3498νεκρῶν;nekrōn (Adj-GMP) G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶν;nekrōn
|
dead?
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G3654ὅλωςholōs (Adv) G3654 ὅλως hólōs hol-oce adverb from ὅλος; completely, i.e. altogether; (by analogy), everywhere; (negatively) not by any means:--at all, commonly, utterly.
|
ὅλωςholōs
|
at all
|
Adv
|
G3498νεκροὶnekroi (Adj-NMP) G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκροὶnekroi
|
the dead
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1453ἐγείρονται,egeirontai (V-PIM/P-3P) G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγείρονται,egeirontai
|
are raised,
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G907βαπτίζονταιbaptizontai (V-PIM/P-3P) G907 βαπτίζω baptízō bap-tid-zo from a derivative of βάπτω; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism:--Baptist, baptize, wash.,
|
βαπτίζονταιbaptizontai
|
are they baptized
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.
|
ὑπὲρhyper
|
for
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶν;autōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν;autōn
|
them?
|
PPro-GM3P
|
29
Else what will they do which are baptized for the dead, if the dead not rise at all? why are they then baptized for the dead?1 Corinthians 15:29
Stats
Counts: 126 characters, 24 words, 98 letters, 36 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: επει τι ποιησουσιν οι βαπτιζομενοι υπερ των νεκρων ει ολως νεκροι ουκ εγειρονται τι και βαπτιζονται υπερ των νεκρων
Lit: Otherwise what will they do who are baptized for the dead? If at all the dead not are raised, why also are they baptized for them?
KJV: Else what shall they do which are baptized for the dead, if the dead rise not at all? why are they then baptized for the dead?
References
"what"1Co 15:16: 32: For if the dead not rise: then not is Christ raised:Ro 6:3: 4: Know you not: that so many of us as were baptized into Jesus Christ were baptized into His death?Mt 20:22: But Jesus answered and said: You not know what you ask. Are you able to drink of the cup that I will drink of: and to be baptized with the baptism that I am baptized with? They say to Him: We are able.
τι και ημεις κινδυνευομεν πασαν ωραν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
Why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also,
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G2793κινδυνεύομενkindyneuomen (V-PIA-1P) G2793 κινδυνεύω kindyneúō kin-doon-yoo-o from κίνδυνος; to undergo peril:--be in danger, be (stand) in jeopardy.
|
κινδυνεύομενkindyneuomen
|
are in danger
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G3956πᾶσανpasan (Adj-AFS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσανpasan
|
every
|
Adj-AFS
|
G5610ὥραν;hōran (N-AFS) G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥραν;hōran
|
hour?
|
N-AFS
|
30
Why stand we in jeopardy every hour?1 Corinthians 15:30
Stats
Counts: 40 characters, 8 words, 32 letters, 11 vowels, 21 consonants
Translation
Greek: τι και ημεις κινδυνευομεν πασαν ωραν
Lit: Why also, we are in danger every hour?
KJV: And why stand we in jeopardy every hour?
References
"And why stand we in jeopardy every hour?"1Co 15:31: I protest by your rejoicing which I have in Christ Jesus our Lord: I die daily.Ro 8:36-39: As it is written: For your sake we are killed all the day long; we are accounted as sheep for the slaughter.2Co 4:7-12: But we have this treasure in earthen vessels: that the excellency of the power may be of God: not and of us.2Co 6:9: As unknown: and yet well known; as dying: and: look: we live; as chastened: not and killed;2Co 11:23-27: Are they ministers of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abundant: in stripes above measure: in prisons more frequent: in deaths often.Ga 5:11: I: brothers: if I yet preach circumcision: why do I yet suffer persecution? then is the offence of the cross ceased.
καθ ημεραν αποθνησκω νη την {VAR1: ημετεραν } {VAR2: υμετεραν } καυχησιν ην εχω εν χριστω ιησου τω κυριω ημων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
Every
|
Prep
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
day
|
N-AFS
|
G599ἀποθνῄσκω,apothnēskō (V-PIA-1S) G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀποθνῄσκω,apothnēskō
|
I die,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3513νὴnē (Prtcl) G3513 νή nḗ nay probably an intensive form of ναί; a particle of attestation (accompanied by the object invoked or appealed to in confirmation); as sure as:--I protest by.,
|
νὴnē
|
as surely as
|
Prtcl
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5212ὑμετέρανhymeteran (PPro-AF2P) G5212 ὑμέτερος hyméteros hoo-met-er-os from ὑμεῖς; yours, i.e. pertaining to you:--your (own).,
|
ὑμετέρανhymeteran
|
in you
|
PPro-AF2P
|
G2746καύχησιν,kauchēsin (N-AFS) G2746 καύχησις kaúchēsis kow-khay-sis from καυχάομαι; boasting (properly, the act; by implication, the object), in a good or a bad sense:--boasting, whereof I may glory, glorying, rejoicing.
|
καύχησιν,kauchēsin
|
boasting,
|
N-AFS
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers
|
N-VMP
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G2192ἔχωechō (V-PIA-1S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωechō
|
I have
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5547ΧριστῷChristō (N-DMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστῷChristō
|
Christ
|
N-DMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-DMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2962ΚυρίῳKyriō (N-DMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίῳKyriō
|
Lord
|
N-DMS
|
G1473ἡμῶν.hēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν.hēmōn
|
of us.
|
PPro-G1P
|
31
I protest by your rejoicing which I have in Christ Jesus our Lord, I die daily.
1 Corinthians 15:31
Stats
Counts: 79 characters, 15 words, 62 letters, 25 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: καθ ημεραν αποθνησκω νη την {VAR1: ημετεραν } {VAR2: υμετεραν } καυχησιν ην εχω εν χριστω ιησου τω κυριω ημων
Lit: Every day I die, as surely as the in you boasting, brothers which I have in Christ Jesus the Lord of us.
KJV: I protest by your rejoicing which I have in Christ Jesus our Lord, I die daily.
References
"protest"Ge 43:3: Judah spoke to him: saying: The man did solemnly protest to us: saying: You will not see my face: except your brother be with you.1Sa 8:9: Now therefore listen to their voice: howbeit yet protest solemnly to them: and show them the manner of the king that will reign over them.Jer 11:7: For I earnestly protested to your fathers in the day that I brought them up out of the land of Egypt: even to this day: rising early and protesting: saying: Obey my voice.Zec 3:6: The angel of the LORD protested to Joshua: saying: Php 3:3: For we are the circumcision: which worship God in the spirit: and rejoice in Christ Jesus: and have no confidence in the flesh."your"2Co 1:12: For our rejoicing is this: the testimony of our conscience: that in simplicity and godly sincerity: not with fleshly wisdom: but by the grace of God: we have had our conversation in the world: and more abundantly to you-ward.2Co 2:14: Now thanks be to God: which always causes us to triumph in Christ: and makes manifest the savour of His knowledge by us in every place.1Th 2:19: For what is our hope: or joy: or crown of rejoicing? Are not even you in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at His coming?1Th 3:9: For what thanks can we render to God again for you: for all the joy wherewith we joy for your sakes before our God;"die"1Co 4:9-13: For I think that God has set forth us the apostles last: as it were appointed to death: for we are made a spectacle to the world: and to angels: and to men.Ac 20:23: Save that the Holy Ghost witnesss in every city: saying that bonds and afflictions abide me.Ro 8:36: As it is written: For your sake we are killed all the day long; we are accounted as sheep for the slaughter.2Co 4:10: 11: Always bearing about in the body the dying of the Lord Jesus: that the life also of Jesus might be made manifest in our body.2Co 11:23: Are they ministers of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abundant: in stripes above measure: in prisons more frequent: in deaths often.
ει κατα ανθρωπον εθηριομαχησα εν εφεσω τι μοι το οφελος ει νεκροι ουκ εγειρονται φαγωμεν και πιωμεν αυριον γαρ αποθνησκομεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G444ἄνθρωπονanthrōpon (N-AMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωπονanthrōpon
|
man,
|
N-AMS
|
G2341ἐθηριομάχησαethēriomachēsa (V-AIA-1S) G2341 θηριομαχέω thēriomachéō thay-ree-om-akh-eh-o from a compound of θηρίον and μάχομαι; to be a beast-fighter (in the gladiatorial show), i.e. (figuratively) to encounter (furious men):--fight with wild beasts.
|
ἐθηριομάχησαethēriomachēsa
|
I fought wild beasts
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2181Ἐφέσῳ,Ephesō (N-DFS) G2181 Ἔφεσος Éphesos ef-es-os probably of foreign origin; Ephesus, a city of Asia Minor:--Ephesus.
|
Ἐφέσῳ,Ephesō
|
Ephesus,
|
N-DFS
|
G5101τίti (IPro-NNS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-NNS
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3786ὄφελος;ophelos (N-NNS) G3786 ὄφελος óphelos of-el-os from (to heap up, i.e. accumulate or benefit); gain:--advantageth, profit.
|
ὄφελος;ophelos
|
profit?
|
N-NNS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G3498νεκροὶnekroi (Adj-NMP) G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκροὶnekroi
|
the dead
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1453ἐγείρονται,egeirontai (V-PIM/P-3P) G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγείρονται,egeirontai
|
are raised,
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G5315Φάγωμενphagōmen (V-ASA-1P) G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
Φάγωμενphagōmen
|
Let us eat
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4095πίωμεν,piōmen (V-ASA-1P) G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πίωμεν,piōmen
|
let us drink,
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G839αὔριονaurion (Adv) G839 αὔριον aúrion ow-ree-on from a derivative of the same as ἀήρ (meaning a breeze, i.e. the morning air); properly, fresh, i.e. (adverb with ellipsis of ἡμέρα) to-morrow:--(to-)morrow, next day.
|
αὔριονaurion
|
tomorrow
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G599ἀποθνήσκομεν.apothnēskomen (V-PIA-1P) G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀποθνήσκομεν.apothnēskomen
|
we die.”
|
V-PIA-1P
|
32
If after the manner of men I have fought with beasts at Ephesus, what advantages it me, if the dead not rise? let us eat and drink; for to morrow we die.1 Corinthians 15:32
Stats
Counts: 154 characters, 28 words, 118 letters, 47 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει κατα ανθρωπον εθηριομαχησα εν εφεσω τι μοι το οφελος ει νεκροι ουκ εγειρονται φαγωμεν και πιωμεν αυριον γαρ αποθνησκομεν
Lit: If according to man, I fought wild beasts in Ephesus, what to me the profit? If the dead not are raised, Let us eat and let us drink, tomorrow for we die.”
KJV: If after the manner of men I have fought with beasts at Ephesus, what advantageth it me, if the dead rise not? let us eat and drink; for to morrow we die.
References
"after"Ro 6:19: I speak after the manner of men because of the infirmity of your flesh: for as you have yielded your members servants to uncleanness and to iniquity to iniquity; even so now yield your members servants to righteousness to holiness.Ga 3:15: Brothers: I speak after the manner of men; Though it be but a man's covenant: yet if it be confirmed: no man disannuls: or adds thereto."beast"2Pe 2:12: But these: as natural brute beasts: made to be taken and destroyed: speak evil of the things that they not understand; and will utterly perish in their own corruption;Jude 1:10: But these speak evil of those things which they not know: but what they know naturally: as brute beasts: in those things they corrupt themselves."Ephesus"Ac 19:1: 23-41: It came to pass: that: while Apollos was at Corinth: Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus: and finding certain disciples: 2Co 1:8-10: For we not would: brothers: have you ignorant of our trouble which came to us in Asia: that we were pressed out of measure: above strength: insomuch that we despaired even of life:"what"Job 35:3: For you said: What advantage will it be to you? and: What profit will I have: if I be cleansed from my sin?Ps 73:13: Truly I have cleansed my heart in vain: and washed my hands in innocency.Mal 3:14: 15: You have said: It is vain to serve God: and what profit is it that we have kept His ordinance: and that we have walked mournfully before the LORD of hosts?Lu 9:25: For what is a man advantaged: if he gain the whole world: and lose himself: or be cast away?"let"Ec 2:24: There is nothing better for a man: than that He should eat and drink: and that He should make His soul enjoy good in His labour. This also I saw: that it was from the hand of God.Ec 11:9: Rejoice: O young man: in your youth; and let your heart cheer you in the days of your youth: and walk in the ways of your heart: and in the sight of your eyes: but know you: that for all these things God will bring you into judgment.Isa 22:13: look joy and gladness: slaying oxen: and killing sheep: eating flesh: and drinking wine: let us eat and drink; for to morrow we will die.Isa 56:12: Come you: say they: I will fetch wine: and we will fill ourselves with strong drink; and to morrow will be as this day: and much more abundant.Lu 12:19: I will say to my soul: Soul: you have much goods laid up for many years; take your ease: eat: drink: and be merry.
μη πλανασθε φθειρουσιν ηθη χρησθ ομιλιαι κακαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3361Μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
Μὴmē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G4105πλανᾶσθε·planasthe (V-PMM/P-2P) G4105 πλανάω planáō plan-ah-o from πλάνη; to (properly, cause to) roam (from safety, truth, or virtue):--go astray, deceive, err, seduce, wander, be out of the way.
|
πλανᾶσθε·planasthe
|
be misled:
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G5351Φθείρουσινphtheirousin (V-PIA-3P) G5351 φθείρω phtheírō fthi-ro probably strengthened from (to pine or waste); properly, to shrivel or wither, i.e. to spoil (by any process) or (generally) to ruin (especially figuratively, by moral influences, to deprave):--corrupt (self), defile, destroy.
|
Φθείρουσινphtheirousin
|
Do corrupt
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2239ἤθηēthē (N-ANP) G2239 ἦθος ēthos ay-thos a strengthened form of ἔθος; usage, i.e. (plural) moral habits:--manners.
|
ἤθηēthē
|
morals
|
N-ANP
|
G5543χρηστὰchrēsta (Adj-ANP) G5543 χρηστός chrēstós khrase-tos from χράομαι; employed, i.e. (by implication) useful (in manner or morals):--better, easy, good(-ness), gracious, kind.
|
χρηστὰchrēsta
|
good,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3657ὁμιλίαιhomiliai (N-NFP) G3657 ὁμιλία homilía hom-il-ee-ah from ὅμιλος; companionship (homily), i.e. (by implication) intercourse:--communication.
|
ὁμιλίαιhomiliai
|
companionships
|
N-NFP
|
G2556κακαί.kakai (Adj-NFP) G2556 κακός kakós kak-os apparently a primary word; worthless (intrinsically, such; whereas πονηρός properly refers to effects), i.e. (subjectively) depraved, or (objectively) injurious:--bad, evil, harm, ill, noisome, wicked.
|
κακαί.kakai
|
bad.”
|
Adj-NFP
|
33
not Be deceived: evil communications corrupt good manners.1 Corinthians 15:33
Stats
Rank: #2644 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 58 characters, 7 words, 49 letters, 20 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: μη πλανασθε φθειρουσιν ηθη χρησθ ομιλιαι κακαι
Lit: Not be misled: Do corrupt morals good, companionships bad.”
KJV: Be not deceived: evil communications corrupt good manners.
References
"Be"1Co 6:9: Know you not that the unrighteous will not inherit the kingdom of God? not Be deceived: neither fornicators: nor idolaters: nor adulterers: nor effeminate: nor abusers of themselves with mankind: Mt 24:4: 11: 24: Jesus answered and said to them: Take heed that no man deceive you.Ga 6:7: not Be deceived; God not is mocked: for whatever a man sows: that will He also reap.Eph 5:6: Let no man deceive you with vain words: for because of these things comes the wrath of God upon the children of disobedience.2Th 2:10: With all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they not received the love of the truth: that they might be saved.Re 12:9: The great dragon was cast out: that old serpent: called the Devil: and Satan: which deceives the whole world: he was cast out into the earth: and his angels were cast out with him.Re 13:8-14: All that dwell upon the earth will worship him: whose names not are written in the book of life of the Lamb killed from the foundation of the world."evil"1Co 5:6: your glorying is not good. Know you not that a little leaven leavens the whole lump?Pr 9:6: Forsake the foolish: and live; and go in the way of understanding.Pr 13:20: He who walks with wise men will be wise: but a companion of fools will be destroyed.2Ti 2:16-18: But shun profane and vain babblings: for they will increase to more ungodliness.Heb 12:15: Looking diligently lest'>lest any man fail of the grace of God; lest'>lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you: and thereby many be defiled;2Pe 2:2: 18-20: Many will follow their pernicious ways; by reason of whom the way of truth will be evil spoken of.
εκνηψατε δικαιως και μη αμαρτανετε αγνωσιαν γαρ θεου τινες εχουσιν προς εντροπην υμιν λεγω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1594ἐκνήψατεeknēpsate (V-AMA-2P) G1594 ἐκνήφω eknḗphō ek-nay-fo from ἐκ and νήφω; (figuratively) to rouse (oneself) out of stupor:--awake.
|
ἐκνήψατεeknēpsate
|
Sober up
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G1346δικαίωςdikaiōs (Adv) G1346 δικαίως dikaíōs dik-ah-yoce adverb from δίκαιος; equitably:--justly, (to) righteously(-ness).
|
δικαίωςdikaiōs
|
righteously
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G264ἁμαρτάνετε·hamartanete (V-PMA-2P) G264 ἁμαρτάνω hamartánō ham-ar-tan-o perhaps from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of μέρος; properly, to miss the mark (and so not share in the prize), i.e. (figuratively) to err, especially (morally) to sin:--for your faults, offend, sin, trespass.
|
ἁμαρτάνετε·hamartanete
|
sin;
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G56ἀγνωσίανagnōsian (N-AFS) G56 ἀγνωσία agnōsía ag-no-see-ah from Α (as negative particle) and γνῶσις; ignorance (properly, the state):--ignorance, not the knowledge.
|
ἀγνωσίανagnōsian
|
ignorance
|
N-AFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G5100τινεςtines (IPro-NMP) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινεςtines
|
some
|
IPro-NMP
|
G2192ἔχουσιν·echousin (V-PIA-3P) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσιν·echousin
|
have;
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1791ἐντροπὴνentropēn (N-AFS) G1791 ἐντροπή entropḗ en-trop-ay from ἐντρέπω; confusion:--shame.
|
ἐντροπὴνentropēn
|
the shame
|
N-AFS
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
of you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G2980λαλῶ.lalō (V-PIA-1S) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῶ.lalō
|
I speak.
|
V-PIA-1S
|
34
Awake to righteousness, and not sin; for some not have the knowledge of God: I speak this to your shame.1 Corinthians 15:34
Stats
Counts: 104 characters, 17 words, 81 letters, 33 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκνηψατε δικαιως και μη αμαρτανετε αγνωσιαν γαρ θεου τινες εχουσιν προς εντροπην υμιν λεγω
Lit: Sober up righteously and not sin; ignorance for of God some have; to the shame of you I speak.
KJV: Awake to righteousness, and sin not; for some have not the knowledge of God: I speak this to your shame.
References
"Awake"Joe 1:5: Awake: you drunkards: and weep; and howl: all you drinkers of wine: because of the new wine; for it is cut off from your mouth.Jon 1:6: So the shipmaster came to Him: and said to Him: What mean you: O sleeper? arise: call upon your God: if so be that God will think upon us: that we not perish.Ro 13:11: That: knowing the time: that now it is high time to awake out of sleep: for now is our salvation nearer than when we believed.Eph 5:14: For what reason He says: Awake you that sleep: and arise from the dead: and Christ will give you light."sin not"Ps 4:4: Stand in awe: and not sin: commune with your own heart upon your bed: and be still. Selah.Ps 119:11: Your word have I hid in my heart: that I not might sin against you.Joh 5:14: Afterward Jesus findeth Him in the temple: and said to Him: Look: you are made whole: sin no more: lest a worse thing come to you.Joh 8:11: She said: No man: Lord. And Jesus said to her: Neither do I condemn you: go: and sin no more."some"1Co 8:7: Howbeit there is not in every man that knowledge: for some with conscience of the idol to this hour eat it as a thing offered to an idol; and their conscience being weak is defiled.Ro 1:28: Even as they not did like to retain God in their knowledge: God gave them over to a reprobate mind: to do those things which not are convenient;1Th 4:5: Not in the lust of concupiscence: even as the Gentiles which not know God:"I speak"1Co 6:5: I speak to your shame. Is it so: that there not is a wise man among you? no: not one that will be able to judge between his brothers?Heb 5:11: 12: Of whom we have many things to say: and hard to be uttered: seeing you are dull of hearing.
The Resurrection of the Body
αλλ ερει τις πως εγειρονται οι νεκροι ποιω δε σωματι ερχονται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G235ἈλλὰAlla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἈλλὰAlla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G2046ἐρεῖerei (V-FIA-3S) G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
ἐρεῖerei
|
will say
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
someone,
|
IPro-NMS
|
G4459ΠῶςPōs (Adv) G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
ΠῶςPōs
|
How
|
Adv
|
G1453ἐγείρονταιegeirontai (V-PIM/P-3P) G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγείρονταιegeirontai
|
are raised
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3498νεκροί;nekroi (Adj-NMP) G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκροί;nekroi
|
dead?
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4169ποίῳpoiō (IPro-DNS) G4169 ποῖος poîos poy-os from the base of ποῦ and οἷος; individualizing interrogative (of character) what sort of, or (of number) which one:--what (manner of), which.,
|
ποίῳpoiō
|
With what
|
IPro-DNS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G4983σώματιsōmati (N-DNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματιsōmati
|
body
|
N-DNS
|
G2064ἔρχονται;erchontai (V-PIM/P-3P) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχονται;erchontai
|
do they come?
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
35
But some man will say, How are the dead raised up? and with what body do they come?
1 Corinthians 15:35
Stats
Counts: 83 characters, 16 words, 63 letters, 24 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλ ερει τις πως εγειρονται οι νεκροι ποιω δε σωματι ερχονται
Lit: But will say someone, How are raised the dead? With what then body do they come?
KJV: But some man will say, How are the dead raised up? and with what body do they come?
References
"How"Job 11:12: For vain man would be wise: though man be born like a wild ass's colt.Job 22:13: you say: How does God know? can He judge through the dark cloud?Ps 73:11: They say: How does God know? and is there knowledge in the most High?Ec 11:5: As you know'>know not what is the way of the spirit: nor how the bones do grow in the womb of her that is with child: even so you know'>know not the works of God who makes all.Eze 37:3: 11: He said to me: Son of man: can these bones live? And I answered: O Lord GOD: you knowest.Joh 3:4: 9: Nicodemus says to him: How can a man be born when he is old? can he enter the second time into his mother's womb: and be born?Joh 9:10: Therefore said they to him: How were your eyes opened?"with"1Co 15:38-53: But God gives it a body as it has pleased Him: and to every seed His own body.Mt 22:29: 30: Jesus answered and said to them: You do err: not knowing the scriptures: nor the power of God.Php 3:21: Who will change our vile body: that it may be fashioned like to his glorious body: according to the working whereby he is able even to subdue all things to himself.
αφρον συ ο σπειρεις ου ζωοποιειται εαν μη αποθανη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G878ἄφρων,aphrōn (Adj-VMS) G878 ἄφρων áphrōn af-rone from Α (as a negative particle) and φρήν; properly, mindless, i.e. stupid, (by implication) ignorant, (specially) egotistic, (practically) rash, or (morally) unbelieving:--fool(-ish), unwise.
|
ἄφρων,aphrōn
|
Fool
|
Adj-VMS
|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
you!
|
PPro-N2S
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
What
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G4687σπείρεις,speireis (V-PIA-2S) G4687 σπείρω speírō spi-ro probably strengthened from σπάω (through the idea of extending); to scatter, i.e. sow (literally or figuratively):--sow(- er), receive seed.
|
σπείρεις,speireis
|
you sow
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2227ζωοποιεῖταιzōopoieitai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2227 ζωοποιέω zōopoiéō dzo-op-oy-eh-o from the same as ζῶον and ποιέω; to (re-)vitalize (literally or figuratively):--make alive, give life, quicken.
|
ζωοποιεῖταιzōopoieitai
|
does come to life,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G599ἀποθάνῃ·apothanē (V-ASA-3S) G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀποθάνῃ·apothanē
|
it dies.
|
V-ASA-3S
|
36
You fool, that which you sow not is quickened, except it die:1 Corinthians 15:36
Stats
Counts: 66 characters, 10 words, 52 letters, 21 vowels, 31 consonants
Translation
Greek: αφρον συ ο σπειρεις ου ζωοποιειται εαν μη αποθανη
Lit: Fool you! What you sow not does come to life, if not it dies.
KJV: Thou fool, that which thou sowest is not quickened, except it die:
References
"fool"Lu 12:20: But God said to Him: You fool: this night your soul will be required of you: then whose will those things be: which you have provided?Lu 24:25: Then he said to them: O fools: and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken:Ro 1:22: Professing themselves to be wise: they became fools: Eph 5:15: See then that you walk circumspectly: not as fools: but as wise: "that"Joh 12:24: Truly: truly: I say to you: Except a grain of wheat fall into the ground and die: it abides alone: but if it die: it brings forth much fruit.
και ο σπειρεις ου το σωμα το γενησομενον σπειρεις αλλα γυμνον κοκκον ει τυχοι σιτου η τινος των λοιπων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
what
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G4687σπείρεις,speireis (V-PIA-2S) G4687 σπείρω speírō spi-ro probably strengthened from σπάω (through the idea of extending); to scatter, i.e. sow (literally or figuratively):--sow(- er), receive seed.
|
σπείρεις,speireis
|
you sow,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4983σῶμαsōma (N-ANS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμαsōma
|
body
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
that
|
Art-ANS
|
G1096γενησόμενονgenēsomenon (V-FPM-ANS) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενησόμενονgenēsomenon
|
will be
|
V-FPM-ANS
|
G4687σπείρεις,speireis (V-PIA-2S) G4687 σπείρω speírō spi-ro probably strengthened from σπάω (through the idea of extending); to scatter, i.e. sow (literally or figuratively):--sow(- er), receive seed.
|
σπείρεις,speireis
|
you sow,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1131γυμνὸνgymnon (Adj-AMS) G1131 γυμνός gymnós goom-nos of uncertain affinity; nude (absolute or relative, literal or figurative):--naked.
|
γυμνὸνgymnon
|
a bare
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2848κόκκονkokkon (N-AMS) G2848 κόκκος kókkos kok-kos apparently a primary word; a kernel of seed:--corn, grain.
|
κόκκονkokkon
|
grain,
|
N-AMS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5177τύχοιtychoi (V-AOA-3S) G5177 τυγχάνω tynchánō toong-khan-o probably for an obsolete (for which the middle voice of another alternate (to make ready or bring to pass) is used in certain tenses; akin to the base of τίκτω through the idea of effecting; properly, to affect; or (specially), to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e. (transitively) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intransitively) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impersonal (with εἰ), i.e. perchance; or (present participle) as adjective, usual (as if commonly met with, with οὐ, extraordinary), neuter (as adverb) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adverb, by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh…self, + special. Compare τύπτω.
|
τύχοιtychoi
|
it may be
|
V-AOA-3S
|
G4621σίτουsitou (N-GMS) G4621 σῖτος sîtos see-tah of uncertain derivation; grain, especially wheat:--corn, wheat.
|
σίτουsitou
|
of wheat,
|
N-GMS
|
G2228ἤē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἤē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G5100τινοςtinos (IPro-GNS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινοςtinos
|
of some
|
IPro-GNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G3062λοιπῶν·loipōn (Adj-GNP) G3062 λοιποί loipoí loy-poy masculine plural of a derivative of λείπω; remaining ones:--other, which remain, remnant, residue, rest.
|
λοιπῶν·loipōn
|
rest.
|
Adj-GNP
|
37
That which you sow'>sow, you sow'>sow not that body that will be, but bare grain, it may chance of wheat, or of some other grain:1 Corinthians 15:37
Stats
Counts: 132 characters, 22 words, 102 letters, 37 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο σπειρεις ου το σωμα το γενησομενον σπειρεις αλλα γυμνον κοκκον ει τυχοι σιτου η τινος των λοιπων
Lit: And what you sow, not the body that will be you sow, but a bare grain, if it may be of wheat, or of some of the rest.
KJV: And that which thou sowest, thou sowest not that body that shall be, but bare grain, it may chance of wheat, or of some other grain:
ο δε θεος αυτω διδωσιν σωμα καθως ηθελησεν και εκαστω των σπερματων το ιδιον σωμα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1325δίδωσινdidōsin (V-PIA-3S) G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δίδωσινdidōsin
|
gives
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
it
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G4983σῶμαsōma (N-ANS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμαsōma
|
a body,
|
N-ANS
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2309ἠθέλησεν,ēthelēsen (V-AIA-3S) G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
ἠθέλησεν,ēthelēsen
|
He has willed,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1538ἑκάστῳhekastō (Adj-DMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἑκάστῳhekastō
|
to each
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G4690σπερμάτωνspermatōn (N-GNP) G4690 σπέρμα spérma sper-mah from σπείρω; something sown, i.e. seed (including the male sperm); by implication, offspring; specially, a remnant (figuratively, as if kept over for planting):--issue, seed.
|
σπερμάτωνspermatōn
|
seeds,
|
N-GNP
|
G2398ἴδιονidion (Adj-ANS) G2398 ἴδιος ídios id-ee-os of uncertain affinity; pertaining to self, i.e. ones own; by implication, private or separate:--X his acquaintance, when they were alone, apart, aside, due, his (own, proper, several), home, (her, our, thine, your) own (business), private(-ly), proper, severally, their (own).
|
ἴδιονidion
|
its own
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4983σῶμα.sōma (N-ANS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμα.sōma
|
body.
|
N-ANS
|
38
But God gives it a body as it has pleased Him, and to every seed His own body.1 Corinthians 15:38
Stats
Counts: 80 characters, 17 words, 61 letters, 23 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο δε θεος αυτω διδωσιν σωμα καθως ηθελησεν και εκαστω των σπερματων το ιδιον σωμα
Lit: But God gives it a body, as He has willed, and to each of the seeds, its own body.
KJV: But God giveth it a body as it hath pleased him, and to every seed his own body.
References
"But God giveth it a body as it hath pleased him, and to every seed his own body."1Co 3:7: So then neither is He that'>He who plants any thing: neither He that'>He who waters; but God that gives the increase.Ge 1:11: 12: God said: Let the earth bring forth grass: the herb yielding seed: and the fruit tree yielding fruit after His kind: whose seed is in itself: upon the earth: and it was so.Ps 104:14: He causes the grass to grow for the cattle: and herb for the service of man: that he may bring forth food out of the earth;Isa 61:11: For as the earth brings forth her bud: and as the garden causes the things that are sown in it to spring forth; so the Lord GOD will cause righteousness and praise to spring forth before all the nations.Mr 4:26-29: He said: So is the kingdom of God: as if a man should cast seed into the ground;
ου πασα σαρξ η αυτη σαρξ αλλα αλλη μεν σαρξ ανθρωπων αλλη δε σαρξ κτηνων αλλη δε ιχθυων αλλη δε πτηνων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756Οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
Οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G3956πᾶσαpasa (Adj-NFS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσαpasa
|
all
|
Adj-NFS
|
G4561σὰρξsarx (N-NFS) G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σὰρξsarx
|
flesh is
|
N-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G846αὐτὴautē (PPro-NF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴautē
|
same
|
PPro-NF3S
|
G4561σάρξ,sarx (N-NFS) G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σάρξ,sarx
|
flesh,
|
N-NFS
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλληallē (Adj-NFS) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλληallē
|
one
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G444ἀνθρώπων,anthrōpōn (N-GMP) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπων,anthrōpōn
|
of men,
|
N-GMP
|
G243ἄλληallē (Adj-NFS) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλληallē
|
another
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4561σὰρξsarx (N-NFS) G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σὰρξsarx
|
flesh
|
N-NFS
|
G2934κτηνῶν,ktēnōn (N-GNP) G2934 κτῆνος ktēnos ktay-nos from κτάομαι; property, i.e. (specially) a domestic animal:--beast.
|
κτηνῶν,ktēnōn
|
of beasts,
|
N-GNP
|
G243ἄλληallē (Adj-NFS) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλληallē
|
another
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4561σὰρξsarx (N-NFS) G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σὰρξsarx
|
flesh
|
N-NFS
|
G4421πτηνῶν,ptēnōn (Adj-GNP) G4421 πτηνόν ptēnón ptay-non contraction for πετεινόν; a bird:--bird.
|
πτηνῶν,ptēnōn
|
of birds,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G243ἄλληallē (Adj-NFS) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλληallē
|
another
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2486ἰχθύων.ichthyōn (N-GMP) G2486 ἰχθύς ichthýs ikh-thoos of uncertain affinity; a fish:--fish.
|
ἰχθύων.ichthyōn
|
of fish.
|
N-GMP
|
39
All flesh is not the same flesh: but there is one kind of flesh of men, another flesh of beasts, another of fishes, and another of birds.1 Corinthians 15:39
Stats
Counts: 143 characters, 18 words, 106 letters, 38 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου πασα σαρξ η αυτη σαρξ αλλα αλλη μεν σαρξ ανθρωπων αλλη δε σαρξ κτηνων αλλη δε ιχθυων αλλη δε πτηνων
Lit: Not all flesh is the same flesh, but one indeed of men, another now flesh of beasts, another now flesh of birds, another now of fish.
KJV: All flesh is not the same flesh: but [there is] one [kind of] flesh of men, another flesh of beasts, another of fishes, [and] another of birds.
References
"All flesh is not the same flesh: but there is one kind of flesh of men, another flesh of beasts, another of fishes, and another of birds."Ge 1:20-26: God said: Let the waters bring forth abundantly the moving creature that has life: and fowl that may fly above the earth in the open firmament of heaven.
και σωματα επουρανια και σωματα επιγεια αλλ ετερα μεν η των επουρανιων δοξα ετερα δε η των επιγειων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4983σώματαsōmata (N-NNP) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματαsōmata
|
bodies there are
|
N-NNP
|
G2032ἐπουράνια,epourania (Adj-NNP) G2032 ἐπουράνιος epouránios ep-oo-ran-ee-os from ἐπί and οὐρανός; above the sky:--celestial, (in) heaven(-ly), high.
|
ἐπουράνια,epourania
|
heavenly,
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4983σώματαsōmata (N-NNP) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σώματαsōmata
|
bodies
|
N-NNP
|
G1919ἐπίγεια·epigeia (Adj-NNP) G1919 ἐπίγειος epígeios ep-ig-i-os from ἐπί and γῆ; worldly (physically or morally):--earthly, in earth, terrestrial.
|
ἐπίγεια·epigeia
|
earthly.
|
Adj-NNP
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G2087ἑτέραhetera (Adj-NFS) G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἑτέραhetera
|
one
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,
|
μὲνmen
|
truly
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
is the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G2032ἐπουρανίωνepouraniōn (Adj-GNP) G2032 ἐπουράνιος epouránios ep-oo-ran-ee-os from ἐπί and οὐρανός; above the sky:--celestial, (in) heaven(-ly), high.
|
ἐπουρανίωνepouraniōn
|
heavenly
|
Adj-GNP
|
G1391δόξα,doxa (N-NFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξα,doxa
|
glory,
|
N-NFS
|
G2087ἑτέραhetera (Adj-NFS) G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.
|
ἑτέραhetera
|
another
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
that
|
Art-NFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G1919ἐπιγείων.epigeiōn (Adj-GNP) G1919 ἐπίγειος epígeios ep-ig-i-os from ἐπί and γῆ; worldly (physically or morally):--earthly, in earth, terrestrial.
|
ἐπιγείων.epigeiōn
|
earthly.
|
Adj-GNP
|
40
There are also celestial bodies, and bodies terrestrial: but the glory of the celestial is one, and the glory of the terrestrial is another.1 Corinthians 15:40
Stats
Counts: 146 characters, 15 words, 113 letters, 46 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: και σωματα επουρανια και σωματα επιγεια αλλ ετερα μεν η των επουρανιων δοξα ετερα δε η των επιγειων
Lit: And bodies there are heavenly, and bodies earthly. But one truly is the of the heavenly glory, another now that of the earthly.
KJV: There are also celestial bodies, and bodies terrestrial: but the glory of the celestial [is] one, and the [glory] of the terrestrial [is] another.
αλλη δοξα ηλιου και αλλη δοξα σεληνης και αλλη δοξα αστερων αστηρ γαρ αστερος διαφερει εν δοξη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G243ἄλληallē (Adj-NFS) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλληallē
|
One is
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1391δόξαdoxa (N-NFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξαdoxa
|
the glory
|
N-NFS
|
G2246ἡλίου,hēliou (N-GMS) G2246 ἥλιος hḗlios hay-lee-os from (a ray; perhaps akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι); the sun; by implication, light:--+ east, sun.
|
ἡλίου,hēliou
|
of the sun,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλληallē (Adj-NFS) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλληallē
|
another
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1391δόξαdoxa (N-NFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξαdoxa
|
the glory
|
N-NFS
|
G4582σελήνης,selēnēs (N-GFS) G4582 σελήνη selḗnē sel-ay-nay from (brilliancy; probably akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι, through the idea of attractiveness); the moon:--moon.
|
σελήνης,selēnēs
|
of the moon,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλληallē (Adj-NFS) G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλληallē
|
another
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1391δόξαdoxa (N-NFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξαdoxa
|
the glory
|
N-NFS
|
G792ἀστέρων·asterōn (N-GMP) G792 ἀστήρ astḗr as-tare probably from the base of στρώννυμι; a star (as strown over the sky), literally or figuratively:--star.
|
ἀστέρων·asterōn
|
of the stars;
|
N-GMP
|
G792ἀστὴρastēr (N-NMS) G792 ἀστήρ astḗr as-tare probably from the base of στρώννυμι; a star (as strown over the sky), literally or figuratively:--star.
|
ἀστὴρastēr
|
star
|
N-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G792ἀστέροςasteros (N-GMS) G792 ἀστήρ astḗr as-tare probably from the base of στρώννυμι; a star (as strown over the sky), literally or figuratively:--star.
|
ἀστέροςasteros
|
from star
|
N-GMS
|
G1308διαφέρειdiapherei (V-PIA-3S) G1308 διαφέρω diaphérō dee-af-er-o from διά and φέρω; to bear through, i.e. (literally) transport; usually to bear apart, i.e. (objectively) to toss about (figuratively, report); subjectively, to differ, or (by implication) surpass:--be better, carry, differ from, drive up and down, be (more) excellent, make matter, publish, be of more value.,
|
διαφέρειdiapherei
|
differs
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1391δόξῃ.doxē (N-DFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξῃ.doxē
|
glory.
|
N-DFS
|
41
There is one glory of the sun, and another glory of the moon, and another glory of the stars: for one star differs from another star in glory.1 Corinthians 15:41
Stats
Counts: 148 characters, 21 words, 113 letters, 40 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλη δοξα ηλιου και αλλη δοξα σεληνης και αλλη δοξα αστερων αστηρ γαρ αστερος διαφερει εν δοξη
Lit: One is the glory of the sun, and another the glory of the moon, and another the glory of the stars; star for from star differs in glory.
KJV: There is one glory of the sun, and another glory of the moon, and another glory of the stars: for [one] star differeth from [another] star in glory.
References
"There is one glory of the sun, and another glory of the moon, and another glory of the stars: for one star differeth from another star in glory."Ge 1:14: God said: Let there be lights in the firmament of the heaven to divide the day from the night; and let them be for signs: and for seasons: and for days: and years:De 4:19: lest you lift up your eyes to heaven: and when you see the sun: and the moon: and the stars: even all the host of heaven: should be driven to worship them: and serve them: which the LORD your God has divided to all nations under the whole heaven.Job 31:26: If I beheld the sun when it shined: or the moon walking in brightness;Ps 8:3: When I consider your heavens: the work of your fingers: the moon and the stars: which you have ordained;Ps 19:4-6: Their line is gone out through all the earth: and their words to the end of the world. In them has he set a tabernacle for the sun: Ps 148:3-5: Praise you him: sun and moon: praise him: all you stars of light.Isa 24:23: Then the moon will be confounded: and the sun ashamed: when the LORD of hosts will reign in mount Zion: and in Jerusalem: and before His ancients gloriously.
ουτως και η αναστασις των νεκρων σπειρεται εν φθορα εγειρεται εν αφθαρσια
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3779Οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
Οὕτωςhoutōs
|
So
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also is
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G386ἀνάστασιςanastasis (N-NFS) G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.
|
ἀνάστασιςanastasis
|
resurrection
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3498νεκρῶν.nekrōn (Adj-GMP) G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶν.nekrōn
|
dead.
|
Adj-GMP
|
G4687σπείρεταιspeiretai (V-PIM/P-3S) G4687 σπείρω speírō spi-ro probably strengthened from σπάω (through the idea of extending); to scatter, i.e. sow (literally or figuratively):--sow(- er), receive seed.
|
σπείρεταιspeiretai
|
It is sown
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5356φθορᾷ,phthora (N-DFS) G5356 φθορά phthorá fthor-ah from φθείρω; decay, i.e. ruin (spontaneous or inflicted, literally or figuratively):--corruption, destroy, perish.
|
φθορᾷ,phthora
|
decay,
|
N-DFS
|
G1453ἐγείρεταιegeiretai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγείρεταιegeiretai
|
it is raised
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G861ἀφθαρσίᾳ·aphtharsia (N-DFS) G861 ἀφθαρσία aphtharsía af-thar-see-ah from ἄφθαρτος; incorruptibility; genitive, unending existence; (figuratively) genuineness:--immortality, incorruption, sincerity.
|
ἀφθαρσίᾳ·aphtharsia
|
immortality.
|
N-DFS
|
42
So also is the resurrection of the dead. It is sown in corruption; it is raised in incorruption:1 Corinthians 15:42
Stats
Counts: 96 characters, 16 words, 76 letters, 33 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτως και η αναστασις των νεκρων σπειρεται εν φθορα εγειρεται εν αφθαρσια
Lit: So also is the resurrection of the dead. It is sown in decay, it is raised in immortality.
KJV: So also is the resurrection of the dead. It is sown in corruption; it is raised in incorruption:
References
"is"1Co 15:50-54: Now this I say: brothers: that flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God; neither does corruption inherit incorruption.Da 12:3: They that be wise will shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever.Mt 13:43: Then will the righteous shine forth as the sun in the kingdom of their Father. Who has ears to hear: let Him hear.Php 3:20: 21: For our conversation is in heaven; from where also we look for the Saviour: the Lord Jesus Christ:"in corruption"Ge 3:19: In the sweat of your face will you eat bread: till you return to the ground; for out of it were you taken: for dust you are: and to dust will you return.Job 17:14: I have said to corruption: You are my father: to the worm: You are my mother: and my sister.Ps 16:10: For you will not leave my soul in hell; neither will you suffer your Holy one to see corruption.Ps 49:9: 14: That he should still live for ever: and not see corruption.Isa 38:17: Look: for peace I had great bitterness: but you have in love to my soul delivered it from the pit of corruption: for you have cast all my sins behind your back.Ac 2:27: 31: Because you will not leave my soul in hell: neither will you suffer your Holy one to see corruption.Ac 13:34-37: As concerning that he raised him up from the dead: now no more to return to corruption: he said on this wise: I will give you the sure mercies of David.Ro 1:23: Changed the glory of the uncorruptible God into an image made like to corruptible man: and to birds: and fourfooted beasts: and creeping things.Ro 8:21: Because the creature itself also will be delivered from the bondage of corruption into the glorious liberty of the children of God."it is"1Co 15:52-54: In a moment: in the twinkling of an eye: at the last trump: for the trumpet will sound: and the dead will be raised incorruptible: and we will be changed.Lu 20:35: 36: But they which will be accounted worthy to obtain that world: and the resurrection from the dead: neither marry: nor are given in marriage:1Pe 1:4: To an inheritance incorruptible: and undefiled: and that fades not away: reserved in heaven for you:
σπειρεται εν ατιμια εγειρεται εν δοξη σπειρεται εν ασθενεια εγειρεται εν δυναμει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4687σπείρεταιspeiretai (V-PIM/P-3S) G4687 σπείρω speírō spi-ro probably strengthened from σπάω (through the idea of extending); to scatter, i.e. sow (literally or figuratively):--sow(- er), receive seed.
|
σπείρεταιspeiretai
|
It is sown
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G819ἀτιμίᾳ,atimia (N-DFS) G819 ἀτιμία atimía at-ee-mee-ah from ἄτιμος; infamy, i.e. (subjectively) comparative indignity, (objectively) disgrace:--dishonour, reproach, shame, vile.
|
ἀτιμίᾳ,atimia
|
dishonor,
|
N-DFS
|
G1453ἐγείρεταιegeiretai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγείρεταιegeiretai
|
it is raised
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1391δόξῃ·doxē (N-DFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξῃ·doxē
|
glory.
|
N-DFS
|
G4687σπείρεταιspeiretai (V-PIM/P-3S) G4687 σπείρω speírō spi-ro probably strengthened from σπάω (through the idea of extending); to scatter, i.e. sow (literally or figuratively):--sow(- er), receive seed.
|
σπείρεταιspeiretai
|
It is sown
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G769ἀσθενείᾳ,astheneia (N-DFS) G769 ἀσθένεια asthéneia as-then-i-ah from ἀσθενής; feebleness (of mind or body); by implication, malady; morally, frailty:--disease, infirmity, sickness, weakness.
|
ἀσθενείᾳ,astheneia
|
weakness,
|
N-DFS
|
G1453ἐγείρεταιegeiretai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγείρεταιegeiretai
|
it is raised
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1411δυνάμει·dynamei (N-DFS) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμει·dynamei
|
power.
|
N-DFS
|
43
It is sown in dishonour; it is raised in glory: it is sown in weakness; it is raised in power:1 Corinthians 15:43
Stats
Counts: 94 characters, 17 words, 71 letters, 30 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: σπειρεται εν ατιμια εγειρεται εν δοξη σπειρεται εν ασθενεια εγειρεται εν δυναμει
Lit: It is sown in dishonor, it is raised in glory. It is sown in weakness, it is raised in power.
KJV: It is sown in dishonour; it is raised in glory: it is sown in weakness; it is raised in power:
References
"in dishonour"Da 12:1: At that time will Michael stand up: the great prince which stands for the children of your people: and there will be a time of trouble: such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time your people will be delivered: every one that will be found written in the book.Mt 13:43: Then will the righteous shine forth as the sun in the kingdom of their Father. Who has ears to hear: let Him hear.Php 3:20: 21: For our conversation is in heaven; from where also we look for the Saviour: the Lord Jesus Christ:"weakness"Job 14:10: But man dies: and wasts away: yes: man gives up the ghost: and where is he?Ps 102:23: He weakened my strength in the way; he shortened my days.2Co 13:4: For though He was crucified through weakness: yet He lives by the power of God. For we also are weak in Him: but we will live with Him by the power of God toward you."in power"1Co 6:14: God has both raised up the Lord: and will also raise up us by His own power.Mt 22:29: 30: Jesus answered and said to them: You do err: not knowing the scriptures: nor the power of God.Mr 12:24: 25: Jesus answering said to them: Do you not therefore err: because you not know the scriptures: neither the power of God?2Co 13:14: The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ: and the love of God: and the communion of the Holy Ghost: be with you all. Amen. The second [epistle to the Corinthians was written from Philippi: a city of Macedonia: by Titus and Lucas.]>>Php 3:10: That I may know him: and the power of his resurrection: and the fellowship of his sufferings: being made conformable to his death;
σπειρεται σωμα ψυχικον εγειρεται σωμα πνευματικον εστιν σωμα ψυχικον και εστιν σωμα πνευματικον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4687σπείρεταιspeiretai (V-PIM/P-3S) G4687 σπείρω speírō spi-ro probably strengthened from σπάω (through the idea of extending); to scatter, i.e. sow (literally or figuratively):--sow(- er), receive seed.
|
σπείρεταιspeiretai
|
It is sown
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G4983σῶμαsōma (N-NNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμαsōma
|
a body
|
N-NNS
|
G5591ψυχικόν,psychikon (Adj-NNS) G5591 ψυχικός psychikós psoo-khee-kos from ψυχή; sensitive, i.e. animate (in distinction on the one hand from πνευματικός, which is the higher or renovated nature; and on the other from φυσικός, which is the lower or bestial nature):--natural, sensual.
|
ψυχικόν,psychikon
|
natural,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1453ἐγείρεταιegeiretai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγείρεταιegeiretai
|
it is raised
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G4983σῶμαsōma (N-NNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμαsōma
|
a body
|
N-NNS
|
G4152πνευματικόν.pneumatikon (Adj-NNS) G4152 πνευματικός pneumatikós pnyoo-mat-ik-os from πνεῦμα; non-carnal, i.e. (humanly) ethereal (as opposed to gross), or (dæmoniacally) a spirit (concretely), or (divinely) supernatural, regenerate, religious:--spiritual. Compare ψυχικός.
|
πνευματικόν.pneumatikon
|
spiritual.
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἰEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
there is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4983σῶμαsōma (N-NNS) G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σῶμαsōma
|
a body
|
N-NNS
|
G5591ψυχικόν,psychikon (Adj-NNS) G5591 ψυχικός psychikós psoo-khee-kos from ψυχή; sensitive, i.e. animate (in distinction on the one hand from πνευματικός, which is the higher or renovated nature; and on the other from φυσικός, which is the lower or bestial nature):--natural, sensual.
|
ψυχικόν,psychikon
|
natural,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
there is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4152πνευματικόν.pneumatikon (Adj-NNS) G4152 πνευματικός pneumatikós pnyoo-mat-ik-os from πνεῦμα; non-carnal, i.e. (humanly) ethereal (as opposed to gross), or (dæmoniacally) a spirit (concretely), or (divinely) supernatural, regenerate, religious:--spiritual. Compare ψυχικός.
|
πνευματικόν.pneumatikon
|
spiritual.
|
Adj-NNS
|
44
It is sown a natural body; it is raised a spiritual body. There is a natural body, and there is a spiritual body.1 Corinthians 15:44
Stats
Counts: 113 characters, 20 words, 87 letters, 37 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: σπειρεται σωμα ψυχικον εγειρεται σωμα πνευματικον εστιν σωμα ψυχικον και εστιν σωμα πνευματικον
Lit: It is sown a body natural, it is raised a body spiritual. If there is a body natural, there is also spiritual.
KJV: It is sown a natural body; it is raised a spiritual body. There is a natural body, and there is a spiritual body.
References
"there is a spiritual"Lu 24:31: Their eyes were opened: and they knew him; and he vanished out of their sight.Joh 20:19: 26: Then the same day at evening: being the first day of the week: when the doors were shut where the disciples were assembled for fear of the Jews: came Jesus and stood in the middle: and says to them: Peace be to you.
ουτως και γεγραπται εγενετο ο πρωτος ανθρωπος αδαμ εις ψυχην ζωσαν ο εσχατος αδαμ εις πνευμα ζωοποιουν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
So
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S) G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γέγραπταιgegraptai
|
it has been written:
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G1096ἘγένετοEgeneto (V-AIM-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἘγένετοEgeneto
|
Became
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4413πρῶτοςprōtos (Adj-NMS) G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶτοςprōtos
|
first
|
Adj-NMS
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
man
|
N-NMS
|
G76ἈδὰμAdam (N-NMS) G76 Ἀδάμ Adám ad-am of Hebrew origin (אָדָם); Adam, the first man; typically (of Jesus) man (as his representative):--Adam.
|
ἈδὰμAdam
|
Adam
|
N-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G5590ψυχὴνpsychēn (N-AFS) G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχὴνpsychēn
|
a soul
|
N-AFS
|
G2198ζῶσαν·zōsan (V-PPA-AFS) G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῶσαν·zōsan
|
living;”
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2078ἔσχατοςeschatos (Adj-NMS) G2078 ἔσχατος éschatos es-khat-os a superlative probably from ἔχω (in the sense of contiguity); farthest, final (of place or time):--ends of, last, latter end, lowest, uttermost.
|
ἔσχατοςeschatos
|
last
|
Adj-NMS
|
G76ἈδὰμAdam (N-NMS) G76 Ἀδάμ Adám ad-am of Hebrew origin (אָדָם); Adam, the first man; typically (of Jesus) man (as his representative):--Adam.
|
ἈδὰμAdam
|
Adam
|
N-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G4151πνεῦμαpneuma (N-ANS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμαpneuma
|
a spirit
|
N-ANS
|
G2227ζωοποιοῦν.zōopoioun (V-PPA-ANS) G2227 ζωοποιέω zōopoiéō dzo-op-oy-eh-o from the same as ζῶον and ποιέω; to (re-)vitalize (literally or figuratively):--make alive, give life, quicken.
|
ζωοποιοῦν.zōopoioun
|
life-giving.
|
V-PPA-ANS
|
45
So it is written, The first man Adam was made a living soul; the last Adam was made a quickening spirit.
1 Corinthians 15:45
Stats
Rank: #2180 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 108 characters, 20 words, 84 letters, 33 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτως και γεγραπται εγενετο ο πρωτος ανθρωπος αδαμ εις ψυχην ζωσαν ο εσχατος αδαμ εις πνευμα ζωοποιουν
Lit: So also it has been written: Became the first man Adam into a soul living;” the last Adam into a spirit life-giving.
KJV: And so it is written, The first man Adam was made a living soul; the last Adam was made a quickening spirit.
References
"The first"1Co 15:47-49: The first man is of the earth: earthy: the second man is the Lord from heaven.Ge 2:7: The LORD God formed man of the dust of the ground: and breathed into His nostrils the breath of life; and man became a living soul.Ro 5:12-14: For what reason: as by one man sin entered into the world: and death by sin; and so death passed upon all men: for that all have sinned:Re 16:3: The second angel poured out his vial upon the sea; and it became as the blood of a dead man: and every living soul died in the sea."a quickening"Joh 1:4: In him was life; and the life was the light of men.Joh 4:10: 14: Jesus answered and said to her: If you knew the gift of God: and who it is that says to you: Give me to drink; you would have asked of Him: and He would have given you living water.Joh 5:21: 25-29: For as the Father raises up the dead: and quickens'>quickens them; even so the Son quickens'>quickens whom He will.Joh 6:33: 39: 40: 54: 57: 63: 68: For the bread of God is He which comes down from heaven: and gives life to the world.Joh 10:10: 28: The thief comes not: but for to steal: and to kill: and to destroy: I am come that they might have life: and that they might have it more abundantly.Joh 11:25: 26: Jesus said to her: I am the resurrection: and the life: He that'>He who believes in me: though He were dead: yet will He live:Joh 14:6: 19: Jesus says to Him: I am the way: the truth: and the life: no man comes to the Father: but by me.Joh 17:2: 3: As you have given him power over all flesh: that he should give eternal life to as many as you have given him.Ac 3:15: Killed the Prince of life: whom God has raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses.Ro 5:17: 21: For if by one man's offence death reigned by one; much more they which receive abundance of grace and of the gift of righteousness will reign in life by one: Jesus Christ.)Ro 8:2: 10: 11: For the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus has made me free from the law of sin and death.Php 3:21: Who will change our vile body: that it may be fashioned like to his glorious body: according to the working whereby he is able even to subdue all things to himself.Col 3:4: When Christ: who is our life: will appear: then will you also appear with Him in glory.1Jo 1:1-3: That which was from the beginning: which we have heard: which we have seen with our eyes: which we have looked upon: and our hands have handled: of the Word of life;1Jo 5:11: 12: This is the record: that God has given to us eternal life: and this life is in His Son.Re 21:6: He said to me: It is done. I am Alpha and Omega: the beginning and the end. I will give to him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely.Re 22:1: 17: He showed me a pure river of water of life: clear as crystal: proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb.
αλλ ου πρωτον το πνευματικον αλλα το ψυχικον επειτα το πνευματικον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G235Ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
Ἀλλ’all’
|
However
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4412πρῶτονprōton (Adv-S) G4412 πρῶτον prōton pro-ton neuter of πρῶτος as adverb (with or without ὁ); firstly (in time, place, order, or importance):--before, at the beginning, chiefly (at, at the) first (of all).
|
πρῶτονprōton
|
first was
|
Adv-S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4152πνευματικὸνpneumatikon (Adj-NNS) G4152 πνευματικός pneumatikós pnyoo-mat-ik-os from πνεῦμα; non-carnal, i.e. (humanly) ethereal (as opposed to gross), or (dæmoniacally) a spirit (concretely), or (divinely) supernatural, regenerate, religious:--spiritual. Compare ψυχικός.
|
πνευματικὸνpneumatikon
|
spiritual,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G5591ψυχικόν,psychikon (Adj-NNS) G5591 ψυχικός psychikós psoo-khee-kos from ψυχή; sensitive, i.e. animate (in distinction on the one hand from πνευματικός, which is the higher or renovated nature; and on the other from φυσικός, which is the lower or bestial nature):--natural, sensual.
|
ψυχικόν,psychikon
|
natural,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1899ἔπειταepeita (Adv) G1899 ἔπειτα épeita ep-i-tah from ἐπί and εἶτα; thereafter:--after that(-ward), then.
|
ἔπειταepeita
|
then
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4152πνευματικόν.pneumatikon (Adj-NNS) G4152 πνευματικός pneumatikós pnyoo-mat-ik-os from πνεῦμα; non-carnal, i.e. (humanly) ethereal (as opposed to gross), or (dæmoniacally) a spirit (concretely), or (divinely) supernatural, regenerate, religious:--spiritual. Compare ψυχικός.
|
πνευματικόν.pneumatikon
|
spiritual.
|
Adj-NNS
|
46
Howbeit that was not first which is spiritual, but that which is natural; and afterward that which is spiritual.1 Corinthians 15:46
Stats
Counts: 112 characters, 17 words, 91 letters, 31 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλ ου πρωτον το πνευματικον αλλα το ψυχικον επειτα το πνευματικον
Lit: However not first was the spiritual, but the natural, then the spiritual.
KJV: Howbeit that was not first which is spiritual, but that which is natural; and afterward that which is spiritual.
References
"that which is natural"Ro 6:6: Knowing this: that our old man is crucified with him: that the body of sin might be destroyed: that henceforth we not should serve sin.Eph 4:22-24: That you put off concerning the former conversation the old man: which is corrupt according to the deceitful lusts;Col 3:9: 10: not Lie one to another: seeing that you have put off the old man with his deeds;
ο πρωτος ανθρωπος εκ γης χοικος ο δευτερος ανθρωπος ο κυριος εξ ουρανου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G4413πρῶτοςprōtos (Adj-NMS) G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶτοςprōtos
|
first
|
Adj-NMS
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
man
|
N-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
was from
|
Prep
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS) G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
the earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G5517χοϊκός,choikos (Adj-NMS) G5517 χοϊκός choïkós kho-ik-os from χόος; dusty or dirty (soil-like), i.e. (by implication) terrene:--earthy.
|
χοϊκός,choikos
|
made of dust;
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1208δεύτεροςdeuteros (Adj-NMS) G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δεύτεροςdeuteros
|
second
|
Adj-NMS
|
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos
|
man
|
N-NMS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦ.ouranou (N-GMS) G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦ.ouranou
|
heaven.
|
N-GMS
|
47
The first man is of the earth, earthy: the second man is the Lord from heaven.1 Corinthians 15:47
Stats
Counts: 80 characters, 12 words, 60 letters, 21 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο πρωτος ανθρωπος εκ γης χοικος ο δευτερος ανθρωπος ο κυριος εξ ουρανου
Lit: The first man was from the earth, made of dust; the second man from heaven.
KJV: The first man is of the earth, earthy: the second man [is] the Lord from heaven.
References
"first"1Co 15:45: So it is written: The first man Adam was made a living soul; the last Adam was made a quickening spirit.Ge 2:7: The LORD God formed man of the dust of the ground: and breathed into His nostrils the breath of life; and man became a living soul.Ge 3:19: In the sweat of your face will you eat bread: till you return to the ground; for out of it were you taken: for dust you are: and to dust will you return.Joh 3:13: 31: No man has ascended up to heaven: but He that'>He who came down from heaven: even the Son of man which is in heaven.2Co 5:1: For we know that if our earthly house of this tabernacle were dissolved: we have a building of God: an not house made with hands: eternal in the heavens."the Lord"Isa 9:6: For to us a child is born: to us a son is given: and the government will be upon His shoulder: and His name will be called Wonderful: Counseller: The mighty God: The everlasting Father: The Prince of Peace.Jer 23:6: In His days Judah will be saved: and Israel will dwell safely: and this is His name whereby He will be called: THE LORD OUR RIGHTEOUSNESS.Mt 1:23: Look: a virgin will be with child: and will bring forth a son: and they will call His name Emmanuel: which being interpreted is: God with us.Lu 1:16: 17: Many of the children of Israel will He turn to the Lord their God.Lu 2:11: For to you is born this day in the city of David a Saviour: which is Christ the Lord.Joh 3:12: 13: 31: If I have told you earthly things: and you not believe: how will you believe: if I tell you of heavenly things?Joh 6:33: For the bread of God is He which comes down from heaven: and gives life to the world.Ac 10:36: The word which God sent to the children of Israel: preaching peace by Jesus Christ: (He is Lord of all:)Eph 4:9-11: (Now that he ascended: what is it but that he also descended first into the lower parts of the earth?1Ti 3:16: Without controversy great is the mystery of godliness: God was manifest in the flesh: justified in the Spirit: seen of angels: preached to the Gentiles: believed on in the world: received up into glory.
οιος ο χοικος τοιουτοι και οι χοικοι και οιος ο επουρανιος τοιουτοι και οι επουρανιοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3634οἷοςhoios (RelPro-NMS) G3634 οἷος hoîos hoy-os probably akin to ὁ, ὅς, and ὅσος; such or what sort of (as a correlation or exclamation); especially the neuter (adverbially) with negative, not so:--so (as), such as, what (manner of), which.,
|
οἷοςhoios
|
As
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G5517χοϊκός,choikos (Adj-NMS) G5517 χοϊκός choïkós kho-ik-os from χόος; dusty or dirty (soil-like), i.e. (by implication) terrene:--earthy.
|
χοϊκός,choikos
|
made of dust,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5108τοιοῦτοιtoioutoi (DPro-NMP) G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιοῦτοιtoioutoi
|
so
|
DPro-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also are
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G5517χοϊκοί,choikoi (Adj-NMP) G5517 χοϊκός choïkós kho-ik-os from χόος; dusty or dirty (soil-like), i.e. (by implication) terrene:--earthy.
|
χοϊκοί,choikoi
|
of the earth;
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3634οἷοςhoios (RelPro-NMS) G3634 οἷος hoîos hoy-os probably akin to ὁ, ὅς, and ὅσος; such or what sort of (as a correlation or exclamation); especially the neuter (adverbially) with negative, not so:--so (as), such as, what (manner of), which.,
|
οἷοςhoios
|
as
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2032ἐπουράνιος,epouranios (Adj-NMS) G2032 ἐπουράνιος epouránios ep-oo-ran-ee-os from ἐπί and οὐρανός; above the sky:--celestial, (in) heaven(-ly), high.
|
ἐπουράνιος,epouranios
|
heavenly one,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5108τοιοῦτοιtoioutoi (DPro-NMP) G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιοῦτοιtoioutoi
|
so
|
DPro-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G2032ἐπουράνιοι·epouranioi (Adj-NMP) G2032 ἐπουράνιος epouránios ep-oo-ran-ee-os from ἐπί and οὐρανός; above the sky:--celestial, (in) heaven(-ly), high.
|
ἐπουράνιοι·epouranioi
|
of heaven.
|
Adj-NMP
|
48
As is the earthy, such are they also that are earthy: and as is the heavenly, such are they also that are heavenly.1 Corinthians 15:48
Stats
Counts: 121 characters, 14 words, 89 letters, 35 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: οιος ο χοικος τοιουτοι και οι χοικοι και οιος ο επουρανιος τοιουτοι και οι επουρανιοι
Lit: As the one made of dust, so also are those of the earth; and as the heavenly one, so also those of heaven.
KJV: As is the earthy, such [are] they also that are earthy: and as [is] the heavenly, such [are] they also that are heavenly.
References
"such are they also that are earthy"1Co 15:21: 22: For since by man came death: by man came also the resurrection of the dead.Ge 5:3: Adam lived 130 years: and begot a son in his own likeness: after his image; and called his name Seth:Job 14:4: Who can bring a clean thing out of an unclean? not one.Joh 3:6: That which is born of the flesh is flesh; and that which is born of the Spirit is spirit.Ro 5:12-21: For what reason: as by one man sin entered into the world: and death by sin; and so death passed upon all men: for that all have sinned:"and as"Php 3:20: 21: For our conversation is in heaven; from where also we look for the Saviour: the Lord Jesus Christ:
και καθως εφορεσαμεν την εικονα του χοικου φορεσομεν και την εικονα του επουρανιου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.
|
καθὼςkathōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G5409ἐφορέσαμενephoresamen (V-AIA-1P) G5409 φορέω phoréō for-eh-o from φόρος; to have a burden, i.e. (by analogy) to wear as clothing or a constant accompaniment:--bear, wear.
|
ἐφορέσαμενephoresamen
|
we have borne
|
V-AIA-1P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1504εἰκόναeikona (N-AFS) G1504 εἰκών eikṓn i-kone from εἴκω; a likeness, i.e. (literally) statue, profile, or (figuratively) representation, resemblance:--image.
|
εἰκόναeikona
|
image
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G5517χοϊκοῦ,choikou (Adj-GMS) G5517 χοϊκός choïkós kho-ik-os from χόος; dusty or dirty (soil-like), i.e. (by implication) terrene:--earthy.
|
χοϊκοῦ,choikou
|
earthly,
|
Adj-GMS
|
G5409φορέσομενphoresomen (V-FIA-1P) G5409 φορέω phoréō for-eh-o from φόρος; to have a burden, i.e. (by analogy) to wear as clothing or a constant accompaniment:--bear, wear.
|
φορέσομενphoresomen
|
we shall bear
|
V-FIA-1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1504εἰκόναeikona (N-AFS) G1504 εἰκών eikṓn i-kone from εἴκω; a likeness, i.e. (literally) statue, profile, or (figuratively) representation, resemblance:--image.
|
εἰκόναeikona
|
image
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2032ἐπουρανίου.epouraniou (Adj-GMS) G2032 ἐπουράνιος epouránios ep-oo-ran-ee-os from ἐπί and οὐρανός; above the sky:--celestial, (in) heaven(-ly), high.
|
ἐπουρανίου.epouraniou
|
heavenly.
|
Adj-GMS
|
49
As we have borne the image of the earthy, we will also bear the image of the heavenly.1 Corinthians 15:49
Stats
Counts: 91 characters, 18 words, 71 letters, 30 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: και καθως εφορεσαμεν την εικονα του χοικου φορεσομεν και την εικονα του επουρανιου
Lit: And as we have borne the image of the earthly, we shall bear also the image of the heavenly.
KJV: And as we have borne the image of the earthy, we shall also bear the image of the heavenly.
References
"as"Ge 5:3: Adam lived 130 years: and begot a son in his own likeness: after his image; and called his name Seth:"we shall"Mt 13:43: Then will the righteous shine forth as the sun in the kingdom of their Father. Who has ears to hear: let Him hear.Ro 8:29: For whom He did foreknow: He also did predestinate to be conformed to the image of His Son: that He might be the firstborn among many brothers.2Co 3:18: But we all: with open face beholding as in a glass the glory of the Lord: are changed into the same image from glory to glory: even as by the Spirit of the Lord.2Co 4:10: 11: Always bearing about in the body the dying of the Lord Jesus: that the life also of Jesus might be made manifest in our body.1Jo 3:2: Beloved: now are we the sons of God: and it does not yet appear what we will be: but we know that: when He will appear: we will be like Him; for we will see Him as He is.
Where, O Death, Is Your Victory?
τουτο δε φημι αδελφοι οτι σαρξ και αιμα βασιλειαν θεου κληρονομησαι ου δυνανται ουδε η φθορα την αφθαρσιαν κληρονομει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3778ΤοῦτοTouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΤοῦτοTouto
|
This
|
DPro-ANS
|
G1161δέde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δέde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G5346φημι,phēmi (V-PIA-1S) G5346 φημί phēmí fay-mee properly, the same as the base of φῶς and φαίνω; to show or make known ones thoughts, i.e. speak or say:--affirm, say. Compare λέγω.
|
φημι,phēmi
|
I say,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί,adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4561σὰρξsarx (N-NFS) G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σὰρξsarx
|
flesh
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G129αἷμαhaima (N-NNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμαhaima
|
blood,
|
N-NNS
|
G932βασιλείανbasileian (N-AFS) G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείανbasileian
|
the kingdom
|
N-AFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G2816κληρονομῆσαιklēronomēsai (V-ANA) G2816 κληρονομέω klēronoméō klay-ron-om-eh-o from κληρονόμος; to be an heir to (literally or figuratively):--be heir, (obtain by) inherit(-ance).
|
κληρονομῆσαιklēronomēsai
|
to inherit
|
V-ANA
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410δύναται,dynatai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναται,dynatai
|
is able,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj) G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G5356φθορὰphthora (N-NFS) G5356 φθορά phthorá fthor-ah from φθείρω; decay, i.e. ruin (spontaneous or inflicted, literally or figuratively):--corruption, destroy, perish.
|
φθορὰphthora
|
decay,
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G861ἀφθαρσίανaphtharsian (N-AFS) G861 ἀφθαρσία aphtharsía af-thar-see-ah from ἄφθαρτος; incorruptibility; genitive, unending existence; (figuratively) genuineness:--immortality, incorruption, sincerity.
|
ἀφθαρσίανaphtharsian
|
immortality
|
N-AFS
|
G2816κληρονομεῖ.klēronomei (V-PIA-3S) G2816 κληρονομέω klēronoméō klay-ron-om-eh-o from κληρονόμος; to be an heir to (literally or figuratively):--be heir, (obtain by) inherit(-ance).
|
κληρονομεῖ.klēronomei
|
does inherit.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
50
Now this I say, brothers, that flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God; neither does corruption inherit incorruption.1 Corinthians 15:50
Stats
Rank: #495 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 127 characters, 17 words, 104 letters, 37 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: τουτο δε φημι αδελφοι οτι σαρξ και αιμα βασιλειαν θεου κληρονομησαι ου δυνανται ουδε η φθορα την αφθαρσιαν κληρονομει
Lit: This now I say, brothers, that flesh and blood, the kingdom of God to inherit not is able, nor the decay, the immortality does inherit.
KJV: Now this I say, brethren, that flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God; neither doth corruption inherit incorruption.
References
"this"1Co 1:12: Now this I say: that every one of you says: I am of Paul; and I of Apollos; and I of Cephas; and I of Christ.1Co 7:29: But this I say: brothers: the time is short: it remains: that both they that have wives be as though they had none;2Co 9:6: But this I say: He which sows'>sows sparingly will reap also sparingly; and he which sows'>sows bountifully will reap also bountifully.Ga 3:17: This I say: that the covenant: that was confirmed before of God in Christ: the law: which was 430 years after: cannot disannul: that it should make the promise of none effect.Ga 5:16: This I say then: Walk in the Spirit: and you will not fulfil the lust of the flesh.Eph 4:17: This I say therefore: and testify in the Lord: that you henceforth not walk as other Gentiles walk: in the vanity of their mind: Col 2:4: This I say: lest any man should beguile you with enticing words."that"1Co 6:13: Meats for the belly: and the belly for meats: but God will destroy both it and them. Now the body is not for fornication: but for the Lord; and the Lord for the body.Mt 16:17: Jesus answered and said to Him: Blessed are you: Simon Barjona: for flesh and blood has not revealed it to you: but my Father which is in heaven.Joh 3:3-6: Jesus answered and said to Him: Truly: truly: I say to you: Except a man be born again: He cannot see the kingdom of God.2Co 5:1: For we know that if our earthly house of this tabernacle were dissolved: we have a building of God: an not house made with hands: eternal in the heavens.
ιδου μυστηριον υμιν λεγω παντες μεν ου κοιμηθησομεθα παντες δε αλλαγησομεθα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3708Ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
Ἰδοὺidou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3466μυστήριονmystērion (N-ANS) G3466 μυστήριον mystḗrion moos-tay-ree-on from a derivative of (to shut the mouth); a secret or mystery (through the idea of silence imposed by initiation into religious rites):--mystery.
|
μυστήριονmystērion
|
a mystery
|
N-ANS
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3004λέγω·legō (V-PIA-1S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγω·legō
|
I tell.
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
All
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2837κοιμηθησόμεθα,koimēthēsometha (V-FIP-1P) G2837 κοιμάω koimáō koy-mah-o from κεῖμαι; to put to sleep, i.e. (passively or reflexively) to slumber; figuratively, to decease:--(be a-, fall a-, fall on) sleep, be dead.
|
κοιμηθησόμεθα,koimēthēsometha
|
we will sleep;
|
V-FIP-1P
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G236ἀλλαγησόμεθα,allagēsometha (V-FIP-1P) G236 ἀλλάσσω allássō al-las-so from ἄλλος; to make different:--change.
|
ἀλλαγησόμεθα,allagēsometha
|
we will be changed —
|
V-FIP-1P
|
51
Look, I show you a mystery; We will not all sleep, but we will all be changed,
1 Corinthians 15:51
Stats
Rank: #754 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 82 characters, 14 words, 62 letters, 21 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιδου μυστηριον υμιν λεγω παντες μεν ου κοιμηθησομεθα παντες δε αλλαγησομεθα
Lit: Behold, a mystery to you I tell. All not we will sleep; all however we will be changed —
KJV: Behold, I shew you a mystery; We shall not all sleep, but we shall all be changed,
References
"I shew"1Co 2:7: But we speak the wisdom of God in a mystery: even the hidden wisdom: which God ordained before the world to our glory:1Co 4:1: Let a man so account of us: as of the ministers of Christ: and stewards of the mysteries of God.1Co 13:2: Though I have the gift of prophecy: and understand all mysteries: and all knowledge; and though I have all faith: so that I could remove mountains: and not have charity: I not amhing.Eph 1:9: Having made known to us the mystery of his will: according to his good pleasure which he has purposed in himself:Eph 3:3: How that by revelation he made known to me the mystery; (as I wrote afore in few words: Eph 5:32: This is a great mystery: but I speak concerning Christ and the church."We shall not"1Co 15:6: 18: 20: After that: he was seen of above 500 brothers at once; of whom the greater part remain to this present: but some are fallen asleep.1Th 4:14-17: For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again: even so them also which sleep in Jesus will God bring with Him."changed"Php 3:21: Who will change our vile body: that it may be fashioned like to his glorious body: according to the working whereby he is able even to subdue all things to himself.
εν ατομω εν ριπη οφθαλμου εν τη εσχατη σαλπιγγι σαλπισει γαρ και οι νεκροι εγερθησονται αφθαρτοι και ημεις αλλαγησομεθα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G823ἀτόμῳ,atomō (Adj-DNS) G823 ἄτομος átomos at-om-os from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of τομώτερος; uncut, i.e. (by implication) indivisible (an atom of time):-- moment.
|
ἀτόμῳ,atomō
|
an instant,
|
Adj-DNS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4493ῥιπῇrhipē (N-DFS) G4493 ῥιπή rhipḗ hree-pay from ῥίπτω; a jerk (of the eye, i.e. (by analogy) an instant):--twinkling.
|
ῥιπῇrhipē
|
the twinkling
|
N-DFS
|
G3788ὀφθαλμοῦ,ophthalmou (N-GMS) G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμοῦ,ophthalmou
|
of an eye,
|
N-GMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2078ἐσχάτῃeschatē (Adj-DFS) G2078 ἔσχατος éschatos es-khat-os a superlative probably from ἔχω (in the sense of contiguity); farthest, final (of place or time):--ends of, last, latter end, lowest, uttermost.
|
ἐσχάτῃeschatē
|
last
|
Adj-DFS
|
G4536σάλπιγγι·salpingi (N-DFS) G4536 σάλπιγξ sálpinx sal-pinx perhaps from σάλος (through the idea of quavering or reverberation); a trumpet:--trump(-et).
|
σάλπιγγι·salpingi
|
trumpet.
|
N-DFS
|
G4537σαλπίσειsalpisei (V-FIA-3S) G4537 σαλπίζω salpízō sal-pid-zo from σάλπιγξ; to trumpet, i.e. sound a blast (literally or figuratively):--(which are yet to) sound (a trumpet).
|
σαλπίσειsalpisei
|
The trumpet will sound
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G1063γάρ,gar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρ,gar
|
for,
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3498νεκροὶnekroi (Adj-NMP) G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκροὶnekroi
|
dead
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1453ἐγερθήσονταιegerthēsontai (V-FIP-3P) G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἐγερθήσονταιegerthēsontai
|
will be raised
|
V-FIP-3P
|
G862ἄφθαρτοι,aphthartoi (Adj-NMP) G862 ἄφθαρτος áphthartos af-thar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of φθείρω; undecaying (in essence or continuance):--not (in-, un-)corruptible, immortal.
|
ἄφθαρτοι,aphthartoi
|
imperishable,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμεῖςhēmeis
|
we
|
PPro-N1P
|
G236ἀλλαγησόμεθα.allagēsometha (V-FIP-1P) G236 ἀλλάσσω allássō al-las-so from ἄλλος; to make different:--change.
|
ἀλλαγησόμεθα.allagēsometha
|
will be changed.
|
V-FIP-1P
|
52
In a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump: for the trumpet will sound, and the dead will be raised incorruptible, and we will be changed.1 Corinthians 15:52
Stats
Counts: 157 characters, 25 words, 122 letters, 43 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν ατομω εν ριπη οφθαλμου εν τη εσχατη σαλπιγγι σαλπισει γαρ και οι νεκροι εγερθησονται αφθαρτοι και ημεις αλλαγησομεθα
Lit: in an instant, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trumpet. The trumpet will sound for, and the dead will be raised imperishable, and we will be changed.
KJV: In a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump: for the trumpet shall sound, and the dead shall be raised incorruptible, and we shall be changed.
References
"a moment"Ex 33:5: For the LORD had said to Moses: Say to the children of Israel: You are a stiffnecked people: I will come up into the middle of you in a moment: and consume you: therefore now put off your ornaments from you: that I may know what to do to you.Nu 16:21: 45: Separate yourselves from among this congregation: that I may consume them in a moment.Ps 73:19: How are they brought into desolation: as in a moment! they are utterly consumed with terrors.2Pe 3:10: But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens will pass away with a great noise: and the elements will melt with fervent heat: the earth also and the works that are therein will be burned up."last"Ex 19:16: It came to pass on the third day in the morning: that there were thunders and lightnings: and a thick cloud upon the mount: and the voice of the trumpet exceeding loud; so that all the people that was in the camp trembled.Ex 20:18: All the people saw the thunderings: and the lightnings: and the noise of the trumpet: and the mountain smoking: and when the people saw it: they removed: and stood afar off.Nu 10:4: If they blow but with one trumpet: then the princes: which are heads of the thousands of Israel: will gather themselves to you.Isa 18:3: All you inhabitants of the world: and dwellers on the earth: see you: when he lifts up an ensign on the mountains; and when he blows a trumpet: hear you.Isa 27:13: It will come to pass in that day: that the great trumpet will be blown: and they will come which were ready to perish in the land of Assyria: and the outcasts in the land of Egypt: and will worship the LORD in the holy mount at Jerusalem.Eze 33:3: 6: If when he sees the sword come upon the land: he blow the trumpet: and warn the people;Zec 9:14: The LORD will be seen over them: and His arrow will go forth as the lightning: and the Lord GOD will blow the trumpet: and will go with whirlwinds of the south.Re 8:2: 13: I saw the 7 angels which stood before God; and to them were given 7 trumpets.Re 9:13: 14: The sixth angel sounded: and I heard a voice from the 4 horns of the golden altar which is before God: "for"Mt 24:31: He will send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet: and they will gather together his elect from the 4 winds: from one end of heaven to the other.Joh 5:25: Truly: truly: I say to you: The hour is coming: and now is: when the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God: and they that hear will live.1Th 4:16: For the Lord Himself will descend from heaven with a shout: with the voice of the archangel: and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ will rise first:"the dead"1Co 15:42: 50: So also is the resurrection of the dead. It is sown in corruption; it is raised in incorruption:
δει γαρ το φθαρτον τουτο ενδυσασθαι αφθαρσιαν και το θνητον τουτο ενδυσασθαι αθανασιαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S) G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
It behooves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5349φθαρτὸνphtharton (Adj-ANS) G5349 φθαρτός phthartós fthar-tos from φθείρω; decayed, i.e. (by implication) perishable:--corruptible.
|
φθαρτὸνphtharton
|
perishable
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this,
|
DPro-ANS
|
G1746ἐνδύσασθαιendysasthai (V-ANM) G1746 ἐνδύω endýō en-doo-o from ἐν and δύνω (in the sense of sinking into a garment); to invest with clothing (literally or figuratively):--array, clothe (with), endue, have (put) on.
|
ἐνδύσασθαιendysasthai
|
to put on
|
V-ANM
|
G861ἀφθαρσίανaphtharsian (N-AFS) G861 ἀφθαρσία aphtharsía af-thar-see-ah from ἄφθαρτος; incorruptibility; genitive, unending existence; (figuratively) genuineness:--immortality, incorruption, sincerity.
|
ἀφθαρσίανaphtharsian
|
imperishable;
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2349θνητὸνthnēton (Adj-ANS) G2349 θνητός thnētós thnay-tos from θνήσκω; liable to die:--mortal(-ity).
|
θνητὸνthnēton
|
mortal
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this,
|
DPro-ANS
|
G1746ἐνδύσασθαιendysasthai (V-ANM) G1746 ἐνδύω endýō en-doo-o from ἐν and δύνω (in the sense of sinking into a garment); to invest with clothing (literally or figuratively):--array, clothe (with), endue, have (put) on.
|
ἐνδύσασθαιendysasthai
|
to put on
|
V-ANM
|
G110ἀθανασίαν.athanasian (N-AFS) G110 ἀθανασία athanasía ath-an-as-ee-ah from a compound of Α (as a negative particle) and θάνατος; deathlessness:--immortality.
|
ἀθανασίαν.athanasian
|
immortality.
|
N-AFS
|
53
For this corruptible must put on incorruption, and this mortal must put on immortality.1 Corinthians 15:53
Stats
Counts: 87 characters, 13 words, 72 letters, 25 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: δει γαρ το φθαρτον τουτο ενδυσασθαι αφθαρσιαν και το θνητον τουτο ενδυσασθαι αθανασιαν
Lit: It behooves for the perishable this, to put on imperishable; and the mortal this, to put on immortality.
KJV: For this corruptible must put on incorruption, and this mortal must put on immortality.
References
"put"Ro 13:12-14: The night is far spent: the day is at hand: let us therefore cast off the works of darkness: and let us put on the armour of light.2Co 5:2-4: For in this we groan: earnestly desiring to be clothed upon with our house which is from heaven:Ga 3:27: For as many of you as have been baptized into Christ have put on Christ.Eph 4:24: That you put on the new man: which after God is created in righteousness and true holiness.1Jo 3:2: Beloved: now are we the sons of God: and it does not yet appear what we will be: but we know that: when He will appear: we will be like Him; for we will see Him as He is.
οταν δε το φθαρτον τουτο ενδυσηται αφθαρσιαν και το θνητον τουτο ενδυσηται αθανασιαν τοτε γενησεται ο λογος ο γεγραμμενος κατεποθη ο θανατος εις νικος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3752Ὅτανhotan (Conj) G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
Ὅτανhotan
|
When
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G5349φθαρτὸνphtharton (Adj-NNS) G5349 φθαρτός phthartós fthar-tos from φθείρω; decayed, i.e. (by implication) perishable:--corruptible.
|
φθαρτὸνphtharton
|
perishable
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-NNS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1746ἐνδύσηταιendysētai (V-ASM-3S) G1746 ἐνδύω endýō en-doo-o from ἐν and δύνω (in the sense of sinking into a garment); to invest with clothing (literally or figuratively):--array, clothe (with), endue, have (put) on.
|
ἐνδύσηταιendysētai
|
shall have put on
|
V-ASM-3S
|
G3588(τὴν)tēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
(τὴν)tēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G861ἀφθαρσίανaphtharsian (N-AFS) G861 ἀφθαρσία aphtharsía af-thar-see-ah from ἄφθαρτος; incorruptibility; genitive, unending existence; (figuratively) genuineness:--immortality, incorruption, sincerity.
|
ἀφθαρσίανaphtharsian
|
imperishable,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2349θνητὸνthnēton (Adj-NNS) G2349 θνητός thnētós thnay-tos from θνήσκω; liable to die:--mortal(-ity).
|
θνητὸνthnēton
|
mortal
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-NNS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-NNS
|
G1746ἐνδύσηταιendysētai (V-ASM-3S) G1746 ἐνδύω endýō en-doo-o from ἐν and δύνω (in the sense of sinking into a garment); to invest with clothing (literally or figuratively):--array, clothe (with), endue, have (put) on.
|
ἐνδύσηταιendysētai
|
shall have put on
|
V-ASM-3S
|
G110ἀθανασίαν,athanasian (N-AFS) G110 ἀθανασία athanasía ath-an-as-ee-ah from a compound of Α (as a negative particle) and θάνατος; deathlessness:--immortality.
|
ἀθανασίαν,athanasian
|
immortality,
|
N-AFS
|
G5119τότεtote (Adv) G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
τότεtote
|
then
|
Adv
|
G1096γενήσεταιgenēsetai (V-FIM-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενήσεταιgenēsetai
|
will come to pass
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3056λόγοςlogos (N-NMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοςlogos
|
word
|
N-NMS
|
G1125γεγραμμένοςgegrammenos (V-RPM/P-NMS) G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γεγραμμένοςgegrammenos
|
having been written:
|
V-RPM/P-NMS
|
G2666ΚατεπόθηKatepothē (V-AIP-3S) G2666 καταπίνω katapínō kat-ap-ee-no from κατά and πίνω; to drink down, i.e. gulp entire (literally or figuratively):--devour, drown, swallow (up).
|
ΚατεπόθηKatepothē
|
Has been swallowed up
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2288θάνατοςthanatos (N-NMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θάνατοςthanatos
|
death
|
N-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3534νῖκος.nikos (N-ANS) G3534 νῖκος nîkos nee-kos from νίκη; a conquest (concretely), i.e. (by implication) triumph:--victory.
|
νῖκος.nikos
|
victory.”
|
N-ANS
|
54
So when this corruptible will have put on incorruption, and this mortal will have put on immortality, then will be brought to pass the saying that is written, Death is swallowed up in victory.
1 Corinthians 15:54
Stats
Counts: 195 characters, 31 words, 158 letters, 54 vowels, 104 consonants
Translation
Greek: οταν δε το φθαρτον τουτο ενδυσηται αφθαρσιαν και το θνητον τουτο ενδυσηται αθανασιαν τοτε γενησεται ο λογος ο γεγραμμενος κατεποθη ο θανατος εις νικος
Lit: When now the perishable this shall have put on the imperishable, and the mortal this shall have put on immortality, then will come to pass the word having been written: Has been swallowed up death in victory.”
KJV: So when this corruptible shall have put on incorruption, and this mortal shall have put on immortality, then shall be brought to pass the saying that is written, Death is swallowed up in victory.
References
"this mortal"Ro 2:7: To them who by patient continuance in well doing seek for glory and honour and immortality: eternal life:Ro 6:12: not Let sin therefore reign in your mortal body: that you should obey it in the lusts thereof.Ro 8:11: But if the Spirit of Him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwell in you: He that'>He who raised up Christ from the dead will also quicken your mortal bodies by His Spirit that dwells in you.2Co 4:11: For we which live are alway delivered to death for Jesus' sake: that the life also of Jesus might be made manifest in our mortal flesh.2Th 1:10: When he will come to be glorified in his saints: and to be admired in all them that believe (because our testimony among you was believed) in that day."Death"Isa 25:8: He will swallow up death in victory; and the Lord GOD will wipe away tears from off all faces; and the rebuke of His people will He take away from off all the earth: for the LORD has spoken it.Lu 20:36: Neither can they die any more: for they are equal to the angels; and are the children of God: being the children of the resurrection.Heb 2:14: 15: Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood: he also himself likewise took part of the same; that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death: that is: the devil;Re 20:14: Death and hell were cast into the lake of fire. This is the second death.Re 21:4: God will wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there will be no more death: neither sorrow: nor crying: neither will there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away.
που σου θανατε το κεντρον που σου αδη το νικος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4226Ποῦpou (Adv) G4226 ποῦ poû poo genitive case of an interrogative pronoun (what) otherwise obsolete (perhaps the same as πού used with the rising slide of inquiry); as adverb of place; at (by implication, to) what locality:--where, whither.
|
Ποῦpou
|
Where
|
Adv
|
G4771σου,sou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου,sou
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2288θάνατε,thanate (N-VMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θάνατε,thanate
|
O death,
|
N-VMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3534νῖκος;nikos (N-NNS) G3534 νῖκος nîkos nee-kos from νίκη; a conquest (concretely), i.e. (by implication) triumph:--victory.
|
νῖκος;nikos
|
victory?
|
N-NNS
|
G4226ποῦpou (Adv) G4226 ποῦ poû poo genitive case of an interrogative pronoun (what) otherwise obsolete (perhaps the same as πού used with the rising slide of inquiry); as adverb of place; at (by implication, to) what locality:--where, whither.
|
ποῦpou
|
Where
|
Adv
|
G4771σου,sou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου,sou
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2288θάνατε,thanate (N-VMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θάνατε,thanate
|
O death,
|
N-VMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2759κέντρον;kentron (N-NNS) G2759 κέντρον kéntron ken-tron from (to prick); a point (centre), i.e. a sting (figuratively, poison) or goad (figuratively, divine impulse):--prick, sting.
|
κέντρον;kentron
|
sting?”
|
N-NNS
|
55
O death, where is your sting? O grave, where is your victory?1 Corinthians 15:55
Stats
Counts: 61 characters, 7 words, 44 letters, 15 vowels, 29 consonants
Translation
Greek: που σου θανατε το κεντρον που σου αδη το νικος
Lit: Where of you, O death, the victory? Where of you, O death, the sting?”
KJV: O death, where is thy sting? O grave, where [is] thy victory?
References
"O death"Ho 13:14: I will ransom them from the power of the grave; I will redeem them from death: O death: I will be your plagues; O grave: I will be your destruction: repentance will be hid from my eyes."sting"Ac 9:5: He said: Who are you: Lord? And the Lord said: I am Jesus whom you persecute: it is hard for you to kick against the pricks.Re 9:10: They had tails like to scorpions: and there were stings in their tails: and their power was to hurt men 5 months."grave"Lu 16:23: In hell he lift up his eyes: being in torments: and sees Abraham afar off: and Lazarus in his bosom.Ac 2:27: Because you will not leave my soul in hell: neither will you suffer your Holy one to see corruption.Re 20:13: 14: The sea gave up the dead which were in it; and death and hell delivered up the dead which were in them: and they were judged every man according to their works."is thy victory"Job 18:13: 14: It will devour the strength of his skin: even the firstborn of death will devour his strength.Ps 49:8-15: (For the redemption of their soul is precious: and it ceases for ever:)Ps 89:48: What man is he who lives: and will not see death? will he deliver his soul from the hand of the grave? Selah.Ec 2:15: 16: Then said I in my heart: As it happens'>happens to the fool: so it happens'>happens even to me; and why was I then more wise? Then I said in my heart: that this also is vanity.Ec 3:19: For that which befalls'>befalls'>befalls the sons of men befalls'>befalls'>befalls beasts; even one thing befalls'>befalls'>befalls them: as the one dies'>dies: so dies'>dies the other; yes: they have all one breath; so that a man has no preeminence above a beast: for all is vanity.Ec 8:8: There is no man that has power over the spirit to retain the spirit; neither has he power in the day of death: and there is no discharge in that war; neither will wickedness deliver those that are given to it.Ec 9:5: 6: For the living know that they will die: but the dead not know any thing: neither have they any more a reward; for the memory of them is forgotten.Ro 5:14: Nevertheless death reigned from Adam to Moses: even over them that not had sinned after the similitude of Adam's transgression: who is the figure of him that was to come.
το δε κεντρον του θανατου η αμαρτια η δε δυναμις της αμαρτιας ο νομος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2759κέντρονkentron (N-NNS) G2759 κέντρον kéntron ken-tron from (to prick); a point (centre), i.e. a sting (figuratively, poison) or goad (figuratively, divine impulse):--prick, sting.
|
κέντρονkentron
|
the sting
|
N-NNS
|
G2288θανάτουthanatou (N-GMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτουthanatou
|
of death is
|
N-GMS
|
G266ἁμαρτία,hamartia (N-NFS) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτία,hamartia
|
sin;
|
N-NFS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1411δύναμιςdynamis (N-NFS) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμιςdynamis
|
the power
|
N-NFS
|
G266ἁμαρτίαςhamartias (N-GFS) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίαςhamartias
|
of sin,
|
N-GFS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3551νόμος·nomos (N-NMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.
|
νόμος·nomos
|
law;
|
N-NMS
|
56
The sting of death is sin; and the strength of sin is the law.1 Corinthians 15:56
Stats
Counts: 64 characters, 11 words, 47 letters, 15 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: το δε κεντρον του θανατου η αμαρτια η δε δυναμις της αμαρτιας ο νομος
Lit: And the sting of death is sin; and the power of sin, the law;
KJV: The sting of death is sin; and the strength of sin [is] the law.
References
"sting"Ge 3:17-19: to Adam he said: Because you have listened to the voice of your wife: and have eaten of the tree: of which I commanded you: saying: You will not eat of it: cursed is the ground for your sake; in sorrow will you eat of it all the days of your life;Ps 90:3-11: You turn man to destruction; and say: Return: you children of men.Pr 14:32: The wicked is driven away in his wickedness: but the righteous has hope in his death.Joh 8:21: 24: Then said Jesus again to them: I go my way: and you will seek me: and will die in your sins: whither I go: you cannot come.Ro 5:15: 17: not But as the offence: so also is the free gift. For if through the offence of one many be dead: much more the grace of God: and the gift by grace: which is by one man: Jesus Christ: has abounded to many.Ro 6:23: For the wages of sin is death; but the gift of God is eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord.Heb 9:27: As it is appointed to men once to die: but after this the judgment:"the strength"Ro 3:19: 20: Now we know that what things soever the law says: it says to them who are under the law: that every mouth may be stopped: and all the world may become guilty before God.Ro 4:15: Because the law works wrath: for where no law is: there is no transgression.Ro 5:13: 20: (For until the law sin was in the world: but sin not is imputed when there is no law.Ro 7:5-13: For when we were in the flesh: the motions of sins: which were by the law: did work in our members to bring forth fruit to death.Ga 3:10-13: For as many as are of the works of the law are under the curse: for it is written: Cursed is every one that continues not in all things which are written in the book of the law to do them.
τω δε θεω χαρις τω διδοντι ημιν το νικος δια του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to
|
Art-DMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
God
|
N-DMS
|
G5485χάριςcharis (N-NFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριςcharis
|
be thanks,
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the One
|
Art-DMS
|
G1325διδόντιdidonti (V-PPA-DMS) G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
διδόντιdidonti
|
giving
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῖνhēmin
|
us
|
PPro-D1P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3534νῖκοςnikos (N-ANS) G3534 νῖκος nîkos nee-kos from νίκη; a conquest (concretely), i.e. (by implication) triumph:--victory.
|
νῖκοςnikos
|
victory
|
N-ANS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547Χριστοῦ.Christou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ.Christou
|
Christ.
|
N-GMS
|
57
But thanks be to God, which gives us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ.1 Corinthians 15:57
Stats
Counts: 80 characters, 14 words, 64 letters, 20 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: τω δε θεω χαρις τω διδοντι ημιν το νικος δια του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου
Lit: to however God be thanks, the One giving us the victory through the Lord of us Jesus Christ.
KJV: But thanks be to God, which giveth us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ.
References
"thanks"Ac 27:35: When He had thus spoken: He took bread: and gave thanks to God in presence of them all: and when He had broken it: He began to eat.Ro 7:25: I thank God through Jesus Christ our Lord. So then with the mind I myself serve the law of God; but with the flesh the law of sin.2Co 1:11: You also helping together by prayer for us: that for the gift bestowed upon us by the means of many persons thanks may be given by many on our behalf.2Co 2:14: Now thanks be to God: which always causes us to triumph in Christ: and makes manifest the savour of His knowledge by us in every place.2Co 9:15: Thanks be to God for His unspeakable gift.Eph 5:20: Giving thanks always for all things to God and the Father in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ;"giveth"1Co 15:51: Look: I show you a mystery; We will not all sleep: but we will all be changed: 2Ki 5:1: Now Naaman: captain of the host of the king of Syria: was a great man with His master: and honourable: because by Him the LORD had given deliverance to Syria: He was also a mighty man in valour: but He was a leper.1Ch 22:11: Now: my son: the LORD be with you; and prosper you: and build the house of the LORD your God: as He has said of you.Ps 98:1: > O sing to the LORD a new song; for He has done marvellous things: His right hand: and His holy arm: has gotten Him the victory.Pr 21:31: The horse is prepared against the day of battle: but safety is of the LORD.Joh 16:33: These things I have spoken to you: that in me you might have peace. In the world you will have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world.Ro 8:37: No: in all these things we are more than conquerors through him that loved us.1Jo 5:4: 5: For whatever is born of God overcomes'>overcomes the world: and this is the victory that overcomes'>overcomes the world: even our faith.Re 12:11: They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb: and by the word of their testimony; and they not loved their lives to the death.Re 15:2: 3: I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the victory over the beast: and over His image: and over His mark: and over the number of His name: stand on the sea of glass: having the harps of God.
ωστε αδελφοι μου αγαπητοι εδραιοι γινεσθε αμετακινητοι περισσευοντες εν τω εργω του κυριου παντοτε ειδοτες οτι ο κοπος υμων ουκ εστιν κενος εν κυριω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5620Ὥστε,Hōste (Conj) G5620 ὥστε hṓste hoce-teh from ὡς and τέ; so too, i.e. thus therefore (in various relations of consecution, as follow):--(insomuch) as, so that (then), (insomuch) that, therefore, to, wherefore.,
|
Ὥστε,Hōste
|
Therefore,
|
Conj
|
G80ἀδελφοίadelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοίadelphoi
|
brothers
|
N-VMP
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G27ἀγαπητοί,agapētoi (Adj-VMP) G27 ἀγαπητός agapētós ag-ap-ay-tos from ἀγαπάω; beloved:--(dearly, well) beloved, dear.
|
ἀγαπητοί,agapētoi
|
beloved,
|
Adj-VMP
|
G1476ἑδραῖοιhedraioi (Adj-NMP) G1476 ἑδραῖος hedraîos hed-rah-yos from a derivative of (to sit); sedentary, i.e. (by implication) immovable:--settled, stedfast.
|
ἑδραῖοιhedraioi
|
steadfast
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1096γίνεσθε,ginesthe (V-PMM/P-2P) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνεσθε,ginesthe
|
be,
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G277ἀμετακίνητοι,ametakinētoi (Adj-NMP) G277 ἀμετακίνητος ametakínētos am-et-ak-in-ay-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of μετακινέω; immovable:--unmovable.
|
ἀμετακίνητοι,ametakinētoi
|
immovable,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4052περισσεύοντεςperisseuontes (V-PPA-NMP) G4052 περισσεύω perisseúō per-is-syoo-o from περισσός; to superabound (in quantity or quality), be in excess, be superfluous; also (transitively) to cause to superabound or excel:--(make, more) abound, (have, have more) abundance (be more) abundant, be the better, enough and to spare, exceed, excel, increase, be left, redound, remain (over and above).
|
περισσεύοντεςperisseuontes
|
abounding
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2041ἔργῳergō (N-DNS) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργῳergō
|
work
|
N-DNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G3842πάντοτε,pantote (Adv) G3842 πάντοτε pántote pan-tot-eh from πᾶς and ὅτε; every when, i.e. at all times:--alway(-s), ever(-more).
|
πάντοτε,pantote
|
always,
|
Adv
|
G1492εἰδότεςeidotes (V-RPA-NMP) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
εἰδότεςeidotes
|
knowing
|
V-RPA-NMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2873κόποςkopos (N-NMS) G2873 κόπος kópos kop-os from κόπτω; a cut, i.e. (by analogy) toil (as reducing the strength), literally or figuratively; by implication, pains:--labour, + trouble, weariness.
|
κόποςkopos
|
toil
|
N-NMS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2756κενὸςkenos (Adj-NMS) G2756 κενός kenós ken-os apparently a primary word; empty (literally or figuratively):--empty, (in) vain.
|
κενὸςkenos
|
in vain
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2962Κυρίῳ.Kyriō (N-DMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κυρίῳ.Kyriō
|
the Lord.
|
N-DMS
|
58
Therefore, my beloved brothers, be you stedfast, unmoveable, always abounding in the work of the Lord, forasmuch as you know that your labour not is in vain in the Lord.1 Corinthians 15:58
Stats
Rank: #1346 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 167 characters, 25 words, 132 letters, 50 vowels, 82 consonants
Translation
Greek: ωστε αδελφοι μου αγαπητοι εδραιοι γινεσθε αμετακινητοι περισσευοντες εν τω εργω του κυριου παντοτε ειδοτες οτι ο κοπος υμων ουκ εστιν κενος εν κυριω
Lit: Therefore, brothers of me beloved, steadfast be, immovable, abounding in the work of the Lord always, knowing that the toil of you not is in vain in the Lord.
KJV: Therefore, my beloved brethren, be ye stedfast, unmoveable, always abounding in the work of the Lord, forasmuch as ye know that your labour is not in vain in the Lord.
References
"Therefore"2Co 7:1: Having therefore these promises: dearly beloved: let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit: perfecting holiness in the fear of God.2Pe 1:4-9: Whereby are given to us exceeding great and precious promises: that by these you might be partakers of the divine nature: having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.2Pe 3:14: For what reason: beloved: seeing that you look for such things: be diligent that you may be found of him in peace: without spot: and blameless."be ye"Ru 1:18: When she saw that she was stedfastly minded to go with her: then she left speaking to her.Ps 55:22: Cast your burden upon the LORD: and He will sustain you: He will never suffer the righteous to be moved.Ps 78:8: 37: not might be as their fathers: a stubborn and rebellious generation; a generation that not set their heart aright: and whose spirit not was stedfast with God.Ps 112:6: Surely he will not be moved for ever: the righteous will be in everlasting remembrance.Col 1:23: If you continue in the faith grounded and settled: and be not moved away from the hope of the gospel: which you have heard: and which was preached to every creature which is under heaven; whereof I Paul am made a minister;Col 2:5: For though I be absent in the flesh: yet am I with you in the spirit: joying and beholding your order: and the stedfastness of your faith in Christ.1Th 3:3: That no man should be moved by these afflictions: for yourselves know that we are appointed thereunto.Heb 3:14: For we are made partakers of Christ: if we hold the beginning of our confidence stedfast to the end;2Pe 3:17: 18: You therefore: beloved: seeing you know these things before: beware lest you also: being led away with the error of the wicked: fall from your own stedfastness."abounding"Php 1:9: This I pray: that your love may abound yet more and more in knowledge and in all judgment;Php 4:17: Not because I desire a gift: but I desire fruit that may abound to your account.Col 2:7: Rooted and built up in him: and stablished in the faith: as you have been taught: abounding therein with thanksgiving.1Th 3:12: The Lord make you to increase and abound in love one toward another: and toward all men: even as we do toward you:1Th 4:1: Furthermore then we beseech you: brothers: and exhort you by the Lord Jesus: that as you have received of us how you ought to walk and to please God: so you would abound more and more.2Th 1:3: We are bound to thank God always for you: brothers: as it is meet: because that your faith grows exceedingly: and the charity of every one of you all toward each other abounds;"the work"1Co 16:10: Now if Timotheus come: see that He may be with you without fear: for He works the work of the Lord: as I also do.Joh 6:28: 29: Then said they to Him: What will we do: that we might work the works of God?Php 2:30: Because for the work of Christ He was nigh to death: not regarding His life: to supply your lack of service toward me.1Th 1:3: Remembering without ceasing your work of faith: and labour of love: and patience of hope in our Lord Jesus Christ: in the sight of God and our Father;Tit 2:14: Who gave himself for us: that he might redeem us from all iniquity: and purify to himself a peculiar people: zealous of good works.Heb 13:21: Make you perfect in every good work to do His will: working in you that which is wellpleasing in His sight: through Jesus Christ; to whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen."ye know"1Co 3:8: Now he who plants and he who waters are one: and every man will receive his own reward according to his own labour.2Ch 15:7: Be you strong therefore: and not let your hands be weak: for your work will be rewarded.Ps 19:11: Moreover by them is your servant warned: and in keeping of them there is great reward.Ga 6:9: Let not us be weary in well doing: for in due season we will reap: if we not faint.Heb 6:10: For God is not unrighteous to forget your work and labour of love: which you have showed toward His name: in that you have ministered to the saints: and do minister."is not"Ps 73:13: Truly I have cleansed my heart in vain: and washed my hands in innocency.Ga 4:11: I am afraid of you: lest I have bestowed upon you labour in vain.Php 2:16: Holding forth the word of life; that I may rejoice in the day of Christ: that I not have run in vain: neither laboured in vain.1Th 3:5: For this cause: when I could no longer forbear: I sent to know your faith: lest by some means the tempter have tempted you: and our labour be in vain."in the"Mt 10:40-42: He who receives'>receives'>receives'>receives you receives'>receives'>receives'>receives me: and he who receives'>receives'>receives'>receives me receives'>receives'>receives'>receives him that sent me.Mt 25:31-40: When the Son of man will come in His glory: and all the holy angels with Him: then will He sit upon the throne of His glory:Php 1:11: Being filled with the fruits of righteousness: which are by Jesus Christ: to the glory and praise of God.Heb 13:15: 16: By Him therefore let us offer the sacrifice of praise to God continually: that is: the fruit of our lips giving thanks to His name.
16
Paul’s Salutation
The Collection for the Saints
περι δε της λογιας της εις τους αγιους ωσπερ διεταξα ταις εκκλησιαις της γαλατιας ουτως και υμεις ποιησατε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4012ΠερὶPeri (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
ΠερὶPeri
|
Concerning
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3048λογείας*logeias (N-GFS) G3048 λογία logía log-ee-ah from λόγος (in the commercial sense); a contribution:--collection, gathering.
|
λογείας*logeias
|
collection
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
which is
|
Art-GFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G40ἁγίους,hagious (Adj-AMP) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίους,hagious
|
saints,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G5618ὥσπερhōsper (Adv) G5618 ὥσπερ hṓsper hoce-per from ὡς and περ; just as, i.e. exactly like:--(even, like) as.
|
ὥσπερhōsper
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1299διέταξαdietaxa (V-AIA-1S) G1299 διατάσσω diatássō dee-at-as-so from διά and τάσσω; to arrange thoroughly, i.e. (specially) institute, prescribe, etc.:--appoint, command, give, (set in) order, ordain.
|
διέταξαdietaxa
|
I have directed
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαιςekklēsiais (N-DFP) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαιςekklēsiais
|
churches
|
N-DFP
|
G1053Γαλατίας,Galatias (N-GFS) G1053 Γαλατία Galatía gal-at-ee-ah of foreign origin; Galatia, a region of Asia:--Galatia.
|
Γαλατίας,Galatias
|
of Galatia,
|
N-GFS
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
so
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G4160ποιήσατε.poiēsate (V-AMA-2P) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσατε.poiēsate
|
are to do.
|
V-AMA-2P
|
1
Now concerning the collection for the saints, as I have given order to the churches of Galatia, even so do you.1 Corinthians 16:1
Stats
Rank: #2159 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 110 characters, 19 words, 87 letters, 35 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: περι δε της λογιας της εις τους αγιους ωσπερ διεταξα ταις εκκλησιαις της γαλατιας ουτως και υμεις ποιησατε
Lit: Concerning now the collection which is for the saints, as I have directed the churches of Galatia, so also you are to do.
KJV: Now concerning the collection for the saints, as I have given order to the churches of Galatia, even so do ye.
References
"concerning"Ac 11:28: 30: There stood up one of them named Agabus: and signified by the spirit that there should be great dearth throughout all the world: which came to pass in the days of Claudius Caesar.Ac 24:17: Now after many years I came to bring alms to my nation: and offerings.Ro 15:25: 26: But now I go to Jerusalem to minister to the saints.2Co 8:1-9: Moreover: brothers: we do you to wit of the grace of God bestowed on the churches of Macedonia;Ga 2:10: Only they would that we should remember the poor; the same which I also was forward to do."the saints"Ac 9:41: He gave her his hand: and lifted her up: and when he had called the saints and widows: presented her alive.Ro 12:13: Distributing to the necessity of saints; given to hospitality.2Co 9:12-15: For the administration of this not service only supplies the want of the saints: but is abundant also by many thanksgivings to God;Phm 1:5: 7: Hearing of your love and faith: which you have toward the Lord Jesus: and toward all saints;Heb 6:10: For God is not unrighteous to forget your work and labour of love: which you have showed toward His name: in that you have ministered to the saints: and do minister.1Jo 3:17: But whoever has this world's good: and sees His brother have need: and shuts up His bowels of compassion from Him: how dwells the love of God in Him?"the churches"Ac 16:6: Now when they had gone throughout Phrygia and the region of Galatia: and were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the word in Asia: Ac 18:23: After he had spent some time there: he departed: and went over all the country of Galatia and Phrygia in order: strengthening all the disciples.Ga 1:2: All the brothers which are with me: to the churches of Galatia:
κατα μιαν σαββατων εκαστος υμων παρ εαυτω τιθετω θησαυριζων ο τι αν ευοδωται ινα μη οταν ελθω τοτε λογιαι γινωνται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
Every
|
Prep
|
G1520μίανmian (Adj-AFS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μίανmian
|
first
|
Adj-AFS
|
G4521σαββάτουsabbatou (N-GNS) G4521 σάββατον sábbaton sab-bat-on of Hebrew origin (שַׁבָּת); the Sabbath (i.e. Shabbath), or day of weekly repose from secular avocations (also the observance or institution itself); by extension, a sennight, i.e. the interval between two Sabbaths; likewise the plural in all the above applications:--sabbath (day), week.
|
σαββάτουsabbatou
|
of the week,
|
N-GNS
|
G1538ἕκαστοςhekastos (Adj-NMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστοςhekastos
|
each
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G3844παρ’par’ (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρ’par’
|
aside
|
Prep
|
G1438ἑαυτῷheautō (RefPro-DM3S) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτῷheautō
|
him
|
RefPro-DM3S
|
G5087τιθέτωtithetō (V-PMA-3S) G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
τιθέτωtithetō
|
let put,
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G2343θησαυρίζωνthēsaurizōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2343 θησαυρίζω thēsaurízō thay-sow-rid-zo from θησαυρός; to amass or reserve (literally or figuratively):--lay up (treasure), (keep) in store, (heap) treasure (together, up).
|
θησαυρίζωνthēsaurizōn
|
treasuring up
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3754ὅ¦τιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅ¦τιhoti
|
what
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2137εὐοδῶται,euodōtai (V-PSM/P-3S) G2137 εὐοδόω euodóō yoo-od-o-o from a compound of εὖ and ὁδός; to help on the road, i.e. (passively) succeed in reaching; figuratively, to succeed in business affairs:--(have a) prosper(-ous journey).
|
εὐοδῶται,euodōtai
|
he may be prospered in,
|
V-PSM/P-3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj) G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔλθωelthō (V-ASA-1S) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔλθωelthō
|
I might come
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G5119τότεtote (Adv) G5119 τότε tóte tot-eh from (the neuter of) ὁ and ὅτε; the when, i.e. at the time that (of the past or future, also in consecution):--that time, then.
|
τότεtote
|
then
|
Adv
|
G3048λογεῖαι*logeiai (N-NFP) G3048 λογία logía log-ee-ah from λόγος (in the commercial sense); a contribution:--collection, gathering.
|
λογεῖαι*logeiai
|
collections
|
N-NFP
|
G1096γίνωνται.ginōntai (V-PSM/P-3P) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνωνται.ginōntai
|
there should be.
|
V-PSM/P-3P
|
2
Upon the first day of the week let every one of you lay by Him in store, as God has prospered Him, that there be no gatherings when I come.1 Corinthians 16:2
Stats
Rank: #2545 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 142 characters, 26 words, 108 letters, 41 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: κατα μιαν σαββατων εκαστος υμων παρ εαυτω τιθετω θησαυριζων ο τι αν ευοδωται ινα μη οταν ελθω τοτε λογιαι γινωνται
Lit: Every first of the week, each of you aside him let put, treasuring up what if he may be prospered in, so that not when I might come then collections there should be.
KJV: Upon the first day of the week let every one of you lay by him in store, as [God] hath prospered him, that there be no gatherings when I come.
References
"the first"Lu 24:1: Now upon the first day of the week: very early in the morning: they came to the sepulchre: bringing the spices which they had prepared: and certain others with them.Joh 20:19: 26: Then the same day at evening: being the first day of the week: when the doors were shut where the disciples were assembled for fear of the Jews: came Jesus and stood in the middle: and says to them: Peace be to you.Ac 20:7: Upon the first day of the week: when the disciples came together to break bread: Paul preached to them: ready to depart on the morrow; and continued his speech until midnight.Re 1:10: I was in the Spirit on the Lord's day: and heard behind me a great voice: as of a trumpet: "as God"Ge 26:12: Then Isaac sowed in that land: and received in the same year an hundredfold: and the LORD blessed Him.Ge 30:27: 30: Laban said to Him: I pray you: if I have found favour in your eyes: tarry: for I have learned by experience that the LORD has blessed me for your sake.Ge 32:10: I not am worthy of the least of all the mercies: and of all the truth: which you have showed to your servant; for with my staff I passed over this Jordan; and now I am become two bands.Ge 33:11: Take: I pray you: my blessing that is brought to you; because God has dealt graciously with me: and because I have enough. And He urged Him: and He took it.De 8:18: But you will remember the LORD your God: for it is He that'>He who gives you power to get wealth: that He may establish His covenant which He sware to your fathers: as it is this day.De 15:11-14: For the poor will never cease out of the land: therefore I command you: saying: You will open your hand wide to your brother: to your poor: and to your needy: in your land.2Ch 31:10: Azariah the chief priest of the house of Zadok answered Him: and said: Since the people began to bring the offerings into the house of the LORD: we have had enough to eat: and have left plenty: for the LORD has blessed His people; and that which is left is this great store.Hag 2:16-19: Since those days were: when one came to an heap of 20 measures: there were but 10: when one came to the pressfat for to draw out 50 vessels out of the press: there were but 20.Mal 3:9: 10: You are cursed with a curse: for you have robbed me: even this whole nation.Mr 12:41-44: Jesus sat over against the treasury: and beheld how the people cast money into the treasury: and many that were rich cast in much.Mr 14:8: She has done what she could: she is come aforehand to anoint my body to the burying.Lu 16:10: He who is faithful in that which is least is faithful also in much: and he who is unjust in the least is unjust also in much.2Co 8:1-3: 12-15: Moreover: brothers: we do you to wit of the grace of God bestowed on the churches of Macedonia;"that"2Co 8:11: Now therefore perform the doing of it; that as there was a readiness to will: so there may be a performance also out of that which you have.2Co 9:3-5: Yet have I sent the brothers: lest our boasting of you should be in vain in this behalf; that: as I said: you may be ready:
οταν δε παραγενωμαι ους εαν δοκιμασητε δι επιστολων τουτους πεμψω απενεγκειν την χαριν υμων εις ιερουσαλημ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj) G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
When
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G3854παραγένωμαι,paragenōmai (V-ASM-1S) G3854 παραγίνομαι paragínomai par-ag-in-om-ahee from παρά and γίνομαι; to become near, i.e. approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly:--come, go, be present.
|
παραγένωμαι,paragenōmai
|
I shall have arrived,
|
V-ASM-1S
|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
whomever
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G1381δοκιμάσητε,dokimasēte (V-ASA-2P) G1381 δοκιμάζω dokimázō dok-im-ad-zo from δόκιμος; to test (literally or figuratively); by implication, to approve:--allow, discern, examine, X like, (ap-)prove, try.
|
δοκιμάσητε,dokimasēte
|
you might approve,
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
δι’di’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1992ἐπιστολῶνepistolōn (N-GFP) G1992 ἐπιστολή epistolḗ ep-is-tol-ay from ἐπιστέλλω; a written message:--epistle
|
ἐπιστολῶνepistolōn
|
letters
|
N-GFP
|
G3778τούτουςtoutous (DPro-AMP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτουςtoutous
|
these
|
DPro-AMP
|
G3992πέμψωpempsō (V-FIA-1S) G3992 πέμπω pémpō pem-po apparently a primary verb; to dispatch (from the subjective view or point of departure, whereas (as a stronger form of ) refers rather to the objective point or terminus ad quem, and στέλλω denotes properly, the orderly motion involved), especially on a temporary errand; also to transmit, bestow, or wield:--send, thrust in.
|
πέμψωpempsō
|
I will send
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G667ἀπενεγκεῖνapenenkein (V-ANA) G667 ἀποφέρω apophérō ap-of-er-o from ἀπό and φέρω; to bear off (literally or relatively):--bring, carry (away).
|
ἀπενεγκεῖνapenenkein
|
to carry
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5485χάρινcharin (N-AFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάρινcharin
|
bounty
|
N-AFS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2419Ἰερουσαλήμ·Ierousalēm (N-AFS) G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
Ἰερουσαλήμ·Ierousalēm
|
Jerusalem.
|
N-AFS
|
3
When I come, whoever you will approve by your letters, them will I send to bring your liberality to Jerusalem.1 Corinthians 16:3
Stats
Counts: 119 characters, 19 words, 96 letters, 36 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: οταν δε παραγενωμαι ους εαν δοκιμασητε δι επιστολων τουτους πεμψω απενεγκειν την χαριν υμων εις ιερουσαλημ
Lit: When then I shall have arrived, whomever if you might approve, with letters these I will send to carry the bounty of you to Jerusalem.
KJV: And when I come, whomsoever ye shall approve by your letters, them will I send to bring your liberality unto Jerusalem.
References
"when"1Co 4:19-21: But I will come to you shortly: if the Lord will: and will know: not the speech of them which are puffed up: but the power.1Co 11:34: If any man hunger: let him eat at home; that you not come together to condemnation. And the rest will I set in order when I come."whomsoever"Ac 6:1-6: In those days: when the number of the disciples was multiplied: there arose a murmuring of the Grecians against the Hebrews: because their widows were neglected in the daily ministration.2Co 8:19-24: not And that only: but who was also chosen of the churches to travel with us with this grace: which is administered by us to the glory of the same Lord: and declaration of your ready mind:"liberality"2Co 8:4: 6: 19: Praying us with much intreaty that we would receive the gift: and take upon us the fellowship of the ministering to the saints.
εαν δε η αξιον του καμε πορευεσθαι συν εμοι πορευσονται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G514ἄξιονaxion (Adj-NNS) G514 ἄξιος áxios ax-ee-os probably from ἄγω; deserving, comparable or suitable (as if drawing praise):--due reward, meet, (un-)worthy.
|
ἄξιονaxion
|
suitable
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ᾖē (V-PSA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ᾖē
|
it is
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
for
|
Art-GNS
|
G2504κἀμὲkame (PPro-A1S) G2504 κἀγώ kagṓ kam-eh from καί and ἐγώ; so also the dative case , and accusative case and (or also, even, etc.) I, (to) me:--(and, even, even so, so) I (also, in like wise), both me, me also.
|
κἀμὲkame
|
me also
|
PPro-A1S
|
G4198πορεύεσθαι,poreuesthai (V-PNM/P) G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορεύεσθαι,poreuesthai
|
to go,
|
V-PNM/P
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep) G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοὶemoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοὶemoi
|
me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G4198πορεύσονται.poreusontai (V-FIM-3P) G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορεύσονται.poreusontai
|
they will go.
|
V-FIM-3P
|
4
If it be meet that I go also, they will go with me.1 Corinthians 16:4
Stats
Counts: 56 characters, 13 words, 41 letters, 16 vowels, 25 consonants
Translation
Greek: εαν δε η αξιον του καμε πορευεσθαι συν εμοι πορευσονται
Lit: If then suitable it is for me also to go, with me they will go.
KJV: And if it be meet that I go also, they shall go with me.
References
"And if it be meet that I go also, they shall go with me."Ro 15:25: But now I go to Jerusalem to minister to the saints.2Co 8:4: 19: Praying us with much intreaty that we would receive the gift: and take upon us the fellowship of the ministering to the saints.
Paul’s Travel Plans
ελευσομαι δε προς υμας οταν μακεδονιαν διελθω μακεδονιαν γαρ διερχομαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2064ἘλεύσομαιEleusomai (V-FIM-1S) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἘλεύσομαιEleusomai
|
I will come
|
V-FIM-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj) G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G3109ΜακεδονίανMakedonian (N-AFS) G3109 Μακεδονία Makedonía mak-ed-on-ee-ah from Μακεδών; Macedonia, a region of Greece:--Macedonia.
|
ΜακεδονίανMakedonian
|
Macedonia
|
N-AFS
|
G1330διέλθω·dielthō (V-ASA-1S) G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
διέλθω·dielthō
|
I shall have gone through;
|
V-ASA-1S
|
G3109ΜακεδονίανMakedonian (N-AFS) G3109 Μακεδονία Makedonía mak-ed-on-ee-ah from Μακεδών; Macedonia, a region of Greece:--Macedonia.
|
ΜακεδονίανMakedonian
|
Macedonia
|
N-AFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1330διέρχομαι,dierchomai (V-PIM/P-1S) G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.
|
διέρχομαι,dierchomai
|
I am going through.
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
5
Now I will come to you, when I will pass through Macedonia: for I do pass through Macedonia.1 Corinthians 16:5
Stats
Counts: 95 characters, 16 words, 75 letters, 31 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: ελευσομαι δε προς υμας οταν μακεδονιαν διελθω μακεδονιαν γαρ διερχομαι
Lit: I will come however to you, when Macedonia I shall have gone through; Macedonia for I am going through.
KJV: Now I will come unto you, when I shall pass through Macedonia: for I do pass through Macedonia.
References
"when"Ac 19:21: After these things were ended: Paul purposed in the spirit: when he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia: to go to Jerusalem: saying: After I have been there: I must also see Rome.Ac 20:1-3: After the uproar was ceased: Paul called to him the disciples: and embraced them: and departed for to go into Macedonia.2Co 1:15-17: In this confidence I was minded to come to you before: that you might have a second benefit;
προς υμας δε τυχον παραμενω η και παραχειμασω ινα υμεις με προπεμψητε ου εαν πορευωμαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
With
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5177τυχὸνtychon (V-APA-ANS) G5177 τυγχάνω tynchánō toong-khan-o probably for an obsolete (for which the middle voice of another alternate (to make ready or bring to pass) is used in certain tenses; akin to the base of τίκτω through the idea of effecting; properly, to affect; or (specially), to hit or light upon (as a mark to be reached), i.e. (transitively) to attain or secure an object or end, or (intransitively) to happen (as if meeting with); but in the latter application only impersonal (with εἰ), i.e. perchance; or (present participle) as adjective, usual (as if commonly met with, with οὐ, extraordinary), neuter (as adverb) perhaps; or (with another verb) as adverb, by accident (as it were):--be, chance, enjoy, little, obtain, X refresh…self, + special. Compare τύπτω.
|
τυχὸνtychon
|
possibly
|
V-APA-ANS
|
G3887παραμενῶ*paramenō (V-FIA-1S) G3887 παραμένω paraménō par-am-en-o from παρά and μένω; to stay near, i.e. remain (literally, tarry; or figuratively, be permanent, persevere):--abide, continue.
|
παραμενῶ*paramenō
|
I will stay,
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G3914παραχειμάσω,paracheimasō (V-FIA-1S) G3914 παραχειμάζω paracheimázō par-akh-i-mad-zo from παρά and χειμάζω; to winter near, i.e. stay with over the rainy season:--winter.
|
παραχειμάσω,paracheimasō
|
I will winter,
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G4311προπέμψητεpropempsēte (V-ASA-2P) G4311 προπέμπω propémpō prop-em-po from πρό and πέμπω; to send forward, i.e. escort or aid in travel:--accompany, bring (forward) on journey (way), conduct forth.
|
προπέμψητεpropempsēte
|
may equip,
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G3757οὗhou (Adv) G3757 οὗ hoû hoo genitive case of ὅς as adverb; at which place, i.e. where:--where(-in), whither(-soever).,
|
οὗhou
|
wherever
|
Adv
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G4198πορεύωμαι.poreuōmai (V-PSM/P-1S) G4198 πορεύομαι poreúomai por-yoo-om-ahee middle voice from a derivative of the same as πεῖρα; to traverse, i.e. travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, ones way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk.
|
πορεύωμαι.poreuōmai
|
I may go.
|
V-PSM/P-1S
|
6
It may be that I will abide, yes, and winter with you, that you may bring me on my journey wherever I go.1 Corinthians 16:6
Stats
Counts: 113 characters, 21 words, 86 letters, 34 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: προς υμας δε τυχον παραμενω η και παραχειμασω ινα υμεις με προπεμψητε ου εαν πορευωμαι
Lit: With you then possibly I will stay, or even I will winter, so that you me may equip, wherever if I may go.
KJV: And it may be that I will abide, yea, and winter with you, that ye may bring me on my journey whithersoever I go.
References
"winter"Ac 27:12: Because the haven not was commodious to winter in: the more part advised to depart there also: if by any means they might attain to Phenice: and there to winter; which is an haven of Crete: and lies toward the south west'>west and north west'>west.Ac 28:11: After 3 months we departed in a ship of Alexandria: which had wintered in the isle: whose sign was Castor and Pollux.Tit 3:12: When I will send Artemas to you: or Tychicus: be diligent to come to me to Nicopolis: for I have determined there to winter."that ye"Ac 15:3: Being brought on their way by the church: they passed through Phenice and Samaria: declaring the conversion of the Gentiles: and they caused great joy to all the brothers.Ac 17:15: They that conducted Paul brought him to Athens: and receiving a commandment to Silas and Timotheus for to come to him with all speed: they departed.Ac 20:38: Sorrowing most of all for the words which he spoke: that they should see his face no more. And they accompanied him to the ship.Ac 21:5: When we had accomplished those days: we departed and went our way; and they all brought us on our way: with wives and children: till we were out of the city: and we kneeled down on the shore: and prayed.Ro 15:24: Whensoever I take my journey into Spain: I will come to you: for I trust to see you in my journey: and to be brought on my way thitherward by you: if first I be somewhat filled with your company.2Co 1:16: To pass by you into Macedonia: and to come again out of Macedonia to you: and of you to be brought on my way toward Judaea.3Jo 1:6: 7: Which have borne witness of your charity before the church: whom if you bring forward on their journey after a godly sort: you will do well:
ου θελω γαρ υμας αρτι εν παροδω ιδειν ελπιζω δε χρονον τινα επιμειναι προς υμας εαν ο κυριος επιτρεπη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G2309θέλωthelō (V-PIA-1S) G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλωthelō
|
I want
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G737ἄρτιarti (Adv) G737 ἄρτι árti ar-tee adverb from a derivative of αἴρω (compare ἄρτος) through the idea of suspension; just now:--this day (hour), hence(-forth), here(-after), hither(-to), (even) now, (this) present.
|
ἄρτιarti
|
now
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3938παρόδῳparodō (N-DFS) G3938 πάροδος párodos par-od-os from παρά and ὁδός; a by-road, i.e. (actively) a route:--way.
|
παρόδῳparodō
|
passing
|
N-DFS
|
G3708ἰδεῖν·idein (V-ANA) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδεῖν·idein
|
to see;
|
V-ANA
|
G1679ἐλπίζωelpizō (V-PIA-1S) G1679 ἐλπίζω elpízō el-pid-zo from ἐλπίς; to expect or confide:--(have, thing) hope(-d) (for), trust.
|
ἐλπίζωelpizō
|
I hope
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
indeed
|
Conj
|
G5550χρόνονchronon (N-AMS) G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνονchronon
|
a time
|
N-AMS
|
G5100τινὰtina (IPro-AMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τινὰtina
|
certain
|
IPro-AMS
|
G1961ἐπιμεῖναιepimeinai (V-ANA) G1961 ἐπιμένω epiménō ep-ee-men-o from ἐπί and μένω; to stay over, i.e. remain (figuratively, persevere):--abide (in), continue (in), tarry.
|
ἐπιμεῖναιepimeinai
|
to remain
|
V-ANA
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶς,hymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶς,hymas
|
you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G2010ἐπιτρέψῃ.epitrepsē (V-ASA-3S) G2010 ἐπιτρέπω epitrépō ep-ee-trep-o from ἐπί and the base of τροπή; to turn over (transfer), i.e. allow:--give leave (liberty, license), let, permit, suffer.
|
ἐπιτρέψῃ.epitrepsē
|
permits.
|
V-ASA-3S
|
7
For I not will see you now by the way; but I trust to tarry a while with you, if the Lord permit.1 Corinthians 16:7
Stats
Counts: 97 characters, 21 words, 72 letters, 27 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου θελω γαρ υμας αρτι εν παροδω ιδειν ελπιζω δε χρονον τινα επιμειναι προς υμας εαν ο κυριος επιτρεπη
Lit: Not I want for you now in passing to see; I hope indeed a time certain to remain with you, if the Lord permits.
KJV: For I will not see you now by the way; but I trust to tarry a while with you, if the Lord permit.
References
"if"1Co 4:19: But I will come to you shortly: if the Lord will: and will know: not the speech of them which are puffed up: but the power.Pr 19:21: There are many devices in a man's heart; nevertheless the counsel of the LORD: that will stand.Jer 10:23: O LORD: I know that the way of man is not in Himself: it is not in man that walks to direct His steps.Ac 18:21: But bade them farewell: saying: I must by all means keep this feast that comes in Jerusalem: but I will return again to you: if God will. And He sailed from Ephesus.Ro 1:10: Making request: if by any means now at length I might have a prosperous journey by the will of God to come to you.Jas 4:15: For that you ought to say: If the Lord will: we will live: and do this: or that.
επιμενω δε εν εφεσω εως της πεντηκοστης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1961ἐπιμενῶepimenō (V-FIA-1S) G1961 ἐπιμένω epiménō ep-ee-men-o from ἐπί and μένω; to stay over, i.e. remain (figuratively, persevere):--abide (in), continue (in), tarry.
|
ἐπιμενῶepimenō
|
I will remain
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2181ἘφέσῳEphesō (N-DFS) G2181 Ἔφεσος Éphesos ef-es-os probably of foreign origin; Ephesus, a city of Asia Minor:--Ephesus.
|
ἘφέσῳEphesō
|
Ephesus
|
N-DFS
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Prep) G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Prep
|
G4005Πεντηκοστῆς·Pentēkostēs (N-GFS) G4005 πεντηκοστή pentēkostḗ pen-tay-kos-tay feminine of the ordinal of πεντήκοντα; fiftieth (ἡμέρα being implied) from Passover, i.e. the festival of Pentecost:--Pentecost.
|
Πεντηκοστῆς·Pentēkostēs
|
Pentecost.
|
N-GFS
|
8
But I will tarry at Ephesus until Pentecost.1 Corinthians 16:8
Stats
Counts: 44 characters, 8 words, 36 letters, 13 vowels, 23 consonants
Translation
Greek: επιμενω δε εν εφεσω εως της πεντηκοστης
Lit: I will remain however in Ephesus until Pentecost.
KJV: But I will tarry at Ephesus until Pentecost.
References
"at"1Co 15:32: If after the manner of men I have fought with beasts at Ephesus: what advantages it me: if the dead not rise? let us eat and drink; for to morrow we die."Pentecost"Ex 23:16: The feast of harvest: the firstfruits of your labours: which you have sown in the field: and the feast of ingathering: which is in the end of the year: when you have gathered in your labours out of the field.Le 23:15-21: you will count to you from the morrow after the sabbath: from the day that you brought the sheaf of the wave offering; 7 sabbaths will be complete:Ac 2:1: When the day of Pentecost was fully come: they were all with one accord in one place.
θυρα γαρ μοι ανεωγεν μεγαλη και ενεργης και αντικειμενοι πολλοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2374θύραthyra (N-NFS) G2374 θύρα thýra thoo-rah apparently a primary word (compare door); a portal or entrance (the opening or the closure, literally or figuratively):--door, gate.
|
θύραthyra
|
A door
|
N-NFS
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G455ἀνέῳγενaneōgen (V-RIA-3S) G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἀνέῳγενaneōgen
|
has opened
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G3173μεγάληmegalē (Adj-NFS) G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληmegalē
|
great
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1756ἐνεργής,energēs (Adj-NFS) G1756 ἐνεργής energḗs en-er-gace from ἐν and ἔργον; active, operative:--effectual, powerful.
|
ἐνεργής,energēs
|
productive,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G480ἀντικείμενοιantikeimenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G480 ἀντίκειμαι antíkeimai an-tik-i-mahee from ἀντί and κεῖμαι; to lie opposite, i.e. be adverse (figuratively, repugnant) to:--adversary, be contrary, oppose.
|
ἀντικείμενοιantikeimenoi
|
are opposing
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G4183πολλοί.polloi (Adj-NMP) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοί.polloi
|
many.
|
Adj-NMP
|
9
For a great door and effectual is opened to me, and there are many adversaries.1 Corinthians 16:9
Stats
Counts: 81 characters, 14 words, 65 letters, 29 vowels, 36 consonants
Translation
Greek: θυρα γαρ μοι ανεωγεν μεγαλη και ενεργης και αντικειμενοι πολλοι
Lit: A door for to me has opened great and productive, and are opposing many.
KJV: For a great door and effectual is opened unto me, and there are many adversaries.
References
"a great"Ac 19:8-10: He went into the synagogue: and spoke boldly for the space of 3 months: disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God."door"Ac 14:27: When they were come: and had gathered the church together: they rehearsed all that God had done with them: and how He had opened the door of faith to the Gentiles.2Co 2:12: Furthermore: when I came to Troas to preach Christ's gospel: and a door was opened to me of the Lord: Col 4:3: Withal praying also for us: that God would open to us a door of utterance: to speak the mystery of Christ: for which I am also in bonds:Re 3:7: 8: To the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things says he who is holy: he who is true: he who has the key of David: he who opens'>opens: and no man shuts'>shuts; and shuts'>shuts: and no man opens'>opens;"there"1Co 15:32: If after the manner of men I have fought with beasts at Ephesus: what advantages it me: if the dead not rise? let us eat and drink; for to morrow we die.Ac 19:9: 10: But when divers were hardened: and not believed: but spoke evil of that way before the multitude: he departed from them: and separated the disciples: disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus.2Co 1:8-10: For we not would: brothers: have you ignorant of our trouble which came to us in Asia: that we were pressed out of measure: above strength: insomuch that we despaired even of life:Php 3:18: (For many walk: of whom I have told you often: and now tell you even weeping: that they are the enemies of the cross of Christ:
Timothy and Apollos
εαν δε ελθη τιμοθεος βλεπετε ινα αφοβως γενηται προς υμας το γαρ εργον κυριου εργαζεται ως και εγω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1437ἘὰνEan (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἘὰνEan
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔλθῃelthē (V-ASA-3S) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔλθῃelthē
|
comes
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G5095Τιμόθεος,Timotheos (N-NMS) G5095 Τιμόθεος Timótheos tee-moth-eh-os from τιμή and θεός; dear to God; Timotheus, a Christian:--Timotheus, Timothy.
|
Τιμόθεος,Timotheos
|
Timothy,
|
N-NMS
|
G991βλέπετεblepete (V-PMA-2P) G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπετεblepete
|
see
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G870ἀφόβωςaphobōs (Adv) G870 ἀφόβως aphóbōs af-ob-oce adverb from a compound of Α (as a negative particle) and φόβος; fearlessly:--without fear.
|
ἀφόβωςaphobōs
|
without fear
|
Adv
|
G1096γένηταιgenētai (V-ASM-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γένηταιgenētai
|
he might be
|
V-ASM-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶς·hymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶς·hymas
|
you;
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2041ἔργονergon (N-ANS) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργονergon
|
work
|
N-ANS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
of the Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G2038ἐργάζεταιergazetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2038 ἐργάζομαι ergázomai er-gad-zom-ahee middle voice from ἔργον; to toil (as a task, occupation, etc.), (by implication) effect, be engaged in or with, etc.:--commit, do, labor for, minister about, trade (by), work.
|
ἐργάζεταιergazetai
|
he is doing,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2504κἀγώ·kagō (PPro-N1S) G2504 κἀγώ kagṓ kam-eh from καί and ἐγώ; so also the dative case , and accusative case and (or also, even, etc.) I, (to) me:--(and, even, even so, so) I (also, in like wise), both me, me also.
|
κἀγώ·kagō
|
also I.
|
PPro-N1S
|
10
Now if Timotheus come, see that He may be with you without fear: for He works the work of the Lord, as I also do.1 Corinthians 16:10
Stats
Counts: 115 characters, 22 words, 87 letters, 36 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: εαν δε ελθη τιμοθεος βλεπετε ινα αφοβως γενηται προς υμας το γαρ εργον κυριου εργαζεται ως και εγω
Lit: If now comes Timothy, see that without fear he might be with you; the for work of the Lord he is doing, as also I.
KJV: Now if Timotheus come, see that he may be with you without fear: for he worketh the work of the Lord, as I also do.
References
"if"1Co 4:17: For this cause have I sent to you Timotheus: who is my beloved son: and faithful in the Lord: who will bring you into remembrance of my ways which be in Christ: as I teach every where in every church.Ac 19:22: So he sent into Macedonia two of them that ministered to him: Timotheus and Erastus; but he himself stayed in Asia for a season."without"1Co 16:11: Let no man therefore despise him: but conduct him forth in peace: that he may come to me: for I look for him with the brothers.1Th 4:12: That you may walk honestly toward them that are without: and that you may have lack not ofhing."for"1Co 15:58: Therefore: my beloved brothers: be you stedfast: unmoveable: always abounding in the work of the Lord: forasmuch as you know that your labour not is in vain in the Lord.Ro 16:21: Timotheus my workfellow: and Lucius: and Jason: and Sosipater: my kinsmen: greet you.2Co 6:1: We then: as workers together with Him: beseech you also that you not receive the grace of God in vain.Php 2:19-22: But I trust in the Lord Jesus to send Timotheus shortly to you: that I also may be of good comfort: when I know your state.1Th 3:2: Sent Timotheus: our brother: and minister of God: and our fellowlabourer in the gospel of Christ: to establish you: and to comfort you concerning your faith:
μη τις ουν αυτον εξουθενηση προπεμψατε δε αυτον εν ειρηνη ινα ελθη προς με εκδεχομαι γαρ αυτον μετα των αδελφων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3361μήmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μήmē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1848ἐξουθενήσῃ.exouthenēsē (V-ASA-3S) G1848 ἐξουθενέω exouthenéō ex-oo-then-eh-o a variation of ἐξουδενόω and meaning the same:--contemptible, despise, least esteemed, set at nought.
|
ἐξουθενήσῃ.exouthenēsē
|
should despise.
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G4311προπέμψατεpropempsate (V-AMA-2P) G4311 προπέμπω propémpō prop-em-po from πρό and πέμπω; to send forward, i.e. escort or aid in travel:--accompany, bring (forward) on journey (way), conduct forth.
|
προπέμψατεpropempsate
|
Equip
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1515εἰρήνῃ,eirēnē (N-DFS) G1515 εἰρήνη eirḗnē i-ray-nay probably from a primary verb (to join); peace (literally or figuratively); by implication, prosperity:--one, peace, quietness, rest, + set at one again.
|
εἰρήνῃ,eirēnē
|
peace,
|
N-DFS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔλθῃelthē (V-ASA-3S) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔλθῃelthē
|
he might come
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G4314πρόςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρόςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1473με·me (PPro-A1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
με·me
|
me;
|
PPro-A1S
|
G1551ἐκδέχομαιekdechomai (V-PIM/P-1S) G1551 ἐκδέχομαι ekdéchomai ek-dekh-om-ahee from ἐκ and δέχομαι; to accept from some source, i.e. (by implication) to await:--expect, look (tarry) for, wait (for).
|
ἐκδέχομαιekdechomai
|
I am expecting
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G80ἀδελφῶν.adelphōn (N-GMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφῶν.adelphōn
|
brothers.
|
N-GMP
|
11
Let no man therefore despise him: but conduct him forth in peace, that he may come to me: for I look for him with the brothers.1 Corinthians 16:11
Stats
Counts: 129 characters, 23 words, 100 letters, 38 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: μη τις ουν αυτον εξουθενηση προπεμψατε δε αυτον εν ειρηνη ινα ελθη προς με εκδεχομαι γαρ αυτον μετα των αδελφων
Lit: Not anyone therefore him should despise. Equip however him in peace, so that he might come to me; I am expecting for him, with the brothers.
KJV: Let no man therefore despise him: but conduct him forth in peace, that he may come unto me: for I look for him with the brethren.
References
"no"1Co 16:10: Now if Timotheus come: see that He may be with you without fear: for He works the work of the Lord: as I also do.Lu 10:16: He who hears'>hears you hears'>hears me; and he who despises'>despises'>despises'>despises you despises'>despises'>despises'>despises me; and he who despises'>despises'>despises'>despises me despises'>despises'>despises'>despises him that sent me.1Th 4:8: He therefore that despises'>despises: despises'>despises not man: but God: who has also given to us His holy Spirit.1Ti 4:12: Let no man despise your youth; but be you an example of the believers: in word: in conversation: in charity: in spirit: in faith: in purity.Tit 2:15: These things speak: and exhort: and rebuke with all authority. Let no man despise you."but"1Co 16:6: It may be that I will abide: yes: and winter with you: that you may bring me on my journey wherever I go.Ac 15:33: After they had tarried there a space: they were let go in peace from the brothers to the apostles.3Jo 1:6: Which have borne witness of your charity before the church: whom if you bring forward on their journey after a godly sort: you will do well:
περι δε απολλω του αδελφου πολλα παρεκαλεσα αυτον ινα ελθη προς υμας μετα των αδελφων και παντως ουκ ην θελημα ινα νυν ελθη ελευσεται δε οταν ευκαιρηση
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G4012ΠερὶPeri (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
ΠερὶPeri
|
Concerning
|
Prep
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G625ἈπολλῶApollō (N-GMS) G625 Ἀπολλῶς Apollōs ap-ol-loce probably from the same as Ἀπολλωνία; Apollos, an Israelite:--Apollos.
|
ἈπολλῶApollō
|
Apollos
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G80ἀδελφοῦ,adelphou (N-GMS) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοῦ,adelphou
|
brother,
|
N-GMS
|
G4183πολλὰpolla (Adj-ANP) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰpolla
|
greatly
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3870παρεκάλεσαparekalesa (V-AIA-1S) G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
παρεκάλεσαparekalesa
|
I exhorted
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔλθῃelthē (V-ASA-3S) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔλθῃelthē
|
he should go
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G80ἀδελφῶν·adelphōn (N-GMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφῶν·adelphōn
|
brothers,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3843πάντωςpantōs (Adv) G3843 πάντως pántōs pan-toce adverb from πᾶς; entirely; specially, at all events, (with negative, following) in no event:--by all means, altogether, at all, needs, no doubt, in (no) wise, surely.
|
πάντωςpantōs
|
at all
|
Adv
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2307θέλημαthelēma (N-NNS) G2307 θέλημα thélēma thel-ay-mah from the prolonged form of θέλω; a determination (properly, the thing), i.e. (actively) choice (specially, purpose, decree; abstractly, volition) or (passively) inclination:-- desire, pleasure, will.
|
θέλημαthelēma
|
his will
|
N-NNS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv) G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.
|
νῦνnyn
|
now
|
Adv
|
G2064ἔλθῃ,elthē (V-ASA-3S) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔλθῃ,elthē
|
he should come;
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G2064ἐλεύσεταιeleusetai (V-FIM-3S) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐλεύσεταιeleusetai
|
he will come
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj) G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G2119εὐκαιρήσῃ.eukairēsē (V-ASA-3S) G2119 εὐκαιρέω eukairéō yoo-kahee-reh-o from εὔκαιρος; to have good time, i.e. opportunity or leisure:--have leisure (convenient time), spend time.
|
εὐκαιρήσῃ.eukairēsē
|
he shall have opportunity.
|
V-ASA-3S
|
12
As touching our brother Apollos, I greatly desired him to come to you with the brothers: but his will not was at all to come at this time; but he will come when he will have convenient time.
1 Corinthians 16:12
Stats
Counts: 193 characters, 35 words, 152 letters, 59 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: περι δε απολλω του αδελφου πολλα παρεκαλεσα αυτον ινα ελθη προς υμας μετα των αδελφων και παντως ουκ ην θελημα ινα νυν ελθη ελευσεται δε οταν ευκαιρηση
Lit: Concerning now Apollos the brother, greatly I exhorted him that he should go to you with the brothers, and at all not was his will that now he should come; he will come however when he shall have opportunity.
KJV: As touching our brother Apollos, I greatly desired him to come unto you with the brethren: but his will was not at all to come at this time; but he will come when he shall have convenient time.
References
"our"1Co 1:12: Now this I say: that every one of you says: I am of Paul; and I of Apollos; and I of Cephas; and I of Christ.1Co 3:5: 22: Who then is Paul: and who is Apollos: but ministers by whom you believed: even as the Lord gave to every man?Ac 18:24-28: A certain Jew named Apollos: born at Alexandria: an eloquent man: and mighty in the scriptures: came to Ephesus.Ac 19:1: It came to pass: that: while Apollos was at Corinth: Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus: and finding certain disciples: Tit 3:4: But after that the kindness and love of God our Saviour toward man appeared: "when"Ec 3:1: To every thing there is a season: and a time to every purpose under the heaven:Mr 6:21: When a convenient day was come: that Herod on his birthday made a supper to his lords: high captains: and chief estates of Galilee;Ac 24:25: As he reasoned of righteousness: temperance: and judgment to come: Felix trembled: and answered: Go your way for this time; when I have a convenient season: I will call for you.
Concluding Exhortations
γρηγορειτε στηκετε εν τη πιστει ανδριζεσθε κραταιουσθε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1127Γρηγορεῖτε,Grēgoreite (V-PMA-2P) G1127 γρηγορεύω grēgoreúō gray-gor-yoo-o from ἐγείρω; to keep awake, i.e. watch (literally or figuratively):--be vigilant, wake, (be) watch(-ful).
|
Γρηγορεῖτε,Grēgoreite
|
Watch you;
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G4739στήκετεstēkete (V-PMA-2P) G4739 στήκω stḗkō stay-ko from the perfect tense of ἵστημι; to be stationary, i.e. (figuratively) to persevere:--stand (fast).
|
στήκετεstēkete
|
stand firm
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4102πίστει,pistei (N-DFS) G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστει,pistei
|
faith;
|
N-DFS
|
G407ἀνδρίζεσθε,andrizesthe (V-PMM/P-2P) G407 ἀνδρίζομαι andrízomai an-drid-zom-ahee middle voice from ἀνήρ; to act manly:--quit like men.
|
ἀνδρίζεσθε,andrizesthe
|
act like men;
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G2901κραταιοῦσθε.krataiousthe (V-PMM/P-2P) G2901 κραταιόω krataióō krat-ah-yo-o from κραταιός; to empower, i.e. (passively) increase in vigor:--be strengthened, be (wax) strong.
|
κραταιοῦσθε.krataiousthe
|
be strong.
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
13
Watch you, stand fast in the faith, quit you like men, be strong.1 Corinthians 16:13
Stats
Rank: #2706 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 64 characters, 10 words, 48 letters, 17 vowels, 31 consonants
Translation
Greek: γρηγορειτε στηκετε εν τη πιστει ανδριζεσθε κραταιουσθε
Lit: Watch you; stand firm in the faith; act like men; be strong.
KJV: Watch ye, stand fast in the faith, quit you like men, be strong.
References
"Watch"Mt 24:42-44: Watch therefore: for you not know what hour your Lord does come.Mt 25:13: Watch therefore: for you know neither the day nor the hour wherein the Son of man comes.Mt 26:41: Watch and pray: that you not enter into temptation: the spirit indeed is willing: but the flesh is weak.Mr 13:33-37: Take you heed: watch and pray: for you not know when the time is.Mr 14:37: 38: He comes: and finds them sleeping: and says to Peter: Simon: sleep you? could not you watch one hour?Lu 12:35-40: Let your loins be girded about: and your lights burning;Lu 21:36: Watch you therefore: and pray always: that you may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that will come to pass: and to stand before the Son of man.Eph 6:18: Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit: and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints;Col 4:2: Continue in prayer: and watch in the same with thanksgiving;1Th 5:6: Therefore let not us sleep: as do others; but let us watch and be sober.2Ti 4:5: But watch you in all things: endure afflictions: do the work of an evangelist: make full proof of your ministry.1Pe 4:7: But the end of all things is at hand: be you therefore sober: and watch to prayer.1Pe 5:8: Be sober: be vigilant; because your adversary the devil: as a roaring lion: walks about: seeking whom he may devour:Re 3:2: 3: Be watchful: and strengthen the things which remain: that are ready to die: for I not have found your works perfect before God.Re 16:15: Look: I come as a thief. Blessed is he who watches: and keeps his garments: lest he walk naked: and they see his shame."stand"1Co 15:1: 2: 58: Moreover: brothers: I declare to you the gospel which I preached to you: which also you have received: and wherein you stand;2Co 1:24: Not for that we have dominion over your faith: but are helpers of your joy: for by faith you stand.Ga 5:1: Stand fast therefore in the liberty wherewith Christ has made us free: and not be entangled again with the yoke of bondage.Php 1:27: Only let your conversation be as it becomes the gospel of Christ: that whether I come and see you: or else be absent: I may hear of your affairs: that you stand fast in one spirit: with one mind striving together for the faith of the gospel;Php 4:1: Therefore: my brothers dearly beloved and longed for: my joy and crown: so stand fast in the Lord: my dearly beloved.Col 1:23: If you continue in the faith grounded and settled: and be not moved away from the hope of the gospel: which you have heard: and which was preached to every creature which is under heaven; whereof I Paul am made a minister;Col 4:12: Epaphras: who is one of you: a servant of Christ: salutes you: always labouring fervently for you in prayers: that you may stand perfect and complete in all the will of God.1Th 3:8: For now we live: if you stand fast in the Lord.2Th 2:15: Therefore: brothers: stand fast: and hold the traditions which you have been taught: whether by word: or our epistle."quit"1Co 9:25-27: Every man that strives for the mastery is temperate in all things. Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown; but we an incorruptible.1Co 14:20: Brothers: not be children in understanding: howbeit in malice be you children: but in understanding be men.1Sa 4:9: Be strong: and quit yourselves like men: O you Philistines: that you not be servants to the Hebrews: as they have been to you: quit yourselves like men: and fight.2Sa 10:12: Be of good courage: and let us play the men for our people: and for the cities of our God: and the LORD do that which seems Him good.1Ch 19:13: Be of good courage: and let us behave ourselves valiantly for our people: and for the cities of our God: and let the LORD do that which is good in His sight.Eph 6:13-17: For what reason take to you the whole armour of God: that you may be able to withstand in the evil day: and having done all: to stand.1Ti 6:12: Fight the good fight of faith: lay hold on eternal life: to what you are also called: and have professed a good profession before many witnesses.2Ti 2:3-5: You therefore endure hardness: as a good soldier of Jesus Christ.2Ti 4:7: I have fought a good fight: I have finished my course: I have kept the faith:Heb 11:32-34: What will I more say? for the time would fail me to tell of Gedeon: and of Barak: and of Samson: and of Jephthae; of David also: and Samuel: and of the prophets:"be"Jos 1:6: 7: 9: 18: Be strong and of a good courage: for to this people will you divide for an inheritance the land: which I sware to their fathers to give them.1Ki 2:2: I go the way of all the earth: be you strong therefore: and show yourself a man;1Ch 28:10: Take heed now; for the LORD has chosen you to build an house for the sanctuary: be strong: and do it.Ps 27:14: Wait on the LORD: be of good courage: and He will strengthen your heart: wait: I say: on the LORD.Isa 35:4: Say to them that are of a fearful heart: Be strong: not fear: look: your God will come with vengeance: even God with a recompence; He will come and save you.Da 10:19: Said: O man greatly beloved: not fear: peace be to you: be strong: yes: be strong. And when he had spoken to me: I was strengthened: and said: Let my lord speak; for you have strengthened me.Da 11:32: Such as do wickedly against the covenant will He corrupt by flatteries: but the people that do know their God will be strong: and do exploits.Hag 2:4: Yet now be strong: O Zerubbabel: says the LORD; and be strong: O Joshua: son of Josedech: the high priest; and be strong: all you people of the land: says the LORD: and work: for I am with you: says the LORD of hosts:Zec 8:9: 13: Thus says the LORD of hosts; Let your hands be strong: you that hear in these days these words by the mouth of the prophets: which were in the day that the foundation of the house of the LORD of hosts was laid: that the temple might be built.2Co 12:9: 10: He said to me: My grace is sufficient for you: for my strength is made perfect in weakness. Most gladly therefore will I rather glory in my infirmities: that the power of Christ may rest upon me.Eph 6:10: Finally: my brothers: be strong in the Lord: and in the power of His might.Php 4:13: I can do all things through Christ which strengthens me.Col 1:11: 12: Strengthened with all might: according to his glorious power: to all patience and longsuffering with joyfulness;2Ti 2:1: You therefore: my son: be strong in the grace that is in Christ Jesus.
παντα υμων εν αγαπη γινεσθω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
All things
|
Adj-NNP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G26ἀγάπῃagapē (N-DFS) G26 ἀγάπη agápē ag-ah-pay from ἀγαπάω; love, i.e. affection or benevolence; specially (plural) a love-feast:--(feast of) charity(-ably), dear, love.
|
ἀγάπῃagapē
|
love
|
N-DFS
|
G1096γινέσθω.ginesthō (V-PMM/P-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γινέσθω.ginesthō
|
let be done.
|
V-PMM/P-3S
|
14
Let all your things be done with charity.1 Corinthians 16:14
Stats
Counts: 41 characters, 8 words, 33 letters, 11 vowels, 22 consonants
Translation
Greek: παντα υμων εν αγαπη γινεσθω
Lit: All things of you, in love let be done.
KJV: Let all your things be done with charity.
References
"Let all your things be done with charity."1Co 8:1: Now as touching things offered to idols: we know that we all have knowledge. Knowledge puffeth up: but charity edifies.1Co 12:31: But covet earnestly the best gifts: and yet show I to you a more excellent way.1Co 13:1-13: Though I speak with the tongues of men and of angels: and not have charity: I am become as sounding brass: or a tinkling cymbal.1Co 14:1: Follow after charity: and desire spiritual gifts: but rather that you may prophesy.Joh 13:34: 35: A new commandment I give to you: That you love one another; as I have loved you: that you also love one another.Joh 15:17: These things I command you: that you love one another.Ro 13:8-10: Owe no man any thing: but to love one another: for he who loves another has fulfilled the law.Ro 14:15: But if your brother be grieved with your meat: now walk you not charitably. not Destroy Him with your meat: for whom Christ died.Ga 5:13: 14: 22: For: brothers: you have been called to liberty; only use not liberty for an occasion to the flesh: but by love serve one another.Eph 4:1-3: I therefore: the prisoner of the Lord: beseech you that you walk worthy of the vocation wherewith you are called: Php 2:1-3: If there be therefore any consolation in Christ: if any comfort of love: if any fellowship of the Spirit: if any bowels and mercies: 1Th 3:6: 12: But now when Timotheus came from you to us: and brought us good tidings of your faith and charity: and that you have good remembrance of us always: desiring greatly to see us: as we also to see you:1Th 4:9: 10: But as touching brotherly love you not need that I write to you: for you yourselves are taught of God to love one another.2Th 1:3: We are bound to thank God always for you: brothers: as it is meet: because that your faith grows exceedingly: and the charity of every one of you all toward each other abounds;1Ti 1:5: Now the end of the commandment is charity out of a pure heart: and of a good conscience: and of faith unfeigned:Heb 13:4: Marriage is honourable in all: and the bed undefiled: but whoremongers and adulterers God will judge.1Pe 4:8: Above all things have fervent charity among yourselves: for charity will cover the multitude of sins.2Pe 1:7: To godliness brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity.1Jo 4:7: 8: Beloved: let us love one another: for love is of God; and every one that loves is born of God: and knows God.
παρακαλω δε υμας αδελφοι οιδατε την οικιαν στεφανα οτι εστιν απαρχη της αχαιας και εις διακονιαν τοις αγιοις εταξαν εαυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3870ΠαρακαλῶParakalō (V-PIA-1S) G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.
|
ΠαρακαλῶParakalō
|
I exhort
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
now
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμᾶς,hymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶς,hymas
|
you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G80ἀδελφοί·adelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοί·adelphoi
|
brothers,
|
N-VMP
|
G1492οἴδατεoidate (V-RIA-2P) G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἴδατεoidate
|
you know
|
V-RIA-2P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3614οἰκίανoikian (N-AFS) G3614 οἰκία oikía oy-kee-ah from οἶκος; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics):--home, house(-hold).
|
οἰκίανoikian
|
house
|
N-AFS
|
G4734Στεφανᾶ,Stephana (N-GMS) G4734 Στεφανᾶς Stephanâs stef-an-as probably contraction for (crowned; from στεφανόω); Stephanas, a Christian:--Stephanas.
|
Στεφανᾶ,Stephana
|
of Stephanas,
|
N-GMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1510ἐστὶνestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστὶνestin
|
it is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G536ἀπαρχὴaparchē (N-NFS) G536 ἀπαρχή aparchḗ ap-ar-khay from a compound of ἀπό and ἄρχομαι; a beginning of sacrifice, i.e. the (Jewish) first-fruit (figuratively):--first-fruits.
|
ἀπαρχὴaparchē
|
firstfruit
|
N-NFS
|
G882ἈχαΐαςAchaias (N-GFS) G882 Ἀχαΐα Achaḯa ach-ah-ee-ah of uncertain derivation; Achaia (i.e. Greece), a country of Europe:--Achaia.
|
ἈχαΐαςAchaias
|
of Achaia,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G1248διακονίανdiakonian (N-AFS) G1248 διακονία diakonía dee-ak-on-ee-ah from διάκονος; attendance (as a servant, etc.); figuratively (eleemosynary) aid, (official) service (especially of the Christian teacher, or technically of the diaconate):--(ad-)minister(-ing, -tration, -try), office, relief, service(-ing).
|
διακονίανdiakonian
|
service
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G40ἁγίοιςhagiois (Adj-DMP) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίοιςhagiois
|
saints,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G5021ἔταξανetaxan (V-AIA-3P) G5021 τάσσω tássō tas-so a prolonged form of a primary verb (which latter appears only in certain tenses); to arrange in an orderly manner, i.e. assign or dispose (to a certain position or lot):--addict, appoint, determine, ordain, set.
|
ἔταξανetaxan
|
they have devoted
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1438ἑαυτούς·heautous (RefPro-AM3P) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτούς·heautous
|
themselves,
|
RefPro-AM3P
|
15
I beseech you, brothers, (you know the house of Stephanas, that it is the firstfruits of Achaia, and that they have addicted themselves to the ministry of the saints,)1 Corinthians 16:15
Stats
Counts: 166 characters, 25 words, 131 letters, 49 vowels, 82 consonants
Translation
Greek: παρακαλω δε υμας αδελφοι οιδατε την οικιαν στεφανα οτι εστιν απαρχη της αχαιας και εις διακονιαν τοις αγιοις εταξαν εαυτους
Lit: I exhort now you, brothers, you know the house of Stephanas, that it is firstfruit of Achaia, and to service to the saints, they have devoted themselves,
KJV: I beseech you, brethren, (ye know the house of Stephanas, that it is the firstfruits of Achaia, and that they have addicted themselves to the ministry of the saints,)
References
"the house"1Co 16:17: I am glad of the coming of Stephanas and Fortunatus and Achaicus: for that which was lacking on your part they have supplied.1Co 1:16: I baptized also the household of Stephanas: besides: I not know whether I baptized any other."the first-fruits"Ro 16:5: Likewise greet the church that is in their house. Greet my wellbeloved Epaenetus: who is the firstfruits of Achaia to Christ.Re 14:4: These are they which not were defiled with women; for they are virgins. These are they which follow the Lamb wherever He goes. These were redeemed from among men: being the firstfruits to God and to the Lamb."to the"Ac 9:36-41: Now there was at Joppa a certain disciple named Tabitha: which by interpretation is called Dorcas: this woman was full of good works and almsdeeds which she did.Ro 12:13: Distributing to the necessity of saints; given to hospitality.Ro 15:25: But now I go to Jerusalem to minister to the saints.Ro 16:2: That you receive her in the Lord: as becomes saints: and that you assist her in whatever business she has need of you: for she has been a succourer of many: and of myself also.2Co 8:4: Praying us with much intreaty that we would receive the gift: and take upon us the fellowship of the ministering to the saints.2Co 9:1: 12-15: For as touching the ministering to the saints: it is superfluous for me to write to you:1Ti 5:10: Well reported of for good works; if she have brought up children: if she have lodged strangers: if she have washed the saints' feet: if she have relieved the afflicted: if she have diligently followed every good work.Phm 1:7: For we have great joy and consolation in your love: because the bowels of the saints are refreshed by you: brother.Heb 6:10: For God is not unrighteous to forget your work and labour of love: which you have showed toward His name: in that you have ministered to the saints: and do minister.1Pe 4:10: As every man has received the gift: even so minister the same one to another: as good stewards of the manifold grace of God.
ινα και υμεις υποτασσησθε τοις τοιουτοις και παντι τω συνεργουντι και κοπιωντι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμεῖςhymeis (PPro-N2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμεῖςhymeis
|
you
|
PPro-N2P
|
G5293ὑποτάσσησθεhypotassēsthe (V-PSM/P-2P) G5293 ὑποτάσσω hypotássō hoop-ot-as-so from ὑπό and τάσσω; to subordinate; reflexively, to obey:--be under obedience (obedient), put under, subdue unto, (be, make) subject (to, unto), be (put) in subjection (to, under), submit self unto.
|
ὑποτάσσησθεhypotassēsthe
|
be subject
|
V-PSM/P-2P
|
G5108τοιούτοιςtoioutois (DPro-DMP) G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιούτοιςtoioutois
|
to such as these,
|
DPro-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956παντὶpanti (Adj-DMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὶpanti
|
to everyone
|
Adj-DMS
|
G4903συνεργοῦντιsynergounti (V-PPA-DMS) G4903 συνεργέω synergéō soon-erg-eh-o from συνεργός; to be a fellow-worker, i.e. co-operate:--help (work) with, work(-er) together.
|
συνεργοῦντιsynergounti
|
joining in the work
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2872κοπιῶντι.kopiōnti (V-PPA-DMS) G2872 κοπιάω kopiáō kop-ee-ah-o from a derivative of κόπος; to feel fatigue; by implication, to work hard:--(bestow) labour, toil, be wearied.
|
κοπιῶντι.kopiōnti
|
laboring.
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
16
That you submit yourselves to such, and to every one that helps with us, and labours.1 Corinthians 16:16
Stats
Counts: 90 characters, 14 words, 72 letters, 27 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: ινα και υμεις υποτασσησθε τοις τοιουτοις και παντι τω συνεργουντι και κοπιωντι
Lit: that also you be subject to such as these, and to everyone joining in the work and laboring.
KJV: That ye submit yourselves unto such, and to every one that helpeth with us, and laboureth.
References
"ye"Eph 5:21: Submitting yourselves one to another in the fear of God.Heb 13:17: Obey them that have the rule over you: and submit yourselves: for they watch for your souls: as they that must give account: that they may do it with joy: not and with grief: for that is unprofitable for you.1Pe 5:5: Likewise: you younger: submit yourselves to the elder. Yes: all of you be subject one to another: and be clothed with humility: for God resists the proud: and gives grace to the humble."helpeth"1Co 12:28: God has set some in the church: first apostles: secondarily prophets: thirdly teachers: after that miracles: then gifts of healings: helps: governments: diversities of tongues.1Ch 12:18: Then the spirit came upon Amasai: who was chief of the captains: and He said: Your are we: David: and on your side: you son of Jesse: peace: peace be to you: and peace be to your helpers; for your God helps you. Then David received them: and made them captains of the band.Ro 16:3: 9: Greet Priscilla and Aquila my helpers in Christ Jesus:Php 4:3: I intreat you also: true yokefellow: help those women which laboured with me in the gospel: with Clement also: and with other my fellowlabourers: whose names are in the book of life.3Jo 1:8: We therefore ought to receive such: that we might be fellowhelpers to the truth."laboureth"1Co 3:9: For we are labourers together with God: you are God's husbandry: you are God's building.Ro 16:6: 12: Greet Mary: who bestowed much labour on us.1Th 1:3: Remembering without ceasing your work of faith: and labour of love: and patience of hope in our Lord Jesus Christ: in the sight of God and our Father;1Th 2:9: For you remember: brothers: our labour and travail: for labouring night and day: because we not would be chargeable to any of you: we preached to you the gospel of God.1Th 5:12: We beseech you: brothers: to know them which labour among you: and are over you in the Lord: and admonish you;1Ti 5:17: Let the elders that rule well be counted worthy of double honour: especially they who labour in the word and doctrine.Heb 6:10: For God is not unrighteous to forget your work and labour of love: which you have showed toward His name: in that you have ministered to the saints: and do minister.Re 2:3: have borne: and have patience: and for my name's sake have laboured: and have not fainted.
χαιρω δε επι τη παρουσια στεφανα και φουρτουνατου και αχαικου οτι το υμων υστερημα ουτοι ανεπληρωσαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G5463Χαίρωchairō (V-PIA-1S) G5463 χαίρω chaírō khah-ee-ro a primary verb; to be cheerful, i.e. calmly happy or well-off; impersonally, especially as salutation (on meeting or parting), be well:--farewell, be glad, God speed, greeting, hall, joy(- fully), rejoice.
|
Χαίρωchairō
|
I rejoice
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3952παρουσίᾳparousia (N-DFS) G3952 παρουσία parousía par-oo-see-ah from the present participle of πάρειμι; a being near, i.e. advent (often, return; specially, of Christ to punish Jerusalem, or finally the wicked); (by implication) physically, aspect:--coming, presence.
|
παρουσίᾳparousia
|
coming
|
N-DFS
|
G4734ΣτεφανᾶStephana (N-GMS) G4734 Στεφανᾶς Stephanâs stef-an-as probably contraction for (crowned; from στεφανόω); Stephanas, a Christian:--Stephanas.
|
ΣτεφανᾶStephana
|
of Stephanas,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5415ΦορτουνάτουPhortounatou (N-GMS) G5415 Φορτουνᾶτος Phortounâtos for-too-nat-os of Latin origin; fortunate; Fortunatus, a Christian:--Fortunatus.
|
ΦορτουνάτουPhortounatou
|
Fortunatus,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G883Ἀχαϊκοῦ,Achaikou (N-GMS) G883 Ἀχαϊκός Achaïkós ach-ah-ee-kos from Ἀχαΐα; an Achaian; Achaicus, a Christian:--Achaicus.
|
Ἀχαϊκοῦ,Achaikou
|
Achaicus;
|
N-GMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G5212ὑμέτερονhymeteron (PPro-AN2P) G5212 ὑμέτερος hyméteros hoo-met-er-os from ὑμεῖς; yours, i.e. pertaining to you:--your (own).,
|
ὑμέτερονhymeteron
|
your
|
PPro-AN2P
|
G5303ὑστέρημαhysterēma (N-ANS) G5303 ὑστέρημα hystérēma hoos-ter-ay-mah from ὑστερέω; a deficit; specially, poverty:--that which is behind, (that which was) lack(-ing), penury, want.
|
ὑστέρημαhysterēma
|
deficiency,
|
N-ANS
|
G3778οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοιhoutoi
|
these
|
DPro-NMP
|
G378ἀνεπλήρωσαν·aneplērōsan (V-AIA-3P) G378 ἀναπληρόω anaplēróō an-ap-lay-ro-o from ἀνά and πληρόω; to complete; by implication, to occupy, supply; figuratively, to accomplish (by coincidence ot obedience):--fill up, fulfill, occupy, supply.
|
ἀνεπλήρωσαν·aneplērōsan
|
have filled up.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
17
I am glad of the coming of Stephanas and Fortunatus and Achaicus: for that which was lacking on your part they have supplied.1 Corinthians 16:17
Stats
Rank: #3233 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 125 characters, 22 words, 101 letters, 37 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: χαιρω δε επι τη παρουσια στεφανα και φουρτουνατου και αχαικου οτι το υμων υστερημα ουτοι ανεπληρωσαν
Lit: I rejoice however at the coming of Stephanas, and Fortunatus, and Achaicus; because your deficiency, these have filled up.
KJV: I am glad of the coming of Stephanas and Fortunatus and Achaicus: for that which was lacking on your part they have supplied.
References
"for"2Co 11:9: When I was present with you: and wanted: I was chargeable to no man: for that which was lacking to me the brothers which came from Macedonia supplied: and in all things I have kept myself from being burdensome to you: and so will I keep myself.Php 2:30: Because for the work of Christ He was nigh to death: not regarding His life: to supply your lack of service toward me.Phm 1:13: Whom I would have retained with me: that in your stead he might have ministered to me in the bonds of the gospel:
ανεπαυσαν γαρ το εμον πνευμα και το υμων επιγινωσκετε ουν τους τοιουτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G373ἀνέπαυσανanepausan (V-AIA-3P) G373 ἀναπαύω anapaúō an-ap-ow-o from ἀνά and παύω; (reflexively) to repose (literally or figuratively (be exempt), remain); by implication, to refresh:--take ease, refresh, (give, take) rest.
|
ἀνέπαυσανanepausan
|
They refreshed
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1699ἐμὸνemon (PPro-AN1S) G1699 ἐμός emós em-os from the oblique cases of ἐγώ (ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἐμέ); my:--of me, mine (own), my.,
|
ἐμὸνemon
|
my
|
PPro-AN1S
|
G4151πνεῦμαpneuma (N-ANS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμαpneuma
|
spirit
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4771ὑμῶν.hymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν.hymōn
|
yours.
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1921ἐπιγινώσκετεepiginōskete (V-PMA-2P) G1921 ἐπιγινώσκω epiginṓskō ep-ig-in-oce-ko from ἐπί and γινώσκω; to know upon some mark, i.e. recognize; by implication, to become fully acquainted with, to acknowledge:--(ac-, have, take)know(-ledge, well), perceive.
|
ἐπιγινώσκετεepiginōskete
|
Recognize
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G5108τοιούτους.toioutous (DPro-AMP) G5108 τοιοῦτος toioûtos toy-oo-tos (including the other inflections); from τοί and οὗτος; truly this, i.e. of this sort (to denote character or individuality):--like, such (an one).
|
τοιούτους.toioutous
|
such as these.
|
DPro-AMP
|
18
For they have refreshed my spirit and yours: therefore acknowledge you them that are such.1 Corinthians 16:18
Stats
Rank: #4191 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 89 characters, 14 words, 73 letters, 26 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: ανεπαυσαν γαρ το εμον πνευμα και το υμων επιγινωσκετε ουν τους τοιουτους
Lit: They refreshed for my spirit and yours. Recognize therefore such as these.
KJV: For they have refreshed my spirit and yours: therefore acknowledge ye them that are such.
References
"they"Pr 25:13: 25: As the cold of snow in the time of harvest: so is a faithful messenger to them that send him: for he refreshes the soul of his masters.Ro 15:32: That I may come to you with joy by the will of God: and may with you be refreshed.2Co 7:6: 7: 13: Nevertheless God: that comforts those that are cast down: comforted us by the coming of Titus;Php 2:28: I sent him therefore the more carefully: that: when you see him again: you may rejoice: and that I may be the less sorrowful.Col 4:8: Whom I have sent to you for the same purpose: that he might know your estate: and comfort your hearts;1Th 3:6: 7: But now when Timotheus came from you to us: and brought us good tidings of your faith and charity: and that you have good remembrance of us always: desiring greatly to see us: as we also to see you:3Jo 1:4: I have no greater joy than to hear that my children walk in truth."therefore"1Th 5:12: We beseech you: brothers: to know them which labour among you: and are over you in the Lord: and admonish you;Php 2:29: Receive Him therefore in the Lord with all gladness; and hold such in reputation:Heb 13:7: Remember them which have the rule over you: who have spoken to you the word of God: whose faith follow: considering the end of their conversation.3Jo 1:11: 12: Beloved: not follow that which is evil: but that which is good. He who does'>does good is of God: but He that'>He who does'>does evil has not seen God.
Signature and Final Greetings
ασπαζονται υμας αι εκκλησιαι της ασιας ασπαζονται υμας εν κυριω πολλα ακυλας και πρισκιλλα συν τη κατ οικον αυτων εκκλησια
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G782ἈσπάζονταιAspazontai (V-PIM/P-3P) G782 ἀσπάζομαι aspázomai as-pad-zom-ahee from Α (as a particle of union) and a presumed form of σπάω; to enfold in the arms, i.e. (by implication) to salute, (figuratively) to welcome:--embrace, greet, salute, take leave.
|
ἈσπάζονταιAspazontai
|
Greet
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαιekklēsiai (N-NFP) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαιekklēsiai
|
churches
|
N-NFP
|
G773Ἀσίας.Asias (N-GFS) G773 Ἀσία Asía as-ee-ah of uncertain derivation; Asia, i.e. Asia Minor, or (usually) only its western shore:--Asia.
|
Ἀσίας.Asias
|
of Asia.
|
N-GFS
|
G782Ἀσπάζεταιaspazetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G782 ἀσπάζομαι aspázomai as-pad-zom-ahee from Α (as a particle of union) and a presumed form of σπάω; to enfold in the arms, i.e. (by implication) to salute, (figuratively) to welcome:--embrace, greet, salute, take leave.
|
Ἀσπάζεταιaspazetai
|
Greet
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2962ΚυρίῳKyriō (N-DMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίῳKyriō
|
the Lord
|
N-DMS
|
G4183πολλὰpolla (Adj-ANP) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰpolla
|
heartily,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G207ἈκύλαςAkylas (N-NMS) G207 Ἀκύλας Akýlas ak-oo-las probably for Latin aquila (an eagle); Akulas, an Israelite:--Aquila.
|
ἈκύλαςAkylas
|
Aquila
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4251ΠρίσκαPriska (N-NFS) G4251 Πρίσκα Príska pris-kah of Latin origin; feminine of Priscus, ancient; Priska, a Christian woman:--Prisca. See also Πρίσκιλλα.
|
ΠρίσκαPriska
|
Prisca,
|
N-NFS
|
G4862σὺνsyn (Prep) G4862 σύν sýn soon a primary preposition denoting union; with or together (but much closer than μετά or παρά), i.e. by association, companionship, process, resemblance, possession, instrumentality, addition, etc.:--beside, with. In composition it has similar applications, including completeness.
|
σὺνsyn
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατ’kat’
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3624οἶκονoikon (N-AMS) G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.
|
οἶκονoikon
|
house
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1577ἐκκλησίᾳ.ekklēsia (N-DFS) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίᾳ.ekklēsia
|
church.
|
N-DFS
|
19
The churches of Asia greet you. Aquila and Priscilla greet you much in the Lord, with the church that is in their house.1 Corinthians 16:19
Stats
Rank: #6131 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 122 characters, 21 words, 97 letters, 40 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: ασπαζονται υμας αι εκκλησιαι της ασιας ασπαζονται υμας εν κυριω πολλα ακυλας και πρισκιλλα συν τη κατ οικον αυτων εκκλησια
Lit: Greet you, the churches of Asia. Greet you in the Lord heartily, Aquila and Prisca, with the at house of them church.
KJV: The churches of Asia salute you. Aquila and Priscilla salute you much in the Lord, with the church that is in their house.
References
"churches"Ac 19:10: This continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelt in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus: both Jews and Greeks.1Pe 1:1: Peter: an apostle of Jesus Christ: to the strangers scattered throughout Pontus: Galatia: Cappadocia: Asia: and Bithynia: Re 1:11: Saying: I am Alpha and Omega: the first and the last: and: What you see: write in a book: and send it to the 7 churches which are in Asia; to Ephesus: and to Smyrna: and to Pergamos: and to Thyatira: and to Sardis: and to Philadelphia: and to Laodicea."Aquila"Ac 18:2: 18: 26: Found a certain Jew named Aquila: born in Pontus: lately come from Italy: with his wife Priscilla; (because that Claudius had commanded all Jews to depart from Rome:) and came to them.Ro 16:3: 4: Greet Priscilla and Aquila my helpers in Christ Jesus:2Ti 4:19: Greet Prisca and Aquila: and the household of Onesiphorus."the church"Ro 16:5: 15: Likewise greet the church that is in their house. Greet my wellbeloved Epaenetus: who is the firstfruits of Achaia to Christ.Col 4:15: Greet the brothers which are in Laodicea: and Nymphas: and the church which is in his house.Phm 1:2: To our beloved Apphia: and Archippus our fellowsoldier: and to the church in your house:
ασπαζονται υμας οι αδελφοι παντες ασπασασθε αλληλους εν φιληματι αγιω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G782Ἀσπάζονταιaspazontai (V-PIM/P-3P) G782 ἀσπάζομαι aspázomai as-pad-zom-ahee from Α (as a particle of union) and a presumed form of σπάω; to enfold in the arms, i.e. (by implication) to salute, (figuratively) to welcome:--embrace, greet, salute, take leave.
|
Ἀσπάζονταιaspazontai
|
Greet
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὶadelphoi (N-NMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὶadelphoi
|
brothers
|
N-NMP
|
G3956πάντες.pantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντες.pantes
|
all.
|
Adj-NMP
|
G782ἈσπάσασθεAspasasthe (V-AMM-2P) G782 ἀσπάζομαι aspázomai as-pad-zom-ahee from Α (as a particle of union) and a presumed form of σπάω; to enfold in the arms, i.e. (by implication) to salute, (figuratively) to welcome:--embrace, greet, salute, take leave.
|
ἈσπάσασθεAspasasthe
|
Greet
|
V-AMM-2P
|
G240ἀλλήλουςallēlous (RecPro-AMP) G240 ἀλλήλων allḗlōn al-lay-lone Genitive plural from ἄλλος reduplicated; one another:--each other, mutual, one another, (the other), (them-, your-)selves, (selves) together (sometimes with μετά or πρός).,
|
ἀλλήλουςallēlous
|
one another
|
RecPro-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G5370φιλήματιphilēmati (N-DNS) G5370 φίλημα phílēma fil-ay-mah from φιλέω; a kiss:--kiss.
|
φιλήματιphilēmati
|
a kiss
|
N-DNS
|
G40ἁγίῳ.hagiō (Adj-DNS) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίῳ.hagiō
|
holy.
|
Adj-DNS
|
20
All the brothers greet you. Greet you one another with an holy kiss.1 Corinthians 16:20
Stats
Rank: #9196 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 67 characters, 12 words, 53 letters, 20 vowels, 33 consonants
Translation
Greek: ασπαζονται υμας οι αδελφοι παντες ασπασασθε αλληλους εν φιληματι αγιω
Lit: Greet you, the brothers all. Greet one another with a kiss holy.
KJV: All the brethren greet you. Greet ye one another with an holy kiss.
References
"the brethren"Ro 16:16: 21: 23: Greet one another with an holy kiss. The churches of Christ greet you.2Co 13:13: All the saints greet you.Php 4:22: All the saints greet you: chiefly they that are of Caesar's household.Phm 1:23: 24: There greet you Epaphras: my fellowprisoner in Christ Jesus;Heb 13:24: Greet all them that have the rule over you: and all the saints. They of Italy greet you."Greet"2Co 13:12: Greet one another with an holy kiss.1Th 5:26: Greet all the brothers with an holy kiss.1Pe 5:14: Greet you one another with a kiss of charity. Peace be with you all that are in Christ Jesus. Amen.
ο ασπασμος τη εμη χειρι παυλου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G783ἀσπασμὸςaspasmos (N-NMS) G783 ἀσπασμός aspasmós as-pas-mos from ἀσπάζομαι; a greeting (in person or by letter):--greeting, salutation.
|
ἀσπασμὸςaspasmos
|
greeting,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1699ἐμῇemē (PPro-DF1S) G1699 ἐμός emós em-os from the oblique cases of ἐγώ (ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἐμέ); my:--of me, mine (own), my.,
|
ἐμῇemē
|
own
|
PPro-DF1S
|
G5495χειρὶcheiri (N-DFS) G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὶcheiri
|
hand
|
N-DFS
|
G3972Παύλου.Paulou (N-GMS) G3972 Παῦλος Paûlos pow-los of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of παύω, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle:--Paul, Paulus.
|
Παύλου.Paulou
|
of Paul.
|
N-GMS
|
21
The salutation of me Paul with my own hand.1 Corinthians 16:21
Stats
Rank: #5859 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 45 characters, 9 words, 36 letters, 15 vowels, 21 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο ασπασμος τη εμη χειρι παυλου
Lit: The greeting, the own hand of Paul.
KJV: The salutation of me Paul with mine own hand.
References
"salutation"Ga 6:11: You see how large a letter I have written to you with my own hand.Col 4:18: The salutation by the hand of me Paul. Remember my bonds. Grace be with you. Amen. Written from Rome to the Colossians by Tychicus and Onesimus.>>2Th 3:17: The salutation of Paul with my own hand: which is the token in every epistle: so I write.
ει τις ου φιλει τον κυριον ιησουν χριστον ητω αναθεμα μαραν αθα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G1487Εἴei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
Εἴei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5368φιλεῖphilei (V-PIA-3S) G5368 φιλέω philéō fil-eh-o from φίλος; to be a friend to (fond of (an individual or an object)), i.e. have affection for (denoting personal attachment, as a matter of sentiment or feeling; while ἀγαπάω is wider, embracing especially the judgment and the deliberate assent of the will as a matter of principle, duty and propriety: the two thus stand related very much as θέλω and βούλομαι, or as θυμός and νοῦς respectively; the former being chiefly of the heart and the latter of the head); specially, to kiss (as a mark of tenderness):--kiss, love.
|
φιλεῖphilei
|
loves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2962Κύριον,Kyrion (N-AMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριον,Kyrion
|
Lord,
|
N-AMS
|
G1510ἤτωētō (V-PMA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἤτωētō
|
let him be
|
V-PMA-3S
|
G331ἀνάθεμα.anathema (N-NNS) G331 ἀνάθεμα anáthema an-ath-em-ah from ἀνατίθεμαι; a (religious) ban or (concretely) excommunicated (thing or person):--accused, anathema, curse, X great.
|
ἀνάθεμα.anathema
|
accursed.
|
N-NNS
|
G3134Μαράνα*Marana (N-VMS) G3134 μαρὰν ἀθά maràn athá mar-an ath-ah of Chaldee origin (meaning our Lord has come); maranatha, i.e. an exclamation of the approaching divine judgment:--Maran-atha.,
|
Μαράνα*Marana
|
Marana
|
N-VMS
|
G3134θά*.tha (V-AMA-2S) G3134 μαρὰν ἀθά maràn athá mar-an ath-ah of Chaldee origin (meaning our Lord has come); maranatha, i.e. an exclamation of the approaching divine judgment:--Maran-atha.,
|
θά*.tha
|
tha!
|
V-AMA-2S
|
22
If any man not love the Lord Jesus Christ, let Him be Anathema Maranatha.1 Corinthians 16:22
Stats
Counts: 73 characters, 13 words, 58 letters, 22 vowels, 36 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει τις ου φιλει τον κυριον ιησουν χριστον ητω αναθεμα μαραν αθα
Lit: If anyone not loves the Lord, let him be accursed. Marana tha!
KJV: If any man love not the Lord Jesus Christ, let him be Anathema Maranatha.
References
"love"Song 1:3: 4: 7: Because of the savour of your good ointments your name is as ointment poured forth: therefore do the virgins love you.Song 3:1-3: By night on my bed I sought him whom my soul loves: I sought him: but I found not him.Song 5:16: His mouth is most sweet: yes: he is altogether lovely. This is my beloved: and this is my friend: O daughters of Jerusalem.Isa 5:1: Now will I sing to my wellbeloved a song of my beloved touching his vineyard. My wellbeloved has a vineyard in a very fruitful hill:Mt 10:37: He who loves'>loves father or mother more than me not is worthy of me: and he who loves'>loves son or daughter more than me not is worthy of me.Mt 25:40: 45: The King will answer and say to them: Truly I say to you: Inasmuch as you have done it to one of the least of these my brothers: you have done it to me.Joh 8:42: Jesus said to them: If God were your Father: you would love me: for I proceeded forth and came from God; neither came I of myself: but He sent me.Joh 14:15: 21: 23: If you love me: keep my commandments.Joh 15:24: If I not had done among them the works which none other man did: they not had had sin: but now have they both seen and hated both me and my Father.Joh 16:14: He will glorify me: for he will receive of my: and will show it to you.Joh 21:15-17: So when they had dined: Jesus says to Simon Peter: Simon: son of Jonas: love you me more than these? He says to Him: Yes: Lord; you know that I love you. He says to Him: Feed my lambs.2Co 5:14: 15: For the love of Christ constrains us; because we thus judge: that if one died for all: then were all dead:2Co 8:8: 9: I not speak by commandment: but by occasion of the forwardness of others: and to prove the sincerity of your love.Ga 5:6: For in Jesus Christ neither circumcision availeth any thing: nor uncircumcision; but faith which works by love.Eph 6:24: Grace be with all them that love our Lord Jesus Christ in sincerity. Amen. Written from Rome to the Ephesians by Tychicus.>>Heb 6:10: For God is not unrighteous to forget your work and labour of love: which you have showed toward His name: in that you have ministered to the saints: and do minister.1Pe 1:8: Whom not having seen: you love; in whom: though now you see him not: yet believing: you rejoice with joy unspeakable and full of glory:1Pe 2:7: To you therefore which believe he is precious: but to them which be disobedient: the stone which the builders disallowed: the same is made the head of the corner: 1Jo 4:19: We love him: because he first loved us.1Jo 5:1: Whoever believes that Jesus is the Christ is born of God: and every one that loves'>loves Him that begot loves'>loves Him also that is begotten of Him."Anathema"Mt 25:41: 46: Then will he say also to them on the left hand: Depart from me: you cursed: into everlasting fire: prepared for the devil and his angels:Ac 23:14: They came to the chief priests and elders: and said: We have bound ourselves under a great curse: that we will not eathing until we have killed Paul.Ro 9:3: For I could wish that myself were accursed from Christ for my brothers: my kinsmen according to the flesh:Ga 1:8: 9: But though we: or an angel from heaven: preach any other gospel to you than that which we have preached to you: let him be accursed.1Co 12:3: For what reason I give you to understand: that no man speaking by the Spirit of God calls Jesus accursed: and that no man can say that Jesus is the Lord: but by the Holy Ghost.2Th 1:8: 9: In flaming fire taking vengeance on them that not know God: and that not obey the gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ:Jude 1:14: 15: Enoch also: the seventh from Adam: prophesied of these: saying: Look: the Lord comes with 10 thousands of His saints:
η χαρις του κυριου ιησου χριστου μεθ υμων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588Ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Ἡhē
|
The
|
Art-NFS
|
G5485χάριςcharis (N-NFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριςcharis
|
grace
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G3326μεθ’meth’ (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μεθ’meth’
|
be with
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶν.hymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν.hymōn
|
you.
|
PPro-G2P
|
23
The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you.1 Corinthians 16:23
Stats
Rank: #8169 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 47 characters, 10 words, 37 letters, 14 vowels, 23 consonants
Translation
Greek: η χαρις του κυριου ιησου χριστου μεθ υμων
Lit: The grace of the Lord Jesus be with you.
KJV: The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you.
References
"The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you."Ro 16:20: 24: The God of peace will bruise Satan under your feet shortly. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you. Amen.
η αγαπη μου μετα παντων υμων εν χριστω ιησου αμην [προς κορινθιους πρωτη εγραφη απο φιλιππων δια στεφανα και φουρτουνατου και αχαικου και τιμοθεου]
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
G3588Ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Ἡhē
|
The
|
Art-NFS
|
G26ἀγάπηagapē (N-NFS) G26 ἀγάπη agápē ag-ah-pay from ἀγαπάω; love, i.e. affection or benevolence; specially (plural) a love-feast:--(feast of) charity(-ably), dear, love.
|
ἀγάπηagapē
|
love
|
N-NFS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
be with
|
Prep
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
all
|
Adj-GMP
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5547ΧριστῷChristō (N-DMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστῷChristō
|
Christ
|
N-DMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou (N-DMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou
|
Jesus.
|
N-DMS
|
G281⧼Ἀμήν⧽.Amēn (Heb) G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
⧼Ἀμήν⧽.Amēn
|
Amen.
|
Heb
|
24
My love be with you all in Christ Jesus. Amen. <<The first [epistle to the Corinthians was written from Philippi by Stephanas, and Fortunatus, and Achaicus, and Timotheus.]>>1 Corinthians 16:24
Stats
Rank: #8662 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 176 characters, 21 words, 135 letters, 49 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: η αγαπη μου μετα παντων υμων εν χριστω ιησου αμην [προς κορινθιους πρωτη εγραφη απο φιλιππων δια στεφανα και φουρτουνατου και αχαικου και τιμοθεου]
Lit: The love of Me be with all you in Christ Jesus. Amen.
KJV: My love be with you all in Christ Jesus. Amen. <<[The first [epistle] to the Corinthians was written from Philippi by Stephanas, and Fortunatus, and Achaicus, and Timotheus.]>>
References
"love"1Co 16:14: Let all your things be done with charity.1Co 4:14: 15: I not write these things to shame you: but as my beloved sons I warn you.2Co 11:11: For what reason? because I love you not? God knows.2Co 12:15: I will very gladly spend and be spent for you; though the more abundantly I love you: the less I be loved.Php 1:8: For God is my record: how greatly I long after you all in the bowels of Jesus Christ.Re 3:19: As many as I love: I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore: and repent."Amen"1Co 14:16: Else when you will bless with the spirit: how will he who occupies the room of the unlearned say Amen at your giving of thanks: seeing he understands not what you say?Mt 6:13: Lead not us into temptation: but deliver us from evil: For your is the kingdom: and the power: and the glory: for ever. Amen.Mt 28:20: Teaching them to observe all things whatever I have commanded you: and: indeed: I am with you alway: even to the end of the world. Amen.